diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.appveyor.yml hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.appveyor.yml --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.appveyor.yml 2021-04-19 22:05:14.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.appveyor.yml 2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ environment: GENERATOR: "MinGW Makefiles" + ARTIFACT_BRANCH: releases/1.1-artifacts matrix: - job_name: 'Ubuntu 20.04' @@ -10,18 +11,46 @@ job_group: 'Mac OS X' appveyor_build_worker_image: macos - - job_name: 'WindowsDebug64' + - job_name: 'Windows64' job_group: 'Windows' MSYS: 'C:\msys64\mingw64' MSYS_REPO: 'mingw64/mingw-w64-x86_64' - BUILD_TYPE: "Debug" - CMAKE_FLAGS: "-DWANT_DEBUG:BOOL=ON -DWIN64:BOOL=ON" + BUILD_TYPE: "Release" + CMAKE_FLAGS: "-DWANT_DEBUG:BOOL=OFF -DWIN64:BOOL=ON" appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2019 + LIBJACK: libjack64.dll + OPENSSL_DIR: OpenSSL-Win64 + LIBSSL: libssl-1_1-x64.dll + LIBCRYPTO: libcrypto-1_1-x64.dll + QT_LOCK_REPO: 'mingw/x86_64/mingw-w64-x86_64' + CHOCO_ARCH: + PROGRAM_FILES: "Program Files" + + - job_name: 'Windows32' + job_group: 'Windows' + MSYS: 'C:\msys64\mingw32' + MSYS_REPO: 'mingw-w64-i686' + BUILD_TYPE: "Release" + CMAKE_FLAGS: "-DWANT_DEBUG:BOOL=OFF -DWIN64:BOOL=OFF" + appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2019 + LIBJACK: libjack.dll + OPENSSL_DIR: OpenSSL-Win32 + LIBSSL: libssl-1_1.dll + LIBCRYPTO: libcrypto-1_1.dll + QT_LOCK_REPO: 'mingw/mingw32/mingw-w64-i686' + + CHOCO_ARCH: --x86 + PROGRAM_FILES: "Program Files (x86)" build: verbosity: detailed +matrix: + exclude: + - job_name: Windows32 + branches: "releases/1.1" + for: - matrix: @@ -70,8 +99,8 @@ PATH="$(brew --prefix qt5)/bin:$PATH" ../macos/build_dmg.sh -v src/gui/hydrogen.app Hydrogen${PKG_SUFFIX}.dmg - #deploy dmg only on branch releases/1.1-artifacts - if [ "$APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH" = releases/1.1-artifacts ]; then appveyor PushArtifact Hydrogen*.dmg -DeploymentName Installer; fi + #deploy dmg only on branch $ARTIFACT_BRANCH + if [ "$APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH" = "$ARTIFACT_BRANCH" ]; then appveyor PushArtifact Hydrogen*.dmg -DeploymentName Installer; fi test_script: |- TMPDIR=/tmp src/tests/tests --appveyor || true @@ -83,6 +112,9 @@ before_build: cmd: |- + + if not %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% if %job_name%==Windows32 appveyor exit + set QTDIR=%MSYS% set CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=%QTDIR% set PATH=%MSYS%\bin;%PATH% @@ -90,6 +122,11 @@ cmake --version g++ --version + choco install %CHOCO_ARCH% jack --version 1.9.17 -my + + REM *** Results are ignored since a dependency was not properly installed in 32 bit Windows. But the .dll files required are installed regardless, so we don't care.*** + + choco install %CHOCO_ARCH% -y openssl --version=1.1.1.1300 || cmd /c "exit /b 0" REM *** Install dependencies *** c:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman --noconfirm -S -q %MSYS_REPO%-libarchive @@ -100,6 +137,7 @@ c:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman --noconfirm -S -q %MSYS_REPO%-libwinpthread-git c:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman --noconfirm -S -q %MSYS_REPO%-qt5 c:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman --noconfirm -S -q %MSYS_REPO%-ladspa-sdk + c:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman --noconfirm -U https://repo.msys2.org/%QT_LOCK_REPO%-qt5-tools-5.15.2-2-any.pkg.tar.zst REM *** INIT SUBMODULES *** git submodule init @@ -109,11 +147,14 @@ rename "C:\Program Files\Git\usr\bin\sh.exe" "sh2.exe" mkdir build cd build - cmake -G "%GENERATOR%" -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=%BUILD_TYPE% %CMAKE_FLAGS% .. + cmake -G "%GENERATOR%" -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=%BUILD_TYPE% %CMAKE_FLAGS% -DJACK_INCLUDE_DIRS="c:/%PROGRAM_FILES%/JACK2/include" -DJACK_LIBRARIES="c:/%PROGRAM_FILES%/JACK2/lib/%LIBJACK%.a" .. build_script: - cmd: |- + if not %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% if %job_name%==Windows32 exit + REM *** Build *** + set VERBOSE=1 cmake --build . -j %NUMBER_OF_PROCESSORS% REM *** Run tests and report results *** @@ -123,8 +164,8 @@ echo %CORE_PATH% set PATH=%CORE_PATH%;%PATH% src\tests\tests.exe --appveyor || cmd /c "exit /b 0" - 7z a %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\testresults.zip %TEMP%\hydrogen - if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==releases/1.1-artifacts appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\testresults.zip + 7z a %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\testresults.zip %TEMP%\hydrogen || cmd /c "exit /b 0" + if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\testresults.zip mkdir %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs @@ -134,7 +175,15 @@ REM *** Deploy other libraries *** set PYTHON=C:\Python38\python %PYTHON% -m pip install -r %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\ci\requirements.txt - %PYTHON% %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\ci\copy_thirdparty_dlls.py --no-overwrite -V info -L %MSYS%\bin -d %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs src/gui/hydrogen.exe src/core/libhydrogen-core-1.1.0.dll + %PYTHON% %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\ci\copy_thirdparty_dlls.py --no-overwrite -V debug -L %MSYS%\bin -d %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs src/gui/hydrogen.exe src/core/libhydrogen-core-1.1.1.dll + + REM Chocolatey installs JACK dlls in c:\Windows, so + REM copy_third_party_libs.py thinks it's a system lib and + REM won't copy it. + copy c:\Windows\%LIBJACK% %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs + copy c:\Windows\%LIBJACK% %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs + copy c:\%OPENSSL_DIR%\%LIBSSL% %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs + copy c:\%OPENSSL_DIR%\%LIBCRYPTO% %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\extralibs REM *** Build installer *** cpack -G NSIS -v @@ -146,10 +195,12 @@ %PYTHON% -m pytest %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\windows\ci\test_installation.py --junitxml=test_installation.xml on_finish: - - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==releases/1.1-artifacts appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\CMakeCache.txt - - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==releases/1.1-artifacts appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\CMakeFiles\CMakeOutput.log - - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==releases/1.1-artifacts appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\CMakeFiles\CMakeError.log - - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==releases/1.1-artifacts appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\Hydrogen-1.1.0-win64.exe + - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\CMakeCache.txt + - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\CMakeFiles\CMakeOutput.log + - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\CMakeFiles\CMakeError.log + - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% if not %job_name%==Windows32 appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\Hydrogen-1.1.1-win64.exe || cmd /c "exit /b 1" + - cmd: if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% if %job_name%==Windows32 appveyor PushArtifact %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\Hydrogen-1.1.1-win32.exe || cmd /c "exit /b 1" + - cmd: | - if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==releases/1.1-artifacts curl -F file=@%APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\test_installation.xml https://ci.appveyor.com/api/testresults/junit/%APPVEYOR_JOB_ID% + if %APPVEYOR_REPO_BRANCH%==%ARTIFACT_BRANCH% curl -F file=@%APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%\build\test_installation.xml https://ci.appveyor.com/api/testresults/junit/%APPVEYOR_JOB_ID% diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeCache.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeCache.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeCache.txt 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeCache.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,432 +0,0 @@ -# This is the CMakeCache file. -# For build in directory: /Users/colin/hydrogen/build -# It was generated by CMake: /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cmake -# You can edit this file to change values found and used by cmake. -# If you do not want to change any of the values, simply exit the editor. -# If you do want to change a value, simply edit, save, and exit the editor. -# The syntax for the file is as follows: -# KEY:TYPE=VALUE -# KEY is the name of a variable in the cache. -# TYPE is a hint to GUIs for the type of VALUE, DO NOT EDIT TYPE!. -# VALUE is the current value for the KEY. - -######################## -# EXTERNAL cache entries -######################## - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_ADDR2LINE:FILEPATH=CMAKE_ADDR2LINE-NOTFOUND - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_AR:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ar - -//Choose the type of build, options are: None Debug Release RelWithDebInfo -// MinSizeRel ... -CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE:STRING= - -//Enable/Disable color output during build. -CMAKE_COLOR_MAKEFILE:BOOL=1 - -//CXX compiler -CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ - -//Flags used by the CXX compiler during all build types. -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS:STRING= - -//Flags used by the CXX compiler during DEBUG builds. -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING=-g - -//Flags used by the CXX compiler during MINSIZEREL builds. -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL:STRING=-Os -DNDEBUG - -//Flags used by the CXX compiler during RELEASE builds. -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE:STRING=-O3 -DNDEBUG - -//Flags used by the CXX compiler during RELWITHDEBINFO builds. -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO:STRING=-O2 -g -DNDEBUG - -//C compiler -CMAKE_C_COMPILER:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc - -//Flags used by the C compiler during all build types. -CMAKE_C_FLAGS:STRING= - -//Flags used by the C compiler during DEBUG builds. -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING=-g - -//Flags used by the C compiler during MINSIZEREL builds. -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL:STRING=-Os -DNDEBUG - -//Flags used by the C compiler during RELEASE builds. -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE:STRING=-O3 -DNDEBUG - -//Flags used by the C compiler during RELWITHDEBINFO builds. -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO:STRING=-O2 -g -DNDEBUG - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_DLLTOOL:FILEPATH=CMAKE_DLLTOOL-NOTFOUND - -//Flags used by the linker during all build types. -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during DEBUG builds. -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during MINSIZEREL builds. -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during RELEASE builds. -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during RELWITHDEBINFO builds. -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO:STRING= - -//Enable/Disable output of compile commands during generation. -CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS:BOOL= - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_INSTALL_NAME_TOOL:FILEPATH=/usr/bin/install_name_tool - -//Install path prefix, prepended onto install directories. -CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX:PATH=/usr/local - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_LINKER:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_MAKE_PROGRAM:FILEPATH=/usr/bin/make - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of modules during -// all build types. -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of modules during -// DEBUG builds. -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of modules during -// MINSIZEREL builds. -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of modules during -// RELEASE builds. -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of modules during -// RELWITHDEBINFO builds. -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO:STRING= - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_NM:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/nm - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_OBJCOPY:FILEPATH=CMAKE_OBJCOPY-NOTFOUND - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_OBJDUMP:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/objdump - -//Build architectures for OSX -CMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES:STRING= - -//Minimum OS X version to target for deployment (at runtime); newer -// APIs weak linked. Set to empty string for default value. -CMAKE_OSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET:STRING= - -//The product will be built against the headers and libraries located -// inside the indicated SDK. -CMAKE_OSX_SYSROOT:PATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk - -//Value Computed by CMake -CMAKE_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION:STATIC= - -//Value Computed by CMake -CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL:STATIC= - -//Value Computed by CMake -CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME:STATIC=hydrogen - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_RANLIB:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ranlib - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_READELF:FILEPATH=CMAKE_READELF-NOTFOUND - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of shared libraries -// during all build types. -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of shared libraries -// during DEBUG builds. -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of shared libraries -// during MINSIZEREL builds. -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of shared libraries -// during RELEASE builds. -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of shared libraries -// during RELWITHDEBINFO builds. -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO:STRING= - -//If set, runtime paths are not added when installing shared libraries, -// but are added when building. -CMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH:BOOL=NO - -//If set, runtime paths are not added when using shared libraries. -CMAKE_SKIP_RPATH:BOOL=NO - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of static libraries -// during all build types. -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of static libraries -// during DEBUG builds. -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of static libraries -// during MINSIZEREL builds. -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of static libraries -// during RELEASE builds. -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE:STRING= - -//Flags used by the linker during the creation of static libraries -// during RELWITHDEBINFO builds. -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO:STRING= - -//Path to a program. -CMAKE_STRIP:FILEPATH=/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/strip - -//If this value is on, makefiles will be generated without the -// .SILENT directive, and all commands will be echoed to the console -// during the make. This is useful for debugging only. With Visual -// Studio IDE projects all commands are done without /nologo. -CMAKE_VERBOSE_MAKEFILE:BOOL=FALSE - -//Fix broken builds by turning off optimizations -FIXME_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATIONS:BOOL=OFF - -//The directory containing a CMake configuration file for Qt5Core. -Qt5Core_DIR:PATH=/opt/homebrew/lib/cmake/Qt5Core - -//The directory containing a CMake configuration file for Qt5Gui. -Qt5Gui_DIR:PATH=/opt/homebrew/lib/cmake/Qt5Gui - -//The directory containing a CMake configuration file for Qt5Widgets. -Qt5Widgets_DIR:PATH=/opt/homebrew/lib/cmake/Qt5Widgets - -//Compile with a sanitizer. Options are: Address, Memory, MemoryWithOrigins, -// Undefined, Thread, Leak, 'Address;Undefined' -USE_SANITIZER:STRING= - -//Include ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) support -WANT_ALSA:BOOL=1 - -//Build a MAC OSX bundle application -WANT_BUNDLE:BOOL=ON - -//Use clang-tidy to check the sourcecode -WANT_CLANG_TIDY:BOOL=OFF - -//Include CoreAudio support -WANT_COREAUDIO:BOOL=1 - -//Include CoreMidi support -WANT_COREMIDI:BOOL=1 - -//Include CppUnit test suite -WANT_CPPUNIT:BOOL=ON - -//Build with debug information -WANT_DEBUG:BOOL=1 - -//Include JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) support -WANT_JACK:BOOL=1 - -//Enable use of LADSPA plugins -WANT_LADSPA:BOOL=ON - -//Include LASH (Linux Audio Session Handler) support -WANT_LASH:BOOL=0 - -//Enable use of libarchive instead of libtar -WANT_LIBARCHIVE:BOOL=1 - -//Include LRDF (Lightweight Resource Description Framework with -// special support for LADSPA plugins) support -WANT_LRDF:BOOL=1 - -//Enable OSC support -WANT_OSC:BOOL=OFF - -//Include OSS (Open Sound System) support -WANT_OSS:BOOL=1 - -//Include PortAudio support -WANT_PORTAUDIO:BOOL=1 - -//Include PortMidi support -WANT_PORTMIDI:BOOL=1 - -//Include PulseAudio support -WANT_PULSEAUDIO:BOOL=ON - -//Include RubberBand (Audio Time Stretcher Library) support -WANT_RUBBERBAND:BOOL=1 - -//Build the core library shared. -WANT_SHARED:BOOL=OFF - -//Value Computed by CMake -hydrogen_BINARY_DIR:STATIC=/Users/colin/hydrogen/build - -//Value Computed by CMake -hydrogen_SOURCE_DIR:STATIC=/Users/colin/hydrogen - - -######################## -# INTERNAL cache entries -######################## - -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_ADDR2LINE -CMAKE_ADDR2LINE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_AR -CMAKE_AR-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//This is the directory where this CMakeCache.txt was created -CMAKE_CACHEFILE_DIR:INTERNAL=/Users/colin/hydrogen/build -//Major version of cmake used to create the current loaded cache -CMAKE_CACHE_MAJOR_VERSION:INTERNAL=3 -//Minor version of cmake used to create the current loaded cache -CMAKE_CACHE_MINOR_VERSION:INTERNAL=20 -//Patch version of cmake used to create the current loaded cache -CMAKE_CACHE_PATCH_VERSION:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_COLOR_MAKEFILE -CMAKE_COLOR_MAKEFILE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//Path to CMake executable. -CMAKE_COMMAND:INTERNAL=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cmake -//Path to cpack program executable. -CMAKE_CPACK_COMMAND:INTERNAL=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cpack -//Path to ctest program executable. -CMAKE_CTEST_COMMAND:INTERNAL=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/ctest -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER -CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO -CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_C_COMPILER -CMAKE_C_COMPILER-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_C_FLAGS -CMAKE_C_FLAGS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO -CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_DLLTOOL -CMAKE_DLLTOOL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//Path to cache edit program executable. -CMAKE_EDIT_COMMAND:INTERNAL=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/ccmake -//Executable file format -CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_FORMAT:INTERNAL=MACHO -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO -CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS -CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//Name of external makefile project generator. -CMAKE_EXTRA_GENERATOR:INTERNAL= -//Name of generator. -CMAKE_GENERATOR:INTERNAL=Unix Makefiles -//Generator instance identifier. -CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE:INTERNAL= -//Name of generator platform. -CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM:INTERNAL= -//Name of generator toolset. -CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET:INTERNAL= -//Source directory with the top level CMakeLists.txt file for this -// project -CMAKE_HOME_DIRECTORY:INTERNAL=/Users/colin/hydrogen -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_INSTALL_NAME_TOOL -CMAKE_INSTALL_NAME_TOOL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_LINKER -CMAKE_LINKER-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_MAKE_PROGRAM -CMAKE_MAKE_PROGRAM-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO -CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_NM -CMAKE_NM-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//number of local generators -CMAKE_NUMBER_OF_MAKEFILES:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_OBJCOPY -CMAKE_OBJCOPY-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_OBJDUMP -CMAKE_OBJDUMP-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//Platform information initialized -CMAKE_PLATFORM_INFO_INITIALIZED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_RANLIB -CMAKE_RANLIB-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_READELF -CMAKE_READELF-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//Path to CMake installation. -CMAKE_ROOT:INTERNAL=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO -CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH -CMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_SKIP_RPATH -CMAKE_SKIP_RPATH-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_DEBUG-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO -CMAKE_STATIC_LINKER_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_STRIP -CMAKE_STRIP-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 -//uname command -CMAKE_UNAME:INTERNAL=/usr/bin/uname -//ADVANCED property for variable: CMAKE_VERBOSE_MAKEFILE -CMAKE_VERBOSE_MAKEFILE-ADVANCED:INTERNAL=1 - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCCompiler.cmake hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCCompiler.cmake --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCCompiler.cmake 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCCompiler.cmake 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ARG1 "") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID "AppleClang") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_VERSION "12.0.0.12000032") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL "") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_WRAPPER "") -set(CMAKE_C_STANDARD_COMPUTED_DEFAULT "11") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILE_FEATURES "c_std_90;c_function_prototypes;c_std_99;c_restrict;c_variadic_macros;c_std_11;c_static_assert") -set(CMAKE_C90_COMPILE_FEATURES "c_std_90;c_function_prototypes") -set(CMAKE_C99_COMPILE_FEATURES "c_std_99;c_restrict;c_variadic_macros") -set(CMAKE_C11_COMPILE_FEATURES "c_std_11;c_static_assert") - -set(CMAKE_C_PLATFORM_ID "Darwin") -set(CMAKE_C_SIMULATE_ID "") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_FRONTEND_VARIANT "") -set(CMAKE_C_SIMULATE_VERSION "") - - - - -set(CMAKE_AR "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ar") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_AR "") -set(CMAKE_RANLIB "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ranlib") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_RANLIB "") -set(CMAKE_LINKER "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld") -set(CMAKE_MT "") -set(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCC ) -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_LOADED 1) -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_WORKS TRUE) -set(CMAKE_C_ABI_COMPILED TRUE) -set(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MINGW ) -set(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CYGWIN ) -if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CYGWIN) - set(CYGWIN 1) - set(UNIX 1) -endif() - -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ENV_VAR "CC") - -if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MINGW) - set(MINGW 1) -endif() -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID_RUN 1) -set(CMAKE_C_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS c;m) -set(CMAKE_C_IGNORE_EXTENSIONS h;H;o;O;obj;OBJ;def;DEF;rc;RC) -set(CMAKE_C_LINKER_PREFERENCE 10) - -# Save compiler ABI information. -set(CMAKE_C_SIZEOF_DATA_PTR "8") -set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ABI "") -set(CMAKE_C_BYTE_ORDER "LITTLE_ENDIAN") -set(CMAKE_C_LIBRARY_ARCHITECTURE "") - -if(CMAKE_C_SIZEOF_DATA_PTR) - set(CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P "${CMAKE_C_SIZEOF_DATA_PTR}") -endif() - -if(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ABI) - set(CMAKE_INTERNAL_PLATFORM_ABI "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ABI}") -endif() - -if(CMAKE_C_LIBRARY_ARCHITECTURE) - set(CMAKE_LIBRARY_ARCHITECTURE "") -endif() - -set(CMAKE_C_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX "") -if(CMAKE_C_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX) - set(CMAKE_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX "${CMAKE_C_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX}") -endif() - - - - - -set(CMAKE_C_IMPLICIT_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include") -set(CMAKE_C_IMPLICIT_LINK_LIBRARIES "") -set(CMAKE_C_IMPLICIT_LINK_DIRECTORIES "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib") -set(CMAKE_C_IMPLICIT_LINK_FRAMEWORK_DIRECTORIES "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks") diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCXXCompiler.cmake hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCXXCompiler.cmake --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCXXCompiler.cmake 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeCXXCompiler.cmake 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ARG1 "") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID "AppleClang") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_VERSION "12.0.0.12000032") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL "") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_WRAPPER "") -set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD_COMPUTED_DEFAULT "98") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILE_FEATURES "cxx_std_98;cxx_template_template_parameters;cxx_std_11;cxx_alias_templates;cxx_alignas;cxx_alignof;cxx_attributes;cxx_auto_type;cxx_constexpr;cxx_decltype;cxx_decltype_incomplete_return_types;cxx_default_function_template_args;cxx_defaulted_functions;cxx_defaulted_move_initializers;cxx_delegating_constructors;cxx_deleted_functions;cxx_enum_forward_declarations;cxx_explicit_conversions;cxx_extended_friend_declarations;cxx_extern_templates;cxx_final;cxx_func_identifier;cxx_generalized_initializers;cxx_inheriting_constructors;cxx_inline_namespaces;cxx_lambdas;cxx_local_type_template_args;cxx_long_long_type;cxx_noexcept;cxx_nonstatic_member_init;cxx_nullptr;cxx_override;cxx_range_for;cxx_raw_string_literals;cxx_reference_qualified_functions;cxx_right_angle_brackets;cxx_rvalue_references;cxx_sizeof_member;cxx_static_assert;cxx_strong_enums;cxx_thread_local;cxx_trailing_return_types;cxx_unicode_literals;cxx_uniform_initialization;cxx_unrestricted_unions;cxx_user_literals;cxx_variadic_macros;cxx_variadic_templates;cxx_std_14;cxx_aggregate_default_initializers;cxx_attribute_deprecated;cxx_binary_literals;cxx_contextual_conversions;cxx_decltype_auto;cxx_digit_separators;cxx_generic_lambdas;cxx_lambda_init_captures;cxx_relaxed_constexpr;cxx_return_type_deduction;cxx_variable_templates;cxx_std_17;cxx_std_20") -set(CMAKE_CXX98_COMPILE_FEATURES "cxx_std_98;cxx_template_template_parameters") -set(CMAKE_CXX11_COMPILE_FEATURES "cxx_std_11;cxx_alias_templates;cxx_alignas;cxx_alignof;cxx_attributes;cxx_auto_type;cxx_constexpr;cxx_decltype;cxx_decltype_incomplete_return_types;cxx_default_function_template_args;cxx_defaulted_functions;cxx_defaulted_move_initializers;cxx_delegating_constructors;cxx_deleted_functions;cxx_enum_forward_declarations;cxx_explicit_conversions;cxx_extended_friend_declarations;cxx_extern_templates;cxx_final;cxx_func_identifier;cxx_generalized_initializers;cxx_inheriting_constructors;cxx_inline_namespaces;cxx_lambdas;cxx_local_type_template_args;cxx_long_long_type;cxx_noexcept;cxx_nonstatic_member_init;cxx_nullptr;cxx_override;cxx_range_for;cxx_raw_string_literals;cxx_reference_qualified_functions;cxx_right_angle_brackets;cxx_rvalue_references;cxx_sizeof_member;cxx_static_assert;cxx_strong_enums;cxx_thread_local;cxx_trailing_return_types;cxx_unicode_literals;cxx_uniform_initialization;cxx_unrestricted_unions;cxx_user_literals;cxx_variadic_macros;cxx_variadic_templates") -set(CMAKE_CXX14_COMPILE_FEATURES "cxx_std_14;cxx_aggregate_default_initializers;cxx_attribute_deprecated;cxx_binary_literals;cxx_contextual_conversions;cxx_decltype_auto;cxx_digit_separators;cxx_generic_lambdas;cxx_lambda_init_captures;cxx_relaxed_constexpr;cxx_return_type_deduction;cxx_variable_templates") -set(CMAKE_CXX17_COMPILE_FEATURES "cxx_std_17") -set(CMAKE_CXX20_COMPILE_FEATURES "cxx_std_20") -set(CMAKE_CXX23_COMPILE_FEATURES "") - -set(CMAKE_CXX_PLATFORM_ID "Darwin") -set(CMAKE_CXX_SIMULATE_ID "") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_FRONTEND_VARIANT "") -set(CMAKE_CXX_SIMULATE_VERSION "") - - - - -set(CMAKE_AR "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ar") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_AR "") -set(CMAKE_RANLIB "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ranlib") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_RANLIB "") -set(CMAKE_LINKER "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld") -set(CMAKE_MT "") -set(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX ) -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_LOADED 1) -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_WORKS TRUE) -set(CMAKE_CXX_ABI_COMPILED TRUE) -set(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MINGW ) -set(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CYGWIN ) -if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CYGWIN) - set(CYGWIN 1) - set(UNIX 1) -endif() - -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ENV_VAR "CXX") - -if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MINGW) - set(MINGW 1) -endif() -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID_RUN 1) -set(CMAKE_CXX_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS C;M;c++;cc;cpp;cxx;m;mm;mpp;CPP) -set(CMAKE_CXX_IGNORE_EXTENSIONS inl;h;hpp;HPP;H;o;O;obj;OBJ;def;DEF;rc;RC) - -foreach (lang C OBJC OBJCXX) - if (CMAKE_${lang}_COMPILER_ID_RUN) - foreach(extension IN LISTS CMAKE_${lang}_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS) - list(REMOVE_ITEM CMAKE_CXX_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS ${extension}) - endforeach() - endif() -endforeach() - -set(CMAKE_CXX_LINKER_PREFERENCE 30) -set(CMAKE_CXX_LINKER_PREFERENCE_PROPAGATES 1) - -# Save compiler ABI information. -set(CMAKE_CXX_SIZEOF_DATA_PTR "8") -set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ABI "") -set(CMAKE_CXX_BYTE_ORDER "LITTLE_ENDIAN") -set(CMAKE_CXX_LIBRARY_ARCHITECTURE "") - -if(CMAKE_CXX_SIZEOF_DATA_PTR) - set(CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P "${CMAKE_CXX_SIZEOF_DATA_PTR}") -endif() - -if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ABI) - set(CMAKE_INTERNAL_PLATFORM_ABI "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ABI}") -endif() - -if(CMAKE_CXX_LIBRARY_ARCHITECTURE) - set(CMAKE_LIBRARY_ARCHITECTURE "") -endif() - -set(CMAKE_CXX_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX "") -if(CMAKE_CXX_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX) - set(CMAKE_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX "${CMAKE_CXX_CL_SHOWINCLUDES_PREFIX}") -endif() - - - - - -set(CMAKE_CXX_IMPLICIT_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include/c++/v1;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include") -set(CMAKE_CXX_IMPLICIT_LINK_LIBRARIES "c++") -set(CMAKE_CXX_IMPLICIT_LINK_DIRECTORIES "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib") -set(CMAKE_CXX_IMPLICIT_LINK_FRAMEWORK_DIRECTORIES "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks") Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeDetermineCompilerABI_C.bin and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeDetermineCompilerABI_C.bin differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeDetermineCompilerABI_CXX.bin and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeDetermineCompilerABI_CXX.bin differ diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeSystem.cmake hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeSystem.cmake --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeSystem.cmake 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CMakeSystem.cmake 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -set(CMAKE_HOST_SYSTEM "Darwin-20.3.0") -set(CMAKE_HOST_SYSTEM_NAME "Darwin") -set(CMAKE_HOST_SYSTEM_VERSION "20.3.0") -set(CMAKE_HOST_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR "arm64") - - - -set(CMAKE_SYSTEM "Darwin-20.3.0") -set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME "Darwin") -set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_VERSION "20.3.0") -set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR "arm64") - -set(CMAKE_CROSSCOMPILING "FALSE") - -set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_LOADED 1) diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.c hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.c --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.c 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.c 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,743 +0,0 @@ -#ifdef __cplusplus -# error "A C++ compiler has been selected for C." -#endif - -#if defined(__18CXX) -# define ID_VOID_MAIN -#endif -#if defined(__CLASSIC_C__) -/* cv-qualifiers did not exist in K&R C */ -# define const -# define volatile -#endif - - -/* Version number components: V=Version, R=Revision, P=Patch - Version date components: YYYY=Year, MM=Month, DD=Day */ - -#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__ICC) -# define COMPILER_ID "Intel" -# if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_ID "GNU" -# endif - /* __INTEL_COMPILER = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER/10 % 10) -# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) -# else -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER % 10) -# endif -# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER_BUILD_DATE) - /* __INTEL_COMPILER_BUILD_DATE = YYYYMMDD */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER_BUILD_DATE) -# endif -# if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUC__) -# elif defined(__GNUG__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUG__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif (defined(__clang__) && defined(__INTEL_CLANG_COMPILER)) || defined(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER) -# define COMPILER_ID "IntelLLVM" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_ID "GNU" -#endif -/* __INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER = VVVVRP prior to 2021.2.0, VVVVRRPP for 2021.2.0 and - * later. Look for 6 digit vs. 8 digit version number to decide encoding. - * VVVV is no smaller than the current year when a versio is released. - */ -#if __INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER < 1000000L -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER % 10) -#else -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/10000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/100 % 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER % 100) -#endif -#if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUC__) -#elif defined(__GNUG__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUG__) -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GNUC_MINOR__) -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -#endif - -#elif defined(__PATHCC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "PathScale" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__PATHCC__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__PATHCC_MINOR__) -# if defined(__PATHCC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__PATHCC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Embarcadero" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__>>24 & 0x00FF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__>>16 & 0x00FF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__ & 0xFFFF) - -#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Borland" - /* __BORLANDC__ = 0xVRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__BORLANDC__>>8) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__BORLANDC__ & 0xFF) - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ < 1200 -# define COMPILER_ID "Watcom" - /* __WATCOMC__ = VVRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__WATCOMC__ / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC((__WATCOMC__ / 10) % 10) -# if (__WATCOMC__ % 10) > 0 -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__WATCOMC__ % 10) -# endif - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "OpenWatcom" - /* __WATCOMC__ = VVRP + 1100 */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC((__WATCOMC__ - 1100) / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC((__WATCOMC__ / 10) % 10) -# if (__WATCOMC__ % 10) > 0 -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__WATCOMC__ % 10) -# endif - -#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) -# define COMPILER_ID "SunPro" -# if __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5100 - /* __SUNPRO_C = 0xVRRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__SUNPRO_C>>12) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__SUNPRO_C>>4 & 0xFF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH HEX(__SUNPRO_C & 0xF) -# else - /* __SUNPRO_CC = 0xVRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__SUNPRO_C>>8) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__SUNPRO_C>>4 & 0xF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH HEX(__SUNPRO_C & 0xF) -# endif - -#elif defined(__HP_cc) -# define COMPILER_ID "HP" - /* __HP_cc = VVRRPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__HP_cc/10000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__HP_cc/100 % 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__HP_cc % 100) - -#elif defined(__DECC) -# define COMPILER_ID "Compaq" - /* __DECC_VER = VVRRTPPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__DECC_VER/10000000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__DECC_VER/100000 % 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__DECC_VER % 10000) - -#elif defined(__IBMC__) && defined(__COMPILER_VER__) -# define COMPILER_ID "zOS" - /* __IBMC__ = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__IBMC__/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__IBMC__/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__IBMC__ % 10) - -#elif defined(__ibmxl__) && defined(__clang__) -# define COMPILER_ID "XLClang" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ibmxl_version__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ibmxl_release__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ibmxl_modification__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(__ibmxl_ptf_fix_level__) - - -#elif defined(__IBMC__) && !defined(__COMPILER_VER__) && __IBMC__ >= 800 -# define COMPILER_ID "XL" - /* __IBMC__ = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__IBMC__/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__IBMC__/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__IBMC__ % 10) - -#elif defined(__IBMC__) && !defined(__COMPILER_VER__) && __IBMC__ < 800 -# define COMPILER_ID "VisualAge" - /* __IBMC__ = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__IBMC__/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__IBMC__/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__IBMC__ % 10) - -#elif defined(__NVCOMPILER) -# define COMPILER_ID "NVHPC" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__NVCOMPILER_MAJOR__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__NVCOMPILER_MINOR__) -# if defined(__NVCOMPILER_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__NVCOMPILER_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(__PGI) -# define COMPILER_ID "PGI" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__PGIC__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__PGIC_MINOR__) -# if defined(__PGIC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__PGIC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(_CRAYC) -# define COMPILER_ID "Cray" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_RELEASE_MAJOR) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_RELEASE_MINOR) - -#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) -# define COMPILER_ID "TI" - /* __TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ = VVVRRRPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__/1000000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__/1000 % 1000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000) - -#elif defined(__FUJITSU) || defined(__FCC_VERSION) || defined(__fcc_version) -# define COMPILER_ID "Fujitsu" - -#elif defined(__ghs__) -# define COMPILER_ID "GHS" -/* __GHS_VERSION_NUMBER = VVVVRP */ -# ifdef __GHS_VERSION_NUMBER -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GHS_VERSION_NUMBER / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GHS_VERSION_NUMBER / 10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GHS_VERSION_NUMBER % 10) -# endif - -#elif defined(__TINYC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "TinyCC" - -#elif defined(__BCC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Bruce" - -#elif defined(__SCO_VERSION__) -# define COMPILER_ID "SCO" - -#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && !defined(__clang__) -# define COMPILER_ID "ARMCC" -#if __ARMCC_VERSION >= 1000000 - /* __ARMCC_VERSION = VRRPPPP */ - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/1000000) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/10000 % 100) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION % 10000) -#else - /* __ARMCC_VERSION = VRPPPP */ - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/100000) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/10000 % 10) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION % 10000) -#endif - - -#elif defined(__clang__) && defined(__apple_build_version__) -# define COMPILER_ID "AppleClang" -# if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -# endif -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__clang_major__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__clang_minor__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__clang_patchlevel__) -# if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# endif -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(__apple_build_version__) - -#elif defined(__clang__) && defined(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION) -# define COMPILER_ID "ARMClang" - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION/1000000) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION/10000 % 100) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION % 10000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION) - -#elif defined(__clang__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Clang" -# if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -# endif -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__clang_major__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__clang_minor__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__clang_patchlevel__) -# if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# endif - -#elif defined(__GNUC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "GNU" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUC__) -# if defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) -# define COMPILER_ID "MSVC" - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# if defined(_MSC_FULL_VER) -# if _MSC_VER >= 1400 - /* _MSC_FULL_VER = VVRRPPPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(_MSC_FULL_VER % 100000) -# else - /* _MSC_FULL_VER = VVRRPPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(_MSC_FULL_VER % 10000) -# endif -# endif -# if defined(_MSC_BUILD) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(_MSC_BUILD) -# endif - -#elif defined(__VISUALDSPVERSION__) || defined(__ADSPBLACKFIN__) || defined(__ADSPTS__) || defined(__ADSP21000__) -# define COMPILER_ID "ADSP" -#if defined(__VISUALDSPVERSION__) - /* __VISUALDSPVERSION__ = 0xVVRRPP00 */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__VISUALDSPVERSION__>>24) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__VISUALDSPVERSION__>>16 & 0xFF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH HEX(__VISUALDSPVERSION__>>8 & 0xFF) -#endif - -#elif defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) || defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC) -# define COMPILER_ID "IAR" -# if defined(__VER__) && defined(__ICCARM__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC((__VER__) / 1000000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(((__VER__) / 1000) % 1000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC((__VER__) % 1000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL DEC(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) -# elif defined(__VER__) && (defined(__ICCAVR__) || defined(__ICCRX__) || defined(__ICCRH850__) || defined(__ICCRL78__) || defined(__ICC430__) || defined(__ICCRISCV__) || defined(__ICCV850__) || defined(__ICC8051__) || defined(__ICCSTM8__)) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC((__VER__) / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC((__VER__) - (((__VER__) / 100)*100)) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__SUBVERSION__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL DEC(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) -# endif - -#elif defined(__SDCC_VERSION_MAJOR) || defined(SDCC) -# define COMPILER_ID "SDCC" -# if defined(__SDCC_VERSION_MAJOR) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__SDCC_VERSION_MAJOR) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__SDCC_VERSION_MINOR) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__SDCC_VERSION_PATCH) -# else - /* SDCC = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(SDCC/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(SDCC/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(SDCC % 10) -# endif - - -/* These compilers are either not known or too old to define an - identification macro. Try to identify the platform and guess that - it is the native compiler. */ -#elif defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpua) -# define COMPILER_ID "HP" - -#else /* unknown compiler */ -# define COMPILER_ID "" -#endif - -/* Construct the string literal in pieces to prevent the source from - getting matched. Store it in a pointer rather than an array - because some compilers will just produce instructions to fill the - array rather than assigning a pointer to a static array. */ -char const* info_compiler = "INFO" ":" "compiler[" COMPILER_ID "]"; -#ifdef SIMULATE_ID -char const* info_simulate = "INFO" ":" "simulate[" SIMULATE_ID "]"; -#endif - -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ -char const* qnxnto = "INFO" ":" "qnxnto[]"; -#endif - -#if defined(__CRAYXT_COMPUTE_LINUX_TARGET) -char const *info_cray = "INFO" ":" "compiler_wrapper[CrayPrgEnv]"; -#endif - -#define STRINGIFY_HELPER(X) #X -#define STRINGIFY(X) STRINGIFY_HELPER(X) - -/* Identify known platforms by name. */ -#if defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__) || defined(linux) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Linux" - -#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Cygwin" - -#elif defined(__MINGW32__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "MinGW" - -#elif defined(__APPLE__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Darwin" - -#elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WIN32) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Windows" - -#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD) -# define PLATFORM_ID "FreeBSD" - -#elif defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD) -# define PLATFORM_ID "NetBSD" - -#elif defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__OPENBSD) -# define PLATFORM_ID "OpenBSD" - -#elif defined(__sun) || defined(sun) -# define PLATFORM_ID "SunOS" - -#elif defined(_AIX) || defined(__AIX) || defined(__AIX__) || defined(__aix) || defined(__aix__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "AIX" - -#elif defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpux__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "HP-UX" - -#elif defined(__HAIKU__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Haiku" - -#elif defined(__BeOS) || defined(__BEOS__) || defined(_BEOS) -# define PLATFORM_ID "BeOS" - -#elif defined(__QNX__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "QNX" - -#elif defined(__tru64) || defined(_tru64) || defined(__TRU64__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Tru64" - -#elif defined(__riscos) || defined(__riscos__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "RISCos" - -#elif defined(__sinix) || defined(__sinix__) || defined(__SINIX__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "SINIX" - -#elif defined(__UNIX_SV__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "UNIX_SV" - -#elif defined(__bsdos__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "BSDOS" - -#elif defined(_MPRAS) || defined(MPRAS) -# define PLATFORM_ID "MP-RAS" - -#elif defined(__osf) || defined(__osf__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "OSF1" - -#elif defined(_SCO_SV) || defined(SCO_SV) || defined(sco_sv) -# define PLATFORM_ID "SCO_SV" - -#elif defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) || defined(_ULTRIX) -# define PLATFORM_ID "ULTRIX" - -#elif defined(__XENIX__) || defined(_XENIX) || defined(XENIX) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Xenix" - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) -# if defined(__LINUX__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Linux" - -# elif defined(__DOS__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "DOS" - -# elif defined(__OS2__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "OS2" - -# elif defined(__WINDOWS__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Windows3x" - -# elif defined(__VXWORKS__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "VxWorks" - -# else /* unknown platform */ -# define PLATFORM_ID -# endif - -#elif defined(__INTEGRITY) -# if defined(INT_178B) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Integrity178" - -# else /* regular Integrity */ -# define PLATFORM_ID "Integrity" -# endif - -#else /* unknown platform */ -# define PLATFORM_ID - -#endif - -/* For windows compilers MSVC and Intel we can determine - the architecture of the compiler being used. This is because - the compilers do not have flags that can change the architecture, - but rather depend on which compiler is being used -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER) -# if defined(_M_IA64) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "IA64" - -# elif defined(_M_ARM64EC) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM64EC" - -# elif defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "x64" - -# elif defined(_M_IX86) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "X86" - -# elif defined(_M_ARM64) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM64" - -# elif defined(_M_ARM) -# if _M_ARM == 4 -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARMV4I" -# elif _M_ARM == 5 -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARMV5I" -# else -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARMV" STRINGIFY(_M_ARM) -# endif - -# elif defined(_M_MIPS) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "MIPS" - -# elif defined(_M_SH) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "SHx" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) -# if defined(_M_I86) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "I86" - -# elif defined(_M_IX86) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "X86" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) || defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC) -# if defined(__ICCARM__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM" - -# elif defined(__ICCRX__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RX" - -# elif defined(__ICCRH850__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RH850" - -# elif defined(__ICCRL78__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RL78" - -# elif defined(__ICCRISCV__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RISCV" - -# elif defined(__ICCAVR__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "AVR" - -# elif defined(__ICC430__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "MSP430" - -# elif defined(__ICCV850__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "V850" - -# elif defined(__ICC8051__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "8051" - -# elif defined(__ICCSTM8__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "STM8" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__ghs__) -# if defined(__PPC64__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "PPC64" - -# elif defined(__ppc__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "PPC" - -# elif defined(__ARM__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM" - -# elif defined(__x86_64__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "x64" - -# elif defined(__i386__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "X86" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) -# if defined(__TI_ARM__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM" - -# elif defined(__MSP430__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "MSP430" - -# elif defined(__TMS320C28XX__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "TMS320C28x" - -# elif defined(__TMS320C6X__) || defined(_TMS320C6X) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "TMS320C6x" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#else -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID -#endif - -/* Convert integer to decimal digit literals. */ -#define DEC(n) \ - ('0' + (((n) / 10000000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 1000000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 100000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 10000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 1000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 100)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 10)%10)), \ - ('0' + ((n) % 10)) - -/* Convert integer to hex digit literals. */ -#define HEX(n) \ - ('0' + ((n)>>28 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>24 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>20 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>16 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>12 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>8 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>4 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n) & 0xF)) - -/* Construct a string literal encoding the version number components. */ -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR -char const info_version[] = { - 'I', 'N', 'F', 'O', ':', - 'c','o','m','p','i','l','e','r','_','v','e','r','s','i','o','n','[', - COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR, -# ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR - '.', COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR, -# ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH - '.', COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH, -# ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK - '.', COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK, -# endif -# endif -# endif - ']','\0'}; -#endif - -/* Construct a string literal encoding the internal version number. */ -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL -char const info_version_internal[] = { - 'I', 'N', 'F', 'O', ':', - 'c','o','m','p','i','l','e','r','_','v','e','r','s','i','o','n','_', - 'i','n','t','e','r','n','a','l','[', - COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL,']','\0'}; -#endif - -/* Construct a string literal encoding the version number components. */ -#ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR -char const info_simulate_version[] = { - 'I', 'N', 'F', 'O', ':', - 's','i','m','u','l','a','t','e','_','v','e','r','s','i','o','n','[', - SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR, -# ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR - '.', SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR, -# ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH - '.', SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH, -# ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_TWEAK - '.', SIMULATE_VERSION_TWEAK, -# endif -# endif -# endif - ']','\0'}; -#endif - -/* Construct the string literal in pieces to prevent the source from - getting matched. Store it in a pointer rather than an array - because some compilers will just produce instructions to fill the - array rather than assigning a pointer to a static array. */ -char const* info_platform = "INFO" ":" "platform[" PLATFORM_ID "]"; -char const* info_arch = "INFO" ":" "arch[" ARCHITECTURE_ID "]"; - - - -#if !defined(__STDC__) -# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)) \ - || (defined(__ibmxl__) || defined(__IBMC__)) -# define C_DIALECT "90" -# else -# define C_DIALECT -# endif -#elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201000L -# define C_DIALECT "11" -#elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L -# define C_DIALECT "99" -#else -# define C_DIALECT "90" -#endif -const char* info_language_dialect_default = - "INFO" ":" "dialect_default[" C_DIALECT "]"; - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifdef ID_VOID_MAIN -void main() {} -#else -# if defined(__CLASSIC_C__) -int main(argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; -# else -int main(int argc, char* argv[]) -# endif -{ - int require = 0; - require += info_compiler[argc]; - require += info_platform[argc]; - require += info_arch[argc]; -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR - require += info_version[argc]; -#endif -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL - require += info_version_internal[argc]; -#endif -#ifdef SIMULATE_ID - require += info_simulate[argc]; -#endif -#ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR - require += info_simulate_version[argc]; -#endif -#if defined(__CRAYXT_COMPUTE_LINUX_TARGET) - require += info_cray[argc]; -#endif - require += info_language_dialect_default[argc]; - (void)argv; - return require; -} -#endif Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.o and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.o differ diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -/* This source file must have a .cpp extension so that all C++ compilers - recognize the extension without flags. Borland does not know .cxx for - example. */ -#ifndef __cplusplus -# error "A C compiler has been selected for C++." -#endif - - -/* Version number components: V=Version, R=Revision, P=Patch - Version date components: YYYY=Year, MM=Month, DD=Day */ - -#if defined(__COMO__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Comeau" - /* __COMO_VERSION__ = VRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__COMO_VERSION__ / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__COMO_VERSION__ % 100) - -#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__ICC) -# define COMPILER_ID "Intel" -# if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_ID "GNU" -# endif - /* __INTEL_COMPILER = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER/10 % 10) -# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) -# else -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER % 10) -# endif -# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER_BUILD_DATE) - /* __INTEL_COMPILER_BUILD_DATE = YYYYMMDD */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(__INTEL_COMPILER_BUILD_DATE) -# endif -# if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUC__) -# elif defined(__GNUG__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUG__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif (defined(__clang__) && defined(__INTEL_CLANG_COMPILER)) || defined(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER) -# define COMPILER_ID "IntelLLVM" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_ID "GNU" -#endif -/* __INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER = VVVVRP prior to 2021.2.0, VVVVRRPP for 2021.2.0 and - * later. Look for 6 digit vs. 8 digit version number to decide encoding. - * VVVV is no smaller than the current year when a versio is released. - */ -#if __INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER < 1000000L -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER % 10) -#else -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/10000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER/100 % 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__INTEL_LLVM_COMPILER % 100) -#endif -#if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUC__) -#elif defined(__GNUG__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUG__) -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GNUC_MINOR__) -#endif -#if defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -#endif - -#elif defined(__PATHCC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "PathScale" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__PATHCC__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__PATHCC_MINOR__) -# if defined(__PATHCC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__PATHCC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Embarcadero" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__>>24 & 0x00FF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__>>16 & 0x00FF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__CODEGEARC_VERSION__ & 0xFFFF) - -#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Borland" - /* __BORLANDC__ = 0xVRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__BORLANDC__>>8) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__BORLANDC__ & 0xFF) - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ < 1200 -# define COMPILER_ID "Watcom" - /* __WATCOMC__ = VVRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__WATCOMC__ / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC((__WATCOMC__ / 10) % 10) -# if (__WATCOMC__ % 10) > 0 -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__WATCOMC__ % 10) -# endif - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) -# define COMPILER_ID "OpenWatcom" - /* __WATCOMC__ = VVRP + 1100 */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC((__WATCOMC__ - 1100) / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC((__WATCOMC__ / 10) % 10) -# if (__WATCOMC__ % 10) > 0 -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__WATCOMC__ % 10) -# endif - -#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC) -# define COMPILER_ID "SunPro" -# if __SUNPRO_CC >= 0x5100 - /* __SUNPRO_CC = 0xVRRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__SUNPRO_CC>>12) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__SUNPRO_CC>>4 & 0xFF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH HEX(__SUNPRO_CC & 0xF) -# else - /* __SUNPRO_CC = 0xVRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__SUNPRO_CC>>8) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__SUNPRO_CC>>4 & 0xF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH HEX(__SUNPRO_CC & 0xF) -# endif - -#elif defined(__HP_aCC) -# define COMPILER_ID "HP" - /* __HP_aCC = VVRRPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__HP_aCC/10000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__HP_aCC/100 % 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__HP_aCC % 100) - -#elif defined(__DECCXX) -# define COMPILER_ID "Compaq" - /* __DECCXX_VER = VVRRTPPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__DECCXX_VER/10000000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__DECCXX_VER/100000 % 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__DECCXX_VER % 10000) - -#elif defined(__IBMCPP__) && defined(__COMPILER_VER__) -# define COMPILER_ID "zOS" - /* __IBMCPP__ = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__IBMCPP__/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__IBMCPP__/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__IBMCPP__ % 10) - -#elif defined(__ibmxl__) && defined(__clang__) -# define COMPILER_ID "XLClang" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ibmxl_version__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ibmxl_release__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ibmxl_modification__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(__ibmxl_ptf_fix_level__) - - -#elif defined(__IBMCPP__) && !defined(__COMPILER_VER__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 800 -# define COMPILER_ID "XL" - /* __IBMCPP__ = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__IBMCPP__/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__IBMCPP__/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__IBMCPP__ % 10) - -#elif defined(__IBMCPP__) && !defined(__COMPILER_VER__) && __IBMCPP__ < 800 -# define COMPILER_ID "VisualAge" - /* __IBMCPP__ = VRP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__IBMCPP__/100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__IBMCPP__/10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__IBMCPP__ % 10) - -#elif defined(__NVCOMPILER) -# define COMPILER_ID "NVHPC" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__NVCOMPILER_MAJOR__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__NVCOMPILER_MINOR__) -# if defined(__NVCOMPILER_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__NVCOMPILER_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(__PGI) -# define COMPILER_ID "PGI" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__PGIC__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__PGIC_MINOR__) -# if defined(__PGIC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__PGIC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(_CRAYC) -# define COMPILER_ID "Cray" -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_RELEASE_MAJOR) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_RELEASE_MINOR) - -#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) -# define COMPILER_ID "TI" - /* __TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ = VVVRRRPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__/1000000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__/1000 % 1000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000) - -#elif defined(__FUJITSU) || defined(__FCC_VERSION) || defined(__fcc_version) -# define COMPILER_ID "Fujitsu" - -#elif defined(__ghs__) -# define COMPILER_ID "GHS" -/* __GHS_VERSION_NUMBER = VVVVRP */ -# ifdef __GHS_VERSION_NUMBER -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GHS_VERSION_NUMBER / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GHS_VERSION_NUMBER / 10 % 10) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GHS_VERSION_NUMBER % 10) -# endif - -#elif defined(__SCO_VERSION__) -# define COMPILER_ID "SCO" - -#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && !defined(__clang__) -# define COMPILER_ID "ARMCC" -#if __ARMCC_VERSION >= 1000000 - /* __ARMCC_VERSION = VRRPPPP */ - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/1000000) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/10000 % 100) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION % 10000) -#else - /* __ARMCC_VERSION = VRPPPP */ - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/100000) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION/10000 % 10) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ARMCC_VERSION % 10000) -#endif - - -#elif defined(__clang__) && defined(__apple_build_version__) -# define COMPILER_ID "AppleClang" -# if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -# endif -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__clang_major__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__clang_minor__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__clang_patchlevel__) -# if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# endif -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(__apple_build_version__) - -#elif defined(__clang__) && defined(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION) -# define COMPILER_ID "ARMClang" - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION/1000000) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION/10000 % 100) - # define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION % 10000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL DEC(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION) - -#elif defined(__clang__) -# define COMPILER_ID "Clang" -# if defined(_MSC_VER) -# define SIMULATE_ID "MSVC" -# endif -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__clang_major__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__clang_minor__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__clang_patchlevel__) -# if defined(_MSC_VER) - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# endif - -#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GNUG__) -# define COMPILER_ID "GNU" -# if defined(__GNUC__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUC__) -# else -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(__GNUG__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# endif -# if defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -# endif - -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) -# define COMPILER_ID "MSVC" - /* _MSC_VER = VVRR */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC(_MSC_VER / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(_MSC_VER % 100) -# if defined(_MSC_FULL_VER) -# if _MSC_VER >= 1400 - /* _MSC_FULL_VER = VVRRPPPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(_MSC_FULL_VER % 100000) -# else - /* _MSC_FULL_VER = VVRRPPPP */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(_MSC_FULL_VER % 10000) -# endif -# endif -# if defined(_MSC_BUILD) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK DEC(_MSC_BUILD) -# endif - -#elif defined(__VISUALDSPVERSION__) || defined(__ADSPBLACKFIN__) || defined(__ADSPTS__) || defined(__ADSP21000__) -# define COMPILER_ID "ADSP" -#if defined(__VISUALDSPVERSION__) - /* __VISUALDSPVERSION__ = 0xVVRRPP00 */ -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR HEX(__VISUALDSPVERSION__>>24) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR HEX(__VISUALDSPVERSION__>>16 & 0xFF) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH HEX(__VISUALDSPVERSION__>>8 & 0xFF) -#endif - -#elif defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) || defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC) -# define COMPILER_ID "IAR" -# if defined(__VER__) && defined(__ICCARM__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC((__VER__) / 1000000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC(((__VER__) / 1000) % 1000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC((__VER__) % 1000) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL DEC(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) -# elif defined(__VER__) && (defined(__ICCAVR__) || defined(__ICCRX__) || defined(__ICCRH850__) || defined(__ICCRL78__) || defined(__ICC430__) || defined(__ICCRISCV__) || defined(__ICCV850__) || defined(__ICC8051__) || defined(__ICCSTM8__)) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR DEC((__VER__) / 100) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR DEC((__VER__) - (((__VER__) / 100)*100)) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH DEC(__SUBVERSION__) -# define COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL DEC(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) -# endif - - -/* These compilers are either not known or too old to define an - identification macro. Try to identify the platform and guess that - it is the native compiler. */ -#elif defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpua) -# define COMPILER_ID "HP" - -#else /* unknown compiler */ -# define COMPILER_ID "" -#endif - -/* Construct the string literal in pieces to prevent the source from - getting matched. Store it in a pointer rather than an array - because some compilers will just produce instructions to fill the - array rather than assigning a pointer to a static array. */ -char const* info_compiler = "INFO" ":" "compiler[" COMPILER_ID "]"; -#ifdef SIMULATE_ID -char const* info_simulate = "INFO" ":" "simulate[" SIMULATE_ID "]"; -#endif - -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ -char const* qnxnto = "INFO" ":" "qnxnto[]"; -#endif - -#if defined(__CRAYXT_COMPUTE_LINUX_TARGET) -char const *info_cray = "INFO" ":" "compiler_wrapper[CrayPrgEnv]"; -#endif - -#define STRINGIFY_HELPER(X) #X -#define STRINGIFY(X) STRINGIFY_HELPER(X) - -/* Identify known platforms by name. */ -#if defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__) || defined(linux) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Linux" - -#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Cygwin" - -#elif defined(__MINGW32__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "MinGW" - -#elif defined(__APPLE__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Darwin" - -#elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WIN32) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Windows" - -#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD) -# define PLATFORM_ID "FreeBSD" - -#elif defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD) -# define PLATFORM_ID "NetBSD" - -#elif defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__OPENBSD) -# define PLATFORM_ID "OpenBSD" - -#elif defined(__sun) || defined(sun) -# define PLATFORM_ID "SunOS" - -#elif defined(_AIX) || defined(__AIX) || defined(__AIX__) || defined(__aix) || defined(__aix__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "AIX" - -#elif defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpux__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "HP-UX" - -#elif defined(__HAIKU__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Haiku" - -#elif defined(__BeOS) || defined(__BEOS__) || defined(_BEOS) -# define PLATFORM_ID "BeOS" - -#elif defined(__QNX__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "QNX" - -#elif defined(__tru64) || defined(_tru64) || defined(__TRU64__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Tru64" - -#elif defined(__riscos) || defined(__riscos__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "RISCos" - -#elif defined(__sinix) || defined(__sinix__) || defined(__SINIX__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "SINIX" - -#elif defined(__UNIX_SV__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "UNIX_SV" - -#elif defined(__bsdos__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "BSDOS" - -#elif defined(_MPRAS) || defined(MPRAS) -# define PLATFORM_ID "MP-RAS" - -#elif defined(__osf) || defined(__osf__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "OSF1" - -#elif defined(_SCO_SV) || defined(SCO_SV) || defined(sco_sv) -# define PLATFORM_ID "SCO_SV" - -#elif defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) || defined(_ULTRIX) -# define PLATFORM_ID "ULTRIX" - -#elif defined(__XENIX__) || defined(_XENIX) || defined(XENIX) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Xenix" - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) -# if defined(__LINUX__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Linux" - -# elif defined(__DOS__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "DOS" - -# elif defined(__OS2__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "OS2" - -# elif defined(__WINDOWS__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Windows3x" - -# elif defined(__VXWORKS__) -# define PLATFORM_ID "VxWorks" - -# else /* unknown platform */ -# define PLATFORM_ID -# endif - -#elif defined(__INTEGRITY) -# if defined(INT_178B) -# define PLATFORM_ID "Integrity178" - -# else /* regular Integrity */ -# define PLATFORM_ID "Integrity" -# endif - -#else /* unknown platform */ -# define PLATFORM_ID - -#endif - -/* For windows compilers MSVC and Intel we can determine - the architecture of the compiler being used. This is because - the compilers do not have flags that can change the architecture, - but rather depend on which compiler is being used -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER) -# if defined(_M_IA64) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "IA64" - -# elif defined(_M_ARM64EC) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM64EC" - -# elif defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "x64" - -# elif defined(_M_IX86) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "X86" - -# elif defined(_M_ARM64) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM64" - -# elif defined(_M_ARM) -# if _M_ARM == 4 -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARMV4I" -# elif _M_ARM == 5 -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARMV5I" -# else -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARMV" STRINGIFY(_M_ARM) -# endif - -# elif defined(_M_MIPS) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "MIPS" - -# elif defined(_M_SH) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "SHx" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) -# if defined(_M_I86) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "I86" - -# elif defined(_M_IX86) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "X86" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) || defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC) -# if defined(__ICCARM__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM" - -# elif defined(__ICCRX__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RX" - -# elif defined(__ICCRH850__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RH850" - -# elif defined(__ICCRL78__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RL78" - -# elif defined(__ICCRISCV__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "RISCV" - -# elif defined(__ICCAVR__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "AVR" - -# elif defined(__ICC430__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "MSP430" - -# elif defined(__ICCV850__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "V850" - -# elif defined(__ICC8051__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "8051" - -# elif defined(__ICCSTM8__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "STM8" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__ghs__) -# if defined(__PPC64__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "PPC64" - -# elif defined(__ppc__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "PPC" - -# elif defined(__ARM__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM" - -# elif defined(__x86_64__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "x64" - -# elif defined(__i386__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "X86" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) -# if defined(__TI_ARM__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "ARM" - -# elif defined(__MSP430__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "MSP430" - -# elif defined(__TMS320C28XX__) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "TMS320C28x" - -# elif defined(__TMS320C6X__) || defined(_TMS320C6X) -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "TMS320C6x" - -# else /* unknown architecture */ -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID "" -# endif - -#else -# define ARCHITECTURE_ID -#endif - -/* Convert integer to decimal digit literals. */ -#define DEC(n) \ - ('0' + (((n) / 10000000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 1000000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 100000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 10000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 1000)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 100)%10)), \ - ('0' + (((n) / 10)%10)), \ - ('0' + ((n) % 10)) - -/* Convert integer to hex digit literals. */ -#define HEX(n) \ - ('0' + ((n)>>28 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>24 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>20 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>16 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>12 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>8 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n)>>4 & 0xF)), \ - ('0' + ((n) & 0xF)) - -/* Construct a string literal encoding the version number components. */ -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR -char const info_version[] = { - 'I', 'N', 'F', 'O', ':', - 'c','o','m','p','i','l','e','r','_','v','e','r','s','i','o','n','[', - COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR, -# ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR - '.', COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR, -# ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH - '.', COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH, -# ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK - '.', COMPILER_VERSION_TWEAK, -# endif -# endif -# endif - ']','\0'}; -#endif - -/* Construct a string literal encoding the internal version number. */ -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL -char const info_version_internal[] = { - 'I', 'N', 'F', 'O', ':', - 'c','o','m','p','i','l','e','r','_','v','e','r','s','i','o','n','_', - 'i','n','t','e','r','n','a','l','[', - COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL,']','\0'}; -#endif - -/* Construct a string literal encoding the version number components. */ -#ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR -char const info_simulate_version[] = { - 'I', 'N', 'F', 'O', ':', - 's','i','m','u','l','a','t','e','_','v','e','r','s','i','o','n','[', - SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR, -# ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR - '.', SIMULATE_VERSION_MINOR, -# ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH - '.', SIMULATE_VERSION_PATCH, -# ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_TWEAK - '.', SIMULATE_VERSION_TWEAK, -# endif -# endif -# endif - ']','\0'}; -#endif - -/* Construct the string literal in pieces to prevent the source from - getting matched. Store it in a pointer rather than an array - because some compilers will just produce instructions to fill the - array rather than assigning a pointer to a static array. */ -char const* info_platform = "INFO" ":" "platform[" PLATFORM_ID "]"; -char const* info_arch = "INFO" ":" "arch[" ARCHITECTURE_ID "]"; - - - -#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG < 201403L -# if defined(__INTEL_CXX11_MODE__) -# if defined(__cpp_aggregate_nsdmi) -# define CXX_STD 201402L -# else -# define CXX_STD 201103L -# endif -# else -# define CXX_STD 199711L -# endif -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_MSVC_LANG) -# define CXX_STD _MSVC_LANG -#else -# define CXX_STD __cplusplus -#endif - -const char* info_language_dialect_default = "INFO" ":" "dialect_default[" -#if CXX_STD > 202002L - "23" -#elif CXX_STD > 201703L - "20" -#elif CXX_STD >= 201703L - "17" -#elif CXX_STD >= 201402L - "14" -#elif CXX_STD >= 201103L - "11" -#else - "98" -#endif -"]"; - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -int main(int argc, char* argv[]) -{ - int require = 0; - require += info_compiler[argc]; - require += info_platform[argc]; -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR - require += info_version[argc]; -#endif -#ifdef COMPILER_VERSION_INTERNAL - require += info_version_internal[argc]; -#endif -#ifdef SIMULATE_ID - require += info_simulate[argc]; -#endif -#ifdef SIMULATE_VERSION_MAJOR - require += info_simulate_version[argc]; -#endif -#if defined(__CRAYXT_COMPUTE_LINUX_TARGET) - require += info_cray[argc]; -#endif - require += info_language_dialect_default[argc]; - (void)argv; - return require; -} Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.o and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.o differ diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/cmake.check_cache hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/cmake.check_cache --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/cmake.check_cache 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/cmake.check_cache 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -# This file is generated by cmake for dependency checking of the CMakeCache.txt file diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeError.log hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeError.log --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeError.log 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeError.log 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -Compiling the C compiler identification source file "CMakeCCompilerId.c" failed. -Compiler: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc -Build flags: -Id flags: - -The output was: -1 -ld: library not found for -lSystem -clang: error: linker command failed with exit code 1 (use -v to see invocation) - - -Compiling the CXX compiler identification source file "CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp" failed. -Compiler: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ -Build flags: -Id flags: - -The output was: -1 -ld: library not found for -lc++ -clang: error: linker command failed with exit code 1 (use -v to see invocation) - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeOutput.log hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeOutput.log --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeOutput.log 2021-04-19 22:10:29.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeOutput.log 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,268 +0,0 @@ -The system is: Darwin - 20.3.0 - arm64 -Compiling the C compiler identification source file "CMakeCCompilerId.c" succeeded. -Compiler: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc -Build flags: -Id flags: -c - -The output was: -0 - - -Compilation of the C compiler identification source "CMakeCCompilerId.c" produced "CMakeCCompilerId.o" - -The C compiler identification is AppleClang, found in "/Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.o" - -Compiling the CXX compiler identification source file "CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp" succeeded. -Compiler: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ -Build flags: -Id flags: -c - -The output was: -0 - - -Compilation of the CXX compiler identification source "CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp" produced "CMakeCXXCompilerId.o" - -The CXX compiler identification is AppleClang, found in "/Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/3.20.1/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.o" - -Detecting C compiler ABI info compiled with the following output: -Change Dir: /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp - -Run Build Command(s):/usr/bin/make -f Makefile cmTC_571a7/fast && /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/usr/bin/make -f CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/build.make CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/build -Building C object CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -v -Wl,-v -MD -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -MF CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o.d -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -c /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCCompilerABI.c -Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) -Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0 -Thread model: posix -InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin -clang: warning: -Wl,-v: 'linker' input unused [-Wunused-command-line-argument] - "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/clang" -cc1 -triple arm64-apple-macosx11.0.0 -Wdeprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=deprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=implicit-function-declaration -emit-obj -mrelax-all -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name CMakeCCompilerABI.c -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=non-leaf -fno-strict-return -masm-verbose -munwind-tables -target-sdk-version=11.1 -target-cpu vortex -target-feature +v8.3a -target-feature +fp-armv8 -target-feature +neon -target-feature +crc -target-feature +crypto -target-feature +fullfp16 -target-feature +ras -target-feature +lse -target-feature +rdm -target-feature +rcpc -target-feature +zcm -target-feature +zcz -target-feature +sha2 -target-feature +aes -target-abi darwinpcs -fallow-half-arguments-and-returns -dwarf-column-info -debugger-tuning=lldb -target-linker-version 609.8 -v -resource-dir /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0 -dependency-file CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o.d -skip-unused-modulemap-deps -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -sys-header-deps -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include -Wno-reorder-init-list -Wno-implicit-int-float-conversion -Wno-c99-designator -Wno-final-dtor-non-final-class -Wno-extra-semi-stmt -Wno-misleading-indentation -Wno-quoted-include-in-framework-header -Wno-implicit-fallthrough -Wno-enum-enum-conversion -Wno-enum-float-conversion -fdebug-compilation-dir /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -stack-protector 1 -fstack-check -mdarwin-stkchk-strong-link -fblocks -fencode-extended-block-signature -fregister-global-dtors-with-atexit -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=macosx-11.0.0 -fmax-type-align=16 -fdiagnostics-show-option -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -x c /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCCompilerABI.c -clang -cc1 version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) default target arm64-apple-darwin20.3.0 -ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include" -ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/Library/Frameworks" -#include "..." search starts here: -#include <...> search starts here: - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks (framework directory) -End of search list. -Linking C executable cmTC_571a7 -/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cmake -E cmake_link_script CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/link.txt --verbose=1 -/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -Wl,-search_paths_first -Wl,-headerpad_max_install_names -v -Wl,-v CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -o cmTC_571a7 -Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) -Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0 -Thread model: posix -InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin - "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld" -demangle -lto_library /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/libLTO.dylib -dynamic -arch arm64 -platform_version macos 11.0.0 11.1 -syslibroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -o cmTC_571a7 -search_paths_first -headerpad_max_install_names -v CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -lSystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a -@(#)PROGRAM:ld PROJECT:ld64-609.8 -BUILD 15:07:50 Dec 18 2020 -configured to support archs: armv6 armv7 armv7s arm64 arm64e arm64_32 i386 x86_64 x86_64h armv6m armv7k armv7m armv7em -Library search paths: - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib -Framework search paths: - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/ - - - -Parsed C implicit include dir info from above output: rv=done - found start of include info - found start of implicit include info - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - end of search list found - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - implicit include dirs: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - - -Parsed C implicit link information from above output: - link line regex: [^( *|.*[/\])(ld|CMAKE_LINK_STARTFILE-NOTFOUND|([^/\]+-)?ld|collect2)[^/\]*( |$)] - ignore line: [Change Dir: /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp] - ignore line: [] - ignore line: [Run Build Command(s):/usr/bin/make -f Makefile cmTC_571a7/fast && /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/usr/bin/make -f CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/build.make CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/build] - ignore line: [Building C object CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o] - ignore line: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -v -Wl -v -MD -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -MF CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o.d -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -c /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCCompilerABI.c] - ignore line: [Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29)] - ignore line: [Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0] - ignore line: [Thread model: posix] - ignore line: [InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin] - ignore line: [clang: warning: -Wl -v: 'linker' input unused [-Wunused-command-line-argument]] - ignore line: [ "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/clang" -cc1 -triple arm64-apple-macosx11.0.0 -Wdeprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=deprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=implicit-function-declaration -emit-obj -mrelax-all -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name CMakeCCompilerABI.c -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=non-leaf -fno-strict-return -masm-verbose -munwind-tables -target-sdk-version=11.1 -target-cpu vortex -target-feature +v8.3a -target-feature +fp-armv8 -target-feature +neon -target-feature +crc -target-feature +crypto -target-feature +fullfp16 -target-feature +ras -target-feature +lse -target-feature +rdm -target-feature +rcpc -target-feature +zcm -target-feature +zcz -target-feature +sha2 -target-feature +aes -target-abi darwinpcs -fallow-half-arguments-and-returns -dwarf-column-info -debugger-tuning=lldb -target-linker-version 609.8 -v -resource-dir /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0 -dependency-file CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o.d -skip-unused-modulemap-deps -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -sys-header-deps -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include -Wno-reorder-init-list -Wno-implicit-int-float-conversion -Wno-c99-designator -Wno-final-dtor-non-final-class -Wno-extra-semi-stmt -Wno-misleading-indentation -Wno-quoted-include-in-framework-header -Wno-implicit-fallthrough -Wno-enum-enum-conversion -Wno-enum-float-conversion -fdebug-compilation-dir /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -stack-protector 1 -fstack-check -mdarwin-stkchk-strong-link -fblocks -fencode-extended-block-signature -fregister-global-dtors-with-atexit -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=macosx-11.0.0 -fmax-type-align=16 -fdiagnostics-show-option -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -x c /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCCompilerABI.c] - ignore line: [clang -cc1 version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) default target arm64-apple-darwin20.3.0] - ignore line: [ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include"] - ignore line: [ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/Library/Frameworks"] - ignore line: [#include "..." search starts here:] - ignore line: [#include <...> search starts here:] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks (framework directory)] - ignore line: [End of search list.] - ignore line: [Linking C executable cmTC_571a7] - ignore line: [/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cmake -E cmake_link_script CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/link.txt --verbose=1] - ignore line: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/cc -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -Wl -search_paths_first -Wl -headerpad_max_install_names -v -Wl -v CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -o cmTC_571a7 ] - ignore line: [Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29)] - ignore line: [Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0] - ignore line: [Thread model: posix] - ignore line: [InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin] - link line: [ "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld" -demangle -lto_library /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/libLTO.dylib -dynamic -arch arm64 -platform_version macos 11.0.0 11.1 -syslibroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -o cmTC_571a7 -search_paths_first -headerpad_max_install_names -v CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o -lSystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld] ==> ignore - arg [-demangle] ==> ignore - arg [-lto_library] ==> ignore, skip following value - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/libLTO.dylib] ==> skip value of -lto_library - arg [-dynamic] ==> ignore - arg [-arch] ==> ignore - arg [arm64] ==> ignore - arg [-platform_version] ==> ignore - arg [macos] ==> ignore - arg [11.0.0] ==> ignore - arg [11.1] ==> ignore - arg [-syslibroot] ==> ignore - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk] ==> ignore - arg [-o] ==> ignore - arg [cmTC_571a7] ==> ignore - arg [-search_paths_first] ==> ignore - arg [-headerpad_max_install_names] ==> ignore - arg [-v] ==> ignore - arg [CMakeFiles/cmTC_571a7.dir/CMakeCCompilerABI.c.o] ==> ignore - arg [-lSystem] ==> lib [System] - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] ==> lib [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] - Library search paths: [;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] - Framework search paths: [;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/] - remove lib [System] - remove lib [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] - collapse library dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] - collapse framework dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks] - implicit libs: [] - implicit objs: [] - implicit dirs: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] - implicit fwks: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks] - - -Detecting CXX compiler ABI info compiled with the following output: -Change Dir: /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp - -Run Build Command(s):/usr/bin/make -f Makefile cmTC_27d25/fast && /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/usr/bin/make -f CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/build.make CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/build -Building CXX object CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -v -Wl,-v -MD -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -MF CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o.d -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -c /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp -Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) -Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0 -Thread model: posix -InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin -clang: warning: -Wl,-v: 'linker' input unused [-Wunused-command-line-argument] -ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include/c++/v1" - "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/clang" -cc1 -triple arm64-apple-macosx11.0.0 -Wdeprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=deprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=implicit-function-declaration -emit-obj -mrelax-all -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=non-leaf -fno-strict-return -masm-verbose -munwind-tables -target-sdk-version=11.1 -target-cpu vortex -target-feature +v8.3a -target-feature +fp-armv8 -target-feature +neon -target-feature +crc -target-feature +crypto -target-feature +fullfp16 -target-feature +ras -target-feature +lse -target-feature +rdm -target-feature +rcpc -target-feature +zcm -target-feature +zcz -target-feature +sha2 -target-feature +aes -target-abi darwinpcs -fallow-half-arguments-and-returns -dwarf-column-info -debugger-tuning=lldb -target-linker-version 609.8 -v -resource-dir /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0 -dependency-file CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o.d -skip-unused-modulemap-deps -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -sys-header-deps -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -stdlib=libc++ -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/../include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include -Wno-reorder-init-list -Wno-implicit-int-float-conversion -Wno-c99-designator -Wno-final-dtor-non-final-class -Wno-extra-semi-stmt -Wno-misleading-indentation -Wno-quoted-include-in-framework-header -Wno-implicit-fallthrough -Wno-enum-enum-conversion -Wno-enum-float-conversion -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -stack-protector 1 -fstack-check -mdarwin-stkchk-strong-link -fblocks -fencode-extended-block-signature -fregister-global-dtors-with-atexit -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=macosx-11.0.0 -fcxx-exceptions -fexceptions -fmax-type-align=16 -fdiagnostics-show-option -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -x c++ /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp -clang -cc1 version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) default target arm64-apple-darwin20.3.0 -ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include" -ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/Library/Frameworks" -#include "..." search starts here: -#include <...> search starts here: - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/../include/c++/v1 - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks (framework directory) -End of search list. -Linking CXX executable cmTC_27d25 -/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cmake -E cmake_link_script CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/link.txt --verbose=1 -/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -Wl,-search_paths_first -Wl,-headerpad_max_install_names -v -Wl,-v CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -o cmTC_27d25 -Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) -Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0 -Thread model: posix -InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin - "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld" -demangle -lto_library /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/libLTO.dylib -dynamic -arch arm64 -platform_version macos 11.0.0 11.1 -syslibroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -o cmTC_27d25 -search_paths_first -headerpad_max_install_names -v CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -lc++ -lSystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a -@(#)PROGRAM:ld PROJECT:ld64-609.8 -BUILD 15:07:50 Dec 18 2020 -configured to support archs: armv6 armv7 armv7s arm64 arm64e arm64_32 i386 x86_64 x86_64h armv6m armv7k armv7m armv7em -Library search paths: - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib -Framework search paths: - /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/ - - - -Parsed CXX implicit include dir info from above output: rv=done - found start of include info - found start of implicit include info - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/../include/c++/v1] - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] - add: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - end of search list found - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/../include/c++/v1] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include/c++/v1] - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] - collapse include dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - implicit include dirs: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include/c++/v1;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - - -Parsed CXX implicit link information from above output: - link line regex: [^( *|.*[/\])(ld|CMAKE_LINK_STARTFILE-NOTFOUND|([^/\]+-)?ld|collect2)[^/\]*( |$)] - ignore line: [Change Dir: /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp] - ignore line: [] - ignore line: [Run Build Command(s):/usr/bin/make -f Makefile cmTC_27d25/fast && /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/usr/bin/make -f CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/build.make CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/build] - ignore line: [Building CXX object CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o] - ignore line: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -v -Wl -v -MD -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -MF CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o.d -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -c /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp] - ignore line: [Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29)] - ignore line: [Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0] - ignore line: [Thread model: posix] - ignore line: [InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin] - ignore line: [clang: warning: -Wl -v: 'linker' input unused [-Wunused-command-line-argument]] - ignore line: [ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include/c++/v1"] - ignore line: [ "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/clang" -cc1 -triple arm64-apple-macosx11.0.0 -Wdeprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=deprecated-objc-isa-usage -Werror=implicit-function-declaration -emit-obj -mrelax-all -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=non-leaf -fno-strict-return -masm-verbose -munwind-tables -target-sdk-version=11.1 -target-cpu vortex -target-feature +v8.3a -target-feature +fp-armv8 -target-feature +neon -target-feature +crc -target-feature +crypto -target-feature +fullfp16 -target-feature +ras -target-feature +lse -target-feature +rdm -target-feature +rcpc -target-feature +zcm -target-feature +zcz -target-feature +sha2 -target-feature +aes -target-abi darwinpcs -fallow-half-arguments-and-returns -dwarf-column-info -debugger-tuning=lldb -target-linker-version 609.8 -v -resource-dir /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0 -dependency-file CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o.d -skip-unused-modulemap-deps -MT CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -sys-header-deps -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -stdlib=libc++ -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/../include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include -internal-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include -internal-externc-isystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include -Wno-reorder-init-list -Wno-implicit-int-float-conversion -Wno-c99-designator -Wno-final-dtor-non-final-class -Wno-extra-semi-stmt -Wno-misleading-indentation -Wno-quoted-include-in-framework-header -Wno-implicit-fallthrough -Wno-enum-enum-conversion -Wno-enum-float-conversion -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir /Users/colin/hydrogen/build/CMakeFiles/CMakeTmp -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -stack-protector 1 -fstack-check -mdarwin-stkchk-strong-link -fblocks -fencode-extended-block-signature -fregister-global-dtors-with-atexit -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=macosx-11.0.0 -fcxx-exceptions -fexceptions -fmax-type-align=16 -fdiagnostics-show-option -o CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -x c++ /opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/share/cmake/Modules/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp] - ignore line: [clang -cc1 version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29) default target arm64-apple-darwin20.3.0] - ignore line: [ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/local/include"] - ignore line: [ignoring nonexistent directory "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/Library/Frameworks"] - ignore line: [#include "..." search starts here:] - ignore line: [#include <...> search starts here:] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/../include/c++/v1] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/include] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/include] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/include] - ignore line: [ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks (framework directory)] - ignore line: [End of search list.] - ignore line: [Linking CXX executable cmTC_27d25] - ignore line: [/opt/homebrew/Cellar/cmake/3.20.1/bin/cmake -E cmake_link_script CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/link.txt --verbose=1] - ignore line: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/c++ -arch arm64 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -Wl -search_paths_first -Wl -headerpad_max_install_names -v -Wl -v CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -o cmTC_27d25 ] - ignore line: [Apple clang version 12.0.0 (clang-1200.0.32.29)] - ignore line: [Target: aarch64-apple-darwin20.3.0] - ignore line: [Thread model: posix] - ignore line: [InstalledDir: /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin] - link line: [ "/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld" -demangle -lto_library /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/libLTO.dylib -dynamic -arch arm64 -platform_version macos 11.0.0 11.1 -syslibroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk -o cmTC_27d25 -search_paths_first -headerpad_max_install_names -v CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o -lc++ -lSystem /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/bin/ld] ==> ignore - arg [-demangle] ==> ignore - arg [-lto_library] ==> ignore, skip following value - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/libLTO.dylib] ==> skip value of -lto_library - arg [-dynamic] ==> ignore - arg [-arch] ==> ignore - arg [arm64] ==> ignore - arg [-platform_version] ==> ignore - arg [macos] ==> ignore - arg [11.0.0] ==> ignore - arg [11.1] ==> ignore - arg [-syslibroot] ==> ignore - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk] ==> ignore - arg [-o] ==> ignore - arg [cmTC_27d25] ==> ignore - arg [-search_paths_first] ==> ignore - arg [-headerpad_max_install_names] ==> ignore - arg [-v] ==> ignore - arg [CMakeFiles/cmTC_27d25.dir/CMakeCXXCompilerABI.cpp.o] ==> ignore - arg [-lc++] ==> lib [c++] - arg [-lSystem] ==> lib [System] - arg [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] ==> lib [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] - Library search paths: [;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] - Framework search paths: [;/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/] - remove lib [System] - remove lib [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/12.0.0/lib/darwin/libclang_rt.osx.a] - collapse library dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] - collapse framework dir [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/] ==> [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks] - implicit libs: [c++] - implicit objs: [] - implicit dirs: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/usr/lib] - implicit fwks: [/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX11.1.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks] - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build.sh hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build.sh --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/build.sh 2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/build.sh 2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,25 @@ #! /bin/bash +# Hydrogen +# Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net] +# Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net] +# +# http://www.hydrogen-music.org +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + QTDIR=${QTDIR:-/usr/lib/qt} VERBOSE=${VERBOSE:-0} CMAKE_OPTIONS=" diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/ChangeLog hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/ChangeLog --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/ChangeLog 2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/ChangeLog 2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,4 +1,25 @@ -20xx-xx-xx the hydrogen team +2021-12-05 the hydrogen team + * Release 1.1.1 + * OSC API + - Add command /Hydrogen/UPGRADE_DRUMKIT + - Add command /Hydrogen/VALIDATE_DRUMKIT + - Add command /Hydrogen/EXTRACT_DRUMKIT + * H2CLI + - Add `--upgrade` option to upgrade a drumkit + - Add `--check` option to validate a drumkit + - Add `--extract` option to extract the content of a drumkit + * Bugfixes + - fix preferences dialog "OK" button behaviour (#1375) + - fix rewinding to beginning of pattern in pattern mode with no + pattern inserted in SongEditor (#932) + - fix display of tempo marker while loading a song + (introduced in 1.1.0) (#1393) + - fix LADSPA issues, most audible on PulseAudio (#1403) + - fix window placement when screen sizes change (#1369) + * Explicitly set latency target for PortAudio (Windows) audio + driver, enabling much lower audio latency on Windows + +2021-09-04 the hydrogen team * Release 1.1 * Keyboard cursor-driven pattern, song and note properties editing * Note selection and movement in pattern editors @@ -11,6 +32,10 @@ * Instrument main pitch shift offset * Custom pattern size support with representation in note values * Custom pan law support in mixer + * Allow audio device selection for CoreAudio and PortAudio + * Attempt to find fallback Audio drivers if user preferred + driver fails, as if the "Auto" driver option were selected + * Many bug fixes including application crashes and audio glitches 2021-04-11 the hydrogen team * Release 1.0.2 diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/CMakeLists.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/CMakeLists.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/CMakeLists.txt 2021-04-19 22:05:14.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/CMakeLists.txt 2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000 @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ PROJECT(hydrogen) SET(VERSION_MAJOR "1") SET(VERSION_MINOR "1") -SET(VERSION_PATCH "0") -SET(VERSION_SUFFIX "beta1") +SET(VERSION_PATCH "1") SET(VERSION "${VERSION_MAJOR}.${VERSION_MINOR}.${VERSION_PATCH}") @@ -30,6 +29,14 @@ SET(DISPLAY_VERSION "${VERSION}-${GIT_REVISION}") ENDIF(VERSION_SUFFIX) +# Consider any tagged commit as a release build +EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND git describe --exact-match --tags OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_TAG) +IF(GIT_TAG) + SET(IS_DEVEL_BUILD "false") +ELSE() + SET(IS_DEVEL_BUILD "true") +ENDIF() + SET(LIBSNDFILE_VERSION_PREV "1.0.17") @@ -80,7 +87,6 @@ ENDIF() OPTION(WANT_CPPUNIT "Include CppUnit test suite" ON) -OPTION(FIXME_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATIONS "Fix broken builds by turning off optimizations" OFF) include(Sanitizers) @@ -128,13 +134,6 @@ SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "-g ")#-Winline") -IF(FIXME_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATIONS) - string(REGEX REPLACE "-O[0123s]" "-O0" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}") - string(REGEX REPLACE "-O[0123s]" "-O0" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE}") - string(REGEX REPLACE "-O[0123s]" "-O0" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG}") - string(REGEX REPLACE "-O[0123s]" "-O0" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO}") -ENDIF() - # # MANDATORY PKGS AND DEFAULT OPTIONS # @@ -198,6 +197,7 @@ CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES(sys/types.h HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H) CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES(sys/stat.h HAVE_SYS_STAT_H) CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES(libtar.h HAVE_LIBTAR_H) +CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES(execinfo.h HAVE_EXECINFO_H) CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS(tar tar_open "" HAVE_LIBTAR_OPEN) CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS(tar tar_close "" HAVE_LIBTAR_CLOSE) CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS(tar tar_extract_all "" HAVE_LIBTAR_EXTRACT_ALL) diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/CMakeLists.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/CMakeLists.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/CMakeLists.txt 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/CMakeLists.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -IF(MINGW) - INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/data/doc DESTINATION "data" FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*.html") - INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/data/doc/img DESTINATION "data/doc") - INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/data/doc/img_tutorial DESTINATION "data/doc") -ELSE() - INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/data/doc DESTINATION ${H2_SYS_PATH}/data FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*.html") - INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/data/doc/img DESTINATION ${H2_SYS_PATH}/data/doc) - INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/data/doc/img_tutorial DESTINATION ${H2_SYS_PATH}/data/doc) -ENDIF() - Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/add_tag.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/add_tag.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/add_tempo_change.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/add_tempo_change.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/background_BPM.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/background_BPM.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/background_Control_V2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/background_Control_V2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/bg_topPanel.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/bg_topPanel.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_bc_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_bc_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_clear_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_clear_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_draw.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_draw.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_hear.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_hear.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_mute_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_mute_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_new_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_new_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_quant_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_quant_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_select.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_select.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_solo_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_solo_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_solo_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_solo_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_updown.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_updown.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/editLayer_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/editLayer_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/Export_song.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/Export_song.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/GUI_Sections_Background.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/GUI_Sections_Background.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/GUI_Sections_Tabbed_Background.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/GUI_Sections_Tabbed_Background.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/Instrument_General.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/Instrument_General.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/item_selected.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/item_selected.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/lcd_res.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/lcd_res.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/lcd_size.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/lcd_size.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/led_trigger_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/led_trigger_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/loadLayer_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/loadLayer_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/MainUI.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/MainUI.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/MeasureSettings.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/MeasureSettings.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/mixer_knob.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/mixer_knob.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/Mixer.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/Mixer.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/mixer_rotary.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/mixer_rotary.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/NoteKey.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/NoteKey.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditorFunctionPopup.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditorFunctionPopup.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditor.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternEditor.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternListPopup.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternListPopup.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PatternListSnippet.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PatternListSnippet.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/pattern_properties.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/pattern_properties.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/screenshot-director.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/screenshot-director.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SongEditorPanel.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SongEditorPanel.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SongEditor.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SongEditor.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/SoundLibrary.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/SoundLibrary.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/tempo_bar.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/tempo_bar.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png differ diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/Example.h2song hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/Example.h2song --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/Example.h2song 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/Example.h2song 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2598 +0,0 @@ - - - 1.1.0-'81710371' - 120 - 0.73 - 0.5 - Untitled Song - Unknown - Empty song. - Unknown license - true - true - - false - 0 - 0 - pattern - RATIO_STRAIGHT_POLYGONAL - 1.33333 - 0 - 0 - 0 - - - 0 - Main - 1 - - - - - 0 - Kick - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 36 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Kick-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.369565 - 0.731884 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.731884 - 0.865942 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.855072 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 1 - Stick - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.99569 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 37 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - SideStick-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.181159 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.398551 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.402174 - 0.597826 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.597826 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.768116 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 2 - Snare - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.02155 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 38 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Snare-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.206522 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.376812 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.568841 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 3 - Hand Clap - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.02155 - false - false - 0.7 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 39 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HandClap.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 4 - Snare Rimshot - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 40 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - SnareRimshot-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.192029 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.387681 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.380435 - 0.597826 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.594203 - 0.731884 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.728261 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 5 - Floor Tom - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.04741 - false - false - 0.44 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 41 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - TomFloor-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.199275 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.199275 - 0.391304 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.394928 - 0.608696 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.608696 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 6 - Hat Closed - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.685345 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 42 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatClosed-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.173913 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.173913 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.373188 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 7 - Tom 2 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 0.76 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 43 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Tom2-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.177536 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.177536 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.373188 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 8 - Hat Pedal - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.685345 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 44 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatPedal-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.206522 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.210145 - 0.391304 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.59058 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.594203 - 0.793478 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.797101 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 9 - Tom 1 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 0.8 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 45 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Tom1-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.398551 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.394928 - 0.601449 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.789855 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 10 - Hat Open - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.698276 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 46 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatOpen-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.394928 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.398551 - 0.601449 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.793478 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.797101 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 11 - Cowbell - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.568965 - false - false - 1 - 0.32 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 56 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Cowbell-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.199275 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.184783 - 0.384058 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.57971 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.778986 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 12 - Ride - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.633621 - false - false - 0.56 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 51 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Ride-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.195652 - 0.373188 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.376812 - 0.576087 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.572464 - 0.775362 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 13 - Crash - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.517241 - false - false - 1 - 0.74 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 49 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Crash-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.199275 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.586957 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.59058 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.789855 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 14 - Ride 2 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 0.5 - 1 - 0.6 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 59 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - 24Ride-5.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.8 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-4.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-3.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-2.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-1.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.2 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 15 - Splash - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.543103 - false - false - 0.98 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 57 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Splash-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.195652 - 0.362319 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.362319 - 0.565217 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.568841 - 0.753623 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.75 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 16 - Hat Semi-Open - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.69 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 82 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatSemiOpen-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.192029 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.380435 - 0.583333 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.57971 - 0.789855 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 17 - Bell - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.534828 - false - false - 0.56 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 81 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Bell-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.217391 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.210145 - 0.402174 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.405797 - 0.605072 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - - - Pattern 1 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.685 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 12 - 0 - 0.415 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.59 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 36 - 0 - 0.385 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 2 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.7 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.69 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.7 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.395 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.455 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.685 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.305 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 2 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.585 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.405 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.26 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 180 - 0 - 0.455 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - - - Pattern 2 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 3 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 4 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 5 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 6 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 7 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 8 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 9 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 10 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - - - - Pattern 1 - - - Pattern 2 - - - Pattern 3 - - - Pattern 4 - - - Pattern 5 - - - Pattern 6 - - - Pattern 7 - - - Pattern 8 - - - Pattern 9 - - - Pattern 10 - - - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/get_images.sh hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/get_images.sh --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/get_images.sh 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/get_images.sh 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -out() { - sed 's/^/ > /' -} - -if [ -z $1 ]; then - echo "Usage: $0 " - exit 2 -fi -H2="$1" - -DEMO=GM_kit_Diddley_example.h2song - -# Use a High-DPI scaling for docs -QT_SCALE_FACTOR=2 -export QT_SCALE_FACTOR - -echo "Generating tabbed layout images" -"$H2" -n --layout tabbed -t shotlist-tabbed.txt "$DEMO" 2>&1 | out - -echo "Generating single pane layout images" -"$H2" -n --layout single -t shotlist.txt "$DEMO" 2>&1 | out - -# Specific song stuff -echo "Generating misc images" -"$H2" -n --layout single -t shotlist-misc.txt ./Misc.h2song 2>&1 | out - -# Example song stuff -echo "Generating example images" -"$H2" -n --layout single -t shotlist-example.txt ./Example.h2song 2>&1 | out - -# Generate images from SVG -echo "Generating compound images with inkscape" -( - inkscape --export-png GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png --export-dpi 192 GUI_Single_Pane.svg - inkscape --export-png MainUI_tabbed.png --export-dpi 192 GUI_Tabbed.svg - inkscape --export-png Virtual_patterns_menu.png --export-dpi 192 PatternListMenu.svg -) 2>&1 | out - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/GM_kit_Diddley_example.h2song hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/GM_kit_Diddley_example.h2song --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/GM_kit_Diddley_example.h2song 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/GM_kit_Diddley_example.h2song 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,4791 +0,0 @@ - - - 1.1.0-'5a264d70' - 120 - 0.5 - 0.5 - Diddley - Emiliano Grilli - Demo - Diddley - Unknown license - true - true - ./DiddleyPlaybackTrack.flac - false - 0 - 0 - song - LINEAR_CONST_K_NORM - 1.33333 - 0.31 - 0.21 - 0.23 - - - 0 - Main - 1 - - - - - 0 - Kick - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 36 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Kick-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.369565 - 0.731884 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.731884 - 0.865942 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.855072 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 1 - Stick - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.99569 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 37 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - SideStick-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.181159 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.398551 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.402174 - 0.597826 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.597826 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.768116 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 2 - Snare - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.02155 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 38 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Snare-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.206522 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.376812 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.568841 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 3 - Hand Clap - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.02155 - false - false - 0.7 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 39 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HandClap.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 4 - Snare Rimshot - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 40 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - SnareRimshot-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.192029 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.387681 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.380435 - 0.597826 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.594203 - 0.731884 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.728261 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 5 - Floor Tom - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.04741 - false - false - 0.44 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 41 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - TomFloor-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.199275 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.199275 - 0.391304 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.394928 - 0.608696 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.608696 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 6 - Hat Closed - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.685345 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 42 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatClosed-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.173913 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.173913 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.373188 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 7 - Tom 2 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 0.76 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 43 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Tom2-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.177536 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.177536 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.373188 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 8 - Hat Pedal - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.685345 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 44 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatPedal-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.206522 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.210145 - 0.391304 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.59058 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.594203 - 0.793478 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.797101 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 9 - Tom 1 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 0.8 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 45 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Tom1-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.398551 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.394928 - 0.601449 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.789855 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 10 - Hat Open - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.698276 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 46 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatOpen-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.394928 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.398551 - 0.601449 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.793478 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.797101 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 11 - Cowbell - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.568965 - false - false - 1 - 0.32 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 47 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Cowbell-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.199275 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.184783 - 0.384058 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.57971 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.778986 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 12 - Ride - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.633621 - false - false - 0.56 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 48 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Ride-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.195652 - 0.373188 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.376812 - 0.576087 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.572464 - 0.775362 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 13 - Crash - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.517241 - false - false - 1 - 0.74 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 49 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Crash-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.199275 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.586957 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.59058 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.789855 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 14 - Ride 2 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 0.5 - 1 - 0.6 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 50 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - 24Ride-5.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.8 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-4.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-3.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-2.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-1.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.2 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 15 - Splash - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.543103 - false - false - 0.98 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 51 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Splash-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.195652 - 0.362319 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.362319 - 0.565217 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.568841 - 0.753623 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.75 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 16 - Hat Semi-Open - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.69 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 52 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - - - 17 - Bell - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.534828 - false - false - 0.56 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 53 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - - - - - floor-tom - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.71 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 13 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.32 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.26 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.64 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.53 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.22 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.64 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.83 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.2 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.52 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.64 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.63 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.54 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - - - floor-tom-fill - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.74 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 13 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.26 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.76 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.22 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.6 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.2 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.52 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 9 - false - - - 153 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 159 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.54 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 180 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - - - diddley - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 13 - false - - - 12 - 0 - 0.16 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.26 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 36 - 0 - 0.28 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.48 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 9 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.76 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.54 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - - - norm - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 12 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 36 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.18 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.62 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.24 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.54 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 180 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - - - norm-1 - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 13 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 12 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 36 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.18 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.62 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.24 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.54 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 180 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - - - norm-fill - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 12 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 24 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 36 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 36 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 72 - 0 - 0.46 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 84 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 6 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 15 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 10 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 138 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 9 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 9 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 180 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - - - break - - 192 - 4 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.74 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 13 - false - - - 48 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 96 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 108 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 120 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 132 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 144 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 156 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 4 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 8 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 11 - false - - - 168 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 14 - false - - - 174 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 7 - false - - - 180 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 5 - false - - - - - - - - floor-tom - - - floor-tom - - - floor-tom - - - floor-tom-fill - - - diddley - - - diddley - - - diddley - - - break - - - norm-1 - - - norm - - - norm - - - norm-fill - - - norm-1 - - - norm - - - norm - - - norm-fill - - - diddley - - - diddley - - - diddley - - - floor-tom-fill - - - diddley - - - diddley - - - diddley - - - floor-tom-fill - - - floor-tom - - - floor-tom - - - floor-tom - - - floor-tom-fill - - - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - - - - 0 - Tom intro - - - 7 - Break - - - 8 - Groove - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Single_Pane.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Single_Pane.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Single_Pane.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Single_Pane.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - image/svg+xml - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Pattern Editor - - Note properties editor - - Instrumentand SoundLibrary editor - - Song Editor - - Main toolbar - - - Main menu - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Tabbed.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Tabbed.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Tabbed.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/GUI_Tabbed.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,403 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - image/svg+xml - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Pattern EditororSong EditororMixer - - - Note properties editor - - Instrumentand SoundLibrary editor - - Main toolbar - - - Main menu - - - - Tabs - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/Misc.h2song hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/Misc.h2song --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/Misc.h2song 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/Misc.h2song 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2337 +0,0 @@ - - - 1.1.0-'5a264d70' - 120 - 0.73 - 0.5 - Untitled Song - Unknown - Empty song. - Unknown license - true - true - - false - 0 - 0 - pattern - POLAR_CONST_K_NORM - 1.33333 - 0 - 0 - 0 - - - 0 - Main - 1 - - - - - 0 - Kick - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 36 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Kick-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.369565 - 0.731884 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.731884 - 0.865942 - 1 - 0 - - - Kick-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.855072 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 1 - Stick - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.99569 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 37 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - SideStick-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.181159 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.398551 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.402174 - 0.597826 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.597826 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - SideStick-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.768116 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 2 - Snare - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.02155 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 38 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Snare-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.206522 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.376812 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.568841 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Snare-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 3 - Hand Clap - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.02155 - false - false - 0.7 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 39 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HandClap.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 4 - Snare Rimshot - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 0.7 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 40 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - SnareRimshot-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.192029 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.387681 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.380435 - 0.597826 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.594203 - 0.731884 - 1 - 0 - - - SnareRimshot-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.728261 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 5 - Floor Tom - GMRockKit - 1 - 1.04741 - false - false - 0.44 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 41 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - TomFloor-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.199275 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.199275 - 0.391304 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.394928 - 0.608696 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.608696 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - TomFloor-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 6 - Hat Closed - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.685345 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 42 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatClosed-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.173913 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.173913 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.373188 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - HatClosed-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 7 - Tom 2 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 0.76 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 43 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Tom2-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.177536 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.177536 - 0.376812 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.373188 - 0.572464 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.786232 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom2-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 8 - Hat Pedal - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.685345 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 44 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatPedal-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.206522 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.210145 - 0.391304 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.59058 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.594203 - 0.793478 - 1 - 0 - - - HatPedal-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.797101 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 9 - Tom 1 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 1 - 0.8 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 45 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Tom1-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.398551 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.394928 - 0.601449 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.789855 - 1 - 0 - - - Tom1-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 10 - Hat Open - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.698276 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 46 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatOpen-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.202899 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.202899 - 0.394928 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.398551 - 0.601449 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.793478 - 1 - 0 - - - HatOpen-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.797101 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 11 - Cowbell - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.568965 - false - false - 1 - 0.32 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 56 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Cowbell-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.199275 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.184783 - 0.384058 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.57971 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.576087 - 0.778986 - 1 - 0 - - - Cowbell-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 12 - Ride - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.633621 - false - false - 0.56 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 51 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Ride-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.195652 - 0.373188 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.376812 - 0.576087 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.572464 - 0.775362 - 1 - 0 - - - Ride-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 13 - Crash - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.517241 - false - false - 1 - 0.74 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 49 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Crash-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.199275 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.384058 - 0.586957 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.59058 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Crash-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.789855 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 14 - Ride 2 - GMRockKit - 1 - 1 - false - false - 0.5 - 1 - 0.6 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 59 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - 24Ride-5.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.8 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-4.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-3.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-2.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 1 - 0 - - - 24Ride-1.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.2 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 15 - Splash - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.543103 - false - false - 0.98 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 57 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Splash-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.195652 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.195652 - 0.362319 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.362319 - 0.565217 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.568841 - 0.753623 - 1 - 0 - - - Splash-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.75 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 16 - Hat Semi-Open - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.69 - false - false - 1 - 0.48 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 82 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - HatSemiOpen-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.192029 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.188406 - 0.380435 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.380435 - 0.583333 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.57971 - 0.789855 - 1 - 0 - - - HatSemiOpen-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.782609 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - 17 - Bell - GMRockKit - 1 - 0.534828 - false - false - 0.56 - 1 - 1 - true - false - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1000 - 0 - 0 - -1 - false - VELOCITY - -1 - 81 - -1 - 0 - 127 - - 0 - 1 - - Bell-Softest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0 - 0.217391 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Soft.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.210145 - 0.402174 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Med.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.405797 - 0.605072 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Hard.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.605072 - 0.782609 - 1 - 0 - - - Bell-Hardest.wav - false - forward - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 4 - 1 - 0.786232 - 1 - 1 - 0 - - - - - - - Pattern 1 - not_categorized - 154 - 5 - - - - 0 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - -1 - 0 - false - - - 12 - 0 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - 24 - 0 - false - - - 60 - 0 - 0 - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0 - 1 - C0 - 1 - 0 - true - - - - - Pattern 2 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 3 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 4 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 5 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 6 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 7 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 8 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 9 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - Pattern 10 - not_categorized - 192 - 4 - - - - - - - - Pattern 1 - - - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - no plugin - - - false - 0.0 - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/PatternListMenu.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/PatternListMenu.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/PatternListMenu.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/PatternListMenu.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - image/svg+xml - - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/SampleEditor.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/SampleEditor.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/SampleEditor.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/SampleEditor.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - image/svg+xml - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-example.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-example.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-example.txt 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-example.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -# Shotlist for "example" - - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 1100 800 - -slot DrumPatternEditor setCurrentInstrument 8 -grab PatternEditorPanel as PatternEditor.png - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 1100 1000 - -grab SongEditorPanel as SongEditor.png size 390 230 -FIN - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-misc.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-misc.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-misc.txt 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-misc.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -grab PatternEditorPanel as DenominatorWarningIcon.png offset 180 0 size 135 24 - -grab PatternEditor as NoteOff_NoteLength.png size 237 22 - - -FIN diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-tabbed.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-tabbed.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-tabbed.txt 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist-tabbed.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# Shot list: screenshots for Hydrogen manual - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 960 600 - - -slot TabbedInterface setCurrentWidget SouthPanel -grab MainForm as GUI_Sections_Tabbed_Background.png - -FIN diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist.txt --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist.txt 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/generate_images/shotlist.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -# Shot list: screenshots for Hydrogen manual - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 960 600 - -# Set up default view: timeline, drum pattern editor and velocity editor -slot PatternEditorPanel showDrumEditor -slot MainForm action_window_showTimeline -slot PropertiesCombo select 0 -grab MainForm as GUI_Sections_Background.png - - -# Grab the Song Editor -grab SongEditorPanel - -# Get preferences dialog screenshots -slot MainForm showPreferencesDialog - - slot PreferencesTabs setCurrentWidget GeneralTab - grab PreferencesDialog as PreferencesGeneral_V3.png - - slot PreferencesTabs setCurrentWidget AudioSystemTab - grab PreferencesDialog as PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png - - slot PreferencesTabs setCurrentWidget MIDISystemTab - grab PreferencesDialog as MidiSystem_V2.png - - slot PreferencesTabs setCurrentWidget OSCTab - grab PreferencesDialog as PreferencesOSC.png - - slot PreferencesTabs setCurrentWidget AppearanceTab - grab PreferencesDialog as PreferencesAppearance_V2.png - - slot PreferencesDialog close - - -slot MainForm action_file_export - grab ExportSongDialog as Export_song.png - slot ExportSongDialog close - - -slot MainForm action_instruments_onlineImportLibrary - grab SoundLibraryImportDialog as Sound_Library_import.png - slot SoundLibraryImportDialog close - - -slot MainForm action_debug_showAudioEngineInfo - grab AudioEngineInfoForm as AudioEngineInfoDialog.png - slot AudioEngineInfoForm close - - -# Main Toolbar -grab PlayerControl as MainToolbar_V2.png -grab ControlsPanel as background_Control_V2.png offset 164 14 size 171 24 -grab BeatCounter as MeasureSettings.png -grab BeatCounterOnOff as btn_bc_off.png -grab BPM as background_BPM.png -grab JackPanel as MidiIN_CPU.png size -1 26 -grab JackPanel as JackTrans_Master.png offset 0 23 -grab LcdBackground as mixer-instrrack_btn.png - -# Song Editor -grab SongEditorPanel as EnablePlaybackTrack.png size 512 0 - # TODO: should rename this -grab SongEditorBackPanel as bg_topPanel.png offset 0 23 - -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_clear_off.png offset 6 30 size 54 13 -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_new_on.png offset 64 30 size 19 13 -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_updown.png offset 89 30 size 35 13 -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_select.png offset 128 30 size 18 13 -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_draw.png offset 146 30 size 18 13 -slot SongEditorPanel setModeActionBtn true -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_pattern_mode.png offset 169 30 size 18 13 -slot SongEditorPanel setModeActionBtn false -grab SongEditorBackPanel as btn_stacked_mode.png offset 169 30 size 18 13 - -# Pattern Options Menu -# This is a bit tricky because the popup is its own toplevel window so -# won't appear in the PatternList widget if we grab it. Instead, -# we'll grab them separately and compose them with -# Inkscape. Also, to allow enough space for the menu, we'll grab a -# region of the MainForm instead of the PatternList -grab PatternListPopup -grab MainForm as PatternListSnippet.png size 384 384 - -# Pattern List Fill / Clear dialog -slot SongEditorPatternList patternPopup_fill - grab PatternFillDialog as fill_clear_pattern.png - slot PatternFillDialog close - -slot SongEditorPatternList patternPopup_properties - grab PatternPropertiesDialog as pattern_properties.png - slot PatternPropertiesDialog close - -slot SongEditorPanel showHideTimeLine true -grab SongEditorPanel offset 131 4 size 368 43 as tempo_bar.png - -slot SongEditorPanel showHideTimeLine false -grab TimeLineToggleBtn as btn_bpm_off.png - -grab ViewPlaybackToggleBtn as btn_viewTL_off.png - - -slot SongEditorPositionRuler showBpmWidget 3 - # H2Core namespace seems inappropriate here. - grab H2Core::SongEditorPanelBpmWidget as add_tempo_change.png - slot H2Core::SongEditorPanelBpmWidget close - -# TODO: timeline with tags. Create a new song with tags? - -slot SongEditorPositionRuler showTagWidget 4 - grab H2Core::SongEditorPanelTagWidget as add_tag.png - slot H2Core::SongEditorPanelTagWidget close - - -# Playback track -slot MainForm action_window_showPlaybackTrack - grab SongEditorPanel as PlaybackTrack.png size 436 110 -slot MainForm action_window_showTimeline - -grab PatternEditorPanel as PatternEditor_DrumMode.png -grab PatternEditorPanel as PatternEditorControls.png offset 180 0 size 375 22 -grab PatternEditorPanel as lcd_size.png offset 180 0 size 128 22 - -# TODO: This one's a problem. Just a text input dialog, so not manipulable. -# grab PatternSizeDialog.png - -# TODO: Another problem, DenominatorWarningIcon.png - -grab PatternEditorPanel as lcd_res.png offset 308 0 size 89 22 - -grab HearNotesBtn as btn_hear.png -grab QuantizeEventsBtn as btn_quant_off.png -grab ShowDrumBtn as btn_drum_piano_off.png -slot PatternEditorPanel showPianoRollEditor -grab ShowDrumBtn as btn_drum_piano_on.png -slot PatternEditorPanel showDrumEditor - -# Sidebar / instrument list - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 960 800 - -grab PatternEditorPanel as PatternEditorInstr_V2.png size 220 400 -# TODO: use this? -grab PatternEditorFunctionPopup as PatternEditorFunctionPopup.png - -grab MuteButton as btn_mute_off.png -grab SoloButton as btn_solo_off.png - -# TODO: illustration of note lengths and stop notes - -slot PropertiesCombo select 3 -grab PatternEditorPanel as NoteKey.png offset 0 228 - - - -# Piano Roll Editor - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 960 800 - -slot PropertiesCombo select 0 -slot PatternEditorPanel showPianoRollEditor - -grab PatternEditorPanel as PatternEditor_PianoMode.png - - -# Sound Library - -slot MainForm setMainWindowSize 800 600 - -slot InstrumentRack on_showSoundLibraryBtnClicked -grab InstrumentRack as SoundLibrary.png - -slot InstrumentRack on_showInstrumentEditorBtnClicked -grab InstrumentRack as Instrument_General.png - -slot InstrumentEditor showInstrument - -# Subsections of instrument rack -grab InstrumentRack offset 27 102 size 242 46 as instrument_editor_envelope.png -grab InstrumentRack offset 6 148 size 280 64 as instrument_editor_mute_group.png -grab InstrumentRack offset 6 213 size 280 48 as instrument_editor_filter.png -grab InstrumentRack offset 6 258 size 280 48 as instrument_editor_pitch.png -grab InstrumentRack offset 6 305 size 280 46 as instrument_editor_midi_out.png -grab InstrumentRack offset 6 352 size 280 45 as instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png - -slot InstrumentEditor showLayers -# grab InstrumentEditor as Instrument_Layers.png -grab LayerProperties as Instrument_Layers.png - -grab LoadLayerButton as loadLayer_off.png -grab RemoveLayerButton as deleteLayer_off.png -grab SampleEditorButton as editLayer_off.png - - -# Sample Editor - -slot InstrumentEditor showSampleEditor -grab SampleEditor as SampleEditor_V5.png -# TODO: Use these in docs -grab SampleEditor as SampleEditor_Wave.png size 0 333 -grab SampleEditor as SampleEditor_PitchShift.png offset 0 333 size 0 75 -# TODO: this needs a much more interesting envelope -grab SampleEditor as SampleEditor_Envelope.png offset 0 408 -slot SampleEditor close - - -# Mixer -grab Mixer - -grab PlaySampleButton as btn_play_on_mixer.png -grab TriggerSampleLED as led_trigger_on.png -# The "selected" indicator is just part of the bagkground image -grab MixerLine as item_selected.png offset 37 1 size 15 11 -grab MixerMuteButton as btn_mute_on.png -grab MixerSoloButton as btn_solo_on.png -grab Rotary as mixer_rotary.png -grab Knob as mixer_knob.png - -# TODO: LADSPA effects. These screenshots screenshots are a pain -# because windows are in non-default states. - -# TODO: add red square to this one -grab Mixer offset 703 0 size 0 71 as mixerSettingsButton.png -slot Mixer openMixerSettingsDialog -grab MixerSettingsDialog as mixerSettingsDialog.png -slot MixerSettingsDialog close - -slot MainForm action_window_show_DirectorWidget -grab Director as screenshot-director.png - -# TODO: Midi actions. Shot shows configured actions and drop down -# menus. Hm. - -FIN - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/.git hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/.git --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/.git 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/.git 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -gitdir: ../../.git/modules/data/doc diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/.gitignore hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/.gitignore --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/.gitignore 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/.gitignore 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -*~ -*.bak -*_validated \ No newline at end of file diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/caution.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/caution.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/caution.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/caution.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ - - - - -]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/important.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/important.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/important.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/important.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ - - - - -]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/note.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/note.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/note.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/note.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ - - - - -]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/tip.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/tip.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/tip.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/tip.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,367 +0,0 @@ - - - - -]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/warning.svg hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/warning.svg --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/admonitions/warning.svg 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/admonitions/warning.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ - - - - -]> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/AutomationPath.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/AutomationPath.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_dropdown_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_dropdown_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_jack_master_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_jack_master_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_jack_transport_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_jack_transport_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_metronome_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_metronome_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_play_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_play_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_set_play_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_set_play_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_set_play_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_set_play_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/btn_viewTL_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/btn_viewTL_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/bypass_over.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/bypass_over.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/edit_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/edit_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/MainMenu.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/MainMenu.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/master_mute_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/master_mute_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/matrioskaPanH2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/matrioskaPanH2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/MixerComponentStrip.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/MixerComponentStrip.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/MixerFXSelect.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/MixerFXSelect.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/MixerFXStrip.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/MixerFXStrip.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/MixerMasterStrip.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/MixerMasterStrip.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/NotePropertiesRuler.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/NotePropertiesRuler.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/PatternSizeDialog.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/PatternSizeDialog.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/PlaylistEditorControls.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/PlaylistEditorControls.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/PlaylistEditor.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/PlaylistEditor.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/Rec_button.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/Rec_button.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/rec.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/rec.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/rubber_off.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/rubber_off.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/showFX_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/showFX_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/showPeaks_on.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/showPeaks_on.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/SongRuler.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/SongRuler.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/tag_bar.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/tag_bar.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img/tastiera.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img/tastiera.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Bridge1_4th.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Bridge1_4th.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Bridge3_3a_hh.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Bridge3_3a_hh.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/C3_6+7.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/C3_6+7.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Intro4th.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Intro4th.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/PatternBase1.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/PatternBase1.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/PatternBase2.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/PatternBase2.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Riff1b.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Riff1b.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Riff1c.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Riff1c.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Riff1d.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Riff1d.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/Verse8th.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/Verse8th.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/VerseAll.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/VerseAll.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/VerseBridge_hh.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/VerseBridge_hh.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/img_tutorial/VerseBridge.png and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/img_tutorial/VerseBridge.png differ diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/Makefile hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/Makefile --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/Makefile 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/Makefile 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -### -### must have the following commandline tools: -### -### itstool (Debian package: itstool) -### msgfmt (Debian package: gettext) -### msgmerge (Debian package: gettext) -### xmlto (Debian package: xmlto) -### xmllint (Debian package: libxml2-utils) -### - -MANUAL_MASTER = manual.docbook -TUTORIAL_MASTER = tutorial.docbook - -XMLTO_OPTS = --stringparam section.autolabel=1 \ - --stringparam toc.max.depth=3 \ - --stringparam xref.with.number.and.title=0 \ - --stringparam section.label.includes.component.label=1 \ - --stringparam admon.graphics.extension=.svg \ - --stringparam admon.graphics=1 \ - --stringparam admon.graphics.path=img/admonitions/ \ - -m res/styling.xsd - -ITSTOOL = itstool -MSGMERGE = msgmerge -MSGFMT = msgfmt -XMLTO = xmlto -XMLLINT = xmllint - -all: *.html clean - -clean: - -rm -f *.mo *_validated *.dbk *.bak - -%.html: %.dbk %.dbk_validated - LL=$$(echo -n $< | sed 's/.*_\(..\)\.dbk/\1/') ; \ - $(XMLTO) html-nochunks $(XMLTO_OPTS) \ - --stringparam l10n.gentext.language=$$LL \ - $< - -%.dbk_validated: %.dbk - $(XMLLINT) --noout --valid $^ - touch $@ - -## Special rule for master manual and tutorial -%_en.dbk: %.docbook - cp -f $^ $@ - -manual_%.dbk: manual_%.mo manual_%.po $(MANUAL_MASTER) - $(ITSTOOL) -m $< -o $@ --lang $* $(MANUAL_MASTER) - -manual_%.po: $(MANUAL_MASTER) - $(ITSTOOL) -o manual.pot $< - $(MSGMERGE) -U $@ manual.pot --backup=simple --no-wrap --verbose - -manual_%.mo: manual_%.po - `cat $< | sed 's/, fuzzy//g' > $<.bak` - $(MSGFMT) --check -o $@ $<.bak - -tutorial_%.dbk: tutorial_%.mo tutorial_%.po $(TUTORIAL_MASTER) - $(ITSTOOL) -m $< -o $@ --lang $* $(TUTORIAL_MASTER) - -tutorial_%.po: $(TUTORIAL_MASTER) - $(ITSTOOL) -o tutorial.pot $< - $(MSGMERGE) -U $@ tutorial.pot --backup=simple --no-wrap --verbose - -tutorial_%.mo: tutorial_%.po - `cat $< | sed 's/, fuzzy//g' > $<.bak` - $(MSGFMT) --check -o $@ $<.bak diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_ca.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_ca.html --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_ca.html 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_ca.html 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,1894 +0,0 @@ -Manual d'Hydrogen

Manual d'Hydrogen

2021-03-04

Piraino, Antonio

Cominu, Alessandro

Van Severen, Thijs

Moors, Sebastian

Evans, Colin

Mller, Philipp

Resum

Hydrogen s un programari sintetitzador que pot ser utilitzat per si sol emulant una caixa de ritmes basada en patrons o mitjanant un teclat MIDI extern o un programa seqenciador. Hydrogen compila en Linux/x86 i Mac OS X, tot i que l'ltim est en fase de proves. Consulta a la llista de correu de l'equip de desenvolupament per ms detalls.

Sumari

I. Introducci
1. Descrrega
2. Munta
3. Keyboard and Mouse
II. Usant Hydrogen
4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Conceptes
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Usant Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferncies d'udio
5.1. General
5.2. La pestanya del Sistema d'udio
5.3. La pestanya del sistema MIDI
5.4. OSC
5.5. La pestanya d'aparna
6. Men principal
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari
6.4. Instrument
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Informaci
7. La Barra d'ines Principal
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Polsar Tempo i ComptadorDePolsacions
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Editor de Canons
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Editor de Canons
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. L'Editor de Patrons
9.1. General
9.2. L'Editor de Patrons
9.3. L'Editor de Patrons
9.4. L'Editor de Patrons
10. Llibreria de S (Gestor del Kit de Bateria)
10.1. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari
10.2. Songs
10.3. L'Editor de Patrons
11. Instrument
11.1. General
11.2. Capa
12. Editor de Canons
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mesclador
13.1. Parmetres d'Instruments
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. Plugins LADSPA
13.4. Master Fader Strip
14. Director
15. L'Editor de Patrons
15.1. Men principal
15.2. Menu
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
III. Mostres
18. A New Song
18.1. Mode "Can" i mode "Patr"
18.2. Un nou patr
18.3. Una nova seqncia
18.4. Ajustar al mesclador
19. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.1. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.2. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.3. Consells a l'Editar Instruments
IV. Appendix
20. Tipus de fitxers utilitzats
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossari

Llistat de figures

4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode
4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode
5.1. La Pestanya d'Aparena
5.2. La pestanya del sistema d'udio
5.3. La pestanya del sistema MIDI
5.4. La pestanya del sistema MIDI
5.5. La Pestanya d'Aparena
6.1. Men principal
6.2. Import Drumkit
6.3. The Audio Engine View
7.1. La Barra d'ines Principal
8.1. L'Editor de Canons
8.2. L'Editor de Patrons
8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties
8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags
8.5. The Automation Path Widget
9.1. L'Editor de Patrons
9.2. L'Editor de Patrons
9.3. L'Editor de Patrons
9.4. L'Editor de Patrons
9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity
9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property
9.7. L'Editor de Patrons
10.1. Canons en la Llibreria de S
11.1. The Instrument editor General view
11.2. Creant Instruments i Capes
11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor
12.1. L'Editor de Canons
12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor
12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor
12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor
13.1. El Mesclador
13.2. Parmetres d'Instruments
13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer
13.5. Select an Effect
13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer
14.1. El Mesclador
15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded
16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog
18.1. L'Editor de Patrons
18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence
18.3. El Mesclador
44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Llistat de taules

4.1. MIDI Mapping
17.1. All OSC Messages
21.1. Shortcut Table

PartI.Introducci

Sumari

1. Descrrega
2. Munta
3. Keyboard and Mouse

Captol 1. Descrrega

- You can download Hydrogen from - http://www.hydrogen-music.org. - On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows. -

- Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. -

Captol 2. Munta

- If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - 

-        $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git
-

- A certain release can be fetched with - 

-        $ git checkout tags/1.0.0
-

La compilaci d'Hydrogen depn de les segents llibreries:

Si us plau, instala-les amb el gestor de paquets de la teva distribuci.Si ests utilitzant un sistema basat en debian, pots instalar les llibreries amb:

-        $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools         \
-	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
-	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
-	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
-	liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev
-

Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository - was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :

-           $ ./build.sh
-

The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) : - 

-             r[m]     => all built, temp and cache files
-             c[lean]  => remove cache files
-             m[ake]   => launch the build process
-             mm       => launch the build process using ccache
-             mt       => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled
-             d[oc]    => build html documentation
-             g[raph]  => draw a dependencies graph
-             h[elp]   => show the build options
-             x|exec   => execute hydrogen
-             t[ests]  => execute tests
-             p[kg]    => build source package
-             z        => build using ccache and run from tree
-
-

To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - 

-           $ ./build.sh m x
-

and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - 

-          $ cd build
-          $ sudo make install
-
[Nota]Nota

For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources).

Captol 3. Keyboard and Mouse

- The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. -

- Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: -

  • - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader -

  • - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see Secci16.2) -

- Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. -

- The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of -

  • - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. -

  • - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. -

  • - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. -

  • - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. -

  • - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. -

  • - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. -

-

[Nota]Nota

- The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - -

- Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. -

PartII.Usant Hydrogen

Sumari

4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Conceptes
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Usant Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferncies d'udio
5.1. General
5.2. La pestanya del Sistema d'udio
5.3. La pestanya del sistema MIDI
5.4. OSC
5.5. La pestanya d'aparna
6. Men principal
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari
6.4. Instrument
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Informaci
7. La Barra d'ines Principal
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Polsar Tempo i ComptadorDePolsacions
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Editor de Canons
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Editor de Canons
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Habilitar Mode Dibuix.
8.2.3. Editor de Canons
8.2.4. Estableix Mode Patr/Can
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. L'Editor de Patrons
9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. L'Editor de Patrons
9.3. L'Editor de Patrons
9.4. L'Editor de Patrons
10. Llibreria de S (Gestor del Kit de Bateria)
10.1. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari
10.2. Songs
10.3. L'Editor de Patrons
11. Instrument
11.1. General
11.1.1. Parmetres d'Envolupant
11.1.2. Guany i Enmudir Grup
11.1.3. Parmetres d'Envolupant
11.1.4. Parmetres d'Instruments
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Capa
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Capa
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls
12. Editor de Canons
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mesclador
13.1. Parmetres d'Instruments
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. Plugins LADSPA
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings
14. Director
15. L'Editor de Patrons
15.1. Men principal
15.1.1. Editor de Canons
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Captol 4. Overview

Sumari

4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Conceptes
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Usant Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options

4.1. Main User Interface

Figura 4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. -

- Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. -

Figura 4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode

The Main UI in Tabbed mode

4.2. Conceptes

Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. -

- To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. -

4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard

- Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. -

- Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. Drumkit maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while Instrument maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. -

- Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. -

[Nota]Nota

- In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. -

- Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. -

Taula 4.1. MIDI Mapping

- Instr. Pos. - - MIDI Note - - PC Keyboard Key - Manual d'Hydrogen - GM Standard -
35Bass Drum 2
136ZZ = BomboBass Drum 1
237SS = BaquetaSide Stick/Rimshot
338XSnareSnare Drum 1
439DD = Picar de mansD = Picar de mans
540CSnare RimshotSnare Drum 2
641VFloor TomLow Tom 2
742GG = HH tancatG = HH tancat
843BTom 2Low Tom 1
944HH = HH en PedalPedal Hi-hat
1045NTom 1Mid Tom 2
1146JHat OpenOpen Hi-hat
1247MM = EsquellaMid Tom 1
1348QRideHigh Tom 2
144922 = CrashCrash Cymbal 1
1550WRide 2High Tom 1
16513SplashRide Cymbal 1
1752EHat Semi-OpenChinese Cymbal
1853RBellRide Bell
19545Tambourine
2055TSplash Cymbal
21566M = Esquella
2257YCrash Cymbal 2
23587Vibra Slap
2459URide Cymbal 2
2560High Bongo
2661Low Bongo
2762Mute High Conga
2863Open High Conga
2964Low Conga
3065High Timbale
3166Low Timbale
3267High Agog
3368Low Agog
3469Cabasa
3570Maracas
3671Short Whistle
3772Long Whistle
3873Short Giro
3974Long Giro
4075Claves
4176High Wood Block
4277Low Wood Block
4378Mute Cuca
4479Open Cuca
4580Mute Triangle
4681Open Triangle

[Nota]Nota

Fixa't que el nom de l'instrument depn del kit de bateria carregat. Aquesta llista es refereix al GMKit carregat per defecte. De totes maneres, la posici de l'instrument s la mateixa.

When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do.

[Nota]Nota

- Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that - is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument. -

For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below.

Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard.

4.4. Usant Hydrogen

- In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. -

- In order to start recording, first activate the record button - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). -

- Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. -

[Nota]Nota

- The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). -

4.5. Session Management

- With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. -

[Avs]Avs

- All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. -

  • - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. -

    -

  • - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. -

    -

  • - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. -

    [Avs]Avs

    - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. -

    -

4.5.1. NSM

- Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the Project option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. -

  • - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. -

  • - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - -

    [Avs]Avs

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. -

    [Avs]Avs

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. -

    -

[Nota]Nota

- The Open Demo option will be missing. -

- Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. -

-

4.6. Command-line Options

- After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - 

-        -h, --help                  Displays this help.
-        -v, --version               Displays version information.
-        -d, --driver <Audiodriver>  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)
-        -i, --install <File>        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)
-        -n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen
-        -p, --playlist <File>       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup
-        -P, --data <Path>           Use an alternate system data path
-        -s, --song <File>           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup
-        -k, --kit <DrumkitName>     Load a drumkit at startup
-        -V, --verbose <Level>       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH
-

- -

Captol 5. Preferncies d'udio

Sumari

5.1. General
5.2. La pestanya del Sistema d'udio
5.3. La pestanya del sistema MIDI
5.4. OSC
5.5. La pestanya d'aparna

Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu.

[Nota]Nota

- All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. -

5.1. General

Figura 5.1. La Pestanya d'Aparena

La Pestanya d'Aparena

  • Depurar: eines principalment per depurar i monitoritzar Hydrogen (noms disponibles quan s'ha compilat l'aplicaci amb suport a depuraci).

  • - Reopen last used song: - determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead. -

  • - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. -

    -

  • - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. -

    -

  • - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see Captol3). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. -

  • - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. -

    -

  • - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from -200 to 200. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. -

    - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. -

    - -

  • Comena la compensaci del comptador de polsacions en ms - ajustar el temps entre l'ltima entrada ComptadorDePolsacions i quan comena la reproducci de la can (si la funci d'auto inici est desactivada).

  • - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from 1 to 800. -

  • - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from 16 to 8192. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    -

  • - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. -

    - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package rubberband-cli. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . -

    - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. -

    - -

5.2. La pestanya del Sistema d'udio

Figura 5.2. La pestanya del sistema d'udio

La pestanya del sistema d'udio

  • - Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card. -

    - Available options: -

    • Auto: Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - -

      [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

      - This option is recommended for beginners. -

      - -

    • jackd: El controlador Jack s un servidor d'udio professional que permet molt baixa latncia i es comunica amb altres programes d'udio. Recomanem ferventment usar aquest controlador per treure-li tot el suc a Hydrogen. El servidor JACK s'iniciar automticament si no est ja en s.

      [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

      - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. -

    • ALSA: El controlador d'udio ms exts en Linux

    • OSS: El controlador Oss utilitza el dispositiu /dev/dsp i est basat en la interfcie OSS, suportada per la majoria de tarjes de s disponibles en linux; dit aix, utilitzar aquest controlador bloqueja el dispositiu /dev/dsp fins que hydrogen es tanca fent-lo inutilitzable per a tots els altres programes. Utilitza-ho noms com a ltim recurs.

    • PortAudio: un controlador d'udo multiplataforma de codi font obert

    • CoreAudio: A driver for MacOS.

    • PulseAudio: A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server.

  • ALSA: El controlador d'udio ms exts en Linux

  • - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from 100 to 5000. -

  • - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. -

    -

  • Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports.

    Post-Fader:

    Pre-Fader:

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. -

  • BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option constant - measure) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - matching bars).

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    - For this option to take effect the - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - button has to be activated and the - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application).

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. -

  • Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted.

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

  • Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    [Avs]Avs

    - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. -

  • - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. -

    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    -

  • - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. -

  • - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from 1 to 512. -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. -

    -

  • - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from 1 to 100. -

  • - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. -

5.3. La pestanya del sistema MIDI

Figura 5.3. La pestanya del sistema MIDI

La pestanya del sistema MIDI

  • - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. -

  • - Input: - selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from. -

  • - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. -

  • - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. -

  • - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. -

    -

  • - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are -

    -

  • - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. -

  • - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. -

    -

- Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the Secci16.1. -

5.4. OSC

Figura 5.4. La pestanya del sistema MIDI

La pestanya del sistema MIDI

The OSC tab (Figura5.4) let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - -

[Nota]Nota

- In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. -

- -

-

[Nota]Nota

If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. -

5.5. La pestanya d'aparna

Figura 5.5. La Pestanya d'Aparena

La Pestanya d'Aparena

The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. -

  • - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. -

    -

  • - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. -

  • - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. -

  • - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: -

    • - Automatic: - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. -

    • - Steps: - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. -

    • - Fixed: - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. -

    -

Captol 6. Men principal

Sumari

6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari
6.4. Instrument
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Informaci

Figura 6.1. Men principal

Men principal

6.1. Project

Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

[Nota]Nota

- If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see Secci4.5.1 for details). -

  • Nou - Crear una nova can

  • Mostrar informaci - Configurar les propietats generals de la can com ara nom, autor, llicncia i altres notes

  • Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file).

  • Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs). -

    -

  • Obre Recent - Obre un men que mostra les canons utilizades recentment

  • Desa - Desa les modificacions fetes a la can actual

  • Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. -

    -

  • Obrir patr - Obre un patr desat que pertany al kit de bateria actual

  • Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. -

    -

  • Exportar fitxer MIDI - Exporta la can actual en format MIDI

  • Exportar can - Exporta la can actual en format WAV

    The Export mode option Export to a single track will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. Export to separate tracks will create files for each - instrument/track. Both will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. -

  • Exportar fitxer MIDI - Exporta la can actual en format MIDI

    [Avs]Avs

    - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported.

  • Sortir - Sortir d'Hydrogen

6.2. Undo

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

6.3. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari

  • New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. -

  • Instruments: aquest men cont funcions d'instruments i kit de bateria (llibreries de s).

  • Mostrar informaci - Configurar les propietats generals de la can com ara nom, autor, llicncia i altres notes

  • Instruments: aquest men cont funcions d'instruments i kit de bateria (llibreries de s).

  • Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. -

    -

  • Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. -

    -

  • Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. -

  • Importar llibreria - Importa un kit de bateria del sistema d'arxius local o el descarrega d'un lloc remot mitjanant alimentaci XML (XML feed). El fitxer XML provet NO compleix els stndards RSS (veure la pgina web d'Hydrogen per a un exemple). Per a carregar un kit de bateria en la sessi de treball actual d'Hydrogen, llegeix Instrument rack.

    -

    Figura 6.2. Import Drumkit

    Import Drumkit


    - - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. -

    - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. -

    - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - -

    Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit.

    - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - -

6.4. Instrument

This menu offers - instruments functions.

  • Afegir instrument - Afegeix un nou instrument al kit de bateria actualment actiu

  • Neteja-ho tot - Elimina tots els instruments del kit de bateria actual

  • Afegir instrument - Afegeix un nou instrument al kit de bateria actualment actiu

6.5. View

  • Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducci, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferncies.

  • Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducci, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferncies.

  • Mesclador - Obre la finestra del mesclador.

  • Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library.

  • Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path - panel.

  • Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel.

  • Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel.

  • ALSA: El controlador d'udio ms exts en Linux

6.6. Options

  • Input mode: when set to Drumkit the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments - in your drumkit. If you set it to Instrument the keys of your MIDI - keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. - The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. - This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see Secci4.3 for details). - An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' - that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth.

  • Preferncies Obre la finestra principal de preferncies. Llegeix Preferences per ms informaci sobre la configuraci d'Hydrogen.

6.7. Debug

Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen.

[Nota]Nota

- The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with - debug support. -

  • Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -

    Figura 6.3. The Audio Engine View

    The Audio Engine View


    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). -

    -

  • Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. -

  • - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. -

    • - None: No messages will be written at all. -

    • - Error: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. -

    • - Warning: Like Error but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. -

    • - Info: Like Warning but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. -

    • - Debug: Like Info but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. -

    -

  • Open Log File: - opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance.

6.8. Informaci

  • Manual d'usuari- Obre una finestra amb aquest manual

  • Sobre - La tpica finestra amb informaci sobre la llicncia, autors, etc.

  • Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it).

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

Captol 7. La Barra d'ines Principal

Sumari

7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Polsar Tempo i ComptadorDePolsacions
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State

Figura 7.1. La Barra d'ines Principal

La Barra d'ines Principal

Abans d'analitzar les dues rees principals d'Hydrogen, fem primer una ullada rpida a la barra d'eines principal i als seus components:

7.1. - Transport Control -

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button.

Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see Captol21 for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see Secci4.4 for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback.

In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode.

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. -

7.2. Polsar Tempo i ComptadorDePolsacions

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right).

This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above.

7.2.1. Tap Tempo

The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. -

- After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over.

[Nota]Nota

- The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. -

7.2.2. Beat Counter

Polsar Tempo s una part del ComptadorDePolsacions, que s essencialment un polsar tempo tunejat. Per defecte el ComptadorDePolsacions no eś visible. Per veure el ComptadorDePolsacions clica el bot de dalt a la dreta (BC) entre el selector de mode Can/Patr i el selector de PPM. Tamb pot veure's quan es pressiona la tecla coma (,).

El tempo que pressionis ser considerat polsacions parelles del tipus de polsaci. El tipus de polsaci pot ser configurat a 1/8 (per ritmes d'un vuit de nota), 1/4 (per ritmes d'un quart de nota), 1/2 (per ritmes de mitja nota) i 1/1 (per ritmes d'una nota sencera). Per cambiar el tipus de ritme utilitza la tecla fletxa esquerra. Per cambiar el nombre de polsacions comptades, utilitza la tecla fletxa dreta. Pots configurar de 2 a 16 polsacions (P.e., si configures les polsacions a 6, haurs de polsar 6 vegades abans que el nou tempo estigui computat i s'assigni.) Mentre es mostri una R per pantalla el ComptadorDePatrons est apunt per comenar de 0. Cada vegada que pressiones amb la tecla coma, mostrar el nombre de polsacions que has entrat (1, 2, 3...).

El bot del fons a ma dreta controla la funcionalitat comenar-automticament, i s'activa entre S i P. P significa (Reprodur), en aquest estat la can assignar el tempo automticament i es comenar a reprodur quan hagis entrat la quantitat correcta de polsacions (si no s'est ja reprodunt, clar). D'aquesta manera, si tens el ComptadorDePatrons configurat a 4/4, pots polsar 1-2-3-4, i comenar en la prxima polsaci. Quan es mostra S (per Configura PPM), l'auto inici est deshabilitat.

Per exemple: suposem que ests en un grup, Hydrogen, i tens un sintetitzador software controlat per Seq24)... i vols que tot comenci alhora. Configura el tipus de ritme a 1/4 i el nombre de polsacions a 4. Habilita l'auto-inici (mostrant P). Compta al grup 1-2-3-4 (mentre li vas donant a la coma) - i tothom comena a l'1.

Un altre exemple: En la mateixa situaci, per la can no requereix d'Hydrogen o sintetitzadors fins a una estona desprs. Mentrestant, un hum (p.e. el guitarrista) anir configurant el tempo. En la mesura anterior en la que hydrogen se suposa que ha de comenar, polsa la coma 1-2-3-4 amb el ritme... i ja ho tens a la prxima polsaci (amb el tempo correcte).

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. -

[Nota]Nota

- If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. -

7.3. BPM Control and Metronome

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes.

Set the speed of the song in the range from 10 to 400 bpm (beats per minute). -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. -

Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. -

- If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see Secci12.2 for details. -

7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in

A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is MIDI input.

The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message.

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. -

7.5. JACK Control

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right one "J.MASTER".

Clicking - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. -

- Using - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. -

[Nota]Nota

- The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. -

7.6. GUI State

In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup "Hydrogen Ready.".

- Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). -

- The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. -

Captol 8. Editor de Canons

Sumari

8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Editor de Canons
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Habilitar Mode Dibuix.
8.2.3. Editor de Canons
8.2.4. Estableix Mode Patr/Can
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path

-

Figura 8.1. L'Editor de Canons

L'Editor de Canons


-

L' "Editor de Cancons" (Figura8.1) permet una vista general de tota la can. (p.e. introducci, vers, pont, estribillo i anar fent); cada requadre marcat en blau en aquest panell s una barra completa mostrat en l'"Editor de Patrons". Aqu tenim completa llibertat per afegir, borrar o moure patrons en l'ordre que preferim. Tamb podem copiar i enganxar aquests patrons: utilitza el bot esquerre del ratol per seleccionar-ho. Arrossegar amb la tecla CTRL premuda copia aquests patrons.

- Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. -

- Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. -

- In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate the presence of a Tag.

- In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. -

[Nota]Nota

- Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. -

- -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see Captol3) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. -

-

8.1. Main Controls

Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode.

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. -

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - or to Stacked mode (Secci8.2.5).

8.2. Editor de Canons

- The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. -

- In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. -

- They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. -

- In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. -

[Nota]Nota

- While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. -

8.2.1. Select Mode

- This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. -

- Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. -

- Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. -

- The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - -

  • Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard

  • Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy

  • ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position

  • Return to move the selected - blocks into place

  • Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place

- -

- Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. -

8.2.2. Habilitar Mode Dibuix.

- This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. -

- Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. -

- Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. -

[Nota]Nota

- The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in Captol3. - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. -

8.2.3. Editor de Canons

- When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. -

8.2.4. Estableix Mode Patr/Can

- When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. -

8.2.5. Stacked Mode

- Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. -

- Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. -

[Nota]Nota

- Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. -

8.3. Sidebar

- The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. -

Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things:

Figura 8.2. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

  • [Backspace] = Reinicia can o patr des de l'inici

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. -

  • [Backspace] = Reinicia can o patr des de l'inici

  • Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. -

    Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    -

  • Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. -

    Figura 8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties

    Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. -

  • [Backspace] = Reinicia can o patr des de l'inici

  • Els Kits de Bateria es guarden automticament al directodi de dades (p.e. $HOME/data/drumkits).

  • *.h2pattern: Fitxer XML que descriu un patr. Els patrons sn un grup de polsacions gestionats per l'etidor de patrons.

  • PortAudio: un controlador d'udo multiplataforma de codi font obert

    - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. -

    - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. -

    - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. -

8.4. Timeline

Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler.

The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song.

To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - Grey button containing a black "P". - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. -

[Nota]Nota

- Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see Secci7.5 for details. -

- -

Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

- - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. -

8.5. Tags

Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue "T"s.

- In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. -

- To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -

Figura 8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags

Dialog Window for Adding Tags


- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. -

8.6. Playback Track

Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example.

- Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. -

[Nota]Nota

- When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. -

- To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - Grey button containing a black "T". - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. -

- Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - -

  • Edit: loads an audio file.

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. -

  • Mute: mutes the Playback Track.

  • Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too.

-

[Nota]Nota

- In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. -

8.7. Automation Path

Figura 8.5. The Automation Path Widget

The Automation Path Widget

- The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. -

[Nota]Nota

- Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. -

Captol 9. L'Editor de Patrons

Sumari

9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. L'Editor de Patrons
9.3. L'Editor de Patrons
9.4. L'Editor de Patrons

Figura 9.1. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)

The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). -

[Nota]Nota

- If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. -

- If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see Single Pattern and Stacked mode for details). -

9.1. General

9.1.1. Controls

Figura 9.2. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

    - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: -

    Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) and "OK" (left) buttons.

    - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. -

    - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. 4), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. 4.5/4) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64, 96, and 192 - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: -

    A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the "SIZE" LCD.

  • - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - : this is the current grid resolution (1/4 through 1/64 with triplet-based resolutions marked as 1/8T). -

    [Nota]Nota

    Recorda aquesta limitaci respecte la parrilla: si ests treballant amb una resoluci de 16 no pots tornar a 8 i esborrar una nota d'un 16; per altra banda si ests treballant en una resoluci de 8 i intentes insertar una nota entre dues barres (mirant per una precisi d'un setz), les notes sern posades automticament a la barra d'un vuit ms prxima. Aquesta restricci pot ser deshabilitada si es treu la resoluci de tota la parrilla (escull "desactiva" al LCD de control de parrilla). Ara podrs posar les notes on vulguis.

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

    [Nota]Nota

    - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. -

  • - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking.

  • - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor.

9.1.2. Sidebar

Figura 9.3. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see - the instruments that are part of this kit.

Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select.

  • Guany: El volum general de l'instrument.

  • Fill notes: this allows you to fill - up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Depending on the choice you make (fill all, fill 1/2, fill 1/4 ...) - notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by - the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note. -

    -

  • Randomize velocity: - automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that - instrument in the pattern. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The more velocity you set on the instrument, - the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when - played. -

    -

  • Select notes: - will select all the notes played on this instrument in the - current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the - Pattern Editor main area. -

  • Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. -

    • Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducci, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferncies.

    • Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducci, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferncies.

    • [Backspace] = Reinicia can o patr des de l'inici

    • Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducci, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferncies.

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. -

  • Instruments: aquest men cont funcions d'instruments i kit de bateria (llibreries de s).

    • Guany: El volum general de l'instrument.

    • Guany: El volum general de l'instrument.

The - Grey button containing a black "M". - button mutes the instrument and - Grey button containing a black "S". - solos it. -

The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument - up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so - will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will - it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on.

[Avs]Avs

- It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. -

[Avs]Avs

- Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. -

9.2. L'Editor de Patrons

Figura 9.4. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. - The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes - depends on the used pattern size and resolution.

If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : -

  • - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. -

  • - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. -

-

Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle.

- (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) -

- As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see Captol3). -

- Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. -

- Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. -

- Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. -

So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- Also see Captol18 for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. -

-

9.3. L'Editor de Patrons

Figura 9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated - will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties - of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. - The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. - You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left). -

Els controladors disponibles sn els segents:

  • Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected.

    [Nota]Nota

    - The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. - A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, - turning red when you reach the point of clipping. -

  • Pan: with this property you can move - the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the - left/right output).

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) -

  • - NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the - area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard' -

    Figura 9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. -

  • - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than 1.0, a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability 1.0 will - always be played, a note with - probability of 0.0 will never be - played. -

- Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - -

  • Drawing with the mouse:

    - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. -

  • - Selecting multiple notes: -

    - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. -

-

9.4. L'Editor de Patrons

Figura 9.7. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

- The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. -

While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. - It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes.

You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a - complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave - first.

[Nota]Nota

- When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a 3x to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. -

Captol 10. Llibreria de S (Gestor del Kit de Bateria)

Sumari

10.1. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari
10.2. Songs
10.3. L'Editor de Patrons

Figura 10.1. Canons en la Llibreria de S

Canons en la Llibreria de S

La llibreria de s t'estalvia temps per gestionar els teus kits de bateria, patrons preferits, i canons preferides. Quan crees canons noves i kits de bateria, la Llibreria de S et facilita reutilitzar i mesclar instruments i patrons des d'altres kits i canons.

- It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

10.1. Kits de Bateria d'Usuari

The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level.

Aix llista els kits de bateria que estn instalats en el teu administrador de sistema. Est determinat per un prefix en temps de compilaci. En sistemes operatius tipus-unix aix s normalment /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, o possiblement /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. Aquests kits estn disponibles per tots els usuaris del sistema, i els usuaris normalment no poden afegir-n'hi.

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. -

The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. -

[Avs]Avs

If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. -

- If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. -

- Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. -

DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel.

Per a carregar un kit de bateria des d'aqui, clica amb el bot dret al kit de bateria i selecciona Carregar. Aix canviar el kit de bateria actual amb el que hagis seleccionat. Per carregar un sol instrument del kit, clica amb el bot esquerre mes cap a l'esquerra del nom del kit de bateria per mostrar tots els instruments. Amb el bot esquerre del ratol, clica i arrossega l'instrument al kit actual. L'instrument ser afegit al kit de bateria que hagis carregat.

10.2. Songs

Per desar les canons a la Llibreria de S, posa-les al directori de dades sotta la carpeta canons (normalment $HOME/data/songs). Per esborrar-les, esborra el fitxer del directori.

10.3. L'Editor de Patrons

Per desar les canons a la Llibreria de S, posa-les al directori de dades sotta la carpeta canons (normalment $HOME/data/songs). Per esborrar-les, esborra el fitxer del directori.

Assegura't d'etitar les propietats clicant amb el bot dret i seleccionant Propietats abans de desar els teus patrons preferits a la llibreria de s. Aqu li potd donar ttol i categoria al patr. Pots utilitzar alguna de les categories predeterminades o crear-ne una de nova simplement escrivint el seu nom. El nom de la categoria s important, ja que els patrons es desen per categoria a la Llibreria de S.

Captol 11. Instrument

Sumari

11.1. General
11.1.1. Parmetres d'Envolupant
11.1.2. Guany i Enmudir Grup
11.1.3. Parmetres d'Envolupant
11.1.4. Parmetres d'Instruments
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Capa
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Capa
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls

Figura 11.1. The Instrument editor General view

The Instrument editor General view

- The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

11.1. General

When clicking the General button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

[Nota]Nota

It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text.

11.1.1. Parmetres d'Envolupant

Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE".

When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name.

  • Atac- la quantitat de temps que el volum de la mostra triga a anar de 0 al volum de velocitat mxima. Si el valor es 0, la mostra es reproduir inmediatament a velocitat mxima. Si el valor s 1.0, el volum de la mostra far servir el temps mxim disponible per al parmetre d'atac.

  • Decay- la quantitat de temps per al volum de la mostra a anar de velocitat mxima fins al nivell de volum de sustain. Si el valor s 0, la mostra evitar el volum d'atac i anir directament al nivell de sustain. Si el valor s 1.0, el volum de la mostra utilitzar el mxim de temps disponible per al parmetre decay.

  • Sustain- el volum al que es tocar la nota un cop la fase de decay s'ha acabat, i fins que la nota es deixa anar. Si est a 0 la nota ser silenciosa. Si est a 1.0, la nota es tocar a velotitat mxima.

  • Release- el temps d'atenuar la nota des del nivell de sustain a silenci. Si est a 0, la nota s'atenuar en el valor mnim de temps (mes o menys, 5 ms.). Si est a 1, s'atenuar durant la major quantitat de temps disponible.

[Nota]Nota

Els parmetres d'atac, decay i release es configuren tots a partir del nombre de mostres d'udio. Aix significa que el temps canvia segons la freqncia de mostreig de la teva tarja de s. El mxim de temps s 100.000 mostres d'ucio (tpicament, 2,27 segons a 44.1 kHz).

Si la mostra s ms curta que els temps especificats, la mostra acabar, sigui quina sigui la fase de l'ADSR en que es trobi. Si la nota est en sustain, no dibuixa la nota mentre l'ests aguantant. Noms aguanta el parmetre guany (volum) durant aquest temps.

11.1.2. Guany i Enmudir Grup

In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right).

The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to 0, the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is 1.0, the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified.

[Avs]Avs

s molt fcil posar el Guany massa alt, provocant que la mostra es saturi. Recorda provar el guany a velocitat mxima. Si satures la senyal aqui, ser pitjor quan Hydrogen ho processi.

Hydrogen proporciona ms grups per a enmudir dels que sabrs qu fer-hi (cap a 256). Un grup per enmudir s una agrupaci d'instruments que sn mutualment exclusius - noms un instrument pot estar-se tocant en un determinat moment. Si un s'est tocant i un altre instrument d'aquest grup s disparat, ser inmediatament silenciat (mut) i comenar a tocar-se l'altre instrument. s til, sobretot per a instruments com ara el charles en els que el s obert i el s tancat sn instruments diferents.

Si el grup d'enmudiment est Desactivat, l'instrument no s una part de cap grup d'enmudiment. Si el grup d'enmudiment est activat a qualsevol nombre, aleshores aquest s el grup al que l'instrument est assignat. Per posar altres instruments en el mateix sac, selecciona que el seu grup d'enmudiment tingui el mateix nombre. (Per exemple, per agrupar tots els charles, pots posar-los el seu grup d'enmudiment a 1. Per tenir la caixa dins d'un altre grup, posa el seu grup a 2.)

If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note.

This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - -

- The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. -

- When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. -

[Nota]Nota

- By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. -

- When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". -

11.1.3. Parmetres d'Envolupant

From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE".

El filtre s un filtre passa-baixos ressonant. Si no vols fer-lo servir, clica BYPass per a que es posi el bot vermell. Si no est vermell, el filtre est actiu. El parmetre cutoff ajusta la freqncia de tall pel filtre. El parmetre de ressonncia ajusta com ressonar la freqncia de tall. Si la ressonncia est a 0, el filtre s un simple passa-baixos.

[Nota]Nota

La freqncia de tall del filtre varia amb la freqncia de mostreig de la teva tarja de s. El rang del bot (de 0 a 1.0) est optimitzat per a una freqncia de mostreig de 48.000 kHz.

11.1.4. Parmetres d'Instruments

From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM".

The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between 0 - and 1.0. - -

[Nota]Nota

- The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between 1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. -

- -

11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings

Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE".

Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps.

From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices.

[Nota]Nota

- By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. -

11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group

Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right).

The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. -

For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. -

Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. -

Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from 0 to 20, - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between 0 and 20 the closed hi-hat is played. -

11.2. Capa

Figura 11.2. Creant Instruments i Capes

Creant Instruments i Capes

When clicking the Layers button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

11.2.1. Components

In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu.

- Right below the General and Layers button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to add a new component, delete the current one, or rename the current one. -

[Avs]Avs

- The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. -

11.2.2. Capa

Figura 11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

- Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. -

[Nota]Nota

- Empty layers will be displayed as < - >. -

El bot (escoltar noves notes) reprodueix la mostra com s'ha afegit al patr. Finalment pots moure un instument amunt i avall amb els botons . La til funci Quantitzar est disponible activant . D'aquesta manera les polsacions insertada respectarn automticament respectant la resoluci de la parrilla.

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. -

[Nota]Nota

- When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. -

- Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. -

-

- You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. -

[Nota]Nota

- If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. -

11.2.3. Sample Selection

A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the different choices to the right.

- Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. -

- Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. -

  • First in Velocity: - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. -

    -

  • Round Robin: - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. -

  • Random: - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. -

11.2.4. Controls

Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right).

  • - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. -

  • - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. -

    -

  • - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. -

  • - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

Captol 12. Editor de Canons

Sumari

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figura 12.1. L'Editor de Canons

L'Editor de Canons

The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music!

[Nota]Nota

The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings.

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing

Figura 12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

- In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: -

  • Start Marker (green): labeled with a S and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample.

  • End Marker (red): labeled with a E and indicates the end of the tweaked sample.

  • Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a L and determines the loop-in point of your sample.

-

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. -

- Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. -

  • - Start: position of the Start Marker. -

  • - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. -

  • - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. -

    • - forward: plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. -

    • - reverse: plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). -

    • - ping-pong: plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). -

    -

  • - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. -

  • - End: position of the End Marker. -

  • [CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer

[Nota]Nota

- These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. -

- Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. -

12.2. Pitch Shifting

Figura 12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample.

[Nota]Nota

- These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see Secci5.1). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. -

- When Sample length to beat is set to off the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. -

  • Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than off the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. -

    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. -

    - -

  • Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - semitones,cent. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. -

    -

  • Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. -

12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figura 12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

- The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. -

  • - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. -

  • ALSA: El controlador d'udio ms exts en Linux

  • - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). -

  • - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the pan(orama) or volume of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. -

Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by -

[Nota]Nota

- The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. -

  1. - First select volume or panorama in the dropdown to the right. -

  2. - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. -

  3. Obre - Obre una can

  4. - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. -

Captol 13. Mesclador

Sumari

13.1. Parmetres d'Instruments
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. Plugins LADSPA
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings

Figura 13.1. El Mesclador

El Mesclador

The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. -

The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. -

13.1. Parmetres d'Instruments

Figura 13.2. Parmetres d'Instruments

Parmetres d'Instruments

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - This is quite handy for checking clipping. -

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

    [Nota]Nota

    - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

[Nota]Nota

- If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to Post-Fader. -

- This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. -

13.2. Component Channel Strips

Figura 13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

- Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. -

[Nota]Nota

- These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. -

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

13.3. Plugins LADSPA

Figura 13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer

The FX Rack in the Mixer

Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level.

There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - -

-

[Avs]Matar Plugins

Un plugin LADSPA s codi executable, compilat. Pot penjar, petar, congelar, saturar buffers i fins i tot telefonar a casa. Si comences a tenir problemes amb l'Hydrogen, desactiva els plugins i mira si el problema millora. Alguns plugins no estan dissenyats per a ser utilitzats en temps real, i alguns simplement son millors que altres.

Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -

Figura 13.5. Select an Effect

Select an Effect


- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - -

Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right).

- - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP".) - - button in the FX Rack). -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. -

After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output.

13.4. Master Fader Strip

Figura 13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

- - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. -

- Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - button mutes the whole output. -

On the bottom-right of the Master section the - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - -

13.4.1. Humanization

- In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. -

  • Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. -

  • Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. -

    [Nota]Nota

    Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change.

  • Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz.

[Nota]Nota

- In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. -

13.4.2. Mixer Settings

In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button:

Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the Master Fader Strip.

- - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - -

Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom.

- Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. -

- The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. -

- Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set.

- You will find four categories: linear, polar, - ratio, quadratic. - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). -

- Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: -

  • Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left).

    It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. -

  • Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob.

    Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob.

    This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste!

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. -

-

The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). -

- The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. -

[Nota]Nota

Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law.

Captol 14. Director

-

Figura 14.1. El Mesclador

El Mesclador


-

- The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu.

- The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. -

Captol 15. L'Editor de Patrons

Sumari

15.1. Men principal
15.1.1. Editor de Canons
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts

Figura 15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

15.1. Men principal

15.1.1. Editor de Canons

- The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. -

[Nota]Nota

- When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. -

- Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. -

15.1.2. Controls

From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward.

- At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. -

[Nota]Nota

- While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. -

15.1.3. Scripts

- In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - -

[Nota]Nota

- This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. -

- - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. -

[Avs]Avs

- Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. -

15.2. Menu

15.2.1. Playlist

  • - Add song to Playlist: - let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist. -

  • - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. -

  • - Remove selected song from Playlist: - deletes the selected song from the current playlist. -

  • Editor de llistes de reproducci - Una eina per a gestionar llistes de reproducci.

  • - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - -

    [Suggeriment]Suggeriment

    - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. -

    -

  • Desa - Desa les modificacions fetes a la can actual

  • - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. -

15.2.2. Scripts

  • - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. -

  • - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. -

    -

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

  • - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

    -

Captol 16. MIDI API

Sumari

16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. -

[Nota]Nota

- Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

16.1. MIDI Actions

Figura 16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the - Red circle. - button left of the Event-Action binding line. - A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn - the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to - this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the - MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action - from the action drop-down list. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

Ams, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segns el mapa tecla=instrument:

- The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). -

16.1.1. Events

- Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): -

  • - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. -

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

  • - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. -

16.1.2. Actions

[Nota]Nota

- Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter 0 in the Action Param. field (1 for channel 2, 2 for channel 3, and so on). -

  • - <<_PREVIOUS_BAR: - moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. -

  • ALSA: El controlador d'udio ms exts en Linux

  • - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. -

  • - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is -1 (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's 1 (positive), it will be increased. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as BPM_CC_RELATIVE but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX x provided as an integer between 0 and 127. The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. -

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 0: 0 ,1: +0.05) -

  • - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from 0 to 127 - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. -

  • - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05). -

  • [CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - PAUSE otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). -

  • - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - STOP otherwise. -

  • - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. -

  • - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. -

  • - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. -

  • - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). -

  • - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. -

  • - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. -

  • - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. -

  • Projectes: aquest men ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers.

  • - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN combined with - PLAY. -

  • - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. -

    -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN but only take effect in Stacked mode. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. -

    -

  • - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. -

    -

  • [Backspace] = Reinicia can o patr des de l'inici

  • - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. -

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. -

[Nota]Nota

If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. -

Captol 17. OSC API

Sumari

17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing.

17.1. Basics

Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend.

-         $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song
-
[Nota]Nota

- To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. -

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- Hydrogen's port number defaults to 9000 for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. -

[Avs]Avs

- oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. -

17.2. Commands

17.2.1. Syntax

The syntax for sending the commands is

-           $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT
-

with the supported types

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

  • [CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer

Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below

  • ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments.

  • ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version.

  • [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern.

  • {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options.

  • 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1.

  • X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor.

17.2.2. All Commands

Taula 17.1. All OSC Messages

URLtyperangedescription
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Starts playback.
[CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer' ',[f]Stops playback.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position).
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/STOP/ otherwise.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button).
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Activates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Deactivates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0,]If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]Works as /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - combined with /Hydrogen/PLAY/.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0,]If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerfDecreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerfIncreases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf{0,1}Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/ff[0,] [10,400]Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/f[0,]Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0.0,1.5]Sets the volume of the Master fader.
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/f{-1;0;1}Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 ,0: 0 ,1: +0.05)
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0.0,1.5]See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;0;1}See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0.0,1.0]Sets the pan of instrument strip X.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf{-1;1}Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0,127]For a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerfToggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerfToggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0,]Opens song f of the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/' ',[f]Opens the next song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Opens the previous song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Undoes the previous action.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Redoes the previous undone action.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of 0 - and activates it for all others.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of 0 and registers it for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf{0;1}Deactivated Song mode for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf{0;1}Deactivated looped playback for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Toggles the metronome.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxerf[0,]Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxersCreates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxersOpens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Saves the current song.
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxersSaves the current song to the absolute path s.
[CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer' ',[f]Preferncies d'udio
[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer' ',[f]Usant Hydrogen

PartIII.Mostres

Sumari

18. A New Song
18.1. Mode "Can" i mode "Patr"
18.2. Un nou patr
18.3. Una nova seqncia
18.4. Ajustar al mesclador
19. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.1. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.2. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.3. Consells a l'Editar Instruments

Captol 18. A New Song

Sumari

18.1. Mode "Can" i mode "Patr"
18.2. Un nou patr
18.3. Una nova seqncia
18.4. Ajustar al mesclador

Aix s una passada rpida per Hydrogen. Mira't el tutorial per a ms detalls.

18.1. Mode "Can" i mode "Patr"

Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song.

18.2. Un nou patr

We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see Figura18.1). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - -

[Nota]Nota

- Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of 1/16, you can't go back to 1/8 and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - 1/8 and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose off from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! -

-

Figura 18.1. L'Editor de Patrons

L'Editor de Patrons

18.3. Una nova seqncia

Una vegada creats els patrons (Figura18.2), es poden copiar/enganxar/esborrar arrossegant-les amb el ratol (ha d'estar seleccionat el mode de selecci en l'Editor de Canons i tenir apretat el bot dret del ratol per a seleccionar la zona que vols moure o copiar).

Figura 18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

18.4. Ajustar al mesclador

Per descomptat sempre es pot utililtzar la finestra del mesclador, tant mentre estem creant els patrons com quan s'estan reprodunt.

L'rea del mesclador (Figura18.3) es compn de 32 pistes independents, cada una assignada a un instument, ams d'una "Sortida General" per a ajustar el nivel general de volum de sortida i un bot d'"Efectes" per configurar efectes. Cada lnea t 3 botns ( ), ajust de balan ( ), el pic mxim actual, l'atenuador de volum i el nom de la pista. Clicant a reproduir l'instrument, tallant als altres. El bot d'"Enmudir" silencia aquest instrument. El nivell mxim de pic indica el volum mxim al que ha arribat l'instrument; el pic ha d'estar entre 0.0 i 1.0 (a Figura18.3 pots veure uns quants volums massa alts), si no es distorsionar produnt un s extrany (especialment amb el controlador OSS), en aquest cas s millor baixar el volum; atenci a cada contador.

Figura 18.3. El Mesclador

El Mesclador

Captol 19. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria

Sumari

19.1. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.2. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria
19.3. Consells a l'Editar Instruments

19.1. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria

In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples.

Els kits de bateria en Hydrogen es creen amb l'Editor d'Instruments. Amb l'editor d'instruments pots carregar mostres, configurar parmetres d'contorn, configurar el guany i uns quants parmetres ms avanats com ara enmudir grups, filtre de ressonncia passa-baixos, aleatoritzaci del t.

[Suggeriment]Suggeriment

- Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. -

Lets make a brand new drum kit:

  1. Per crear un kit de bateria nou de trinca, selecciona Instruments → Netejar Tot . Aix et donar un banc de 32 instruments. Per esborrar instruments, clica amb el bot dret a cada instrument i selecciona Esborra Instrument. Per afegir instruments, selecciona Instruments → Afegeix instrument.

  2. Selecciona un instrument per comenar a editar-lo. Aix es fa clicant amb el bot esquerre al nom de l'instrument a la llista d'instruments (a l'esquerra). T'adonars que el nom de l'instrument a l'Editor d'Instruments s igual al que has clicat.

  3. Una vegada tens el teu kit de bateria configurat com vols, selecciona Instruments → Desar Llibreria. Et demanar pel nom del kit a desar. Si desitges sobreescriure un kit ja existent, has de posar el mateix nom que tenia el kit que vols canviar.

  4. Els Kits de Bateria es guarden automticament al directodi de dades (p.e. $HOME/data/drumkits).

  5. Per exportar un kit de bateria (i compartir-lo amb altres), primer ha d'estar carregat a la teva Llibreria de S. Llavors selecciona Instruments → Exportar llibreria al men. Selecciona un kit de bateria per exportar i dona-li un nom per desar-lo.

19.2. Creant un nou Kit de Bateria

Pots carregar vries mostres i configurar diferents parmetres de sintetitzador per a cada instrument d'un kit de bateria. Aquesta secci et guiar en com crear un nou instrument i carregar les mostres.

Per comenar a crear un instrument, selecciona Instruments → Afegir instrument. Aix et donar un instrument en blanc per comenar.

Ara necessites dues mostres. Qualsevol fitxer .WAV o .FLAC servir. Hydrogen en proporviona vries al directori data/drumkits.

In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. -

[Nota]Nota

- The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. -

Una vegada carregada la mostra, veurs que ara hi ha un 1 a dalt, i que el rectangle s'ha tornat blau cel. Per carregar una segona mostra, clica la posici just a sota, llavors clica Carregar Capa per posar-hi una nova mostra.

Desprs de portar en ambdues mostres, segurament t'adonars que noms la primera mostra es toca quan dispares l'instrument. Aix s per que has de configurar els rangs de velocitat en les capes. Mou el ratol per les bandes dels rectangles blau cel i veurs que tens un cursor per a arrossegar d'esquerra a dreta. Ara arrossega la mostra cap a l'esquerra o la dreta (com una cortina). Veurs la segona capa aparixer.

La configuraci de velocitat per a una capa de velocitat 0 s a l'esquerra, i velocitat mxima a la dreta. Configura la capa 1 per sonar per les notes fluixes, i la capa 2 per les notes fortes (p.e. capa 1 a l'esquerra i la capa 2 a la dreta.)

Ara, a l'rea de patrons, configura un patr simple que tocar aquest instrument. Ajusta els parmetres de velocitat a cada nota per conseguir que les diferents mostres sonin. Ara configura el patr per repetir-se i fixa't com les mostres es van disparant. (Per apendre com editar un patr, mira Captol9)

Per cada capa, pots configurar el Guany i el T. El t tamb t un bot d'ajustament F.

Ajusta el Guany per controlar el volum de reproducci de la mostra. s necessari ja que s extremament dificil conseguir un conjunt de mostres que sonin exactament al mateix volum. Ajustant-ho aqui, les mostres que s'han enregistrat massa fluixes es poden amplificar per a que sonin igual que les mostres ms altes (que segurament s'han hagut d'atenuar).

[Avs]Avs

s molt fcil posar el Guany massa alt, provocant que la mostra es saturi. Recorda provar el guany a velocitat mxima. Si satures la senyal aqui, ser pitjor quan Hydrogen ho processi.

El t de la mostra pot ser modificat amb els controls de t. El controlador de T ajusta el t en migs tons misicals. (Per tant, -12 s una octava). El t a la dreta ajusta el t 50 Centssimes. (Mig t sn 100 centssimes)

[Nota]Nota

El t s'ajusta tocant la mostra ms rpidament o ms lentament. s l'anomenat Efecte Doppler. Per tant, si tens una mostra d'un segon i tires cap a -12 (1 octava), la teva mostra noms durar mig segon.

You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons).

19.3. Consells a l'Editar Instruments

Amb tots els parmetres que hi ha per configurar, pot ser dificil trobar quelcom que soni b. Aqu tens uns consells per configurar un instrument:

Baixa el guany. Cada cop que tens un selector de guany (p.e. un amplificador), d'aix se'n diu una etapa de guany. Amb cada etapa de guany s fcil saturar la senyal - el que significa que la senyal es distorsiona per retall. Ams, si tens dues mostres que, per elles mateixes, claven els teus indicadors - et pots imaginar que passar quan les combinis? Efectivament, saturars el guany de la senyal.

Si les coses sonen malament i distorsionades, comena baixant el guany a la capa... especialment si s major a 1.0. Llavors passa a baixar el guany de l'instrument, Llavors qualsevol guany en els efectes LADSPA. Llavors a l'atenuador del mesclador. Llavors a l'atenuador del volum de sortida principal.

Prova les mostres a velocitat mxima. La teva mostra ser tocada ms fort si la velocitat s ms alta. Per tant, si ho configures tot per a que soni b a velocitat mxima 0.7, qu passar quan tinguis una velocitat mxima d'1.0? (Pista: retall...)

Intenta utilitzar mostres de com a mxim -6 dB Visualment, aix vol dir que les mostres arribarn com a mxim a mitja escala. D'una altra manera, canvia el guany de la capa aproximadament a .5.

Treu qualsevol compensaci de DC de la mostra. En un edotor de mostres, normalment hi ha una linea cap al mig de l'ona de la mostra. Aquesta s la lnea de zero. El comenament de la teva mostra hauria de ser en aquest lnea. El final de la teva mostra tamb hauria d'estar en aquesta lnea. De totes manesre, si la teva senyal est una mica pe sota o per sobre de la linea, sentirs un clic al comenament i al final de qualsevol mostra tocada. Si el teu editor de mostres no t cap eina per a arreglar un problema de compensaci de DC, pots eliminar el soroll posant un lleugera atenuaci a l'inici i final de la mostra.

L'ADSR no ha de ser ms llarg que la teva mostra. Si tens una mostra curta, no importa quant posis a l'atac i decay - la mostra acabar igual.

Les coses canvien amb la freqncia de mostreig. Si tens un setup ben posat amb tots els teus parmetres ben configurats... les coses cambiarn si canvies la freqncia de mostreig de la tarja de s. Alguns dels parmetre interns de l'Hydrogen estan fets i basats en quantes mostres tens, i no quants segons passen. Les coses que poden canviar son: qualsevol cosa basada en el temps (com ara atac i release) i qualsevol cosa basada en la freqncia (com ara la freqncia de tall).

Les tpiques mostres que utilitza Hydrogen son: el s d'un tambor de la bateria, el s d'un plat, el s d'una esquella. Quan poses una nota en el patr (o toques una nota utilitzant MIDI), Hydrogen reprodueix qualsevol s que hi hagi carregat. Per tant, per ajuntar un kit de bateria necessites recopilar grabacions curtes del bombo, cada tambor, cada plat, el charles obert i tancat, la caixa (oberta o tancada), tocs al canto de la caixa, etc.

De totes maneres, no hi ha regles en quant a qu pot ser una mostra. No es extrany utilitzar Hydrogen per disparar sons que no son de bateria: clips d'ucio de gent xerrant, un tros d'una can, efectes de s, clips d'udio de pelicul.les, gent famosa parlant... Siques creatiu!

PartIV.Appendix

Sumari

20. Tipus de fitxers utilitzats
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossari

Captol 20. Tipus de fitxers utilitzats

Abans de treballar amb Hydrogen, si us plau, familiaritza't amb els segents tipus de fitxers:

  • *.h2pattern: Fitxer XML que descriu un patr. Els patrons sn un grup de polsacions gestionats per l'etidor de patrons.

  • *.h2song: Fitxer XML que descriu una can (o seqencia). Les canons sn grups de patrons amb les seves propietats, i sn gestionats amb l'editor de canons

  • *.h2playlist: Fitxer XML una llista de reproducci. Una llista de reproducci s una seqncia (ordenada) de canons.

  • *.h2drumkit: es tracta d'una carpeta comprimida que cont totes les mostres de s que composen un kit de bateria i un fitxer XML de descripci. Els kits de bateria sn bsicament un grup de mostres de s.

Captol 21. Shortcut Lists

Taula 21.1. Shortcut Table

ShortcutDescription
Ctrl + NNew Project
Ctrl + OOpen File
Ctrl + DOpen Demo
Ctrl + SSave Song
Ctrl + Shift + SSave Song as
Ctrl + PExport Pattern as
Ctrl + MExport MIDI file
Ctrl + EExport Song (see Export Song)
Ctrl + LExport LilyPond file
Ctrl + QUsant Hydrogen
Ctrl + ZUndo an action
Ctrl + Shift + ZRedo an action
Alt + DShow Director
Alt + MShow Mixer
Alt + IShow Instrument Rack
Alt + AShow Automation Path
Alt + FToggle fullscreen mode
Ctrl + Alt + ISet Input mode to Instrument
Ctrl + Alt + DSet Input mode to Drumkit
Alt + PShow Preferences
Alt + ?Manual d'Hydrogen
Backspace[Backspace] = Reinicia can o patr des de l'inici
SpacePlay / Pause
Ctrl + SpaceStarts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space.
,Use the Beat Counter
\Use Tap Tempo
+Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM
-Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM
F5Jump to previous song in playlist
F6Jump to next song in playlist
F9Jump to previous bar in the song
F10Jump to next bar in the song
F12Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds)

Glossari

Aquest s un glossari dels termes generals ms utilitzats en Hydrogen, sintetitzadors, bateries o samplers. Les definicions en aquest text estn simplificades, per les definicions d'aqui sn mes generals i tenen ms explicacions. Per exemple, el text del manual et pot donar la idea que ADSR s l'unic tipus de generador d'contorns, i que noms pot controlar el volum. Aix s simple i convenient per als nous usuaris, per no s ben ben correcte.

ADSR

Un tipus de generador d'contorns que et permet controlar l'Arac, Decay, Sustain, i Release. Generalment, els parmetres sn propircionals a la velocitat.

Un generador d'contorns per Atac/Decay/Sustain/Release. Una vegada disparada una nota, l'Hydrogen l'ataca incrementant el volum des de 0 fins a la "velocitat" de la nota. Una vegada assolida la velocitat maxima, Decau redunt el volum fins que arriva al nivell de sustain. Una vegada la nota s released, l'Hydrogen reduix el volum des del nivell de sustain fins a 0.

A Hydrogen, el generador d'contorns ADSR noms control el volum (atenuaci).

Llegeix ms sobre el tema a l'article de la Wikipedia ADSR Envelope

Veure tamb Generador de Contorns, Atac, Decay, Sustain, Release.

Atac

Aquesta s la primera fase d'un contorn ADSR, i s la quantitat de temps per actirav el parmetre des de 0 a velocitat mxima un cop disparada la nota.

Veure tamb ADSR.

Atenuaci

En filtres i mescladors, la quantitat en que s reduda una senyal (volum).

Veure tamb Roll-off.

Filtre passa-bandes

Un filtre que preserva un determinat rang de freqncies, i atenua (silencia) tota la resta. Normalment es fa combinant un filtra passa-alts i un filtre passa-baixos.

Veure tamb Filtre, Filtre Passa Alts, Filtre Passa Baixos.

Retall

Un fenmen que li passa a una senyal quan aquesta s massa gran per al receptor. El pic de la senyal (que normalment es una corva suau) s tallat al volum mxim (tall). Aix distorsiona el s i acostuma a ser indesitjable.

Un exemple de retall s quan toques msica ms alt del que el teu altaveu pot suportar. Parts de la msica sonen distorsionats.

Component

- A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. -

To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - -

[Nota]Nota

- Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. -

- In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. -

-

Freqncia de tall

Als filtres passa-alts i passa-baixos, s la freqncia que divideix les freqncies que passen i les que son atenuades (silenciades). En un filtre ressonant passa alts, o en un filtre passa-baixos ressonant, la freqncia de tall s tamb la zona de freqncia que s amplificada.

Per exemple, si tens un filtre passa-baixos i configures la freqncia de tall alta (p.e. 20kHz)... el filtre no afectar al s. Totes les freqncies audibles passarn sense modificaci. Si baixes la freqncia de tall cap a 40 Hz (la corda gruixuda d'un baix), sona com alg tapant un altaveu. Les freqncies ms altes atenuades estn per sobre 30 Hz.

Veure tamb Filtre, Filtre Passa Alts, Filtre Passa Baixos, Filtre de ressonncia.

Decay

After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level.

Veure tamb ADSR.

DC-offset

DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform.

DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal.

Generador de Contorns

Una manera de controlar (canviar) el parmetre durant el temps com a resposta a disparar, i aguantar una nota.

Se t'han muntat els ulls? Tornem-ho a provar:

Imagina't que ests tocant una nota amb un teclat i tens l'altra m a un bot (volum, freq. de tall del filtre, etc.). Mentre toques la nota, mous el bot (a vegades amunt, a vegades avall... o avall, llavors amunt). Fas el mateix en cada nota. Aix s el que un generador de contorns. Mira tamb ADSR

Atenuador

Un control per a ajustar la atenuaci (volum) en un mesclador. Els atenuadors sempre tenen reductor d'"audio", el que vol dir que la quantitat en l'atenuaci canvia en una escala exponencial.

Filtre

Un dispositiu que canvia el s atenuant certes freqncies. Un bot de t s un exemple d'un filtre passa baixos.

Veure tamb Filtre passa-bandes, Filtre Passa Alts, Filtre Passa Baixos, Filtre de ressonncia.

Guany

En un amplificador, ajusta quant (o quan poc) una senyal s amplificada (volum). Un guany ms alt dna una senyal ms alta.

Filtre Passa Alts

Un filtre que atenua (silencia) les freqncies baixes, i deixa passar les freqncies altes.

Veure tamb Filtre, Freqncia de tall.

Instrument

A Hydrogen un instrument s un generador de s (com un bombo o un tambor).

Capa

En un instrument pots carregar vries mostres (cada una anomenada capa), i tenir una mostra diferent depenent de la velocitat de la nota. Noms una mostra es tocar a la vegada.

Suposem que tens una mostra d'un tambor tocat fluix. Si simplement toques la mostra ms fort -no sonar igual que si el tambor s'ha tocat ben fort. Si vols que aix sigui igual al teu instrument, pots carregar una mostra per notes fluixes i una mostra diferent per a tocar fort.

Veure tamb Instrument.

Filtre Passa Baixos

Un filtre que atenua (silencia) altes freqncias, per deixa passar freqpencies baixes.

Veure tamb Filtre, Freqncia de tall.

Enmudir

Per fer un soroll. Una configuraci en un instrument que no deixa que hi hagi sortida d'udio.

Enmudir Grup

A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately.

Aix normalment es fa servir en el charles, on hi ha un instrument diferent (mostra) per quan est obert o tancat. Amb un charles real el s de l'obert deixar de sonar quan es tanca. De totes maneres, si fas servir dues mostres - el s obert continuar sonant fins i tot desprs que hagis disparat el s tancat. Posant els dos intruments al mateix grup d'enmudiment (grup #1, per exemple)... disparar una nota de tancat aturar inmediatament el s de l'obert (i vicevrsa)

Normalization

Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS).

Octava

Un rang de freqncies en el que la freqncia ms alta s exactament el doble de la freqncia ms baixa.

Per exemple, el rang de 20 Hz a 40 Hz s una octava. Igual que de 120 Hz a 240 Hz, i 575 Hza a 1150 Hz. Mentre les diferncies de freqncies sn molt diferents (10 Hz, 120 Hz i 575 Hz, respectivament), per a l'oida humana sonen a la mateixa distncia.

Pan

Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance.

- The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -

Figura 44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters


- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. -

- The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. -

Release

Un cop la nota s'ha alliberat, s la quantitat de temps per passar del nivell de sustain a zero.

Veure tamb ADSR.

Ressonncia

Quan ens referim a un filtre de ressonncia, aquest parmetre determina quant s'amplificar (guany) a les freqncies a la zona de tall.

Veure tamb Filtre de ressonncia.

Filtre de ressonncia

Un filtre que amplifica un rang de freqncies molt petit. Tpicament ser part d'un filtre passa alts o passa baixos, en el que les freqncies amplificades estn entrades a la freqncia de tall.

Veure tamb Filtre, Freqncia de tall, Filtre Passa Baixos, Filtre Passa Alts, Ressonncia.

Roll-off

s la quantitat de freqncies que sn atenuades (suprimides) quan la freqncia canvia (tipicament mesurat en dB per octava).

Per exemple, en un filtre passa baixos les freqncies per sota de la freqncia de tall no sn atenuades (passen amb el mateix volum). El mateix amb la freqncia de tall. Quan vas per sobre de la freqncia de tall, les freqncies que estn aprop de la freqncia de tall no son atenuades massa. De totes maneres, les freqncies que sn molt ms altes que la de tall sn molt ms atenuades (suprimides). Aix normalment es por teure en una lnea recta (en escala logartmica) i mesurat en dB d'atenuaci per octava i freqncia.

Veure tamb Atenuaci, Filtre.

Mostres

A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects).

Sustain

El nivell (com d'alt) que aguanta el volum de la nota entre el sustain i el release. s un tant per cent de la velocitat. No depn del temps.

Veure tamb ADSR.

Velocitat

La fora amb la que toques la nota.

Els dispositius MIDI sn requerits per a enviar aquesta informaci al llarg de la nota. Els sintetitzadors utilitzen informaci per a ajustar varis parmetres de la mostra (tpicament el volum). A Hydrogen, noms s'utilitza per ajustar el volum de la mostra reproduda.

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_ca.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_ca.po --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_ca.po 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_ca.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8766 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-19 19:01+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-26 18:58+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: carles \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: manual.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual" -msgstr "Manual d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:9 -msgid "Antonio Piraino" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:13 -msgid "Alessandro Cominu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:17 -msgid "Thijs Van Severen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:21 -msgid "Sebastian Moors" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:25 -msgid "Colin Evans" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:29 -msgid "Philipp Müller" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle -#: manual.docbook:35 -msgid "2021-03-04" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: manual.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows." -msgstr "Hydrogen és un programari sintetitzador que pot ser utilitzat per si sol emulant una caixa de ritmes basada en patrons o mitjançant un teclat MIDI extern o un programa seqüenciador. Hydrogen compila en Linux/x86 i Mac OS X, tot i que l'últim està en fase de proves. Consulta a la llista de correu de l'equip de desenvolupament per més detalls." - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:45 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducció" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:48 -msgid "Download" -msgstr "Descàrrega" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:50 -msgid "You can download Hydrogen from http://www.hydrogen-music.org. On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:55 -msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:61 -msgid "Build" -msgstr "Munta" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:63 -msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our git repository with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:70 -msgid "A certain release can be fetched with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git checkout tags/1.0.0\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):" -msgstr "La compilació d'Hydrogen depèn de les següents llibreries:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io" -msgstr "CMT disponible a http://www.ladspa.org." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" -msgstr "Libsndfile a http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) a http://www.alsa-project.com (només si vols utilitzar ALSA com a controlador de sò)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at http://jackaudio.org/ (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver)" -msgstr "Kit de conexió Jack (>= 0.80) a http://jackaudio.org/ (només si vols utilitzar Jack com a controlador de sò)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "PortAudio a http://www.portaudio.com (només si vols utilitzar PortAudio com a controlador de sò)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "PortAudio a http://www.portaudio.com (només si vols utilitzar PortAudio com a controlador de sò)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you wish to use Flac samples)" -msgstr "Flac a http://flac.sf.net (només si vols utilitzar patrons flac)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish to use LADSPA effects)" -msgstr "ladspa a http://ladspa.org (només si vols utilitzar efectes ladspa)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)" -msgstr "liblrdf a http://liblrdf.sf.net (només si vols utilitzar lrdf per categoritzar efectes)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if you wish to use LASH)" -msgstr "lash a http://lash.nongnu.org (nomes si vols utilitzar lash)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:119 -msgid "liblo: at for OSC and NSM support" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:" -msgstr "Si us plau, instala-les amb el gestor de paquets de la teva distribució.Si estàs utilitzant un sistema basat en debian, pots instalar les llibreries amb:" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \\\n" -"\tqttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \\\n" -"\tlibarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n" -"\tlibpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \\\n" -"\tliblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:137 -msgid "Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:144 -msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" r[m] => all built, temp and cache files\n" -" c[lean] => remove cache files\n" -" m[ake] => launch the build process\n" -" mm => launch the build process using ccache\n" -" mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled\n" -" d[oc] => build html documentation\n" -" g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph\n" -" h[elp] => show the build options\n" -" x|exec => execute hydrogen\n" -" t[ests] => execute tests\n" -" p[kg] => build source package\n" -" z => build using ccache and run from tree\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:163 -msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh m x\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:170 -msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ cd build\n" -" $ sudo make install\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:179 -msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:184 -msgid "Keyboard and Mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:185 -msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:190 -msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:201 -msgid "Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:206 -msgid "Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:212 -msgid "Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for convenience." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:222 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:229 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:236 -msgid "Enter and Return : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:244 -msgid "Tab and Shift + Tab : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete : delete notes or patterns." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:256 -msgid "Esc : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:217 -msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:265 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:272 -msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:282 -msgid "Using Hydrogen" -msgstr "Usant Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:285 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:288 -msgid "Main User Interface" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:291 -msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:295 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='3a48afe570301756154eeee8da95c427'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:300 -msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:306 -msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:311 -msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:319 -msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:323 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='8611e20ca4e74013f36e811f24bea8b6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkit Concept" -msgstr "Conceptes" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:332 -msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:340 -msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple layered samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:347 -msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:355 -msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:357 -msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:361 -msgid "Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:365 -msgid "Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:370 -msgid "In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:375 -msgid "Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:380 -msgid "MIDI Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:384 -msgid "Instr. Pos." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:387 -msgid "MIDI Note" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:390 -msgid "PC Keyboard Key" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit" -msgstr "Manual d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:396 -msgid "GM Standard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:404 manual.docbook:648 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:407 -msgid "Bass Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:410 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:411 manual.docbook:655 -msgid "36" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:412 -msgid "Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:413 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Kick" -msgstr "Z = Bombo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:414 -msgid "Bass Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:417 manual.docbook:503 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:418 manual.docbook:662 -msgid "37" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:419 -msgid "S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Stick" -msgstr "S = Baqueta" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:421 -msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:424 manual.docbook:517 -msgid "3" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:425 manual.docbook:669 -msgid "38" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:426 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:427 -msgid "Snare" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:428 -msgid "Snare Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:431 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:432 manual.docbook:676 -msgid "39" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:433 -msgid "D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:434 manual.docbook:435 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hand Clap" -msgstr "D = Picar de mans" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:438 manual.docbook:538 -msgid "5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:439 manual.docbook:683 -msgid "40" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:440 -msgid "C" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:441 -msgid "Snare Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:442 -msgid "Snare Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:445 manual.docbook:552 -msgid "6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:446 manual.docbook:690 -msgid "41" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:447 -msgid "V" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:448 -msgid "Floor Tom" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:449 -msgid "Low Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:452 manual.docbook:566 -msgid "7" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:453 manual.docbook:697 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:454 -msgid "G" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:455 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Closed" -msgstr "G = HH tancat" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:456 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Closed Hi-hat" -msgstr "G = HH tancat" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:459 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:460 manual.docbook:704 -msgid "43" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:461 -msgid "B" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:462 -msgid "Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:463 -msgid "Low Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:466 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:467 manual.docbook:711 -msgid "44" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:468 -msgid "H" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:469 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Pedal" -msgstr "H = HH en Pedal" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:470 -msgid "Pedal Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:473 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:474 manual.docbook:718 -msgid "45" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:475 -msgid "N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:476 -msgid "Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:477 -msgid "Mid Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:480 -msgid "11" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:481 manual.docbook:725 -msgid "46" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:482 -msgid "J" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:483 -msgid "Hat Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:484 -msgid "Open Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:487 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:488 -msgid "47" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:489 -msgid "M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:490 manual.docbook:554 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cowbell" -msgstr "M = Esquella" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:491 -msgid "Mid Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:494 -msgid "13" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:495 -msgid "48" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:496 -msgid "Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:497 -msgid "Ride" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:498 -msgid "High Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:501 -msgid "14" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:502 -msgid "49" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:504 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Crash" -msgstr "2 = Crash" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:505 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:508 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:509 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:510 -msgid "W" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:511 -msgid "Ride 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:512 -msgid "High Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:515 -msgid "16" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:516 -msgid "51" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:518 -msgid "Splash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:519 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:522 -msgid "17" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:523 -msgid "52" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:524 -msgid "E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:525 -msgid "Hat Semi-Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:526 -msgid "Chinese Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:529 -msgid "18" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:530 -msgid "53" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:531 -msgid "R" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:532 -msgid "Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:533 -msgid "Ride Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:536 -msgid "19" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:537 -msgid "54" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:540 -msgid "Tambourine" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:543 -msgid "20" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:544 -msgid "55" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:545 -msgid "T" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:547 -msgid "Splash Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:550 -msgid "21" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:551 -msgid "56" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:557 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:558 -msgid "57" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:559 -msgid "Y" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:561 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:564 -msgid "23" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:565 -msgid "58" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:568 -msgid "Vibra Slap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:571 -msgid "24" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:572 -msgid "59" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:573 -msgid "U" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:575 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:578 -msgid "25" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:579 -msgid "60" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:582 -msgid "High Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:585 -msgid "26" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:586 -msgid "61" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:589 -msgid "Low Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:592 -msgid "27" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:593 -msgid "62" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:596 -msgid "Mute High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:599 -msgid "28" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:600 -msgid "63" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:603 -msgid "Open High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:606 -msgid "29" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:607 -msgid "64" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:610 -msgid "Low Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:613 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:614 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:617 -msgid "High Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:620 -msgid "31" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:621 -msgid "66" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:624 -msgid "Low Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:627 -msgid "32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:628 -msgid "67" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:631 -msgid "High Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:634 -msgid "33" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:635 -msgid "68" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:638 -msgid "Low Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:641 -msgid "34" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:642 -msgid "69" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:645 -msgid "Cabasa" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:649 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:652 -msgid "Maracas" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:656 -msgid "71" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:659 -msgid "Short Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:663 -msgid "72" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:666 -msgid "Long Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:670 -msgid "73" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:673 -msgid "Short Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:677 -msgid "74" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:680 -msgid "Long Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:684 -msgid "75" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:687 -msgid "Claves" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:691 -msgid "76" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:694 -msgid "High Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:698 -msgid "77" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:701 -msgid "Low Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:705 -msgid "78" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:708 -msgid "Mute Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:712 -msgid "79" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:715 -msgid "Open Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:719 -msgid "80" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:722 -msgid "Mute Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:726 -msgid "81" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:729 -msgid "Open Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default." -msgstr "Fixa't que el nom de l'instrument depèn del kit de bateria carregat. Aquesta llista es refereix al GMKit carregat per defecte. De totes maneres, la posició de l'instrument és la mateixa." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:742 -msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:747 -msgid "Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:753 -msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:764 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tastiera.png' md5='344cc621fc42d367ff50ec3b01017b04'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:756 -msgid " Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:771 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Recording in Hydrogen" -msgstr "Usant Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:773 -msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:786 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Rec_button.png' md5='21e4b8d7fd5a53b207b5b3875c9f49d0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:798 manual.docbook:6766 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_play_off.png' md5='5d22ba3609e85f143aa992c25d469a0c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:777 -msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button Grey record button with a red circle in its center. in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:804 -msgid "Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:809 -msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:816 -msgid "Session Management" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:818 -msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:823 -msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:835 -msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:830 -msgid "NSM: Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:847 -msgid "You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:842 -msgid "LASH: Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:858 -msgid "Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:854 -msgid "JACK Session: JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:867 -msgid "NSM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:869 -msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:875 -msgid "Replace With New Song: instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:886 manual.docbook:897 -msgid "In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:881 -msgid "Import Into Session: instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:893 -msgid "Import Recent Info Session: instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:909 -msgid "In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:904 -msgid "Export From Session As: instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:918 -msgid "The Open Demo option will be missing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:927 -msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:923 -msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:936 -msgid "Command-line Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/screen -#: manual.docbook:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" -h, --help Displays this help.\n" -" -v, --version Displays version information.\n" -" -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)\n" -" -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)\n" -" -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen\n" -" -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup\n" -" -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path\n" -" -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup\n" -" -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup\n" -" -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:938 -msgid "After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:958 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences" -msgstr "Preferències d'àudio" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:960 -msgid "Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:963 -msgid "All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:969 manual.docbook:3310 manual.docbook:4039 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:972 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The General Tab" -msgstr "La Pestanya d'Aparença" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:975 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='5072a7d28184e7dfa40f353cd62ad5ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:986 manual.docbook:1103 -msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:992 -msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:982 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "Depurar: eines principalment per depurar i monitoritzar Hydrogen (només disponibles quan s'ha compilat l'aplicació amb suport a depuració)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1001 -msgid "Reopen last used song: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1011 -msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1007 -msgid "Reopen last used playlist: determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1024 -msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1018 -msgid "Use relative paths for playlist: specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1031 -msgid "Hide keyboard input cursor: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1042 -msgid "You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1037 -msgid "Use LASH: enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1054 -msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1057 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice." -msgstr "Fixa't que aquests valors poden estar configurats a positiu (+) o negatiu (-). Per tal de trobar valors útils per a aquests, necessitaràs jugar-hi un temps. Amés, pots voler utilitzar valors diferents depenent de la velocitat del teu maquinari, dispositius d'àudio, controladors, etc. Utilitzar el ComptadorDePolsacions bé necessita pràctica." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1049 -msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1083 manual.docbook:2257 manual.docbook:2288 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_on.png' md5='d3694f8445c2fef7b30834a60d1bffa6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1074 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - Blue button containing a \"P\". should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1068 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Beat counter start offset in ms: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Comença la compensació del comptador de polsacions en ms - ajustar el temps entre l'última entrada ComptadorDePolsacions i quan comença la reproducció de la cançó (si la funció d'auto inici està desactivada)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1093 -msgid "Maximum number of bars: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1099 -msgid "Maximum number of layers: sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1115 -msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1121 -msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check the Rubber Band site ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1140 manual.docbook:2376 manual.docbook:4830 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rubber_off.png' md5='4af1c3110fbd8772a724f7f85fa22441'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1130 -msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1111 -msgid "Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1154 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Audio System" -msgstr "La pestanya del Sistema d'Àudio" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1157 -msgid "The Audio System Tab" -msgstr "La pestanya del sistema d'àudio" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1160 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='1da93face38cf7a71c6f231474ba617c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1167 -msgid "Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1171 -msgid "Available options:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1182 -msgid "This option is recommended for beginners." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1177 -msgid ": Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1191 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The JACK driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The JACK server will start automatically if not already running." -msgstr "jackd: El controlador Jack és un servidor d'àudio professional que permet molt baixa latència i es comunica amb altres programes d'àudio. Recomanem ferventment usar aquest controlador per treure-li tot el suc a Hydrogen. El servidor JACK s'iniciarà automàticament si no està ja en ús." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1198 -msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1205 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver." -msgstr "ALSA: El controlador d'àudio més extès en Linux" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1210 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The OSS audio driver uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort." -msgstr "OSS: El controlador Oss utilitza el dispositiu /dev/dsp i està basat en la interfície OSS, suportada per la majoria de tarjes de sò disponibles en linux; dit això, utilitzar aquest controlador bloqueja el dispositiu /dev/dsp fins que hydrogen es tanca fent-lo inutilitzable per a tots els altres programes. Utilitza-ho només com a últim recurs." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1220 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": An open-source multi platform audio driver." -msgstr "PortAudio: un controlador d'àudo multiplataforma de codi font obert" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1225 -msgid ": A driver for MacOS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1229 -msgid ": A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Device: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use." -msgstr "ALSA: El controlador d'àudio més extès en Linux" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1243 -msgid "Buffer size: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1253 -msgid "If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1249 -msgid "Sample rate: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1262 -msgid "Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1265 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1267 -msgid "note velocity and pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1268 manual.docbook:1275 -msgid "layer gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1269 -msgid "component gain and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1270 -msgid "instrument gain, pan, and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1272 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1274 -msgid "note velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1279 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1285 -msgid "BBT sync method: if Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's tempo or the Tempo Markers added to the Timeline. But due to limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1302 manual.docbook:1347 manual.docbook:1368 -#: manual.docbook:1391 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1314 manual.docbook:2440 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_transport_off.png' md5='c1264187019da8004254528045d35060'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1325 manual.docbook:2455 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_master_off.png' md5='5108a24ccc5d260fab40e9d2ebab5c9d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1305 -msgid "For this option to take effect the Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". button has to be activated and the Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to having a JACK TBM application)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1333 -msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1339 -msgid "Connect to default JACK output ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to the default JACK input ports of your system (system:playback_1 and system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1354 -msgid "Create per-instrument JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1361 -msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1374 -msgid "There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1385 -msgid "Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1380 -msgid "Enable JACK timebase master support: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1398 -msgid "Apply and restart output: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1408 -msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1404 -msgid "Polyphony: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1415 -msgid "Metronome volume: sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1421 -msgid "Interpolate resampling: specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "MIDI System" -msgstr "La pestanya del sistema MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1434 -msgid "The MIDI System Tab" -msgstr "La pestanya del sistema MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1437 manual.docbook:5825 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='f57c80dc6c151d1bea2e52adc6d91fbd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1444 -msgid "MIDI driver: selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1450 -msgid "Input: selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1456 -msgid "Output: selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1462 -msgid "Channel: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1472 -msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1468 -msgid "Ignore note-off: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1484 -msgid "the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1489 -msgid "an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1494 -msgid "whether the Metronome is activated" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1479 -msgid "Enable MIDI feedback: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1502 -msgid "Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1513 -msgid "If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1508 -msgid "Use output note as input note: specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1521 -msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1528 -msgid "OSC" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The OSC Tab" -msgstr "La pestanya del sistema MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='b60b4ce044e7028b914e1bb0ea397231'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1544 -msgid "In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1551 -msgid "Enable OSC support: Allows Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1563 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1566 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1569 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1572 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1578 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1584 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1555 -msgid "Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is composed of the following OSC paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1591 -msgid "Incoming port: Specifies the OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1539 -msgid "The OSC tab () let's you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see chapter OSC API for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1597 -msgid "If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the OSC tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1605 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "La pestanya d'aparènça" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1608 -msgid "The Appearance Tab" -msgstr "La Pestanya d'Aparença" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1611 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png' md5='c122a1346ebdd01399742c5fdbfd0bde'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1616 -msgid "The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look and feel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1627 manual.docbook:1651 manual.docbook:1668 -msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1622 -msgid "Application font: specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1639 -msgid "Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1634 -msgid "Style: specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1646 -msgid "Mixer font: specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1658 -msgid "Meters falloff speed: specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1664 -msgid "Default interface layout: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1675 -msgid "High-resolution display scaling: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1686 -msgid ": Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1692 -msgid ": Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1698 -msgid ": Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1681 -msgid "Coloring method for Song Editor elements: determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:1712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "Menú principal" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Menu" -msgstr "Menú principal" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1718 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MainMenu.png' md5='d0db6cc4eca29a57da78c89bcba53d93'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1724 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1725 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This menu offers file related functions." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1729 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New: creates a new and empty song." -msgstr "Nou - Crear una nova cançó" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1739 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Info: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, license, and generic notes." -msgstr "Mostrar informació - Configurar les propietats generals de la cançó com ara nom, autor, llicència i altres notes" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1743 -msgid "Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1749 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)." -msgstr "Obre Demo - Obrir una cançó de demostració (les cançons de demostració es troben a INSTALLPATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1746 -msgid "Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)." -msgstr "Obre Recent - Obre un menú que mostra les cançons utilizades recentment" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1759 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves changes to current song." -msgstr "Desa - Desa les modificacions fetes a la cançó actual" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1765 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1762 -msgid "Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1773 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) belonging to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Obrir patró - Obre un patró desat que pertany al kit de bateria actual" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1781 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1777 -msgid "Export Pattern As: saves a pattern as a .h2pattern file. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export MIDI file: exports the current song in MIDI format." -msgstr "Exportar fitxer MIDI - Exporta la cançó actual en format MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1793 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export song: exports the current song into an audio file." -msgstr "Exportar cançó - Exporta la cançó actual en format WAV" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1795 -msgid "The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond." -msgstr "Exportar fitxer MIDI - Exporta la cançó actual en format MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1803 -msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1808 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit: exists Hydrogen." -msgstr "Sortir - Sortir d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1814 -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo: lets you undo your last action." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Redo: lets you redo the last undone action." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1824 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous actions." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1831 manual.docbook:3936 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkits" -msgstr "Kits de Bateria d'Usuari" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1834 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1843 -msgid "Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1838 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Instruments: aquest menú conté funcions d'instruments i kit de bateria (llibreries de sò)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1850 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Properties: sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license." -msgstr "Mostrar informació - Configurar les propietats generals de la cançó com ara nom, autor, llicència i altres notes" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1856 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples)." -msgstr "Instruments: aquest menú conté funcions d'instruments i kit de bateria (llibreries de sò)." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1863 -msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1860 -msgid "Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1873 -msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1870 -msgid "Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1880 -msgid "Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1885 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen website for an example)." -msgstr "Importar llibreria - Importa un kit de bateria del sistema d'arxius local o el descarrega d'un lloc remot mitjançant alimentació XML (XML feed). El fitxer XML proveït NO compleix els stàndards RSS (veure la pàgina web d'Hydrogen per a un exemple). Per a carregar un kit de bateria en la sessió de treball actual d'Hydrogen, llegeix ." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1894 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Import Drumkit" -msgstr "Kits de Bateria d'Usuari" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1897 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='39e25a7470e1945225be994be6afbc9f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1892 -msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see if a kit is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1909 -msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the license type." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1926 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='fc4254b7389fd8d265636ef82b587087'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:1919 -msgid " Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1914 -msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1941 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instruments" -msgstr "Instrument" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1942 -msgid "This menu offers instruments functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1947 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Afegir instrument - Afegeix un nou instrument al kit de bateria actualment actiu" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1950 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit." -msgstr "Neteja-ho tot - Elimina tots els instruments del kit de bateria actual" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1953 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Afegir instrument - Afegeix un nou instrument al kit de bateria actualment actiu" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1959 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1963 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window." -msgstr "Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducció, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferències." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1966 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Director: opens the Director window." -msgstr "Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducció, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferències." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1969 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mixer: opens the Mixer window." -msgstr "Mesclador - Obre la finestra del mesclador." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1972 -msgid "Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1975 -msgid "Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1979 -msgid "Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1982 -msgid "Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1985 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area." -msgstr "ALSA: El controlador d'àudio més extès en Linux" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1991 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1994 -msgid "Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2005 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences: opens the main preferences window (see for details)." -msgstr "Preferències Obre la finestra principal de preferències. Llegeix per més informació sobre la configuració d'Hydrogen." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2012 -msgid "Debug" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2014 -msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2018 -msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2031 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Audio Engine View" -msgstr "La Pestanya del Motor d'Àudio" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2034 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='c7d64d740b8a0d1bef5cab6a757c7cb3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -msgstr "La informació del motor d'àudio és una finestra amb varia informació sobre Hydrogen i el controlador d'àudio. En cas d'estar utilitzant JACK, la mida del buffer i la frequència de mostreig s'ha de configurar abans d'iniciar Hydrogen (JACK s'inicia automàticament quan alguna aplicació intenta conectar-s'hi)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2027 -msgid "Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2051 -msgid "Show Filesystem Info: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2061 -msgid ": No messages will be written at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2066 -msgid ": Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2071 -msgid ": Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2076 -msgid ": Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2081 -msgid ": Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2056 -msgid "Log Level: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2090 -msgid "Open Log File: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2097 -msgid "Info" -msgstr "Informació" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2101 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer." -msgstr "Manual d'usuari- Obre una finestra amb aquest manual" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "About: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc." -msgstr "Sobre - La típica finestra amb informació sobre la llicència, autors, etc." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2108 -msgid "Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Toolbar" -msgstr "La Barra d'Èines Principal" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2122 -msgid "The Main Toolbar" -msgstr "La Barra d'Èines Principal" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2126 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='19ace9972b0ecf3a6d1f9e5b0c4135ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components." -msgstr "Abans d'analitzar les dues àrees principals d'Hydrogen, fem primer una ullada ràpida a la barra d'eines principal i als seus components:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2135 -msgid "Transport Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2149 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='1ec0ada27f9da8dadfc40ac1bc65ee59'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2140 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2154 -msgid "Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2156 -msgid "In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2159 -msgid "When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter" -msgstr "Polsar Tempo i ComptadorDePolsacions" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2181 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='2c8d4cc3a85b5feb32727d2dc400d7c3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2169 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2186 -msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2189 -msgid "Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2191 -msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the \\ key in the tempo you want." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2195 -msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \\ button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2201 -msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2208 -msgid "Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2220 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='04409450bba1f7542a8990aa74cb388a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2210 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. button or simply press ,." -msgstr "Polsar Tempo és una part del ComptadorDePolsacions, que és essencialment un polsar tempo tunejat. Per defecte el ComptadorDePolsacions no eś visible. Per veure el ComptadorDePolsacions clica el botó de dalt a la dreta (BC) entre el selector de mode Cançó/Patró i el selector de PPM. També pot veure's quan es pressiona la tecla coma (,)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2225 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the R)." -msgstr "El tempo que pressionis serà considerat polsacions parelles del tipus de polsació. El tipus de polsació pot ser configurat a 1/8 (per ritmes d'un vuitè de nota), 1/4 (per ritmes d'un quart de nota), 1/2 (per ritmes de mitja nota) i 1/1 (per ritmes d'una nota sencera). Per cambiar el tipus de ritme utilitza la tecla fletxa esquerra. Per cambiar el nombre de polsacions comptades, utilitza la tecla fletxa dreta. Pots configurar de 2 a 16 polsacions (P.e., si configures les polsacions a 6, hauràs de polsar 6 vegades abans que el nou tempo estigui computat i s'assigni.) Mentre es mostri una R per pantalla el ComptadorDePatrons està apunt per començar de 0. Cada vegada que pressiones amb la tecla coma, mostrarà el nombre de polsacions que has entrat (1, 2, 3...)." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2246 manual.docbook:2272 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_off.png' md5='9c3360bb8c942b605411af2736ae251f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between Grey button containing a \"S\". and Blue button containing a \"P\". . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows Grey button containing a \"S\". (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled." -msgstr "El botó del fons a ma dreta controla la funcionalitat començar-automàticament, i s'activa entre S i P. P significa (Reproduïr), en aquest estat la cançó assignarà el tempo automàticament i es començarà a reproduïr quan hagis entrat la quantitat correcta de polsacions (si no s'està ja reproduïnt, clar). D'aquesta manera, si tens el ComptadorDePatrons configurat a 4/4, pots polsar 1-2-3-4, i començar en la pròxima polsació. Quan es mostra S (per Configura PPM), l'auto inici està deshabilitat." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2277 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows Blue button containing a \"P\". ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone starts on 1." -msgstr "Per exemple: suposem que estàs en un grup, Hydrogen, i tens un sintetitzador software controlat per Seq24)... i vols que tot comenci alhora. Configura el tipus de ritme a 1/4 i el nombre de polsacions a 4. Habilita l'auto-inici (mostrant P). Compta al grup 1-2-3-4 (mentre li vas donant a la coma) - i tothom comença a l'1." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2295 -msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)." -msgstr "Un altre exemple: En la mateixa situació, però la cançó no requereix d'Hydrogen o sintetitzadors fins a una estona després. Mentrestant, un humà (p.e. el guitarrista) anirà configurant el tempo. En la mesura anterior en la que hydrogen se suposa que ha de començar, polsa la coma 1-2-3-4 amb el ritme... i ja ho tens a la pròxima polsació (amb el tempo correcte)." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2302 -msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2307 -msgid "If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2316 -msgid "BPM Control and Metronome" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2331 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='5f5bee77c2d67039618fab7eb28d6269'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2319 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2336 -msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2340 -msgid "You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='55fc2e5806c898a4cc96227860b18034'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2345 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In addition you can use Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket \")\" (right). to toggle the metronome." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2361 -msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2366 -msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2385 -msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2398 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='c2e021efc19e170671b2092572aa47a2'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2388 -msgid " A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is MIDI input. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2403 -msgid "The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2406 -msgid "The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2414 -msgid "JACK Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2426 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='5679c850212647d44e4cd7d3d0496c6a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2417 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2431 -msgid "Clicking Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2445 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the absence of a Master." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2464 -msgid "You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2470 -msgid "The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2477 -msgid "GUI State" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2490 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='8e9e804a41500082df2434e15102e218'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2480 -msgid " In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2495 -msgid "Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2498 -msgid "The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2505 -msgid "Song Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2509 -msgid "The Song Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2512 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png' md5='a82ad146c9450cfaf17899d7d0d052ec'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2518 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song." -msgstr "L' \"Editor de Cancons\" () permet una vista general de tota la cançó. (p.e. introducció, vers, pont, estribillo i anar fent); cada requadre marcat en blau en aquest panell és una barra completa mostrat en l'\"Editor de Patrons\". Aquí tenim completa llibertat per afegir, borrar o moure patrons en l'ordre que preferim. També podem copiar i enganxar aquests patrons: utilitza el botó esquerre del ratolí per seleccionar-ho. Arrossegar amb la tecla CTRL premuda copia aquests patrons." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2526 -msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2533 -msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2540 -msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2547 -msgid "Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2564 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/SongRuler.png' md5='2f6fbb7ac18d5dbe13cd0b7ab4d0f72a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2553 -msgid " Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". In addition, light-blue colored \"T\"s indicate the presence of a Tag. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2572 -msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2578 -msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2569 -msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2586 -msgid "Main Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2600 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='8ea38acc364694851f0a1da74f5ccd63'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2589 -msgid " Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='ae4fcb3a7be16ec4e8202add627c5434'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2608 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2629 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='4b54062c734ee4aed38ff33fcf587595'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2622 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2643 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='92d343a074d0b9910b726aecda3bb042'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2635 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern up or down." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2649 -msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in the pattern list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2664 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='b8550d5b732ef301d6482b162bc3e7ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2657 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode ()." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2680 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='0eb66ee7be2f3b7eda0a95a2959d9ca6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2672 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode ()." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2693 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='8a4d35031159c7e5b5d6e494d842b7bd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2702 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='7cc5cd563387e719ed1a7c68fcb5739b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2686 -msgid " Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. or to Stacked mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2713 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Editor modes" -msgstr "Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2714 -msgid "The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The default Select mode allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The Draw mode instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2722 -msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2728 -msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys ↑|↓|←|→ will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing Return will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2736 -msgid "In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2740 -msgid "While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2746 -msgid "Select Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2747 -msgid "This mode allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2752 -msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can delete it by pressing Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (Ctrl + x) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new location, or by copying (Ctrl + c) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2767 -msgid "Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2782 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ can be used to make selections using the keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2787 -msgid "Return over a selected block will begin a move or copy" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2791 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ to move the selected cells into position" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2795 -msgid "Return to move the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2799 -msgid "Ctrl + Return to copy the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2772 -msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2806 -msgid "Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2813 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Draw Mode" -msgstr "Habilitar Mode Dibuix." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2814 -msgid "This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2819 -msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2826 -msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, will also add and remove patterns from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2832 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in . You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2844 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode" -msgstr "Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2845 -msgid "When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2850 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2857 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Estableix Mode Patró/Cançó" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2858 -msgid "When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2865 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2872 -msgid "Stacked Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2873 -msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2880 -msgid "Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select which patterns play using Ctrl + left click on the pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a triangle." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2888 -msgid "Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than Song for Stacked mode to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2899 manual.docbook:3492 -msgid "Sidebar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2901 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2904 -msgid "Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2908 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Pattern Options menu" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2912 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='8dec485a0ad51a0493fec01ccbc814a5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2921 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Reinicia cançó o patró des de l'inici" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2924 -msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Reinicia cançó o patró des de l'inici" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2950 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='1426839c35a4d3a33b57062883f12d74'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2939 -msgid " Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2936 -msgid "Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2958 -msgid "Properties: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2962 -msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2974 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='fa5d2555da3bb269ec8f2406bfccfc2d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2963 -msgid " Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2980 -msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2989 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Load Pattern: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Reinicia cançó o patró des de l'inici" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2995 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Pattern: stores the pattern in the patterns folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "Els Kits de Bateria es guarden automàticament al directodi de dades (p.e. $HOME/data/drumkits)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3003 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Pattern: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser." -msgstr "*.h2pattern: Fitxer XML que descriu un patró. Els patrons són un grup de polsacions gestionats per l'etidor de patrons." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3009 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Virtual Pattern: will open the virtual pattern editor." -msgstr "PortAudio: un controlador d'àudo multiplataforma de codi font obert" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3012 -msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3018 -msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3024 -msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3036 -msgid "Timeline" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3046 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/tempo_bar.png' md5='57d0559a29212dc60c5b1c1615a6330c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3039 -msgid " Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3051 -msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is done by adding Tempo Markers to your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='9b02d90327338b8d035f57b5a02b5567'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3074 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png' md5='8f7b9815b9f1945c5bd579a2fd3d5ec8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3055 -msgid "To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the Grey button containing a black \"P\". button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the Grey button containing the black characters \"BPM\". button. Once this is done the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3084 -msgid "Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK transport in slave mode (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3103 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='1d1019ac5a0c23d5497b9db0ce96714c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3092 -msgid " Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3089 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar or delete it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3116 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3127 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tag_bar.png' md5='f807e826276099785dd8c46e9436ae20'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3119 -msgid " Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue \"T\"s. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3132 -msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3144 -msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3147 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='e739615ae8f687b519b726c407882eeb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3139 -msgid "To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3158 -msgid "Playback Track" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3173 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='3b1e0f19b68818ee221b890c7d69fdd0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3161 -msgid " Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3179 -msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3184 -msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3198 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='4294e5c6223716aad49a8328206176d4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3189 -msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the Grey button containing a black \"T\". button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Edit: loads an audio file." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3211 -msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3217 -msgid "Mute: mutes the Playback Track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3220 -msgid "Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3204 -msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3226 -msgid "In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3234 -msgid "Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3238 -msgid "The Automation Path Widget" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3241 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/AutomationPath.png' md5='57a0ec7233c2c5134a3da11514130825'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3246 -msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3250 -msgid "Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3255 -msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3265 -msgid "Pattern Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3267 manual.docbook:3667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3270 manual.docbook:3670 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='5136f656c680d4d25f59ff6cab70731d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3275 -msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3291 manual.docbook:3472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='50e1dedc2d864b907fcd89ceec22953c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3277 -msgid "The Pattern Editor allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these two by clicking the Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3298 -msgid "If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3302 -msgid "If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:3313 manual.docbook:4573 manual.docbook:5647 -msgid "Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3316 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor Controls" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3319 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='a491e95bee4f5a8a6e57a4e51397e783'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3324 -msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3336 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='5af35039c0915ed92ad6f24d009062b4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3328 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"4/4\" and titled \"SIZE\". : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3342 -msgid "It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PatternSizeDialog.png' md5='84cde1542afe73feed8af83c187df5d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3346 -msgid " Dialog for entering the \"New Pattern length (beats/note value)\" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (right) and \"OK\" (left) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3359 -msgid "Type / to separate numerator and denominator." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3362 -msgid "If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, some values are not supported and will be approximated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3369 -msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, hence a warning icon will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3384 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png' md5='99f0f0e4bf50233e4865ff29d92aad8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3376 -msgid " A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the \"SIZE\" LCD. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3401 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='daa56c133937264c93a72fde606863c5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3393 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If you are working with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer." -msgstr "Recorda aquesta limitació respecte la parrilla: si estàs treballant amb una resolució de 16 no pots tornar a 8 i esborrar una nota d'un 16è; per altra banda si estàs treballant en una resolució de 8 i intentes insertar una nota entre dues barres (mirant per una precisió d'un setzè), les notes seràn posades automàticament a la barra d'un vuitè més pròxima. Aquesta restricció pot ser deshabilitada si es treu la resolució de tota la parrilla (escull \"desactiva\" al LCD de control de parrilla). Ara podràs posar les notes on vulguis." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3429 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='877172490d05a21a74aff27475f19482'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3421 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. : when enabled Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3436 -msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3452 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='37700f06db07f383871f481084d1c875'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3444 -msgid " Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3482 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='beb6e9e3da055eba1c395aeeee5624b0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3463 -msgid " Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3495 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3498 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='66ef31d1181b28c7b956d94b545878a8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3503 -msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3506 -msgid "Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3510 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern." -msgstr "Guany: El volum general de l'instrument." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3516 -msgid "Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3513 -msgid "Fill notes: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3528 -msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3524 -msgid "Randomize velocity: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3537 -msgid "Select notes: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3545 -msgid "Edit all patterns: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in all the patterns of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cut notes: remove all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard." -msgstr "Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducció, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferències." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3561 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copy notes: copy all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard." -msgstr "Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducció, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferències." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3568 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Paste notes : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Reinicia cançó o patró des de l'inici" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard." -msgstr "Eines: obre el mesclador, l'editor de llistes de reproducció, el banc d'instruments i la finestra principal de preferències." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3584 -msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3595 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:" -msgstr "Instruments: aquest menú conté funcions d'instruments i kit de bateria (llibreries de sò)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3601 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Rename instrument: change the name of the instrument." -msgstr "Guany: El volum general de l'instrument." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)" -msgstr "Guany: El volum general de l'instrument." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3624 manual.docbook:5037 manual.docbook:5162 -#: manual.docbook:6867 manual.docbook:6893 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='f1c0e1d7d0b6d558eb61b6215c683d6e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_off.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3616 -msgid "The Grey button containing a black \"M\". button mutes the instrument and Grey button containing a black \"S\". solos it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3641 -msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3647 -msgid "It will however, have an impact on the MIDI note mapping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3655 -msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3664 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drum Pattern Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3676 -msgid "Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern size and resolution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3679 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3686 -msgid "you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3693 -msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3712 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='9b70ffbdee95b246478582c39735e697'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3702 -msgid " Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3700 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3719 -msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with Return (see )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3725 -msgid "Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3733 -msgid "Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3738 -msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Also see for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works." -msgstr "Aquí hi ha una referència ràpida de les assignacions anteriors. Mira per un exemple sobre com l'editor de patrons funciona." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3743 -msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Note Properties Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3759 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3762 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/NotePropertiesRuler.png' md5='8fd57ba4418fc587c0ef383fad9bdcca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3767 -msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The following note properties are available:" -msgstr "Els controladors disponibles són els següents:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3780 -msgid "Velocity: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3783 -msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, turning red when you reach the point of clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3792 -msgid "Pan: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3797 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3805 -msgid "Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3814 -msgid "NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3819 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3822 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='8e19686d8fe0d0fd6f307f63e26b2b4f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3826 -msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3833 -msgid "Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to change the note value of existing notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3840 -msgid "Probability: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than , a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability will always be played, a note with probability of will never be played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drawing with the mouse:" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3861 -msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3868 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Selecting multiple notes:" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3871 -msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3853 -msgid "Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3884 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Piano Roll Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3887 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3890 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='80336fa999457d5c3ab6bc8522015776'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3895 -msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3898 -msgid "While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3900 -msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3905 -msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3915 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)" -msgstr "Llibreria de Sò (Gestor del Kit de Bateria)" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3918 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Soundlibrary" -msgstr "Cançons en la Llibreria de Sò" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3921 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='5ee5b8034d3691ab9f3ba1f81749a2d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3926 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs." -msgstr "La llibreria de sò t'estalvia temps per gestionar els teus kits de bateria, patrons preferits, i cançons preferides. Quan crees cançons noves i kits de bateria, la Llibreria de Sò et facilita reutilitzar i mesclar instruments i patrons des d'altres kits i cançons." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3931 -msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3938 -msgid "The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3939 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them." -msgstr "Això llista els kits de bateria que estàn instalats en el teu administrador de sistema. Està determinat per un prefix en temps de compilació. En sistemes operatius tipus-unix això és normalment /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, o possiblement /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. Aquests kits estàn disponibles per tots els usuaris del sistema, i els usuaris normalment no poden afegir-n'hi." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3948 -msgid "You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3953 -msgid "The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits folder. When you have created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3961 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the license type of the drumkit(s) you are using." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3965 -msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or other open and free license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3969 -msgid "Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using the kit in your songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3973 -msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or via any other channel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3978 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select Load. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that kit, left-click the to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded." -msgstr "Per a carregar un kit de bateria des d'aqui, clica amb el botó dret al kit de bateria i selecciona Carregar. Això canviarà el kit de bateria actual amb el que hagis seleccionat. Per carregar un sol instrument del kit, clica amb el botò esquerre mes cap a l'esquerra del nom del kit de bateria per mostrar tots els instruments. Amb el botó esquerre del ratolí, clica i arrossega l'instrument al kit actual. L'instrument serà afegit al kit de bateria que hagis carregat." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3990 -msgid "Songs" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3992 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs folder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder." -msgstr "Per desar les cançons a la Llibreria de Sò, posa-les al directori de dades sotta la carpeta cançons (normalment $HOME/data/songs). Per esborrar-les, esborra el fitxer del directori." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4006 -msgid "This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4001 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns folder. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Per desar les cançons a la Llibreria de Sò, posa-les al directori de dades sotta la carpeta cançons (normalment $HOME/data/songs). Per esborrar-les, esborra el fitxer del directori." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4011 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting Properties and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library." -msgstr "Assegura't d'etitar les propietats clicant amb el botó dret i seleccionant Propietats abans de desar els teus patrons preferits a la llibreria de sò. Aquí li potd donar títol i categoria al patró. Pots utilitzar alguna de les categories predeterminades o crear-ne una de nova simplement escrivint el seu nom. El nom de la categoria és important, ja que els patrons es desen per categoria a la Llibreria de Sò." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4023 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Editor" -msgstr "Instrument" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4026 -msgid "The Instrument editor General view" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4029 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='1c659ff4d9f877ae77fc0e829733ec17'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4034 -msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4041 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4046 -msgid "It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4052 -msgid "Envelope Parameters" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'Envolupant" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='c9b1cf7425256ccbcdf6e6f8587600ca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4055 -msgid " Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4068 -msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4073 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Attack: the amount of time that the volume of the sample goes from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the attack phase." -msgstr "Atac- la quantitat de temps que el volum de la mostra triga a anar de 0 al volum de velocitat màxima. Si el valor es 0, la mostra es reproduirà inmediatament a velocitat màxima. Si el valor és 1.0, el volum de la mostra farà servir el temps màxim disponible per al paràmetre d'atac." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4082 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Decay: the amount of time for the volume of the sample to go from full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the decay parameter." -msgstr "Decay- la quantitat de temps per al volum de la mostra a anar de velocitat màxima fins al nivell de volum de sustain. Si el valor és 0, la mostra evitarà el volum d'atac i anirà directament al nivell de sustain. Si el valor és 1.0, el volum de la mostra utilitzarà el màxim de temps disponible per al paràmetre decay." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4090 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sustain: the volume to play the note after the decay phase is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full velocity." -msgstr "Sustain- el volum al que es tocarà la nota un cop la fase de decay s'ha acabat, i fins que la nota es deixa anar. Si està a 0 la nota serà silenciosa. Si està a 1.0, la nota es tocarà a velotitat màxima." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4097 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Release: the time to fade out the note from the sustain volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it will fade out for the maximum time available." -msgstr "Release- el temps d'atenuar la nota des del nivell de sustain a silenci. Si està a 0, la nota s'atenuarà en el valor mínim de temps (mes o menys, 5 ms.). Si està a 1, s'atenuarà durant la major quantitat de temps disponible." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by the number of audio samples. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)." -msgstr "Els paràmetres d'atac, decay i release es configuren tots a partir del nombre de mostres d'àudio. Això significa que el temps canvia segons la freqüència de mostreig de la teva tarja de sò. El màxim de temps és 100.000 mostres d'àucio (típicament, 2,27 segons a 44.1 kHz)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If the note is sustained, it does not draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) parameter during that time." -msgstr "Si la mostra és més curta que els temps especificats, la mostra acabarà, sigui quina sigui la fase de l'ADSR en que es trobi. Si la nota està en sustain, no dibuixa la nota mentre l'estàs aguantant. Només aguanta el paràmetre guany (volum) durant aquest temps." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4123 -msgid "Gain and Mute Group" -msgstr "Guany i Enmudir Grup" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='dcaf9a6840510623bc55df8ea2c89325'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4126 -msgid " In the upper half there is a LCD displaying \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4142 -msgid "The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the set to , the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4151 -#, fuzzy -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "És molt fàcil posar el Guany massa alt, provocant que la mostra es saturi. Recorda provar el guany a velocitat màxima. Si satures la senyal aqui, serà pitjor quan Hydrogen ho processi." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4157 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments." -msgstr "Hydrogen proporciona més grups per a enmudir dels que sabràs què fer-hi (cap a 256). Un grup per enmudir és una agrupació d'instruments que són mutualment exclusius - només un instrument pot estar-se tocant en un determinat moment. Si un s'està tocant i un altre instrument d'aquest grup és disparat, serà inmediatament silenciat (mut) i començarà a tocar-se l'altre instrument. És útil, sobretot per a instruments com ara el charles en els que el sò obert i el sò tancat són instruments diferents." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If the Mute Group is set to , then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to .)" -msgstr "Si el grup d'enmudiment està Desactivat, l'instrument no és una part de cap grup d'enmudiment. Si el grup d'enmudiment està activat a qualsevol nombre, aleshores aquest és el grup al que l'instrument està assignat. Per posar altres instruments en el mateix sac, selecciona que el seu grup d'enmudiment tingui el mateix nombre. (Per exemple, per agrupar tots els charles, pots posar-los el seu grup d'enmudiment a 1. Per tenir la caixa dins d'un altre grup, posa el seu grup a 2.)" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4175 -msgid "If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4177 -msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4187 -msgid "The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4192 -msgid "The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4197 -msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4204 -msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4209 -msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Filter Parameters" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'Envolupant" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4228 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='0fa21c2c613d94d89b051fe442a897e1'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4220 -msgid " From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4233 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter." -msgstr "El filtre és un filtre passa-baixos ressonant. Si no vols fer-lo servir, clica BYPass per a que es posi el botó vermell. Si no està vermell, el filtre està actiu. El paràmetre cutoff ajusta la freqüència de tall pel filtre. El paràmetre de ressonància ajusta com ressonarà la freqüència de tall. Si la ressonància està a 0, el filtre és un simple passa-baixos." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4242 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate." -msgstr "La freqüència de tall del filtre varia amb la freqüència de mostreig de la teva tarja de sò. El rang del botó (de 0 a 1.0) està optimitzat per a una freqüència de mostreig de 48.000 kHz." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4262 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'Instruments" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4274 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='2ce648ae655059f6664ba41c01158668'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4265 -msgid " From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4279 -msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4289 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer." -msgstr "El paràmetre de tò aleatori et permet canviar aleatòriament el tò de la mostra cada cop que s'executa. El valor està entre 0 i 1.0. El canvi de tò és bastant petit: ±2 mig-tons ⨉ valor. Utilitzant-lo inteligentment pot ajudar-te a conseguir seqüències que sonen més a un bateria humà." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4284 -msgid "The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between and . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4301 -msgid "MIDI Out Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4312 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='10b438a7473e911b09d593794a7f1901'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4304 -msgid " Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4317 -msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4326 -msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4332 -msgid "By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4338 -msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4349 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='6893409e38809da4d0b6d518ad919b15'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4341 -msgid " Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4354 -msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4356 -msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4359 -msgid "Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4364 -msgid "Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4377 manual.docbook:4431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Layers" -msgstr "Capa" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4380 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View" -msgstr "Creant Instruments i Capes" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4383 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='3846805161b3ed5792058f7cf48cb2ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4388 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4392 -msgid "Components" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4403 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png' md5='116bc97c3fdf5bed06019ec88f47bc3e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4395 -msgid " In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4417 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_dropdown_off.png' md5='51f65ba335fa3b5b06d9c195764418af'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4408 -msgid "Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4424 -msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4434 -msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4437 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png' md5='88e1cd028f2cf6ea6270048a91943a65'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4442 -msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4447 -msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4461 manual.docbook:7027 manual.docbook:7052 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='66347065d44659c155d3a82f5a1d4366'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='2a9f9afe245e147739e8195668997088'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4483 manual.docbook:4649 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='bf9a3426f12d614877d16fdd88be0ba6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Using Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". you can delete the current layer, and using Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer." -msgstr "El botó (escoltar noves notes) reprodueix la mostra com s'ha afegit al patró. Finalment pots moure un instument amunt i avall amb els botons . La útil funció Quantitzar està disponible activant . D'aquesta manera les polsacions insertada respectaràn automàticament respectant la resolució de la parrilla." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4490 -msgid "Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4496 -msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4505 -msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4501 -msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4511 -msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4516 -msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4523 -msgid "Sample Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png' md5='277f4e033a01cada19ac74bbea4e9f23'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4526 -msgid " A LCD titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open display the different choices to the right. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4539 -msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4543 -msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4553 -msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4549 -msgid ": will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4560 -msgid ": will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4565 -msgid ": will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4584 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png' md5='23af0cfc4c001777b7267008d060c310'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4576 -msgid " Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4591 -msgid "Layer Gain: adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4602 -msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4597 -msgid "Component Volume: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4609 -msgid "Pitch: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4615 -msgid "Fine: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4629 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sample Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4632 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sample Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='b91bf9388c10b1084c43afe932525686'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4640 -msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4657 -msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive and are saved per song. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4667 -msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4670 -msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4673 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='79d932cc42416613724b49665edafecd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4683 -msgid "Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4686 -msgid "End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4689 -msgid "Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4678 -msgid "In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4695 -msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4700 -msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4707 -msgid "Start: position of the Start Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4712 -msgid "Loop: position of the Loop Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4722 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4727 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4732 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4717 -msgid "Loop Mode: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4740 -msgid "Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4745 -msgid "End: position of the End Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4750 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Close: exits the Sample Editor." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4757 -msgid "These values will change if you drag the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4765 -msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4774 -msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4784 -msgid "Pitch Shifting" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4787 -msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4790 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='9b0e53b5337bd67534bd8890cf4c18c8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4795 -msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4798 -msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4803 -msgid "When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4813 -msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4820 -msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4809 -msgid "Sample length to beat: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4844 -msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4839 -msgid "Pitch: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4850 -msgid "Crispness: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4859 -msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4862 -msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4865 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='dc7183d8123d5a26f36d8996b1d761e0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4870 -msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4876 -msgid "Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4881 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it." -msgstr "ALSA: El controlador d'àudio més extès en Linux" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4886 -msgid "Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4891 -msgid "panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4897 -msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating envelopes by" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4902 -msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4909 -msgid "First select or in the dropdown to the right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4914 -msgid "Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4919 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Right-clicking will delete a point." -msgstr "Obre - Obre una cançó" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4924 -msgid "Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4935 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "Mesclador" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4938 manual.docbook:6912 -msgid "The Mixer" -msgstr "El Mesclador" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4941 manual.docbook:6915 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='45445f564c4daba76ea19b172f462d2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4946 -msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4948 -msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4955 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Channel Strips" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'Instruments" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4958 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'Instruments" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4961 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png' md5='eb97a316a9312de1b36933fdde130e2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4976 manual.docbook:6845 manual.docbook:7101 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='42524bb86518faf8e847f658451f2753'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4968 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4981 -msgid "This is quite handy for checking clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4995 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='bd11e31456ff6a4a282589db8a511140'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4987 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Vertical, grey LED-like object. : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller)." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5010 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='106d658b0427ec839b4ca98dd49937eb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5016 -msgid "If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5022 -msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5002 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5029 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5042 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5056 manual.docbook:5176 manual.docbook:6856 -#: manual.docbook:6880 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5048 manual.docbook:5168 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"S\". : solos the instrument." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5061 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5077 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='67f4cf502c0a993a3d55530e05e7b925'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5067 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5082 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5097 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='ebf4c2417000164edda1863910101f0b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5088 -msgid " Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the FX Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5105 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5110 manual.docbook:5187 -msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5118 -msgid "If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5121 -msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5131 -msgid "Component Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5134 -msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerComponentStrip.png' md5='cd9cf0e81509283aea2d97d306a22107'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5142 -msgid "Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5147 -msgid "These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5154 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes the instrument." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5182 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins" -msgstr "Plugins LADSPA" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5199 -msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5202 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXStrip.png' md5='d77984abc55c41633dcab77e20a8bec0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5217 manual.docbook:5381 manual.docbook:6831 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showFX_on.png' md5='faaad6e9491dac7d3478b96e87b1ecc5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5207 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button in the Master Fader Strip)." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5223 -msgid "It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5229 -msgid "SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5234 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org." -msgstr "CMT disponible a http://www.ladspa.org." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5238 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net." -msgstr "TAP disponible a http://tap-plugins.sf.net." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5242 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/." -msgstr "TAP disponible a http://tap-plugins.sf.net." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5246 -msgid "LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5250 -msgid "...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5225 -msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/title -#: manual.docbook:5257 -msgid "Plugins Kill" -msgstr "Matar Plugins" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5258 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use, and some are just plain better than others." -msgstr "Un plugin LADSPA és codi executable, compilat. Pot penjar, petar, congelar, saturar buffers i fins i tot telefonar a casa. Si comences a tenir problemes amb l'Hydrogen, desactiva els plugins i mira si el problema millora. Alguns plugins no estan dissenyats per a ser utilitzats en temps real, i alguns simplement son millors que altres." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5275 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/edit_off.png' md5='125b96a529eb2984de90da816a21f2ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5265 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". button." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5284 -msgid "Select an Effect" -msgstr "Selecciona un Efecte" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5287 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXSelect.png' md5='d21233583479b7309fc704f9693d97b7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5309 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='704fc0cf7facf4f82b0757e6c81bfa9e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5297 -msgid " Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactive\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5325 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/bypass_over.png' md5='de70b2610957f2c6d494b5951193eb8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5331 -msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5281 -msgid "Now the FX selector window will pop up : <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters: <_:informalfigure-2/> You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". ) button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5336 -msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5342 -msgid "Master Fader Strip" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5345 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5348 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerMasterStrip.png' md5='31393663b772c8b6d8614f2181b0e999'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5353 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5367 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/master_mute_off.png' md5='c310589cbb20cfcffc3d016e6935e022'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5358 -msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". button mutes the whole output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5393 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showPeaks_on.png' md5='4475949f7c1f11157b8cfb623022e27b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5373 -msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5401 -msgid "Humanization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5403 -msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5408 -msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5415 -msgid "Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5421 -msgid "Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5424 -msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5431 -msgid "Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5438 -msgid "In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5446 -msgid "Mixer Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5448 -msgid "In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small \"cog\" icon button:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5459 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='67cb0590bbf394c8fd5b3a3f405a25f5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5451 -msgid " Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5477 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='0ef81682361b5af0ab28011d73464f6c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5468 -msgid " Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5463 -msgid "Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5483 -msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5487 -msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5490 -msgid "You will find four categories: , , , . Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5503 -msgid "Balance Law (0dB): when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5506 -msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be louder when the pan knob is at center - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5514 -msgid "Constant Power (-3dB): the total power (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5517 -msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5525 -msgid "Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5527 -msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5538 -msgid "Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5542 -msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5498 -msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5550 -msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, but the volume only (depending on the pan knob)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5553 -msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5561 -msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5575 -msgid "Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5579 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Director" -msgstr "El Mesclador" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5582 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='ddab3b64f7d02f4e6429ae0e13aaf983'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5588 -msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5592 -msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5600 -msgid "This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5609 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5612 -msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditor.png' md5='0b5f7b45f0d56ace8c53064f3792c4ff'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5621 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "Menú principal" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5624 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song List" -msgstr "Editor de Cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5626 -msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5631 -msgid "Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5636 -msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5639 -msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5657 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='5f8f7127af9b7e4c682e541aab7636ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5650 -msgid " From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5662 -msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5667 -msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5675 manual.docbook:5757 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5682 -msgid "This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5677 -msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5691 -msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5699 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5702 -msgid "Playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5706 -msgid "Add song to Playlist: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5712 -msgid "Add current song to Playlist: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5718 -msgid "Remove selected song from Playlist: deletes the selected song from the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5724 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New Playlist: creates a new and empty playlist." -msgstr "Editor de llistes de reproducció - Una eina per a gestionar llistes de reproducció." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5735 -msgid "In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5730 -msgid "Open Playlist: opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5742 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Playlist: saves all changes done to the current playlist." -msgstr "Desa - Desa les modificacions fetes a la cançó actual" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5748 -msgid "Save Playlist as: saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5761 -msgid "Add Script to selected song: associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5771 -msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5767 -msgid "Edit selected Script: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5778 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove selected Script: removes the selected script from the playlist." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "Els Kits de Bateria es guarden automàticament al directodi de dades (p.e. $HOME/data/drumkits)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5784 -msgid "Create a new Script: creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5802 -msgid "MIDI API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5804 -msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5808 -msgid "Before you can work with MIDI actions you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5813 -msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5819 -msgid "MIDI Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5822 -msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5830 -msgid "An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5842 manual.docbook:5863 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rec.png' md5='4256277cfa68efdb41cbbcd9ae1fa116'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5833 -msgid "You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the Red circle. button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5854 -#, fuzzy -msgid "You can also define a binding without the Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note." -msgstr "Amés, pots posar noves polsacions clicant a , el que habilita entrada directe a partir d'events MIDI o teclat segóns el mapa tecla=instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5869 -msgid "The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5874 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5876 -msgid "Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5882 -msgid "NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5886 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5890 -msgid "MMC_x: machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5900 -msgid "Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5903 -msgid "Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5912 -msgid "<<_PREVIOUS_BAR: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5919 -#, fuzzy -msgid ">>_NEXT_BAR: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "ALSA: El controlador d'àudio més extès en Linux" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5925 -msgid "BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5935 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5932 -msgid "BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5944 -msgid "BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5949 manual.docbook:5961 manual.docbook:5974 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode or Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5957 -msgid "BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5969 -msgid "BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5981 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5989 -msgid "Not implemented yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5986 -#, fuzzy -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5996 -msgid "FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6005 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6009 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6017 -msgid "MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6021 -msgid "MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6026 -msgid "PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6030 -msgid "PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6036 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PAUSE: pauses playback." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PLAY: starts playback." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6044 -msgid "PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6052 -msgid "PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6059 -msgid "PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6066 -msgid "PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: opens the previous song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6073 -msgid "PLAYLIST_SONG: opens the next song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6080 -msgid "RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6088 -msgid "RECORD_EXIT: deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6095 -msgid "RECORD_READY: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6103 -msgid "RECORD_STROBE: activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "REDO_ACTION: redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "Projectes: aquest menú ofereix funcions relacionades amb els fitxers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6116 -msgid "SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6123 -msgid "SELECT_INSTRUMENT: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6133 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6128 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6139 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: like but only take effect in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6149 -msgid "This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6144 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: switches Action Param patterns forward. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6159 -msgid "If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6155 -msgid "SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "STOP: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Reinicia cançó o patró des de l'inici" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6170 -msgid "STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6175 -msgid "STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6180 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6185 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6190 -msgid "TAP_TEMPO: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TOGGLE_METRONOME: toggles the metronome." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6201 -#, fuzzy -msgid "UNDO_ACTION: undoes the previous action." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6206 -msgid "UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6215 -msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6217 -msgid "Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6223 -msgid "If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6231 -msgid "OSC API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6232 -msgid "Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6242 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6244 -msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program oscsend." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen -#: manual.docbook:6250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6255 -msgid "To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable OSC support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming OSC messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6263 -msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:6269 -msgid "oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6277 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6280 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6282 -msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen -#: manual.docbook:6284 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6288 -msgid "with the supported types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "' ': no argument required" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6291 -#, fuzzy -msgid "i: int32" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "f: float32" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "s: OSC-string (ASCII)" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6296 -msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6300 -msgid "ff: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6305 -msgid "' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets [f] to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6314 -msgid "[0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the range column. For continuous values squared brackets [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6322 -msgid "{-1;0;1}: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most convenient input options." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6328 -msgid "1.0: also in order to support TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the range column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6335 -msgid "X: all commands ending with a /X/ require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6347 -msgid "All Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:6350 -msgid "All OSC Messages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6357 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6358 -msgid "type" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6359 -msgid "range" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6360 -msgid "description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6366 manual.docbook:6372 manual.docbook:6378 -#: manual.docbook:6385 manual.docbook:6395 manual.docbook:6403 -#: manual.docbook:6409 manual.docbook:6415 manual.docbook:6421 -#: manual.docbook:6427 manual.docbook:6433 manual.docbook:6482 -#: manual.docbook:6490 manual.docbook:6520 manual.docbook:6526 -#: manual.docbook:6532 manual.docbook:6623 manual.docbook:6629 -#: manual.docbook:6635 manual.docbook:6641 manual.docbook:6675 -#: manual.docbook:6701 manual.docbook:6713 manual.docbook:6719 -msgid "' ',[f]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6368 -msgid "Starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAUSE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6374 -msgid "Stops playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STOP/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6380 -msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6384 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6387 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6397 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6405 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6411 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6414 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6417 -msgid "Activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6423 -msgid "Deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6429 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6435 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6439 manual.docbook:6447 manual.docbook:6454 -#: manual.docbook:6463 manual.docbook:6472 manual.docbook:6498 -#: manual.docbook:6513 manual.docbook:6538 manual.docbook:6544 -#: manual.docbook:6554 manual.docbook:6565 manual.docbook:6576 -#: manual.docbook:6582 manual.docbook:6591 manual.docbook:6601 -#: manual.docbook:6609 manual.docbook:6617 manual.docbook:6647 -#: manual.docbook:6654 manual.docbook:6661 manual.docbook:6668 -#: manual.docbook:6681 -msgid "f" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6440 manual.docbook:6448 manual.docbook:6455 -#: manual.docbook:6514 manual.docbook:6618 manual.docbook:6682 -msgid "[0,]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6441 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6446 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6449 -msgid "Works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6456 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, locates the playhead to pattern number f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6465 -msgid "Decreases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6474 -msgid "Increases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and Tempo Marker has been passed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6481 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6484 -msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6489 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6492 -msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6497 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6499 -msgid "{0,1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6500 -msgid "Activates the Timeline if f is not zero and deactivates it otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6504 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6505 -msgid "ff" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6506 -msgid "[0,] [10,400]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6507 -msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6512 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6515 -msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar f on the Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6522 -msgid "Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6525 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6528 -msgid "Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6534 -msgid "Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6539 manual.docbook:6555 -msgid "[0.0,1.5]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6540 -msgid "Sets the volume of the Master fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6543 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6545 manual.docbook:6566 -msgid "{-1;0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6546 -msgid "Changes the Master output volume, relative to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6556 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6564 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6567 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6577 -msgid "[0.0,1.0]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6578 -msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip X." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6583 -msgid "{-1;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6584 -msgid "Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip X, relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6590 -msgid "/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6592 -msgid "[0,127]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6593 -msgid "For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6600 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6603 -msgid "Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6611 -msgid "Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6616 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6619 -msgid "Opens song f of the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6622 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6625 -msgid "Opens the next song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6631 -msgid "Opens the previous song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6634 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6637 -msgid "Undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6640 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6643 -msgid "Redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6646 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6648 manual.docbook:6655 manual.docbook:6662 -#: manual.docbook:6669 -msgid "{0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6649 -msgid "Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6653 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6656 -msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master for a value of and registers it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6660 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6663 -msgid "Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6670 -msgid "Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6674 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6677 -msgid "Toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6680 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6683 -msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6686 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6687 manual.docbook:6694 manual.docbook:6707 -msgid "s" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6689 -msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6693 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6696 -msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6700 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6703 -msgid "Saves the current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6706 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6709 -msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/" -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Desar fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saves the preferences." -msgstr "Preferències d'àudio" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6718 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/QUIT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Obrir fitxer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6721 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Exits Hydrogen." -msgstr "Usant Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:6732 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "Mostres" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6735 -msgid "A New Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6737 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview." -msgstr "Això és una passada ràpida per Hydrogen. Mira't el tutorial per a més detalls." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6743 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Mode \"Cançó\" i mode \"Patró\"" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6745 -msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6754 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Pattern" -msgstr "Un nou patró" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!" -msgstr "Començarem amb una cançó buida i un patró buit, creat per defecte: s'ha de seleccionar el mode \"patró\". També és possible canviar el nom del patró. Ara clica a Reproduïr i mentre el patró es va reproduïnt anirem afegint notes a la graella de l'Editor de Cançons () clicant-hi amb el ratolí: ajusta la resolució de la graella i la velocitat en PPM si ho necessites. Recorda algunes restriccions de la graella: si estàs treballant en una resolució de 16 no pots tornar a 8 per treure un setzè de nota; el mateix passa amb el vuitè de barra (si no selecciones desctivar la resolució per graella: en aquest cas pots posar les notes on vulguis). Assegura't de seleccionar el patró correcte a l'Editor de Cançons abans d'afegir notes a l'Editor de Patrons!" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6755 -msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now let's click on the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6789 -msgid "The Pattern Editor" -msgstr "L'Editor de Patrons" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6792 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='7f9b5aa7c144e4c3104017ce5fcc0ee7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6799 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Sequence" -msgstr "Una nova seqüència" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once patterns are created (), we can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode." -msgstr "Una vegada creats els patrons (), es poden copiar/enganxar/esborrar arrossegant-les amb el ratolí (ha d'estar seleccionat el mode de selecció en l'Editor de Cançons i tenir apretat el botó dret del ratolí per a seleccionar la zona que vols moure o copiar)." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6806 -msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6809 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='af6d57845fa39b40cfa580bf62879e72'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6816 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust from the Mixer" -msgstr "Ajustar al mesclador" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating or playing patterns." -msgstr "Per descomptat sempre es pot utililtzar la finestra del mesclador, tant mentre estem creant els patrons com quan s'estan reproduïnt." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6903 -msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Mixer (see ) is made of a number independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a Master Fader Strip and a Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button to show and hide the FX Plugin Rack. Every line features 3 buttons ( Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. Grey button containing a black \"S\". Grey button containing a black \"M\". ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on Grey button containing a black \"S\". will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button Grey button containing a black \"M\". , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of and (in you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "L'àrea del mesclador () es compòn de 32 pistes independents, cada una assignada a un instument, amés d'una \"Sortida General\" per a ajustar el nivel general de volum de sortida i un botó d'\"Efectes\" per configurar efectes. Cada línea té 3 botóns ( ), ajust de balanç ( ), el pic màxim actual, l'atenuador de volum i el nom de la pista. Clicant a reproduirà l'instrument, tallant als altres. El botó d'\"Enmudir\" silencia aquest instrument. El nivell màxim de pic indica el volum màxim al que ha arribat l'instrument; el pic ha d'estar entre 0.0 i 1.0 (a pots veure uns quants volums massa alts), si no es distorsionarà produïnt un sò extrany (especialment amb el controlador OSS), en aquest cas és millor baixar el volum; atenció a cada contador." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6922 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create a New Drumkit" -msgstr "Creant un nou Kit de Bateria" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6925 -msgid "Creating a New Drumkit" -msgstr "Creant un nou Kit de Bateria" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6926 -msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument Editor. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization." -msgstr "Els kits de bateria en Hydrogen es creen amb l'Editor d'Instruments. Amb l'editor d'instruments pots carregar mostres, configurar paràmetres d'contorn, configurar el guany i uns quants paràmetres més avançats com ara enmudir grups, filtre de ressonància passa-baixos, aleatorització del tò." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6936 -msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6941 -msgid "Lets make a brand new drum kit:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6943 -#, fuzzy -msgid "in the Main Menu select Drumkits New . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select Instruments Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select Delete Instrument." -msgstr "Per crear un kit de bateria nou de trinca, selecciona Instruments Netejar Tot . Això et donarà un banc de 32 instruments. Per esborrar instruments, clica amb el botó dret a cada instrument i selecciona Esborra Instrument. Per afegir instruments, selecciona Instruments Afegeix instrument ." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6959 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked." -msgstr "Selecciona un instrument per començar a editar-lo. Això es fa clicant amb el botó esquerre al nom de l'instrument a la llista d'instruments (a l'esquerra). T'adonaràs que el nom de l'instrument a l'Editor d'Instruments és igual al que has clicat." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6965 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select Drumkits Save As . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace." -msgstr "Una vegada tens el teu kit de bateria configurat com vols, selecciona Instruments Desar Llibreria . Et demanarà pel nom del kit a desar. Si desitges sobreescriure un kit ja existent, has de posar el mateix nom que tenia el kit que vols canviar." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6978 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits)." -msgstr "Els Kits de Bateria es guarden automàticament al directodi de dades (p.e. $HOME/data/drumkits)." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6984 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using Drumkits Export from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to." -msgstr "Per exportar un kit de bateria (i compartir-lo amb altres), primer ha d'estar carregat a la teva Llibreria de Sò. Llavors selecciona InstrumentsExportar llibreria al menú. Selecciona un kit de bateria per exportar i dona-li un nom per desar-lo." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Creating a New Instrument" -msgstr "Creant un nou Kit de Bateria" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7001 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to ." -msgstr "Pots carregar vàries mostres i configurar diferents paràmetres de sintetitzador per a cada instrument d'un kit de bateria. Aquesta secció et guiarà en com crear un nou instrument i carregar les mostres." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7005 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select Instruments Add instrument . This will give you a blank instrument to start from." -msgstr "Per començar a crear un instrument, selecciona InstrumentsAfegir instrument. Això et donarà un instrument en blanc per començar." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7012 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "Ara necessites dues mostres. Qualsevol fitxer .WAV o .FLAC servirà. Hydrogen en proporviona vàries al directori data/drumkits." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7017 -msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". and point the Audio File Browser to your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7033 -msgid "The Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7041 -#, fuzzy -msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". to bring in another sample." -msgstr "Una vegada carregada la mostra, veuràs que ara hi ha un 1 a dalt, i que el rectangle s'ha tornat blau cel. Per carregar una segona mostra, clica la posició just a sota, llavors clica Carregar Capa per posar-hi una nova mostra." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7058 -#, fuzzy -msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the first sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear." -msgstr "Després de portar en ambdues mostres, segurament t'adonaràs que només la primera mostra es toca quan dispares l'instrument. Això és per que has de configurar els rangs de velocitat en les capes. Mou el ratolí per les bandes dels rectangles blau cel i veuràs que tens un cursor per a arrossegar d'esquerra a dreta. Ara arrossega la mostra cap a l'esquerra o la dreta (com una cortina). Veuràs la segona capa aparèixer." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7066 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see Sample Selection for further info)." -msgstr "La configuració de velocitat per a una capa de velocitat 0 és a l'esquerra, i velocitat màxima a la dreta. Configura la capa 1 per sonar per les notes fluixes, i la capa 2 per les notes fortes (p.e. capa 1 a l'esquerra i la capa 2 a la dreta.)" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7071 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see ." -msgstr "Ara, a l'àrea de patrons, configura un patró simple que tocarà aquest instrument. Ajusta els paràmetres de velocitat a cada nota per conseguir que les diferents mostres sonin. Ara configura el patró per repetir-se i fixa't com les mostres es van disparant. (Per apendre com editar un patró, mira )" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7078 -msgid "For each layer, you can set the Gain and the Pitch. The pitch also has a Fine adjustment." -msgstr "Per cada capa, pots configurar el Guany i el Tò. El tò també té un botó d'ajustament Fí." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7082 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)." -msgstr "Ajusta el Guany per controlar el volum de reproducció de la mostra. És necessari ja que és extremament dificil conseguir un conjunt de mostres que sonin exactament al mateix volum. Ajustant-ho aqui, les mostres que s'han enregistrat massa fluixes es poden amplificar per a que sonin igual que les mostres més altes (que segurament s'han hagut d'atenuar)." - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:7091 -#, fuzzy -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "És molt fàcil posar el Guany massa alt, provocant que la mostra es saturi. Recorda provar el guany a velocitat màxima. Si satures la senyal aqui, serà pitjor quan Hydrogen ho processi." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)" -msgstr "El tò de la mostra pot ser modificat amb els controls de tò. El controlador de Tò ajusta el tò en migs tons misicals. (Per tant, -12 és una octava). El tò a la dreta ajusta el tò ±50 Centèssimes. (Mig tò són 100 centèssimes)" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see )" -msgstr "El tò s'ajusta tocant la mostra més ràpidament o més lentament. És l'anomenat Efecte Doppler. Per tant, si tens una mostra d'un segon i tires cap a -12 (1 octava), la teva mostra només durará mig segon." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7121 -msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:7126 -msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments" -msgstr "Consells a l'Editar Instruments" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:" -msgstr "Amb tots els paràmetres que hi ha per configurar, pot ser dificil trobar quelcom que soni bé. Aquí tens uns consells per configurar un instrument:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Turn down the gain. Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again." -msgstr "Baixa el guany. Cada cop que tens un selector de guany (p.e. un amplificador), d'això se'n diu una etapa de guany. Amb cada etapa de guany és fàcil saturar la senyal - el que significa que la senyal es distorsiona per retall. Amés, si tens dues mostres que, per elles mateixes, claven els teus indicadors - et pots imaginar que passarà quan les combinis? Efectivament, saturaràs el guany de la senyal." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7140 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader." -msgstr "Si les coses sonen malament i distorsionades, comença baixant el guany a la capa... especialment si és major a 1.0. Llavors passa a baixar el guany de l'instrument, Llavors qualsevol guany en els efectes LADSPA. Llavors a l'atenuador del mesclador. Llavors a l'atenuador del volum de sortida principal." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7145 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Test samples at full velocity. Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: clipping.)" -msgstr "Prova les mostres a velocitat màxima. La teva mostra serà tocada més fort si la velocitat és més alta. Per tant, si ho configures tot per a que soni bé a velocitat màxima 0.7, què passarà quan tinguis una velocitat màxima d'1.0? (Pista: retall...)" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7151 -msgid "Try to use samples that are -6 dB max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5." -msgstr "Intenta utilitzar mostres de com a màxim -6 dB Visualment, això vol dir que les mostres arribaràn com a màxim a mitja escala. D'una altra manera, canvia el guany de la capa aproximadament a .5." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7156 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove all DC offsets from the sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample." -msgstr "Treu qualsevol compensació de DC de la mostra. En un edotor de mostres, normalment hi ha una linea cap al mig de l'ona de la mostra. Aquesta és la línea de zero. El començament de la teva mostra hauria de ser en aquest línea. El final de la teva mostra també hauria d'estar en aquesta línea. De totes manesre, si la teva senyal està una mica pe sota o per sobre de la linea, sentiràs un clic al començament i al final de qualsevol mostra tocada. Si el teu editor de mostres no té cap eina per a arreglar un problema de compensació de DC, pots eliminar el soroll posant un lleugera atenuació a l'inici i final de la mostra." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The ADSR will not be longer than your sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end." -msgstr "L'ADSR no ha de ser més llarg que la teva mostra. Si tens una mostra curta, no importa quant posis a l'atac i decay - la mostra acabarà igual." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7171 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Things change with the sample rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)." -msgstr "Les coses canvien amb la freqüència de mostreig. Si tens un setup ben posat amb tots els teus paràmetres ben configurats... les coses cambiaràn si canvies la freqüència de mostreig de la tarja de sò. Alguns dels paràmetre interns de l'Hydrogen estan fets i basats en quantes mostres tens, i no quants segons passen. Les coses que poden canviar son: qualsevol cosa basada en el temps (com ara atac i release) i qualsevol cosa basada en la freqüència (com ara la freqüència de tall)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7180 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc." -msgstr "Les típiques mostres que utilitza Hydrogen son: el sò d'un tambor de la bateria, el sò d'un plat, el sò d'una esquella. Quan poses una nota en el patró (o toques una nota utilitzant MIDI), Hydrogen reprodueix qualsevol sò que hi hagi carregat. Per tant, per ajuntar un kit de bateria necessites recopilar grabacions curtes del bombo, cada tambor, cada plat, el charles obert i tancat, la caixa (oberta o tancada), tocs al canto de la caixa, etc." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7191 -msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!" -msgstr "De totes maneres, no hi ha regles en quant a què pot ser una mostra. No es extrany utilitzar Hydrogen per disparar sons que no son de bateria: clips d'àucio de gent xerrant, un tros d'una cançó, efectes de sò, clips d'àudio de pelicul.les, gent famosa parlant... Siques creatiu!" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:7202 -msgid "Appendix" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Used File Types" -msgstr "Tipus de fitxers utilitzats" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:7207 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:" -msgstr "Abans de treballar amb Hydrogen, si us plau, familiaritza't amb els següents tipus de fitxers:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2pattern: XML file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the pattern editor." -msgstr "*.h2pattern: Fitxer XML que descriu un patró. Els patrons són un grup de polsacions gestionats per l'etidor de patrons." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2song: XML file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their properties and are manager using the song editor" -msgstr "*.h2song: Fitxer XML que descriu una cançó (o seqüencia). Les cançons són grups de patrons amb les seves propietats, i són gestionats amb l'editor de cançons" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7222 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2playlist: XML file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs." -msgstr "*.h2playlist: Fitxer XML una llista de reproducció. Una llista de reproducció és una seqüència (ordenada) de cançons." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2drumkit: a compressed and archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound samples." -msgstr "*.h2drumkit: es tracta d'una carpeta comprimida que conté totes les mostres de sò que composen un kit de bateria i un fitxer XML de descripció. Els kits de bateria són bàsicament un grup de mostres de sò." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7235 -msgid "Shortcut Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:7237 -msgid "Shortcut Table" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7243 -msgid "Shortcut" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7244 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7249 -msgid "Ctrl + N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7250 -msgid "New Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7253 -msgid "Ctrl + O" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7254 -msgid "Open File" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7257 -msgid "Ctrl + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7258 -msgid "Open Demo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7261 -msgid "Ctrl + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7262 -msgid "Save Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7265 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7266 -msgid "Save Song as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7269 -msgid "Ctrl + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7270 -msgid "Export Pattern as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7273 -msgid "Ctrl + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7274 -msgid "Export MIDI file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7277 -msgid "Ctrl + E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7278 -msgid "Export Song (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7281 -msgid "Ctrl + L" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7282 -msgid "Export LilyPond file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7285 -msgid "Ctrl + Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7286 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit Hydrogen" -msgstr "Usant Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7289 -msgid "Ctrl + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7290 -msgid "Undo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7293 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7294 -msgid "Redo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7297 -msgid "Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7298 -msgid "Show Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7301 -msgid "Alt + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7302 -msgid "Show Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7305 -msgid "Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7306 -msgid "Show Instrument Rack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7309 -msgid "Alt + A" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7310 -msgid "Show Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7313 -msgid "Alt + F" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7314 -msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7317 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7318 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7321 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7322 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7325 -msgid "Alt + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7326 -msgid "Show Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7329 -msgid "Alt + ?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Manual" -msgstr "Manual d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7333 -msgid "Backspace" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7334 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning" -msgstr "[Backspace] = Reinicia cançó o patró des de l'inici" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7337 -msgid "Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7338 -msgid "Play / Pause" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7341 -msgid "Ctrl + Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7342 -msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7345 -msgid "," -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7346 -msgid "Use the Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7349 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7350 -msgid "Use Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7353 -msgid "+" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7354 -msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7357 -msgid "-" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7358 -msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7361 -msgid "F5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7362 -msgid "Jump to previous song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7365 -msgid "F6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7366 -msgid "Jump to next song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7369 -msgid "F9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7370 -msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7373 -msgid "F10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7374 -msgid "Jump to next bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7377 -msgid "F12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7378 -msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/title -#: manual.docbook:7387 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "Glossari" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/para -#: manual.docbook:7389 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here." -msgstr "Aquest és un glossari dels termes generals més utilitzats en Hydrogen, sintetitzadors, bateries o samplers. Les definicions en aquest text estàn simplificades, però les definicions d'aqui són meés generals i tenen més explicacions. Per exemple, el text del manual et pot donar la idea que ADSR és l'unic tipus de generador d'contorns, i que només pot controlar el volum. Això és simple i convenient per als nous usuaris, però no és ben ben correcte." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7402 -msgid "ADSR" -msgstr "ADSR" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7404 -msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the Attack, Decay, Sustain, and Release parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the velocity." -msgstr "Un tipus de generador d'contorns que et permet controlar l'Arac, Decay, Sustain, i Release. Generalment, els paràmetres són propircionals a la velocitat." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7412 -#, fuzzy -msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the sustain level. When the note is released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0." -msgstr "Un generador d'contorns per Atac/Decay/Sustain/Release. Una vegada disparada una nota, l'Hydrogen l'ataca incrementant el volum des de 0 fins a la \"velocitat\" de la nota. Una vegada assolida la velocitat maxima, Decau reduïnt el volum fins que arriva al nivell de sustain. Una vegada la nota és released, l'Hydrogen reduëix el volum des del nivell de sustain fins a 0." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7421 -msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)." -msgstr "A Hydrogen, el generador d'contorns ADSR només control el volum (atenuació)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7424 -msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article ADSR Envelope" -msgstr "Llegeix més sobre el tema a l'article de la Wikipedia ADSR Envelope" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7437 -msgid "Attack" -msgstr "Atac" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7439 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount of time to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full velocity." -msgstr "Aquesta és la primera fase d'un contorn ADSR, i és la quantitat de temps per actirav el paràmetre des de 0 a velocitat màxima un cop disparada la nota." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7448 -msgid "Attenuation" -msgstr "Atenuació" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7450 -msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)." -msgstr "En filtres i mescladors, la quantitat en que és reduïda una senyal (volum)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7460 -msgid "Band-Pass Filter" -msgstr "Filtre passa-bandes" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter." -msgstr "Un filtre que preserva un determinat rang de freqüències, i atenua (silencia) tota la resta. Normalment es fa combinant un filtra passa-alts i un filtre passa-baixos." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7475 -msgid "Clipping" -msgstr "Retall" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7477 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable." -msgstr "Un fenòmen que li passa a una senyal quan aquesta és massa gran per al receptor. El pic de la senyal (que normalment es una corva suau) és tallat al volum màxim (tall). Això distorsiona el sò i acostuma a ser indesitjable." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7482 -msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy." -msgstr "Un exemple de retall és quan toques música més alt del que el teu altaveu pot suportar. Parts de la música sonen distorsionats." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7488 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7490 -msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7504 -msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7507 -msgid "In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7495 -msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7516 -msgid "Cutoff Frequency" -msgstr "Freqüència de tall" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7518 -msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted." -msgstr "Als filtres passa-alts i passa-baixos, és la freqüència que divideix les freqüències que passen i les que son atenuades (silenciades). En un filtre ressonant passa alts, o en un filtre passa-baixos ressonant, la freqüència de tall és també la zona de freqüència que és amplificada." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7523 -msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz." -msgstr "Per exemple, si tens un filtre passa-baixos i configures la freqüència de tall alta (p.e. 20kHz)... el filtre no afectarà al sò. Totes les freqüències audibles passaràn sense modificació. Si baixes la freqüència de tall cap a 40 Hz (la corda gruixuda d'un baix), sona com algú tapant un altaveu. Les freqüències més altes atenuades estàn per sobre 30 Hz." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7540 -msgid "Decay" -msgstr "Decay" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7542 -msgid "After the attack phase, this is the amount of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full velocity to the sustain level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7551 -msgid "DC-offset" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7553 -msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7554 -msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7567 -msgid "Envelope Generator" -msgstr "Generador de Contorns" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7569 -msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note." -msgstr "Una manera de controlar (canviar) el paràmetre durant el temps com a resposta a disparar, i aguantar una nota." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7575 -msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:" -msgstr "Se t'han muntat els ulls? Tornem-ho a provar:" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7577 -msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also ADSR" -msgstr "Imagina't que estàs tocant una nota amb un teclat i tens l'altra mà a un botó (volum, freq. de tall del filtre, etc.). Mentre toques la nota, mous el botó (a vegades amunt, a vegades avall... o avall, llavors amunt). Fas el mateix en cada nota. Això és el que un generador de contorns. Mira també ADSR" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7588 -msgid "Fader" -msgstr "Atenuador" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7590 -msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale." -msgstr "Un control per a ajustar la atenuació (volum) en un mesclador. Els atenuadors sempre tenen reductor d'\"audio\", el que vol dir que la quantitat en l'atenuació canvia en una escala exponencial." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7597 -msgid "Filter" -msgstr "Filtre" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7599 -msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter." -msgstr "Un dispositiu que canvia el sò atenuant certes freqüències. Un botó de tò és un exemple d'un filtre passa baixos." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7612 -msgid "Gain" -msgstr "Guany" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7614 -msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal." -msgstr "En un amplificador, ajusta quant (o quan poc) una senyal és amplificada (volum). Un guany més alt dóna una senyal més alta." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7622 -msgid "High-Pass Filter" -msgstr "Filtre Passa Alts" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7624 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "Un filtre que atenua (silencia) les freqüències baixes, i deixa passar les freqüències altes." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7635 -msgid "Instrument" -msgstr "Instrument" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7637 -msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)." -msgstr "A Hydrogen un instrument és un generador de sò (com un bombo o un tambor)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7648 -msgid "Layer" -msgstr "Capa" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7650 -msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a layer), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play." -msgstr "En un instrument pots carregar vàries mostres (cada una anomenada capa), i tenir una mostra diferent depenent de la velocitat de la nota. Només una mostra es tocarà a la vegada." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7655 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will not sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing." -msgstr "Suposem que tens una mostra d'un tambor tocat fluix. Si simplement toques la mostra més fort -no sonarà igual que si el tambor s'ha tocat ben fort. Si vols que això sigui igual al teu instrument, pots carregar una mostra per notes fluixes i una mostra diferent per a tocar fort." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7667 -msgid "Low-Pass Filter" -msgstr "Filtre Passa Baixos" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7669 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "Un filtre que atenua (silencia) altes freqüèncias, però deixa passar freqüpencies baixes." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7680 -msgid "Mute" -msgstr "Enmudir" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7682 -msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output." -msgstr "Per fer un soroll. Una configuració en un instrument que no deixa que hi hagi sortida d'àudio." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7688 -msgid "Mute Group" -msgstr "Enmudir Grup" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7690 -msgid "A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7692 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)." -msgstr "Això normalment es fa servir en el charles, on hi ha un instrument diferent (mostra) per quan està obert o tancat. Amb un charles real el sò de l'obert deixarà de sonar quan es tanca. De totes maneres, si fas servir dues mostres - el sò obert continuarà sonant fins i tot després que hagis disparat el sò tancat. Posant els dos intruments al mateix grup d'enmudiment (grup #1, per exemple)... disparar una nota de tancat aturarà inmediatament el só de l'obert (i vicevèrsa)" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7706 -msgid "Normalization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7708 -msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7716 -msgid "Octave" -msgstr "Octava" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7718 -msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency." -msgstr "Un rang de freqüències en el que la freqüència més alta és exactament el doble de la freqüència més baixa." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7721 -msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they sound like the same distance." -msgstr "Per exemple, el rang de 20 Hz a 40 Hz és una octava. Igual que de 120 Hz a 240 Hz, i 575 Hza a 1150 Hz. Mentre les diferències de freqüències són molt diferents (10 Hz, 120 Hz i 575 Hz, respectivament), per a l'oida humana sonen a la mateixa distància." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7732 -msgid "Pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7734 -msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:7744 -msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:7747 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='cf558ea6f4eb3f7c167422add4e5365b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7737 -msgid "The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan knob, which is set in the Mixer. Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the note Pan value moves the Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. Some examples: if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7763 -msgid "The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7775 -msgid "Release" -msgstr "Release" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7777 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The amount of time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level to 0." -msgstr "Un cop la nota s'ha alliberat, és la quantitat de temps per passar del nivell de sustain a zero." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7786 -msgid "Resonance" -msgstr "Ressonància" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7788 -msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff." -msgstr "Quan ens referim a un filtre de ressonància, aquest paràmetre determina quant s'amplificarà (guany) a les freqüències a la zona de tall." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7797 -msgid "Resonance Filter" -msgstr "Filtre de ressonància" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7799 -msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency." -msgstr "Un filtre que amplifica un rang de freqüències molt petit. Típicament serà part d'un filtre passa alts o passa baixos, en el que les freqüències amplificades estàn entrades a la freqüència de tall." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7813 -msgid "Roll-off" -msgstr "Roll-off" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7815 -msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)." -msgstr "És la quantitat de freqüències que són atenuades (suprimides) quan la freqüència canvia (tipicament mesurat en dB per octava)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency." -msgstr "Per exemple, en un filtre passa baixos les freqüències per sota de la freqüència de tall no són atenuades (passen amb el mateix volum). El mateix amb la freqüència de tall. Quan vas per sobre de la freqüència de tall, les freqüències que estàn aprop de la freqüència de tall no son atenuades massa. De totes maneres, les freqüències que són molt més altes que la de tall són molt més atenuades (suprimides). Això normalment es por teure en una línea recta (en escala logarítmica) i mesurat en dB d'atenuació per octava i freqüència." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7835 -msgid "Sample" -msgstr "Mostres" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7837 -msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7843 -msgid "Sustain" -msgstr "Sustain" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7845 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time." -msgstr "El nivell (com d'alt) que aguanta el volum de la nota entre el sustain i el release. És un tant per cent de la velocitat. No depèn del temps." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7857 -msgid "Velocity" -msgstr "Velocitat" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7859 -msgid "How hard you hit a note." -msgstr "La força amb la que toques la nota." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7861 -#, fuzzy -msgid "MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back." -msgstr "Els dispositius MIDI són requerits per a enviar aquesta informació al llarg de la nota. Els sintetitzadors utilitzen informació per a ajustar varis paràmetres de la mostra (típicament el volum). A Hydrogen, només s'utilitza per ajustar el volum de la mostra reproduïda." - -#~ msgid "The latest stable version of hydrogen is available as a tarball at http://www.hydrogen-music.org." -#~ msgstr "L'última versió estable d'hydrogen està disponible en format .tar a http://www.hydrogen-music.org." - -#~ msgid "It is possible to download the latest source files directly from our subversion server with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk A certain release can be fetched with:" -#~ msgstr "És possible descarregar la última versió dels fitxers font directament del nostre servidor subversion a: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk Una deteminada versió pot ser recuperada amb:" - -#~ msgid "qt (>= 4.0) at http://www.trolltech.com" -#~ msgstr "qt (>= 4.0) a http://www.trolltech.com" - -#~ msgid "Decompress the tarball or go to the directory where the subversion copy was checked out:" -#~ msgstr "Descomprimeix el fitxer tar o ves al directori on la còpia de subversion va ser inicialitzada:" - -#~ msgid "Before compiling, check for additional options with:" -#~ msgstr "Abans de compilar verifica opcions adicionals amb:" - -#~ msgid "If you want to use features which are not enabled by default (for instance PortAudio), you can enable them with:" -#~ msgstr "Si vols utilitzar opcions no habilitades per defecte (per exemple PortAudio), les pots habilitar amb:" - -#~ msgid "Namely, if you get some error while running Hydrogen and you want to report it remember to configure hydrogen with:" -#~ msgstr "Igualment, si et trobes amb un error a l'utilitzar Hydrogen i vols donar-lo a conèixer, recorda configurar hydrogen amb:" - -#~ msgid "To clean up compiled code:" -#~ msgstr "Per netejar codi compilat:" - -#~ msgid "First of all you should make shure that the audio engine is configured properly. The preferences dialog can be accessed via the tools menu (tools -> preferences)." -#~ msgstr "Abans que res hauries d'assegurat-te que el motor d'àudio està configurat correctament. El quadre de preferències és accessible des del menú d'eines (eines -> preferences)." - -#~ msgid "From the \"Audio System\" tab () it is possible to modify the audio driver being used (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) with its buffer and sampling rate (unless using JACK, in this case the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server)." -#~ msgstr "És possible modificar el controlador de sò utilitzat (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) i el seu buffer i frequència de mostreig (excepte amb JACK, en aquest cas s'hauria de configurar el controlador abans d'utilitzar el servidor de JACK) des de la pestanya del \"Sistema d'Àudio\" " - -#~ msgid "We can set some features of Hydrogen like \"Enable track outputs\" useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack. \"Connect to Default Output Pair\" connects the output to the default ports: uncheck this if you want to connect JACK output to other ports without disconnecting them first" -#~ msgstr "Podem activar alguna de la funcionalitat d'Hydrogen com ara \"Habilita sortides de pista\", útil si vols afegir efectes a un instrument en sèrie a jack. \"Conectar al parell de sortida per defecte\" connecta la sortida als ports per defecte: Desactiva-ho si vols conectar-te a altres ports de sortida JACK sense haver-los de desconectar primer." - -#~ msgid "Keep also an eye on the value of \"Polyphony\": depending on your CPU you may want to change the max simultaneous notes in order to prevent hydrogen from overunning the audio driver." -#~ msgstr "Estigues també al corrent del valor de \"Polifonia\": depenent de la càrrega de CPU pots voler canviar el nombre màxim de notes simultànies per prevenir que hydrogen saturi el buffer d'àudio." - -#~ msgid "CoreAudio: a driver for Mac OS X (experimental)" -#~ msgstr "CoreAudio: un controlador per a Mac OS X (experimental)" - -#~ msgid "The Midi System tab" -#~ msgstr "La pestanya del sistema Midi" - -#~ msgid "The \"Midi System\" tab () concerns the MIDI input. You can choose the MIDI driver and input, setup channels, binding actions to MIDI events." -#~ msgstr "La pestanya \"Sistema Midi\" () referencia a l'entrada MIDI. Pots triar el controlador MIDI i entrada, configurar canals, assignar accions a events MIDI." - -#~ msgid "The \"Appearance\" tab () let's you to modify Hydrogen and QT graphical properties." -#~ msgstr "La pestanya d' \"Aparença\" () et deixa modificar les propietats gràfiques d'Hydrogen i QT." - -#~ msgid "The Audio Engine Info Window" -#~ msgstr "La Finestra del Motor d'Àudia" - -#~ msgid "Save as - Save current song specifying a name (default path: $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs)" -#~ msgstr "Desa com a - Desa la cançó actual especificant-li un nom (directori per defecte: $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs))" - -#~ msgid "Export pattern as - Saves a pattern. It will be stored in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name" -#~ msgstr "Exportar patró com a - Desa el patró, serà desat a $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name" - -#~ msgid "Save library - Saves all instruments settings (and their sound samples) in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" -#~ msgstr "Desar llibreria - Desa tots els instruments, les seves configuracions i mostres de sò a $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" - -#~ msgid "Export library - Compress all instruments samples and settings in a drumkit in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" -#~ msgstr "Exportar llibreria - Comprimir totes les mostres dels instruments i configuracions en un kit de bateria a $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" - -#~ msgid "Instrument rack - Open the instrument rack panel." -#~ msgstr "Banc d'Instruments - Obre el panell del banc d'instruments." - -#~ msgid "Show audio engine info - Open a monitor with various stats" -#~ msgstr "Mostrar informació del motor d'àudio - Obre un monitor amb vàries estadístiques" - -#~ msgid "debug action - Insert debug commands." -#~ msgstr "acció de depuració - Inserta una instrucció per a la depuració." - -#~ msgid "Print Objects - Print on stdout current objects map." -#~ msgstr "Imprimir Objectes - Imprimir a stdout (sortida per defecte) l'actual mapa d'objectes." - -#~ msgid "The main toolbar" -#~ msgstr "La barra d'eines principal" - -#~ msgid "Pilot the song using the start, stop, pause, etc. buttons" -#~ msgstr "Pilota la cançó utilitzant els botons d'inici, aturar, pausa, etc." - -#~ msgid "Choose between \"pattern\" or \"song\" mode: in \"pattern\" mode only the currently selected pattern will play, while in \"song\" mode all patterns inserted will be played." -#~ msgstr "Escull entre mode \"patró\" o \"cançó\": En mode \"patró\" només se sentirà el patró seleccionat, mentre que en el mode \"cançó\" se sentiràn tots els patrons utilitzats." - -#~ msgid "An advanced tap tempo function: choose note length and how many notes to wait before recalculating BPM, then click the comma key repeatedly until the 'R' letter will appear and the BPM will be updated. (see )" -#~ msgstr "Una funció avançada de toc al tempo: escollir la llargada de la nota i quantes notes han de passar abans de recalcules les PPM, aleshores clica la tecla coma fins que la lletra 'R' aparegui i les PPM siguin actualitzades (veure )" - -#~ msgid "Manually set BPM" -#~ msgstr "Configurar manualment les PPM" - -#~ msgid "Manage JACK transport" -#~ msgstr "Administrar el transport JACK" - -#~ msgid "Open the mixer and the instrument rack panels" -#~ msgstr "Obrir els panells del mesclador i del panell d'instruments" - -#~ msgid "Main controls to start [Hotkey = Spacebar], stop, fast forward, rewind, loop a song or a pattern." -#~ msgstr "Controls principals per començar [Hotkey = Spacebar], aturar, avançar, rebobinar, repetir una cançó o un patró." - -#~ msgid "Set speed of playing (range: 30-400 bpm) [Hotkey = mouse wheel] and button to enable/disable metronome" -#~ msgstr "Estableix velocitat de reproducció (rang: 30-400 PPM) [Hotkey = mouse wheel] i botó per habilitar/deshabilitar el metrònom" - -#~ msgid "Shows CPU load." -#~ msgstr "Mostra la càrrega de CPU" - -#~ msgid "Shows MIDI events." -#~ msgstr "Mostra els events MIDI." - -#~ msgid "Click to enable Jack transport: Hydrogen will work as 'slave' with another 'master' program (e.g. Ardour). This applet is only available if Jack Audio Driver is selected." -#~ msgstr "Clica per habilitar el transport Jack: Hydrogen treballarà com a 'esclau' amb un altre programa 'mestre' (p.e. Ardour). Aquesta funció només està disponible si el controlador d'Àudio Jack està seleccionat." - -#~ msgid "Other useful keybindings (not customizable for the moment):" -#~ msgstr "Altres assignacións de tecles útils (no configurables actualment):" - -#~ msgid "It is possible to change tempo at any time using the tap-tempo and BeatCounter features of Hydrogen. You can change these while playing or while the song is stopped. To change the tempo, hit the , (comma) key in tempo for the number of beats in the measure. After the correct number of beats are met, the tempo will change to the average tempo that you tapped in. If you continue to tap, these new taps will become a part of a rolling average. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the tap tempo counter will start over." -#~ msgstr "És possible cambiar el tempo en cualsevol moment utilitzant la funcionalitat polsar-tempo i ComptadorDePolsacions d'Hydrogen. Els pots canviar mentre la cançó s'està reproduïnt o mentre està aturada. Per cambiar el tempo, polsa la tecla , (coma) per a seleccionar el nombre de polsacions en la mesura. Després que hagi passat el nombre de polsacions correcte, el tempo canviarà cap a la mitjana del que hagis polsat. Si continues polsant, aquestes noves polsacions es convertiràn en una part de la mitjana. Si polses per accident, o esperes massa temps entre polsacions, el comptador de tempo per polsacions tornarà a començar." - -#~ msgid "If you are using the JACK Transport, the BeatCounter continues to work. If another program is the JACK Transport Master, Hydrogen will respond to tempo change events from that application. Note that in this situation, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave, so some of the BeatCounter features will be disabled or will not work properly. If Hydrogen is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be reflected in those programs (if they support it)." -#~ msgstr "Si estàs utilitzant el transport JACK, el ComptadorDePolsacions continua funcionant. Si algun altre programa és el Mestre del Transport JACK, Hydrogen respondrà als events de canvi de tempo des d'aquella aplicació. Fixa't que en aquesta situació, Hydrogen se suposa que ha de ser un esclau, pel que la funcionalitat del ComptadorDePatrons seràn desactivades o no funcionaràn correctament. Si Hydrogen és el mestre del transport JACK, els canvis a Hydrogen es veuràn reflectits en altres programes (si ho soporten)." - -#~ msgid "Some of the settings to adjust the BeatCounter's latency compensation, and they are located on the General tab of the Preferences Dialog ( ToolsPreferences ). Here there are two spinboxes:" -#~ msgstr "Alguns dels paràmetres per ajustar la latència del ComptadorDePolsacions" - -#~ msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10ms- adjust to compensate for latency between the keyboard and the program." -#~ msgstr "Compensació de deriva del comptador de polsacions en 1/10ms - ajustar la compensació per latència entre el teclat i el programa." - -#~ msgid "The Song Editor comes with 7 buttons:" -#~ msgstr "L'editor de Cançons té 7 botons:" - -#~ msgid "Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -#~ msgstr "Esborrar completament tots els patrons (demana confirmació!)." - -#~ msgid "Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -#~ msgstr "Crear un nou patró (i demana pel seu nom)." - -#~ msgid "Move currently selected pattern up or down." -#~ msgstr "Moure el patró seleccionat amunt o avall." - -#~ msgid "Enable selecting patterns for copy & paste (Select Mode)." -#~ msgstr "Habilitar seleccionar patrons per copiar i enganxar (Mode selecció)." - -#~ msgid "Switch from \"Single pattern mode\" to \"Stacked pattern mode\" and back.." -#~ msgstr "Cambiar del mode \"Només un patró\" al mode \"Pila de patrons\" i enrere..." - -#~ msgid "Under these buttons there is a list of patterns created and when they will played (each square == 1 bar). Click on an squarebox to add or cancel the pattern. Clicking on right mouse button over the name of a pattern will bring up a menu to change name of the pattern or to allow copying/deleting it. Patterns with very same name are not allowed." -#~ msgstr "Sota aquests botons hi ha una llista de patrons creats i quan ells son premuts (cada requadre == 1 barra). Clica en un requadre per afegir o cancelar un patró. Clicar el botó dret del ratolí sobre el nom del patró treu un menu per canviar el nom del patró o permetre copiar-lo/esborrar-lo. No és permès tenir varis patrons amb el mateix nom." - -#~ msgid "The \"Pattern Editor\" frame () lets us create or modify the pattern (bar) which is being played, or add/remove notes and tune intensity as well. On the higher-left side you find a pair of LCD screens: the first one lets you choose the size of a pattern while the second represents the current grid resolution (4 through 64). Selecting an instrument which has at least one note in the pattern will show a few vertical bars (one per note) on the lowest part of this frame. Those frame shows the so called \"note properties\". This are special properties which can be set for every single note. Hydrogen knows of 3 Properties: Velocity, Pan and Lead/Lag. Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm." -#~ msgstr "El requadre de l'\"Editor de Patrons\" () permet crear o modificar el patró (barra) en que s'està reproduïnt, o afegir/esborrar notes i intensificar l'afinació. A la part de dalt a l'esquerra es poden veure un parell de panells LCD: la primera et deixa escollir la mida del patró mentre que la segona representa la resolució de la parrilla (4 a 64). Seleccionar un instrument que almenys tingui una nota el el patró mostrarà unes quantes barres verticals (una per nota) a la part inferior del requadre. Aquest requadre mostra les anomenades \"propietats de nota\". Aquestes son propietats especials que poden ser ajustades per a cada nota. Hydrogen té 3 Propietats: Velocitat, balanceig i Principal/intèrval. Principal i intèrval permet un petit avanç o endarreriment respecte al ritme actual. El rang es ca. 5 tics que vé a ser ca. 10ms a un tempo de 120ppm." - -#~ msgid "Each instrument has its own set of features accessible right-clicking with your mouse on it; Fill/Clear notes fills or deletes every note of that instrument in the current pattern (remember that filling a pattern is always relative to the grid resolution set) and finally Randomize velocity automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -#~ msgstr "Cada instrument té el seu conjunt de característiques accessible clicant amb el botó dret del ratoli; Omplir/Esborrar notes omple o esborra cada nota d'aquest instrument en el patró actual (recorda que omplir un patró sempre depèn de la resolució seleccionada de la parrilla) i finalment aleatoritzar velocitat aplica canvis pseudo-aleatòris en la velocitat a cada nota de l'instrument del patró. Com més velocitat selecciones en l'instrument, més fort tocarà hydrogen l'instrument en la reproducció." - -#~ msgid "The small green and red squares beside the instrument name are the mute and solo buttons." -#~ msgstr "Els petits requadres vermells i verds al costat dels instruments són per silenciar i reproduïr en solitari." - -#~ msgid "X = Snare Jazz" -#~ msgstr "X = Caixa Jazz" - -#~ msgid "C = Snare Rock" -#~ msgstr "C = Caixa Rock" - -#~ msgid "V = Tom Low" -#~ msgstr "V = Tom baix" - -#~ msgid "B = Tom Mid" -#~ msgstr "B = Tom Mitjà" - -#~ msgid "N = Tom Hi" -#~ msgstr "N = Tom Alt" - -#~ msgid "Q = Ride Jazz" -#~ msgstr "Q = Ride Jazz" - -#~ msgid "W = Ride Rock" -#~ msgstr "W = Ride Rock" - -#~ msgid "E = Instrument No. 17 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "E = Instrument No. 17 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "R = Instrument No. 18 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "E = Instrument No. 18 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "T = Instrument No. 20 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "T = Instrument No. 20 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "Y = Instrument No. 22 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "Y = Instrument No. 22 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "U = Instrument No. 24 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "U = Instrument No. 24 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "J = Open HH" -#~ msgstr "J = HH Obert" - -#~ msgid "3 = Crash Jazz" -#~ msgstr "3 = Crash Jazz" - -#~ msgid "5 = Instrument No. 19 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "5 = Instrument No. 19 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "6 = Instrument No. 21 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "6 = Instrument No. 21 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "7 = Instrument No. 23 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "7 = Instrument No. 23 (no assignat en aquest moment)" - -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is useful for tuning a global or single volume of the current drumkit. It shows the current peak (click on to disable, useful on old CPUs) and let you set the maximum peak allowed (tune with the fader knob of the instrument), lets you modify attributes like pan, play solo , mute or test play only that instrument ; selecting in the Pattern Editor an instrument causes a blue LED to light on (near the play button). Near the global volume knob, you can set 3 global effect such a swing (shifts a few notes back or forward not randomly), timing (modify timings of the notes) and humanize effect (random velocity editing)." -#~ msgstr "L'àrea del mesclador () és útil per afinar el volum global o de cada una de les mostres de l'actual kit de bateria. Mostra el pic actual (clic a per deshabilitar, útil per a velles CPU) i et permet habilitar el valor màxim de pic permès (afina-ho amb el botó atenuador de l'instrument), et permet modificar atributs com ara balanç, tocar en solitari , silenciar o provar tocar només aquest instrument ; seleccionant a l'Editor de Patrons un instrument té l'efecte que un LED blau s'encen (aprop del botó d'inici de reproducció). Aprop del botó de volum global, pots habilitar 3 efectes globals com ara swing (canvia unes poques notes enrere o endavant, però no aleatòriament), temps (modificar el temps de les notes) i efecte humanitador (edició de la velocitat aleatòria). " - -#~ msgid "System Drumkits" -#~ msgstr "Kits de Bateria del Sistema" - -#~ msgid "These are your own drum kits that you can manage yourself. They are usually stored in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits. When you are creating a new drumkit, you can save it here by selecting InstrumentsSave library." -#~ msgstr "Aquests són els kits de bateria que tu mateix pots gestionar. Normalment es guarden a $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits. Quan crees un nou kit de bateria, pots desar-lo aqui seleccionant InstrumentsDesar Llibreria." - -#~ msgid "Loading drumkits and instruments to use is the same as for the System Drumkits (see )." -#~ msgstr "Els kits de bateria es carreguen de la mateixa manera que els kits de bateria del sistema (veure )." - -#~ msgid "Patterns in the Sound Library" -#~ msgstr "Patrons en la Llibreria de Sò" - -#~ msgid "You can save your favorite patterns in the sound library by right clicking the title of the pattern in the song editor, and selecting Save Pattern. It will appear in the Sound Library underneath Patterns and the category that you assigned to the pattern." -#~ msgstr "Pots desar els teus patrons preferits a la llibreria de sò clicant amb el botó dret al títol del patró dins de l'editor de cançons, i seleccionant Desar Patró. Apareixerà a la Llibreria de Sò sota Patrons i la categoria que l'hi hagis assignat." - -#~ msgid "Drumkits and Instrument Editing" -#~ msgstr "Kits de Bateria i Editant Instruents" - -#~ msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also use or download existing drumkits using the ." -#~ msgstr "En comptes de crear el teu propi kit de bateria, pots utilitzar o descarregar kits de bateria ja existents utilitzant el ." - -#~ msgid "The synthesizer in Hydrogen is a sample-based synthesizer. A sample is a piece of pre-recorded audio (usually between .1 sec and 3 sec). To play a note, the sample is simply played back at the right time. There's a few concepts and terms that you should understand when you are putting together a drumkit. (See for more detailed explanations.)" -#~ msgstr "El sintetitzador d'Hydrogen està basat en mostres. Una mostra és un fragment pre-enregistrat de sò (normalment entre .1 segons i 3 segons). Per fer una nota, la mostra simplement es torna a tocar en el moment precís. Hi ha uns quants conceptes i termes que hauries d'entendre quan estàs creant un kit de bateria. (Veure per més detalls.)" - -#~ msgid "Sampling Synthesizer Terms" -#~ msgstr "Termes de Mostreig del Sintetitzador" - -#~ msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long." -#~ msgstr "Una grabació curta d'un sò, normalment entre .1 i 3.0 segons de duració." - -#~ msgid "Volume adjustment." -#~ msgstr "Ajust de volum." - -#~ msgid "ADSR Envelope Generator" -#~ msgstr "Generador d'contorns ADSR" - -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from 0 to full velocity." -#~ msgstr "La quantitat de temps per anar de 0 a velocitat màxima." - -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from full velocity to the sustain volume." -#~ msgstr "La quantitat de temps per passar de velocitat màxima a volum de sustain." - -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from the sustain volume back down to 0." -#~ msgstr "La quantitat de remps per passar del volum de sustain a 0" - -#~ msgid "In the instrument editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Load Layer and point the Audio File Browser to your sample. Note that the Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -#~ msgstr "A l'editor d'instruments, clica a Capes. Pots posar vàries mostres com a capes per a l'instrument. Quina és tocada depèn de la velocitat de la nota entrant. Clica Carregar Capa i apunta al Navegador de Fitxers d'Àudio per a carregar la teva mostra. Fixa't que el Navegador de Fitxers d'Àudio et permetrà pre-escoltar la mostra abans de carregar-la. També et permet carregar més d'una mostra a cada moment. Però de moment només en carregarem una." - -#~ msgid "In the instrument editor, click on the General button. Here you can adjust several parameters that are for the whole instrument (not for each layer). The parameters that you can adjust are:" -#~ msgstr "A l'editor d'instruments, clica al botó General. Aqui pots ajustar varis partàmetres per a tot l'instrument (no per a cada capa per separat). Els paràmetres que aqui pots ajustar son:" - -#~ msgid "Envelope parameters: Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release. (See )" -#~ msgstr "Paràmetres d'contorn: Atac, Decay, Sustain, Release. (See )" - -#~ msgid "Mute Group: Which mute group this instrument is a member of (see )." -#~ msgstr "Enmudir Grup: Treu el volum del grup del que aquest instrument és membre (veure )." - -#~ msgid "Filter Parameters: Bypass, Cutoff, Resonance." -#~ msgstr "Paràmetres de filtre: Bypass, Cutoff, Ressonància." - -#~ msgid "Random Pitch" -#~ msgstr "Tò Aleatori" - -#~ msgid "It's important that you understand in order to continue on." -#~ msgstr "És important que entenguies els per tal de continuar." - -#~ msgid "When the instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. The parameters operate as follows:" -#~ msgstr "Quan l'instrument és disparat, el seu volum passa per un contorn ADSR. Els seus paràmetres són els següents:" - -#~ msgid "The gain sets the overall volume for the sample. This gain is applied after the gain that you set for the layer, and before the gain that is set for the mixer. If the Gain is 0, the instrument will be silent. If the gain is 1.0 the volume of the samples will not be adjusted (i.e. 0 dB). If the gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -#~ msgstr "El guany configura el volum general de la mostra. Aquest guany és aplicat després del guany aplicat a nivell de capa, i abans del guany seleccionat per al mesclador. Si el Guany és 0, l'instrument no se sentirà. Si el guany és 1.0, el volum de les mostres no serà ajustat (p.e. 0 dB). Si el guany és major, les mostres seràn amplificades." - -#~ msgid "Filter and Random Pitch" -#~ msgstr "Filtre i Tò Aleatori" - -#~ msgid "Hydrogen can also add effects to sounds using any LADSPA plugin library. You need to have installed the LADSPA sources (available from http://www.ladspa.org) and while this will give a rough idea of how it works you should really have a taste of the real thing installing one or more plugin libraries, it's as simple as a scons && scons install. Here are a few places to download plugin libraries:" -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen també afecta als sons fent servir qualsevol plugin LADSPA. Has de tenir instalades les fonts de LADSPA (disponibles a ) i mentre això et donarà una idea genèrica de com funciona, hauries de provar el tema instalant algun plugin, és tan fàcil com scons && scons install. Aqui hi ha alguns llocs d'on descarregar plugins:" - -#~ msgid "SWH-Plugins available at http://plugin.org.uk. Note that before compiling these plugins you need the FFTW tarball from http://www.fftw.org." -#~ msgstr "SWH-Plugins disponibles a http://plugin.org.uk. Fixa't que abans de compilar aquests plugins necessites el fitxer tar amb el FFTW de http://www.fftw.org." - -#~ msgid "Once you have installed a few plugins open a song you'd like add an effect to and select an instrument that has a few beats in the pattern. In the Mixer click on and select one of the four available effect line Click on the Edit button ( ), than on Select the FX: this will bring up another window () that lets you choose an effect amongst those installed, they are alphabetically sorted and categorized. Once you're done, adjust the level from the mixer and start playing. Each round knob in the FX part controls the level of its effect. If you want to quickly enable/disable the effect click the Bypass ( ) button." -#~ msgstr "Un cop hagis instalat uns quants plugins, obre una canç'a la que t'agradaria afegir-li un efecte i selecciona un instrument que estigui en algun paró. Clica a en el mesclador, selecciona una de les quatre linies d'efectes i clicaal botó Editar ( ), a Seleccionar l'efecte: això obrirà una nova finestra () que permet escollir un efecte entre els instalats, estan ordenats alfabèticament i categoritzats. Una vegada fet, ajusta el nivell del mesclador i dona-li a tocar. Cada selector de la part de l'efecte controla el nivell pel seu efecte. Si vols habilitar/deshabilitar ràpidament, clica a Bypass ( )." - -#~ msgid "A new song" -#~ msgstr "Una nova cançó" - -#~ msgid "Hydrogen has 2 main modes: \"Pattern\" mode and \"Song\" mode (refer to for the buttons to activate). When \"Pattern\" mode is activated the current pattern is continously repeated, so to help changing it until we don't like it, while \"Song\" mode repeats only the current pattern: this is useful when putting together the patterns, to create the whole structure for the song." -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen té dos modes principals: \"Patró\" i \"Cançó\" (mira per als botons d'activació). Quan el mode actiu és \"Patró\" només es reprodueix el patró actiu, el que és útil per a modificar-lo fins que ens agradi. En canvi, el mode \"Cançó\" només repeteix el patró actual en els moments que estan seleccionats en la parrilla que crea la estructura de la cançó." - -#~ msgid "Inserting Notes in a Pattern" -#~ msgstr "Afegir Notes a un Patró" - -#~ msgid "After reaching full velocity from the attack, this is the amount of time to turn the parameter down from full velocity to the sustain level." -#~ msgstr "Un cop assolida la velocitat màxima de l'atac, és la quantitat de temps per baixar de nivell de màxima velocitat a nivell de sustain." - -#~ msgid "A group of instruments (samples) that should mute (stop playing) immediately after another instrument in the group is triggered." -#~ msgstr "Un grup d'instruments (mostres) que s'han d'enmudir (deixar de reproduïr) inmediatament un cop un altre instrument del mateix grup és disparat." - -#~ msgid "The level to hold the parameter after finishing the decay time. This level will be maintained until the not is released." -#~ msgstr "El nivell en que es manté la nota després de passat el temps de decay. Aquest nivell es manté fins que es deixa anar." diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual.docbook hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual.docbook --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual.docbook 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual.docbook 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7879 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Hydrogen v1.1 Manual - - - Antonio - Piraino - - - Alessandro - Cominu - - - Thijs - Van Severen - - - Sebastian - Moors - - - Colin - Evans - - - Philipp - Müller - - - - 2021-03-04 - - - Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, - emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI - keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows. - - - - - Introduction - - - Download - - - You can download Hydrogen from - http://www.hydrogen-music.org. - On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows. - - - Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. - - - - - Build - - - If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - - - $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git - - - A certain release can be fetched with - - - $ git checkout tags/1.0.0 - - - Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others): - - - - Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io - - - libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/ - - - ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org - (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver) - - - Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at - http://jackaudio.org/ - (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver) - - - PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com - (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver) - - - PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org - (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver) - - - Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you - wish to use Flac samples) - - - LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish - to use LADSPA effects) - - - liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects) - - - LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if - you wish to use LASH) - - - - liblo: at for OSC and NSM support - - - - - Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If - you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries - with: - - - $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \ - qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \ - libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \ - libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \ - liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev - - - Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository - was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help : - - - $ ./build.sh - - - The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) : - - - - r[m] => all built, temp and cache files - c[lean] => remove cache files - m[ake] => launch the build process - mm => launch the build process using ccache - mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled - d[oc] => build html documentation - g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph - h[elp] => show the build options - x|exec => execute hydrogen - t[ests] => execute tests - p[kg] => build source package - z => build using ccache and run from tree - - - - To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - - - - $ ./build.sh m x - - - and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - - - - $ cd build - $ sudo make install - - - - For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources). - - - - - Keyboard and Mouse - - The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. - - - - Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: - - - - - - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader - - - - - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see ) - - - - - - Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. - - - - The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of - - - - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. - - - - - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. - - - - - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. - - - - - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. - - - - - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. - - - - - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. - - - - - - - - The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - - - - - Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. - - - - - - - - Using Hydrogen - - - Overview - - - Main User Interface - -
- The Main UI in Single Pane mode - - - - - - -
- - The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). - - - - - You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. - - - - - Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. - - -
- The Main UI in Tabbed mode - - - - - - -
- - - - Drumkit Concept - - Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. - - - - To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. - - - - - In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. - - - - - - - MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard - - - Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. - - - - Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. - - - - Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. - - - - - In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. - - - - - Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. - - - - <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Mapping - - - - - Instr. Pos. - - - MIDI Note - - - PC Keyboard Key - - - Hydrogen GMRockKit - - - GM Standard - - - - - - - 35 - - - Bass Drum 2 - - - 1 - 36 - Z - Kick - Bass Drum 1 - - - 2 - 37 - S - Stick - Side Stick/Rimshot - - - 3 - 38 - X - Snare - Snare Drum 1 - - - 4 - 39 - D - Hand Clap - Hand Clap - - - 5 - 40 - C - Snare Rimshot - Snare Drum 2 - - - 6 - 41 - V - Floor Tom - Low Tom 2 - - - 7 - 42 - G - Hat Closed - Closed Hi-hat - - - 8 - 43 - B - Tom 2 - Low Tom 1 - - - 9 - 44 - H - Hat Pedal - Pedal Hi-hat - - - 10 - 45 - N - Tom 1 - Mid Tom 2 - - - 11 - 46 - J - Hat Open - Open Hi-hat - - - 12 - 47 - M - Cowbell - Mid Tom 1 - - - 13 - 48 - Q - Ride - High Tom 2 - - - 14 - 49 - 2 - Crash - Crash Cymbal 1 - - - 15 - 50 - W - Ride 2 - High Tom 1 - - - 16 - 51 - 3 - Splash - Ride Cymbal 1 - - - 17 - 52 - E - Hat Semi-Open - Chinese Cymbal - - - 18 - 53 - R - Bell - Ride Bell - - - 19 - 54 - 5 - - Tambourine - - - 20 - 55 - T - - Splash Cymbal - - - 21 - 56 - 6 - - Cowbell - - - 22 - 57 - Y - - Crash Cymbal 2 - - - 23 - 58 - 7 - - Vibra Slap - - - 24 - 59 - U - - Ride Cymbal 2 - - - 25 - 60 - - - High Bongo - - - 26 - 61 - - - Low Bongo - - - 27 - 62 - - - Mute High Conga - - - 28 - 63 - - - Open High Conga - - - 29 - 64 - - - Low Conga - - - 30 - 65 - - - High Timbale - - - 31 - 66 - - - Low Timbale - - - 32 - 67 - - - High Agogô - - - 33 - 68 - - - Low Agogô - - - 34 - 69 - - - Cabasa - - - 35 - 70 - - - Maracas - - - 36 - 71 - - - Short Whistle - - - 37 - 72 - - - Long Whistle - - - 38 - 73 - - - Short Güiro - - - 39 - 74 - - - Long Güiro - - - 40 - 75 - - - Claves - - - 41 - 76 - - - High Wood Block - - - 42 - 77 - - - Low Wood Block - - - 43 - 78 - - - Mute Cuíca - - - 44 - 79 - - - Open Cuíca - - - 45 - 80 - - - Mute Triangle - - - 46 - 81 - - - Open Triangle - - - -
- - - - The names of the instruments depend on the - drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default. - - - - When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do. - - - - Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that - is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument. - - - - For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below. - - - - - - Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to - the layout of the computers' keyboard. - - - - - - - - - - - Recording in Hydrogen - - - In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. - - - - In order to start recording, first activate the record button - - - - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. - - - - - - -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - - - - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines - (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - - - - - - - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). - - - - Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. - - - - - The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). - - - - - - Session Management - - - With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. - - - - - All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. - - - - - - - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - - - - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. - - - - - - - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - - - - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. - - - - - - - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. - - - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. - - - - - - - - NSM - - - Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. - - - - - - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. - - - - - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - - - - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. - - - - - - - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. - - - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. - - - - - - - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - - - - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. - - - - - - - - - The Open Demo option will be missing. - - - - - Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - - - - This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. - - - - - - - - Command-line Options - - - After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - - -h, --help Displays this help. - -v, --version Displays version information. - -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss) - -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit) - -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen - -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup - -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path - -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup - -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup - -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH - - - - - - - - Preferences - - Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu. - - - - All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. - - - - - General - -
- The General Tab - - - - - -
- - - - - Language: - chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. - - - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. - - - - - - If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team. - - - - - - - - - Reopen last used song: - determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead. - - - - - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. - - - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. - - - - - - - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - - - - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. - - - - - - - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. - - - - - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - - - - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. - - - - - - - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . - - - - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. - - - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. - - - - - - - - Beat counter start offset in ms: - sets the time between the - Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . - - - - The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - - - - - Blue button containing a "P". - - - - - - - should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect. - - - - - - - - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to . - - - - - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . - - - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. - - - - - - - - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. - - - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. - - - - - - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . - - - - - - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - - - - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" - in adjacent lines. - - - - - - - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. - - - - - - - - - - - Audio System - -
- The Audio System Tab - - - - - -
- - - - - Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card. - - - - Available options: - - - - - : Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - - - - This option is recommended for beginners. - - - - - - - - : The JACK driver is a - professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges - with other audio software. The JACK - server will start automatically if not already running. - - - - - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. - - - - - : The widely adopted - Linux standard audio driver. - - - - : The OSS audio driver - uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported - by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, - the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is - closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last - resort. - - - - - : An open-source - multi platform audio driver. - - - - : A driver for MacOS. - - - - : A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server. - - - - - - - - Device: - specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use. - - - - - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to . - - - - - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. - - - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. - - - - - - - Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports. - - : - - note velocity and pan - layer gain - component gain and volume - instrument gain, pan, and volume - - : - - note velocity - layer gain - - - - - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. - - - - - BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - ). - - - - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. - - - For this option to take effect the - - - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - - - - - - - button has to be activated and the - - - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - - - - - - - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application). - - - - - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. - - - - - Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted. - - - - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. - - - - - - Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. - - - - - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. - - - - - - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. - - - - - - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. - - - - - - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - - - - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. - - - - - - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. - - - - - - - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. - - - - - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . - - - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. - - - - - - - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to . - - - - - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. - - - - - - - - MIDI System - -
- The MIDI System Tab - - - - - -
- - - - - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. - - - - - Input: - selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from. - - - - - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. - - - - - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. - - - - - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. - - - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. - - - - - - - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are - - - - the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state - - - - - an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state - - - - - whether the Metronome is activated - - - - - - - - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. - - - - - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - - - - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. - - - - - - - - Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the . - - - - - - OSC - -
- The OSC Tab - - - - - -
- - The OSC tab () let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - - - - In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. - - - - - - Enable OSC support: Allows - Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs. - - - Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen - will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does - change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending - a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is - composed of the following OSC paths: - - - - /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE - - - /Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME - - - /Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X - - - /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X - - - - - - - Incoming port: Specifies the - OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported. - - - - - If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. - - - - - - Appearance - -
- The Appearance Tab - - - - - -
- - The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. - - - - - - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - - - - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. - - - - - - - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - - - - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. - - - - - - - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - - - - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. - - - - - - - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. - - - - - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). - - - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. - - - - - - - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. - - - - - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: - - - - : - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. - - - - - : - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. - - - - - : - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. - - - - - - - - - - - - Main Menu - -
- The Main Menu - - - - - -
- - - Project - This menu offers file - related functions. - - - - If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details). - - - - - - New: creates a new and empty song. - - - Show Info: sets general properties of the - song such as name, author, license, and generic notes. - - - Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file). - - - Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. - - - - The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs). - - - - - - Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent). - - - Save: saves changes to current song. - - - Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - - - - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. - - - - - - Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) - belonging to the current drumkit. - - - Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - - - - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. - - - - - - Export MIDI file: exports the current song in - MIDI format. - - - Export song: exports the current song into an audio file. - - The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each - instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. - - - - Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond. - - - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported. - - - - Quit: exists Hydrogen. - - - - - - Undo - - - - Undo: lets you undo your last action. - - - Redo: lets you redo the last undone action. - - - Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous - actions. - - - - - - Drumkits - - - New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. - - - - - Open: - opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. - - - - Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below. - - - - - - - Properties: - sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license. - - - - Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples). - - - - Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - - - - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. - - - - - - Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - - - - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. - - - - - - Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. - - - - - Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location - through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen - website for an example). - - - -
- Import Drumkit - - - - - -
- - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. - - - - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. - - - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - - - - - - Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. - - - - - - - - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - - - - - - - - - - Instruments - This menu offers - instruments functions. - - - - Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit. - - - Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit. - - - Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit. - - - - - - View - - - - Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window. - - - Director: opens the Director window. - - - Mixer: opens the Mixer window. - - - Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library. - - - Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path - panel. - - - Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel. - - - Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel. - - - Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area. - - - - - - Options - - - Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments - in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI - keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. - The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. - This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). - An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' - that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth. - - - - - Preferences: opens the main preferences - window (see for details). - - - - - - Debug - - Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen. - - - - The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with - debug support. - - - - - - - Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -
- The Audio Engine View - - - - - -
- - - - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). - - - - - - - Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. - - - - - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. - - - - : No messages will be written at all. - - - - - : Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. - - - - - : Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. - - - - - : Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. - - - - - : Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. - - - - - - - - Open Log File: - opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance. - - - - - - Info - - - - User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer. - - - About: the usual window with license - information, acknowledgments, etc. - - - Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it). - - - Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers. - - - - - - - Main Toolbar - -
- The Main Toolbar - - - - - - -
- - Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick - look at the main toolbar and its components. - - - - Transport Control - - - - - - - Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport - control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, - fast forward, and loop button. - - - - - - - - - Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback. - - In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode. - - - - When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. - - - - - - Tap Tempo and Beat Counter - - - - - - Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using - the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the - left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the - Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the - left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or - increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). - - - - - - - - - This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above. - - - Tap Tempo - - The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. - - - - After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over. - - - - The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. - - - - - - Beat Counter - - The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not - visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the - - - - Grey vertical button containing the characters "B" and "C" in - adjacent rows. - - - - - - - button or simply press ,. - - The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's - beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for - quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note - beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change - the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown - Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will - have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the - display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter - is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to - 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown - Counter value (shown just below the R). - - The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start - feature, and it toggles between - - - - Grey button containing a "S". - - - - - - - and - - - - Blue button containing a "P". - - - - - - - . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and - automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if - it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the - Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on - the next beat. When it shows - - - - Grey button containing a "S". - - - - - - - (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled. - - For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a - softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start - at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to - 4. Enable auto-start (button shows - - - - Blue button containing a "P". - - - - - - - ). Count off - the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone - starts on 1. - - Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require - Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human - (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before - Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the - beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo). - - - An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. - - - - - - If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. - - - - - - - BPM Control and Metronome - - - - - - Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To - the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and - increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To - the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the - current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating - the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. - - - - - - - - - Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute). - - - - - You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. - - - - In addition you can use - - - - Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled - black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), - and a black closing bracket ")" (right). - - - - - - - to toggle the metronome. - - - - The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. - - - - - If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - - - - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" - in adjacent lines. - - - - - - - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details. - - - - - - CPU Usage and MIDI in - - - - - - A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter - showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to - the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is - MIDI input. - - - - - - - - - The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message. - - - - The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. - - - - - - - JACK Control - - - - - - Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK - configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right - one "J.MASTER". - - - - - - - - - Clicking - - - - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - - - - - - - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. - - - Using - - - - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - - - - - - - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. - - - - You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. - - - - - - The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. - - - - - - GUI State - - - - - - In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left - is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below - there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen - after startup "Hydrogen Ready.". - - - - - - - - - - Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). - - - The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. - - - - - - Song Editor - - -
- The Song Editor - - - - - -
- - - - The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song - (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue - colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. - It gives you complete freedom to add/remove - patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your - song. - - - Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. - - - Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. - - - In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. - - - - Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. - - - - - - - - Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It - indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", - "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a - vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate - the presence of a Tag. - - - - - - - - - - In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. - - - Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. - - - - - - You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. - - - - - - - Main Controls - - - - - - Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger - button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new - pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and - up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the - button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing the text "CLEAR". - - - - - : deletes all patterns - (asks for confirmation!). - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a plus sign. - - - - - : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name). - - - - - - - - Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black - arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. - - - - - : moves currently selected pattern - up or down. - - - - - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black brush. - - - - - : enables Select mode (). - - - - - - - - - Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower - part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. - - - - - : enables Draw mode (). - - - - - - - Grey button with a horizontal black line. - - - - - : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - - - - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - - - - - - or to Stacked mode (). - - - - - - - - Song Editor modes - - The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. - - - - In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. - - - - They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. - - - - In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. - - - - While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. - - - - - Select Mode - - This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. - - - Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. - - - Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. - - - The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - - - - Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard - - - Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy - - - ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position - - - Return to move the selected - blocks into place - - - Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place - - - - - - Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. - - - - - Draw Mode - - This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. - - - Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. - - - Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. - - - - - The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in . - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. - - - - - - - Song Mode - - When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. - - - - - By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. - - - - - - Pattern Mode - - When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. - - - - - By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. - - - - - - Stacked Mode - - Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. - - - Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. - - - - Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. - - - - - - - - Sidebar - - - The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. - - Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things: - -
- The Pattern Options menu - - - - - - -
- - - - - - Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song. - - - - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. - - - - - - Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song. - - - - - Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. - - - - - Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left - either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right - the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the - range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) - and "OK" (right) buttons. - - - - - - - - - - - - Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. - -
- The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties - - - - Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the - top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger - one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the - "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) - and "OK" (right) buttons. - - - - - - -
- - - - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. - - - - - - Load Pattern: will - load a pattern from a saved pattern file. - - - - - Save Pattern: stores the - pattern in the patterns folder - within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - - - - - Export Pattern: stores the - pattern at a location determined via a file browser. - - - - - Virtual Pattern: will - open the virtual pattern editor. - - - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. - - - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. - - - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. - - - - - - - Timeline - - - - - - Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. - - - - - - - - - The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song. - To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - - - - Grey button containing a black "P". - - - - - - - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - - - - - - - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. - - - - - Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see for details. - - - - - - - - - Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs - in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) - and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled - "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) - and "OK" (right) buttons. - - - - - - - - - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. - - - - - - Tags - - - - - - Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with - light-blue "T"s. - - - - - - - - - - In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. - - - - To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -
- Dialog Window for Adding Tags - - - - - -
- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. - - - - - Playback Track - - - - - - Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the - left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a - larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The - lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The - right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the - waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. - - - - - - - - - - - Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. - - - - - When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. - - - - - To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - - - - Grey button containing a black "T". - - - - - - - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. - - - - Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - - - - Edit: loads an audio file. - - - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. - - - - - Mute: mutes the Playback Track. - - - Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too. - - - - - - - In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. - - - - - - - Automation Path - - -
- The Automation Path Widget - - - - - -
- - - The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. - - - - Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. - - - - - Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. - - - - - - - - - Pattern Editor -
- Pattern Editor in Drum Mode - - - - - -
- - This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-) - - The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - - - - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white - and two black keys. - - - - - - - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). - - - - - If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. - - - If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details). - - - - - General - - - Controls - -
- Pattern Editor Controls - - - - - -
- - The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor: - - - - - - - - Blue LCD showing "4/4" and titled "SIZE". - - - - - - - - : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values). - - - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: - - - - - - Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" - via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) - and "OK" (left) buttons. - - - - - - - - - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. - - - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. - - - - - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: - - - - - - A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown - to the right of the "SIZE" LCD. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - - - - - - - : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as ). - - - - - If you are working - with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On - the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to - insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), - notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This - constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose - from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place - notes wherever you prefer. - - - - - - - - - Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. - - - - - - - : when enabled Hydrogen - will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling). - - - - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. - - - - - - - - - - - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. - - - - - - : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking. - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white - and two black keys. - - - - - - / - - - Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black - outlines, blue sides, and a white top. - - - - - - : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor. - - - - - - - - Sidebar - -
- The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor - - - - - -
- - The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see - the instruments that are part of this kit. - - Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select. - - - Delete notes: - removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern. - - Fill notes: this allows you to fill - up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. - - - Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) - notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by - the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note. - - - - - Randomize velocity: - automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that - instrument in the pattern. - - - The more velocity you set on the instrument, - the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when - played. - - - - - - Select notes: - will select all the notes played on this instrument in the - current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the - Pattern Editor main area. - - - - - Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. - - - - - Cut notes: - remove all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the - clipboard. - - - - - Copy notes: - copy all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard. - - - - - Paste notes : - paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to - this instrument. - - - - - Delete notes: - delete all the notes associated with this instrument, - without affecting the clipboard. - - - - - - - - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. - - - - - - - Instrument: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on the - instrument as a whole: - - - - Rename - instrument: - change the name of the instrument. - - - - - Delete - Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-) - - - - - - - The - - - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - - - - - - button mutes the instrument and - - - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - - - - - - solos it. - - - The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument - up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so - will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will - it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on. - - - - It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. - - - - - - Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. - - - - - - - - Drum Pattern Editor - -
- Pattern Editor in Drum Mode - - - - - -
- - - Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. - The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes - depends on the used pattern size and resolution. - If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : - - - - - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. - - - - - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. - - - - - - - - - Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The - one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle - by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid - cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. - - - - - - - - (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) - - - - As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see ). - - - - Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. - - - - Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. - - - - Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. - - - So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - - - - Also see for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. - - - - - - - Note Properties Editor - -
- The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity - - - - - -
- - Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated - will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties - of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. - The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. - You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left). - - - - The following note properties are available: - - - - - Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected. - - - The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. - A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, - turning red when you reach the point of clipping. - - - - - - Pan: with this property you can move - the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the - left/right output). - - - - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see . - - - - - - - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) - - - - - - NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the - area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard' - -
- The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property - - - - - -
- - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. - - - - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. - - - - - - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than , a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability will - always be played, a note with - probability of will never be - played. - - - - - - Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - - - - Drawing with the mouse: - - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. - - - - - Selecting multiple notes: - - - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. - - - - - - - - - - Piano Roll Editor - -
- Pattern Editor in Piano Mode - - - - - -
- - - The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. - - While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. - It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes. - You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a - complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave - first. - - - - When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. - - - - - - - - - Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager) - -
- The Soundlibrary - - - - - -
- - The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, - favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum - kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs. - - - - It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. - - - - Drumkits - - The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level. - - The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On - Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or - possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. - These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them. - - - - You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. - - - - The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. - - - - If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. - - - If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. - - - Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. - - DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel. - - - To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select - Load. This will replace your current drumkit - with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that - kit, left-click the to the left of the - drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse - button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The - instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have - loaded. - - - - - Songs - - To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs - folder. - To remove them, remove the file from that folder. - - - - Patterns - - To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns - folder. - - - - This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu. - - - - Before you save a pattern, be - sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting - Properties and entering the details. - You can use one of the categories already - provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category - name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be - filed by category in the Sound Library. - - - - - - Instrument Editor - -
- The Instrument editor General view - - - - - -
- - - The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. - - - - General - - When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. - - - - It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text. - - - - Envelope Parameters - - - - - - Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", - "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE". - - - - - - - - - When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name. - - - - Attack: the amount - of time that the volume of the sample goes - from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the - sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is - 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the - attack phase. - - - - Decay: the amount of - time for the volume of the sample to go from - full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the - sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain - volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the - maximum time available for the decay parameter. - - - Sustain: the - volume to play the note after the decay phase - is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note - will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full - velocity. - - - Release: the - time to fade out the note from the sustain - volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade - out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it - will fade out for the maximum time available. - - - - - The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by - the number of audio samples. This means - that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound - card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples - (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz). - - - If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the - sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If - the note is sustained, it does not draw out the - note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) - parameter during that time. - - - - - - Gain and Mute Group - - - - - - In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to - a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding - decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the - lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and - "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right). - - - - - - - - - The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to , the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified. - - - It is very easy to set the Gain too - high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with - full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it. - - - Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with - (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is - mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a - time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is - triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like - hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different - instruments. - - If the Mute Group is set to , then the - instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set - to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part - of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute - Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the - high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to - . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters - to .) - - - If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note. - This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - - - - - The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. - - - - - The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. - - - - - When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. - - - - - By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. - - - - - When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". - - - - - Filter Parameters - - - - - - From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled - "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE". - - - - - - - - - The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to - use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's - red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff - parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance - parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the - resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass - filter. - - - The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate - of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized - for a 48,000 kHz sample rate. - - - - - - Pitch Shift Parameters - - - - - - From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three - rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM". - - - - - - - - - - The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to . - - The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between - and . - - - - The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. - - - - - - - - - <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Out Settings - - - - - - Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The - left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE". - - - - - - - - - Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps. - - From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices. - - - - By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. - - - - - Hi-Hat Pressure Group - - - - - - Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled - "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right). - - - - - - - - - The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. - - For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. - - Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. - - Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played. - - - - - - - - - Layers - -
- The Instrument Editor Layers View - - - - - -
- - When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. - - - - Components - - - - - - In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and - at the right end a button to open a context menu. - - - - - - - - - - Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - - - - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - - - - - - - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one. - - - - - The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. - - - - - - Layers - -
- The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor - - - - - -
- - - Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. - - - - - Empty layers will be displayed as . - - - - - Using - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - - - - - - - you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "DELETE LAYER". - - - - - - - you can delete the current layer, and using - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - - - - - - - you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer. - - - - - Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. - - - - - - When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. - - - - - Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - - - - This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. - - - - - - You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. - - - - - If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. - - - - - - Sample Selection - - - - - - A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the - different choices to the right. - - - - - - - - - - Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. - - - - Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. - - - - - : - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - - - - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. - - - - - - : - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. - - - - : - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. - - - - - - - Controls - - - - - - Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), - "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right). - - - - - - - - - - - - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. - - - - - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - - - - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. - - - - - - - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to . - - - - - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to . - - - - - - - - - - - - Sample Editor - -
- The Sample Editor - - - - - -
- - The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - - - - - - - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music! - - - The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings. - - - - - Wave Display and Region Editing - -
- The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor - - - - - -
- - - In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: - - - Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample. - - - End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample. - - - Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample. - - - - - - - You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. - - - - - Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. - - - - - - Start: position of the Start Marker. - - - - - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. - - - - - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. - - - - : plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. - - - - - : plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). - - - - - : plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). - - - - - - - - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. - - - - - End: position of the End Marker. - - - - - Close: exits the Sample Editor. - - - - - - - These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. - - - - - Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. - - - - - If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. - - - - - - - Pitch Shifting - -
- The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor - - - - - -
- - This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample. - - - - These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. - - - When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. - - - - - Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - - - - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. - - - - - - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - - - - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" - in adjacent lines. - - - - - - - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. - - - - - - Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - . - - - - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. - - - - - Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. - - - - - - - Playback and Envelope Editor - -
- The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor - - - - - -
- - - The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. - - - - - - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. - - - - - Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it. - - - - - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). - - - - - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. - - - - - Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by - - - - - The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. - - - - - - - First select or in the dropdown to the right. - - - - - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. - - - - - Right-clicking will delete a point. - - - - - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. - - - - - - - - - - Mixer - -
- The Mixer - - - - - -
- - The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. - - The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. - - - - Instrument Channel Strips - -
- The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - - - - - : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity. - - - - This is quite handy for checking clipping. - - - - - - - - - Vertical, grey LED-like object. - - - - - - : - lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller). - - - - - - - - Horizontal, blue LED-like object. - - - - - - : - shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). - - - - If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument. - - - - - - An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command. - - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - - - - - : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). - - - - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - - - - - : solos the instrument. - - - - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. - - - - - - - - - Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a - centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the - topmost point of the circle to its center. - - - - - - : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument. - - - - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see . - - - - - - - - - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as - well as a short grey line to indicate the position. - - - - - - : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. - - - - - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. - - - - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. - - - - - - - - If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to . - - - This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. - - - - - - - - Component Channel Strips - -
- The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer - - - - - -
- - - Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. - - - - - These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. - - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - - - - - : mutes the instrument. - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - - - - - : solos the instrument. - - - - - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. - - - - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. - - - - - - - - FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins - -
- The FX Rack in the Mixer - - - - - -
- - - The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the - - - - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - - - - - - - button in the Master Fader Strip). - - It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level. - There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - - - - SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk. - - - - CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org. - - - - TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net. - - - - Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/. - - - - LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/. - - - - .... - - - - - - - Plugins Kill - A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of - hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even - phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your - plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for - real-time use, and some are just plain better than others. - - - Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the - - - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT". - - - - - - - - button. - - Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -
- Select an Effect - - - - - -
- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - - - - - - Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top - left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two - buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder - there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each - one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name - of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). - - - - - - - - - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - - - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP". - - - - - - ) - - button in the FX Rack). - - - This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. - - - - After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output. - - - - - Master Fader Strip - -
- The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer - - - - - -
- - - - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. - - - - Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - - - - - - - button mutes the whole output. - - - On the bottom-right of the Master section the - - - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - - - - - - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - - - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - - - - - - - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - - - - - Humanization - - - In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. - - - - - Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. - - - - - - Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. - - - - - Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. - - Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change. - - - - - - Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz. - - - - - - - In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. - - - - - - - Mixer Settings - - In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button: - - - - - - Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the - Master Fader Strip. - - - - - - - - - - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - - - - - - Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the - middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, - and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom. - - - - - - - - Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. - - - The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. - - - Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set. - - - You will find four categories: , , - , . - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). - - - - Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: - - - Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left). - It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. - - - - - Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). - - - - - Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob. - This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). - - - - - Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste! - - Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. - - - - - - - The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). - - - The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. - - - Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law. - - - - - - - - - - Director - - -
- The Director - - - - - -
- - - - The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu. - - - The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. - - - - - This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. - - - - - - - Playlist Editor - -
- The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded - - - - - -
- - - Main Window - - - Song List - - - The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. - - - - Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. - - - - - When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. - - - Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. - - - - - - - Controls - - - - - - From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. - - - - - - - - - - At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. - - - - - While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. - - - - - - - Scripts - - - In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - - - - This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. - - - - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. - - - - - Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. - - - - - - - Menu - - - Playlist - - - - - Add song to Playlist: - let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist. - - - - - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. - - - - - Remove selected song from Playlist: - deletes the selected song from the current playlist. - - - - - New Playlist: - creates a new and empty playlist. - - - - - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - - - - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. - - - - - - - Save Playlist: - saves all changes done to the current playlist. - - - - - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. - - - - - - - Scripts - - - - - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. - - - - - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). - - - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. - - - - - - - Remove selected Script: - removes the selected script from the playlist. - - - - - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - - - - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - - - - - - - - - - - MIDI API - - In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. - - - - - Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. - - - Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. - - - - - MIDI Actions - -
- MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog - - - - - -
- - An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. - - - - You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the - - - - Red circle. - - - - - - - button left of the Event-Action binding line. - A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn - the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to - this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the - MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action - from the action drop-down list. - - - - - You can also define a binding without the - - - - Red circle. - - - - - - button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note. - - - - - The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). - - - - Events - - - Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): - - - - - - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. - - - - CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers. - - - - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. - - - - - - - - Actions - - - - Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on). - - - - - - - - <<_PREVIOUS_BAR: - moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. - - - - - - >>_NEXT_BAR: - moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar. - - - - - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. - - - - - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. - - - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. - - - - - - - - BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo - by the supplied value. - - - - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. - - - - - - - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. - - - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. - - - - - - - BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo - by the supplied value. - - - - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. - - - - - - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. - - - - EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: - - - Not implemented yet. - - - - - - - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. - - - - - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. - - - - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05) - - - - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). - - - - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). - - - - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. - - - - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05). - - - - PAUSE: pauses playback. - - - - PLAY: starts playback. - - - - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). - - - - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - otherwise. - - - - - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. - - - - - - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. - - - - - - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. - - - - - - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). - - - - - - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. - - - - - - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. - - - - - - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. - - - - - - REDO_ACTION: - redoes the previous undone action. - - - - - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - combined with - . - - - - - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. - - - - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - - - - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. - - - - - - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like but only take effect in Stacked mode. - - - - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - - - - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. - - - - - - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. - - - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. - - - - - - STOP: stops playback and moves the - playhead to the beginning of the song. - - - - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. - - - - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. - - - - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. - - - - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. - - - - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. - - - - TOGGLE_METRONOME: - toggles the metronome. - - - - UNDO_ACTION: - undoes the previous action. - - - - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). - - - - - - - - MIDI-learnable Widgets - - Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. - - - - If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. - - - - - - - - OSC API - Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing. - - - Basics - - Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend. - - - $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song - - - - - To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. - - - - - - Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. - - - - - - oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. - - - - - - - Commands - - - Syntax - - The syntax for sending the commands is - - - $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT - - - with the supported types - - ' ': no argument required - i: int32 - f: float32 - s: OSC-string (ASCII) - - - Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below - - - ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments. - - - ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version. - - - [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern. - - - {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options. - - - 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1. - - - X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor. - - - - - - All Commands - - - All <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> Messages - - - - - - - URL - type - range - description - - - - - /Hydrogen/PLAY/ - ' ',[f] - - Starts playback. - - - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ - ' ',[f] - - Stops playback. - - - /Hydrogen/STOP/ - ' ',[f] - - Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song. - - - /Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/ - ' ',[f] - - Works the same as if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position). - - - /Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/ - ' ',[f] - - Works the same as if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - otherwise. - - - /Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/ - ' ',[f] - - Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet. - - - /Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/ - ' ',[f] - - Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button). - - - /Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/ - ' ',[f] - - Activates recording. - - - /Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/ - ' ',[f] - - Deactivates recording. - - - /Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/ - ' ',[f] - - Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar. - - - /Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/ - ' ',[f] - - Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. - - - /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - f - [0,] - If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect. - - - /Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/ - f - [0,] - Works as - combined with . - - - /Hydrogen/RELOCATE/ - f - [0,] - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern. - - - /Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/ - f - - Decreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. - - - /Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/ - f - - Increases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed. - - - /Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/ - ' ',[f] - - Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter. - - - /Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/ - ' ',[f] - - Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. - - - /Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/ - f - {0,1} - Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise. - - - /Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/ - ff - [0,] [10,400] - Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo. - - - /Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/ - f - [0,] - Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline. - - - /Hydrogen/MUTE/ - ' ',[f] - - Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). - - - /Hydrogen/UNMUTE/ - ' ',[f] - - Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). - - - /Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/ - ' ',[f] - - Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running). - - - /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/ - f - [0.0,1.5] - Sets the volume of the Master fader. - - - /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/ - f - {-1;0;1} - Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05) - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/ - f - [0.0,1.5] - See , but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet). - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/ - f - {-1;0;1} - See , but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet). - - - /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/ - f - [0.0,1.0] - Sets the pan of instrument strip X. - - - /Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/ - f - {-1;1} - Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05) - - - /Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/ - f - [0,127] - For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack. - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/ - f - - Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored. - - - /Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/ - f - - Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored. - - - /Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/ - f - [0,] - Opens song f of the Playlist. - - - /Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/ - ' ',[f] - - Opens the next song in the Playlist. - - - /Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/ - ' ',[f] - - Opens the previous song in the Playlist. - - - /Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/ - ' ',[f] - - Undoes the previous action. - - - /Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/ - ' ',[f] - - Redoes the previous undone action. - - - /Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/ - f - {0;1} - Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of - and activates it for all others. - - - /Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/ - f - {0;1} - Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of and registers it for all others. - - - /Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/ - f - {0;1} - Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it - for all others. - - - /Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/ - f - {0;1} - Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it - for all others. - - - /Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/ - ' ',[f] - - Toggles the metronome. - - - /Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/ - f - [0,] - Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit. - - - /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/ - s - - Creates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s. - - - /Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/ - s - - Opens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s. - - - /Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/ - ' ',[f] - - Saves the current song. - - - /Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/ - s - - Saves the current song to the absolute path s. - - - /Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/ - ' ',[f] - - Saves the preferences. - - - /Hydrogen/QUIT/ - ' ',[f] - - Exits Hydrogen. - - - -
- - - - - - - Examples - - - A New Song - - - This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the - tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview. - - - - Song Mode and Pattern Mode - - Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song. - - - - A New Pattern - We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - - - - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines - (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - - - - - - -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - - - - Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! - - - - -
- The Pattern Editor - - - - - -
- - - - A New Sequence - - Once patterns are created (), we - can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode. - - -
- Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence - - - - - -
- - - - Adjust from the Mixer - - Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating - or playing patterns. - - The Mixer (see ) is made of a number - independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a - Master Fader Strip and a - - - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - - - - - - button to show and hide the - FX Plugin Rack. - Every line features 3 buttons ( - - - - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - - - - - - - - - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - - - - - - - ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on - - - - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - - - - - - - will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button - - - - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - - - - - - - , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak - indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must - be in a range of and (in you can - see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . - - - - Peaks outside that range will get distorted - (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and - if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument. - - - - -
- The Mixer - - - - - -
- - - - Create a New Drumkit - - - Creating a New Drumkit - In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples. - - Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument - Editor. You can load samples, set envelope - parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization. - - - - Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. - - - - Lets make a brand new drum kit: - - in the Main Menu select - - Drumkits - New - . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, - select - - Instruments - Add instrument - and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select - Delete Instrument. - - - - - - Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by - left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the - Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked. - - - - Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select - - - Drumkits - Save As - - - . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to - overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in - the same name as the kit that you want to replace. - - - - Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits). - - - - In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using - - - Drumkits - Export - - - from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it - a file name to save it to. - - - - - - - Creating a New Instrument - - For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples - and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you - through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to . - - To begin creating an instrument, select - - Instruments - Add instrument - . This will give you a blank - instrument to start from. - - Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. - Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - - In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - - - - - - and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. - - - - The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. - - - - After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a - 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned - light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and - then click - - - - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - - - - - - - to bring in another sample. - - - After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only - the first sample is being played whenever you - trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the - velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to - the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a - left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like - a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear. - - The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and - full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and - Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 - on the right (see Sample Selection for further info). - - Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this - instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can - get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and - notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn - about editing a pattern, see . - - For each layer, you can set the Gain and - the Pitch. The pitch also has a - Fine adjustment. - - Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud - the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely - difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same - volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly - can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned - down). - - - - It is very easy to set the Gain too high, - causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with - full-velocity using the - - - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - - - - - - button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it. - - - The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. - The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical - half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts - the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.) - - - The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or - slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a - 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will - only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should - use Rubber Band instead (see ) - - - You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons). - - - - Tips on Editing Instruments - - With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be - difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are - a few tips on setting up an instrument: - - Turn down the gain. Every gain - knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. - With every gain stage you have, it's - easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets - distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by - themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you - combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again. - - If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain - setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn - down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the - fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader. - - Test samples at full velocity. - Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you - set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will - happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: - clipping.) - - Try to use samples that are -6 dB - max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only - 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about - .5. - - Remove all DC offsets from the - sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the - center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning - of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should - also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a - little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the - end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't - provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the - noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample. - - The ADSR will not be longer than your - sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how - long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing - at the end. - - Things change with the sample - rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your - parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will - change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of - Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many - samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things - that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and - anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency). - - - Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single - drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single - cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note - using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, - to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the - bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat - closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim - shots, etc. - - - - However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not - uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips - of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from - movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative! - - - - - - - Appendix - - - Used File Types - - Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these - file types: - - - - *.h2pattern: XML file - describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are - managed in the pattern editor. - - - *.h2song: XML file describing - the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their - properties and are manager using the song editor - - - *.h2playlist: XML file - describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs. - - - *.h2drumkit: a compressed and - archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a - description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound - samples. - - - - - - Shortcut Lists - - Shortcut Table - - - - - - Shortcut - Description - - - - - Ctrl + N - New Project - - - Ctrl + O - Open File - - - Ctrl + D - Open Demo - - - Ctrl + S - Save Song - - - Ctrl + Shift + S - Save Song as - - - Ctrl + P - Export Pattern as - - - Ctrl + M - Export MIDI file - - - Ctrl + E - Export Song (see ) - - - Ctrl + L - Export LilyPond file - - - Ctrl + Q - Quit Hydrogen - - - Ctrl + Z - Undo an action - - - Ctrl + Shift + Z - Redo an action - - - Alt + D - Show Director - - - Alt + M - Show Mixer - - - Alt + I - Show Instrument Rack - - - Alt + A - Show Automation Path - - - Alt + F - Toggle fullscreen mode - - - Ctrl + Alt + I - Set Input mode to - - - Ctrl + Alt + D - Set Input mode to - - - Alt + P - Show Preferences - - - Alt + ? - Show Manual - - - Backspace - Restart song or pattern from the beginning - - - Space - Play / Pause - - - Ctrl + Space - Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space. - - - , - Use the Beat Counter - - - \ - Use Tap Tempo - - - + - Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM - - - - - Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM - - - F5 - Jump to previous song in playlist - - - F6 - Jump to next song in playlist - - - F9 - Jump to previous bar in the song - - - F10 - Jump to next bar in the song - - - F12 - Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds) - - - -
- - - - Glossary - - This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, - synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more - detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For - example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is - the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the - volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using - Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here. - - - - - - - ADSR - - A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the - Attack, - Decay, - Sustain, and - Release parameters. - Generally, the - parameters are proportional to - the velocity. - - After you trigger - a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. - After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the - sustain level. When the note is - released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the - sustain level back down to 0. - - - In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume - (attenuation). - - Read more about this in the Wikipedia - Article ADSR - Envelope - - - - - - - - - - - Attack - - This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount - of time to increase the volume of a note from - 0 (triggering) to full velocity. - - - - - - - Attenuation - - In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced - (volume). - - - - - - - - - Band-Pass Filter - - A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and - attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a - high-pass and a low-pass filter. - - - - - - - - - - - Clipping - - A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large - for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are - normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume - (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable. - - An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your - speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy. - - - - - Component - - - A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. - - - To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - - - - Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. - - - In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. - - - - - - - - Cutoff Frequency - - On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that - divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated - (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance - filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted. - - For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff - frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. - All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower - the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass - guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. - The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz. - - - - - - - - - - - - Decay - - After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level. - - - - - - - DC-offset - - DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform. - DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal. - - - - - - - - Envelope Generator - - A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to - triggering, holding, and releasing a note. - - - Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again: - - Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have - your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play - the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). - You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator - does. See also ADSR - - - - - - - Fader - - A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a - mixer. Faders always have an "audio" taper, which means that the - attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale. - - - - - Filter - - A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. - A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter. - - - - - - - - - - - - Gain - - In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is - amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal. - - - - - - - High-Pass Filter - - A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows - high frequencies to pass through. - - - - - - - - - - Instrument - - In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass - drum kick, or a tom). - - - - - - - - - - Layer - - In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one - called a layer), and have a different - sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a - time will play. - - Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If - you simply play the sample louder - it will - not sound the same as a real tom that has been - struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can - load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud - playing. - - - - - - - Low-Pass Filter - - A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows - low frequencies to pass through. - - - - - - - - - - Mute - - To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any - audio output. - - - - - Mute Group - - A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately. - - This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different - instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real - hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. - However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue - even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both - instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering - closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice - versa). - - - - - - - Normalization - - Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS). - - - - - - - - Octave - - A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly - twice the frequency of the bottom frequency. - - For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz - to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are - very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human - ear they sound like the same distance. - - - - - - - - Pan - - Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance. - - - - The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -
- Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters - - - - - -
- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. - - - - The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. - - - - - - - - - - - Release - - The amount of - time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level - to 0. - - - - - - - Resonance - - When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that - determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the - cutoff. - - - - - - - Resonance Filter - - A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of - frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass - filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off - frequency. - - - - - - - - - - - Roll-off - - This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as - the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave). - - For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff - frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). - Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, - the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated - very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than - the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually - approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB - of attenuation per octave of frequency. - - - - - - - - - - Sample - - A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects). - - - - - Sustain - - The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time. - - - - - - - - - - - - Velocity - - How hard you hit a note. - - MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the - note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on - the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to - adjust how loud the sample is played back. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_en.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_en.html --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_en.html 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_en.html 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2499 +0,0 @@ -Hydrogen v1.1 Manual

Hydrogen v1.1 Manual

2021-03-04

Antonio Piraino

Alessandro Cominu

Thijs Van Severen

Sebastian Moors

Colin Evans

Philipp Mller

Abstract

Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, - emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI - keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows.

Table of Contents

I. Introduction
1. Download
2. Build
3. Keyboard and Mouse
II. Using Hydrogen
4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferences
5.1. General
5.2. Audio System
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance
6. Main Menu
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. Main Toolbar
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Song Editor
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Song Editor modes
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. Pattern Editor
9.1. General
9.2. Drum Pattern Editor
9.3. Note Properties Editor
9.4. Piano Roll Editor
10. Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)
10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. Patterns
11. Instrument Editor
11.1. General
11.2. Layers
12. Sample Editor
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixer
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
14. Director
15. Playlist Editor
15.1. Main Window
15.2. Menu
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
III. Examples
18. A New Song
18.1. Song Mode and Pattern Mode
18.2. A New Pattern
18.3. A New Sequence
18.4. Adjust from the Mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments
IV. Appendix
20. Used File Types
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

List of Figures

4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode
4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode
5.1. The General Tab
5.2. The Audio System Tab
5.3. The MIDI System Tab
5.4. The OSC Tab
5.5. The Appearance Tab
6.1. The Main Menu
6.2. Import Drumkit
6.3. The Audio Engine View
7.1. The Main Toolbar
8.1. The Song Editor
8.2. The Pattern Options menu
8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties
8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags
8.5. The Automation Path Widget
9.1. Pattern Editor in Drum Mode
9.2. Pattern Editor Controls
9.3. The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor
9.4. Pattern Editor in Drum Mode
9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity
9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property
9.7. Pattern Editor in Piano Mode
10.1. The Soundlibrary
11.1. The Instrument editor General view
11.2. The Instrument Editor Layers View
11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor
12.1. The Sample Editor
12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor
12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor
12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor
13.1. The Mixer
13.2. The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer
13.5. Select an Effect
13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer
14.1. The Director
15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded
16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog
18.1. The Pattern Editor
18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence
18.3. The Mixer
44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

List of Tables

4.1. MIDI Mapping
17.1. All OSC Messages
21.1. Shortcut Table

PartI.Introduction

Table of Contents

1. Download
2. Build
3. Keyboard and Mouse

Chapter1.Download

- You can download Hydrogen from - http://www.hydrogen-music.org. - On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows. -

- Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. -

Chapter2.Build

- If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - 

-        $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git
-

- A certain release can be fetched with - 

-        $ git checkout tags/1.0.0
-

Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):

Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If - you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries - with:

-        $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools         \
-	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
-	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
-	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
-	liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev
-

Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository - was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :

-           $ ./build.sh
-

The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) : - 

-             r[m]     => all built, temp and cache files
-             c[lean]  => remove cache files
-             m[ake]   => launch the build process
-             mm       => launch the build process using ccache
-             mt       => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled
-             d[oc]    => build html documentation
-             g[raph]  => draw a dependencies graph
-             h[elp]   => show the build options
-             x|exec   => execute hydrogen
-             t[ests]  => execute tests
-             p[kg]    => build source package
-             z        => build using ccache and run from tree
-
-

To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - 

-           $ ./build.sh m x
-

and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - 

-          $ cd build
-          $ sudo make install
-
[Note]Note

For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources).

Chapter3.Keyboard and Mouse

- The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. -

- Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: -

  • - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader -

  • - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see Section16.2) -

- Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. -

- The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of -

  • - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. -

  • - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. -

  • - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. -

  • - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. -

  • - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. -

  • - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. -

-

[Note]Note

- The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - -

- Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. -

PartII.Using Hydrogen

Table of Contents

4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferences
5.1. General
5.2. Audio System
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance
6. Main Menu
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. Main Toolbar
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Song Editor
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Song Editor modes
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Draw Mode
8.2.3. Song Mode
8.2.4. Pattern Mode
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. Pattern Editor
9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. Drum Pattern Editor
9.3. Note Properties Editor
9.4. Piano Roll Editor
10. Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)
10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. Patterns
11. Instrument Editor
11.1. General
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls
12. Sample Editor
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixer
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings
14. Director
15. Playlist Editor
15.1. Main Window
15.1.1. Song List
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Chapter4.Overview

Table of Contents

4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options

4.1.Main User Interface

Figure4.1.The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). -

[Tip]Tip

- You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. -

- Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. -

Figure4.2.The Main UI in Tabbed mode

The Main UI in Tabbed mode

4.2.Drumkit Concept

Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. -

- To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. -

[Tip]Tip

- In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. -

4.3.MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard

- Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. -

- Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. Drumkit maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while Instrument maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. -

- Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. -

[Note]Note

- In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. -

- Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. -

Table4.1.MIDI Mapping

- Instr. Pos. - - MIDI Note - - PC Keyboard Key - - Hydrogen GMRockKit - - GM Standard -
35Bass Drum 2
136ZKickBass Drum 1
237SStickSide Stick/Rimshot
338XSnareSnare Drum 1
439DHand ClapHand Clap
540CSnare RimshotSnare Drum 2
641VFloor TomLow Tom 2
742GHat ClosedClosed Hi-hat
843BTom 2Low Tom 1
944HHat PedalPedal Hi-hat
1045NTom 1Mid Tom 2
1146JHat OpenOpen Hi-hat
1247MCowbellMid Tom 1
1348QRideHigh Tom 2
14492CrashCrash Cymbal 1
1550WRide 2High Tom 1
16513SplashRide Cymbal 1
1752EHat Semi-OpenChinese Cymbal
1853RBellRide Bell
19545Tambourine
2055TSplash Cymbal
21566Cowbell
2257YCrash Cymbal 2
23587Vibra Slap
2459URide Cymbal 2
2560High Bongo
2661Low Bongo
2762Mute High Conga
2863Open High Conga
2964Low Conga
3065High Timbale
3166Low Timbale
3267High Agog
3368Low Agog
3469Cabasa
3570Maracas
3671Short Whistle
3772Long Whistle
3873Short Giro
3974Long Giro
4075Claves
4176High Wood Block
4277Low Wood Block
4378Mute Cuca
4479Open Cuca
4580Mute Triangle
4681Open Triangle

[Note]Note

- The names of the instruments depend on the - drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default. -

When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do.

[Note]Note

- Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that - is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument. -

For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below.

Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard.

4.4.Recording in Hydrogen

- In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. -

- In order to start recording, first activate the record button - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). -

- Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. -

[Note]Note

- The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). -

4.5.Session Management

- With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. -

[Warning]Warning

- All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. -

  • - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. -

    -

  • - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - -

    [Note]Note

    - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. -

    -

  • - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. -

    [Warning]Warning

    - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. -

    -

4.5.1.NSM

- Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the Project option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. -

  • - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. -

  • - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - -

    [Warning]Warning

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. -

    [Warning]Warning

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - -

    [Note]Note

    - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. -

    -

[Note]Note

- The Open Demo option will be missing. -

- Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - -

[Tip]Tip

- This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. -

-

4.6.Command-line Options

- After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - 

-        -h, --help                  Displays this help.
-        -v, --version               Displays version information.
-        -d, --driver <Audiodriver>  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)
-        -i, --install <File>        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)
-        -n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen
-        -p, --playlist <File>       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup
-        -P, --data <Path>           Use an alternate system data path
-        -s, --song <File>           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup
-        -k, --kit <DrumkitName>     Load a drumkit at startup
-        -V, --verbose <Level>       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH
-

- -

Chapter5.Preferences

Table of Contents

5.1. General
5.2. Audio System
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance

Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu.

[Note]Note

- All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. -

5.1.General

Figure5.1.The General Tab

The General Tab

  • - Language: - chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. -

    [Note]Note

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team. -

    - - -

  • - Reopen last used song: - determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead. -

  • - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. -

    -

  • - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. -

    -

  • - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see Chapter3). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. -

  • - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. -

    -

  • - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from -200 to 200. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. -

    - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. -

    - -

  • - Beat counter start offset in ms: - sets the time between the - Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from -500 to 500. - -

    [Note]Note

    - The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - - Blue button containing a "P". - should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect. -

    - -

  • - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from 1 to 800. -

  • - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from 16 to 8192. -

    [Note]Note

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    -

  • - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. -

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package rubberband-cli. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. -

    - -

5.2.Audio System

Figure5.2.The Audio System Tab

The Audio System Tab

  • - Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card. -

    - Available options: -

    • Auto: Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - -

      [Tip]Tip

      - This option is recommended for beginners. -

      - -

    • JACK: The JACK driver is a - professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges - with other audio software. The JACK - server will start automatically if not already running. -

      [Tip]Tip

      - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. -

    • ALSA: The widely adopted - Linux standard audio driver.

    • OSS: The OSS audio driver - uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported - by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, - the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is - closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last - resort. -

    • PortAudio: An open-source - multi platform audio driver.

    • CoreAudio: A driver for MacOS.

    • PulseAudio: A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server.

  • - Device: - specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use. -

  • - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from 100 to 5000. -

  • - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. -

    [Note]Note

    - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. -

    -

  • Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports.

    Post-Fader:

    Pre-Fader:

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. -

  • BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option constant - measure) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - matching bars).

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    - For this option to take effect the - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - button has to be activated and the - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application).

    [Tip]Tip

    - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. -

  • Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted.

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

  • Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. -

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    [Warning]Warning

    - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. -

  • - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. -

    - -

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    -

  • - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. -

  • - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from 1 to 512. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. -

    -

  • - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from 1 to 100. -

  • - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. -

5.3.MIDI System

Figure5.3.The MIDI System Tab

The MIDI System Tab

  • - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. -

  • - Input: - selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from. -

  • - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. -

  • - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. -

  • - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. -

    [Note]Note

    - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. -

    -

  • - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are -

    -

  • - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. -

  • - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - -

    [Note]Note

    - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. -

    -

- Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the Section16.1. -

5.4.OSC

Figure5.4.The OSC Tab

The OSC Tab

The OSC tab (Figure5.4) let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - -

[Note]Note

- In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. -

- -

-

[Note]Note

If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. -

5.5.Appearance

Figure5.5.The Appearance Tab

The Appearance Tab

The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. -

  • - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - -

    [Note]Note

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. -

    -

  • - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - -

    [Note]Note

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. -

  • - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). -

    [Note]Note

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. -

  • - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: -

    • - Automatic: - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. -

    • - Steps: - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. -

    • - Fixed: - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. -

    -

Chapter6.Main Menu

Table of Contents

6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info

Figure6.1.The Main Menu

The Main Menu

6.1.Project

This menu offers file - related functions.

[Note]Note

- If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see Section4.5.1 for details). -

  • New: creates a new and empty song.

  • Show Info: sets general properties of the - song such as name, author, license, and generic notes.

  • Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file).

  • Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. - -

    [Note]Note

    - The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs). -

    -

  • Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent).

  • Save: saves changes to current song.

  • Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. -

    -

  • Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) - belonging to the current drumkit.

  • Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. -

    -

  • Export MIDI file: exports the current song in - MIDI format.

  • Export song: exports the current song into an audio file.

    The Export mode option Export to a single track will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. Export to separate tracks will create files for each - instrument/track. Both will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. -

  • Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond.

    [Warning]Warning

    - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported.

  • Quit: exists Hydrogen.

6.2.Undo

  • Undo: lets you undo your last action.

  • Redo: lets you redo the last undone action.

  • Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous - actions.

6.3.Drumkits

  • New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. -

  • - Open: - opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. - -

    [Note]Note

    - Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below. -

    -

  • - Properties: - sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license. -

  • Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples). -

  • Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - -

    [Note]Note

    - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. -

    -

  • Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - -

    [Note]Note

    - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. -

    -

  • Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. -

  • Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location - through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen - website for an example). -

    -

    Figure6.2.Import Drumkit

    Import Drumkit


    - - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. -

    - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. -

    - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - -

    Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit.

    - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - -

6.4.Instruments

This menu offers - instruments functions.

  • Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit.

  • Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit.

  • Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit.

6.5.View

6.6.Options

  • Input mode: when set to Drumkit the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments - in your drumkit. If you set it to Instrument the keys of your MIDI - keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. - The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. - This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see Section4.3 for details). - An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' - that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth.

  • Preferences: opens the main preferences - window (see Preferences for details).

6.7.Debug

Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen.

[Note]Note

- The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with - debug support. -

  • Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -

    Figure6.3.The Audio Engine View

    The Audio Engine View


    - -

    [Note]Note

    - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). -

    -

  • Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. -

  • - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. -

    • - None: No messages will be written at all. -

    • - Error: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. -

    • - Warning: Like Error but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. -

    • - Info: Like Warning but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. -

    • - Debug: Like Info but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. -

    -

  • Open Log File: - opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance.

6.8.Info

  • User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer.

  • About: the usual window with license - information, acknowledgments, etc.

  • Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it).

  • Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers.

Chapter7.Main Toolbar

Table of Contents

7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State

Figure7.1.The Main Toolbar

The Main Toolbar

Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick - look at the main toolbar and its components.

7.1. - Transport Control -

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button.

Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see Chapter21 for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see Section4.4 for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback.

In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode.

[Tip]Tip

- When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. -

7.2.Tap Tempo and Beat Counter

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right).

This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above.

7.2.1.Tap Tempo

The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. -

- After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over.

[Note]Note

- The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. -

7.2.2.Beat Counter

The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not - visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "B" and "C" in adjacent rows. - button or simply press ,.

The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's - beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for - quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note - beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change - the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown - Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will - have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the - display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter - is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to - 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown - Counter value (shown just below the R).

The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start - feature, and it toggles between - Grey button containing a "S". - and - Blue button containing a "P". - . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and - automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if - it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the - Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on - the next beat. When it shows - Grey button containing a "S". - (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled.

For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a - softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start - at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to - 4. Enable auto-start (button shows - Blue button containing a "P". - ). Count off - the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone - starts on 1.

Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require - Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human - (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before - Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the - beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo).

[Tip]Tip

An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. -

[Note]Note

- If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. -

7.3.BPM Control and Metronome

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes.

Set the speed of the song in the range from 10 to 400 bpm (beats per minute). -

[Tip]Tip

- You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. -

In addition you can use - Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket ")" (right). - to toggle the metronome.

[Tip]Tip

- The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. -

- If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see Section12.2 for details. -

7.4.CPU Usage and MIDI in

A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is MIDI input.

The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message.

[Tip]Tip

- The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. -

7.5.JACK Control

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right one "J.MASTER".

Clicking - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. -

- Using - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. -

[Tip]Tip

- You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. -

[Note]Note

- The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. -

7.6.GUI State

In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup "Hydrogen Ready.".

- Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). -

- The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. -

Chapter8.Song Editor

Table of Contents

8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Song Editor modes
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Draw Mode
8.2.3. Song Mode
8.2.4. Pattern Mode
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path

-

Figure8.1.The Song Editor

The Song Editor


-

- The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song - (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue - colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. - It gives you complete freedom to add/remove - patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your - song. -

- Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. -

- Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. -

- In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. -

[Tip]Tip

- Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate the presence of a Tag.

- In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. -

[Note]Note

- Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. -

- -

[Tip]Tip

- You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see Chapter3) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. -

-

8.1.Main Controls

Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode.

  • Grey button containing the text "CLEAR". : deletes all patterns - (asks for confirmation!). -

  • Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name). -

  • Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern - up or down. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. -

  • Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode (Section8.2.1). -

  • Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode (Section8.2.1).

  • Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - or to Stacked mode (Section8.2.5).

8.2.Song Editor modes

- The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. -

- In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. -

- They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. -

- In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. -

[Note]Note

- While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. -

8.2.1.Select Mode

- This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. -

- Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. -

- Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. -

- The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - -

  • Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard

  • Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy

  • ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position

  • Return to move the selected - blocks into place

  • Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place

- -

- Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. -

8.2.2.Draw Mode

- This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. -

- Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. -

- Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. -

[Note]Note

- The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in Chapter3. - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. -

8.2.3.Song Mode

- When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. -

[Tip]Tip

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. -

8.2.4.Pattern Mode

- When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. -

[Tip]Tip

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. -

8.2.5.Stacked Mode

- Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. -

- Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. -

[Note]Note

- Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. -

8.3.Sidebar

- The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. -

Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things:

Figure8.2.The Pattern Options menu

The Pattern Options menu

  • Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song. -

    [Note]Note

    - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. -

  • Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song. -

  • Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. -

    Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    -

  • Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. -

    Figure8.3.The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties

    Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    [Note]Note

    - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. -

  • Load Pattern: will - load a pattern from a saved pattern file. -

  • Save Pattern: stores the - pattern in the patterns folder - within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

  • Export Pattern: stores the - pattern at a location determined via a file browser. -

  • Virtual Pattern: will - open the virtual pattern editor. -

    - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. -

    - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. -

    - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. -

8.4.Timeline

Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler.

The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song.

To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - Grey button containing a black "P". - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. -

[Note]Note

- Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see Section7.5 for details. -

- -

Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

- - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. -

8.5.Tags

Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue "T"s.

- In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. -

- To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -

Figure8.4.Dialog Window for Adding Tags

Dialog Window for Adding Tags


- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. -

8.6.Playback Track

Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example.

- Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. -

[Note]Note

- When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. -

- To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - Grey button containing a black "T". - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. -

- Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - -

  • Edit: loads an audio file.

    [Tip]Tip

    - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. -

  • Mute: mutes the Playback Track.

  • Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too.

-

[Note]Note

- In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. -

8.7.Automation Path

Figure8.5.The Automation Path Widget

The Automation Path Widget

- The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. -

[Note]Note

- Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. -

Chapter9.Pattern Editor

Table of Contents

9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. Drum Pattern Editor
9.3. Note Properties Editor
9.4. Piano Roll Editor

Figure9.1.Pattern Editor in Drum Mode

Pattern Editor in Drum Mode

This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)

The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). -

[Note]Note

- If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. -

- If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see Single Pattern and Stacked mode for details). -

9.1.General

9.1.1.Controls

Figure9.2.Pattern Editor Controls

Pattern Editor Controls

The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:

  • - Blue LCD showing "4/4" and titled "SIZE". - - : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values). -

    - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: -

    Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) and "OK" (left) buttons.

    - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. -

    - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. 4), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. 4.5/4) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. -

    [Note]Note

    - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64, 96, and 192 - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: -

    A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the "SIZE" LCD.

  • - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - : this is the current grid resolution (1/4 through 1/64 with triplet-based resolutions marked as 1/8T). -

    [Note]Note

    - If you are working - with a resolution of 1/16 you can't go back to 8 and remove an upbeat 16th note. On - the other hand if you are working with a resolution of 8 and you try to - insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision), - notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This - constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose - off from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place - notes wherever you prefer.

  • - Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. - : when enabled Hydrogen - will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling). -

    [Note]Note

    - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. -

  • - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking.

  • - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor.

9.1.2.Sidebar

Figure9.3.The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor

The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor

The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see - the instruments that are part of this kit.

Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select.

  • Delete notes: - removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern.

  • Fill notes: this allows you to fill - up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. -

    [Note]Note

    - Depending on the choice you make (fill all, fill 1/2, fill 1/4 ...) - notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by - the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note. -

    -

  • Randomize velocity: - automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that - instrument in the pattern. -

    [Note]Note

    - The more velocity you set on the instrument, - the more Hydrogen will hit “hard” on that instrument when - played. -

    -

  • Select notes: - will select all the notes played on this instrument in the - current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the - Pattern Editor main area. -

  • Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. -

    • Cut notes: - remove all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the - clipboard. -

    • Copy notes: - copy all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard. -

    • Paste notes : - paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to - this instrument. -

    • Delete notes: - delete all the notes associated with this instrument, - without affecting the clipboard. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. -

  • Instrument: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on the - instrument as a whole: -

    • Rename - instrument: - change the name of the instrument. -

    • Delete - Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)

The - Grey button containing a black "M". - button mutes the instrument and - Grey button containing a black "S". - solos it. -

The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument - up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so - will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will - it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on.

[Warning]Warning

- It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. -

[Warning]Warning

- Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. -

9.2.Drum Pattern Editor

Figure9.4.Pattern Editor in Drum Mode

Pattern Editor in Drum Mode

Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. - The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes - depends on the used pattern size and resolution.

If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : -

  • - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. -

  • - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. -

-

Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle.

- (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) -

- As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see Chapter3). -

- Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. -

- Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. -

- Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. -

So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - -

[Tip]Tip

- Also see Chapter18 for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. -

-

9.3.Note Properties Editor

Figure9.5.The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated - will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties - of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. - The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. - You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left). -

- The following note properties are available: -

  • Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected.

    [Note]Note

    - The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. - A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, - turning red when you reach the point of clipping. -

  • Pan: with this property you can move - the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the - left/right output).

    [Tip]Tip

    - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) -

  • - NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the - area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard' -

    Figure9.6.The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. -

    [Note]Note

    - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. -

  • - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than 1.0, a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability 1.0 will - always be played, a note with - probability of 0.0 will never be - played. -

- Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - -

  • Drawing with the mouse:

    - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. -

  • - Selecting multiple notes: -

    - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. -

-

9.4.Piano Roll Editor

Figure9.7.Pattern Editor in Piano Mode

Pattern Editor in Piano Mode

- The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. -

While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. - It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes.

You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a - complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave - first.

[Note]Note

- When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a 3x to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. -

Chapter10.Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)

Table of Contents

10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. Patterns

Figure10.1.The Soundlibrary

The Soundlibrary

The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, - favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum - kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs. -

- It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

10.1.Drumkits

The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level.

- The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On - Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or - possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. - These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them.

[Tip]Tip

- You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. -

The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. -

[Warning]Warning

If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. -

- If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. -

- Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. -

DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel.

To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select - Load. This will replace your current drumkit - with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that - kit, left-click the ▶ to the left of the - drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse - button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The - instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have - loaded. -

10.2.Songs

To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs - folder. - To remove them, remove the file from that folder.

10.3.Patterns

To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns - folder. - -

[Note]Note

- This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu. -

-

Before you save a pattern, be - sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting - Properties and entering the details. - You can use one of the categories already - provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category - name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be - filed by category in the Sound Library.

Chapter11.Instrument Editor

Table of Contents

11.1. General
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls

Figure11.1.The Instrument editor General view

The Instrument editor General view

- The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

11.1.General

When clicking the General button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

[Note]Note

It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text.

11.1.1.Envelope Parameters

Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE".

When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name.

  • Attack: the amount - of time that the volume of the sample goes - from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the - sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is - 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the - attack phase. -

  • Decay: the amount of - time for the volume of the sample to go from - full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the - sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain - volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the - maximum time available for the decay parameter.

  • Sustain: the - volume to play the note after the decay phase - is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note - will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full - velocity.

  • Release: the - time to fade out the note from the sustain - volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade - out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it - will fade out for the maximum time available.

[Note]Note

The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by - the number of audio samples. This means - that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound - card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples - (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz).

If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the - sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If - the note is sustained, it does not draw out the - note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) - parameter during that time. -

11.1.2.Gain and Mute Group

In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right).

The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to 0, the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is 1.0, the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified.

[Warning]Warning

It is very easy to set the Gain too - high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with - full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with - (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is - mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a - time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is - triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like - hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different - instruments.

If the Mute Group is set to Off, then the - instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set - to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part - of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute - Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the - high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to - 1. To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters - to 2.) -

If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note.

This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - -

- The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. -

[Tip]Tip

- The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. -

- When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. -

[Note]Note

- By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. -

- When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". -

11.1.3.Filter Parameters

From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE".

The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to - use is, click the BYP button (bypass) so that it's - red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff - parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance - parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the - resonance is set to 0, then the filter is just a simple low-pass - filter.

[Note]Note

The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate - of your audio card. The range of the knob 0 to 1.0) is optimized - for a 48,000 kHz sample rate.

11.1.4.Pitch Shift Parameters

From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM".

The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between 0 - and 1.0. - -

[Note]Note

- The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between 1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. -

- -

11.1.5.MIDI Out Settings

Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE".

Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps.

From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices.

[Note]Note

- By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. -

11.1.6.Hi-Hat Pressure Group

Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right).

The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. -

For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. -

Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. -

Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from 0 to 20, - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between 0 and 20 the closed hi-hat is played. -

11.2.Layers

Figure11.2.The Instrument Editor Layers View

The Instrument Editor Layers View

When clicking the Layers button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

11.2.1.Components

In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu.

- Right below the General and Layers button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to add a new component, delete the current one, or rename the current one. -

[Warning]Warning

- The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. -

11.2.2.Layers

Figure11.3.The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

- Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. -

[Note]Note

- Empty layers will be displayed as < - >. -

- Using - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using - Grey button containing the black characters "DELETE LAYER". - you can delete the current layer, and using - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer. -

[Tip]Tip

- Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. -

[Note]Note

- When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. -

- Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - -

[Tip]Tip

- This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. -

-

- You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. -

[Note]Note

- If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. -

11.2.3.Sample Selection

A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the different choices to the right.

- Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. -

- Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. -

  • First in Velocity: - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - -

    [Note]Note

    - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. -

    -

  • Round Robin: - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. -

  • Random: - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. -

11.2.4.Controls

Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right).

  • - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. -

  • - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. -

    -

  • - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. -

  • - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

Chapter12.Sample Editor

Table of Contents

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figure12.1.The Sample Editor

The Sample Editor

The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music!

[Note]Note

The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings.

12.1.Wave Display and Region Editing

Figure12.2.The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

- In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: -

  • Start Marker (green): labeled with a S and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample.

  • End Marker (red): labeled with a E and indicates the end of the tweaked sample.

  • Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a L and determines the loop-in point of your sample.

-

[Tip]Tip

- You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. -

- Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. -

  • - Start: position of the Start Marker. -

  • - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. -

  • - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. -

    • - forward: plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. -

    • - reverse: plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). -

    • - ping-pong: plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). -

    -

  • - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. -

  • - End: position of the End Marker. -

  • - Close: exits the Sample Editor. -

[Note]Note

- These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. -

- Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. -

[Tip]Tip

- If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. -

12.2.Pitch Shifting

Figure12.3.The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample.

[Note]Note

- These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see Section5.1). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. -

- When Sample length to beat is set to off the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. -

  • Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than off the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. -

    - -

    [Note]Note

    - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. -

    - -

  • Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - semitones,cent. - -

    [Note]Note

    - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. -

    -

  • Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. -

12.3.Playback and Envelope Editor

Figure12.4.The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

- The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. -

  • - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. -

  • - Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it. -

  • - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). -

  • - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the pan(orama) or volume of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. -

Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by -

[Note]Note

- The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. -

  1. - First select volume or panorama in the dropdown to the right. -

  2. - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. -

  3. - Right-clicking will delete a point. -

  4. - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. -

Chapter13.Mixer

Table of Contents

13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings

Figure13.1.The Mixer

The Mixer

The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. -

The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. -

13.1.Instrument Channel Strips

Figure13.2.The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

  • - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This is quite handy for checking clipping. -

  • - Vertical, grey LED-like object. : - lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller). -

  • - Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : - shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). - -

    [Note]Note

    - If the Input mode is set to Instrument, incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument. -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command. -

    -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). -

    [Note]Note

    - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

    [Note]Note

    - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

[Note]Note

- If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to Post-Fader. -

- This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. -

13.2.Component Channel Strips

Figure13.3.The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

- Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. -

[Note]Note

- These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes the instrument. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

13.3.FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins

Figure13.4.The FX Rack in the Mixer

The FX Rack in the Mixer

- The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - button in the Master Fader Strip). -

It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level.

There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - -

-

[Warning]Plugins Kill

A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of - hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even - phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your - plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for - real-time use, and some are just plain better than others.

Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT". - - button. -

Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -

Figure13.5.Select an Effect

Select an Effect


- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - -

Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right).

- - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP".) - - button in the FX Rack). -

[Tip]Tip

- This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. -

After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output.

13.4.Master Fader Strip

Figure13.6.The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

- - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. -

- Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - button mutes the whole output. -

On the bottom-right of the Master section the - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - -

13.4.1.Humanization

- In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. -

[Tip]Tip

- Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. -

  • Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. -

  • Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. -

    [Note]Note

    Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change.

  • Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz.

[Note]Note

- In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. -

13.4.2.Mixer Settings

In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button:

Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the Master Fader Strip.

- - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - -

Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom.

- Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. -

- The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. -

- Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set.

- You will find four categories: linear, polar, - ratio, quadratic. - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). -

- Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: -

  • Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left).

    It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. -

  • Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob.

    Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob.

    This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste!

    [Tip]Tip

    Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. -

-

The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). -

- The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. -

[Note]Note

Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law.

Chapter14.Director

-

Figure14.1.The Director

The Director


-

- The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu.

- The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. -

[Tip]Tip

- This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. -

Chapter15.Playlist Editor

Table of Contents

15.1. Main Window
15.1.1. Song List
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts

Figure15.1.The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

15.1.Main Window

15.1.1.Song List

- The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. -

[Note]Note

- When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. -

- Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. -

15.1.2.Controls

From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward.

- At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. -

[Note]Note

- While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. -

15.1.3.Scripts

- In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - -

[Note]Note

- This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. -

- - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. -

[Warning]Warning

- Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. -

15.2.Menu

15.2.1.Playlist

  • - Add song to Playlist: - let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist. -

  • - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. -

  • - Remove selected song from Playlist: - deletes the selected song from the current playlist. -

  • - New Playlist: - creates a new and empty playlist. -

  • - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. -

    -

  • - Save Playlist: - saves all changes done to the current playlist. -

  • - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. -

15.2.2.Scripts

  • - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. -

  • - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). -

    [Note]Note

    - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. -

    -

  • - Remove selected Script: - removes the selected script from the playlist. -

  • - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - -

    [Note]Note

    - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

    -

Chapter16.MIDI API

Table of Contents

16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. -

[Note]Note

- Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

16.1.MIDI Actions

Figure16.1.MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the - Red circle. - button left of the Event-Action binding line. - A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn - the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to - this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the - MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action - from the action drop-down list. -

[Tip]Tip

- You can also define a binding without the - Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note. -

- The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). -

16.1.1.Events

- Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): -

  • - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. -

  • - CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers. -

  • - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. -

16.1.2.Actions

[Note]Note

- Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter 0 in the Action Param. field (1 for channel 2, 2 for channel 3, and so on). -

  • - <<_PREVIOUS_BAR: - moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. -

  • - >>_NEXT_BAR: - moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar. -

  • - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. -

  • - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is -1 (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's 1 (positive), it will be increased. -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as BPM_CC_RELATIVE but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX x provided as an integer between 0 and 127. The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: -

    [Warning]Warning

    - Not implemented yet. -

    -

  • - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 0: 0 ,1: +0.05) -

  • - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from 0 to 127 - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. -

  • - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05). -

  • - PAUSE: pauses playback. -

  • - PLAY: starts playback. -

  • - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - PAUSE otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). -

  • - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - STOP otherwise. -

  • - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. -

  • - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. -

  • - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. -

  • - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). -

  • - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. -

  • - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. -

  • - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. -

  • - REDO_ACTION: - redoes the previous undone action. -

  • - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN combined with - PLAY. -

  • - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - -

    [Note]Note

    - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. -

    -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN but only take effect in Stacked mode. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. -

    -

  • - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. -

    [Note]Note

    - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. -

    -

  • - STOP: stops playback and moves the - playhead to the beginning of the song. -

  • - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. -

  • - TOGGLE_METRONOME: - toggles the metronome. -

  • - UNDO_ACTION: - undoes the previous action. -

  • - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

16.2.MIDI-learnable Widgets

Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. -

[Note]Note

If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. -

Chapter17.OSC API

Table of Contents

17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing.

17.1.Basics

Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend.

-         $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song
-
[Note]Note

- To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. -

[Tip]Tip

- Hydrogen's port number defaults to 9000 for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. -

[Warning]Warning

- oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. -

17.2.Commands

17.2.1.Syntax

The syntax for sending the commands is

-           $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT
-

with the supported types

  • ' ': no argument required

  • i: int32

  • f: float32

  • s: OSC-string (ASCII)

Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below

  • ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments.

  • ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version.

  • [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern.

  • {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options.

  • 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1.

  • X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor.

17.2.2.All Commands

Table17.1.All OSC Messages

URLtyperangedescription
/Hydrogen/PLAY/' ',[f]Starts playback.
/Hydrogen/PAUSE/' ',[f]Stops playback.
/Hydrogen/STOP/' ',[f]Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song.
/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position).
/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/STOP/ otherwise.
/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet.
/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button).
/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/' ',[f]Activates recording.
/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/' ',[f]Deactivates recording.
/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar.
/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]Works as /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - combined with /Hydrogen/PLAY/.
/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/f[0,]If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern.
/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/fDecreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated.
/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/fIncreases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed.
/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/' ',[f]Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter.
/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/' ',[f]Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/f{0,1}Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/ff[0,] [10,400]Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/f[0,]Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline.
/Hydrogen/MUTE/' ',[f]Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/' ',[f]Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/' ',[f]Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/f[0.0,1.5]Sets the volume of the Master fader.
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/f{-1;0;1}Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 ,0: 0 ,1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0.0,1.5]See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;0;1}See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0.0,1.0]Sets the pan of instrument strip X.
/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;1}Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0,127]For a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack.
/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/fToggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/fToggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/f[0,]Opens song f of the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/' ',[f]Opens the next song in the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/' ',[f]Opens the previous song in the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/' ',[f]Undoes the previous action.
/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/' ',[f]Redoes the previous undone action.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of 0 - and activates it for all others.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of 0 and registers it for all others.
/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated Song mode for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated looped playback for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/' ',[f]Toggles the metronome.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/f[0,]Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit.
/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/sCreates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s.
/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/sOpens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s.
/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/' ',[f]Saves the current song.
/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/sSaves the current song to the absolute path s.
/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/' ',[f]Saves the preferences.
/Hydrogen/QUIT/' ',[f]Exits Hydrogen.

PartIII.Examples

Table of Contents

18. A New Song
18.1. Song Mode and Pattern Mode
18.2. A New Pattern
18.3. A New Sequence
18.4. Adjust from the Mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

Chapter18.A New Song

Table of Contents

18.1. Song Mode and Pattern Mode
18.2. A New Pattern
18.3. A New Sequence
18.4. Adjust from the Mixer

- This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the - tutorials and the technical PartII of this document for a more detailed overview. -

18.1.Song Mode and Pattern Mode

Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song.

18.2.A New Pattern

We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see Figure18.1). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - -

[Note]Note

- Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of 1/16, you can't go back to 1/8 and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - 1/8 and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose off from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! -

-

Figure18.1.The Pattern Editor

The Pattern Editor

18.3.A New Sequence

Once patterns are created (Figure18.2), we - can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode. -

Figure18.2.Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

18.4.Adjust from the Mixer

Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating - or playing patterns.

The Mixer (see Figure18.3) is made of a number - independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a - Master Fader Strip and a - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button to show and hide the - FX Plugin Rack. - Every line features 3 buttons ( - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak - indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must - be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in Figure18.3 you can - see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see Mixer. - -

[Tip]Tip

- Peaks outside that range will get distorted - (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and - if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument. -

-

Figure18.3.The Mixer

The Mixer

Chapter19.Create a New Drumkit

Table of Contents

19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

19.1.Creating a New Drumkit

In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples.

Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument - Editor. You can load samples, set envelope - parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization.

[Tip]Tip

- Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. -

Lets make a brand new drum kit:

  1. in the Main Menu select - Drumkits → New. This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, - select - Instruments → Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select - Delete Instrument. -

  2. Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by - left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the - Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked.

  3. Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select - - Drumkits → Save As - - . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to - overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in - the same name as the kit that you want to replace.

  4. Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits).

  5. In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using - - Drumkits → Export - - from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it - a file name to save it to.

19.2.Creating a New Instrument

For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples - and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you - through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to Section11.1.

To begin creating an instrument, select - Instruments → Add instrument. This will give you a blank - instrument to start from.

Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. - Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/).

In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. -

[Note]Note

- The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. -

After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a - 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned - light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and - then click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - to bring in another sample. -

After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only - the first sample is being played whenever you - trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the - velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to - the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a - left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like - a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear.

The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and - full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and - Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 - on the right (see Sample Selection for further info).

Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this - instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can - get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and - notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn - about editing a pattern, see Chapter9.

For each layer, you can set the Gain and - the Pitch. The pitch also has a - Fine adjustment.

Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud - the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely - difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same - volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly - can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned - down). -

[Warning]Warning

It is very easy to set the Gain too high, - causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with - full-velocity using the - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. - The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical - half-steps. (So, -12 is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts - the pitch 50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)

[Note]Note

The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or - slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a - 1-second sample that you turn down 12 (1 octave), your sample will - only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should - use Rubber Band instead (see Section12.2)

You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons).

19.3.Tips on Editing Instruments

With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be - difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are - a few tips on setting up an instrument:

Turn down the gain. Every gain - knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. - With every gain stage you have, it's - easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets - distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by - themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you - combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again.

If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain - setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn - down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the - fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader.

Test samples at full velocity. - Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you - set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will - happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: - clipping.)

Try to use samples that are -6 dB - max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only - 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about - .5.

Remove all DC offsets from the - sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the - center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning - of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should - also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a - little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the - end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't - provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the - noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample.

The ADSR will not be longer than your - sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how - long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing - at the end.

Things change with the sample - rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your - parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will - change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of - Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many - samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things - that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and - anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency).

- Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single - drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single - cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note - using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, - to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the - bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat - closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim - shots, etc. -

- However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not - uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips - of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from - movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative! -

PartIV.Appendix

Table of Contents

20. Used File Types
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Chapter20.Used File Types

Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these - file types:

  • *.h2pattern: XML file - describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are - managed in the pattern editor.

  • *.h2song: XML file describing - the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their - properties and are manager using the song editor

  • *.h2playlist: XML file - describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs.

  • *.h2drumkit: a compressed and - archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a - description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound - samples.

Chapter21.Shortcut Lists

Table21.1.Shortcut Table

ShortcutDescription
Ctrl + NNew Project
Ctrl + OOpen File
Ctrl + DOpen Demo
Ctrl + SSave Song
Ctrl + Shift + SSave Song as
Ctrl + PExport Pattern as
Ctrl + MExport MIDI file
Ctrl + EExport Song (see Export Song)
Ctrl + LExport LilyPond file
Ctrl + QQuit Hydrogen
Ctrl + ZUndo an action
Ctrl + Shift + ZRedo an action
Alt + DShow Director
Alt + MShow Mixer
Alt + IShow Instrument Rack
Alt + AShow Automation Path
Alt + FToggle fullscreen mode
Ctrl + Alt + ISet Input mode to Instrument
Ctrl + Alt + DSet Input mode to Drumkit
Alt + PShow Preferences
Alt + ?Show Manual
BackspaceRestart song or pattern from the beginning
SpacePlay / Pause
Ctrl + SpaceStarts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space.
,Use the Beat Counter
\Use Tap Tempo
+Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM
-Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM
F5Jump to previous song in playlist
F6Jump to next song in playlist
F9Jump to previous bar in the song
F10Jump to next bar in the song
F12Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds)

Glossary

This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, - synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more - detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For - example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is - the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the - volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using - Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here.

ADSR

A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the - Attack, - Decay, - Sustain, and - Release parameters. - Generally, the - parameters are proportional to - the velocity.

- After you trigger - a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. - After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the - sustain level. When the note is - released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the - sustain level back down to 0. -

In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume - (attenuation).

Read more about this in the Wikipedia - Article ADSR - Envelope

See Also Envelope Generator, Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release.

Attack

This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount - of time to increase the volume of a note from - 0 (triggering) to full velocity.

See Also ADSR.

Attenuation

In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced - (volume).

See Also Roll-off.

Band-Pass Filter

A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and - attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a - high-pass and a low-pass filter.

See Also Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter.

Clipping

A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large - for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are - normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume - (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable.

An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your - speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy.

Component

- A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. -

To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - -

[Note]Note

- Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. -

- In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. -

-

Cutoff Frequency

On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that - divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated - (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance - filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted.

For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff - frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. - All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower - the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass - guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. - The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz.

See Also Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Decay

After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level.

See Also ADSR.

DC-offset

DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform.

DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal.

Envelope Generator

A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to - triggering, holding, and releasing a note.

Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:

Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have - your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play - the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). - You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator - does. See also ADSR

Fader

A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a - mixer. Faders always have an "audio" taper, which means that the - attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale.

Filter

A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. - A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter.

See Also Band-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Gain

In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is - amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal.

High-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows - high frequencies to pass through.

See Also Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Instrument

In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass - drum kick, or a tom).

Layer

In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one - called a layer), and have a different - sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a - time will play.

Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If - you simply play the sample louder - it will - not sound the same as a real tom that has been - struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can - load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud - playing.

See Also Instrument.

Low-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows - low frequencies to pass through.

See Also Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Mute

To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any - audio output.

Mute Group

A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately.

This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different - instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real - hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. - However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue - even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both - instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering - closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice - versa).

Normalization

Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS).

Octave

A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly - twice the frequency of the bottom frequency.

For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz - to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are - very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human - ear they sound like the same distance.

Pan

Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance.

- The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -

Figure44.Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters


- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. -

- The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. -

Release

The amount of - time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level - to 0.

See Also ADSR.

Resonance

When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that - determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the - cutoff.

See Also Resonance Filter.

Resonance Filter

A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of - frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass - filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off - frequency.

See Also Filter, Cutoff Frequency, Low-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Resonance.

Roll-off

This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as - the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave).

For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff - frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). - Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, - the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated - very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than - the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually - approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB - of attenuation per octave of frequency.

See Also Attenuation, Filter.

Sample

A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects).

Sustain

The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time.

See Also ADSR.

Velocity

How hard you hit a note.

MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the - note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on - the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to - adjust how loud the sample is played back.

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_es.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_es.html --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_es.html 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_es.html 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,1905 +0,0 @@ -Manual de Hydrogen

Manual de Hydrogen

2021-03-04

Antonio Piraino

Alessandro Cominu

Antonio Piraino

Sebastian Moors

Colin Evans

Philipp Mller

Resumen

Hydrogen es un sintetizador de software que puede usarse solo, emulando una caja de ritmos basado en patrones, o a travs de un teclado MIDI/secuenciador de software. Hydrogen compila en Linux/x86 y Mac OS X, aunque este ltimo an es experimental, as que pregunta en la lista de correo de desarrolladores para ms detalles.

Tabla de contenidos

I. Introduccin
1. Descarga
2. Compilacin
3. Keyboard and Mouse
II. Utilizar Hydrogen
4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Conceptos
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Utilizar Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferencias de audio
5.1. General
5.2. La pestaa de Sistema de Audio
5.3. La pestaa de Sistema Midi
5.4. OSC
5.5. La pestaa de Apariencia
6. Men principal
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits del usuario
6.4. Instrumento
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. Barra de Herramientas Principal
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo y Contador de Pulsaciones (BeatCounter)
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Editor de Canciones
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Editor de Canciones
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. Editor de Patrones
9.1. General
9.2. Editor de Patrones
9.3. El Editor de Patrones
9.4. Editor de Patrones
10. Biblioteca de Sonidos (Gestor de Drumkits)
10.1. Drumkits del usuario
10.2. Songs
10.3. Editor de Patrones
11. Instrumento
11.1. General
11.2. Capa
12. Editor de Canciones
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mezclador
13.1. Parmetros de Instrumentos
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. Plugins LADSPA
13.4. Master Fader Strip
14. Director
15. Editor de Patrones
15.1. Men principal
15.2. Menu
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
III. Examples
18. A New Song
18.1. Modo "Cancin" y modo "Patrn"
18.2. Un nuevo patrn
18.3. Una nueva secuencia
18.4. Configura desde el mezclador
19. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.1. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.2. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.3. Consejos a la hora de Editar Instrumentos
IV. Appendix
20. Tipos de Archivo
21. Shortcut Lists
Glosario

Lista de figuras

4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode
4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode
5.1. La pestaa de Apariencia
5.2. La pestaa de Sistema de Audio
5.3. La pestaa de Sistema Midi
5.4. La pestaa de Sistema Midi
5.5. La pestaa de Apariencia
6.1. Men principal
6.2. Import Drumkit
6.3. The Audio Engine View
7.1. Barra de Herramientas Principal
8.1. El Editor de Canciones
8.2. El Editor de Patrones
8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties
8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags
8.5. The Automation Path Widget
9.1. Editor de Patrones
9.2. Editor de Patrones
9.3. El Editor de Patrones
9.4. Editor de Patrones
9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity
9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property
9.7. Editor de Patrones
10.1. Canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos
11.1. The Instrument editor General view
11.2. Crear un Instrumento y Capas
11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor
12.1. El Editor de Canciones
12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor
12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor
12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor
13.1. El Mezclador
13.2. Parmetros de Instrumentos
13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer
13.5. Select an Effect
13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer
14.1. El Mezclador
15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded
16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog
18.1. El Editor de Patrones
18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence
18.3. El Mezclador
44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Lista de tablas

4.1. MIDI Mapping
17.1. All OSC Messages
21.1. Shortcut Table

ParteI.Introduccin

Tabla de contenidos

1. Descarga
2. Compilacin
3. Keyboard and Mouse

Captulo 1. Descarga

- You can download Hydrogen from - http://www.hydrogen-music.org. - On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows. -

- Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. -

Captulo 2. Compilacin

- If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - 

-        $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git
-

- A certain release can be fetched with - 

-        $ git checkout tags/1.0.0
-

La compilacin de Hydrogen depende de las siguientes libreras:

Por favor instlalos con el gestor de paquetes de tu distribucin. Si utilizas un sistema basado en debian, puedes instalar las libreras con:

-        $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools         \
-	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
-	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
-	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
-	liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev
-

Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository - was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :

-           $ ./build.sh
-

The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) : - 

-             r[m]     => all built, temp and cache files
-             c[lean]  => remove cache files
-             m[ake]   => launch the build process
-             mm       => launch the build process using ccache
-             mt       => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled
-             d[oc]    => build html documentation
-             g[raph]  => draw a dependencies graph
-             h[elp]   => show the build options
-             x|exec   => execute hydrogen
-             t[ests]  => execute tests
-             p[kg]    => build source package
-             z        => build using ccache and run from tree
-
-

To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - 

-           $ ./build.sh m x
-

and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - 

-          $ cd build
-          $ sudo make install
-
[Nota]Nota

For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources).

Captulo 3. Keyboard and Mouse

- The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. -

- Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: -

  • - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader -

  • - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see Seccin16.2) -

- Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. -

- The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of -

  • - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. -

  • - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. -

  • - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. -

  • - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. -

  • - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. -

  • - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. -

-

[Nota]Nota

- The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - -

- Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. -

ParteII.Utilizar Hydrogen

Tabla de contenidos

4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Conceptos
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Utilizar Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferencias de audio
5.1. General
5.2. La pestaa de Sistema de Audio
5.3. La pestaa de Sistema Midi
5.4. OSC
5.5. La pestaa de Apariencia
6. Men principal
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits del usuario
6.4. Instrumento
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. Barra de Herramientas Principal
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo y Contador de Pulsaciones (BeatCounter)
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Editor de Canciones
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Editor de Canciones
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Activar Modo Dibujo.
8.2.3. Editor de Canciones
8.2.4. Configurar Modo de Patrn/Cancin.
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. Editor de Patrones
9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. Editor de Patrones
9.3. El Editor de Patrones
9.4. Editor de Patrones
10. Biblioteca de Sonidos (Gestor de Drumkits)
10.1. Drumkits del usuario
10.2. Songs
10.3. Editor de Patrones
11. Instrumento
11.1. General
11.1.1. Parmetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)
11.1.2. Ganancia y Grupo de Silencio (Mute Group)
11.1.3. Parmetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)
11.1.4. Parmetros de Instrumentos
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Capa
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Capa
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls
12. Editor de Canciones
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mezclador
13.1. Parmetros de Instrumentos
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. Plugins LADSPA
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings
14. Director
15. Editor de Patrones
15.1. Men principal
15.1.1. Editor de Canciones
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Captulo 4. Overview

Tabla de contenidos

4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Conceptos
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Utilizar Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options

4.1. Main User Interface

Figura 4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. -

- Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. -

Figura 4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode

The Main UI in Tabbed mode

4.2. Conceptos

Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. -

- To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. -

4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard

- Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. -

- Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. Drumkit maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while Instrument maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. -

- Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. -

[Nota]Nota

- In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. -

- Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. -

Tabla 4.1. MIDI Mapping

- Instr. Pos. - - MIDI Note - - PC Keyboard Key - Manual de Hydrogen - GM Standard -
35Bass Drum 2
136ZZ = Kick (bombo)Bass Drum 1
237SS = Stick (baqueta)Side Stick/Rimshot
338XSnareSnare Drum 1
439DD = Hand Clap (palmada de manos)D = Hand Clap (palmada de manos)
540CSnare RimshotSnare Drum 2
641VFloor TomLow Tom 2
742GG = Closed HH (HH cerrado)G = Closed HH (HH cerrado)
843BTom 2Low Tom 1
944HH = Pedal HHPedal Hi-hat
1045NTom 1Mid Tom 2
1146JHat OpenOpen Hi-hat
1247MM = Cowbell (cencerro)Mid Tom 1
1348QRideHigh Tom 2
144922 = CrashCrash Cymbal 1
1550WRide 2High Tom 1
16513SplashRide Cymbal 1
1752EHat Semi-OpenChinese Cymbal
1853RBellRide Bell
19545Tambourine
2055TSplash Cymbal
21566M = Cowbell (cencerro)
2257YCrash Cymbal 2
23587Vibra Slap
2459URide Cymbal 2
2560High Bongo
2661Low Bongo
2762Mute High Conga
2863Open High Conga
2964Low Conga
3065High Timbale
3166Low Timbale
3267High Agog
3368Low Agog
3469Cabasa
3570Maracas
3671Short Whistle
3772Long Whistle
3873Short Giro
3974Long Giro
4075Claves
4176High Wood Block
4277Low Wood Block
4378Mute Cuca
4479Open Cuca
4580Mute Triangle
4681Open Triangle

[Nota]Nota

Ntese que el nombre del instrumento depende del drumkit cargado. Esta lista se refiere al GMKit cargado por defecto. La posicin del instrumento, sin embargo, es la misma.

When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do.

[Nota]Nota

- Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that - is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument. -

For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below.

Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard.

4.4. Utilizar Hydrogen

- In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. -

- In order to start recording, first activate the record button - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). -

- Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. -

[Nota]Nota

- The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). -

4.5. Session Management

- With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. -

[Aviso]Aviso

- All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. -

  • - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. -

    -

  • - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. -

    -

  • - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. -

    [Aviso]Aviso

    - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. -

    -

4.5.1. NSM

- Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the Project option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. -

  • - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. -

  • - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - -

    [Aviso]Aviso

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. -

    [Aviso]Aviso

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. -

    -

[Nota]Nota

- The Open Demo option will be missing. -

- Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. -

-

4.6. Command-line Options

- After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - 

-        -h, --help                  Displays this help.
-        -v, --version               Displays version information.
-        -d, --driver <Audiodriver>  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)
-        -i, --install <File>        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)
-        -n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen
-        -p, --playlist <File>       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup
-        -P, --data <Path>           Use an alternate system data path
-        -s, --song <File>           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup
-        -k, --kit <DrumkitName>     Load a drumkit at startup
-        -V, --verbose <Level>       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH
-

- -

Captulo 5. Preferencias de audio

Tabla de contenidos

5.1. General
5.2. La pestaa de Sistema de Audio
5.3. La pestaa de Sistema Midi
5.4. OSC
5.5. La pestaa de Apariencia

Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu.

[Nota]Nota

- All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. -

5.1. General

Figura 5.1. La pestaa de Apariencia

La pestaa de Apariencia

  • Depurar: herramientas principalmente para depurar y monitorizar Hydrogen (slo disponible si se compila con soporte de depuracin).

  • - Reopen last used song: - determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead. -

  • - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. -

    -

  • - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. -

    -

  • - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see Captulo3). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. -

  • - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. -

    -

  • - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from -200 to 200. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. -

    - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. -

    - -

  • - Beat counter start offset in ms: - sets the time between the - Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from -500 to 500. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - - Blue button containing a "P". - should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect. -

    - -

  • - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from 1 to 800. -

  • - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from 16 to 8192. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    -

  • - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. -

    - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package rubberband-cli. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . -

    - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. -

    - -

5.2. La pestaa de Sistema de Audio

Figura 5.2. La pestaa de Sistema de Audio

La pestaa de Sistema de Audio

  • - Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card. -

    - Available options: -

    • Auto: Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - -

      [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

      - This option is recommended for beginners. -

      - -

    • jackd: El driver Jack es un servidor de audio profesional que permite una latencia muy baja e intercambios con otros software de audio. Recomendamos encarecidamente el uso de este driver para sacar lo mejor de Hydrogen. El servidor JACK arrancar automticamente si no lo estaba ya.

      [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

      - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. -

    • ALSA: los drivers estndares de Linux ampliamente adoptados

    • OSS: El driver de audio Oss utiliza /dev/dsp y est basado en la interfaz OSS que es soportado por la gran mayora de tarjetas de sonido disponible para linux; dicho esto, el uso de este driver bloquea /dev/dsp hasta que Hydrogen se cierra; esto es, otro software no puede acceder a l. salo como un ltimo recurso.

    • PortAudio: un driver de audio de cdigo abierto y multiplataforma

    • CoreAudio: A driver for MacOS.

    • PulseAudio: A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server.

  • ALSA: los drivers estndares de Linux ampliamente adoptados

  • - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from 100 to 5000. -

  • - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. -

    -

  • Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports.

    Post-Fader:

    Pre-Fader:

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. -

  • BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option constant - measure) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - matching bars).

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    - For this option to take effect the - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - button has to be activated and the - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application).

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. -

  • Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted.

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

  • Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    [Aviso]Aviso

    - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. -

  • - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. -

    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    -

  • - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. -

  • - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from 1 to 512. -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. -

    -

  • - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from 1 to 100. -

  • - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. -

5.3. La pestaa de Sistema Midi

Figura 5.3. La pestaa de Sistema Midi

La pestaa de Sistema Midi

  • - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. -

  • - Input: - selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from. -

  • - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. -

  • - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. -

  • - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. -

    -

  • - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are -

    -

  • - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. -

  • - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. -

    -

- Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the Seccin16.1. -

5.4. OSC

Figura 5.4. La pestaa de Sistema Midi

La pestaa de Sistema Midi

The OSC tab (Figura5.4) let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - -

[Nota]Nota

- In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. -

- -

-

[Nota]Nota

If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. -

5.5. La pestaa de Apariencia

Figura 5.5. La pestaa de Apariencia

La pestaa de Apariencia

The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. -

  • - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. -

    -

  • - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. -

  • - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. -

  • - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: -

    • - Automatic: - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. -

    • - Steps: - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. -

    • - Fixed: - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. -

    -

Captulo 6. Men principal

Tabla de contenidos

6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits del usuario
6.4. Instrumento
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info

Figura 6.1. Men principal

Men principal

6.1. Project

Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

[Nota]Nota

- If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see Seccin4.5.1 for details). -

  • Nuevo - Crear una cancin nueva

  • Mostrar Info - Configurar propiedades generales de la cancin como el nombre, autor, licencia y notas genricas

  • Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file).

  • Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs). -

    -

  • Abrir reciente - Abrir un men mostrando las ltimas canciones utilizadas

  • Guardar - Guardar cambios a la cancin actual

  • Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. -

    -

  • Abrir patrn - Abrir un patrn guardado perteneciente al drumkit actual

  • Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. -

    -

  • Exportar archivo MIDI - Exportar cancin actual en formato MIDI

  • Exportar cancin - Exportar cancin actual en formato WAV

    The Export mode option Export to a single track will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. Export to separate tracks will create files for each - instrument/track. Both will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. -

  • Exportar archivo MIDI - Exportar cancin actual en formato MIDI

    [Aviso]Aviso

    - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported.

  • Salir - Salir de Hydrogen

6.2. Undo

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

6.3. Drumkits del usuario

  • New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. -

  • Instrumentos: este men ofrece funciones de instrumentos y drumkit (libreras de sonidos).

  • Mostrar Info - Configurar propiedades generales de la cancin como el nombre, autor, licencia y notas genricas

  • Instrumentos: este men ofrece funciones de instrumentos y drumkit (libreras de sonidos).

  • Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. -

    -

  • Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. -

    -

  • Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. -

  • Importar librera - Importa otro drumkit del sistema local de archivos or descrgalo de una ubicacin remota a travs de un flujo XML. El archivo XML que debera suministrarse NO es compatible con RSS (ver Hydrogen website para un ejemplo). Para cargar otro drumkit en tu sesin actual de Hydrogen, lee Instrument rack.

    -

    Figura 6.2. Import Drumkit

    Import Drumkit


    - - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. -

    - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. -

    - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - -

    Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit.

    - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - -

6.4. Instrumento

This menu offers - instruments functions.

  • Aadir instrumento - Aade un nuevo instrumento a tu drumkit actual

  • Limpiar todo - Borra todos los instrumentos del drumkit actual

  • Aadir instrumento - Aade un nuevo instrumento a tu drumkit actual

6.5. View

  • Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproduccin, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales.

  • Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproduccin, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales.

  • Mezclador - Abre la ventana del mezclador.

  • Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library.

  • Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path - panel.

  • Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel.

  • Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel.

  • ALSA: los drivers estndares de Linux ampliamente adoptados

6.6. Options

  • Input mode: when set to Drumkit the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments - in your drumkit. If you set it to Instrument the keys of your MIDI - keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. - The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. - This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see Seccin4.3 for details). - An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' - that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth.

  • Preferencias - Abre la ventana principal de preferencias. Lee Preferences para ver cmo configurar Hydrogen.

6.7. Debug

Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen.

[Nota]Nota

- The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with - debug support. -

  • Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -

    Figura 6.3. The Audio Engine View

    The Audio Engine View


    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). -

    -

  • Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. -

  • - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. -

    • - None: No messages will be written at all. -

    • - Error: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. -

    • - Warning: Like Error but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. -

    • - Info: Like Warning but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. -

    • - Debug: Like Info but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. -

    -

  • Open Log File: - opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance.

6.8. Info

  • Manual del usuario - Abre una ventana con este manual :)

  • Acerca de - La ventana habitual con informacin de licencia, crditos, etc.

  • Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it).

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

Captulo 7. Barra de Herramientas Principal

Tabla de contenidos

7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo y Contador de Pulsaciones (BeatCounter)
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State

Figura 7.1. Barra de Herramientas Principal

Barra de Herramientas Principal

Antes de analizar los dos marcos principales de Hydrogen, vamos a echar un rpido vistazo a la barra principal y sus componentes:

7.1. - Transport Control -

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button.

Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see Captulo21 for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see Seccin4.4 for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback.

In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode.

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. -

7.2. Tap Tempo y Contador de Pulsaciones (BeatCounter)

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right).

This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above.

7.2.1. Tap Tempo

The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. -

- After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over.

[Nota]Nota

- The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. -

7.2.2. Beat Counter

El Tap Tempo es parte del Contador de Pulsaciones, que es esencialmente un Tap Tempo a lo bestia. Por defecto el Contador de Pulsaciones no est visible. Para ver el widget del Contador de Pulsaciones haz clic en el botn vertical (BC) entre el selector de modo Cancin/Patrn y el widget de PPM. O se puede mostrar pulsando la tecla de coma (,).

El tempo que teclees se considerar como golpes pares del tipo de comps. El tipo de comps se puede fijar como 1/8 (para compases de ocho negras), 1/4 (para compases de cuatro negras), 1/2 (para compases de dos negras), y 1/1 (para compases de una blanca). Para cambiar el tipo de comps usa la tecla de flecha izquierda. Para contar el nmero de pulsaciones contadas, usa la tecla de flecha derecha. Puedes fijar de 2 a 16 pulsaciones. (Por ej. si fijas las pulsaciones en 6, tendrs que pulsar la tecla 6 veces antes de que compute y fije el nuevo tempo). Cuando la pantalla muestra una R, significa que el Contador de Pulsaciones est preparado para comenzar de 0. Cada vez que pulsas la tecla de coma, mostrar el nmero de pulsaciones que has realizado (1, 2, 3...).

El botn de la parte inferior derecha controla la funcin de auto-arranque, y cambia entre S y P. Cuando muestra la P de (Play), la cancin fijar el nuevo tempo y automticamente empezar a reproducir despus de que pulses el nmero correcto de pulsaciones (si no est reproduciendo ya, claro). De este modo, si tienes el Contador de Pulsaciones fijado para 4/4, puedes pulsar 1-2-3-4, y comenzar a reproducir en el siguiente comps. Cuando muestra la S (de Set BPM), (fijar PPM) el auto-arranque est desactivado.

Por ejemplo: Supn que tienes una banda en directo, Hydrogen, y un sintetizador de software controlado por Seq24... y quieres que todos arranquen a la vez. Fija el tipo de comps en 1/4 y el nmero de golpes en 4. Activa el auto-arranque (el botn muestra una P). Cuenta 1-2-3-4 para la banda (dando a la tecla de coma) - y todos empiezan a la de 1.

Otro ejemplo: La misma situacin, pero la cancin no necesita de Hydrogen ni sintetizadores hasta ms tarde. Durante ese tiempo, un humano (por ej. el guitarrista) fijar el tempo. En el comps antes de que Hydrogen debe tocar, pulsa la tecla de coma 1-2-3-4 con el ritmo... y entras en el siguiente comps (con el tempo correcto).

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. -

[Nota]Nota

- If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. -

7.3. BPM Control and Metronome

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes.

Set the speed of the song in the range from 10 to 400 bpm (beats per minute). -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. -

Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. -

- If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see Seccin12.2 for details. -

7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in

A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is MIDI input.

The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message.

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. -

7.5. JACK Control

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right one "J.MASTER".

Clicking - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. -

- Using - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. -

[Nota]Nota

- The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. -

7.6. GUI State

In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup "Hydrogen Ready.".

- Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). -

- The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. -

Captulo 8. Editor de Canciones

Tabla de contenidos

8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Editor de Canciones
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Activar Modo Dibujo.
8.2.3. Editor de Canciones
8.2.4. Configurar Modo de Patrn/Cancin.
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path

-

Figura 8.1. El Editor de Canciones

El Editor de Canciones


-

El "Editor de Canciones" (Figura8.1) ofrece una vista del cronograma completo de la cancin (por ej. intro, verso, puente, estribillo, etc.); cada cuadrado azul en este panel es un comps completo tal como se muestra en el panel del "Editor de Patrones" que se encuentra debajo. Aqu tenemos la libertad de aadir, quitar or mover patrones en el orden que queramos. Tambin podemos copiar y pegar patrones: usa el botn izquierdo del ratn para subrayar una zona y arrstralo. Arrastrar con la tecla CTRL pulsada copia los patrones.

- Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. -

- Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. -

- In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate the presence of a Tag.

- In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. -

[Nota]Nota

- Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. -

- -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see Captulo3) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. -

-

8.1. Main Controls

Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode.

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. -

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - or to Stacked mode (Seccin8.2.5).

8.2. Editor de Canciones

- The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. -

- In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. -

- They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. -

- In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. -

[Nota]Nota

- While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. -

8.2.1. Select Mode

- This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. -

- Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. -

- Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. -

- The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - -

  • Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard

  • Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy

  • ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position

  • Return to move the selected - blocks into place

  • Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place

- -

- Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. -

8.2.2. Activar Modo Dibujo.

- This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. -

- Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. -

- Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. -

[Nota]Nota

- The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in Captulo3. - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. -

8.2.3. Editor de Canciones

- When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. -

8.2.4. Configurar Modo de Patrn/Cancin.

- When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. -

8.2.5. Stacked Mode

- Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. -

- Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. -

[Nota]Nota

- Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. -

8.3. Sidebar

- The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. -

Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things:

Figura 8.2. El Editor de Patrones

El Editor de Patrones

  • [Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una cancin o un patrn

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. -

  • [Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una cancin o un patrn

  • Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. -

    Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    -

  • Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. -

    Figura 8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties

    Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. -

  • [Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una cancin o un patrn

  • Los drumkits se archivan automticamente en el directorio data (por ej. $HOME/data/drumkits).

  • *.h2pattern: Archivo XML que describe un slo patrn. Los patrones son conjuntos de golpes y se gestionan en el editor de patrones.

  • PortAudio: un driver de audio de cdigo abierto y multiplataforma

    - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. -

    - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. -

    - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. -

8.4. Timeline

Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler.

The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song.

To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - Grey button containing a black "P". - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. -

[Nota]Nota

- Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see Seccin7.5 for details. -

- -

Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

- - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. -

8.5. Tags

Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue "T"s.

- In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. -

- To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -

Figura 8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags

Dialog Window for Adding Tags


- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. -

8.6. Playback Track

Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example.

- Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. -

[Nota]Nota

- When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. -

- To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - Grey button containing a black "T". - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. -

- Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - -

  • Edit: loads an audio file.

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. -

  • Mute: mutes the Playback Track.

  • Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too.

-

[Nota]Nota

- In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. -

8.7. Automation Path

Figura 8.5. The Automation Path Widget

The Automation Path Widget

- The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. -

[Nota]Nota

- Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. -

Captulo 9. Editor de Patrones

Tabla de contenidos

9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. Editor de Patrones
9.3. El Editor de Patrones
9.4. Editor de Patrones

Figura 9.1. Editor de Patrones

Editor de Patrones

This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)

The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). -

[Nota]Nota

- If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. -

- If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see Single Pattern and Stacked mode for details). -

9.1. General

9.1.1. Controls

Figura 9.2. Editor de Patrones

Editor de Patrones

The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

    - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: -

    Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) and "OK" (left) buttons.

    - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. -

    - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. 4), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. 4.5/4) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64, 96, and 192 - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: -

    A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the "SIZE" LCD.

  • - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - : this is the current grid resolution (1/4 through 1/64 with triplet-based resolutions marked as 1/8T). -

    [Nota]Nota

    Recuerda esta limitacin en cuanto a la rejilla: si ests trabajando con una resolucin de 16 no puedes volver a una de 8 y quitar una nota de 1/16; por otro lado, si trabajas con una resolucin de 8 e intentas insertar una nota entre dos barras (buscando una resolucin de 1/16), las notas se colocarn en en la barra anterior o posterior en la rejilla de 1/8. Esta limitacin puede quitarse si desactivas la resolucin de rejilla (selecciona "off" en el men LCD de la resolucin). Ahora podrs colocar las notas donde quieras.

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

    [Nota]Nota

    - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. -

  • - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking.

  • - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor.

9.1.2. Sidebar

Figura 9.3. El Editor de Patrones

El Editor de Patrones

The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see - the instruments that are part of this kit.

Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select.

  • Ganancia (Gain): El volumen general del instrumento.

  • Fill notes: this allows you to fill - up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Depending on the choice you make (fill all, fill 1/2, fill 1/4 ...) - notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by - the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note. -

    -

  • Randomize velocity: - automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that - instrument in the pattern. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The more velocity you set on the instrument, - the more Hydrogen will hit “hard” on that instrument when - played. -

    -

  • Select notes: - will select all the notes played on this instrument in the - current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the - Pattern Editor main area. -

  • Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. -

    • Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproduccin, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales.

    • Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproduccin, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales.

    • [Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una cancin o un patrn

    • Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproduccin, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales.

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. -

  • Instrumentos: este men ofrece funciones de instrumentos y drumkit (libreras de sonidos).

    • Ganancia (Gain): El volumen general del instrumento.

    • Ganancia (Gain): El volumen general del instrumento.

The - Grey button containing a black "M". - button mutes the instrument and - Grey button containing a black "S". - solos it. -

The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument - up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so - will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will - it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on.

[Aviso]Aviso

- It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. -

[Aviso]Aviso

- Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. -

9.2. Editor de Patrones

Figura 9.4. Editor de Patrones

Editor de Patrones

Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. - The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes - depends on the used pattern size and resolution.

If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : -

  • - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. -

  • - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. -

-

Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle.

- (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) -

- As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see Captulo3). -

- Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. -

- Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. -

- Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. -

So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- Also see Captulo18 for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. -

-

9.3. El Editor de Patrones

Figura 9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated - will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties - of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. - The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. - You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left). -

Estn disponibles los siguientes drivers:

  • Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected.

    [Nota]Nota

    - The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. - A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, - turning red when you reach the point of clipping. -

  • Pan: with this property you can move - the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the - left/right output).

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) -

  • - NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the - area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard' -

    Figura 9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. -

  • - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than 1.0, a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability 1.0 will - always be played, a note with - probability of 0.0 will never be - played. -

- Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - -

  • Drawing with the mouse:

    - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. -

  • - Selecting multiple notes: -

    - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. -

-

9.4. Editor de Patrones

Figura 9.7. Editor de Patrones

Editor de Patrones

- The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. -

While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. - It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes.

You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a - complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave - first.

[Nota]Nota

- When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a 3x to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. -

Captulo 10. Biblioteca de Sonidos (Gestor de Drumkits)

Tabla de contenidos

10.1. Drumkits del usuario
10.2. Songs
10.3. Editor de Patrones

Figura 10.1. Canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos

Canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos

La Biblioteca de Sonidos te ahorra tiempo al gestionar tus drumkits, patrones favoritos y canciones favoritas. Al hacer nuevas canciones y drumkits, la Biblioteca de Sonidos te facilita el reutilizar y mezclar los instrumentos y patrones de otros drumkits y patrones.

- It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

10.1. Drumkits del usuario

The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level.

Esto enumera los drumkits instalados por tu administrador de sistemas. Se determina mediante el prefijo de tiempo de compilacin (compile-time). En sistemas operativos tipo Unix, esto normalmente es /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, o posiblemente /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. Estos drumkits estn disponibles para cualquier usuario, y stos normalmente no pueden hacer aadidos.

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. -

The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. -

[Aviso]Aviso

If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. -

- If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. -

- Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. -

DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel.

Para cargar un drumkit desde aqu, haz clic derecho sobre el drumkit y selecciona Cargar. Esto reemplazar el drumkit actual con el que has seleccionado. Para cargar slo un instrumento de ese drumkit, haz clic izquierdo sobre el plus a la izquierda del nombre del drumkit para mostrar todos los instrumentos. Con el botn izquierdo del ratn, haz clic y arrastra los instrumentos al drumkit actual. El instrumento se aadir al drumkit que tienes cargado actualmente.

10.2. Songs

Para guardar canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos, colcalos en tu directorio de datos en la carpeta de songs (normalmente $HOME/data/songs. Para eliminarlas, quita el archivo de esa carpeta.

10.3. Editor de Patrones

Para guardar canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos, colcalos en tu directorio de datos en la carpeta de songs (normalmente $HOME/data/songs. Para eliminarlas, quita el archivo de esa carpeta.

Antes de guardar tus patrones en la biblioteca de sonidos asegrate de editar sus propiedades haciendo clic derecho y seleccionando Propiedades. Aqu puedes asignar un ttulo y una categora al patrn. Puedes utilizar una de las categoras ya proporcionadas, o crear tu propia categora simplemente tecleando un nombre de categora. El nombre de la categora es importante, porque los patrones se archivarn por categoras en la Biblioteca de Sonidos.

Captulo 11. Instrumento

Tabla de contenidos

11.1. General
11.1.1. Parmetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)
11.1.2. Ganancia y Grupo de Silencio (Mute Group)
11.1.3. Parmetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)
11.1.4. Parmetros de Instrumentos
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Capa
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Capa
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls

Figura 11.1. The Instrument editor General view

The Instrument editor General view

- The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

11.1. General

When clicking the General button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

[Nota]Nota

It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text.

11.1.1. Parmetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)

Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE".

When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name.

  • Attack: la cantidad de tiempo para que el volumen del sample pase de 0 a la intensidad mxima de la nota. Si el valor es 0, el sample sonar inmediatamente con la intensidad mxima. Si el valor es 1.0, el volumen del sample utilizar el mximo tiempo disponible para el parmetro de ataque.

  • Decay: la cantidad de tiempo para que el volumen del sample baje de la intensidad mxima hasta el volumen de sustain. Si el valor es 0, el sample inmediatamente saltar del volumen de attack al volumen de sustain. Si el valor es 1, el volumen del sample utilizar el mximo tiempo disponible para el parmetro de decay.

  • Sustain: el volumen reproducido para la nota tras terminar la fase de decay, y hasta que la nota se "libera" (release). Si se configura a 0, la nota estar silenciada. Si se configura a 1.0, la nota sonar a la intensidad mxima.

  • Release: el tiempo necesario para apagar la nota desde el volumen de sustain hasta 0 (silencio). Si se deja en 0, la nota se silenciar en el tiempo mnimo (unos 5 ms). Si se deja en 1, se reducir en el tiempo mximo disponible.

[Nota]Nota

Los parmetros de ataque, decaimiento (decay) y release ("liberacin") estn determinados por el nmero de samples de audio. Esto significa que los cambios de tiempo dependen de la tasa de muestreo de tu tarjeta de sonido. El tiempo mximo para cada uno de ellos es de 100,000 samples de audio (normalmente 2.27 seg a 44.1 kHz).

Si el sample es ms corto que los tiempos especificados, terminar sin importar la fase de ADSR en el que se encuentre. Si la nota es sostenida, no silenciar la nota mientras lo sostengas. Slo sostiene el parmetro de ganancia (volumen) durante ese tiempo.

11.1.2. Ganancia y Grupo de Silencio (Mute Group)

In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right).

The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to 0, the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is 1.0, the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified.

[Aviso]Aviso

Es muy fcil poner el mando de Ganancia demasiado alto, haciendo que el sample quede clipeado (distorsionado). Acurdate de probar la ganancia con notas de intensidad mxima. Si aqu se te clipea la seal, seguramente empeorar segn lo procesa Hydrogen.

Hydrogen proporciona ms grupos de silencio de los necesitars jams (ms de 256). Un grupo de silencio es un agrupamiento de instrumentos que son mtuamente exclusivos - slo puede sonar un instrumento en un momento dado. Si un instrumento est sonando y otro del grupo se dispara, el primero se silenciar inmediatamente y sonar el segundo instrumento. Esto es til sobre todo para instrumentos como el hi hat, donde el sonido abierto y el cerrado son instrumentos diferentes.

Si el grupo de silencio est en Off, el instrumento no forma parte de ningn grupo. Si se especifica un nmero, entonces el instrumento pertenece al grupo denominado con ese nmero. Para meter otros instrumentos en el mismo grupo, configura el parmetro del grupo de silencio con el mismo nmero. (Por ejemplo, para agrupar todos los hi hats, puedes configurar el parmetro del grupo de silencio de todos ellos en el 1. Para tener un grupo de silencio para la caja, configura su parmetro para utilizar el 2.)

If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note.

This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - -

- The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. -

- When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. -

[Nota]Nota

- By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. -

- When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". -

11.1.3. Parmetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)

From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE".

El filtro es un low-pass resonance filter. Si no deseas usarlo, haz clic en el botn de BYP para que se ponga rojo. Si no est rojo el filtro se encuentra activo. El parmetro de corte (cutoff) determina la frecuencia de corte para el filtro. El parmetro de resonancia determina cunta resonancia tiene la frecuencia de corte. Si la resonancia se deja en 0, el filtro no es ms que un simple low-pass filter.

[Nota]Nota

La frecuencia de corte del filtro vara con la tasa de muestreo de tu tarjeta de sonido. El rango del mando (0 a 1.0) est optimizado para una tasa de muestreo de 48,000 kHz.

11.1.4. Parmetros de Instrumentos

From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM".

The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between 0 - and 1.0. - -

[Nota]Nota

- The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between 1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. -

- -

11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings

Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE".

Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps.

From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices.

[Nota]Nota

- By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. -

11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group

Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right).

The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. -

For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. -

Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. -

Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from 0 to 20, - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between 0 and 20 the closed hi-hat is played. -

11.2. Capa

Figura 11.2. Crear un Instrumento y Capas

Crear un Instrumento y Capas

When clicking the Layers button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

11.2.1. Components

In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu.

- Right below the General and Layers button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to add a new component, delete the current one, or rename the current one. -

[Aviso]Aviso

- The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. -

11.2.2. Capa

Figura 11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

- Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. -

[Nota]Nota

- Empty layers will be displayed as < - >. -

El botn (escuchar nuevas notas) reproducir el sample segn se aade al patrn. Finalmente puedes mover un instrumento hacia arriba o abajo en la secuencia con los botones . Una funcin til “Cuantizar” est disponible activando . De este modo los ritmos insertados respetarn automticamente la resolucin de rejilla actualmente aplicada.

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. -

[Nota]Nota

- When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. -

- Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. -

-

- You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. -

[Nota]Nota

- If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. -

11.2.3. Sample Selection

A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the different choices to the right.

- Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. -

- Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. -

  • First in Velocity: - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. -

    -

  • Round Robin: - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. -

  • Random: - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. -

11.2.4. Controls

Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right).

  • - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. -

  • - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. -

    -

  • - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. -

  • - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

Captulo 12. Editor de Canciones

Tabla de contenidos

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figura 12.1. El Editor de Canciones

El Editor de Canciones

The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music!

[Nota]Nota

The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings.

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing

Figura 12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

- In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: -

  • Start Marker (green): labeled with a S and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample.

  • End Marker (red): labeled with a E and indicates the end of the tweaked sample.

  • Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a L and determines the loop-in point of your sample.

-

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. -

- Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. -

  • - Start: position of the Start Marker. -

  • - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. -

  • - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. -

    • - forward: plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. -

    • - reverse: plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). -

    • - ping-pong: plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). -

    -

  • - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. -

  • - End: position of the End Marker. -

  • [CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo

[Nota]Nota

- These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. -

- Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. -

12.2. Pitch Shifting

Figura 12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample.

[Nota]Nota

- These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see Seccin5.1). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. -

- When Sample length to beat is set to off the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. -

  • Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than off the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. -

    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. -

    - -

  • Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - semitones,cent. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. -

    -

  • Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. -

12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figura 12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

- The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. -

  • - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. -

  • ALSA: los drivers estndares de Linux ampliamente adoptados

  • - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). -

  • - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the pan(orama) or volume of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. -

Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by -

[Nota]Nota

- The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. -

  1. - First select volume or panorama in the dropdown to the right. -

  2. - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. -

  3. Abrir - Abrir una cancin

  4. - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. -

Captulo 13. Mezclador

Tabla de contenidos

13.1. Parmetros de Instrumentos
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. Plugins LADSPA
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings

Figura 13.1. El Mezclador

El Mezclador

The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. -

The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. -

13.1. Parmetros de Instrumentos

Figura 13.2. Parmetros de Instrumentos

Parmetros de Instrumentos

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - This is quite handy for checking clipping. -

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

    [Nota]Nota

    - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

[Nota]Nota

- If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to Post-Fader. -

- This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. -

13.2. Component Channel Strips

Figura 13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

- Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. -

[Nota]Nota

- These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. -

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

13.3. Plugins LADSPA

Figura 13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer

The FX Rack in the Mixer

Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level.

There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - -

-

[Aviso]Los Plugins Matan

Un plugin LADSPA es un cdigo compilado y ejecutable. Es capaz de provocar cuelgues, fallos, congelacin, desbordamiento de buffers, e incluso llamadas a casa. Si empiezas a tener problemas con Hydrogen, desactiva los plugins y mira a ver si mejoran las cosas. Algunos plugins no estn diseadas para un uso en tiempo real, y algunos simplemente son mejores que otros.

Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -

Figura 13.5. Select an Effect

Select an Effect


- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - -

Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right).

- - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP".) - - button in the FX Rack). -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. -

After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output.

13.4. Master Fader Strip

Figura 13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

- - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. -

- Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - button mutes the whole output. -

On the bottom-right of the Master section the - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - -

13.4.1. Humanization

- In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. -

  • Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. -

  • Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. -

    [Nota]Nota

    Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change.

  • Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz.

[Nota]Nota

- In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. -

13.4.2. Mixer Settings

In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button:

Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the Master Fader Strip.

- - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - -

Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom.

- Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. -

- The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. -

- Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set.

- You will find four categories: linear, polar, - ratio, quadratic. - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). -

- Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: -

  • Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left).

    It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. -

  • Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob.

    Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob.

    This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste!

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. -

-

The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). -

- The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. -

[Nota]Nota

Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law.

Captulo 14. Director

-

Figura 14.1. El Mezclador

El Mezclador


-

- The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu.

- The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. -

Captulo 15. Editor de Patrones

Tabla de contenidos

15.1. Men principal
15.1.1. Editor de Canciones
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts

Figura 15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

15.1. Men principal

15.1.1. Editor de Canciones

- The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. -

[Nota]Nota

- When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. -

- Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. -

15.1.2. Controls

From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward.

- At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. -

[Nota]Nota

- While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. -

15.1.3. Scripts

- In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - -

[Nota]Nota

- This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. -

- - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. -

[Aviso]Aviso

- Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. -

15.2. Menu

15.2.1. Playlist

  • - Add song to Playlist: - let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist. -

  • - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. -

  • - Remove selected song from Playlist: - deletes the selected song from the current playlist. -

  • Editor de lista de reproduccin - Una herramienta para gestionar listas de reproduccin.

  • - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - -

    [Sugerencia]Sugerencia

    - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. -

    -

  • Guardar - Guardar cambios a la cancin actual

  • - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. -

15.2.2. Scripts

  • - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. -

  • - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. -

    -

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

  • - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

    -

Captulo 16. MIDI API

Tabla de contenidos

16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. -

[Nota]Nota

- Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

16.1. MIDI Actions

Figura 16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the - Red circle. - button left of the Event-Action binding line. - A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn - the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to - this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the - MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action - from the action drop-down list. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

Adems, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:

- The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). -

16.1.1. Events

- Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): -

  • - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. -

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

  • - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. -

16.1.2. Actions

[Nota]Nota

- Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter 0 in the Action Param. field (1 for channel 2, 2 for channel 3, and so on). -

  • - <<_PREVIOUS_BAR: - moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. -

  • ALSA: los drivers estndares de Linux ampliamente adoptados

  • - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. -

  • - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is -1 (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's 1 (positive), it will be increased. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as BPM_CC_RELATIVE but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX x provided as an integer between 0 and 127. The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. -

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 0: 0 ,1: +0.05) -

  • - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from 0 to 127 - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. -

  • - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05). -

  • [CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - PAUSE otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). -

  • - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - STOP otherwise. -

  • - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. -

  • - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. -

  • - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. -

  • - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). -

  • - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. -

  • - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. -

  • - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. -

  • Proyectos: este men ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos.

  • - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN combined with - PLAY. -

  • - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. -

    -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN but only take effect in Stacked mode. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. -

    -

  • - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. -

    -

  • [Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una cancin o un patrn

  • - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. -

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. -

[Nota]Nota

If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. -

Captulo 17. OSC API

Tabla de contenidos

17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing.

17.1. Basics

Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend.

-         $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song
-
[Nota]Nota

- To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. -

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- Hydrogen's port number defaults to 9000 for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. -

[Aviso]Aviso

- oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. -

17.2. Commands

17.2.1. Syntax

The syntax for sending the commands is

-           $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT
-

with the supported types

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

  • [CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo

Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below

  • ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments.

  • ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version.

  • [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern.

  • {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options.

  • 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1.

  • X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor.

17.2.2. All Commands

Tabla 17.1. All OSC Messages

URLtyperangedescription
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Starts playback.
[CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo' ',[f]Stops playback.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position).
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/STOP/ otherwise.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button).
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Activates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Deactivates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0,]If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]Works as /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - combined with /Hydrogen/PLAY/.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0,]If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivofDecreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivofIncreases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof{0,1}Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/ff[0,] [10,400]Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/f[0,]Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0.0,1.5]Sets the volume of the Master fader.
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/f{-1;0;1}Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 ,0: 0 ,1: +0.05)
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0.0,1.5]See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;0;1}See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0.0,1.0]Sets the pan of instrument strip X.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof{-1;1}Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0,127]For a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivofToggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivofToggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0,]Opens song f of the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/' ',[f]Opens the next song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Opens the previous song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Undoes the previous action.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Redoes the previous undone action.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of 0 - and activates it for all others.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of 0 and registers it for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof{0;1}Deactivated Song mode for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof{0;1}Deactivated looped playback for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Toggles the metronome.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivof[0,]Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivosCreates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivosOpens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Saves the current song.
[CTRL + O] = Abrir ArchivosSaves the current song to the absolute path s.
[CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo' ',[f]Preferencias de audio
[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo' ',[f]Utilizar Hydrogen

ParteIII.Examples

Tabla de contenidos

18. A New Song
18.1. Modo "Cancin" y modo "Patrn"
18.2. Un nuevo patrn
18.3. Una nueva secuencia
18.4. Configura desde el mezclador
19. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.1. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.2. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.3. Consejos a la hora de Editar Instrumentos

Captulo 18. A New Song

Tabla de contenidos

18.1. Modo "Cancin" y modo "Patrn"
18.2. Un nuevo patrn
18.3. Una nueva secuencia
18.4. Configura desde el mezclador

Esto no es ms que una gua rpida de Hydrogen. Consulta el tutorial para una descripcin ms detallada.

18.1. Modo "Cancin" y modo "Patrn"

Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song.

18.2. Un nuevo patrn

We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see Figura18.1). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - -

[Nota]Nota

- Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of 1/16, you can't go back to 1/8 and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - 1/8 and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose off from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! -

-

Figura 18.1. El Editor de Patrones

El Editor de Patrones

18.3. Una nueva secuencia

Una vez que hemos creado los patrones (Figura18.2), podemos copiar/pegar/eliminarlos simplemente arrastrndolos con el ratn (activa 'modo seleccin' en el Editor de Canciones y mantn pulsado el botn izquierdo del ratn para seleccionar los que quieres mover o copiar).

Figura 18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

18.4. Configura desde el mezclador

Por supuesto siempre podemos utilizar la ventana del mezclador, bien a la hora de crear o reproducir patrones.

El marco del Mezclador (Figura18.3) se compone de 32 pistas individuales, cada uno de los cuales est vinculado a un instrumento, ms una lnea de "Salida Master" para ajustar la salida general del volumen y un botn "FX" (efectos) para configurar efectos. Cada lnea tiene 3 botones ( ), ajuste de paneo ( ), pico mximo actual, fader de volumen y nombre de la pista. Haciendo clic en sonar el instrumento seleccionado, y los dems se silenciarn. El botn de "Mute" (silencio) , simplemente silencia ese instrumento. El pico mximo indica el volumen mximo alcanzado por el instrumento; el pico debe estar en un rango entre 0.0 y 1.0 (en Figura18.3 puedes ver algunos volmenes demasiado altos), de lo contrario se distorsionar, produciendo un sonido extrao (sobre todo con el driver de audio OSS), en este caso es mejor tener el volumen bajo; vigila los vmetros.

Figura 18.3. El Mezclador

El Mezclador

Captulo 19. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit

Tabla de contenidos

19.1. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.2. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit
19.3. Consejos a la hora de Editar Instrumentos

19.1. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit

In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples.

La creacin de un nuevo drumkit con Hydrogen se realiza con el Editor de Instrumentos. Usando el editor de instrumentos puedes cargar samples, configurar parmetros de la envolvente (envelope), configurar la ganancia (gain), y algunas funciones avanzadas ms como grupos de silencio (mute groups), filtro de resonancia low-pass (low-pass resonance filter) y altura tonal aleatoria (pitch randomization).

[Sugerencia]Sugerencia

- Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. -

Lets make a brand new drum kit:

  1. Para empezar con un nuevo drumkit de cero, selecciona Instrumentos → Borrar Todos . Esto te deja un banco de 32 instrumentos vacos. Para borrar instrumentos, haz clic derecho sobre cada instrumento y selecciona Borrar Instrumento. Para aadir ms instrumentos, selecciona Instrumentos → Aadir Instrumento .

  2. Selecciona un instrumento para empezar a editarlo. Esto se hace haciendo clic izquierdo sobre el nombre del instrumento en la lista de instrumentos (a la izquierda). Vers que el nombre del instrumento en el Editor de Instrumentos coincide con el que has seleccionado.

  3. Cuando el drumkit funciona tal como queras, selecciona Instrumentos → Guardar biblioteca . Te pedir que le des un nombre al drumkit para guardarlo. Si quieres sobreescribir un drumkit ya existente, tendrs que teclear el mismo nombre que el kit que quieres reemplazar.

  4. Los drumkits se archivan automticamente en el directorio data (por ej. $HOME/data/drumkits).

  5. Para exportar un drumkit (para compartirlo con otros), hay que cargarlo primero en la Biblioteca de Sonidos. Despus, selecciona Instrumentos → Exportar biblioteca en el men. Selecciona el drumkit que deseas exportar y dale un nombre de archivo para guardarlo.

19.2. Crear un Nuevo Drumkit

Para cada instrumento en un drumkit, puedes cargar varios samples y configurar diferentes parmetros del sintetizador. Esta seccin te ayudar paso a paso para crear un nuevo instrumento y cargar los samples.

Para empezar a crear un instrumento, selecciona Instrumentos → Aadir instrumento. Esto te da un instrumento en blanco para comenzar.

Ahora, necesitas dos samples. Cualquier archivo .WAV o .FLAC servir. Hydrogen proporciona varios en el directorio data/drumkits .

In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. -

[Nota]Nota

- The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. -

Tras cargar el sample, vers que ahora hay un 1 arriba, y que el rectngulo de ms arriba se ha vuelto azul claro. Para cargar un segundo sample, haz clic en la ranura justo debajo, y luego haz clic en Cargar Capa para meter otro sample.

Tras insertar los dos samples, probablemente vers que slo el primer sample se reproduce cuando disparas el instrumento. Esto es porque tienes que configurar los rangos de intensidad para las capas. Mueve el ratn hacia los laterales de los rectngulos azul claro y vers que sale un cursor para arrastrar hacia la derecha o la izquierda. Ahora arrastra el sample hacia la derecha o la izquierda (como una cortina). Ahora vers cmo aparece la Capa 2.

La configuracin de intensidad para la capa es intensidad-0 a la izquierda, e intensidad mxima a la derecha. Configura la Capa 1 para las notas suaves y la Capa 2 para las notas fuertes. (Por ej. la Capa 1 a la izquierda y la Capa 2 a la derecha).

Ahora, en la zona de patrones, configura un patrn simple que reproduce este instrumento. Ajusta las configuraciones de intensidad en cada nota para que puedan sonar los diferentes samples. Ahora pon el patrn en modo bucle y notars la diferencia entre los samples. (Para aprender sobre cmo editar un patrn, consulta Captulo9)

Para cada capa puedes configurar la Ganancia y la Altura tonal. La altura tonal tambin tiene un ajuste Fino.

Usa el ajuste de Ganancia para controlar el volumen del sample. Esto es necesario porque es muy difcil tener un conjunto de samples que suenen al mismo volumen. Al ajustar esto, los samples que estaban grabados demasiado bajo se pueden subir para igualarlos a los samples altos (que has tenido que bajar).

[Aviso]Aviso

Es muy fcil poner el mando de Ganancia demasiado alto, haciendo que el sample quede clipeado (distorsionado). Acurdate de probar la ganancia con notas de intensidad mxima. Si aqu se te clipea la seal, seguramente empeorar segn lo procesa Hydrogen.

La altura tonal (pitch) del sample se puede modificar con los controles correspondientes. El mando de Altura Tonal (Pitch) ajusta la altura tonal en semitonos. (As que -12 baja 1 octava). El mando a la derecha ajusta la altura 50 cents. (Un semitono son 100 cents.)

[Nota]Nota

La altura se ajusta reproduciendo el sample ms rpido o ms despacio. Esto se llama el Efecto Doppler. As que si tienes un sample de 1 segundo y lo bajas -12 (1 octava), tu sample slo durar 0.5-segundoss.

You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons).

19.3. Consejos a la hora de Editar Instrumentos

Con todos los parmetros que hay disponibles, puede resultar difcil conseguir algo que suene bien cuando acabes. Aqu van algunos consejos para configurar un instrumento:

Baja la ganancia. Cada vez que tienes un control de ganancia (por ej. un amplificador), esto se llama una etapa de potencia. Con cada etapa de potencia adicional que tengas, es fcil que satures la seal - lo cual significa que la seal se distorsiona debido al clipeo. Adems, si tienes dos samples que, por s solos, ya llegan al lmite - qu crees que pasar cuando los combines? Est claro, vuelves a saturar la seal.

Si las cosas suenan mal y distorsionadas, empieza por bajar la ganancia de la capa... sobre todo si es mayor de 1.0. Luego baja la ganancia del instrumento. Luego cualquier ganancia de los efectos LADSPA. Luego el fader del mezclador. Luego el fader de la salida master.

Prueba los samples a la mxima intensidad. El sample sonar ms alto si la intensidad es mayor. As que si lo configuras todo para que suene bien con una intensidad de 0.7, qu pasar cuando tengas una intensidad mxima de 1.0? (Una pista: saturacin.)

Intenta usar samples con -6 dB mx. Visualmente, esto son samples que llegan a su pico mximo slo a la mitad del rango completo. Si no, deja la ganancia en aproximadamente 0.5.

Quita todas las desviaciones de CD (DC offset) del sample. En un editor simple de samples, normalmente hay una lnea que atraviesa el centro de la onda. Esta es la lnea "cero". El inicio de tu sample debera de estar sobre esta lnea. El final del sample tambin debera de estar sobre esta lnea. Sin embargo, si la seal est un poco por encima o debajo de esta lnea, oirs un 'clic' al comienzo y al final del sample cada vez que sea reproducido. Si tu editor de samples no tiene herramientas para arreglar un problema de desviacin de CD, puedes eliminarlo poniendo un ligero fundido de entrada y salida en los extremos del sample.

El ADSR no ser ms largo que tu sample. Si tienes un sample corto, no importa cmo configures el attack y el delay - el sample dejar de reproducirse.

Las cosas cambian con la tasa de muestreo. Si tienes una configuracin realmente buena con todos los parmetros ajustados con esmero... las cosas cambiarn si modificas la tasa de muestreo de tu tarjeta de sonido. Muchas de las funcionalidades y los parmetros internos de Hydrogen estn basados en el nmero de samples que procesa, y no en el nmero de segundos. El tipo de cosas que cambian son: cualquier cosa basada en el tiempo (como el attack y el release) y cualquier cosa basada en la frecuencia (como la frecuencia de corte).

Los samples tpicos utilizados en Hydrogen son: el sonido de un golpe simple de batera, el sonido de un golpe simple de plato, el sonido de un golpe simple de cencerro. Cuando metes una nota en el patrn (o reproduces una nota usando MIDI), Hydrogen reproducir el sonido que hayas cargado. As que para crear un drumkit tienes que reunir grabaciones cortas del bombo, cada tom, cada plato, el hi hat abierto, el hi hat cerrado, la caja (con bordonero y sin bordonero), golpes del borde, etc.

Sin embargo, no hay reglas en cuanto a qu puede ser un sample. Es comn utilizar Hydrogen para disparar sonidos que no son de batera, tales como: clips de audio de personas hablando, un clip de una cancin, efectos de sonido, clips de audio de pelculas, personas famosas hablando. Se creativo!

ParteIV.Appendix

Tabla de contenidos

20. Tipos de Archivo
21. Shortcut Lists
Glosario

Captulo 20. Tipos de Archivo

Antes de trabajar con Hydrogen, por favor familiarzate con estos archivos:

  • *.h2pattern: Archivo XML que describe un slo patrn. Los patrones son conjuntos de golpes y se gestionan en el editor de patrones.

  • *.h2song: Archivo XML que describe la cancin entera (o secuencia). Las canciones son conjuntos de patrones con sus propiedades y se gestionan utilizando el editor de canciones

  • *.h2playlist: Archivo XML que describe una lista de reproduccin. Una Lista de Reproduccin es un conjunto de canciones.

  • *.h2drumkit: Una carpeta comprimida y archivada que contiene todos los samples de sonidos que componen un "drumkit" (una batera) y un archivo XML de descripcin. Los drumkits son bsicamente un conjunto de samples.

Captulo 21. Shortcut Lists

Tabla 21.1. Shortcut Table

ShortcutDescription
Ctrl + NNew Project
Ctrl + OOpen File
Ctrl + DOpen Demo
Ctrl + SSave Song
Ctrl + Shift + SSave Song as
Ctrl + PExport Pattern as
Ctrl + MExport MIDI file
Ctrl + EExport Song (see Export Song)
Ctrl + LExport LilyPond file
Ctrl + QUtilizar Hydrogen
Ctrl + ZUndo an action
Ctrl + Shift + ZRedo an action
Alt + DShow Director
Alt + MShow Mixer
Alt + IShow Instrument Rack
Alt + AShow Automation Path
Alt + FToggle fullscreen mode
Ctrl + Alt + ISet Input mode to Instrument
Ctrl + Alt + DSet Input mode to Drumkit
Alt + PShow Preferences
Alt + ?Manual de Hydrogen
Backspace[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una cancin o un patrn
SpacePlay / Pause
Ctrl + SpaceStarts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space.
,Use the Beat Counter
\Use Tap Tempo
+Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM
-Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM
F5Jump to previous song in playlist
F6Jump to next song in playlist
F9Jump to previous bar in the song
F10Jump to next bar in the song
F12Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds)

Glosario

Esto es un glosario de trminos generales que se encuentran al utilizar Hydrogen, sintetizadores, bateras o samplers. Las definiciones del texto estn simplificadas, pero las definiciones aqu son ms generales y estn ms explicadas. Por ejemplo, el texto del manual te llevara a creer que un ADSR es el nico tipo de generador de envolventes (envelope generator), y que slo controla el volumen. Mientras que sirve para nuevos usuarios, no es del todo correcto.

ADSR

Un tipo de generador de envolventes que te permite controlar los parmetros de Attack, Decay, Sustain, y Release. Generalmente, los parmetros son proporcionales a la intensidad.

Un generador de envolventes de Attack (Ataque)/Decay (Decaimiento)/Sustain/Release. Tras disparar una nota, Hydrogen atacar la nota incrementando su volumen de 0 hasta la plena intensidad de la nota. Tras llegar a la mxima intensidad, decaer la nota bajando el volumen hasta que alcanza el nivel del sustain. Cuando la nota se suelta, (release) Hydrogen vuelve a reducir el volumen desde el nivel de sustain hasta 0.

En Hydrogen, el 'ADSR envelope generator' slo controla el volumen (atenuacin).

Lee ms sobre esto en el Artculo de Wikipedia (en ingls) ADSR Envelope

Ver tambin Generador de la Envolvente (Envelope Generator), Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release.

Attack

Esta es la primera fase de un 'ADSR envelope', y es la cantidad de tiempo necesario para subir el parmetro de 0 a la mxima intensidad tras disparar la nota.

Ver tambin ADSR.

Atenuacin

En filtros y mezcladores, esto es la reduccin de la seal (volumen).

Ver tambin Roll-off.

Band-Pass Filter

Un filtro que conserva cierto rango de frecuencias, y atena (silencia) todos los dems. A menudo se hace esto combinando un filtro high-pass y otro filtro low-pass.

Ver tambin Filtro, Filtro 'High-Pass', Filtro Low-Pass.

Saturacin (Clipping)

Un fenmeno que afecta a una seal cuando es demasiado grande para lo que sea que lo recibe. Los picos de la seal (que normalmente son curvas redondeadas) se cortan al mximo volumen (clipeados). Esto distorsiona el sonido y normalmente no es deseable.

Un ejemplo de saturacin es cuando reproduces msica a un volumen mayor de lo que puede soportar el altavoz. Algunas partes de la msica suenan desgarradas y borrosas.

Component

- A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. -

To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - -

[Nota]Nota

- Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. -

- In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. -

-

Frecuencia de Corte (Cutoff Frequency)

En los filtros high-pass y low-pass, esta es la frecuencia que divide entre entre aquellas que pasan, y aquellas que se atenan (silenciadas). En un filtro de 'high-pass resonance', o uno de 'low-pass resonance', el corte es tambin la zona de frecuencias que se amplifican.

Por ejemplo, si tienes un filtro low-pass y configuras una frecuencia de corte alta (por ej. 20kHz)... el filtro no afectar al sonido. Todas las frecuencias audibles pasarn sin modificarse. Al bajar la frecuencia de corte a algo como 40 Hz (la cuerda gruesa de un bajo), suena como si alguien tapara el altavoz con una manta. Las frecuencias altas se estn atenuando por encima de los 30 Hz.

Ver tambin Filtro, Filtro 'High-Pass', Filtro Low-Pass, Filtro de Resonancia.

Decay

After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level.

Ver tambin ADSR.

DC-offset

DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform.

DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal.

Generador de la Envolvente (Envelope Generator)

Una manera de controlar (cambiar) un parmetro a lo largo del tiempo como respuesta al disparo, sostenimiento y liberacin de una nota.

Se te acaba de nublar la vista? Intentmoslo de nuevo:

Imagina que ests tocando una nota en el teclado y tienes la otra mano en un mando (volumen, filtro de corte, etc.). Segn tocas la nota, giras e mando (hacia arriba, luego abajo... o viceversa). Haces lo mismo con cada nota. Esto es lo que hace el 'envelope generator'. Consulta tambin ADSR

Fader

Un control deslizante utilizado para ajustar la atenuacin (volumen) en un mezclador. Los faders siempre tienen un potencimetro de "audio", lo que significa que los cambios de atenuacin tienen lugar en una escala exponencial.

Filtro

Un dispositivo que cambia un sonido atenuando frecuencias especficas. Un control de tono es un ejemplo de un filtro simple de 'low pass'.

Ver tambin Band-Pass Filter, Filtro 'High-Pass', Filtro Low-Pass, Filtro de Resonancia.

Gain

En un amplificador, determina cunto se amplifica una seal (volumen). A mayor valor de ganancia, ms volumen.

Filtro 'High-Pass'

Un filtro que atena (silencia) frecuencias bajas, pero que permite el paso de frecuencias altas.

Ver tambin Filtro, Frecuencia de Corte (Cutoff Frequency).

Instrumento

En Hydrogen, un instrumento es un nico generador de ruido (como puede ser un bombo o un tom).

Capa

En un instrumento, puedes cargar varios samples diferentes capa), y hacer que suene un sample diferente dependiendo de la intensidad de la nota. Slo sonar un sample a la vez.

Supn que tienes un sample de un golpe suave de timbal base. Si simplemente reproduces el sample ms alto - no sonar igual que un golpe fuerte en un tom de verdad. Si quieres imitar esto en tu instrumento, puedes cargar un sample par los golpes suaves, y otro sample para los fuertes.

Ver tambin Instrumento.

Filtro Low-Pass

Un filtro que atena (silencia) frecuencias altas, pero que permite el paso de frecuencias bajas.

Ver tambin Filtro, Frecuencia de Corte (Cutoff Frequency).

Silencio (Mute)

Para no hacer sonido. Una funcin del instrumento que evita cualquier salida de audio.

Grupo de Silencio (Mute Group)

A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately.

Esto se utiliza normalmente para los hi-hats, donde hay un instrumento (sample) diferente para cuando est abierto y cerrado. Con un hi-hat real, el sonido abierto parar en cuanto lo cierres. Sin embargo, si utilizas dos samples - el sonido de abierto continuar an despus de disparar el sonido de cerrado. Al colocar ambos instrumentos en el mismo grupo (grupo #1, por ejemplo)... al disparar el sonido de cerrado el de abierto se parar automticamente (y vice versa).

Normalization

Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS).

Octava

Un rango de frecuencias donde la ms alta es exctamente el doble de la ms baja.

Por ejemplo, el rango de 20 Hz a 40 Hz es una octava. Como lo es de 120 Hz a 240 Hz, y de 575 Hz a 1150 Hz. Mientras que las diferencias de frecuencia son muy variadas (20 Hz, 120 Hz, y 575 Hz, respectivamente), para el odo humano suenan como si les separara la misma distancia.

Pan

Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance.

- The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -

Figura 44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters


- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. -

- The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. -

Release

Tras soltar/liberar la nota, esto es la cantidad de tiempo necesario para reducir el parmetro del nivel de sustain a 0.

Ver tambin ADSR.

Resonancia

Al referirnos al filtro de resonancia, esto es el parmetro que determina cunta ganancia se da a las frecuencias en el corte.

Ver tambin Filtro de Resonancia.

Filtro de Resonancia

Un filtro que amplifica un estrecho rango de frecuencias. Tpicamente formar parte de un filtro high-pass o low-pass, donde las frecuencias amplificadas se centran en la frecuencia de corte.

Ver tambin Filtro, Frecuencia de Corte (Cutoff Frequency), Filtro Low-Pass, Filtro 'High-Pass', Resonancia.

Roll-off

Esta es la cantidad de atenuacin (supresin) aplicada a las frecuencias segn cambia la frecuencia (normalmente medido en dB/octava).

Por ejemplo, en un filtro low-pass las frecuencias or debajo de la frecuencia de corte no se atenan (pasan con el mismo volumen). Lo mismo que con la frecuencia de corte. Al superar la frecuencia de corte, las frecuencias que se encuentran cerca de la frecuencia de corte no se atenan mucho. Sin embargo, las frecuencias que superan mucho el de corte se atenan (silencian) mucho. Esto normalmente se aproxima mediante una lnea recta (en una escala logartmica) y se mide en dB de atenuacin por cada octava de frecuencia.

Ver tambin Atenuacin, Filtro.

Sample

A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects).

Sustain

El nivel (el volumen) en el que la nota se sostiene entre el sustain y el release. Es un porcentaje de la intensidad. No depende del tiempo.

Ver tambin ADSR.

Velocity

La fuerza con la que golpeas una nota.

Los dispositivos MIDI deben enviar esta informacin junto con la nota. Los sintetizadores utilizan esta informacin para ajustar varios parmetros en el sample (normalmente el volumen). En Hydrogen, slo se utiliza para determinar el volumen al que se reproduce el sample.

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_es.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_es.po --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_es.po 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_es.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8837 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-19 19:01+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Daryl O'Hara \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: es\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: manual.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual" -msgstr "Manual de Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:9 -msgid "Antonio Piraino" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:13 -msgid "Alessandro Cominu" -msgstr "Alessandro Cominu" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Thijs Van Severen" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:21 -msgid "Sebastian Moors" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:25 -msgid "Colin Evans" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:29 -msgid "Philipp Müller" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle -#: manual.docbook:35 -msgid "2021-03-04" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: manual.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows." -msgstr "Hydrogen es un sintetizador de software que puede usarse solo, emulando una caja de ritmos basado en patrones, o a través de un teclado MIDI/secuenciador de software. Hydrogen compila en Linux/x86 y Mac OS X, aunque este último aún es experimental, así que pregunta en la lista de correo de desarrolladores para más detalles." - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:45 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:48 -msgid "Download" -msgstr "Descarga" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:50 -msgid "You can download Hydrogen from http://www.hydrogen-music.org. On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:55 -msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:61 -msgid "Build" -msgstr "Compilación" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:63 -msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our git repository with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:70 -msgid "A certain release can be fetched with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git checkout tags/1.0.0\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):" -msgstr "La compilación de Hydrogen depende de las siguientes librerías:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io" -msgstr "CMT disponible en http://www.ladspa.org." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" -msgstr "libsndfile en http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) en http://www.alsa-project.com (sólo si quieres usar ALSA como driver de audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at http://jackaudio.org/ (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) en http://jackaudio.org/ (sólo si quieres usar JACK como driver de audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "PortAudio en http://www.portaudio.com (sólo si quieres usar PortAudio como driver de audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "PortAudio en http://www.portaudio.com (sólo si quieres usar PortAudio como driver de audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you wish to use Flac samples)" -msgstr "Flac en http://flac.sf.net (sólo si quieres usar samples en flac)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish to use LADSPA effects)" -msgstr "ladspa en http://ladspa.org (sólo si quieres usar efectos ladspa)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)" -msgstr "liblrdf en http://liblrdf.sf.net (sólo si quieres usar lrdf para categorizar efectos)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if you wish to use LASH)" -msgstr "lash en http://lash.nongnu.org (sólo si quieres usar lash)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:119 -msgid "liblo: at for OSC and NSM support" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:" -msgstr "Por favor instálalos con el gestor de paquetes de tu distribución. Si utilizas un sistema basado en debian, puedes instalar las librerías con:" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \\\n" -"\tqttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \\\n" -"\tlibarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n" -"\tlibpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \\\n" -"\tliblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:137 -msgid "Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:144 -msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" r[m] => all built, temp and cache files\n" -" c[lean] => remove cache files\n" -" m[ake] => launch the build process\n" -" mm => launch the build process using ccache\n" -" mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled\n" -" d[oc] => build html documentation\n" -" g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph\n" -" h[elp] => show the build options\n" -" x|exec => execute hydrogen\n" -" t[ests] => execute tests\n" -" p[kg] => build source package\n" -" z => build using ccache and run from tree\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:163 -msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh m x\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:170 -msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ cd build\n" -" $ sudo make install\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:179 -msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:184 -msgid "Keyboard and Mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:185 -msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:190 -msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:201 -msgid "Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:206 -msgid "Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:212 -msgid "Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for convenience." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:222 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:229 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:236 -msgid "Enter and Return : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:244 -msgid "Tab and Shift + Tab : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete : delete notes or patterns." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:256 -msgid "Esc : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:217 -msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:265 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:272 -msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:282 -msgid "Using Hydrogen" -msgstr "Utilizar Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:285 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:288 -msgid "Main User Interface" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:291 -msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:295 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='3a48afe570301756154eeee8da95c427'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:300 -msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:306 -msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:311 -msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:319 -msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:323 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='8611e20ca4e74013f36e811f24bea8b6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkit Concept" -msgstr "Conceptos" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:332 -msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:340 -msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple layered samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:347 -msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:355 -msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:357 -msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:361 -msgid "Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:365 -msgid "Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:370 -msgid "In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:375 -msgid "Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:380 -msgid "MIDI Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:384 -msgid "Instr. Pos." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:387 -msgid "MIDI Note" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:390 -msgid "PC Keyboard Key" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit" -msgstr "Manual de Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:396 -msgid "GM Standard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:404 manual.docbook:648 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:407 -msgid "Bass Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:410 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:411 manual.docbook:655 -msgid "36" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:412 -msgid "Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:413 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Kick" -msgstr "Z = Kick (bombo)" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:414 -msgid "Bass Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:417 manual.docbook:503 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:418 manual.docbook:662 -msgid "37" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:419 -msgid "S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Stick" -msgstr "S = Stick (baqueta)" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:421 -msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:424 manual.docbook:517 -msgid "3" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:425 manual.docbook:669 -msgid "38" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:426 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:427 -msgid "Snare" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:428 -msgid "Snare Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:431 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:432 manual.docbook:676 -msgid "39" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:433 -msgid "D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:434 manual.docbook:435 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hand Clap" -msgstr "D = Hand Clap (palmada de manos)" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:438 manual.docbook:538 -msgid "5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:439 manual.docbook:683 -msgid "40" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:440 -msgid "C" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:441 -msgid "Snare Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:442 -msgid "Snare Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:445 manual.docbook:552 -msgid "6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:446 manual.docbook:690 -msgid "41" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:447 -msgid "V" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:448 -msgid "Floor Tom" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:449 -msgid "Low Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:452 manual.docbook:566 -msgid "7" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:453 manual.docbook:697 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:454 -msgid "G" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:455 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Closed" -msgstr "G = Closed HH (HH cerrado)" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:456 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Closed Hi-hat" -msgstr "G = Closed HH (HH cerrado)" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:459 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:460 manual.docbook:704 -msgid "43" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:461 -msgid "B" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:462 -msgid "Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:463 -msgid "Low Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:466 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:467 manual.docbook:711 -msgid "44" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:468 -msgid "H" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:469 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Pedal" -msgstr "H = Pedal HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:470 -msgid "Pedal Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:473 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:474 manual.docbook:718 -msgid "45" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:475 -msgid "N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:476 -msgid "Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:477 -msgid "Mid Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:480 -msgid "11" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:481 manual.docbook:725 -msgid "46" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:482 -msgid "J" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:483 -msgid "Hat Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:484 -msgid "Open Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:487 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:488 -msgid "47" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:489 -msgid "M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:490 manual.docbook:554 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cowbell" -msgstr "M = Cowbell (cencerro)" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:491 -msgid "Mid Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:494 -msgid "13" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:495 -msgid "48" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:496 -msgid "Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:497 -msgid "Ride" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:498 -msgid "High Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:501 -msgid "14" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:502 -msgid "49" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:504 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Crash" -msgstr "2 = Crash" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:505 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:508 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:509 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:510 -msgid "W" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:511 -msgid "Ride 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:512 -msgid "High Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:515 -msgid "16" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:516 -msgid "51" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:518 -msgid "Splash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:519 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:522 -msgid "17" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:523 -msgid "52" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:524 -msgid "E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:525 -msgid "Hat Semi-Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:526 -msgid "Chinese Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:529 -msgid "18" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:530 -msgid "53" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:531 -msgid "R" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:532 -msgid "Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:533 -msgid "Ride Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:536 -msgid "19" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:537 -msgid "54" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:540 -msgid "Tambourine" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:543 -msgid "20" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:544 -msgid "55" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:545 -msgid "T" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:547 -msgid "Splash Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:550 -msgid "21" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:551 -msgid "56" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:557 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:558 -msgid "57" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:559 -msgid "Y" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:561 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:564 -msgid "23" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:565 -msgid "58" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:568 -msgid "Vibra Slap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:571 -msgid "24" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:572 -msgid "59" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:573 -msgid "U" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:575 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:578 -msgid "25" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:579 -msgid "60" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:582 -msgid "High Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:585 -msgid "26" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:586 -msgid "61" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:589 -msgid "Low Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:592 -msgid "27" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:593 -msgid "62" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:596 -msgid "Mute High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:599 -msgid "28" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:600 -msgid "63" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:603 -msgid "Open High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:606 -msgid "29" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:607 -msgid "64" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:610 -msgid "Low Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:613 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:614 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:617 -msgid "High Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:620 -msgid "31" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:621 -msgid "66" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:624 -msgid "Low Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:627 -msgid "32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:628 -msgid "67" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:631 -msgid "High Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:634 -msgid "33" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:635 -msgid "68" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:638 -msgid "Low Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:641 -msgid "34" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:642 -msgid "69" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:645 -msgid "Cabasa" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:649 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:652 -msgid "Maracas" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:656 -msgid "71" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:659 -msgid "Short Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:663 -msgid "72" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:666 -msgid "Long Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:670 -msgid "73" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:673 -msgid "Short Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:677 -msgid "74" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:680 -msgid "Long Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:684 -msgid "75" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:687 -msgid "Claves" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:691 -msgid "76" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:694 -msgid "High Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:698 -msgid "77" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:701 -msgid "Low Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:705 -msgid "78" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:708 -msgid "Mute Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:712 -msgid "79" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:715 -msgid "Open Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:719 -msgid "80" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:722 -msgid "Mute Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:726 -msgid "81" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:729 -msgid "Open Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default." -msgstr "Nótese que el nombre del instrumento depende del drumkit cargado. Esta lista se refiere al GMKit cargado por defecto. La posición del instrumento, sin embargo, es la misma." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:742 -msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:747 -msgid "Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:753 -msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:764 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tastiera.png' md5='344cc621fc42d367ff50ec3b01017b04'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:756 -msgid " Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:771 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Recording in Hydrogen" -msgstr "Utilizar Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:773 -msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:786 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Rec_button.png' md5='21e4b8d7fd5a53b207b5b3875c9f49d0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:798 manual.docbook:6766 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_play_off.png' md5='5d22ba3609e85f143aa992c25d469a0c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:777 -msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button Grey record button with a red circle in its center. in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:804 -msgid "Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:809 -msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:816 -msgid "Session Management" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:818 -msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:823 -msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:835 -msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:830 -msgid "NSM: Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:847 -msgid "You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:842 -msgid "LASH: Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:858 -msgid "Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:854 -msgid "JACK Session: JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:867 -msgid "NSM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:869 -msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:875 -msgid "Replace With New Song: instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:886 manual.docbook:897 -msgid "In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:881 -msgid "Import Into Session: instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:893 -msgid "Import Recent Info Session: instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:909 -msgid "In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:904 -msgid "Export From Session As: instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:918 -msgid "The Open Demo option will be missing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:927 -msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:923 -msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:936 -msgid "Command-line Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/screen -#: manual.docbook:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" -h, --help Displays this help.\n" -" -v, --version Displays version information.\n" -" -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)\n" -" -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)\n" -" -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen\n" -" -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup\n" -" -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path\n" -" -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup\n" -" -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup\n" -" -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:938 -msgid "After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:958 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences" -msgstr "Preferencias de audio" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:960 -msgid "Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:963 -msgid "All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:969 manual.docbook:3310 manual.docbook:4039 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:972 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The General Tab" -msgstr "La pestaña de Apariencia" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:975 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='5072a7d28184e7dfa40f353cd62ad5ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:986 manual.docbook:1103 -msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:992 -msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:982 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "Depurar: herramientas principalmente para depurar y monitorizar Hydrogen (sólo disponible si se compila con soporte de depuración)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1001 -msgid "Reopen last used song: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1011 -msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1007 -msgid "Reopen last used playlist: determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1024 -msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1018 -msgid "Use relative paths for playlist: specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1031 -msgid "Hide keyboard input cursor: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1042 -msgid "You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1037 -msgid "Use LASH: enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1054 -msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1057 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice." -msgstr "Nótese que estos valores pueden ser positivos (+) o negativos (-). Para encontrar valores útiles, tendrás que tomarte tu tiempo para hacer pruebas. Además, puede que requieras diferentes valores dependiendo de la velocidad de tu hardware, dispositivo de audio, drivers, etc. La utilización del Contador de Pulsaciones require práctica." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1049 -msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1083 manual.docbook:2257 manual.docbook:2288 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_on.png' md5='d3694f8445c2fef7b30834a60d1bffa6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1074 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - Blue button containing a \"P\". should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1068 -msgid "Beat counter start offset in ms: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1093 -msgid "Maximum number of bars: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1099 -msgid "Maximum number of layers: sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1115 -msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1121 -msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check the Rubber Band site ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1140 manual.docbook:2376 manual.docbook:4830 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rubber_off.png' md5='4af1c3110fbd8772a724f7f85fa22441'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1130 -msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1111 -msgid "Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1154 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Audio System" -msgstr "La pestaña de Sistema de Audio" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1157 -msgid "The Audio System Tab" -msgstr "La pestaña de Sistema de Audio" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1160 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='1da93face38cf7a71c6f231474ba617c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1167 -msgid "Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1171 -msgid "Available options:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1182 -msgid "This option is recommended for beginners." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1177 -msgid ": Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1191 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The JACK driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The JACK server will start automatically if not already running." -msgstr "jackd: El driver Jack es un servidor de audio profesional que permite una latencia muy baja e intercambios con otros software de audio. Recomendamos encarecidamente el uso de este driver para sacar lo mejor de Hydrogen. El servidor JACK arrancará automáticamente si no lo estaba ya." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1198 -msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1205 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver." -msgstr "ALSA: los drivers estándares de Linux ampliamente adoptados" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1210 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The OSS audio driver uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort." -msgstr "OSS: El driver de audio Oss utiliza /dev/dsp y está basado en la interfaz OSS que es soportado por la gran mayoría de tarjetas de sonido disponible para linux; dicho esto, el uso de este driver bloquea /dev/dsp hasta que Hydrogen se cierra; esto es, otro software no puede acceder a él. Úsalo como un último recurso." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1220 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": An open-source multi platform audio driver." -msgstr "PortAudio: un driver de audio de código abierto y multiplataforma" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1225 -msgid ": A driver for MacOS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1229 -msgid ": A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Device: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use." -msgstr "ALSA: los drivers estándares de Linux ampliamente adoptados" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1243 -msgid "Buffer size: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1253 -msgid "If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1249 -msgid "Sample rate: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1262 -msgid "Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1265 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1267 -msgid "note velocity and pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1268 manual.docbook:1275 -msgid "layer gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1269 -msgid "component gain and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1270 -msgid "instrument gain, pan, and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1272 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1274 -msgid "note velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1279 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1285 -msgid "BBT sync method: if Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's tempo or the Tempo Markers added to the Timeline. But due to limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1302 manual.docbook:1347 manual.docbook:1368 -#: manual.docbook:1391 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1314 manual.docbook:2440 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_transport_off.png' md5='c1264187019da8004254528045d35060'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1325 manual.docbook:2455 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_master_off.png' md5='5108a24ccc5d260fab40e9d2ebab5c9d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1305 -msgid "For this option to take effect the Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". button has to be activated and the Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to having a JACK TBM application)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1333 -msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1339 -msgid "Connect to default JACK output ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to the default JACK input ports of your system (system:playback_1 and system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1354 -msgid "Create per-instrument JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1361 -msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1374 -msgid "There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1385 -msgid "Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1380 -msgid "Enable JACK timebase master support: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1398 -msgid "Apply and restart output: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1408 -msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1404 -msgid "Polyphony: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1415 -msgid "Metronome volume: sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1421 -msgid "Interpolate resampling: specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "MIDI System" -msgstr "La pestaña de Sistema Midi" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1434 -msgid "The MIDI System Tab" -msgstr "La pestaña de Sistema Midi" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1437 manual.docbook:5825 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='f57c80dc6c151d1bea2e52adc6d91fbd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1444 -msgid "MIDI driver: selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1450 -msgid "Input: selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1456 -msgid "Output: selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1462 -msgid "Channel: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1472 -msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1468 -msgid "Ignore note-off: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1484 -msgid "the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1489 -msgid "an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1494 -msgid "whether the Metronome is activated" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1479 -msgid "Enable MIDI feedback: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1502 -msgid "Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1513 -msgid "If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1508 -msgid "Use output note as input note: specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1521 -msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1528 -msgid "OSC" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The OSC Tab" -msgstr "La pestaña de Sistema Midi" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='b60b4ce044e7028b914e1bb0ea397231'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1544 -msgid "In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1551 -msgid "Enable OSC support: Allows Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1563 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1566 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1569 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1572 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1578 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1584 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1555 -msgid "Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is composed of the following OSC paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1591 -msgid "Incoming port: Specifies the OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1539 -msgid "The OSC tab () let's you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see chapter OSC API for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1597 -msgid "If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the OSC tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1605 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "La pestaña de Apariencia" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1608 -msgid "The Appearance Tab" -msgstr "La pestaña de Apariencia" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1611 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png' md5='c122a1346ebdd01399742c5fdbfd0bde'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1616 -msgid "The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look and feel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1627 manual.docbook:1651 manual.docbook:1668 -msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1622 -msgid "Application font: specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1639 -msgid "Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1634 -msgid "Style: specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1646 -msgid "Mixer font: specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1658 -msgid "Meters falloff speed: specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1664 -msgid "Default interface layout: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1675 -msgid "High-resolution display scaling: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1686 -msgid ": Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1692 -msgid ": Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1698 -msgid ": Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1681 -msgid "Coloring method for Song Editor elements: determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:1712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "Menú principal" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Menu" -msgstr "Menú principal" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1718 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MainMenu.png' md5='d0db6cc4eca29a57da78c89bcba53d93'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1724 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1725 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This menu offers file related functions." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1729 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New: creates a new and empty song." -msgstr "Nuevo - Crear una canción nueva" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1739 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Info: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, license, and generic notes." -msgstr "Mostrar Info - Configurar propiedades generales de la canción como el nombre, autor, licencia y notas genéricas" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1743 -msgid "Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1749 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)." -msgstr "Abrir Demo - Abrir una canción demo (las demos se guardan en $INSTALLPATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1746 -msgid "Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)." -msgstr "Abrir reciente - Abrir un menú mostrando las últimas canciones utilizadas" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1759 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves changes to current song." -msgstr "Guardar - Guardar cambios a la canción actual" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1765 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1762 -msgid "Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1773 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) belonging to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Abrir patrón - Abrir un patrón guardado perteneciente al drumkit actual" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1781 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1777 -msgid "Export Pattern As: saves a pattern as a .h2pattern file. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export MIDI file: exports the current song in MIDI format." -msgstr "Exportar archivo MIDI - Exportar canción actual en formato MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1793 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export song: exports the current song into an audio file." -msgstr "Exportar canción - Exportar canción actual en formato WAV" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1795 -msgid "The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond." -msgstr "Exportar archivo MIDI - Exportar canción actual en formato MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1803 -msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1808 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit: exists Hydrogen." -msgstr "Salir - Salir de Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1814 -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo: lets you undo your last action." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Redo: lets you redo the last undone action." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1824 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous actions." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1831 manual.docbook:3936 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkits" -msgstr "Drumkits del usuario" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1834 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1843 -msgid "Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1838 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Instrumentos: este menú ofrece funciones de instrumentos y drumkit (librerías de sonidos)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1850 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Properties: sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license." -msgstr "Mostrar Info - Configurar propiedades generales de la canción como el nombre, autor, licencia y notas genéricas" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1856 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples)." -msgstr "Instrumentos: este menú ofrece funciones de instrumentos y drumkit (librerías de sonidos)." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1863 -msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1860 -msgid "Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1873 -msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1870 -msgid "Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1880 -msgid "Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1885 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen website for an example)." -msgstr "Importar librería - Importa otro drumkit del sistema local de archivos or descárgalo de una ubicación remota a través de un flujo XML. El archivo XML que debería suministrarse NO es compatible con RSS (ver Hydrogen website para un ejemplo). Para cargar otro drumkit en tu sesión actual de Hydrogen, lee ." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1894 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Import Drumkit" -msgstr "Drumkits del usuario" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1897 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='39e25a7470e1945225be994be6afbc9f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1892 -msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see if a kit is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1909 -msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the license type." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1926 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='fc4254b7389fd8d265636ef82b587087'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:1919 -msgid " Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1914 -msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1941 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instruments" -msgstr "Instrumento" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1942 -msgid "This menu offers instruments functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1947 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Añadir instrumento - Añade un nuevo instrumento a tu drumkit actual" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1950 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit." -msgstr "Limpiar todo - Borra todos los instrumentos del drumkit actual" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1953 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Añadir instrumento - Añade un nuevo instrumento a tu drumkit actual" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1959 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1963 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window." -msgstr "Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproducción, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1966 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Director: opens the Director window." -msgstr "Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproducción, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1969 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mixer: opens the Mixer window." -msgstr "Mezclador - Abre la ventana del mezclador." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1972 -msgid "Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1975 -msgid "Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1979 -msgid "Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1982 -msgid "Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1985 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area." -msgstr "ALSA: los drivers estándares de Linux ampliamente adoptados" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1991 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1994 -msgid "Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2005 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences: opens the main preferences window (see for details)." -msgstr "Preferencias - Abre la ventana principal de preferencias. Lee para ver cómo configurar Hydrogen." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2012 -msgid "Debug" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2014 -msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2018 -msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2031 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Audio Engine View" -msgstr "La pestaña de Motor de Audio" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2034 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='c7d64d740b8a0d1bef5cab6a757c7cb3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -msgstr "La info del motor de audio es una ventana con varias estadísticas sobre Hydrogen y el driver de audio. En caso de usar JACK, la tasa de muestreo y el buffer deben configurarse antes de arrancar Hydrogen (JACK arranca automáticamente cuando una aplicación intenta conectarse)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2027 -msgid "Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2051 -msgid "Show Filesystem Info: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2061 -msgid ": No messages will be written at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2066 -msgid ": Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2071 -msgid ": Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2076 -msgid ": Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2081 -msgid ": Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2056 -msgid "Log Level: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2090 -msgid "Open Log File: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2097 -msgid "Info" -msgstr "Info" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2101 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer." -msgstr "Manual del usuario - Abre una ventana con este manual :)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "About: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc." -msgstr "Acerca de - La ventana habitual con información de licencia, créditos, etc." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2108 -msgid "Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Toolbar" -msgstr "Barra de Herramientas Principal" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2122 -msgid "The Main Toolbar" -msgstr "Barra de Herramientas Principal" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2126 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='19ace9972b0ecf3a6d1f9e5b0c4135ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components." -msgstr "Antes de analizar los dos marcos principales de Hydrogen, vamos a echar un rápido vistazo a la barra principal y sus componentes:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2135 -msgid "Transport Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2149 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='1ec0ada27f9da8dadfc40ac1bc65ee59'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2140 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2154 -msgid "Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2156 -msgid "In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2159 -msgid "When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter" -msgstr "Tap Tempo y Contador de Pulsaciones (BeatCounter)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2181 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='2c8d4cc3a85b5feb32727d2dc400d7c3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2169 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2186 -msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2189 -msgid "Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2191 -msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the \\ key in the tempo you want." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2195 -msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \\ button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2201 -msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2208 -msgid "Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2220 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='04409450bba1f7542a8990aa74cb388a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2210 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. button or simply press ,." -msgstr "El Tap Tempo es parte del Contador de Pulsaciones, que es esencialmente un Tap Tempo a lo bestia. Por defecto el Contador de Pulsaciones no está visible. Para ver el widget del Contador de Pulsaciones haz clic en el botón vertical (BC) entre el selector de modo Canción/Patrón y el widget de PPM. O se puede mostrar pulsando la tecla de coma (,)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2225 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the R)." -msgstr "El tempo que teclees se considerará como golpes pares del tipo de compás. El tipo de compás se puede fijar como 1/8 (para compases de ocho negras), 1/4 (para compases de cuatro negras), 1/2 (para compases de dos negras), y 1/1 (para compases de una blanca). Para cambiar el tipo de compás usa la tecla de flecha izquierda. Para contar el número de pulsaciones contadas, usa la tecla de flecha derecha. Puedes fijar de 2 a 16 pulsaciones. (Por ej. si fijas las pulsaciones en 6, tendrás que pulsar la tecla 6 veces antes de que compute y fije el nuevo tempo). Cuando la pantalla muestra una R, significa que el Contador de Pulsaciones está preparado para comenzar de 0. Cada vez que pulsas la tecla de coma, mostrará el número de pulsaciones que has realizado (1, 2, 3...)." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2246 manual.docbook:2272 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_off.png' md5='9c3360bb8c942b605411af2736ae251f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between Grey button containing a \"S\". and Blue button containing a \"P\". . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows Grey button containing a \"S\". (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled." -msgstr "El botón de la parte inferior derecha controla la función de auto-arranque, y cambia entre S y P. Cuando muestra la P de (Play), la canción fijará el nuevo tempo y automáticamente empezará a reproducir después de que pulses el número correcto de pulsaciones (si no está reproduciendo ya, claro). De este modo, si tienes el Contador de Pulsaciones fijado para 4/4, puedes pulsar 1-2-3-4, y comenzar a reproducir en el siguiente compás. Cuando muestra la S (de Set BPM), (fijar PPM) el auto-arranque está desactivado." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2277 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows Blue button containing a \"P\". ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone starts on 1." -msgstr "Por ejemplo: Supón que tienes una banda en directo, Hydrogen, y un sintetizador de software controlado por Seq24... y quieres que todos arranquen a la vez. Fija el tipo de compás en 1/4 y el número de golpes en 4. Activa el auto-arranque (el botón muestra una P). Cuenta 1-2-3-4 para la banda (dando a la tecla de coma) - y todos empiezan a la de 1." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2295 -msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)." -msgstr "Otro ejemplo: La misma situación, pero la canción no necesita de Hydrogen ni sintetizadores hasta más tarde. Durante ese tiempo, un humano (por ej. el guitarrista) fijará el tempo. En el compás antes de que Hydrogen debe tocar, pulsa la tecla de coma 1-2-3-4 con el ritmo... y entras en el siguiente compás (con el tempo correcto)." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2302 -msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2307 -msgid "If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2316 -msgid "BPM Control and Metronome" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2331 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='5f5bee77c2d67039618fab7eb28d6269'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2319 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2336 -msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2340 -msgid "You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='55fc2e5806c898a4cc96227860b18034'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2345 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In addition you can use Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket \")\" (right). to toggle the metronome." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2361 -msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2366 -msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2385 -msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2398 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='c2e021efc19e170671b2092572aa47a2'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2388 -msgid " A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is MIDI input. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2403 -msgid "The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2406 -msgid "The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2414 -msgid "JACK Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2426 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='5679c850212647d44e4cd7d3d0496c6a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2417 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2431 -msgid "Clicking Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2445 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the absence of a Master." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2464 -msgid "You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2470 -msgid "The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2477 -msgid "GUI State" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2490 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='8e9e804a41500082df2434e15102e218'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2480 -msgid " In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2495 -msgid "Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2498 -msgid "The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2505 -msgid "Song Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2509 -msgid "The Song Editor" -msgstr "El Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2512 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png' md5='a82ad146c9450cfaf17899d7d0d052ec'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2518 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song." -msgstr "El \"Editor de Canciones\" () ofrece una vista del cronograma completo de la canción (por ej. intro, verso, puente, estribillo, etc.); cada cuadrado azul en este panel es un compás completo tal como se muestra en el panel del \"Editor de Patrones\" que se encuentra debajo. Aquí tenemos la libertad de añadir, quitar or mover patrones en el orden que queramos. También podemos copiar y pegar patrones: usa el botón izquierdo del ratón para subrayar una zona y arrástralo. Arrastrar con la tecla CTRL pulsada copia los patrones." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2526 -msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2533 -msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2540 -msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2547 -msgid "Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2564 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/SongRuler.png' md5='2f6fbb7ac18d5dbe13cd0b7ab4d0f72a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2553 -msgid " Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". In addition, light-blue colored \"T\"s indicate the presence of a Tag. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2572 -msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2578 -msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2569 -msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2586 -msgid "Main Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2600 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='8ea38acc364694851f0a1da74f5ccd63'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2589 -msgid " Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='ae4fcb3a7be16ec4e8202add627c5434'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2608 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2629 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='4b54062c734ee4aed38ff33fcf587595'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2622 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2643 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='92d343a074d0b9910b726aecda3bb042'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2635 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern up or down." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2649 -msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in the pattern list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2664 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='b8550d5b732ef301d6482b162bc3e7ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2657 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode ()." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2680 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='0eb66ee7be2f3b7eda0a95a2959d9ca6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2672 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode ()." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2693 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='8a4d35031159c7e5b5d6e494d842b7bd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2702 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='7cc5cd563387e719ed1a7c68fcb5739b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2686 -msgid " Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. or to Stacked mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2713 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Editor modes" -msgstr "Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2714 -msgid "The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The default Select mode allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The Draw mode instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2722 -msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2728 -msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys ↑|↓|←|→ will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing Return will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2736 -msgid "In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2740 -msgid "While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2746 -msgid "Select Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2747 -msgid "This mode allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2752 -msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can delete it by pressing Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (Ctrl + x) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new location, or by copying (Ctrl + c) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2767 -msgid "Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2782 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ can be used to make selections using the keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2787 -msgid "Return over a selected block will begin a move or copy" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2791 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ to move the selected cells into position" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2795 -msgid "Return to move the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2799 -msgid "Ctrl + Return to copy the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2772 -msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2806 -msgid "Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2813 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Draw Mode" -msgstr "Activar Modo Dibujo." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2814 -msgid "This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2819 -msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2826 -msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, will also add and remove patterns from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2832 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in . You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2844 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode" -msgstr "Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2845 -msgid "When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2850 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2857 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Configurar Modo de Patrón/Canción." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2858 -msgid "When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2865 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2872 -msgid "Stacked Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2873 -msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2880 -msgid "Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select which patterns play using Ctrl + left click on the pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a triangle." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2888 -msgid "Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than Song for Stacked mode to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2899 manual.docbook:3492 -msgid "Sidebar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2901 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2904 -msgid "Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2908 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Pattern Options menu" -msgstr "El Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2912 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='8dec485a0ad51a0493fec01ccbc814a5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2921 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song." -msgstr "[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una canción o un patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2924 -msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song." -msgstr "[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una canción o un patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2950 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='1426839c35a4d3a33b57062883f12d74'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2939 -msgid " Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2936 -msgid "Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2958 -msgid "Properties: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2962 -msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2974 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='fa5d2555da3bb269ec8f2406bfccfc2d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2963 -msgid " Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2980 -msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2989 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Load Pattern: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file." -msgstr "[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una canción o un patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2995 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Pattern: stores the pattern in the patterns folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "Los drumkits se archivan automáticamente en el directorio data (por ej. $HOME/data/drumkits)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3003 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Pattern: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser." -msgstr "*.h2pattern: Archivo XML que describe un sólo patrón. Los patrones son conjuntos de golpes y se gestionan en el editor de patrones." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3009 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Virtual Pattern: will open the virtual pattern editor." -msgstr "PortAudio: un driver de audio de código abierto y multiplataforma" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3012 -msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3018 -msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3024 -msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3036 -msgid "Timeline" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3046 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/tempo_bar.png' md5='57d0559a29212dc60c5b1c1615a6330c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3039 -msgid " Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3051 -msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is done by adding Tempo Markers to your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='9b02d90327338b8d035f57b5a02b5567'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3074 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png' md5='8f7b9815b9f1945c5bd579a2fd3d5ec8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3055 -msgid "To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the Grey button containing a black \"P\". button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the Grey button containing the black characters \"BPM\". button. Once this is done the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3084 -msgid "Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK transport in slave mode (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3103 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='1d1019ac5a0c23d5497b9db0ce96714c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3092 -msgid " Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3089 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar or delete it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3116 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3127 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tag_bar.png' md5='f807e826276099785dd8c46e9436ae20'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3119 -msgid " Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue \"T\"s. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3132 -msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3144 -msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3147 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='e739615ae8f687b519b726c407882eeb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3139 -msgid "To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3158 -msgid "Playback Track" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3173 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='3b1e0f19b68818ee221b890c7d69fdd0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3161 -msgid " Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3179 -msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3184 -msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3198 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='4294e5c6223716aad49a8328206176d4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3189 -msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the Grey button containing a black \"T\". button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Edit: loads an audio file." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3211 -msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3217 -msgid "Mute: mutes the Playback Track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3220 -msgid "Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3204 -msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3226 -msgid "In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3234 -msgid "Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3238 -msgid "The Automation Path Widget" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3241 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/AutomationPath.png' md5='57a0ec7233c2c5134a3da11514130825'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3246 -msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3250 -msgid "Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3255 -msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3265 -msgid "Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3267 manual.docbook:3667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3270 manual.docbook:3670 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='5136f656c680d4d25f59ff6cab70731d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3275 -msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3291 manual.docbook:3472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='50e1dedc2d864b907fcd89ceec22953c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3277 -msgid "The Pattern Editor allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these two by clicking the Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3298 -msgid "If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3302 -msgid "If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:3313 manual.docbook:4573 manual.docbook:5647 -msgid "Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3316 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor Controls" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3319 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='a491e95bee4f5a8a6e57a4e51397e783'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3324 -msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3336 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='5af35039c0915ed92ad6f24d009062b4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3328 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"4/4\" and titled \"SIZE\". : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3342 -msgid "It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PatternSizeDialog.png' md5='84cde1542afe73feed8af83c187df5d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3346 -msgid " Dialog for entering the \"New Pattern length (beats/note value)\" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (right) and \"OK\" (left) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3359 -msgid "Type / to separate numerator and denominator." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3362 -msgid "If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, some values are not supported and will be approximated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3369 -msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, hence a warning icon will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3384 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png' md5='99f0f0e4bf50233e4865ff29d92aad8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3376 -msgid " A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the \"SIZE\" LCD. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3401 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='daa56c133937264c93a72fde606863c5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3393 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If you are working with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer." -msgstr "Recuerda esta limitación en cuanto a la rejilla: si estás trabajando con una resolución de 16 no puedes volver a una de 8 y quitar una nota de 1/16; por otro lado, si trabajas con una resolución de 8 e intentas insertar una nota entre dos barras (buscando una resolución de 1/16), las notas se colocarán en en la barra anterior o posterior en la rejilla de 1/8. Esta limitación puede quitarse si desactivas la resolución de rejilla (selecciona \"off\" en el menú LCD de la resolución). Ahora podrás colocar las notas donde quieras." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3429 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='877172490d05a21a74aff27475f19482'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3421 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. : when enabled Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3436 -msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3452 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='37700f06db07f383871f481084d1c875'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3444 -msgid " Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3482 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='beb6e9e3da055eba1c395aeeee5624b0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3463 -msgid " Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3495 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor" -msgstr "El Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3498 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='66ef31d1181b28c7b956d94b545878a8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3503 -msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3506 -msgid "Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3510 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern." -msgstr "Ganancia (Gain): El volumen general del instrumento." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3516 -msgid "Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3513 -msgid "Fill notes: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3528 -msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3524 -msgid "Randomize velocity: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3537 -msgid "Select notes: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3545 -msgid "Edit all patterns: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in all the patterns of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cut notes: remove all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard." -msgstr "Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproducción, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3561 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copy notes: copy all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard." -msgstr "Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproducción, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3568 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Paste notes : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument." -msgstr "[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una canción o un patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard." -msgstr "Herramientas: abre el mezclador, el editor de lista de reproducción, el rack de instrumentos y la ventana de preferencias generales." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3584 -msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3595 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:" -msgstr "Instrumentos: este menú ofrece funciones de instrumentos y drumkit (librerías de sonidos)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3601 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Rename instrument: change the name of the instrument." -msgstr "Ganancia (Gain): El volumen general del instrumento." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)" -msgstr "Ganancia (Gain): El volumen general del instrumento." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3624 manual.docbook:5037 manual.docbook:5162 -#: manual.docbook:6867 manual.docbook:6893 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='f1c0e1d7d0b6d558eb61b6215c683d6e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_off.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3616 -msgid "The Grey button containing a black \"M\". button mutes the instrument and Grey button containing a black \"S\". solos it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3641 -msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3647 -msgid "It will however, have an impact on the MIDI note mapping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3655 -msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3664 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drum Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3676 -msgid "Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern size and resolution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3679 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3686 -msgid "you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3693 -msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3712 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='9b70ffbdee95b246478582c39735e697'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3702 -msgid " Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3700 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3719 -msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with Return (see )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3725 -msgid "Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3733 -msgid "Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3738 -msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Also see for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works." -msgstr "Aquí va una rápida referencia de la asignación de teclas para tu conveniencia. Lee para una explicación básica de cómo funciona el editor de patrones." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3743 -msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Note Properties Editor" -msgstr "El Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3759 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3762 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/NotePropertiesRuler.png' md5='8fd57ba4418fc587c0ef383fad9bdcca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3767 -msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The following note properties are available:" -msgstr "Están disponibles los siguientes drivers:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3780 -msgid "Velocity: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3783 -msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, turning red when you reach the point of clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3792 -msgid "Pan: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3797 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3805 -msgid "Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3814 -msgid "NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3819 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3822 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='8e19686d8fe0d0fd6f307f63e26b2b4f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3826 -msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3833 -msgid "Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to change the note value of existing notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3840 -msgid "Probability: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than , a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability will always be played, a note with probability of will never be played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drawing with the mouse:" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3861 -msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3868 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Selecting multiple notes:" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3871 -msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3853 -msgid "Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3884 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Piano Roll Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3887 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3890 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='80336fa999457d5c3ab6bc8522015776'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3895 -msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3898 -msgid "While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3900 -msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3905 -msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3915 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)" -msgstr "Biblioteca de Sonidos (Gestor de Drumkits)" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3918 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Soundlibrary" -msgstr "Canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3921 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='5ee5b8034d3691ab9f3ba1f81749a2d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3926 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs." -msgstr "La Biblioteca de Sonidos te ahorra tiempo al gestionar tus drumkits, patrones favoritos y canciones favoritas. Al hacer nuevas canciones y drumkits, la Biblioteca de Sonidos te facilita el reutilizar y mezclar los instrumentos y patrones de otros drumkits y patrones." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3931 -msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3938 -msgid "The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3939 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them." -msgstr "Esto enumera los drumkits instalados por tu administrador de sistemas. Se determina mediante el prefijo de tiempo de compilación (compile-time). En sistemas operativos tipo Unix, esto normalmente es /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, o posiblemente /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. Estos drumkits están disponibles para cualquier usuario, y éstos normalmente no pueden hacer añadidos." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3948 -msgid "You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3953 -msgid "The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits folder. When you have created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3961 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the license type of the drumkit(s) you are using." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3965 -msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or other open and free license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3969 -msgid "Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using the kit in your songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3973 -msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or via any other channel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3978 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select Load. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that kit, left-click the to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded." -msgstr "Para cargar un drumkit desde aquí, haz clic derecho sobre el drumkit y selecciona Cargar. Esto reemplazará el drumkit actual con el que has seleccionado. Para cargar sólo un instrumento de ese drumkit, haz clic izquierdo sobre el plus a la izquierda del nombre del drumkit para mostrar todos los instrumentos. Con el botón izquierdo del ratón, haz clic y arrastra los instrumentos al drumkit actual. El instrumento se añadirá al drumkit que tienes cargado actualmente." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3990 -msgid "Songs" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3992 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs folder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder." -msgstr "Para guardar canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos, colócalos en tu directorio de datos en la carpeta de songs (normalmente $HOME/data/songs. Para eliminarlas, quita el archivo de esa carpeta." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4006 -msgid "This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4001 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns folder. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Para guardar canciones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos, colócalos en tu directorio de datos en la carpeta de songs (normalmente $HOME/data/songs. Para eliminarlas, quita el archivo de esa carpeta." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4011 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting Properties and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library." -msgstr "Antes de guardar tus patrones en la biblioteca de sonidos asegúrate de editar sus propiedades haciendo clic derecho y seleccionando Propiedades. Aquí puedes asignar un título y una categoría al patrón. Puedes utilizar una de las categorías ya proporcionadas, o crear tu propia categoría simplemente tecleando un nombre de categoría. El nombre de la categoría es importante, porque los patrones se archivarán por categorías en la Biblioteca de Sonidos." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4023 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Editor" -msgstr "Instrumento" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4026 -msgid "The Instrument editor General view" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4029 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='1c659ff4d9f877ae77fc0e829733ec17'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4034 -msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4041 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4046 -msgid "It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4052 -msgid "Envelope Parameters" -msgstr "Parámetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='c9b1cf7425256ccbcdf6e6f8587600ca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4055 -msgid " Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4068 -msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4073 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Attack: the amount of time that the volume of the sample goes from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the attack phase." -msgstr "Attack: la cantidad de tiempo para que el volumen del sample pase de 0 a la intensidad máxima de la nota. Si el valor es 0, el sample sonará inmediatamente con la intensidad máxima. Si el valor es 1.0, el volumen del sample utilizará el máximo tiempo disponible para el parámetro de ataque." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4082 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Decay: the amount of time for the volume of the sample to go from full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the decay parameter." -msgstr "Decay: la cantidad de tiempo para que el volumen del sample baje de la intensidad máxima hasta el volumen de sustain. Si el valor es 0, el sample inmediatamente saltará del volumen de attack al volumen de sustain. Si el valor es 1, el volumen del sample utilizará el máximo tiempo disponible para el parámetro de decay." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4090 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sustain: the volume to play the note after the decay phase is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full velocity." -msgstr "Sustain: el volumen reproducido para la nota tras terminar la fase de decay, y hasta que la nota se \"libera\" (release). Si se configura a 0, la nota estará silenciada. Si se configura a 1.0, la nota sonará a la intensidad máxima." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4097 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Release: the time to fade out the note from the sustain volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it will fade out for the maximum time available." -msgstr "Release: el tiempo necesario para apagar la nota desde el volumen de sustain hasta 0 (silencio). Si se deja en 0, la nota se silenciará en el tiempo mínimo (unos 5 ms). Si se deja en 1, se reducirá en el tiempo máximo disponible." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by the number of audio samples. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)." -msgstr "Los parámetros de ataque, decaimiento (decay) y release (\"liberación\") están determinados por el número de samples de audio. Esto significa que los cambios de tiempo dependen de la tasa de muestreo de tu tarjeta de sonido. El tiempo máximo para cada uno de ellos es de 100,000 samples de audio (normalmente 2.27 seg a 44.1 kHz)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If the note is sustained, it does not draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) parameter during that time." -msgstr "Si el sample es más corto que los tiempos especificados, terminará sin importar la fase de ADSR en el que se encuentre. Si la nota es sostenida, no silenciará la nota mientras lo sostengas. Sólo sostiene el parámetro de ganancia (volumen) durante ese tiempo." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4123 -msgid "Gain and Mute Group" -msgstr "Ganancia y Grupo de Silencio (Mute Group)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='dcaf9a6840510623bc55df8ea2c89325'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4126 -msgid " In the upper half there is a LCD displaying \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4142 -msgid "The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the set to , the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4151 -#, fuzzy -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "Es muy fácil poner el mando de Ganancia demasiado alto, haciendo que el sample quede clipeado (distorsionado). Acuérdate de probar la ganancia con notas de intensidad máxima. Si aquí se te clipea la señal, seguramente empeorará según lo procesa Hydrogen." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4157 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments." -msgstr "Hydrogen proporciona más grupos de silencio de los necesitarás jamás (más de 256). Un grupo de silencio es un agrupamiento de instrumentos que son mútuamente exclusivos - sólo puede sonar un instrumento en un momento dado. Si un instrumento está sonando y otro del grupo se dispara, el primero se silenciará inmediatamente y sonará el segundo instrumento. Esto es útil sobre todo para instrumentos como el hi hat, donde el sonido abierto y el cerrado son instrumentos diferentes." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If the Mute Group is set to , then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to .)" -msgstr "Si el grupo de silencio está en Off, el instrumento no forma parte de ningún grupo. Si se especifica un número, entonces el instrumento pertenece al grupo denominado con ese número. Para meter otros instrumentos en el mismo grupo, configura el parámetro del grupo de silencio con el mismo número. (Por ejemplo, para agrupar todos los hi hats, puedes configurar el parámetro del grupo de silencio de todos ellos en el 1. Para tener un grupo de silencio para la caja, configura su parámetro para utilizar el 2.)" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4175 -msgid "If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4177 -msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4187 -msgid "The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4192 -msgid "The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4197 -msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4204 -msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4209 -msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Filter Parameters" -msgstr "Parámetros de la Envolvente (Envelope)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4228 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='0fa21c2c613d94d89b051fe442a897e1'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4220 -msgid " From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4233 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter." -msgstr "El filtro es un low-pass resonance filter. Si no deseas usarlo, haz clic en el botón de BYP para que se ponga rojo. Si no está rojo el filtro se encuentra activo. El parámetro de corte (cutoff) determina la frecuencia de corte para el filtro. El parámetro de resonancia determina cuánta resonancia tiene la frecuencia de corte. Si la resonancia se deja en 0, el filtro no es más que un simple low-pass filter." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4242 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate." -msgstr "La frecuencia de corte del filtro varía con la tasa de muestreo de tu tarjeta de sonido. El rango del mando (0 a 1.0) está optimizado para una tasa de muestreo de 48,000 kHz." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4262 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters" -msgstr "Parámetros de Instrumentos" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4274 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='2ce648ae655059f6664ba41c01158668'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4265 -msgid " From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4279 -msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4289 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer." -msgstr "El parámetro de altura tonal aleatoria te permite variar aleatoriamente la altura del sample cada vez que se dispara. El valor está establecido entre 0 y 1.0. El cambio de altura es bastante pequeño: ±1 semitonos ⨉ valor. Un uso moderado de este parámetro puede ayudar a que tus secuencias suenen más a una batería de verdad." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4284 -msgid "The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between and . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4301 -msgid "MIDI Out Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4312 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='10b438a7473e911b09d593794a7f1901'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4304 -msgid " Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4317 -msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4326 -msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4332 -msgid "By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4338 -msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4349 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='6893409e38809da4d0b6d518ad919b15'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4341 -msgid " Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4354 -msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4356 -msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4359 -msgid "Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4364 -msgid "Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4377 manual.docbook:4431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Layers" -msgstr "Capa" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4380 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View" -msgstr "Crear un Instrumento y Capas" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4383 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='3846805161b3ed5792058f7cf48cb2ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4388 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4392 -msgid "Components" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4403 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png' md5='116bc97c3fdf5bed06019ec88f47bc3e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4395 -msgid " In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4417 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_dropdown_off.png' md5='51f65ba335fa3b5b06d9c195764418af'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4408 -msgid "Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4424 -msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4434 -msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4437 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png' md5='88e1cd028f2cf6ea6270048a91943a65'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4442 -msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4447 -msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4461 manual.docbook:7027 manual.docbook:7052 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='66347065d44659c155d3a82f5a1d4366'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='2a9f9afe245e147739e8195668997088'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4483 manual.docbook:4649 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='bf9a3426f12d614877d16fdd88be0ba6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Using Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". you can delete the current layer, and using Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer." -msgstr "El botón (escuchar nuevas notas) reproducirá el sample según se añade al patrón. Finalmente puedes mover un instrumento hacia arriba o abajo en la secuencia con los botones . Una función útil Cuantizar está disponible activando . De este modo los ritmos insertados respetarán automáticamente la resolución de rejilla actualmente aplicada." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4490 -msgid "Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4496 -msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4505 -msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4501 -msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4511 -msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4516 -msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4523 -msgid "Sample Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png' md5='277f4e033a01cada19ac74bbea4e9f23'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4526 -msgid " A LCD titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open display the different choices to the right. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4539 -msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4543 -msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4553 -msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4549 -msgid ": will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4560 -msgid ": will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4565 -msgid ": will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4584 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png' md5='23af0cfc4c001777b7267008d060c310'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4576 -msgid " Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4591 -msgid "Layer Gain: adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4602 -msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4597 -msgid "Component Volume: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4609 -msgid "Pitch: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4615 -msgid "Fine: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4629 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sample Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4632 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sample Editor" -msgstr "El Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='b91bf9388c10b1084c43afe932525686'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4640 -msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4657 -msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive and are saved per song. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4667 -msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4670 -msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4673 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='79d932cc42416613724b49665edafecd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4683 -msgid "Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4686 -msgid "End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4689 -msgid "Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4678 -msgid "In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4695 -msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4700 -msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4707 -msgid "Start: position of the Start Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4712 -msgid "Loop: position of the Loop Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4722 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4727 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4732 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4717 -msgid "Loop Mode: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4740 -msgid "Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4745 -msgid "End: position of the End Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4750 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Close: exits the Sample Editor." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4757 -msgid "These values will change if you drag the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4765 -msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4774 -msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4784 -msgid "Pitch Shifting" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4787 -msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4790 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='9b0e53b5337bd67534bd8890cf4c18c8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4795 -msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4798 -msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4803 -msgid "When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4813 -msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4820 -msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4809 -msgid "Sample length to beat: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4844 -msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4839 -msgid "Pitch: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4850 -msgid "Crispness: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4859 -msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4862 -msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4865 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='dc7183d8123d5a26f36d8996b1d761e0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4870 -msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4876 -msgid "Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4881 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it." -msgstr "ALSA: los drivers estándares de Linux ampliamente adoptados" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4886 -msgid "Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4891 -msgid "panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4897 -msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating envelopes by" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4902 -msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4909 -msgid "First select or in the dropdown to the right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4914 -msgid "Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4919 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Right-clicking will delete a point." -msgstr "Abrir - Abrir una canción" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4924 -msgid "Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4935 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "Mezclador" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4938 manual.docbook:6912 -msgid "The Mixer" -msgstr "El Mezclador" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4941 manual.docbook:6915 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='45445f564c4daba76ea19b172f462d2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4946 -msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4948 -msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4955 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Channel Strips" -msgstr "Parámetros de Instrumentos" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4958 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "Parámetros de Instrumentos" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4961 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png' md5='eb97a316a9312de1b36933fdde130e2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4976 manual.docbook:6845 manual.docbook:7101 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='42524bb86518faf8e847f658451f2753'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4968 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4981 -msgid "This is quite handy for checking clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4995 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='bd11e31456ff6a4a282589db8a511140'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4987 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Vertical, grey LED-like object. : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller)." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5010 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='106d658b0427ec839b4ca98dd49937eb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5016 -msgid "If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5022 -msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5002 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5029 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5042 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5056 manual.docbook:5176 manual.docbook:6856 -#: manual.docbook:6880 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5048 manual.docbook:5168 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"S\". : solos the instrument." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5061 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5077 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='67f4cf502c0a993a3d55530e05e7b925'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5067 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5082 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5097 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='ebf4c2417000164edda1863910101f0b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5088 -msgid " Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the FX Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5105 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5110 manual.docbook:5187 -msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5118 -msgid "If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5121 -msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5131 -msgid "Component Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5134 -msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerComponentStrip.png' md5='cd9cf0e81509283aea2d97d306a22107'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5142 -msgid "Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5147 -msgid "These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5154 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes the instrument." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5182 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins" -msgstr " Plugins LADSPA" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5199 -msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5202 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXStrip.png' md5='d77984abc55c41633dcab77e20a8bec0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5217 manual.docbook:5381 manual.docbook:6831 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showFX_on.png' md5='faaad6e9491dac7d3478b96e87b1ecc5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5207 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button in the Master Fader Strip)." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5223 -msgid "It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5229 -msgid "SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5234 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org." -msgstr "CMT disponible en http://www.ladspa.org." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5238 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net." -msgstr "TAP disponible en http://tap-plugins.sf.net." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5242 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/." -msgstr "TAP disponible en http://tap-plugins.sf.net." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5246 -msgid "LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5250 -msgid "...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5225 -msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/title -#: manual.docbook:5257 -msgid "Plugins Kill" -msgstr "Los Plugins Matan" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5258 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use, and some are just plain better than others." -msgstr "Un plugin LADSPA es un código compilado y ejecutable. Es capaz de provocar cuelgues, fallos, congelación, desbordamiento de buffers, e incluso llamadas a casa. Si empiezas a tener problemas con Hydrogen, desactiva los plugins y mira a ver si mejoran las cosas. Algunos plugins no están diseñadas para un uso en tiempo real, y algunos simplemente son mejores que otros." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5275 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/edit_off.png' md5='125b96a529eb2984de90da816a21f2ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5265 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". button." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5284 -msgid "Select an Effect" -msgstr "Selecciona un Efecto" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5287 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXSelect.png' md5='d21233583479b7309fc704f9693d97b7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5309 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='704fc0cf7facf4f82b0757e6c81bfa9e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5297 -msgid " Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactive\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5325 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/bypass_over.png' md5='de70b2610957f2c6d494b5951193eb8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5331 -msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5281 -msgid "Now the FX selector window will pop up : <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters: <_:informalfigure-2/> You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". ) button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5336 -msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5342 -msgid "Master Fader Strip" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5345 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5348 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerMasterStrip.png' md5='31393663b772c8b6d8614f2181b0e999'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5353 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5367 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/master_mute_off.png' md5='c310589cbb20cfcffc3d016e6935e022'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5358 -msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". button mutes the whole output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5393 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showPeaks_on.png' md5='4475949f7c1f11157b8cfb623022e27b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5373 -msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5401 -msgid "Humanization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5403 -msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5408 -msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5415 -msgid "Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5421 -msgid "Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5424 -msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5431 -msgid "Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5438 -msgid "In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5446 -msgid "Mixer Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5448 -msgid "In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small \"cog\" icon button:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5459 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='67cb0590bbf394c8fd5b3a3f405a25f5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5451 -msgid " Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5477 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='0ef81682361b5af0ab28011d73464f6c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5468 -msgid " Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5463 -msgid "Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5483 -msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5487 -msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5490 -msgid "You will find four categories: , , , . Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5503 -msgid "Balance Law (0dB): when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5506 -msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be louder when the pan knob is at center - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5514 -msgid "Constant Power (-3dB): the total power (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5517 -msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5525 -msgid "Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5527 -msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5538 -msgid "Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5542 -msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5498 -msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5550 -msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, but the volume only (depending on the pan knob)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5553 -msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5561 -msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5575 -msgid "Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5579 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Director" -msgstr "El Mezclador" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5582 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='ddab3b64f7d02f4e6429ae0e13aaf983'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5588 -msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5592 -msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5600 -msgid "This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5609 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor" -msgstr "Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5612 -msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditor.png' md5='0b5f7b45f0d56ace8c53064f3792c4ff'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5621 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "Menú principal" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5624 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song List" -msgstr "Editor de Canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5626 -msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5631 -msgid "Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5636 -msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5639 -msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5657 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='5f8f7127af9b7e4c682e541aab7636ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5650 -msgid " From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5662 -msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5667 -msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5675 manual.docbook:5757 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5682 -msgid "This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5677 -msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5691 -msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5699 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5702 -msgid "Playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5706 -msgid "Add song to Playlist: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5712 -msgid "Add current song to Playlist: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5718 -msgid "Remove selected song from Playlist: deletes the selected song from the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5724 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New Playlist: creates a new and empty playlist." -msgstr "Editor de lista de reproducción - Una herramienta para gestionar listas de reproducción." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5735 -msgid "In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5730 -msgid "Open Playlist: opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5742 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Playlist: saves all changes done to the current playlist." -msgstr "Guardar - Guardar cambios a la canción actual" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5748 -msgid "Save Playlist as: saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5761 -msgid "Add Script to selected song: associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5771 -msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5767 -msgid "Edit selected Script: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5778 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove selected Script: removes the selected script from the playlist." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "Los drumkits se archivan automáticamente en el directorio data (por ej. $HOME/data/drumkits)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5784 -msgid "Create a new Script: creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5802 -msgid "MIDI API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5804 -msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5808 -msgid "Before you can work with MIDI actions you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5813 -msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5819 -msgid "MIDI Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5822 -msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5830 -msgid "An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5842 manual.docbook:5863 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rec.png' md5='4256277cfa68efdb41cbbcd9ae1fa116'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5833 -msgid "You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the Red circle. button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5854 -#, fuzzy -msgid "You can also define a binding without the Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note." -msgstr "Además, puedes crear nuevos ritmos haciendo clic en lo cual activa la entrada directa de eventos MIDI o del teclado dependiendo del siguiente mapa tecla=instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5869 -msgid "The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5874 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5876 -msgid "Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5882 -msgid "NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5886 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5890 -msgid "MMC_x: machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5900 -msgid "Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5903 -msgid "Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5912 -msgid "<<_PREVIOUS_BAR: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5919 -#, fuzzy -msgid ">>_NEXT_BAR: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "ALSA: los drivers estándares de Linux ampliamente adoptados" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5925 -msgid "BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5935 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5932 -msgid "BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5944 -msgid "BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5949 manual.docbook:5961 manual.docbook:5974 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode or Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5957 -msgid "BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5969 -msgid "BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5981 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5989 -msgid "Not implemented yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5986 -#, fuzzy -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5996 -msgid "FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6005 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6009 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6017 -msgid "MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6021 -msgid "MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6026 -msgid "PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6030 -msgid "PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6036 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PAUSE: pauses playback." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PLAY: starts playback." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6044 -msgid "PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6052 -msgid "PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6059 -msgid "PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6066 -msgid "PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: opens the previous song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6073 -msgid "PLAYLIST_SONG: opens the next song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6080 -msgid "RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6088 -msgid "RECORD_EXIT: deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6095 -msgid "RECORD_READY: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6103 -msgid "RECORD_STROBE: activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "REDO_ACTION: redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "Proyectos: este menú ofrece funciones relacionados con archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6116 -msgid "SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6123 -msgid "SELECT_INSTRUMENT: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6133 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6128 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6139 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: like but only take effect in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6149 -msgid "This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6144 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: switches Action Param patterns forward. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6159 -msgid "If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6155 -msgid "SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "STOP: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una canción o un patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6170 -msgid "STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6175 -msgid "STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6180 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6185 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6190 -msgid "TAP_TEMPO: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TOGGLE_METRONOME: toggles the metronome." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6201 -#, fuzzy -msgid "UNDO_ACTION: undoes the previous action." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6206 -msgid "UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6215 -msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6217 -msgid "Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6223 -msgid "If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6231 -msgid "OSC API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6232 -msgid "Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6242 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6244 -msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program oscsend." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen -#: manual.docbook:6250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6255 -msgid "To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable OSC support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming OSC messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6263 -msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:6269 -msgid "oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6277 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6280 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6282 -msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen -#: manual.docbook:6284 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6288 -msgid "with the supported types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "' ': no argument required" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6291 -#, fuzzy -msgid "i: int32" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "f: float32" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "s: OSC-string (ASCII)" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6296 -msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6300 -msgid "ff: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6305 -msgid "' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets [f] to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6314 -msgid "[0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the range column. For continuous values squared brackets [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6322 -msgid "{-1;0;1}: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most convenient input options." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6328 -msgid "1.0: also in order to support TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the range column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6335 -msgid "X: all commands ending with a /X/ require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6347 -msgid "All Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:6350 -msgid "All OSC Messages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6357 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6358 -msgid "type" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6359 -msgid "range" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6360 -msgid "description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6366 manual.docbook:6372 manual.docbook:6378 -#: manual.docbook:6385 manual.docbook:6395 manual.docbook:6403 -#: manual.docbook:6409 manual.docbook:6415 manual.docbook:6421 -#: manual.docbook:6427 manual.docbook:6433 manual.docbook:6482 -#: manual.docbook:6490 manual.docbook:6520 manual.docbook:6526 -#: manual.docbook:6532 manual.docbook:6623 manual.docbook:6629 -#: manual.docbook:6635 manual.docbook:6641 manual.docbook:6675 -#: manual.docbook:6701 manual.docbook:6713 manual.docbook:6719 -msgid "' ',[f]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6368 -msgid "Starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAUSE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6374 -msgid "Stops playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STOP/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6380 -msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6384 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6387 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6397 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6405 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6411 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6414 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6417 -msgid "Activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6423 -msgid "Deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6429 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6435 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6439 manual.docbook:6447 manual.docbook:6454 -#: manual.docbook:6463 manual.docbook:6472 manual.docbook:6498 -#: manual.docbook:6513 manual.docbook:6538 manual.docbook:6544 -#: manual.docbook:6554 manual.docbook:6565 manual.docbook:6576 -#: manual.docbook:6582 manual.docbook:6591 manual.docbook:6601 -#: manual.docbook:6609 manual.docbook:6617 manual.docbook:6647 -#: manual.docbook:6654 manual.docbook:6661 manual.docbook:6668 -#: manual.docbook:6681 -msgid "f" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6440 manual.docbook:6448 manual.docbook:6455 -#: manual.docbook:6514 manual.docbook:6618 manual.docbook:6682 -msgid "[0,]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6441 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6446 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6449 -msgid "Works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6456 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, locates the playhead to pattern number f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6465 -msgid "Decreases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6474 -msgid "Increases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and Tempo Marker has been passed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6481 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6484 -msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6489 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6492 -msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6497 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6499 -msgid "{0,1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6500 -msgid "Activates the Timeline if f is not zero and deactivates it otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6504 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6505 -msgid "ff" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6506 -msgid "[0,] [10,400]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6507 -msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6512 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6515 -msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar f on the Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6522 -msgid "Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6525 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6528 -msgid "Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6534 -msgid "Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6539 manual.docbook:6555 -msgid "[0.0,1.5]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6540 -msgid "Sets the volume of the Master fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6543 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6545 manual.docbook:6566 -msgid "{-1;0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6546 -msgid "Changes the Master output volume, relative to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6556 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6564 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6567 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6577 -msgid "[0.0,1.0]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6578 -msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip X." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6583 -msgid "{-1;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6584 -msgid "Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip X, relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6590 -msgid "/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6592 -msgid "[0,127]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6593 -msgid "For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6600 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6603 -msgid "Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6611 -msgid "Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6616 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6619 -msgid "Opens song f of the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6622 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6625 -msgid "Opens the next song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6631 -msgid "Opens the previous song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6634 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6637 -msgid "Undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6640 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6643 -msgid "Redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6646 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6648 manual.docbook:6655 manual.docbook:6662 -#: manual.docbook:6669 -msgid "{0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6649 -msgid "Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6653 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6656 -msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master for a value of and registers it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6660 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6663 -msgid "Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6670 -msgid "Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6674 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6677 -msgid "Toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6680 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6683 -msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6686 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6687 manual.docbook:6694 manual.docbook:6707 -msgid "s" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6689 -msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6693 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6696 -msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6700 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6703 -msgid "Saves the current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6706 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6709 -msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/" -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Guardar Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saves the preferences." -msgstr "Preferencias de audio" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6718 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/QUIT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Abrir Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6721 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Exits Hydrogen." -msgstr "Utilizar Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:6732 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6735 -msgid "A New Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6737 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview." -msgstr "Esto no es más que una guía rápida de Hydrogen. Consulta el tutorial para una descripción más detallada." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6743 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Modo \"Canción\" y modo \"Patrón\"" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6745 -msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6754 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Pattern" -msgstr "Un nuevo patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!" -msgstr "Empezaremos con una canción vacía y un patrón vacío, como viene por defecto: ahora debemos seleccionar el modo \"Patrón\". También es posible cambiar el nombre del patrón. Ahora vamos a hacer clic en el botón de Play y mientras se reproduce el patrón vamos a añadir notas en la rejilla del Editor de Patrones () simplemente haciendo clic izquierdo en él: ajusta la resolución de la rejilla y la velocidad de PPM si lo necesitas. Recuerda algunas limitaciones en cuanto a la rejilla: si estás trabajando con una resolución de 16 no puedes volver a una de 8 y quitar una nota de 1/16; por otro lado, si trabajas con una resolución de 8 e intentas insertar una nota entre dos barras (buscando una resolución de 1/16), las notas se colocarán en en la barra anterior o posterior en la rejilla de 1/8 (a menos que elijas off en el LCD de la Resolución de Rejilla; en este caso puedes colocar las notas donde quieras). ¡Asegúrate de seleccionar el patrón correcto en el Editor de Canciones antes de añadir notas en el Editor de Patrones!" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6755 -msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now let's click on the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6789 -msgid "The Pattern Editor" -msgstr "El Editor de Patrones" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6792 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='7f9b5aa7c144e4c3104017ce5fcc0ee7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6799 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Sequence" -msgstr "Una nueva secuencia" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once patterns are created (), we can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode." -msgstr "Una vez que hemos creado los patrones (), podemos copiar/pegar/eliminarlos simplemente arrastrándolos con el ratón (activa 'modo selección' en el Editor de Canciones y mantén pulsado el botón izquierdo del ratón para seleccionar los que quieres mover o copiar)." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6806 -msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6809 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='af6d57845fa39b40cfa580bf62879e72'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6816 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust from the Mixer" -msgstr "Configura desde el mezclador" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating or playing patterns." -msgstr "Por supuesto siempre podemos utilizar la ventana del mezclador, bien a la hora de crear o reproducir patrones." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6903 -msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Mixer (see ) is made of a number independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a Master Fader Strip and a Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button to show and hide the FX Plugin Rack. Every line features 3 buttons ( Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. Grey button containing a black \"S\". Grey button containing a black \"M\". ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on Grey button containing a black \"S\". will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button Grey button containing a black \"M\". , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of and (in you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "El marco del Mezclador () se compone de 32 pistas individuales, cada uno de los cuales está vinculado a un instrumento, más una línea de \"Salida Master\" para ajustar la salida general del volumen y un botón \"FX\" (efectos) para configurar efectos. Cada línea tiene 3 botones ( ), ajuste de paneo ( ), pico máximo actual, fader de volumen y nombre de la pista. Haciendo clic en sonará el instrumento seleccionado, y los demás se silenciarán. El botón de \"Mute\" (silencio) , simplemente silencia ese instrumento. El pico máximo indica el volumen máximo alcanzado por el instrumento; el pico debe estar en un rango entre 0.0 y 1.0 (en puedes ver algunos volúmenes demasiado altos), de lo contrario se distorsionará, produciendo un sonido extraño (sobre todo con el driver de audio OSS), en este caso es mejor tener el volumen bajo; vigila los vúmetros." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6922 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create a New Drumkit" -msgstr "Crear un Nuevo Drumkit" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6925 -msgid "Creating a New Drumkit" -msgstr "Crear un Nuevo Drumkit" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6926 -msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument Editor. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization." -msgstr "La creación de un nuevo drumkit con Hydrogen se realiza con el Editor de Instrumentos. Usando el editor de instrumentos puedes cargar samples, configurar parámetros de la envolvente (envelope), configurar la ganancia (gain), y algunas funciones avanzadas más como grupos de silencio (mute groups), filtro de resonancia low-pass (low-pass resonance filter) y altura tonal aleatoria (pitch randomization)." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6936 -msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6941 -msgid "Lets make a brand new drum kit:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6943 -#, fuzzy -msgid "in the Main Menu select Drumkits New . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select Instruments Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select Delete Instrument." -msgstr "Para empezar con un nuevo drumkit de cero, selecciona Instrumentos Borrar Todos . Esto te deja un banco de 32 instrumentos vacíos. Para borrar instrumentos, haz clic derecho sobre cada instrumento y selecciona Borrar Instrumento. Para añadir más instrumentos, selecciona Instrumentos Añadir Instrumento ." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6959 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked." -msgstr "Selecciona un instrumento para empezar a editarlo. Esto se hace haciendo clic izquierdo sobre el nombre del instrumento en la lista de instrumentos (a la izquierda). Verás que el nombre del instrumento en el Editor de Instrumentos coincide con el que has seleccionado." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6965 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select Drumkits Save As . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace." -msgstr "Cuando el drumkit funciona tal como querías, selecciona Instrumentos Guardar biblioteca . Te pedirá que le des un nombre al drumkit para guardarlo. Si quieres sobreescribir un drumkit ya existente, tendrás que teclear el mismo nombre que el kit que quieres reemplazar." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6978 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits)." -msgstr "Los drumkits se archivan automáticamente en el directorio data (por ej. $HOME/data/drumkits)." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6984 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using Drumkits Export from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to." -msgstr "Para exportar un drumkit (para compartirlo con otros), hay que cargarlo primero en la Biblioteca de Sonidos. Después, selecciona Instrumentos Exportar biblioteca en el menú. Selecciona el drumkit que deseas exportar y dale un nombre de archivo para guardarlo." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Creating a New Instrument" -msgstr "Crear un Nuevo Drumkit" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7001 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to ." -msgstr "Para cada instrumento en un drumkit, puedes cargar varios samples y configurar diferentes parámetros del sintetizador. Esta sección te ayudará paso a paso para crear un nuevo instrumento y cargar los samples." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7005 -msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select Instruments Add instrument . This will give you a blank instrument to start from." -msgstr "Para empezar a crear un instrumento, selecciona Instrumentos Añadir instrumento . Esto te da un instrumento en blanco para comenzar." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7012 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "Ahora, necesitas dos samples. Cualquier archivo .WAV o .FLAC servirá. Hydrogen proporciona varios en el directorio data/drumkits ." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7017 -msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". and point the Audio File Browser to your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7033 -msgid "The Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7041 -#, fuzzy -msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". to bring in another sample." -msgstr "Tras cargar el sample, verás que ahora hay un 1 arriba, y que el rectángulo de más arriba se ha vuelto azul claro. Para cargar un segundo sample, haz clic en la ranura justo debajo, y luego haz clic en Cargar Capa para meter otro sample." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7058 -#, fuzzy -msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the first sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear." -msgstr "Tras insertar los dos samples, probablemente verás que sólo el primer sample se reproduce cuando disparas el instrumento. Esto es porque tienes que configurar los rangos de intensidad para las capas. Mueve el ratón hacia los laterales de los rectángulos azul claro y verás que sale un cursor para arrastrar hacia la derecha o la izquierda. Ahora arrastra el sample hacia la derecha o la izquierda (como una cortina). Ahora verás cómo aparece la Capa 2." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7066 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see Sample Selection for further info)." -msgstr "La configuración de intensidad para la capa es intensidad-0 a la izquierda, e intensidad máxima a la derecha. Configura la Capa 1 para las notas suaves y la Capa 2 para las notas fuertes. (Por ej. la Capa 1 a la izquierda y la Capa 2 a la derecha)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7071 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see ." -msgstr "Ahora, en la zona de patrones, configura un patrón simple que reproduce este instrumento. Ajusta las configuraciones de intensidad en cada nota para que puedan sonar los diferentes samples. Ahora pon el patrón en modo bucle y notarás la diferencia entre los samples. (Para aprender sobre cómo editar un patrón, consulta )" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7078 -msgid "For each layer, you can set the Gain and the Pitch. The pitch also has a Fine adjustment." -msgstr "Para cada capa puedes configurar la Ganancia y la Altura tonal. La altura tonal también tiene un ajuste Fino." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7082 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)." -msgstr "Usa el ajuste de Ganancia para controlar el volumen del sample. Esto es necesario porque es muy difícil tener un conjunto de samples que suenen al mismo volumen. Al ajustar esto, los samples que estaban grabados demasiado bajo se pueden subir para igualarlos a los samples altos (que has tenido que bajar)." - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:7091 -#, fuzzy -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "Es muy fácil poner el mando de Ganancia demasiado alto, haciendo que el sample quede clipeado (distorsionado). Acuérdate de probar la ganancia con notas de intensidad máxima. Si aquí se te clipea la señal, seguramente empeorará según lo procesa Hydrogen." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)" -msgstr "La altura tonal (pitch) del sample se puede modificar con los controles correspondientes. El mando de Altura Tonal (Pitch) ajusta la altura tonal en semitonos. (Así que -12 baja 1 octava). El mando a la derecha ajusta la altura ±50 cents. (Un semitono son 100 cents.)" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see )" -msgstr "La altura se ajusta reproduciendo el sample más rápido o más despacio. Esto se llama el Efecto Doppler. Así que si tienes un sample de 1 segundo y lo bajas -12 (1 octava), tu sample sólo durará 0.5-segundoss." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7121 -msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:7126 -msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments" -msgstr "Consejos a la hora de Editar Instrumentos" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:" -msgstr "Con todos los parámetros que hay disponibles, puede resultar difícil conseguir algo que suene bien cuando acabes. Aquí van algunos consejos para configurar un instrumento:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Turn down the gain. Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again." -msgstr "Baja la ganancia. Cada vez que tienes un control de ganancia (por ej. un amplificador), esto se llama una etapa de potencia. Con cada etapa de potencia adicional que tengas, es fácil que satures la señal - lo cual significa que la señal se distorsiona debido al clipeo. Además, si tienes dos samples que, por sí solos, ya llegan al límite - ¿qué crees que pasará cuando los combines? Está claro, vuelves a saturar la señal." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7140 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader." -msgstr "Si las cosas suenan mal y distorsionadas, empieza por bajar la ganancia de la capa... sobre todo si es mayor de 1.0. Luego baja la ganancia del instrumento. Luego cualquier ganancia de los efectos LADSPA. Luego el fader del mezclador. Luego el fader de la salida master." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7145 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Test samples at full velocity. Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: clipping.)" -msgstr "Prueba los samples a la máxima intensidad. El sample sonará más alto si la intensidad es mayor. Así que si lo configuras todo para que suene bien con una intensidad de 0.7, ¿qué pasará cuando tengas una intensidad máxima de 1.0? (Una pista: saturación.)" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7151 -msgid "Try to use samples that are -6 dB max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5." -msgstr "Intenta usar samples con -6 dB máx. Visualmente, esto son samples que llegan a su pico máximo sólo a la mitad del rango completo. Si no, deja la ganancia en aproximadamente 0.5." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7156 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove all DC offsets from the sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample." -msgstr "Quita todas las desviaciones de CD (DC offset) del sample. En un editor simple de samples, normalmente hay una línea que atraviesa el centro de la onda. Esta es la línea \"cero\". El inicio de tu sample debería de estar sobre esta línea. El final del sample también debería de estar sobre esta línea. Sin embargo, si la señal está un poco por encima o debajo de esta línea, oirás un 'clic' al comienzo y al final del sample cada vez que sea reproducido. Si tu editor de samples no tiene herramientas para arreglar un problema de desviación de CD, puedes eliminarlo poniendo un ligero fundido de entrada y salida en los extremos del sample." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The ADSR will not be longer than your sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end." -msgstr "El ADSR no será más largo que tu sample. Si tienes un sample corto, no importa cómo configures el attack y el delay - el sample dejará de reproducirse." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7171 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Things change with the sample rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)." -msgstr "Las cosas cambian con la tasa de muestreo. Si tienes una configuración realmente buena con todos los parámetros ajustados con esmero... las cosas cambiarán si modificas la tasa de muestreo de tu tarjeta de sonido. Muchas de las funcionalidades y los parámetros internos de Hydrogen están basados en el número de samples que procesa, y no en el número de segundos. El tipo de cosas que cambian son: cualquier cosa basada en el tiempo (como el attack y el release) y cualquier cosa basada en la frecuencia (como la frecuencia de corte)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7180 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc." -msgstr "Los samples típicos utilizados en Hydrogen son: el sonido de un golpe simple de batería, el sonido de un golpe simple de plato, el sonido de un golpe simple de cencerro. Cuando metes una nota en el patrón (o reproduces una nota usando MIDI), Hydrogen reproducirá el sonido que hayas cargado. Así que para crear un drumkit tienes que reunir grabaciones cortas del bombo, cada tom, cada plato, el hi hat abierto, el hi hat cerrado, la caja (con bordonero y sin bordonero), golpes del borde, etc." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7191 -msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!" -msgstr "Sin embargo, no hay reglas en cuanto a qué puede ser un sample. Es común utilizar Hydrogen para disparar sonidos que no son de batería, tales como: clips de audio de personas hablando, un clip de una canción, efectos de sonido, clips de audio de películas, personas famosas hablando. ¡Se creativo!" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:7202 -msgid "Appendix" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Used File Types" -msgstr "Tipos de Archivo" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:7207 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:" -msgstr "Antes de trabajar con Hydrogen, por favor familiarízate con estos archivos:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2pattern: XML file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the pattern editor." -msgstr "*.h2pattern: Archivo XML que describe un sólo patrón. Los patrones son conjuntos de golpes y se gestionan en el editor de patrones." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2song: XML file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their properties and are manager using the song editor" -msgstr "*.h2song: Archivo XML que describe la canción entera (o secuencia). Las canciones son conjuntos de patrones con sus propiedades y se gestionan utilizando el editor de canciones" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7222 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2playlist: XML file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs." -msgstr "*.h2playlist: Archivo XML que describe una lista de reproducción. Una Lista de Reproducción es un conjunto de canciones." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2drumkit: a compressed and archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound samples." -msgstr "*.h2drumkit: Una carpeta comprimida y archivada que contiene todos los samples de sonidos que componen un \"drumkit\" (una batería) y un archivo XML de descripción. Los drumkits son básicamente un conjunto de samples." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7235 -msgid "Shortcut Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:7237 -msgid "Shortcut Table" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7243 -msgid "Shortcut" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7244 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7249 -msgid "Ctrl + N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7250 -msgid "New Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7253 -msgid "Ctrl + O" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7254 -msgid "Open File" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7257 -msgid "Ctrl + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7258 -msgid "Open Demo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7261 -msgid "Ctrl + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7262 -msgid "Save Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7265 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7266 -msgid "Save Song as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7269 -msgid "Ctrl + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7270 -msgid "Export Pattern as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7273 -msgid "Ctrl + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7274 -msgid "Export MIDI file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7277 -msgid "Ctrl + E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7278 -msgid "Export Song (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7281 -msgid "Ctrl + L" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7282 -msgid "Export LilyPond file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7285 -msgid "Ctrl + Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7286 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit Hydrogen" -msgstr "Utilizar Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7289 -msgid "Ctrl + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7290 -msgid "Undo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7293 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7294 -msgid "Redo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7297 -msgid "Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7298 -msgid "Show Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7301 -msgid "Alt + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7302 -msgid "Show Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7305 -msgid "Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7306 -msgid "Show Instrument Rack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7309 -msgid "Alt + A" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7310 -msgid "Show Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7313 -msgid "Alt + F" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7314 -msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7317 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7318 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7321 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7322 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7325 -msgid "Alt + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7326 -msgid "Show Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7329 -msgid "Alt + ?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Manual" -msgstr "Manual de Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7333 -msgid "Backspace" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7334 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning" -msgstr "[Retroceso] = Volver al principio de una canción o un patrón" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7337 -msgid "Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7338 -msgid "Play / Pause" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7341 -msgid "Ctrl + Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7342 -msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7345 -msgid "," -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7346 -msgid "Use the Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7349 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7350 -msgid "Use Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7353 -msgid "+" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7354 -msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7357 -msgid "-" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7358 -msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7361 -msgid "F5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7362 -msgid "Jump to previous song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7365 -msgid "F6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7366 -msgid "Jump to next song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7369 -msgid "F9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7370 -msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7373 -msgid "F10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7374 -msgid "Jump to next bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7377 -msgid "F12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7378 -msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/title -#: manual.docbook:7387 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "Glosario" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/para -#: manual.docbook:7389 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here." -msgstr "Esto es un glosario de términos generales que se encuentran al utilizar Hydrogen, sintetizadores, baterías o samplers. Las definiciones del texto están simplificadas, pero las definiciones aquí son más generales y están más explicadas. Por ejemplo, el texto del manual te llevaría a creer que un ADSR es el único tipo de generador de envolventes (envelope generator), y que sólo controla el volumen. Mientras que sirve para nuevos usuarios, no es del todo correcto." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7402 -msgid "ADSR" -msgstr "ADSR" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7404 -msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the Attack, Decay, Sustain, and Release parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the velocity." -msgstr "Un tipo de generador de envolventes que te permite controlar los parámetros de Attack, Decay, Sustain, y Release. Generalmente, los parámetros son proporcionales a la intensidad." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7412 -#, fuzzy -msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the sustain level. When the note is released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0." -msgstr "Un generador de envolventes de Attack (Ataque)/Decay (Decaimiento)/Sustain/Release. Tras disparar una nota, Hydrogen atacará la nota incrementando su volumen de 0 hasta la plena intensidad de la nota. Tras llegar a la máxima intensidad, decaerá la nota bajando el volumen hasta que alcanza el nivel del sustain. Cuando la nota se suelta, (release) Hydrogen vuelve a reducir el volumen desde el nivel de sustain hasta 0." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7421 -msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)." -msgstr "En Hydrogen, el 'ADSR envelope generator' sólo controla el volumen (atenuación)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7424 -msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article ADSR Envelope" -msgstr "Lee más sobre esto en el Artículo de Wikipedia (en inglés) ADSR Envelope" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7437 -msgid "Attack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7439 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount of time to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full velocity." -msgstr "Esta es la primera fase de un 'ADSR envelope', y es la cantidad de tiempo necesario para subir el parámetro de 0 a la máxima intensidad tras disparar la nota." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7448 -msgid "Attenuation" -msgstr "Atenuación" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7450 -msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)." -msgstr "En filtros y mezcladores, esto es la reducción de la señal (volumen)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7460 -msgid "Band-Pass Filter" -msgstr "Band-Pass Filter" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter." -msgstr "Un filtro que conserva cierto rango de frecuencias, y atenúa (silencia) todos los demás. A menudo se hace esto combinando un filtro high-pass y otro filtro low-pass." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7475 -msgid "Clipping" -msgstr "Saturación (Clipping)" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7477 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable." -msgstr "Un fenómeno que afecta a una señal cuando es demasiado grande para lo que sea que lo recibe. Los picos de la señal (que normalmente son curvas redondeadas) se cortan al máximo volumen (clipeados). Esto distorsiona el sonido y normalmente no es deseable." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7482 -msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy." -msgstr "Un ejemplo de saturación es cuando reproduces música a un volumen mayor de lo que puede soportar el altavoz. Algunas partes de la música suenan desgarradas y borrosas." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7488 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7490 -msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7504 -msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7507 -msgid "In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7495 -msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7516 -msgid "Cutoff Frequency" -msgstr "Frecuencia de Corte (Cutoff Frequency)" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7518 -msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted." -msgstr "En los filtros high-pass y low-pass, esta es la frecuencia que divide entre entre aquellas que pasan, y aquellas que se atenúan (silenciadas). En un filtro de 'high-pass resonance', o uno de 'low-pass resonance', el corte es también la zona de frecuencias que se amplifican." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7523 -msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz." -msgstr "Por ejemplo, si tienes un filtro low-pass y configuras una frecuencia de corte alta (por ej. 20kHz)... el filtro no afectará al sonido. Todas las frecuencias audibles pasarán sin modificarse. Al bajar la frecuencia de corte a algo como 40 Hz (la cuerda gruesa de un bajo), suena como si alguien tapara el altavoz con una manta. Las frecuencias altas se están atenuando por encima de los 30 Hz." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7540 -msgid "Decay" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7542 -msgid "After the attack phase, this is the amount of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full velocity to the sustain level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7551 -msgid "DC-offset" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7553 -msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7554 -msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7567 -msgid "Envelope Generator" -msgstr "Generador de la Envolvente (Envelope Generator)" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7569 -msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note." -msgstr "Una manera de controlar (cambiar) un parámetro a lo largo del tiempo como respuesta al disparo, sostenimiento y liberación de una nota." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7575 -msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:" -msgstr "¿Se te acaba de nublar la vista? Intentémoslo de nuevo:" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7577 -msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also ADSR" -msgstr "Imagina que estás tocando una nota en el teclado y tienes la otra mano en un mando (volumen, filtro de corte, etc.). Según tocas la nota, giras e mando (hacia arriba, luego abajo... o viceversa). Haces lo mismo con cada nota. Esto es lo que hace el 'envelope generator'. Consulta también ADSR" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7588 -msgid "Fader" -msgstr "Fader" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7590 -msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale." -msgstr "Un control deslizante utilizado para ajustar la atenuación (volumen) en un mezclador. Los faders siempre tienen un potenciómetro de \"audio\", lo que significa que los cambios de atenuación tienen lugar en una escala exponencial." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7597 -msgid "Filter" -msgstr "Filtro" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7599 -msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter." -msgstr "Un dispositivo que cambia un sonido atenuando frecuencias específicas. Un control de tono es un ejemplo de un filtro simple de 'low pass'." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7612 -msgid "Gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7614 -msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal." -msgstr "En un amplificador, determina cuánto se amplifica una señal (volumen). A mayor valor de ganancia, más volumen." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7622 -msgid "High-Pass Filter" -msgstr "Filtro 'High-Pass'" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7624 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "Un filtro que atenúa (silencia) frecuencias bajas, pero que permite el paso de frecuencias altas." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7635 -msgid "Instrument" -msgstr "Instrumento" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7637 -msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)." -msgstr "En Hydrogen, un instrumento es un único generador de ruido (como puede ser un bombo o un tom)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7648 -msgid "Layer" -msgstr "Capa" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7650 -msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a layer), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play." -msgstr "En un instrumento, puedes cargar varios samples diferentes capa), y hacer que suene un sample diferente dependiendo de la intensidad de la nota. Sólo sonará un sample a la vez." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7655 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will not sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing." -msgstr "Supón que tienes un sample de un golpe suave de timbal base. Si simplemente reproduces el sample más alto - no sonará igual que un golpe fuerte en un tom de verdad. Si quieres imitar esto en tu instrumento, puedes cargar un sample par los golpes suaves, y otro sample para los fuertes." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7667 -msgid "Low-Pass Filter" -msgstr "Filtro Low-Pass" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7669 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "Un filtro que atenúa (silencia) frecuencias altas, pero que permite el paso de frecuencias bajas." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7680 -msgid "Mute" -msgstr "Silencio (Mute)" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7682 -msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output." -msgstr "Para no hacer sonido. Una función del instrumento que evita cualquier salida de audio." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7688 -msgid "Mute Group" -msgstr "Grupo de Silencio (Mute Group)" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7690 -msgid "A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7692 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)." -msgstr "Esto se utiliza normalmente para los hi-hats, donde hay un instrumento (sample) diferente para cuando está abierto y cerrado. Con un hi-hat real, el sonido abierto parará en cuanto lo cierres. Sin embargo, si utilizas dos samples - el sonido de abierto continuará aún después de disparar el sonido de cerrado. Al colocar ambos instrumentos en el mismo grupo (grupo #1, por ejemplo)... al disparar el sonido de cerrado el de abierto se parará automáticamente (y vice versa)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7706 -msgid "Normalization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7708 -msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7716 -msgid "Octave" -msgstr "Octava" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7718 -msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency." -msgstr "Un rango de frecuencias donde la más alta es exáctamente el doble de la más baja." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7721 -msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they sound like the same distance." -msgstr "Por ejemplo, el rango de 20 Hz a 40 Hz es una octava. Como lo es de 120 Hz a 240 Hz, y de 575 Hz a 1150 Hz. Mientras que las diferencias de frecuencia son muy variadas (20 Hz, 120 Hz, y 575 Hz, respectivamente), para el oído humano suenan como si les separara la misma distancia." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7732 -msgid "Pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7734 -msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:7744 -msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:7747 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='cf558ea6f4eb3f7c167422add4e5365b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7737 -msgid "The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan knob, which is set in the Mixer. Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the note Pan value moves the Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. Some examples: if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7763 -msgid "The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7775 -msgid "Release" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7777 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The amount of time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level to 0." -msgstr "Tras soltar/liberar la nota, esto es la cantidad de tiempo necesario para reducir el parámetro del nivel de sustain a 0." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7786 -msgid "Resonance" -msgstr "Resonancia" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7788 -msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff." -msgstr "Al referirnos al filtro de resonancia, esto es el parámetro que determina cuánta ganancia se da a las frecuencias en el corte." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7797 -msgid "Resonance Filter" -msgstr "Filtro de Resonancia" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7799 -msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency." -msgstr "Un filtro que amplifica un estrecho rango de frecuencias. Típicamente formará parte de un filtro high-pass o low-pass, donde las frecuencias amplificadas se centran en la frecuencia de corte." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7813 -msgid "Roll-off" -msgstr "Roll-off" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7815 -msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)." -msgstr "Esta es la cantidad de atenuación (supresión) aplicada a las frecuencias según cambia la frecuencia (normalmente medido en dB/octava)." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency." -msgstr "Por ejemplo, en un filtro low-pass las frecuencias or debajo de la frecuencia de corte no se atenúan (pasan con el mismo volumen). Lo mismo que con la frecuencia de corte. Al superar la frecuencia de corte, las frecuencias que se encuentran cerca de la frecuencia de corte no se atenúan mucho. Sin embargo, las frecuencias que superan mucho el de corte se atenúan (silencian) mucho. Esto normalmente se aproxima mediante una línea recta (en una escala logarítmica) y se mide en dB de atenuación por cada octava de frecuencia." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7835 -msgid "Sample" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7837 -msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7843 -msgid "Sustain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7845 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time." -msgstr "El nivel (el volumen) en el que la nota se sostiene entre el sustain y el release. Es un porcentaje de la intensidad. No depende del tiempo." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7857 -msgid "Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7859 -msgid "How hard you hit a note." -msgstr "La fuerza con la que golpeas una nota." - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7861 -#, fuzzy -msgid "MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back." -msgstr "Los dispositivos MIDI deben enviar esta información junto con la nota. Los sintetizadores utilizan esta información para ajustar varios parámetros en el sample (normalmente el volumen). En Hydrogen, sólo se utiliza para determinar el volumen al que se reproduce el sample." - -#~ msgid "The latest stable version of hydrogen is available as a tarball at http://www.hydrogen-music.org." -#~ msgstr "La última versión estable de Hydrogen está disponible como tarball en http://www.hydrogen-music.org." - -#~ msgid "It is possible to download the latest source files directly from our subversion server with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk A certain release can be fetched with:" -#~ msgstr "Es posible descargar la última versión del código fuente directamente desde nuestro servidor de subversion con: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk Se puede descargar una versión concreta con:" - -#~ msgid "qt (>= 4.0) at http://www.trolltech.com" -#~ msgstr "qt (>= 4.0) en http://www.trolltech.com" - -#~ msgid "Decompress the tarball or go to the directory where the subversion copy was checked out:" -#~ msgstr "Descomprime el tarball o ve al directorio donde se haya descargado la copia desde subversion:" - -#~ msgid "Before compiling, check for additional options with:" -#~ msgstr "Antes de compilar, consulta más opciones con:" - -#~ msgid "$ scons --help" -#~ msgstr "$ scons --help" - -#~ msgid "If you want to use features which are not enabled by default (for instance PortAudio), you can enable them with:" -#~ msgstr "Si quieres usar opciones que no están activadas por defecto (por ejemplo PortAudio), puedes activarlas con:" - -#~ msgid "$ scons portaudio=1" -#~ msgstr "$ scons portaudio=1" - -#~ msgid "Namely, if you get some error while running Hydrogen and you want to report it remember to configure hydrogen with:" -#~ msgstr "Si encuentras algún error al ejecutar Hydrogen y quieres comunicarlo, acuérdate de configurar Hydrogen con:" - -#~ msgid "To clean up compiled code:" -#~ msgstr "Para limpiar el código compilado:" - -#~ msgid "First of all you should make shure that the audio engine is configured properly. The preferences dialog can be accessed via the tools menu (tools -> preferences)." -#~ msgstr "Lo primero que debes hacer es asegurarte de que el motor de audio está configurado bien. Se accede al diálogo de preferencias a través del menú de herramientas (tools -> preferences)." - -#~ msgid "From the \"Audio System\" tab () it is possible to modify the audio driver being used (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) with its buffer and sampling rate (unless using JACK, in this case the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server)." -#~ msgstr "En la pestaña de \"Sistema de Audio\" () es posible modificar el driver de audio que se utiliza (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) con su buffer y tasa de muestreo (menos cuando se usa JACK, en este caso la configuración del driver de audio debe hacerse antes de arrancar el servidor JACK)." - -#~ msgid "We can set some features of Hydrogen like \"Enable track outputs\" useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack. \"Connect to Default Output Pair\" connects the output to the default ports: uncheck this if you want to connect JACK output to other ports without disconnecting them first" -#~ msgstr "Podemos activar algunas opciones de Hydrogen como \"Activar salida de pistas\", útil si quieres añadir efectos a un sólo instrumento con jack-rack. \"Conectar a Pareja de Salida por Defecto\" conecta la salida a los puertos por defecto: desactívalo si quieres conectar la salida JACK a otros puertos sin desconectarlos primero." - -#~ msgid "Keep also an eye on the value of \"Polyphony\": depending on your CPU you may want to change the max simultaneous notes in order to prevent hydrogen from overunning the audio driver." -#~ msgstr "Ojo también con el valor de \"Polifonía\": dependiendo de tu CPU quizá quieras cambiar el número máximo de notas simultáneas para evitar que Hydrogen desborde el driver de audio." - -#~ msgid "CoreAudio: a driver for Mac OS X (experimental)" -#~ msgstr "CoreAudio: un driver para Mac OS X (experimental)" - -#~ msgid "The Midi System tab" -#~ msgstr "La pestaña de Sistema Midi" - -#~ msgid "The \"Midi System\" tab () concerns the MIDI input. You can choose the MIDI driver and input, setup channels, binding actions to MIDI events." -#~ msgstr "La pestaña de \"Sistema Midi\" () concierne a la entrada MIDI. Puedes escoger el driver MIDI y la entrada, configurar canales, vincular acciones a eventos MIDI." - -#~ msgid "The \"Appearance\" tab () let's you to modify Hydrogen and QT graphical properties." -#~ msgstr "La pestaña de \"Apariencia\" () te permite modificar las propiedades gráficas de Hydrogen y QT." - -#~ msgid "The Audio Engine Info Window" -#~ msgstr "La Ventana de Info del Motor de Audio" - -#~ msgid "Save as - Save current song specifying a name (default path: $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs)" -#~ msgstr "Guardar como - Guardar canción actual especificando un nombre (ruta por defecto: $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs)" - -#~ msgid "Export pattern as - Saves a pattern. It will be stored in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name" -#~ msgstr "Exportar patrón como - Guarda el patrón. Se guardará en $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/nombre_drumkit" - -#~ msgid "Save library - Saves all instruments settings (and their sound samples) in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" -#~ msgstr "Guardar librería - Guarda todas las configuraciones de instrumentos (y sus samples) en $HOME/.hydrogen/data/nombre_librería" - -#~ msgid "Export library - Compress all instruments samples and settings in a drumkit in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" -#~ msgstr "Exportar librería - Comprime todos los samples de instrumentos y configuraciones de un drumkit en $HOME/.hydrogen/data/nombre_librería" - -#~ msgid "Instrument rack - Open the instrument rack panel." -#~ msgstr "Rack de instrumentos - Abre el panel del rack de instrumentos." - -#~ msgid "Show audio engine info - Open a monitor with various stats" -#~ msgstr "Mostrar info del motor de audio - Abre un monitor con varias estadísticas" - -#~ msgid "debug action - Insert debug commands." -#~ msgstr "acción de depuración - Inserta comandos de depuración." - -#~ msgid "Print Objects - Print on stdout current objects map." -#~ msgstr "Imprime objetos - Imprime el actual mapa de objetos en stdout." - -#~ msgid "The main toolbar" -#~ msgstr "Barra de herramientas principal" - -#~ msgid "Pilot the song using the start, stop, pause, etc. buttons" -#~ msgstr "PIlota la canción usando inicio, parada, pausa, etc. botones" - -#~ msgid "Choose between \"pattern\" or \"song\" mode: in \"pattern\" mode only the currently selected pattern will play, while in \"song\" mode all patterns inserted will be played." -#~ msgstr "Escoge entre modo \"patrón\" o modo \"canción\": en modo \"patrón\", sólo se reproducirá el patrón seleccionado, mientras que en modo \"canción\", se reproducirán todos los patrones insertados." - -#~ msgid "An advanced tap tempo function: choose note length and how many notes to wait before recalculating BPM, then click the comma key repeatedly until the 'R' letter will appear and the BPM will be updated. (see )" -#~ msgstr "Función avanzada para marcar el tempo (Tap Tempo): determina la longitud de nota y el número de notas a esperar antes de recalcular las PPM; luego pulsa la tecla de coma repetidamente hasta que aparece la letra 'R' y se actualizan las PPM. (ver )" - -#~ msgid "Manually set BPM" -#~ msgstr "Fijar PPM manualmente" - -#~ msgid "Manage JACK transport" -#~ msgstr "Gestionar transporte JACK" - -#~ msgid "Open the mixer and the instrument rack panels" -#~ msgstr "Abre el mezclador y los paneles del rack de instrumentos" - -#~ msgid "Main controls to start [Hotkey = Spacebar], stop, fast forward, rewind, loop a song or a pattern." -#~ msgstr "Controles principales para iniciar [Tecla acceso rápido = Espacio], parar, avanzar, retroceder, reproducir en bucle una canción o un patrón." - -#~ msgid "Set speed of playing (range: 30-400 bpm) [Hotkey = mouse wheel] and button to enable/disable metronome" -#~ msgstr "Configuración de la velocidad de reproducción (rango: 30-400 ppm) [Tecla acceso rápido = rueda del ratón] y botón para activar/desactivar el metrónomo" - -#~ msgid "Shows CPU load." -#~ msgstr "Muestra la carga de CPU." - -#~ msgid "Shows MIDI events." -#~ msgstr "Muestra eventos MIDI." - -#~ msgid "Click to enable Jack transport: Hydrogen will work as 'slave' with another 'master' program (e.g. Ardour). This applet is only available if Jack Audio Driver is selected." -#~ msgstr "Pulsa para activar transporte JACK: Hydrogen funcionará como 'esclavo' con otro programa que hace de 'maestro' (por ej. Ardour). Este applet sólo está disponible si se selecciona el Driver de Audio Jack." - -#~ msgid "Other useful keybindings (not customizable for the moment):" -#~ msgstr "Otras asignaciones útiles de teclas (no customizables por el momento):" - -#~ msgid "It is possible to change tempo at any time using the tap-tempo and BeatCounter features of Hydrogen. You can change these while playing or while the song is stopped. To change the tempo, hit the , (comma) key in tempo for the number of beats in the measure. After the correct number of beats are met, the tempo will change to the average tempo that you tapped in. If you continue to tap, these new taps will become a part of a rolling average. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the tap tempo counter will start over." -#~ msgstr "Es posible cambiar el tempo en cualquier momento utilizando las funciones de Tap Tempo y Contador de Pulsaciones de Hydrogen. Puedes cambiarlos durante la reproducción o con la canción parada. Para cambiar el tempo, pulsa la tecla , (coma) siguiendo un tempo para el número de pulsaciones en el compás. Cuando se realiza el número correcto de pulsaciones, el tempo cambiará al tempo medio que has pulsado. Si sigues pulsando, estas nuevas pulsaciones formarán parte de una media contínua. Si pulsas la tecla accidentalmente, o esperas demasiado entre pulsaciones, el contador de tempo empezará de nuevo." - -#~ msgid "If you are using the JACK Transport, the BeatCounter continues to work. If another program is the JACK Transport Master, Hydrogen will respond to tempo change events from that application. Note that in this situation, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave, so some of the BeatCounter features will be disabled or will not work properly. If Hydrogen is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be reflected in those programs (if they support it)." -#~ msgstr "Si utilizas Transporte JACK, el Contador de Pulsaciones sigue funcionando. Si otro programa es el Maestro del Transporte JACK, Hydrogen responderá al cambio de tempo de esa aplicación. Nótese que en esta situación, Hydrogen funciona como esclavo, así que algunas funciones del Contador de Pulsaciones estarán desactivadas o no funcionarán correctamente. Si Hydrogen es el Maestro del Transporte JACK, los cambios de tempo de Hydrogen se verán reflejados en los demás programas (suponiendo que lo soportan)." - -#~ msgid "Some of the settings to adjust the BeatCounter's latency compensation, and they are located on the General tab of the Preferences Dialog ( Tools Preferences ). Here there are two spinboxes:" -#~ msgstr "Algunas de las configuraciones para ajustar la compensación de latencia del Contador de Pulsaciones, y se encuentran en la pestaña General del diálogo de preferencias ( Herramientas Preferencias ). Aquí hay dos selectores numéricos:" - -#~ msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10ms - adjust to compensate for latency between the keyboard and the program." -#~ msgstr "Compensación de desajuste del Contador de Pulsaciones en 1/10ms - ajusta esto para compensar la latencia entre el teclado y el programa." - -#~ msgid "The Song Editor comes with 7 buttons:" -#~ msgstr "El Editor de Canciones viene con 7 botones:" - -#~ msgid "Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -#~ msgstr "Borrar completamente todos los patrones (¡pide confirmación!)." - -#~ msgid "Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -#~ msgstr "Crear un patrón nuevo (y pide un nombre)." - -#~ msgid "Move currently selected pattern up or down." -#~ msgstr "Mover el patrón seleccionado hacia arriba o abajo." - -#~ msgid "Enable selecting patterns for copy & paste (Select Mode)." -#~ msgstr "Activar selección de patrones para copiar & pegar (Seleccionar Modo)." - -#~ msgid "Switch from \"Single pattern mode\" to \"Stacked pattern mode\" and back.." -#~ msgstr "Cambiar de \"Modo patrón único\" a \"Modo patrones apilados\" y viceversa." - -#~ msgid "Under these buttons there is a list of patterns created and when they will played (each square == 1 bar). Click on an squarebox to add or cancel the pattern. Clicking on right mouse button over the name of a pattern will bring up a menu to change name of the pattern or to allow copying/deleting it. Patterns with very same name are not allowed." -#~ msgstr "Debajo de estos botones hay una lista de patrones creados y cuándo se reproducirá cada uno (cada cuadrado == 1 compás). Haz clic en un cuadrado para añadir o quitar el patrón. Al pulsar el botón derecho del ratón sobre el nombre de un patrón, se mostrará un menú para cambiar el nombre del patrón o para copiar/borrarlo. No se permite más de un patrón con el mismo nombre." - -#~ msgid "The \"Pattern Editor\" frame () lets us create or modify the pattern (bar) which is being played, or add/remove notes and tune intensity as well. On the higher-left side you find a pair of LCD screens: the first one lets you choose the size of a pattern while the second represents the current grid resolution (4 through 64). Selecting an instrument which has at least one note in the pattern will show a few vertical bars (one per note) on the lowest part of this frame. Those frame shows the so called \"note properties\". This are special properties which can be set for every single note. Hydrogen knows of 3 Properties: Velocity, Pan and Lead/Lag. Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm." -#~ msgstr "El marco del \"Editor de Patrones\" () nos permite crear o modificar el patrón (compás) en reproducción, o añadir/quitar notas así como modificar su intensidad. En la parte superior izquierda verás dos pantallas LCD: el primero te permite elegir el tamaño del patrón mientras que el segundo representa la resolución actual de la rejilla (de 4 a 64). Al seleccionar un instrumento que tiene al menos una nota en el patrón, se mostrará una serie de barras verticales (una por cada nota) en la parte inferior de este marco. Este marco muestra lo que se llaman las \"propiedades de notas\". Son propiedades especiales que pueden configurarse para cada nota. Hydrogen conoce 3 propiedades: Velocidad, Paneo y Desfase positivo y negativo. El desfase positivo y negativo permite un ligero adelanto o retraso de una nota con respecto al ritmo en sí. El rango es de aprox. 5 pasos que equivalen a aprox. 10 ms a un tempo de 120ppm." - -#~ msgid "Each instrument has its own set of features accessible right-clicking with your mouse on it; Fill/Clear notes fills or deletes every note of that instrument in the current pattern (remember that filling a pattern is always relative to the grid resolution set) and finally Randomize velocity automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -#~ msgstr "Cada instrumento tiene una serie de funciones a las que se accede pulsando el botón derecho del ratón sobre él; Llenar/Borrar notas llena o borra cada nota del instrumento en el patrón actual (recuerda que llenar un patrón siempre depende de la resolución de rejilla seleccionada) y finalmente Intensidad aleatoria aplica automáticamente una intensidad pseudo-aleatoria a cada nota de ese instrumento en el patrón. A mayor intensidad seleccionada para el instrumento, Hydrogen golperará más fuerte ese instrumento durante la reproducción." - -#~ msgid "The small green and red squares beside the instrument name are the mute and solo buttons." -#~ msgstr "Los pequeños cuadrados verdes y rojos al lado del nombre del instrumento son los botones de silencio y solo." - -#~ msgid "X = Snare Jazz" -#~ msgstr "X = Snare Jazz (caja jazz)" - -#~ msgid "C = Snare Rock" -#~ msgstr "C = Snare Rock (caja rock)" - -#~ msgid "V = Tom Low" -#~ msgstr "V = Tom Low (tom base)" - -#~ msgid "B = Tom Mid" -#~ msgstr "B = Tom Mid (tom mediano)" - -#~ msgid "N = Tom Hi" -#~ msgstr "N = Tom Hi (tom pequeño)" - -#~ msgid "Q = Ride Jazz" -#~ msgstr "Q = Ride Jazz" - -#~ msgid "W = Ride Rock" -#~ msgstr "W = Ride Rock " - -#~ msgid "E = Instrument No. 17 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "E = Instrumento Nº 17 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "R = Instrument No. 18 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "R = Instrumento Nº 18 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "T = Instrument No. 20 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "T = Instrumento Nº 20 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "Y = Instrument No. 22 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "Y = Instrumento Nº 22 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "U = Instrument No. 24 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "U = Instrumento Nº 24 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "J = Open HH" -#~ msgstr "J = Open HH (HH abierto)" - -#~ msgid "3 = Crash Jazz" -#~ msgstr "3 = Crash Jazz" - -#~ msgid "5 = Instrument No. 19 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "5 = Instrumento Nº 19 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "6 = Instrument No. 21 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "6 = Instrumento Nº 21 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "7 = Instrument No. 23 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "7 = Instrumento Nº 23 (actualmente no asignado)" - -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is useful for tuning a global or single volume of the current drumkit. It shows the current peak (click on to disable, useful on old CPUs) and let you set the maximum peak allowed (tune with the fader knob of the instrument), lets you modify attributes like pan, play solo , mute or test play only that instrument ; selecting in the Pattern Editor an instrument causes a blue LED to light on (near the play button). Near the global volume knob, you can set 3 global effect such a swing (shifts a few notes back or forward not randomly), timing (modify timings of the notes) and humanize effect (random velocity editing)." -#~ msgstr "El marco del Mezclador () es útil para ajustar el volumen global o de un solo instrumento en el drumkit actual. Muestra el pico actual (haz clic en para desactivarlo, útil para CPUs viejas) y te permite determinar el pico máximo permitido (ajústalo con el fader del instrumento), modificar atributos como paneo, reproducción solo , silencio o probar sólo ese instrumento ; al elegir un instrumento en el Editor de Patrones se enciende un LED azul (cerca del botón de reproducir). Cerca del control global de volumen, puedes configurar 3 efectos globales como swing (mueve algunas notas hacia atrás o adelante no aleatoriamente), tiempo (humaniza el tiempo de las notas) y humanizar (edita la intensidad aleatoriamente)." - -#~ msgid "System Drumkits" -#~ msgstr "Drumkits del sistema" - -#~ msgid "These are your own drum kits that you can manage yourself. They are usually stored in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits. When you are creating a new drumkit, you can save it here by selecting InstrumentsSave library." -#~ msgstr "Estos son tus propios drumkits que puedes gestionar tú mismo. Normalmente se guardan en $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits. Cuando estás creando un nuevo drumkit, puedes guardarlo aquí seleccionando InstrumentosGuardar biblioteca ." - -#~ msgid "Loading drumkits and instruments to use is the same as for the System Drumkits (see )." -#~ msgstr "El procedimiento para cargar drumkits e instrumentos es el mismo que para los drumkits del sistema (ver )." - -#~ msgid "Patterns in the Sound Library" -#~ msgstr "Patrones en la Biblioteca de Sonidos" - -#~ msgid "You can save your favorite patterns in the sound library by right clicking the title of the pattern in the song editor, and selecting Save Pattern. It will appear in the Sound Library underneath Patterns and the category that you assigned to the pattern." -#~ msgstr "Puedes guardar tus patrones favoritos en la biblioteca de sonidos haciendo clic derecho sobre el título del patrón en el editor de canciones y seleccionando Guardar Patrón. Aparecerá en la Biblioteca de Sonidos bajo Patrones y la categoría que has asignado al patrón." - -#~ msgid "Drumkits and Instrument Editing" -#~ msgstr "Edición de Drumkits e Instrumentos" - -#~ msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also use or download existing drumkits using the ." -#~ msgstr "En lugar de crear tu propio drumkit, también puedes utilizar or descargar drumkits existentes utilizando ." - -#~ msgid "The synthesizer in Hydrogen is a sample-based synthesizer. A sample is a piece of pre-recorded audio (usually between .1 sec and 3 sec). To play a note, the sample is simply played back at the right time. There's a few concepts and terms that you should understand when you are putting together a drumkit. (See for more detailed explanations.)" -#~ msgstr "El sintetizador de Hydrogen es un sintetizador basado en samples. Un sample es un trozo de audio pregrabado (normalmente entre .1 seg. y 3 seg.). Para reproducir una nota, el sample simplemente se reproduce en el momento preciso. Existen algunos conceptos y términos que deberás entender a la hora de confeccionar un drumkit. (Ver para una explicación más detallada.)" - -#~ msgid "Sampling Synthesizer Terms" -#~ msgstr "Términos del Sintetizador de Samples" - -#~ msgid "Sample" -#~ msgstr "Sample" - -#~ msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long." -#~ msgstr "Una corta grabación de un sonido, típicamente con entre .1 y 3.0 segundos de duración." - -#~ msgid "Gain" -#~ msgstr "Ganancia (Gain)" - -#~ msgid "Volume adjustment." -#~ msgstr "Ajuste de volumen." - -#~ msgid "Velocity" -#~ msgstr "Intensidad" - -#~ msgid "ADSR Envelope Generator" -#~ msgstr "ADSR Envelope Generator (Generador de Envolventes ADSR)" - -#~ msgid "Attack" -#~ msgstr "Attack (Ataque)" - -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from 0 to full velocity." -#~ msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo para ir de 0 hasta la intensidad máxima." - -#~ msgid "Decay" -#~ msgstr "Decay (decaimiento)" - -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from full velocity to the sustain volume." -#~ msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo para ir de la intensidad máxima al volumen de sustain." - -#~ msgid "Sustain" -#~ msgstr "Sustain" - -#~ msgid "Release" -#~ msgstr "Release" - -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from the sustain volume back down to 0." -#~ msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo para ir del volumen de sustain de vuelta a 0." - -#~ msgid "In the instrument editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Load Layer and point the Audio File Browser to your sample. Note that the Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -#~ msgstr "En el editor de instrumentos, haz clic en Capas. Puedes cargar varias capas en el instrumento. Cuál se reproduce depende de la intensidad de la nota entrante. Haz clic en Cargar Capa y dirige el Navegador de Archivos de Audio a tu sample. Fíjate que el Navegador de Archivos de Audio te permitirá una vista previa del sample antes de cargarlo. También te permitirá cargar más de un sample a la vez. Pero por ahora, sólo carga uno." - -#~ msgid "In the instrument editor, click on the General button. Here you can adjust several parameters that are for the whole instrument (not for each layer). The parameters that you can adjust are:" -#~ msgstr "En el editor de instrumentos, haz clic en el botón General. Aquí puedes configurar varios parámetros que son para el instrumento en su conjunto (no para cada capa). Los parámetros que puedes configurar son:" - -#~ msgid "Envelope parameters: Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release. (See )" -#~ msgstr "Parámetros de la envolvente (envelope): Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release. (Ver )" - -#~ msgid "Mute Group: Which mute group this instrument is a member of (see )." -#~ msgstr "Grupo de silencio (Mute Group): El grupo de silencio al que pertenece este instrumento (ver )." - -#~ msgid "Filter Parameters: Bypass, Cutoff, Resonance." -#~ msgstr "Parámetros de Filtro: Circunvalar (Bypass), Corte (Cutoff), Resonancia (Resonance)." - -#~ msgid "Random Pitch" -#~ msgstr "Altura Tonal Aleatoria (Random Pitch)" - -#~ msgid "It's important that you understand in order to continue on." -#~ msgstr "Es importante que entiendas para poder continuar." - -#~ msgid "When the instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. The parameters operate as follows:" -#~ msgstr "Cuando se dispara el instrumento, su volumen pasa por una Envolvente ADSR (de aquí en adelante, ADSR envelope). Los parámetros funcionan de la siguiente manera:" - -#~ msgid "The gain sets the overall volume for the sample. This gain is applied after the gain that you set for the layer, and before the gain that is set for the mixer. If the Gain is 0, the instrument will be silent. If the gain is 1.0 the volume of the samples will not be adjusted (i.e. 0 dB). If the gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -#~ msgstr "La ganancia determina el volumen general del sample. Esta ganancia se aplica después de la ganancia que has configurado para la capa, y antes de la ganancia configurada para el mezclador. Con la ganancia a 0, el instrumento estará silenciado. Con la ganancia a 1.0, el volumen de los samples no se ajustará (por ej. 0 dB). Si la ganancia se configura a más, los samples se amplificarán." - -#~ msgid "Filter and Random Pitch" -#~ msgstr "Filtro y Altura Tonal Aleatorio" - -#~ msgid "Hydrogen can also add effects to sounds using any LADSPA plugin library. You need to have installed the LADSPA sources (available from http://www.ladspa.org) and while this will give a rough idea of how it works you should really have a taste of the real thing installing one or more plugin libraries, it's as simple as a scons && scons install. Here are a few places to download plugin libraries:" -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen también puede añadir efectos a los sonidos usando cualquier librería de efectos LADSPA. Tienes que instalar las fuentes de LADSPA (disponibles en http://www.ladspa.org) y mientras que esto te ofrece una idea aproximada de cómo funciona, en realidad deberías probarlo de verdad instalándote una o más librerías de plugins, que es tan simple como scons && scons install. Estos son algunos sitios donde puedes descargarte librerías de plugins:" - -#~ msgid "SWH-Plugins available at http://plugin.org.uk. Note that before compiling these plugins you need the FFTW tarball from http://www.fftw.org." -#~ msgstr "SWH-Plugins disponibles en http://plugin.org.uk. Antes de compilar estos plugins necesitas el tarball FFTW de http://www.fftw.org." - -#~ msgid "Once you have installed a few plugins open a song you'd like add an effect to and select an instrument that has a few beats in the pattern. In the Mixer click on and select one of the four available effect line Click on the Edit button ( ), than on Select the FX: this will bring up another window () that lets you choose an effect amongst those installed, they are alphabetically sorted and categorized. Once you're done, adjust the level from the mixer and start playing. Each round knob in the FX part controls the level of its effect. If you want to quickly enable/disable the effect click the Bypass ( ) button." -#~ msgstr "Una vez que has instalado algunos plugins abre una canción a la que quieres añadir un efecto y selecciona un instrumento que tiene unos cuantos golpes en el patrón. En el mezclador haz clic en y selecciona una de las líneas disponibles para plugins. Haz clic en el botón de Editar ( ), luego en Seleccionar el Efecto: esto abrirá otra ventana () que te permitirá elegir un efecto de entre los que tienes instalados, que están ordenados alfabéticamente y por categorías. Cuando acabes, ajusta el nivel en el mezclador y empieza a tocar. Cada control redondo en la parte de efectos (FX) controla el nivel del efecto correspondiente. Si quieres activar/desactivar rápidamente el efecto, haz clic en el botón de Bypass ( )." - -#~ msgid "A new song" -#~ msgstr "Una nueva canción" - -#~ msgid "Hydrogen has 2 main modes: \"Pattern\" mode and \"Song\" mode (refer to for the buttons to activate). When \"Pattern\" mode is activated the current pattern is continously repeated, so to help changing it until we don't like it, while \"Song\" mode repeats only the current pattern: this is useful when putting together the patterns, to create the whole structure for the song." -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen tiene 2 modos principales: modo \"Patrón\" y modo \"Canción\" (consulta para ver los botones que lo activan). Cuando se activa el modo \"Patrón\", el patrón actual se repite contínuamente para ayudar a modificarlo hasta conseguir lo que queremos, mientras que el modo \"Canción\" repite toda la secuencia de patrones: esto es útil para crear la estructura completa de la canción." - -#~ msgid "Inserting Notes in a Pattern" -#~ msgstr "Insertar Notas en un Patrón" - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid "Attack" -#~ msgstr "Attack" - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid "Decay" -#~ msgstr "Decay" - -#~ msgid "After reaching full velocity from the attack, this is the amount of time to turn the parameter down from full velocity to the sustain level." -#~ msgstr "Tras alcanzar la máxima intensidad del 'attack', esto es la cantidad de tiempo necesario para bajar el parámetro hasta el nivel del sustain." - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid "Gain" -#~ msgstr "Ganancia" - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid "A group of instruments (samples) that should mute (stop playing) immediately after another instrument in the group is triggered." -#~ msgstr "Un grupo de instrumentos (samples) que debería silenciarse inmediatamente cuando se dispara otro instrumento del mismo grupo." - -#~ msgid "Release" -#~ msgstr "Liberación (Release)" - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid " " -#~ msgstr " " - -#~ msgid "Sample" -#~ msgstr "Sample" - -#~ msgid "Sustain" -#~ msgstr "Sustain" - -#~ msgid "The level to hold the parameter after finishing the decay time. This level will be maintained until the not is released." -#~ msgstr "El nivel en el que se sostiene el parámetro tras terminar el tiempo de decay. Este nivel se mantendrá hasta que la nota se suelta." - -#~ msgid "Velocity" -#~ msgstr "Intensidad" diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_fr.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_fr.html --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_fr.html 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_fr.html 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2175 +0,0 @@ -Manuel d'Hydrogen

Manuel d'Hydrogen

2021-03-04

Antonio Piraino

Alessandro Cominu

Thijs van Severen

Sebastian Moors

Colin Evans

Philipp Mller

Rsum

Hydrogen est un synthtiseur logiciel qui peut tre utilis seul, mulant une boite rythme base sur des motifs, ou via un clavier MIDI externe / squenceur logiciel. Hydrogen se compile sous Linux/x86, bien que ce dernier soit toujours exprimental, demandez donc plus de dtails la liste de dveloppement.

Table des matires

I. Introduction
1. Tlchargement
2. Construction
3. Keyboard and Mouse
II. Utilisation d'Hydrogen
4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Utilisation d'Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Prfrences
5.1. L'onglet Gnral
5.2. L'onglet Systme Audio
5.3. L'Onglet Systme MIDI
5.4. OSC
5.5. L'onglet Apparence
6. Menu principal
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Kit de Batterie Systme
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. La Barre d'Outils Principale
7.1. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
7.2. Tap Tempo et Compteur de Pulsation
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. diteur de morceau
8.1. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
8.2. diteur de morceau
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. diteur de motif
9.1. L'onglet Gnral
9.2. diteur de motif
9.3. Note Properties Editor
9.4. diteur de motif
10. Bibliothque de Son (Gestionnaire de Kit de Batterie)
10.1. Kit de Batterie Systme
10.2. Songs
10.3. diteur de motif
11. diteur de motif
11.1. L'onglet Gnral
11.2. Layers
12. diteur de morceau
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixeur
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
14. Director
15. diteur de motif
15.1. Menu principal
15.2. Menu
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
III. Examples
18. A New Song
18.1. Song Mode and Pattern Mode
18.2. A New Pattern
18.3. A New Sequence
18.4. Adjust from the Mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments
IV. Appendix
20. Utiliser les Types-de-Fichiers
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Liste des illustrations

4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode
4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode
5.1. L'Onglet Gnral
5.2. L'Onglet de Systme Audio
5.3. L'Onglet Systme MIDI
5.4. L'Onglet Gnral
5.5. L'Onglet Apparence
6.1. Menu principal
6.2. Import Drumkit
6.3. The Audio Engine View
7.1. La Barre d'Outils Principale
8.1. L'diteur de morceau
8.2. The Pattern Options menu
8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties
8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags
8.5. The Automation Path Widget
9.1. diteur de Motif en mode Drum
9.2. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
9.3. diteur de motif
9.4. diteur de Motif en mode Drum
9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity
9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property
9.7. L'diteur de Motif en mode Piano
10.1. L'diteur de morceau
11.1. The Instrument editor General view
11.2. The Instrument Editor Layers View
11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor
12.1. L'diteur de morceau
12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor
12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor
12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor
13.1. Le Mixeur
13.2. The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer
13.5. Select an Effect
13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer
14.1. Le Mixeur
15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded
16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog
18.1. The Pattern Editor
18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence
18.3. Le Mixeur
44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Liste des tableaux

4.1. MIDI Mapping
17.1. All OSC Messages
21.1. Shortcut Table

PartieI.Introduction

Table des matires

1. Tlchargement
2. Construction
3. Keyboard and Mouse

Chapitre1.Tlchargement

Vous pouvez tlcharger Hydrogen depuis http://www.hydrogen-music.org. Dans la page 'Download', vous pouvez trouver plusieurs binaires (installateurs) pour Linux, Mac et Windows. (Notez que certaines versions ne sont pas disponibles pour Windows et Mac)

- Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. -

Chapitre2.Construction

- If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - 

-        $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git
-

- A certain release can be fetched with - 

-        $ git checkout tags/1.0.0
-

La compilation d'Hydrogen dpend des bibliothques suivantes :

Veuillez les installer avec le gestionnaire de paquet de votre distribution. Si vous exploitez un systme bas sur Debian, vous pouvez installer les bibliothques avec :

-        $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools         \
-	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
-	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
-	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
-	liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev
-

La compiation avec cmake peut tre ralise facilement en utilsant le script make_helper. Dcompressez le tarball ou allez au rpertoire o la copie subversion a t vrifie et lancer le script make_helper sans aucun argument pour afficher l'aide :

-           $ ./build.sh
-

L'aide est prsent affiche (et est explicite) :

-             r[m]     => all built, temp and cache files
-             c[lean]  => remove cache files
-             m[ake]   => launch the build process
-             mm       => launch the build process using ccache
-             mt       => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled
-             d[oc]    => build html documentation
-             g[raph]  => draw a dependencies graph
-             h[elp]   => show the build options
-             x|exec   => execute hydrogen
-             t[ests]  => execute tests
-             p[kg]    => build source package
-             z        => build using ccache and run from tree
-
-

To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - 

-           $ ./build.sh m x
-

and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - 

-          $ cd build
-          $ sudo make install
-
[Note]Note

Suivant la branche que vous allez compiler, vous aurez besoin d'utiliser Scons ou Cmake. Vrifiez les fichiers INSTALL.txt et README.txt pour plus d'informations (placs dans le rpertoire-racine aprs avoir tlcharg les sources).

Chapitre3.Keyboard and Mouse

- The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. -

- Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: -

  • - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader -

  • - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see Section16.2) -

- Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. -

- The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of -

  • - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. -

  • - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. -

  • - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. -

  • - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. -

  • - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. -

  • - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. -

-

[Note]Note

- The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - -

- Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. -

PartieII.Utilisation d'Hydrogen

Table des matires

4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Utilisation d'Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Prfrences
5.1. L'onglet Gnral
5.2. L'onglet Systme Audio
5.3. L'Onglet Systme MIDI
5.4. OSC
5.5. L'onglet Apparence
6. Menu principal
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Kit de Batterie Systme
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. La Barre d'Outils Principale
7.1. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
7.2. Tap Tempo et Compteur de Pulsation
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. diteur de morceau
8.1. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
8.2. diteur de morceau
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Active le Mode Dessin.
8.2.3. diteur de morceau
8.2.4. diteur de motif
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. diteur de motif
9.1. L'onglet Gnral
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. diteur de motif
9.3. Note Properties Editor
9.4. diteur de motif
10. Bibliothque de Son (Gestionnaire de Kit de Batterie)
10.1. Kit de Batterie Systme
10.2. Songs
10.3. diteur de motif
11. diteur de motif
11.1. L'onglet Gnral
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls
12. diteur de morceau
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixeur
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings
14. Director
15. diteur de motif
15.1. Menu principal
15.1.1. diteur de morceau
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Chapitre4.Overview

Table des matires

4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Utilisation d'Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options

4.1.Main User Interface

Figure4.1.The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). -

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. -

- Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. -

Figure4.2.The Main UI in Tabbed mode

The Main UI in Tabbed mode

4.2.Drumkit Concept

Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. -

- To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. -

4.3.MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard

- Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. -

- Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. Drumkit maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while Instrument maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. -

- Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. -

[Note]Note

- In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. -

- Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. -

Tableau4.1.MIDI Mapping

- Instr. Pos. - - MIDI Note - - PC Keyboard Key - Manuel d'Hydrogen - GM Standard -
35Bass Drum 2
136ZKickBass Drum 1
237SStickSide Stick/Rimshot
338XSnareSnare Drum 1
439DHand ClapHand Clap
540CSnare RimshotSnare Drum 2
641VFloor TomLow Tom 2
742GHat ClosedClosed Hi-hat
843BTom 2Low Tom 1
944HHat PedalPedal Hi-hat
1045NTom 1Mid Tom 2
1146JHat OpenOpen Hi-hat
1247MCowbellMid Tom 1
1348QRideHigh Tom 2
14492CrashCrash Cymbal 1
1550WRide 2High Tom 1
16513SplashRide Cymbal 1
1752EHat Semi-OpenChinese Cymbal
1853RBellRide Bell
19545Tambourine
2055TSplash Cymbal
21566Cowbell
2257YCrash Cymbal 2
23587Vibra Slap
2459URide Cymbal 2
2560High Bongo
2661Low Bongo
2762Mute High Conga
2863Open High Conga
2964Low Conga
3065High Timbale
3166Low Timbale
3267High Agog
3368Low Agog
3469Cabasa
3570Maracas
3671Short Whistle
3772Long Whistle
3873Short Giro
3974Long Giro
4075Claves
4176High Wood Block
4277Low Wood Block
4378Mute Cuca
4479Open Cuca
4580Mute Triangle
4681Open Triangle

[Note]Note

Le nom de l'instrument dpend du kit de batterie qui est charg. Cette liste ci-dessous renvoie au GMkit qui est charg par dfaut.

When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do.

[Note]Note

Gardez en tte que c'est la position de l'instrument (dans le kit de batterie charg) qui est li la note-MIDI/touche-clavier et pas le nom de l'instrument.

For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below.

Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard.

4.4.Utilisation d'Hydrogen

- In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. -

- In order to start recording, first activate the record button - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). -

- Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. -

[Note]Note

- The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). -

4.5.Session Management

- With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

- All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. -

  • - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. -

    -

  • - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - -

    [Note]Note

    - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. -

    -

  • - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. -

    [Avertissement]Avertissement

    - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. -

    -

4.5.1.NSM

- Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the Project option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. -

  • - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. -

  • - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - -

    [Avertissement]Avertissement

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. -

    [Avertissement]Avertissement

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - -

    [Note]Note

    - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. -

    -

[Note]Note

- The Open Demo option will be missing. -

- Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - -

[Astuce]Astuce

- This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. -

-

4.6.Command-line Options

- After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - 

-        -h, --help                  Displays this help.
-        -v, --version               Displays version information.
-        -d, --driver <Audiodriver>  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)
-        -i, --install <File>        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)
-        -n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen
-        -p, --playlist <File>       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup
-        -P, --data <Path>           Use an alternate system data path
-        -s, --song <File>           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup
-        -k, --kit <DrumkitName>     Load a drumkit at startup
-        -V, --verbose <Level>       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH
-

- -

Chapitre5.Prfrences

Table des matires

5.1. L'onglet Gnral
5.2. L'onglet Systme Audio
5.3. L'Onglet Systme MIDI
5.4. OSC
5.5. L'onglet Apparence

Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu.

[Note]Note

- All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. -

5.1.L'onglet Gnral

Figure5.1.L'Onglet Gnral

L'Onglet Gnral

  • Debug: Outils principalement pour dbugger et monitorer Hydrogen (seulement disponible quand compil avec le support du debug !).

  • HEAR : quand il est activ, Hydrogen jouera l'chantillon quand il est ajout au motif.

  • - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. -

    -

  • - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. -

    -

  • - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see Chapitre3). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. -

  • - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. -

    -

  • - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from -200 to 200. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. -

    - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. -

    - -

  • Dbut en ms du compteur de battement - ajuste le temps entre la dernire impulsion entre du Compteur de Pulsation et le moment o le morceau dmarre (si le dpart automatique est activ).

  • - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from 1 to 800. -

  • - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from 16 to 8192. -

    [Note]Note

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    -

  • - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. -

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. -

    - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package rubberband-cli. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . -

    - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. -

    - -

5.2.L'onglet Systme Audio

Figure5.2.L'Onglet de Systme Audio

L'Onglet de Systme Audio

  • SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)

    - Available options: -

    • Auto: Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - -

      [Astuce]Astuce

      - This option is recommended for beginners. -

      - -

    • jackd : Le pilote Jack est un serveur audio professionnel qui permet de trs basses latences et des changes avec les autres logiciels audio. Nous recommandons fortement l'utilisation de ce pilote pour obtenir le meilleur d'Hydrogen. Le serveur JACK dmarrera automatiquement s'il n'est pas dj lanc.

      [Astuce]Astuce

      - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. -

    • ALSA : le standard de pilotes audio Linux largement adopt

    • OSS : Le pilote audio OSS utilise /dev/dsp et est bas sur l'interface OSS qui est support par une vaste majorit de cartes-son disponibles pour Linux; ceci dit, l'utilisation de ce pilote audio bloque /dev/dsp jusqu' ce qu'Hydrogen soit ferm, c'est dire : inutilisable par n'importe quel autre logiciel. Utilisez-le en dernier recours.

    • PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source

    • CoreAudio: A driver for MacOS.

    • PulseAudio: A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server.

  • ALSA : le standard de pilotes audio Linux largement adopt

  • - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from 100 to 5000. -

  • - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. -

    [Note]Note

    - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. -

    -

  • Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports.

    Post-Fader:

    Pre-Fader:

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. -

  • BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option constant - measure) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - matching bars).

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    - For this option to take effect the - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - button has to be activated and the - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application).

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. -

  • Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted.

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

  • Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. -

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    [Avertissement]Avertissement

    - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. -

  • - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. -

    - -

    [Note]Note

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    -

  • - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. -

  • - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from 1 to 512. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. -

    -

  • - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from 1 to 100. -

  • - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. -

5.3.L'Onglet Systme MIDI

Figure5.3.L'Onglet Systme MIDI

L'Onglet Systme MIDI

  • - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. -

  • HEAR : quand il est activ, Hydrogen jouera l'chantillon quand il est ajout au motif.

  • - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. -

  • - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. -

  • - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. -

    [Note]Note

    - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. -

    -

  • - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are -

    -

  • - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. -

  • - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - -

    [Note]Note

    - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. -

    -

- Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the Section16.1. -

5.4.OSC

Figure5.4.L'Onglet Gnral

L'Onglet Gnral

The OSC tab (Figure5.4) let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - -

[Note]Note

- In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. -

- -

-

[Note]Note

If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. -

5.5.L'onglet Apparence

Figure5.5.L'Onglet Apparence

L'Onglet Apparence

The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. -

  • - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - -

    [Note]Note

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. -

    -

  • - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - -

    [Note]Note

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. -

  • - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). -

    [Note]Note

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. -

  • - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: -

    • - Automatic: - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. -

    • - Steps: - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. -

    • - Fixed: - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. -

    -

Chapitre6.Menu principal

Table des matires

6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Kit de Batterie Systme
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info

Figure6.1.Menu principal

Menu principal

6.1.Project

Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

[Note]Note

- If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see Section4.5.1 for details). -

  • Nouveau - Cre un nouveau morceau

  • Proprits - Paramtrer les proprits gnrales du morceau comme le nom, l'auteur, licence et des notes gnrales

  • Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file).

  • Vlocit : quelle puissance la note est joue (le volume de la note)

  • Ouvrir un fichier rcent - Ouvrir un menu montrant les derniers morceaux utiliss

  • Enregistrer - Enregistrer les changements du morceau actuel

  • Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. -

    -

  • Ouvrir un motif - Ouvrir un motif enregistr appartenant au kit de batterie courant

  • Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. -

    -

  • Exporter le morceau en fichier MIDI - Exporter le morceau actuel dans un format MIDI

  • Exporter le morceau - Exporter le morceau courant en format WAV

    The Export mode option Export to a single track will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. Export to separate tracks will create files for each - instrument/track. Both will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. -

  • Exporter le morceau en fichier MIDI - Exporter le morceau actuel dans un format MIDI

    [Avertissement]Avertissement

    - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported.

  • Quitter - Quitter Hydrogen

6.2.Undo

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

6.3.Kit de Batterie Systme

  • New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. -

  • Vlocit : quelle puissance la note est joue (le volume de la note)

  • Proprits - Paramtrer les proprits gnrales du morceau comme le nom, l'auteur, licence et des notes gnrales

  • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

  • Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - -

    [Note]Note

    - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. -

    -

  • Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - -

    [Note]Note

    - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. -

    -

  • Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. -

  • Importer la bibliothque - Importe un autre kit de batterie depuis le systme de fichier local ou le tlcharge depuis un emplacement distant travers un flux XML. Le fichier XML qui peut tre fourni N'EST PAS compatible RSS (voir Site web d'Hydrogen pour un exemple). Pour charger un autre kit de batterie dans votre sance actuelle de travail d'Hydrogen, lisez Instrument rack.

    -

    Figure6.2.Import Drumkit

    Import Drumkit


    - - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. -

    - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. -

    - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - -

    Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit.

    - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - -

6.4.Instruments

This menu offers - instruments functions.

  • Ajouter un instrument - Ajouter un nouvel instrument votre Kit de Batterie courant

  • Effacer tout - Effacer tous les intruments du kit de batterie courant

  • Ajouter un instrument - Ajouter un nouvel instrument votre Kit de Batterie courant

6.5.View

  • Outils: ouvre le mixeur, le directeur, l'diteur de liste de lecture, le rack d'instrument et la fentre des prfrences gnrales.

  • Directeur - Ouvre la fentre du directeur.

  • Table de mixage - Ouvre la fentre de la table de mixage.

  • Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library.

  • Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path - panel.

  • Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel.

  • Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel.

  • Vlocit : quelle puissance la note est joue (le volume de la note)

6.6.Options

  • Drumset / Instrument : quand il est paramtr Drumset, les notes de votre clavier MIDI correspondront l'instrument de votre bibliothque de son comme dcrit dans la table de mappage d'instrument ci-dessous. Si vous le paramtrez Instrument, les notes de votre clavier MIDI dclencheront l'instrument qui est actuellement slectionn. La hauteur de l'instrument suivra la touche que vous pressez sur votre clavier. Cette fonctionnalit est utilise principalement pour les instruments qui ne sont pas des batteries. Un exemple : si vous utiliser un chantillon de piano pour l'un de vos instruments, vous serez capable de 'jouer' cet instrument piano en utilisant le clavier exactement comme si vous jouiez un piano synthtiseur.

  • Prfrences - Ouvre la fenre des prfrences principales. Lisez Preferences comment configurer Hydrogen.

6.7.Debug

Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen.

[Note]Note

Notez que l'onglet Moteur Audio est disponible seulement si Hydrogen a t compil avec le support debug.

  • Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -

    Figure6.3.The Audio Engine View

    The Audio Engine View


    - -

    [Note]Note

    - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). -

    -

  • Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. -

  • - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. -

    • - None: No messages will be written at all. -

    • - Error: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. -

    • - Warning: Like Error but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. -

    • - Info: Like Warning but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. -

    • - Debug: Like Info but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. -

    -

  • Outils: ouvre le mixeur, le directeur, l'diteur de liste de lecture, le rack d'instrument et la fentre des prfrences gnrales.

6.8.Info

  • Manuel Utilisateur - Ouvre ue fentre avec ce manuel :)

  • propos - La fentre habituelle avec l'information de licence, les remerciements, etc.

  • Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it).

  • PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source

Chapitre7.La Barre d'Outils Principale

Table des matires

7.1. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
7.2. Tap Tempo et Compteur de Pulsation
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State

Figure7.1.La Barre d'Outils Principale

La Barre d'Outils Principale

Avant d'analyser les deux parties principales d'Hydrogen, jettons un coup d'oeil rapide la barre d'outil principale et ses composants :

7.1.Contrles de l'diteur de Motif

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button.

Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see Chapitre21 for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see Section4.4 for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback.

In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode.

[Astuce]Astuce

- When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. -

7.2.Tap Tempo et Compteur de Pulsation

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right).

This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above.

7.2.1.Tap Tempo

The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. -

- After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over.

[Note]Note

- The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. -

7.2.2.Beat Counter

Le Tap Tempo est une partie du Compteur de Pulsation, qui est essentiellement un Tap Tempo sous strodes. Par dfaut, l'affichage du Compteur de Tempo n'est pas visible. Pour voir le gadget Compteur de Tempo, cliquez sur le bouton (BC) entre le slecteur de mode Song/Pattern et le gadget BPM. Ou alors, il peut tre affich en pressant la touche virgule : (,).

Le tempo que vous tapez sera considr comme des pulsations du type de pulsation. Le type de pulsation peut tre paramtrer 1/8 (pour des pulsations de huitime de notes), 1/4 (pour des pulsations de quart de note), 1/2 (pour des pulsations de demi note) et 1/1 (pour des pulsations de note entire). Pour changer le type de pulsation, utilisez les boutons de flches de gauche. Pour changer le nombre de pulsations qui sont comptes, utilisez les boutons de flches de droite. Vous pouvez paramtrer de 2 16 pulsations. (C'est dire que si vous paramtrez 6 pulsations, vous aurez tapez 6 fois avant que le nouveau tempo soit calcul et appliqu.) Lorsque l'affichage montre un R, cela signifie que le Compteur de pulsation est prt dmarrer 0. Chaque fois que vous tapez avec la touche virgule, il montrera le nombre de frappes que vous avez entres (1, 2, 3, ...).

Le bouton en bas droite contrle une fonctionnalit de dmarrage automatique, et il bascule entre S et P. Lorsqu'il affiche P pour (Play, NdT : Jouer), le morceau va paramtrer le nouveau tempo et dmarrera la lecture automatiquement aprs que vous ayez tap le bon nombre de pulsation (s'il n'est pas dj dmarr, bien sr). Ce faisant, si votre Compteur de Tempo est paramtr 4/4, vous pouvez taper 1-2-3-4, et dmarrer la prochaine pulsation. Lorsqu'il affiche S (pour Set BPM, NdT : Paramtrer le BPM), le dmarrage automatique est dsactiv.

Par exemple : Supposons que vous ayez un groupe live, Hydrogen et un synthtiseur (qui est contrl par Seq24)... et que vous voulez qu'il dmarre tous en mme temps. Paramtrez le type de pulsation 1/4 et le nombre de pulsation 4. Activer le dmarrage automatique (le bouton affiche P). Dcomptez 1-2-3-4 (en tapant sur la touche virgule) - et tout le monde dmarrera sur 1.

Un autre exemple : Mme situation, mais le morceau ne ncessite pas Hydrogen ou les synths avant un certain moment. Pendant ce temps, un humain (par exemple un guitariste) paramtrera le tempo. Sur la mesure avant qu'Hydrogen ne soit cens jouer, tappez la touche virgule 1-2-3-4 avec le tempo... et vous serez dedans au prochain tempo (au bon tempo).

[Astuce]Astuce

An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. -

[Note]Note

- If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. -

7.3.BPM Control and Metronome

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes.

Set the speed of the song in the range from 10 to 400 bpm (beats per minute). -

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. -

In addition you can use - Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket ")" (right). - to toggle the metronome.

[Astuce]Astuce

- The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. -

- If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see Section12.2 for details. -

7.4.CPU Usage and MIDI in

A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is MIDI input.

Afficher la charge processeur et les vnement MIDI. La barre graphique du processeur vous donne des indications sur la charge du processeur. La lumire MIDI s'allume chaque fois qu'Hydrogen reoit un message MIDI.

[Astuce]Astuce

- The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. -

7.5.JACK Control

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right one "J.MASTER".

Clicking - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. -

- Using - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. -

[Note]Note

- The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. -

7.6.GUI State

In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup "Hydrogen Ready.".

- Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). -

- The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. -

Chapitre8.diteur de morceau

Table des matires

8.1. Contrles de l'diteur de Motif
8.2. diteur de morceau
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Active le Mode Dessin.
8.2.3. diteur de morceau
8.2.4. diteur de motif
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path

-

Figure8.1.L'diteur de morceau

L'diteur de morceau


-

L'"diteur de Morceau" (Figure8.1) donne une vue d'ensemble de la ligne de temps entire du morceau (par exemple : intro, couplet, refrain, et autres); chaque carr color en bleu de ce panneau est une mesure complte comme affiche dans le panneau de base de l"diteur de Motif". Ici, nous avons la libert entire d'ajouter, supprimer ou dplacer les motifs dans l'ordre que nous prfrons. Nous pouvons galement copier et coller des motifs : utilisez le bouton gauche de la souris pour mettre en lumire une zone et la dplacer. Tirez avec la touche CTRL appuye pour copier les motifs.

- Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. -

- Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. -

- In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate the presence of a Tag.

- In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. -

[Note]Note

- Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. -

- -

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see Chapitre3) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. -

-

8.1.Contrles de l'diteur de Motif

Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode.

  • Grey button containing the text "CLEAR". : deletes all patterns - (asks for confirmation!). -

  • Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name). -

  • Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern - up or down. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. -

  • Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode (Section8.2.1). -

  • Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode (Section8.2.1).

  • Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - or to Stacked mode (Section8.2.5).

8.2.diteur de morceau

- The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. -

- In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. -

- They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. -

- In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. -

[Note]Note

- While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. -

8.2.1.Select Mode

- This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. -

- Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. -

- Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. -

- The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - -

  • Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard

  • Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy

  • ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position

  • Return to move the selected - blocks into place

  • Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place

- -

- Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. -

8.2.2.Active le Mode Dessin.

- This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. -

- Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. -

- Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. -

[Note]Note

- The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in Chapitre3. - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. -

8.2.3.diteur de morceau

- When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. -

8.2.4.diteur de motif

- When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. -

8.2.5.Stacked Mode

- Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. -

- Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. -

[Note]Note

- Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. -

8.3.Sidebar

- The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. -

Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things:

Figure8.2.The Pattern Options menu

The Pattern Options menu

  • SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)

    [Note]Note

    - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. -

  • SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)

  • Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. -

    Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    -

  • Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. -

    Figure8.3.The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties

    Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    [Note]Note

    - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. -

  • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

  • Save Pattern: stores the - pattern in the patterns folder - within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

  • Drum/Piano : basculer l'diteur de Motif entre les modes Drum et Piano. (voir plus bas)

  • PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source

    - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. -

    - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. -

    - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. -

8.4.Timeline

Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler.

The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song.

To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - Grey button containing a black "P". - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. -

[Note]Note

- Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see Section7.5 for details. -

- -

Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

- - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. -

8.5.Tags

Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue "T"s.

- In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. -

- To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -

Figure8.4.Dialog Window for Adding Tags

Dialog Window for Adding Tags


- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. -

8.6.Playback Track

Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example.

- Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. -

[Note]Note

- When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. -

- To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - Grey button containing a black "T". - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. -

- Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - -

  • Edit: loads an audio file.

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. -

  • Mute: mutes the Playback Track.

  • Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too.

-

[Note]Note

- In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. -

8.7.Automation Path

Figure8.5.The Automation Path Widget

The Automation Path Widget

- The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. -

[Note]Note

- Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. -

Chapitre9.diteur de motif

Table des matires

9.1. L'onglet Gnral
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. diteur de motif
9.3. Note Properties Editor
9.4. diteur de motif

Figure9.1.diteur de Motif en mode Drum

diteur de Motif en mode Drum

c'est ici que tout arrive, c'est ici que vous pouvez faire de la musique :-)

The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). -

[Note]Note

- If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. -

- If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see Single Pattern and Stacked mode for details). -

9.1.L'onglet Gnral

9.1.1.Controls

Figure9.2.Contrles de l'diteur de Motif

Contrles de l'diteur de Motif

The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:

  • - Blue LCD showing "4/4" and titled "SIZE". - - : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values). -

    - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: -

    Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) and "OK" (left) buttons.

    - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. -

    - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. 4), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. 4.5/4) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. -

    [Note]Note

    - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64, 96, and 192 - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: -

    A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the "SIZE" LCD.

  • - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - : this is the current grid resolution (1/4 through 1/64 with triplet-based resolutions marked as 1/8T). -

    [Note]Note

    Souvenez-vous de cette contrainte propos de la grille : si vous travaillez avec une rsolution de 16, vous ne pouvez pas passer une rsolution de 8 et enlever un 16me de note. D'un autre ct, si vous travaillez avec une rsolution de 8 et que vous essayez d'insrer une note entre 2 barres (en cherchant une prcision de 16me), les notes seront places au prochain ou au prcdent 8me de mesure. Cette contrainte peut tre supprime si vous dsactivez entirement la rsolution de grille (choisissez "off" dans le contrle LCD de rsolution de la grille). Ainsi, vous serez capable de placer les notes exactement l o vous le voulez.

  • - Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. - : when enabled Hydrogen - will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling). -

    [Note]Note

    - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. -

  • - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking.

  • - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor.

9.1.2.Sidebar

Figure9.3.diteur de motif

diteur de motif

La section gauche vous montre quel kit de batterie ou bibliothque est actuellement slectionne (GMkit par dfaut) et ci-dessous, vous pouvez voir les instruments qui font partis de ce kit.

Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select.

  • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

  • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

  • Vlocit alatoire : applique automatiquement une vlocit pseudo-hasardeuse chaque note de cet instrument dans le motif. Plus vous slectionnez une vlocit leve dans l'instrument, plus Hydrogen jouera fort de cet instrument lorsqu'il sera jou.

  • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

  • Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. -

    • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

    • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

    • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

    • Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument.

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. -

  • Instruments: ce menu offre des fonctions d'instruments et des kits de batterie (bibliothques de sons).

    • Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)

    • Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)

The - Grey button containing a black "M". - button mutes the instrument and - Grey button containing a black "S". - solos it. -

L'ordre des instruments peut tre r-arrang en tirant simplement un instrument vers le haut ou le bas dans ma liste et en le lchant sur une nouvelle position dans le kit de batterie / bibliothque. Ceci ne changera rien la squence que vous avez crez pour cet instrument, et rien non plus au morceau ou au motif sur lequel vous travaillez. Ceci aura cependant, n impact que le mapping des notes MIDI : dans la table ci-dessous, vous pouvez trouver le lien entre les positions d'instrument, les notes MIDI et les touches de claviers QWERTY.

[Avertissement]Avertissement

- It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

- Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. -

9.2.diteur de motif

Figure9.4.diteur de Motif en mode Drum

diteur de Motif en mode Drum

Dans cette zone, vous pouvez voir votre motif slectionn et ajouter ds notes pour n'importe quel instrument. La faon la plus simple de crer un motif est d'ajouter des notes en utilisant votre souris (et la fonction 'Remplir/Effacer les notes' dcrite ci-dessus). Les endroits o vous pouvez ajouter des notes dpendent de la taille (NdT : SIZE) et de la rsolution (NdT : RES.) utiliss dans ce motif.

If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : -

  • - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. -

  • - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. -

-

Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle.

- (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) -

- As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see Chapitre3). -

- Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. -

- Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. -

- Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. -

So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - -

[Astuce]Astuce

- Also see Chapitre18 for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. -

-

9.3.Note Properties Editor

Figure9.5.The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

Cliquez sur un instrument, ou ajouter/supprimer une note ct, slectionnera cet instrument. Une fois qu'un instrument est slectionn, les proprits de la note pour cet instrument seront affiches suivant des lignes verticales dans la fentre du dessous. Les lignes reprsentent la valeur de la proprit slectionne de chaque note de l'instrument slectionn. Vous pouvez slectionner une autre proprit de la note depuis la liste droulante (situe en bas gauche). Il y a 4 proprits de note disponibles :

Les pilotes audio suivants sont diponibles :

  • Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected.

    [Note]Note

    Notez que la couleur de la note-point et la barre verticale changeront en fonction de la vlovit que vous avez dfinie. Une nuance lgre de gris signifie une faible vlocit (faible volume) et plus vous slectionnez une volcit forte, plus la couleur sera fonce, devenant rouge lorsque vous atteindrez le point de saute-de-son (NdT : clipping).

  • Pan : avec ce paramtre, vous pouvez dfinir l'image stro de la note (de combien le poid sera dans les sorties droite ou/et gauche)

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) -

  • Touche : si vous slectionnez ce paramtre de note, la zone o vous pouvez modifier le paramtre changera en un 'clavier piano'

    Figure9.6.The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. -

    [Note]Note

    - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. -

  • - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than 1.0, a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability 1.0 will - always be played, a note with - probability of 0.0 will never be - played. -

- Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - -

  • Drawing with the mouse:

    - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. -

  • - Selecting multiple notes: -

    - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. -

-

9.4.diteur de motif

Figure9.7.L'diteur de Motif en mode Piano

L'diteur de Motif en mode Piano

- The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. -

Le mode Batterie (voir Figure9.1), met l'accent sur l'utilisation d'Hydrogen comme une boite rythme. Si vous utilisez Hydrogen comme un instrument, il y a de grande chance que le mode Piano soit pour vous. Il vous donnera un 'clavier-piano' complet et vous pourrez donc facilement inscrire vos envies.

Vous pouvez comparer le mode Piano aux proprits des Notes des touches (dcrites au dessus), seulement si vous avez un clavier piano complet, car vous n'avez pas besoin de commencer par slectionner l'octave.

[Note]Note

- When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a 3x to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. -

Chapitre10.Bibliothque de Son (Gestionnaire de Kit de Batterie)

Table des matires

10.1. Kit de Batterie Systme
10.2. Songs
10.3. diteur de motif

Figure10.1.L'diteur de morceau

L'diteur de morceau

La Bibliothque de Son vous fait gagner du temps dans la gestion de vos kit de batterie, et de vos motifs et morceaux prfrs. Lors de la fabrication de nouveaux morceaux et de nouveaux kit de batterie, la Bibliothque de Son vous rend plus simple la rutilisation et mixe les instruments et les motifs depuis d'autres kits et morceaux.

- It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

10.1.Kit de Batterie Systme

The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level.

Ceci liste les kits de batterie qui sont installs par votre administrateur-systme. C'est dtermin par le prfix au moment de la compilation. Sur les systme d'Exploitation Unix-like, c'est habituellement /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, ou possiblement /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. Ces kits sont disponibles tous les utilisateurs sur le systme, et les utilisateurs ne sont habituellement pas autoris en ajouter.

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. -

The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. -

- If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. -

- Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. -

DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel.

Pour charger un Kit de Batterie depuis l, cliquez-droit sur le kit de batterie et slectionnez Charger. Ceci remplacera votre kit de batterie actuel avec celui que vous avez slectionn. Pour charger un seul instrument depuis ce kit, cliquez-gauche sur le plus gauche du nom du kit de batterie pour afficher tous les instruments. Avec le bouton gauche de votre souris, cliquez et tirez l'instrument dans vote kit de batterie. L'instrument sera ajout au kit de batterie que vous avez actuellement charg.

10.2.Songs

To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs - folder. - To remove them, remove the file from that folder.

10.3.diteur de motif

To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns - folder. - -

[Note]Note

- This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu. -

-

Before you save a pattern, be - sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting - Properties and entering the details. - You can use one of the categories already - provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category - name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be - filed by category in the Sound Library.

Chapitre11.diteur de motif

Table des matires

11.1. L'onglet Gnral
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls

Figure11.1.The Instrument editor General view

The Instrument editor General view

- The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

11.1.L'onglet Gnral

When clicking the General button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

[Note]Note

It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text.

11.1.1.Envelope Parameters

Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE".

When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name.

  • Attack: the amount - of time that the volume of the sample goes - from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the - sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is - 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the - attack phase. -

  • Decay: the amount of - time for the volume of the sample to go from - full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the - sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain - volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the - maximum time available for the decay parameter.

  • Sustain: the - volume to play the note after the decay phase - is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note - will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full - velocity.

  • Release: the - time to fade out the note from the sustain - volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade - out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it - will fade out for the maximum time available.

[Note]Note

The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by - the number of audio samples. This means - that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound - card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples - (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz).

If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the - sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If - the note is sustained, it does not draw out the - note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) - parameter during that time. -

11.1.2.Gain and Mute Group

In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right).

The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to 0, the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is 1.0, the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified.

[Avertissement]Avertissement

It is very easy to set the Gain too - high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with - full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with - (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is - mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a - time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is - triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like - hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different - instruments.

If the Mute Group is set to Off, then the - instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set - to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part - of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute - Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the - high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to - 1. To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters - to 2.) -

If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note.

This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - -

- The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. -

- When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. -

[Note]Note

- By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. -

- When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". -

11.1.3.Filter Parameters

From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE".

The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to - use is, click the BYP button (bypass) so that it's - red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff - parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance - parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the - resonance is set to 0, then the filter is just a simple low-pass - filter.

[Note]Note

The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate - of your audio card. The range of the knob 0 to 1.0) is optimized - for a 48,000 kHz sample rate.

11.1.4.Pitch Shift Parameters

From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM".

The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between 0 - and 1.0. - -

[Note]Note

- The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between 1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. -

- -

11.1.5.MIDI Out Settings

Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE".

Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps.

From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices.

[Note]Note

- By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. -

11.1.6.Hi-Hat Pressure Group

Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right).

The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. -

For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. -

Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. -

Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from 0 to 20, - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between 0 and 20 the closed hi-hat is played. -

11.2.Layers

Figure11.2.The Instrument Editor Layers View

The Instrument Editor Layers View

When clicking the Layers button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

11.2.1.Components

In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu.

- Right below the General and Layers button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to add a new component, delete the current one, or rename the current one. -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

- The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. -

11.2.2.Layers

Figure11.3.The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

- Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. -

[Note]Note

- Empty layers will be displayed as < - >. -

- Using - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using - Grey button containing the black characters "DELETE LAYER". - you can delete the current layer, and using - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. -

[Note]Note

- When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. -

- Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - -

[Astuce]Astuce

- This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. -

-

- You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. -

[Note]Note

- If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. -

11.2.3.Sample Selection

A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the different choices to the right.

- Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. -

- Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. -

  • First in Velocity: - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - -

    [Note]Note

    - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. -

    -

  • Round Robin: - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. -

  • Random: - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. -

11.2.4.Controls

Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right).

  • - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. -

  • - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. -

    -

  • - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. -

  • - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

Chapitre12.diteur de morceau

Table des matires

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figure12.1.L'diteur de morceau

L'diteur de morceau

The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music!

[Note]Note

The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings.

12.1.Wave Display and Region Editing

Figure12.2.The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

- In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: -

  • Start Marker (green): labeled with a S and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample.

  • End Marker (red): labeled with a E and indicates the end of the tweaked sample.

  • Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a L and determines the loop-in point of your sample.

-

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. -

- Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. -

  • - Start: position of the Start Marker. -

  • - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. -

  • - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. -

    • - forward: plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. -

    • - reverse: plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). -

    • - ping-pong: plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). -

    -

  • - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. -

  • - End: position of the End Marker. -

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

[Note]Note

- These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. -

- Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. -

12.2.Pitch Shifting

Figure12.3.The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample.

[Note]Note

- These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see Section5.1). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. -

- When Sample length to beat is set to off the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. -

  • Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than off the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. -

    - -

    [Note]Note

    - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. -

    - -

  • Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - semitones,cent. - -

    [Note]Note

    - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. -

    -

  • Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. -

12.3.Playback and Envelope Editor

Figure12.4.The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

- The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. -

  • - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. -

  • Vlocit : quelle puissance la note est joue (le volume de la note)

  • - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). -

  • - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the pan(orama) or volume of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. -

Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by -

[Note]Note

- The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. -

  1. - First select volume or panorama in the dropdown to the right. -

  2. - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. -

  3. Ouvrir - Ouvrir un morceau

  4. - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. -

Chapitre13.Mixeur

Table des matires

13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings

Figure13.1.Le Mixeur

Le Mixeur

The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. -

The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. -

13.1.Instrument Channel Strips

Figure13.2.The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

  • - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - This is quite handy for checking clipping. -

  • - Vertical, grey LED-like object. : - lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller). -

  • - Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : - shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). - -

    [Note]Note

    - If the Input mode is set to Instrument, incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument. -

    - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command. -

    -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). -

    [Note]Note

    - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

    [Note]Note

    - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

[Note]Note

- If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to Post-Fader. -

- This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. -

13.2.Component Channel Strips

Figure13.3.The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

- Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. -

[Note]Note

- These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes the instrument. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

13.3.FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins

Figure13.4.The FX Rack in the Mixer

The FX Rack in the Mixer

- The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - button in the Master Fader Strip). -

It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level.

There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - -

-

[Avertissement]Plugins Kill

A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of - hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even - phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your - plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for - real-time use, and some are just plain better than others.

Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT". - - button. -

Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -

Figure13.5.Select an Effect

Select an Effect


- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - -

Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right).

- - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP".) - - button in the FX Rack). -

[Astuce]Astuce

- This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. -

After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output.

13.4.Master Fader Strip

Figure13.6.The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

- - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. -

- Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - button mutes the whole output. -

On the bottom-right of the Master section the - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - -

13.4.1.Humanization

- In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. -

  • Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. -

  • Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. -

    [Note]Note

    Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change.

  • Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz.

[Note]Note

- In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. -

13.4.2.Mixer Settings

In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button:

Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the Master Fader Strip.

- - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - -

Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom.

- Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. -

- The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. -

- Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set.

- You will find four categories: linear, polar, - ratio, quadratic. - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). -

- Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: -

  • Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left).

    It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. -

  • Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob.

    Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob.

    This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste!

    [Astuce]Astuce

    Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. -

-

The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). -

- The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. -

[Note]Note

Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law.

Chapitre14.Director

-

Figure14.1.Le Mixeur

Le Mixeur


-

- The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu.

- The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. -

Chapitre15.diteur de motif

Table des matires

15.1. Menu principal
15.1.1. diteur de morceau
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts

Figure15.1.The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

15.1.Menu principal

15.1.1.diteur de morceau

- The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. -

[Note]Note

- When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. -

- Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. -

15.1.2.Controls

From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward.

- At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. -

[Note]Note

- While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. -

15.1.3.Scripts

- In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - -

[Note]Note

- This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. -

- - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

- Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. -

15.2.Menu

15.2.1.Playlist

  • SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)

  • - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. -

  • Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)

  • diteur de Liste de Lecture - Un outil pour grer les listes de lecture.

  • - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - -

    [Astuce]Astuce

    - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. -

    -

  • Enregistrer - Enregistrer les changements du morceau actuel

  • - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. -

15.2.2.Scripts

  • - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. -

  • - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). -

    [Note]Note

    - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. -

    -

  • Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)

  • - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - -

    [Note]Note

    - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

    -

Chapitre16.MIDI API

Table des matires

16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. -

[Note]Note

- Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

16.1.MIDI Actions

Figure16.1.MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

L'Onglet "Systme MIDI" (Figure5.3) contient tous les paramtres MIDI. Ici, vous pouvez choisir le pilote MIDI, l'entre et le(s) canal(aux) au(x)quel(s) Hydrogen devrait rpondre. Vous pouvez galement dfinir les "bindings" MIDI : lier une note/message MIDI une action. Pour faire ceci simplement, presser le bouton rouge d'Enregistrement gauche de la ligne d'action de 'bindings'. Un dialogue apparaitrait et cous informera qu'Hydrogen attend votre entre. Appuyer/frapper/tourner-la-cled/le-pad/les-boutons sur votre clavier (ou contrleur) MIDI que vous voulez lier cette action. Le dialogue se fermera et les valeurs d'vnements afficheront maintenant ma vameur de la note MIDI de la clef que vous avez presse. Une fois termine, vous pouvez slectionner une Action depuis la liste droulante. Notez que certaines actions (comme SELECT_NEXT_PATERN) ncessite galement un Paramtre d'Action qui rfrencie le motif que vous voulez slectionner avec cette action MIDI.

[Astuce]Astuce

- You can also define a binding without the - Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note. -

- The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). -

16.1.1.Events

- Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): -

  • - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. -

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

  • - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. -

16.1.2.Actions

[Note]Note

- Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter 0 in the Action Param. field (1 for channel 2, 2 for channel 3, and so on). -

  • Vlocit : quelle puissance la note est joue (le volume de la note)

  • HEAR : quand il est activ, Hydrogen jouera l'chantillon quand il est ajout au motif.

  • - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. -

  • - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is -1 (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's 1 (positive), it will be increased. -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • RES : c'est la rsolution de la grille courante (de 4 64)

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as BPM_CC_RELATIVE but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • RES : c'est la rsolution de la grille courante (de 4 64)

    [Note]Note

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX x provided as an integer between 0 and 127. The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: -

    [Avertissement]Avertissement

    - Not implemented yet. -

    -

  • - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 0: 0 ,1: +0.05) -

  • - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from 0 to 127 - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. -

  • - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05). -

  • Notes Importantes :

  • Notes Importantes :

  • - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - PAUSE otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). -

  • - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - STOP otherwise. -

  • - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. -

  • - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. -

  • - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. -

  • - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). -

  • - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. -

  • - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. -

  • - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. -

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

  • - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN combined with - PLAY. -

  • - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - -

    [Note]Note

    - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. -

    -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN but only take effect in Stacked mode. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - -

    [Note]Note

    - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. -

    -

  • - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. -

    [Note]Note

    - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. -

    -

  • Vlocit : quelle puissance la note est joue (le volume de la note)

  • - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. -

  • RES : c'est la rsolution de la grille courante (de 4 64)

  • Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers.

  • - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

16.2.MIDI-learnable Widgets

Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. -

[Note]Note

If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. -

Chapitre17.OSC API

Table des matires

17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing.

17.1.Basics

Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend.

-         $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song
-
[Note]Note

- To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. -

[Astuce]Astuce

- Hydrogen's port number defaults to 9000 for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

- oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. -

17.2.Commands

17.2.1.Syntax

The syntax for sending the commands is

-           $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT
-

with the supported types

  • Notes Importantes :

  • Notes Importantes :

  • Notes Importantes :

  • s: OSC-string (ASCII)

Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below

  • ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments.

  • ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version.

  • [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern.

  • {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options.

  • 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1.

  • X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor.

17.2.2.All Commands

Tableau17.1.All OSC Messages

URLtyperangedescription
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Starts playback.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Stops playback.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song.
/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position).
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/STOP/ otherwise.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet.
/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button).
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Activates recording.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Deactivates recording.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar.
Notes Importantes :f[0,]If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]Works as /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - combined with /Hydrogen/PLAY/.
Notes Importantes :f[0,]If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern.
Notes Importantes :fDecreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated.
Notes Importantes :fIncreases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo.
Notes Importantes :f{0,1}Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise.
Notes Importantes :ff[0,] [10,400]Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo.
Notes Importantes :f[0,]Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/f[0.0,1.5]Sets the volume of the Master fader.
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/f{-1;0;1}Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 ,0: 0 ,1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0.0,1.5]See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;0;1}See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
Notes Importantes :f[0.0,1.0]Sets the pan of instrument strip X.
Notes Importantes :f{-1;1}Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0,127]For a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack.
Notes Importantes :fToggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
Notes Importantes :fToggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
Notes Importantes :f[0,]Opens song f of the Playlist.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Opens the next song in the Playlist.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Opens the previous song in the Playlist.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Undoes the previous action.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Redoes the previous undone action.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of 0 - and activates it for all others.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of 0 and registers it for all others.
Notes Importantes :f{0;1}Deactivated Song mode for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
Notes Importantes :f{0;1}Deactivated looped playback for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Toggles the metronome.
Notes Importantes :f[0,]Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit.
Notes Importantes :sCreates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s.
Notes Importantes :sOpens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Saves the current song.
Notes Importantes :sSaves the current song to the absolute path s.
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Prfrences
Notes Importantes :' ',[f]Utilisation d'Hydrogen

PartieIII.Examples

Table des matires

18. A New Song
18.1. Song Mode and Pattern Mode
18.2. A New Pattern
18.3. A New Sequence
18.4. Adjust from the Mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

Chapitre18.A New Song

Table des matires

18.1. Song Mode and Pattern Mode
18.2. A New Pattern
18.3. A New Sequence
18.4. Adjust from the Mixer

- This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the - tutorials and the technical PartieII of this document for a more detailed overview. -

18.1.Song Mode and Pattern Mode

Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song.

18.2.A New Pattern

We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see Figure18.1). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - -

[Note]Note

- Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of 1/16, you can't go back to 1/8 and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - 1/8 and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose off from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! -

-

Figure18.1.The Pattern Editor

The Pattern Editor

18.3.A New Sequence

Once patterns are created (Figure18.2), we - can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode. -

Figure18.2.Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

18.4.Adjust from the Mixer

Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating - or playing patterns.

The Mixer (see Figure18.3) is made of a number - independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a - Master Fader Strip and a - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button to show and hide the - FX Plugin Rack. - Every line features 3 buttons ( - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak - indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must - be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in Figure18.3 you can - see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see Mixer. - -

[Astuce]Astuce

- Peaks outside that range will get distorted - (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and - if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument. -

-

Figure18.3.Le Mixeur

Le Mixeur

Chapitre19.Create a New Drumkit

Table des matires

19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

19.1.Creating a New Drumkit

In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples.

Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument - Editor. You can load samples, set envelope - parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization.

[Astuce]Astuce

- Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. -

Lets make a brand new drum kit:

  1. in the Main Menu select - Drumkits → New. This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, - select - Instruments → Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select - Delete Instrument. -

  2. Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by - left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the - Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked.

  3. Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select - - Drumkits → Save As - - . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to - overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in - the same name as the kit that you want to replace.

  4. Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits).

  5. In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using - - Drumkits → Export - - from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it - a file name to save it to.

19.2.Creating a New Instrument

For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples - and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you - through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to Section11.1.

To begin creating an instrument, select - Instruments → Add instrument. This will give you a blank - instrument to start from.

Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. - Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/).

In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. -

[Note]Note

- The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. -

After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a - 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned - light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and - then click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - to bring in another sample. -

After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only - the first sample is being played whenever you - trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the - velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to - the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a - left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like - a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear.

The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and - full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and - Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 - on the right (see Sample Selection for further info).

Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this - instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can - get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and - notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn - about editing a pattern, see Chapitre9.

For each layer, you can set the Gain and - the Pitch. The pitch also has a - Fine adjustment.

Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud - the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely - difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same - volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly - can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned - down). -

[Avertissement]Avertissement

It is very easy to set the Gain too high, - causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with - full-velocity using the - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. - The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical - half-steps. (So, -12 is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts - the pitch 50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)

[Note]Note

The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or - slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a - 1-second sample that you turn down 12 (1 octave), your sample will - only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should - use Rubber Band instead (see Section12.2)

You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons).

19.3.Tips on Editing Instruments

With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be - difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are - a few tips on setting up an instrument:

Turn down the gain. Every gain - knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. - With every gain stage you have, it's - easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets - distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by - themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you - combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again.

If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain - setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn - down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the - fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader.

Test samples at full velocity. - Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you - set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will - happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: - clipping.)

Try to use samples that are -6 dB - max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only - 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about - .5.

Remove all DC offsets from the - sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the - center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning - of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should - also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a - little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the - end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't - provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the - noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample.

The ADSR will not be longer than your - sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how - long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing - at the end.

Things change with the sample - rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your - parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will - change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of - Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many - samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things - that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and - anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency).

- Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single - drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single - cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note - using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, - to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the - bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat - closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim - shots, etc. -

- However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not - uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips - of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from - movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative! -

PartieIV.Appendix

Table des matires

20. Utiliser les Types-de-Fichiers
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Chapitre20.Utiliser les Types-de-Fichiers

Avant de travailler avec Hydrogen, veuillez vous familiariser avec ces types de fichiers :

  • *.h2pattern : fichier XML dcrivant un motif unique. Les motifs sont des groupes de coups et sont grs dans l'diteur de motif.

  • *.h2song : fichier XML dcrivant le morceau entier (ou la squence). Les morceaux sont un groupe de motifs avec leurs proprits et sont grs en utilisant l'diteur de morceau

  • *.h2playlist : fichier XML dcrivant une liste de lecture. Une liste de lecture est un groupe (ordonn) de morceaux.

  • *.h2drumkit : un dossier compress et archiv contenant tous les chantillons composants un kit de batterie ainsi qu'un fichier XML de description. Les Kits de batterie sont basiquement un groupe d'chantillons.

Chapitre21.Shortcut Lists

Tableau21.1.Shortcut Table

ShortcutDescription
Ctrl + NNew Project
Ctrl + OOpen File
Ctrl + DOpen Demo
Ctrl + SSave Song
Ctrl + Shift + SSave Song as
Ctrl + PExport Pattern as
Ctrl + MExport MIDI file
Ctrl + EExport Song (see Export Song)
Ctrl + LExport LilyPond file
Ctrl + QUtilisation d'Hydrogen
Ctrl + ZUndo an action
Ctrl + Shift + ZRedo an action
Alt + DShow Director
Alt + MShow Mixer
Alt + IShow Instrument Rack
Alt + AShow Automation Path
Alt + FToggle fullscreen mode
Ctrl + Alt + ISet Input mode to Instrument
Ctrl + Alt + DSet Input mode to Drumkit
Alt + PShow Preferences
Alt + ?Manuel d'Hydrogen
BackspaceRestart song or pattern from the beginning
SpacePlay / Pause
Ctrl + SpaceStarts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space.
,Use the Beat Counter
\Use Tap Tempo
+Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM
-Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM
F5Jump to previous song in playlist
F6Jump to next song in playlist
F9Jump to previous bar in the song
F10Jump to next bar in the song
F12Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds)

Glossary

This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, - synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more - detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For - example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is - the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the - volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using - Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here.

ADSR

A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the - Attack, - Decay, - Sustain, and - Release parameters. - Generally, the - parameters are proportional to - the velocity.

- After you trigger - a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. - After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the - sustain level. When the note is - released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the - sustain level back down to 0. -

In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume - (attenuation).

Read more about this in the Wikipedia - Article ADSR - Envelope

Voir aussi Envelope Generator, Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release.

Attack

This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount - of time to increase the volume of a note from - 0 (triggering) to full velocity.

Voir aussi ADSR.

Attenuation

In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced - (volume).

Voir aussi Roll-off.

Band-Pass Filter

A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and - attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a - high-pass and a low-pass filter.

Voir aussi Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter.

Clipping

A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large - for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are - normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume - (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable.

An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your - speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy.

Component

- A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. -

To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - -

[Note]Note

- Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. -

- In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. -

-

Cutoff Frequency

On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that - divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated - (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance - filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted.

For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff - frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. - All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower - the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass - guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. - The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz.

Voir aussi Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Decay

After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level.

Voir aussi ADSR.

DC-offset

DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform.

DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal.

Envelope Generator

A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to - triggering, holding, and releasing a note.

Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:

Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have - your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play - the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). - You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator - does. See also ADSR

Fader

A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a - mixer. Faders always have an "audio" taper, which means that the - attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale.

Filter

A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. - A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter.

Voir aussi Band-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Gain

In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is - amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal.

High-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows - high frequencies to pass through.

Voir aussi Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Instrument

In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass - drum kick, or a tom).

Layer

In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one - called a layer), and have a different - sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a - time will play.

Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If - you simply play the sample louder - it will - not sound the same as a real tom that has been - struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can - load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud - playing.

Voir aussi Instrument.

Low-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows - low frequencies to pass through.

Voir aussi Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Mute

To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any - audio output.

Mute Group

A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately.

This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different - instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real - hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. - However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue - even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both - instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering - closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice - versa).

Normalization

Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS).

Octave

A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly - twice the frequency of the bottom frequency.

For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz - to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are - very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human - ear they sound like the same distance.

Pan

Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance.

- The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -

Figure44.Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters


- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. -

- The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. -

Release

The amount of - time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level - to 0.

Voir aussi ADSR.

Resonance

When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that - determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the - cutoff.

Voir aussi Resonance Filter.

Resonance Filter

A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of - frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass - filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off - frequency.

Voir aussi Filter, Cutoff Frequency, Low-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Resonance.

Roll-off

This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as - the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave).

For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff - frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). - Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, - the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated - very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than - the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually - approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB - of attenuation per octave of frequency.

Voir aussi Attenuation, Filter.

Sample

A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects).

Sustain

The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time.

Voir aussi ADSR.

Velocity

How hard you hit a note.

MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the - note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on - the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to - adjust how loud the sample is played back.

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_fr.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_fr.po --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_fr.po 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_fr.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8628 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-19 19:01+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-21 23:28+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Humbert Olivier \n" -"Language-Team: FR \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Language: fr_FR\n" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: manual.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual" -msgstr "Manuel d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:9 -msgid "Antonio Piraino" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:13 -msgid "Alessandro Cominu" -msgstr "Alessandro Cominu" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Thijs Van Severen" -msgstr "Thijs van Severen" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:21 -msgid "Sebastian Moors" -msgstr "Sebastian Moors" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:25 -msgid "Colin Evans" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:29 -msgid "Philipp Müller" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle -#: manual.docbook:35 -msgid "2021-03-04" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: manual.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows." -msgstr "Hydrogen est un synthétiseur logiciel qui peut être utilisé seul, émulant une boite à rythme basée sur des motifs, ou via un clavier MIDI externe / séquenceur logiciel. Hydrogen se compile sous Linux/x86, bien que ce dernier soit toujours expérimental, demandez donc plus de détails à la liste de développement." - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:45 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:48 -msgid "Download" -msgstr "Téléchargement" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "You can download Hydrogen from http://www.hydrogen-music.org. On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows." -msgstr "Vous pouvez télécharger Hydrogen depuis http://www.hydrogen-music.org. Dans la page 'Download', vous pouvez trouver plusieurs binaires (installateurs) pour Linux, Mac et Windows. (Notez que certaines versions ne sont pas disponibles pour Windows et Mac)" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:55 -msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:61 -msgid "Build" -msgstr "Construction" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:63 -msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our git repository with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:70 -msgid "A certain release can be fetched with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git checkout tags/1.0.0\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):" -msgstr "La compilation d'Hydrogen dépend des bibliothèques suivantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io" -msgstr "qt (>= 4.0) à http://www.trolltech.com" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" -msgstr "libsndfile à http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) à http://www.alsa-project.com (seulement si vous voulez utiliser ALSA comme pilote audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at http://jackaudio.org/ (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) à http://jackaudio.org/ (seulement si vous voulez utiliser JACK comme pilote audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "PortAudio à http://www.portaudio.com (seulement si vous voulez utiliser PortAudio comme pilote audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "PortAudio à http://www.portaudio.com (seulement si vous voulez utiliser PortAudio comme pilote audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you wish to use Flac samples)" -msgstr "Flac à http://flac.sf.net (seulement si vous voulez utiliser des échantillons flac)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish to use LADSPA effects)" -msgstr "ladspa à http://ladspa.org (seulement si vous voulez utiliser des effets ladspa)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)" -msgstr "liblrdf à http://liblrdf.sf.net (seulement si vous voulez utiliser lrdf pour catégoriser les effets)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if you wish to use LASH)" -msgstr "lash à http://lash.nongnu.org (seulement si vous voulez utiliser lash)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:119 -msgid "liblo: at for OSC and NSM support" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:" -msgstr "Veuillez les installer avec le gestionnaire de paquet de votre distribution. Si vous exploitez un système basé sur Debian, vous pouvez installer les bibliothèques avec :" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \\\n" -"\tqttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \\\n" -"\tlibarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n" -"\tlibpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \\\n" -"\tliblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:137 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :" -msgstr "La compiation avec cmake peut être réalisée facilement en utilsant le script make_helper. Décompressez le tarball ou allez au répertoire où la copie subversion a été vérifiée et lancer le script make_helper sans aucun argument pour afficher l'aide :" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:144 -msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :" -msgstr "L'aide est à présent affichée (et est explicite) :" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" r[m] => all built, temp and cache files\n" -" c[lean] => remove cache files\n" -" m[ake] => launch the build process\n" -" mm => launch the build process using ccache\n" -" mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled\n" -" d[oc] => build html documentation\n" -" g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph\n" -" h[elp] => show the build options\n" -" x|exec => execute hydrogen\n" -" t[ests] => execute tests\n" -" p[kg] => build source package\n" -" z => build using ccache and run from tree\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:163 -msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh m x\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:170 -msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ cd build\n" -" $ sudo make install\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)." -msgstr "Suivant la branche que vous allez compiler, vous aurez besoin d'utiliser Scons ou Cmake. Vérifiez les fichiers INSTALL.txt et README.txt pour plus d'informations (placés dans le répertoire-racine après avoir téléchargé les sources)." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:184 -msgid "Keyboard and Mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:185 -msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:190 -msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:201 -msgid "Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:206 -msgid "Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:212 -msgid "Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for convenience." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:222 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:229 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:236 -msgid "Enter and Return : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:244 -msgid "Tab and Shift + Tab : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete : delete notes or patterns." -msgstr "Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:256 -msgid "Esc : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:217 -msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:265 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:272 -msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:282 -msgid "Using Hydrogen" -msgstr "Utilisation d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:285 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:288 -msgid "Main User Interface" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:291 -msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:295 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='3a48afe570301756154eeee8da95c427'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:300 -msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:306 -msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:311 -msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:319 -msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:323 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='8611e20ca4e74013f36e811f24bea8b6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:330 -msgid "Drumkit Concept" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:332 -msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:340 -msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple layered samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:347 -msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:355 -msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:357 -msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:361 -msgid "Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:365 -msgid "Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:370 -msgid "In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:375 -msgid "Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:380 -msgid "MIDI Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:384 -msgid "Instr. Pos." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:387 -msgid "MIDI Note" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:390 -msgid "PC Keyboard Key" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit" -msgstr "Manuel d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:396 -msgid "GM Standard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:404 manual.docbook:648 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:407 -msgid "Bass Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:410 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:411 manual.docbook:655 -msgid "36" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:412 -msgid "Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:413 -msgid "Kick" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:414 -msgid "Bass Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:417 manual.docbook:503 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:418 manual.docbook:662 -msgid "37" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:419 -msgid "S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:420 -msgid "Stick" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:421 -msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:424 manual.docbook:517 -msgid "3" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:425 manual.docbook:669 -msgid "38" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:426 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:427 -msgid "Snare" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:428 -msgid "Snare Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:431 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:432 manual.docbook:676 -msgid "39" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:433 -msgid "D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:434 manual.docbook:435 -msgid "Hand Clap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:438 manual.docbook:538 -msgid "5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:439 manual.docbook:683 -msgid "40" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:440 -msgid "C" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:441 -msgid "Snare Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:442 -msgid "Snare Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:445 manual.docbook:552 -msgid "6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:446 manual.docbook:690 -msgid "41" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:447 -msgid "V" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:448 -msgid "Floor Tom" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:449 -msgid "Low Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:452 manual.docbook:566 -msgid "7" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:453 manual.docbook:697 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:454 -msgid "G" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:455 -msgid "Hat Closed" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:456 -msgid "Closed Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:459 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:460 manual.docbook:704 -msgid "43" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:461 -msgid "B" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:462 -msgid "Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:463 -msgid "Low Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:466 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:467 manual.docbook:711 -msgid "44" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:468 -msgid "H" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:469 -msgid "Hat Pedal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:470 -msgid "Pedal Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:473 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:474 manual.docbook:718 -msgid "45" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:475 -msgid "N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:476 -msgid "Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:477 -msgid "Mid Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:480 -msgid "11" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:481 manual.docbook:725 -msgid "46" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:482 -msgid "J" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:483 -msgid "Hat Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:484 -msgid "Open Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:487 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:488 -msgid "47" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:489 -msgid "M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:490 manual.docbook:554 -msgid "Cowbell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:491 -msgid "Mid Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:494 -msgid "13" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:495 -msgid "48" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:496 -msgid "Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:497 -msgid "Ride" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:498 -msgid "High Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:501 -msgid "14" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:502 -msgid "49" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:504 -msgid "Crash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:505 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:508 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:509 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:510 -msgid "W" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:511 -msgid "Ride 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:512 -msgid "High Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:515 -msgid "16" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:516 -msgid "51" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:518 -msgid "Splash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:519 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:522 -msgid "17" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:523 -msgid "52" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:524 -msgid "E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:525 -msgid "Hat Semi-Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:526 -msgid "Chinese Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:529 -msgid "18" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:530 -msgid "53" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:531 -msgid "R" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:532 -msgid "Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:533 -msgid "Ride Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:536 -msgid "19" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:537 -msgid "54" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:540 -msgid "Tambourine" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:543 -msgid "20" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:544 -msgid "55" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:545 -msgid "T" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:547 -msgid "Splash Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:550 -msgid "21" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:551 -msgid "56" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:557 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:558 -msgid "57" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:559 -msgid "Y" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:561 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:564 -msgid "23" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:565 -msgid "58" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:568 -msgid "Vibra Slap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:571 -msgid "24" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:572 -msgid "59" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:573 -msgid "U" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:575 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:578 -msgid "25" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:579 -msgid "60" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:582 -msgid "High Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:585 -msgid "26" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:586 -msgid "61" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:589 -msgid "Low Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:592 -msgid "27" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:593 -msgid "62" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:596 -msgid "Mute High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:599 -msgid "28" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:600 -msgid "63" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:603 -msgid "Open High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:606 -msgid "29" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:607 -msgid "64" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:610 -msgid "Low Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:613 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:614 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:617 -msgid "High Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:620 -msgid "31" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:621 -msgid "66" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:624 -msgid "Low Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:627 -msgid "32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:628 -msgid "67" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:631 -msgid "High Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:634 -msgid "33" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:635 -msgid "68" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:638 -msgid "Low Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:641 -msgid "34" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:642 -msgid "69" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:645 -msgid "Cabasa" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:649 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:652 -msgid "Maracas" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:656 -msgid "71" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:659 -msgid "Short Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:663 -msgid "72" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:666 -msgid "Long Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:670 -msgid "73" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:673 -msgid "Short Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:677 -msgid "74" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:680 -msgid "Long Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:684 -msgid "75" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:687 -msgid "Claves" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:691 -msgid "76" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:694 -msgid "High Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:698 -msgid "77" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:701 -msgid "Low Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:705 -msgid "78" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:708 -msgid "Mute Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:712 -msgid "79" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:715 -msgid "Open Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:719 -msgid "80" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:722 -msgid "Mute Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:726 -msgid "81" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:729 -msgid "Open Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default." -msgstr "Le nom de l'instrument dépend du kit de batterie qui est chargé. Cette liste ci-dessous renvoie au GMkit qui est chargé par défaut." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:742 -msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument." -msgstr "Gardez en tête que c'est la position de l'instrument (dans le kit de batterie chargé) qui est lié à la note-MIDI/touche-clavier et pas le nom de l'instrument." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:753 -msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:764 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tastiera.png' md5='344cc621fc42d367ff50ec3b01017b04'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:756 -msgid " Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:771 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Recording in Hydrogen" -msgstr "Utilisation d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:773 -msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:786 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Rec_button.png' md5='21e4b8d7fd5a53b207b5b3875c9f49d0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:798 manual.docbook:6766 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_play_off.png' md5='5d22ba3609e85f143aa992c25d469a0c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:777 -msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button Grey record button with a red circle in its center. in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:804 -msgid "Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:809 -msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:816 -msgid "Session Management" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:818 -msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:823 -msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:835 -msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:830 -msgid "NSM: Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:847 -msgid "You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:842 -msgid "LASH: Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:858 -msgid "Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:854 -msgid "JACK Session: JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:867 -msgid "NSM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:869 -msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:875 -msgid "Replace With New Song: instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:886 manual.docbook:897 -msgid "In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:881 -msgid "Import Into Session: instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:893 -msgid "Import Recent Info Session: instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:909 -msgid "In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:904 -msgid "Export From Session As: instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:918 -msgid "The Open Demo option will be missing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:927 -msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:923 -msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:936 -msgid "Command-line Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/screen -#: manual.docbook:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" -h, --help Displays this help.\n" -" -v, --version Displays version information.\n" -" -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)\n" -" -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)\n" -" -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen\n" -" -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup\n" -" -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path\n" -" -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup\n" -" -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup\n" -" -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:938 -msgid "After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:958 -msgid "Preferences" -msgstr "Préférences" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:960 -msgid "Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:963 -msgid "All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:969 manual.docbook:3310 manual.docbook:4039 -#, fuzzy -msgid "General" -msgstr "L'onglet Général" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:972 -msgid "The General Tab" -msgstr "L'Onglet Général" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:975 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='5072a7d28184e7dfa40f353cd62ad5ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:986 manual.docbook:1103 -msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:992 -msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:982 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "Debug: Outils principalement pour débugger et monitorer Hydrogen (seulement disponible quand compilé avec le support du debug !)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1001 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reopen last used song: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead." -msgstr "HEAR : quand il est activé, Hydrogen jouera l'échantillon quand il est ajouté au motif." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1011 -msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1007 -msgid "Reopen last used playlist: determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1024 -msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1018 -msgid "Use relative paths for playlist: specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1031 -msgid "Hide keyboard input cursor: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1042 -msgid "You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1037 -msgid "Use LASH: enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1054 -msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1057 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice." -msgstr "Notez qu'elles peuvent être paramétrées en valeurs positives (+) ou négatives (-). Afin de trouver les valeurs adéquates, vous devrez prendre un peu de temps pour jouer avec. Vous pourrez également vouloir des valeurs différentes en fonction de la vitesse de votre matériel, de vos périphériques audio, de vos pilotes, etc. L'utilisation du Compteur de Pulsation demande de la pratique." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1049 -msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1083 manual.docbook:2257 manual.docbook:2288 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_on.png' md5='d3694f8445c2fef7b30834a60d1bffa6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1074 -msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - Blue button containing a \"P\". should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1068 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Beat counter start offset in ms: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Début en ms du compteur de battement - ajuste le temps entre la dernière impulsion entrée du Compteur de Pulsation et le moment où le morceau démarre (si le départ automatique est activé)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1093 -msgid "Maximum number of bars: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1099 -msgid "Maximum number of layers: sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1115 -msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1121 -msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check the Rubber Band site ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1140 manual.docbook:2376 manual.docbook:4830 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rubber_off.png' md5='4af1c3110fbd8772a724f7f85fa22441'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1130 -msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1111 -msgid "Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1154 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Audio System" -msgstr "L'onglet Système Audio" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1157 -msgid "The Audio System Tab" -msgstr "L'Onglet de Système Audio" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1160 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='1da93face38cf7a71c6f231474ba617c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1167 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card." -msgstr "SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1171 -msgid "Available options:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1182 -msgid "This option is recommended for beginners." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1177 -msgid ": Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1191 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The JACK driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The JACK server will start automatically if not already running." -msgstr "jackd : Le pilote Jack est un serveur audio professionnel qui permet de très basses latences et des échanges avec les autres logiciels audio. Nous recommandons fortement l'utilisation de ce pilote pour obtenir le meilleur d'Hydrogen. Le serveur JACK démarrera automatiquement s'il n'est pas déjà lancé." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1198 -msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1205 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver." -msgstr "ALSA : le standard de pilotes audio Linux largement adopté" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1210 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The OSS audio driver uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort." -msgstr "OSS : Le pilote audio OSS utilise /dev/dsp et est basé sur l'interface OSS qui est supporté par une vaste majorité de cartes-son disponibles pour Linux; ceci dit, l'utilisation de ce pilote audio bloque /dev/dsp jusqu'à ce qu'Hydrogen soit fermé, c'est à dire : inutilisable par n'importe quel autre logiciel. Utilisez-le en dernier recours." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1220 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": An open-source multi platform audio driver." -msgstr "PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1225 -msgid ": A driver for MacOS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1229 -msgid ": A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Device: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use." -msgstr "ALSA : le standard de pilotes audio Linux largement adopté" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1243 -msgid "Buffer size: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1253 -msgid "If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1249 -msgid "Sample rate: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1262 -msgid "Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1265 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1267 -msgid "note velocity and pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1268 manual.docbook:1275 -msgid "layer gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1269 -msgid "component gain and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1270 -msgid "instrument gain, pan, and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1272 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1274 -msgid "note velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1279 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1285 -msgid "BBT sync method: if Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's tempo or the Tempo Markers added to the Timeline. But due to limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1302 manual.docbook:1347 manual.docbook:1368 -#: manual.docbook:1391 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1314 manual.docbook:2440 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_transport_off.png' md5='c1264187019da8004254528045d35060'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1325 manual.docbook:2455 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_master_off.png' md5='5108a24ccc5d260fab40e9d2ebab5c9d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1305 -msgid "For this option to take effect the Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". button has to be activated and the Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to having a JACK TBM application)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1333 -msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1339 -msgid "Connect to default JACK output ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to the default JACK input ports of your system (system:playback_1 and system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1354 -msgid "Create per-instrument JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1361 -msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1374 -msgid "There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1385 -msgid "Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1380 -msgid "Enable JACK timebase master support: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1398 -msgid "Apply and restart output: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1408 -msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1404 -msgid "Polyphony: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1415 -msgid "Metronome volume: sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1421 -msgid "Interpolate resampling: specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "MIDI System" -msgstr "L'Onglet Système MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1434 -msgid "The MIDI System Tab" -msgstr "L'Onglet Système MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1437 manual.docbook:5825 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='f57c80dc6c151d1bea2e52adc6d91fbd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1444 -msgid "MIDI driver: selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1450 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Input: selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from." -msgstr "HEAR : quand il est activé, Hydrogen jouera l'échantillon quand il est ajouté au motif." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1456 -msgid "Output: selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1462 -msgid "Channel: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1472 -msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1468 -msgid "Ignore note-off: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1484 -msgid "the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1489 -msgid "an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1494 -msgid "whether the Metronome is activated" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1479 -msgid "Enable MIDI feedback: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1502 -msgid "Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1513 -msgid "If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1508 -msgid "Use output note as input note: specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1521 -msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1528 -msgid "OSC" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The OSC Tab" -msgstr "L'Onglet Général" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='b60b4ce044e7028b914e1bb0ea397231'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1544 -msgid "In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1551 -msgid "Enable OSC support: Allows Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1563 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1566 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1569 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1572 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1578 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1584 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1555 -msgid "Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is composed of the following OSC paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1591 -msgid "Incoming port: Specifies the OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1539 -msgid "The OSC tab () let's you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see chapter OSC API for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1597 -msgid "If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the OSC tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1605 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "L'onglet Apparence" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1608 -msgid "The Appearance Tab" -msgstr "L'Onglet Apparence" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1611 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png' md5='c122a1346ebdd01399742c5fdbfd0bde'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1616 -msgid "The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look and feel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1627 manual.docbook:1651 manual.docbook:1668 -msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1622 -msgid "Application font: specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1639 -msgid "Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1634 -msgid "Style: specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1646 -msgid "Mixer font: specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1658 -msgid "Meters falloff speed: specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1664 -msgid "Default interface layout: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1675 -msgid "High-resolution display scaling: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1686 -msgid ": Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1692 -msgid ": Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1698 -msgid ": Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1681 -msgid "Coloring method for Song Editor elements: determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:1712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "Menu principal" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Menu" -msgstr "Menu principal" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1718 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MainMenu.png' md5='d0db6cc4eca29a57da78c89bcba53d93'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1724 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1725 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This menu offers file related functions." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1729 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New: creates a new and empty song." -msgstr "Nouveau - Crée un nouveau morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1739 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Info: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, license, and generic notes." -msgstr "Propriétés - Paramétrer les propriétés générales du morceau comme le nom, l'auteur, licence et des notes générales" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1743 -msgid "Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1749 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)." -msgstr "Ouvrir une Démo - Ouvrir un morceau de démo (les morceaux de démo sont stockés dans $INSTALLPATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1746 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Vélocité : à quelle puissance la note est jouée (le volume de la note)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)." -msgstr "Ouvrir un fichier récent - Ouvrir un menu montrant les derniers morceaux utilisés" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1759 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves changes to current song." -msgstr "Enregistrer - Enregistrer les changements du morceau actuel" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1765 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1762 -msgid "Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1773 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) belonging to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Ouvrir un motif - Ouvrir un motif enregistré appartenant au kit de batterie courant" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1781 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1777 -msgid "Export Pattern As: saves a pattern as a .h2pattern file. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export MIDI file: exports the current song in MIDI format." -msgstr "Exporter le morceau en fichier MIDI - Exporter le morceau actuel dans un format MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1793 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export song: exports the current song into an audio file." -msgstr "Exporter le morceau - Exporter le morceau courant en format WAV" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1795 -msgid "The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond." -msgstr "Exporter le morceau en fichier MIDI - Exporter le morceau actuel dans un format MIDI" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1803 -msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1808 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit: exists Hydrogen." -msgstr "Quitter - Quitter Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1814 -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo: lets you undo your last action." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Redo: lets you redo the last undone action." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1824 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous actions." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1831 manual.docbook:3936 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drumkits" -msgstr "Kit de Batterie Système" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1834 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1843 -msgid "Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1838 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Vélocité : à quelle puissance la note est jouée (le volume de la note)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1850 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Properties: sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license." -msgstr "Propriétés - Paramétrer les propriétés générales du morceau comme le nom, l'auteur, licence et des notes générales" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1856 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples)." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1863 -msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1860 -msgid "Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1873 -msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1870 -msgid "Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1880 -msgid "Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1885 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen website for an example)." -msgstr "Importer la bibliothèque - Importe un autre kit de batterie depuis le système de fichier local ou le télécharge depuis un emplacement distant à travers un flux XML. Le fichier XML qui peut être fourni N'EST PAS compatible RSS (voir Site web d'Hydrogen pour un exemple). Pour charger un autre kit de batterie dans votre séance actuelle de travail d'Hydrogen, lisez ." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1894 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Import Drumkit" -msgstr "Kit de Batterie Système" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1897 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='39e25a7470e1945225be994be6afbc9f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1892 -msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see if a kit is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1909 -msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the license type." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1926 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='fc4254b7389fd8d265636ef82b587087'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:1919 -msgid " Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1914 -msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1941 -msgid "Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1942 -msgid "This menu offers instruments functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1947 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Ajouter un instrument - Ajouter un nouvel instrument à votre Kit de Batterie courant" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1950 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit." -msgstr "Effacer tout - Effacer tous les intruments du kit de batterie courant" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1953 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit." -msgstr "Ajouter un instrument - Ajouter un nouvel instrument à votre Kit de Batterie courant" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1959 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1963 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window." -msgstr "Outils: ouvre le mixeur, le directeur, l'éditeur de liste de lecture, le rack d'instrument et la fenêtre des préférences générales." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1966 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Director: opens the Director window." -msgstr "Directeur - Ouvre la fenêtre du directeur." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1969 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mixer: opens the Mixer window." -msgstr "Table de mixage - Ouvre la fenêtre de la table de mixage." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1972 -msgid "Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1975 -msgid "Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1979 -msgid "Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1982 -msgid "Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1985 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area." -msgstr "Vélocité : à quelle puissance la note est jouée (le volume de la note)" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1991 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1994 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth." -msgstr "Drumset / Instrument : quand il est paramétré à Drumset, les notes de votre clavier MIDI correspondront à l'instrument de votre bibliothèque de son comme décrit dans la table de mappage d'instrument ci-dessous. Si vous le paramétrez à Instrument, les notes de votre clavier MIDI déclencheront l'instrument qui est actuellement sélectionné. La hauteur de l'instrument suivra la touche que vous pressez sur votre clavier. Cette fonctionnalité est utilisée principalement pour les instruments qui ne sont pas des batteries. Un exemple : si vous utiliser un échantillon de piano pour l'un de vos instruments, vous serez capable de 'jouer' cet instrument piano en utilisant le clavier exactement comme si vous jouiez un piano synthétiseur." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2005 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences: opens the main preferences window (see for details)." -msgstr "Préférences - Ouvre la fenre des préférences principales. Lisez comment configurer Hydrogen." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2012 -msgid "Debug" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2014 -msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2018 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support." -msgstr "Notez que l'onglet Moteur Audio est disponible seulement si Hydrogen a été compilé avec le support debug." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2031 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Audio Engine View" -msgstr "L'onglet Moteur Audio" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2034 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='c7d64d740b8a0d1bef5cab6a757c7cb3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2040 -msgid "In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2027 -msgid "Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2051 -msgid "Show Filesystem Info: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2061 -msgid ": No messages will be written at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2066 -msgid ": Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2071 -msgid ": Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2076 -msgid ": Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2081 -msgid ": Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2056 -msgid "Log Level: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2090 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open Log File: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance." -msgstr "Outils: ouvre le mixeur, le directeur, l'éditeur de liste de lecture, le rack d'instrument et la fenêtre des préférences générales." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2097 -msgid "Info" -msgstr "Info" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2101 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer." -msgstr "Manuel Utilisateur - Ouvre ue fenêtre avec ce manuel :)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "About: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc." -msgstr "À propos - La fenêtre habituelle avec l'information de licence, les remerciements, etc." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2108 -msgid "Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers." -msgstr "PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Toolbar" -msgstr "La Barre d'Outils Principale" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2122 -msgid "The Main Toolbar" -msgstr "La Barre d'Outils Principale" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2126 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='19ace9972b0ecf3a6d1f9e5b0c4135ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components." -msgstr "Avant d'analyser les deux parties principales d'Hydrogen, jettons un coup d'oeil rapide à la barre d'outil principale et à ses composants :" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2135 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Transport Control" -msgstr "Contrôles de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2149 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='1ec0ada27f9da8dadfc40ac1bc65ee59'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2140 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2154 -msgid "Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2156 -msgid "In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2159 -msgid "When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter" -msgstr "Tap Tempo et Compteur de Pulsation" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2181 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='2c8d4cc3a85b5feb32727d2dc400d7c3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2169 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2186 -msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2189 -msgid "Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2191 -msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the \\ key in the tempo you want." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2195 -msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \\ button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2201 -msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2208 -msgid "Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2220 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='04409450bba1f7542a8990aa74cb388a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2210 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. button or simply press ,." -msgstr "Le Tap Tempo est une partie du Compteur de Pulsation, qui est essentiellement un Tap Tempo sous stéroïdes. Par défaut, l'affichage du Compteur de Tempo n'est pas visible. Pour voir le gadget Compteur de Tempo, cliquez sur le bouton (BC) entre le sélecteur de mode Song/Pattern et le gadget BPM. Ou alors, il peut être affiché en pressant la touche virgule : (,)." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2225 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the R)." -msgstr "Le tempo que vous tapez sera considéré comme des pulsations du type de pulsation. Le type de pulsation peut être paramétrer à 1/8 (pour des pulsations de huitième de notes), 1/4 (pour des pulsations de quart de note), 1/2 (pour des pulsations de demi note) et 1/1 (pour des pulsations de note entière). Pour changer le type de pulsation, utilisez les boutons de flêches de gauche. Pour changer le nombre de pulsations qui sont comptées, utilisez les boutons de flêches de droite. Vous pouvez paramétrer de 2 à 16 pulsations. (C'est à dire que si vous paramétrez à 6 pulsations, vous aurez à tapez 6 fois avant que le nouveau tempo soit calculé et appliqué.) Lorsque l'affichage montre un R, cela signifie que le Compteur de pulsation est prêt à démarrer à 0. Chaque fois que vous tapez avec la touche virgule, il montrera le nombre de frappes que vous avez entrées (1, 2, 3, ...)." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2246 manual.docbook:2272 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_off.png' md5='9c3360bb8c942b605411af2736ae251f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between Grey button containing a \"S\". and Blue button containing a \"P\". . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows Grey button containing a \"S\". (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled." -msgstr "Le bouton en bas à droite contrôle une fonctionnalité de démarrage automatique, et il bascule entre S et P. Lorsqu'il affiche P pour (Play, NdT : Jouer), le morceau va paramétrer le nouveau tempo et démarrera la lecture automatiquement après que vous ayez tapé le bon nombre de pulsation (s'il n'est pas déjà démarré, bien sûr). Ce faisant, si votre Compteur de Tempo est paramétré à 4/4, vous pouvez taper 1-2-3-4, et démarrer à la prochaine pulsation. Lorsqu'il affiche S (pour Set BPM, NdT : Paramétrer le BPM), le démarrage automatique est désactivé." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2277 -#, fuzzy -msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows Blue button containing a \"P\". ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone starts on 1." -msgstr "Par exemple : Supposons que vous ayez un groupe live, Hydrogen et un synthétiseur (qui est contrôlé par Seq24)... et que vous voulez qu'il démarre tous en même temps. Paramétrez le type de pulsation à 1/4 et le nombre de pulsation à 4. Activer le démarrage automatique (le bouton affiche P). Décomptez 1-2-3-4 (en tapant sur la touche virgule) - et tout le monde démarrera sur 1." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2295 -msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)." -msgstr "Un autre exemple : Même situation, mais le morceau ne nécessite pas Hydrogen ou les synthés avant un certain moment. Pendant ce temps, un humain (par exemple un guitariste) paramétrera le tempo. Sur la mesure avant qu'Hydrogen ne soit censé jouer, tappez la touche virgule 1-2-3-4 avec le tempo... et vous serez dedans au prochain tempo (au bon tempo)." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2302 -msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2307 -msgid "If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2316 -msgid "BPM Control and Metronome" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2331 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='5f5bee77c2d67039618fab7eb28d6269'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2319 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2336 -msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2340 -msgid "You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='55fc2e5806c898a4cc96227860b18034'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2345 -msgid "In addition you can use Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket \")\" (right). to toggle the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2361 -msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2366 -msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2385 -msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2398 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='c2e021efc19e170671b2092572aa47a2'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2388 -msgid " A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is MIDI input. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2403 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message." -msgstr "Afficher la charge processeur et les événement MIDI. La barre graphique du processeur vous donne des indications sur la charge du processeur. La lumière MIDI s'allume à chaque fois qu'Hydrogen reçoit un message MIDI." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2406 -msgid "The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2414 -msgid "JACK Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2426 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='5679c850212647d44e4cd7d3d0496c6a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2417 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2431 -msgid "Clicking Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2445 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the absence of a Master." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2464 -msgid "You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2470 -msgid "The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2477 -msgid "GUI State" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2490 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='8e9e804a41500082df2434e15102e218'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2480 -msgid " In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2495 -msgid "Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2498 -msgid "The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2505 -msgid "Song Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2509 -msgid "The Song Editor" -msgstr "L'Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2512 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png' md5='a82ad146c9450cfaf17899d7d0d052ec'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2518 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song." -msgstr "L'\"Éditeur de Morceau\" () donne une vue d'ensemble de la ligne de temps entière du morceau (par exemple : intro, couplet, refrain, et autres); chaque carré coloré en bleu de ce panneau est une mesure complète comme affichée dans le panneau de base de l\"Éditeur de Motif\". Ici, nous avons la liberté entière d'ajouter, supprimer ou déplacer les motifs dans l'ordre que nous préférons. Nous pouvons également copier et coller des motifs : utilisez le bouton gauche de la souris pour mettre en lumière une zone et la déplacer. Tirez avec la touche CTRL appuyée pour copier les motifs." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2526 -msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2533 -msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2540 -msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2547 -msgid "Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2564 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/SongRuler.png' md5='2f6fbb7ac18d5dbe13cd0b7ab4d0f72a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2553 -msgid " Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". In addition, light-blue colored \"T\"s indicate the presence of a Tag. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2572 -msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2578 -msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2569 -msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2586 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Controls" -msgstr "Contrôles de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2600 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='8ea38acc364694851f0a1da74f5ccd63'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2589 -msgid " Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='ae4fcb3a7be16ec4e8202add627c5434'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2608 -msgid " Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2629 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='4b54062c734ee4aed38ff33fcf587595'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2622 -msgid " Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2643 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='92d343a074d0b9910b726aecda3bb042'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2635 -msgid " Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2649 -msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in the pattern list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2664 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='b8550d5b732ef301d6482b162bc3e7ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2657 -msgid " Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2680 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='0eb66ee7be2f3b7eda0a95a2959d9ca6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2672 -msgid " Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2693 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='8a4d35031159c7e5b5d6e494d842b7bd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2702 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='7cc5cd563387e719ed1a7c68fcb5739b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2686 -msgid " Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. or to Stacked mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2713 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Editor modes" -msgstr "Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2714 -msgid "The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The default Select mode allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The Draw mode instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2722 -msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2728 -msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys ↑|↓|←|→ will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing Return will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2736 -msgid "In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2740 -msgid "While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2746 -msgid "Select Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2747 -msgid "This mode allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2752 -msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can delete it by pressing Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (Ctrl + x) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new location, or by copying (Ctrl + c) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2767 -msgid "Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2782 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ can be used to make selections using the keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2787 -msgid "Return over a selected block will begin a move or copy" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2791 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ to move the selected cells into position" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2795 -msgid "Return to move the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2799 -msgid "Ctrl + Return to copy the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2772 -msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2806 -msgid "Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2813 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Draw Mode" -msgstr "Active le Mode Dessin." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2814 -msgid "This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2819 -msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2826 -msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, will also add and remove patterns from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2832 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in . You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2844 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode" -msgstr "Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2845 -msgid "When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2850 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2857 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2858 -msgid "When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2865 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2872 -msgid "Stacked Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2873 -msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2880 -msgid "Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select which patterns play using Ctrl + left click on the pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a triangle." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2888 -msgid "Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than Song for Stacked mode to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2899 manual.docbook:3492 -msgid "Sidebar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2901 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2904 -msgid "Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2908 -msgid "The Pattern Options menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2912 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='8dec485a0ad51a0493fec01ccbc814a5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2921 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song." -msgstr "SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2924 -msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song." -msgstr "SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2950 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='1426839c35a4d3a33b57062883f12d74'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2939 -msgid " Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2936 -msgid "Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2958 -msgid "Properties: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2962 -msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2974 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='fa5d2555da3bb269ec8f2406bfccfc2d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2963 -msgid " Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2980 -msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2989 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Load Pattern: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2995 -msgid "Save Pattern: stores the pattern in the patterns folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3003 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Pattern: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser." -msgstr "Drum/Piano : basculer l'Éditeur de Motif entre les modes Drum et Piano. (voir plus bas)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3009 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Virtual Pattern: will open the virtual pattern editor." -msgstr "PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3012 -msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3018 -msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3024 -msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3036 -msgid "Timeline" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3046 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/tempo_bar.png' md5='57d0559a29212dc60c5b1c1615a6330c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3039 -msgid " Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3051 -msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is done by adding Tempo Markers to your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='9b02d90327338b8d035f57b5a02b5567'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3074 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png' md5='8f7b9815b9f1945c5bd579a2fd3d5ec8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3055 -msgid "To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the Grey button containing a black \"P\". button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the Grey button containing the black characters \"BPM\". button. Once this is done the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3084 -msgid "Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK transport in slave mode (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3103 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='1d1019ac5a0c23d5497b9db0ce96714c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3092 -msgid " Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3089 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar or delete it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3116 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3127 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tag_bar.png' md5='f807e826276099785dd8c46e9436ae20'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3119 -msgid " Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue \"T\"s. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3132 -msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3144 -msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3147 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='e739615ae8f687b519b726c407882eeb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3139 -msgid "To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3158 -msgid "Playback Track" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3173 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='3b1e0f19b68818ee221b890c7d69fdd0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3161 -msgid " Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3179 -msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3184 -msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3198 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='4294e5c6223716aad49a8328206176d4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3189 -msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the Grey button containing a black \"T\". button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Edit: loads an audio file." -msgstr "PortAudio : un pilote audio multi plateformes et open-source" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3211 -msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3217 -msgid "Mute: mutes the Playback Track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3220 -msgid "Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3204 -msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3226 -msgid "In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3234 -msgid "Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3238 -msgid "The Automation Path Widget" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3241 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/AutomationPath.png' md5='57a0ec7233c2c5134a3da11514130825'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3246 -msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3250 -msgid "Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3255 -msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3265 -msgid "Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3267 manual.docbook:3667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode" -msgstr "Éditeur de Motif en mode Drum" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3270 manual.docbook:3670 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='5136f656c680d4d25f59ff6cab70731d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3275 -msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)" -msgstr "c'est ici que tout arrive, c'est ici que vous pouvez faire de la musique :-)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3291 manual.docbook:3472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='50e1dedc2d864b907fcd89ceec22953c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3277 -msgid "The Pattern Editor allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these two by clicking the Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3298 -msgid "If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3302 -msgid "If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:3313 manual.docbook:4573 manual.docbook:5647 -msgid "Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3316 -msgid "Pattern Editor Controls" -msgstr "Contrôles de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3319 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='a491e95bee4f5a8a6e57a4e51397e783'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3324 -msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3336 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='5af35039c0915ed92ad6f24d009062b4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3328 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"4/4\" and titled \"SIZE\". : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3342 -msgid "It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PatternSizeDialog.png' md5='84cde1542afe73feed8af83c187df5d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3346 -msgid " Dialog for entering the \"New Pattern length (beats/note value)\" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (right) and \"OK\" (left) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3359 -msgid "Type / to separate numerator and denominator." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3362 -msgid "If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, some values are not supported and will be approximated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3369 -msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, hence a warning icon will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3384 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png' md5='99f0f0e4bf50233e4865ff29d92aad8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3376 -msgid " A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the \"SIZE\" LCD. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3401 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='daa56c133937264c93a72fde606863c5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3393 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If you are working with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer." -msgstr "Souvenez-vous de cette contrainte à propos de la grille : si vous travaillez avec une résolution de 16, vous ne pouvez pas passer à une résolution de 8 et enlever un 16ème de note. D'un autre côté, si vous travaillez avec une résolution de 8 et que vous essayez d'insérer une note entre 2 barres (en cherchant une précision de 16ème), les notes seront placées au prochain ou au précédent 8ème de mesure. Cette contrainte peut être supprimée si vous désactivez entièrement la résolution de grille (choisissez \"off\" dans le contrôle LCD de résolution de la grille). Ainsi, vous serez capable de placer les notes exactement là où vous le voulez." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3429 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='877172490d05a21a74aff27475f19482'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3421 -msgid " Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. : when enabled Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3436 -msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3452 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='37700f06db07f383871f481084d1c875'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3444 -msgid " Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3482 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='beb6e9e3da055eba1c395aeeee5624b0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3463 -msgid " Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3495 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3498 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='66ef31d1181b28c7b956d94b545878a8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3503 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit." -msgstr "La section à gauche vous montre quel kit de batterie ou bibliothèque est actuellement sélectionnée (GMkit par défaut) et ci-dessous, vous pouvez voir les instruments qui font partis de ce kit." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3506 -msgid "Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3510 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -# -> à revoir/vérifier -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3516 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note." -msgstr "Remplir de notes : ceci vous permet de remplir le motif avec des notes de l'instrument sélectionné. Suivant le choix que vous avez fait (remplir tout, remplir 1/2, remplir 1/4 ...) les notes sertont placées partout, 1/2, 1/4, etc sur le position de notes qui sont permises par la configuration de la grille. Donc, soyez prudent de ne pas mélanger les 1/2 note 'musicale' et les 1/2-note 'de remplissage'." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3513 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Fill notes: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3528 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -msgstr "Vélocité aléatoire : applique automatiquement une vélocité pseudo-hasardeuse à chaque note de cet instrument dans le motif. Plus vous sélectionnez une vélocité élevée dans l'instrument, plus Hydrogen jouera fort de cet instrument lorsqu'il sera joué." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3524 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Randomize velocity: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "Vélocité aléatoire : applique automatiquement une vélocité pseudo-hasardeuse à chaque note de cet instrument dans le motif. Plus vous sélectionnez une vélocité élevée dans l'instrument, plus Hydrogen jouera fort de cet instrument lorsqu'il sera joué." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select notes: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3545 -msgid "Edit all patterns: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in all the patterns of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cut notes: remove all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3561 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copy notes: copy all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3568 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Paste notes : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard." -msgstr "Effacer les notes : pour effacer toutes les notes du motif, pour cet intrument." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3584 -msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3595 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:" -msgstr "Instruments: ce menu offre des fonctions d'instruments et des kits de batterie (bibliothèques de sons)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3601 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Rename instrument: change the name of the instrument." -msgstr "Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)" -msgstr "Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3624 manual.docbook:5037 manual.docbook:5162 -#: manual.docbook:6867 manual.docbook:6893 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='f1c0e1d7d0b6d558eb61b6215c683d6e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_off.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3616 -msgid "The Grey button containing a black \"M\". button mutes the instrument and Grey button containing a black \"S\". solos it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3641 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on." -msgstr "L'ordre des instruments peut être ré-arrangé en tirant simplement un instrument vers le haut ou le bas dans ma liste et en le lâchant sur une nouvelle position dans le kit de batterie / bibliothèque. Ceci ne changera rien ç la séquence que vous avez créez pour cet instrument, et rien non plus au morceau ou au motif sur lequel vous travaillez. Ceci aura cependant, n impact que le mapping des notes MIDI : dans la table ci-dessous, vous pouvez trouver le lien entre les positions d'instrument, les notes MIDI et les touches de claviers QWERTY." - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3647 -msgid "It will however, have an impact on the MIDI note mapping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3655 -msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3664 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drum Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3676 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern size and resolution." -msgstr "Dans cette zone, vous pouvez voir votre motif sélectionné et ajouter ds notes pour n'importe quel instrument. La façon la plus simple de créer un motif est d'ajouter des notes en utilisant votre souris (et la fonction 'Remplir/Effacer les notes' décrite ci-dessus). Les endroits où vous pouvez ajouter des notes dépendent de la taille (NdT : SIZE) et de la résolution (NdT : RES.) utilisés dans ce motif." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3679 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3686 -msgid "you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3693 -msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3712 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='9b70ffbdee95b246478582c39735e697'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3702 -msgid " Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3700 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3719 -msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with Return (see )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3725 -msgid "Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3733 -msgid "Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3738 -msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3747 -msgid "Also see for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3743 -msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3756 -msgid "Note Properties Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3759 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3762 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/NotePropertiesRuler.png' md5='8fd57ba4418fc587c0ef383fad9bdcca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3767 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)." -msgstr "Cliquez sur un instrument, ou ajouter/supprimer une note à côté, sélectionnera cet instrument. Une fois qu'un instrument est sélectionné, les propriétés de la note pour cet instrument seront affichées suivant des lignes verticales dans la fenêtre du dessous. Les lignes représentent la valeur de la propriété sélectionnée de chaque note de l'instrument sélectionné. Vous pouvez sélectionner une autre propriété de la note depuis la liste déroulante (située en bas à gauche). Il y a 4 propriétés de note disponibles :" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The following note properties are available:" -msgstr "Les pilotes audio suivants sont diponibles :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3780 -msgid "Velocity: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3783 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, turning red when you reach the point of clipping." -msgstr "Notez que la couleur de la note-point et la barre verticale changeront en fonction de la vélovité que vous avez définie. Une nuance légère de gris signifie une faible vélocité (faible volume) et plus vous sélectionnez une véolcité forte, plus la couleur sera foncée, devenant rouge lorsque vous atteindrez le point de saute-de-son (NdT : clipping)." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3792 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pan: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)." -msgstr "Pan : avec ce paramétre, vous pouvez définir l'image stéréo de la note (de combien le poid sera dans les sorties droite ou/et gauche)" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3797 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3805 -msgid "Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3814 -#, fuzzy -msgid "NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'" -msgstr "Touche : si vous sélectionnez ce paramètre de note, la zone où vous pouvez modifier le paramètre changera en un 'clavier piano'" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3819 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3822 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='8e19686d8fe0d0fd6f307f63e26b2b4f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3826 -msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3833 -msgid "Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to change the note value of existing notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3840 -msgid "Probability: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than , a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability will always be played, a note with probability of will never be played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drawing with the mouse:" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3861 -msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3868 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Selecting multiple notes:" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3871 -msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3853 -msgid "Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3884 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Piano Roll Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3887 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode" -msgstr "L'Éditeur de Motif en mode Piano" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3890 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='80336fa999457d5c3ab6bc8522015776'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3895 -msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3898 -#, fuzzy -msgid "While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes." -msgstr "Le mode Batterie (voir ), met l'accent sur l'utilisation d'Hydrogen comme une boite à rythme. Si vous utilisez Hydrogen comme un instrument, il y a de grande chance que le mode Piano soit pour vous. Il vous donnera un 'clavier-piano' complet et vous pourrez donc facilement inscrire vos envies." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3900 -#, fuzzy -msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first." -msgstr "Vous pouvez comparer le mode Piano aux propriétés des Notes des touches (décrites au dessus), seulement si vous avez un clavier piano complet, car vous n'avez pas besoin de commencer par sélectionner l'octave." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3905 -msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3915 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)" -msgstr "Bibliothèque de Son (Gestionnaire de Kit de Batterie)" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3918 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Soundlibrary" -msgstr "L'Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3921 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='5ee5b8034d3691ab9f3ba1f81749a2d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3926 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs." -msgstr "La Bibliothèque de Son vous fait gagner du temps dans la gestion de vos kit de batterie, et de vos motifs et morceaux préférés. Lors de la fabrication de nouveaux morceaux et de nouveaux kit de batterie, la Bibliothèque de Son vous rend plus simple la réutilisation et mixe les instruments et les motifs depuis d'autres kits et morceaux." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3931 -msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3938 -msgid "The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3939 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them." -msgstr "Ceci liste les kits de batterie qui sont installés par votre administrateur-système. C'est déterminé par le préfix au moment de la compilation. Sur les système d'Exploitation Unix-like, c'est habituellement /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, ou possiblement /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. Ces kits sont disponibles à tous les utilisateurs sur le système, et les utilisateurs ne sont habituellement pas autorisé à en ajouter." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3948 -msgid "You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3953 -msgid "The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits folder. When you have created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3961 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the license type of the drumkit(s) you are using." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3965 -msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or other open and free license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3969 -msgid "Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using the kit in your songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3973 -msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or via any other channel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3978 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select Load. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that kit, left-click the to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded." -msgstr "Pour charger un Kit de Batterie depuis là, cliquez-droit sur le kit de batterie et sélectionnez Charger. Ceci remplacera votre kit de batterie actuel avec celui que vous avez sélectionné. Pour charger un seul instrument depuis ce kit, cliquez-gauche sur le plus à gauche du nom du kit de batterie pour afficher tous les instruments. Avec le bouton gauche de votre souris, cliquez et tirez l'instrument dans vote kit de batterie. L'instrument sera ajouté au kit de batterie que vous avez actuellement chargé." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3990 -msgid "Songs" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3992 -msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs folder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4006 -msgid "This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4001 -msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns folder. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4011 -msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting Properties and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4023 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4026 -msgid "The Instrument editor General view" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4029 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='1c659ff4d9f877ae77fc0e829733ec17'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4034 -msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4041 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4046 -msgid "It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4052 -msgid "Envelope Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='c9b1cf7425256ccbcdf6e6f8587600ca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4055 -msgid " Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4068 -msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4073 -msgid "Attack: the amount of time that the volume of the sample goes from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the attack phase." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4082 -msgid "Decay: the amount of time for the volume of the sample to go from full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the decay parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4090 -msgid "Sustain: the volume to play the note after the decay phase is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4097 -msgid "Release: the time to fade out the note from the sustain volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it will fade out for the maximum time available." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4106 -msgid "The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by the number of audio samples. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4113 -msgid "If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If the note is sustained, it does not draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) parameter during that time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4123 -msgid "Gain and Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='dcaf9a6840510623bc55df8ea2c89325'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4126 -msgid " In the upper half there is a LCD displaying \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4142 -msgid "The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the set to , the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4151 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4157 -msgid "Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4165 -msgid "If the Mute Group is set to , then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to .)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4175 -msgid "If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4177 -msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4187 -msgid "The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4192 -msgid "The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4197 -msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4204 -msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4209 -msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4217 -msgid "Filter Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4228 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='0fa21c2c613d94d89b051fe442a897e1'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4220 -msgid " From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4233 -msgid "The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4242 -msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4262 -msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4274 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='2ce648ae655059f6664ba41c01158668'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4265 -msgid " From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4279 -msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4289 -msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4284 -msgid "The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between and . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4301 -msgid "MIDI Out Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4312 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='10b438a7473e911b09d593794a7f1901'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4304 -msgid " Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4317 -msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4326 -msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4332 -msgid "By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4338 -msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4349 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='6893409e38809da4d0b6d518ad919b15'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4341 -msgid " Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4354 -msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4356 -msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4359 -msgid "Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4364 -msgid "Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4377 manual.docbook:4431 -msgid "Layers" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4380 -msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4383 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='3846805161b3ed5792058f7cf48cb2ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4388 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4392 -msgid "Components" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4403 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png' md5='116bc97c3fdf5bed06019ec88f47bc3e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4395 -msgid " In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4417 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_dropdown_off.png' md5='51f65ba335fa3b5b06d9c195764418af'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4408 -msgid "Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4424 -msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4434 -msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4437 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png' md5='88e1cd028f2cf6ea6270048a91943a65'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4442 -msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4447 -msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4461 manual.docbook:7027 manual.docbook:7052 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='66347065d44659c155d3a82f5a1d4366'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='2a9f9afe245e147739e8195668997088'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4483 manual.docbook:4649 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='bf9a3426f12d614877d16fdd88be0ba6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4452 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". you can delete the current layer, and using Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4490 -msgid "Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4496 -msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4505 -msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4501 -msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4511 -msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4516 -msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4523 -msgid "Sample Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png' md5='277f4e033a01cada19ac74bbea4e9f23'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4526 -msgid " A LCD titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open display the different choices to the right. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4539 -msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4543 -msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4553 -msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4549 -msgid ": will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4560 -msgid ": will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4565 -msgid ": will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4584 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png' md5='23af0cfc4c001777b7267008d060c310'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4576 -msgid " Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4591 -msgid "Layer Gain: adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4602 -msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4597 -msgid "Component Volume: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4609 -msgid "Pitch: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4615 -msgid "Fine: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4629 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sample Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4632 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sample Editor" -msgstr "L'Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='b91bf9388c10b1084c43afe932525686'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4640 -msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4657 -msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive and are saved per song. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4667 -msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4670 -msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4673 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='79d932cc42416613724b49665edafecd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4683 -msgid "Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4686 -msgid "End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4689 -msgid "Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4678 -msgid "In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4695 -msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4700 -msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4707 -msgid "Start: position of the Start Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4712 -msgid "Loop: position of the Loop Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4722 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4727 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4732 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4717 -msgid "Loop Mode: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4740 -msgid "Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4745 -msgid "End: position of the End Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4750 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Close: exits the Sample Editor." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4757 -msgid "These values will change if you drag the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4765 -msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4774 -msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4784 -msgid "Pitch Shifting" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4787 -msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4790 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='9b0e53b5337bd67534bd8890cf4c18c8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4795 -msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4798 -msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4803 -msgid "When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4813 -msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4820 -msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4809 -msgid "Sample length to beat: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4844 -msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4839 -msgid "Pitch: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4850 -msgid "Crispness: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4859 -msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4862 -msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4865 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='dc7183d8123d5a26f36d8996b1d761e0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4870 -msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4876 -msgid "Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4881 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it." -msgstr "Vélocité : à quelle puissance la note est jouée (le volume de la note)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4886 -msgid "Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4891 -msgid "panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4897 -msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating envelopes by" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4902 -msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4909 -msgid "First select or in the dropdown to the right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4914 -msgid "Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4919 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Right-clicking will delete a point." -msgstr "Ouvrir - Ouvrir un morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4924 -msgid "Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4935 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "Mixeur" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4938 manual.docbook:6912 -msgid "The Mixer" -msgstr "Le Mixeur" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4941 manual.docbook:6915 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='45445f564c4daba76ea19b172f462d2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4946 -msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4948 -msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4955 -msgid "Instrument Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4958 -msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4961 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png' md5='eb97a316a9312de1b36933fdde130e2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4976 manual.docbook:6845 manual.docbook:7101 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='42524bb86518faf8e847f658451f2753'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4968 -msgid " Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4981 -msgid "This is quite handy for checking clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4995 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='bd11e31456ff6a4a282589db8a511140'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4987 -msgid " Vertical, grey LED-like object. : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5010 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='106d658b0427ec839b4ca98dd49937eb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5016 -msgid "If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5022 -msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5002 -msgid " Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5029 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5042 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5056 manual.docbook:5176 manual.docbook:6856 -#: manual.docbook:6880 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5048 manual.docbook:5168 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"S\". : solos the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5061 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5077 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='67f4cf502c0a993a3d55530e05e7b925'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5067 -msgid " Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5082 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5097 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='ebf4c2417000164edda1863910101f0b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5088 -msgid " Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the FX Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5105 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5110 manual.docbook:5187 -msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5118 -msgid "If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5121 -msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5131 -msgid "Component Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5134 -msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerComponentStrip.png' md5='cd9cf0e81509283aea2d97d306a22107'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5142 -msgid "Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5147 -msgid "These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5154 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5182 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5196 -msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5199 -msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5202 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXStrip.png' md5='d77984abc55c41633dcab77e20a8bec0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5217 manual.docbook:5381 manual.docbook:6831 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showFX_on.png' md5='faaad6e9491dac7d3478b96e87b1ecc5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5207 -msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button in the Master Fader Strip)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5223 -msgid "It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5229 -msgid "SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5234 -msgid "CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5238 -msgid "TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5242 -msgid "Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5246 -msgid "LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5250 -msgid "...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5225 -msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/title -#: manual.docbook:5257 -msgid "Plugins Kill" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5258 -msgid "A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use, and some are just plain better than others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5275 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/edit_off.png' md5='125b96a529eb2984de90da816a21f2ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5265 -msgid "Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5284 -msgid "Select an Effect" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5287 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXSelect.png' md5='d21233583479b7309fc704f9693d97b7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5309 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='704fc0cf7facf4f82b0757e6c81bfa9e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5297 -msgid " Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactive\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5325 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/bypass_over.png' md5='de70b2610957f2c6d494b5951193eb8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5331 -msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5281 -msgid "Now the FX selector window will pop up : <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters: <_:informalfigure-2/> You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". ) button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5336 -msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5342 -msgid "Master Fader Strip" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5345 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5348 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerMasterStrip.png' md5='31393663b772c8b6d8614f2181b0e999'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5353 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5367 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/master_mute_off.png' md5='c310589cbb20cfcffc3d016e6935e022'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5358 -msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". button mutes the whole output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5393 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showPeaks_on.png' md5='4475949f7c1f11157b8cfb623022e27b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5373 -msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5401 -msgid "Humanization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5403 -msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5408 -msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5415 -msgid "Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5421 -msgid "Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5424 -msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5431 -msgid "Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5438 -msgid "In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5446 -msgid "Mixer Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5448 -msgid "In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small \"cog\" icon button:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5459 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='67cb0590bbf394c8fd5b3a3f405a25f5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5451 -msgid " Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5477 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='0ef81682361b5af0ab28011d73464f6c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5468 -msgid " Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5463 -msgid "Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5483 -msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5487 -msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5490 -msgid "You will find four categories: , , , . Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5503 -msgid "Balance Law (0dB): when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5506 -msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be louder when the pan knob is at center - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5514 -msgid "Constant Power (-3dB): the total power (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5517 -msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5525 -msgid "Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5527 -msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5538 -msgid "Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5542 -msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5498 -msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5550 -msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, but the volume only (depending on the pan knob)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5553 -msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5561 -msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5575 -msgid "Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5579 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Director" -msgstr "Le Mixeur" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5582 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='ddab3b64f7d02f4e6429ae0e13aaf983'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5588 -msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5592 -msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5600 -msgid "This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5609 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor" -msgstr "Éditeur de motif" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5612 -msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditor.png' md5='0b5f7b45f0d56ace8c53064f3792c4ff'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5621 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "Menu principal" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5624 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song List" -msgstr "Éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5626 -msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5631 -msgid "Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5636 -msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5639 -msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5657 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='5f8f7127af9b7e4c682e541aab7636ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5650 -msgid " From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5662 -msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5667 -msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5675 manual.docbook:5757 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5682 -msgid "This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5677 -msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5691 -msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5699 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5702 -msgid "Playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5706 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add song to Playlist: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist." -msgstr "SIZE : vous laisse choisir la taille (NdT : size) du motif (le nombre de mesures)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5712 -msgid "Add current song to Playlist: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5718 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove selected song from Playlist: deletes the selected song from the current playlist." -msgstr "Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5724 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New Playlist: creates a new and empty playlist." -msgstr "Éditeur de Liste de Lecture - Un outil pour gérer les listes de lecture." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5735 -msgid "In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5730 -msgid "Open Playlist: opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5742 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Playlist: saves all changes done to the current playlist." -msgstr "Enregistrer - Enregistrer les changements du morceau actuel" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5748 -msgid "Save Playlist as: saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5761 -msgid "Add Script to selected song: associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5771 -msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5767 -msgid "Edit selected Script: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5778 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove selected Script: removes the selected script from the playlist." -msgstr "Effacer l'Instrument : et bien ... , efface l'instrument ;-)" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5789 -msgid "The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5784 -msgid "Create a new Script: creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5802 -msgid "MIDI API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5804 -msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5808 -msgid "Before you can work with MIDI actions you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5813 -msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5819 -msgid "MIDI Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5822 -msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5830 -msgid "An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5842 manual.docbook:5863 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rec.png' md5='4256277cfa68efdb41cbbcd9ae1fa116'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5833 -#, fuzzy -msgid "You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the Red circle. button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list." -msgstr "L'Onglet \"Système MIDI\" () contient tous les paramètres MIDI. Ici, vous pouvez choisir le pilote MIDI, l'entrée et le(s) canal(aux) au(x)quel(s) Hydrogen devrait répondre. Vous pouvez également définir les \"bindings\" MIDI : lier une note/message MIDI à une action. Pour faire ceci simplement, presser le bouton rouge d'Enregistrement à gauche de la ligne d'action de 'bindings'. Un dialogue apparaitrait et cous informera qu'Hydrogen attend votre entrée. Appuyer/frapper/tourner-la-cled/le-pad/les-boutons sur votre clavier (ou contrôleur) MIDI que vous voulez lier à cette action. Le dialogue se fermera et les valeurs d'Événements afficheront maintenant ma vameur de la note MIDI de la clef que vous avez pressée. Une fois terminée, vous pouvez sélectionner une Action depuis la liste déroulante. Notez que certaines actions (comme SELECT_NEXT_PATERN) nécessite également un Paramètre d'Action qui référencie le motif que vous voulez sélectionner avec cette action MIDI." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5854 -msgid "You can also define a binding without the Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5869 -msgid "The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5874 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5876 -msgid "Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5882 -msgid "NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5886 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5890 -msgid "MMC_x: machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5900 -msgid "Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5903 -msgid "Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5912 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<<_PREVIOUS_BAR: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "Vélocité : à quelle puissance la note est jouée (le volume de la note)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5919 -#, fuzzy -msgid ">>_NEXT_BAR: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "HEAR : quand il est activé, Hydrogen jouera l'échantillon quand il est ajouté au motif." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5925 -msgid "BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5935 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5932 -msgid "BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5944 -#, fuzzy -msgid "BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "RES : c'est la résolution de la grille courante (de 4 à 64)" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5949 manual.docbook:5961 manual.docbook:5974 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode or Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5957 -msgid "BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5969 -#, fuzzy -msgid "BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "RES : c'est la résolution de la grille courante (de 4 à 64)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5981 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5989 -msgid "Not implemented yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5986 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5996 -msgid "FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6005 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6009 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6017 -msgid "MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6021 -msgid "MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6026 -msgid "PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6030 -msgid "PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6036 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PAUSE: pauses playback." -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PLAY: starts playback." -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6044 -msgid "PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6052 -msgid "PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6059 -msgid "PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6066 -msgid "PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: opens the previous song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6073 -msgid "PLAYLIST_SONG: opens the next song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6080 -msgid "RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6088 -msgid "RECORD_EXIT: deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6095 -msgid "RECORD_READY: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6103 -msgid "RECORD_STROBE: activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "REDO_ACTION: redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6116 -msgid "SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6123 -msgid "SELECT_INSTRUMENT: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6133 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6128 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6139 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: like but only take effect in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6149 -msgid "This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6144 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: switches Action Param patterns forward. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6159 -msgid "If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6155 -msgid "SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "STOP: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "Vélocité : à quelle puissance la note est jouée (le volume de la note)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6170 -msgid "STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6175 -msgid "STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6180 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6185 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6190 -msgid "TAP_TEMPO: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TOGGLE_METRONOME: toggles the metronome." -msgstr "RES : c'est la résolution de la grille courante (de 4 à 64)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6201 -#, fuzzy -msgid "UNDO_ACTION: undoes the previous action." -msgstr "Projets : ce menu offre des fonctions concernant les fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6206 -msgid "UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6215 -msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6217 -msgid "Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6223 -msgid "If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6231 -msgid "OSC API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6232 -msgid "Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6242 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6244 -msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program oscsend." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen -#: manual.docbook:6250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6255 -msgid "To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable OSC support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming OSC messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6263 -msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:6269 -msgid "oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6277 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6280 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6282 -msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen -#: manual.docbook:6284 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6288 -msgid "with the supported types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "' ': no argument required" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6291 -#, fuzzy -msgid "i: int32" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "f: float32" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6293 -msgid "s: OSC-string (ASCII)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6296 -msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6300 -msgid "ff: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6305 -msgid "' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets [f] to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6314 -msgid "[0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the range column. For continuous values squared brackets [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6322 -msgid "{-1;0;1}: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most convenient input options." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6328 -msgid "1.0: also in order to support TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the range column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6335 -msgid "X: all commands ending with a /X/ require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6347 -msgid "All Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:6350 -msgid "All OSC Messages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6357 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6358 -msgid "type" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6359 -msgid "range" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6360 -msgid "description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6366 manual.docbook:6372 manual.docbook:6378 -#: manual.docbook:6385 manual.docbook:6395 manual.docbook:6403 -#: manual.docbook:6409 manual.docbook:6415 manual.docbook:6421 -#: manual.docbook:6427 manual.docbook:6433 manual.docbook:6482 -#: manual.docbook:6490 manual.docbook:6520 manual.docbook:6526 -#: manual.docbook:6532 manual.docbook:6623 manual.docbook:6629 -#: manual.docbook:6635 manual.docbook:6641 manual.docbook:6675 -#: manual.docbook:6701 manual.docbook:6713 manual.docbook:6719 -msgid "' ',[f]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6368 -msgid "Starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAUSE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6374 -msgid "Stops playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STOP/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6380 -msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6384 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6387 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6397 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6405 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6408 -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6411 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6414 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6417 -msgid "Activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6423 -msgid "Deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6429 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6435 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6439 manual.docbook:6447 manual.docbook:6454 -#: manual.docbook:6463 manual.docbook:6472 manual.docbook:6498 -#: manual.docbook:6513 manual.docbook:6538 manual.docbook:6544 -#: manual.docbook:6554 manual.docbook:6565 manual.docbook:6576 -#: manual.docbook:6582 manual.docbook:6591 manual.docbook:6601 -#: manual.docbook:6609 manual.docbook:6617 manual.docbook:6647 -#: manual.docbook:6654 manual.docbook:6661 manual.docbook:6668 -#: manual.docbook:6681 -msgid "f" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6440 manual.docbook:6448 manual.docbook:6455 -#: manual.docbook:6514 manual.docbook:6618 manual.docbook:6682 -msgid "[0,]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6441 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6446 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6449 -msgid "Works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6456 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, locates the playhead to pattern number f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6465 -msgid "Decreases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6474 -msgid "Increases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and Tempo Marker has been passed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6481 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6484 -msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6489 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6492 -msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6497 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6499 -msgid "{0,1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6500 -msgid "Activates the Timeline if f is not zero and deactivates it otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6504 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6505 -msgid "ff" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6506 -msgid "[0,] [10,400]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6507 -msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6512 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6515 -msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar f on the Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6522 -msgid "Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6525 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6528 -msgid "Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6534 -msgid "Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6537 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6539 manual.docbook:6555 -msgid "[0.0,1.5]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6540 -msgid "Sets the volume of the Master fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6543 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6545 manual.docbook:6566 -msgid "{-1;0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6546 -msgid "Changes the Master output volume, relative to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6553 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6556 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6564 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6567 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6577 -msgid "[0.0,1.0]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6578 -msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip X." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6583 -msgid "{-1;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6584 -msgid "Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip X, relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6590 -msgid "/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6592 -msgid "[0,127]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6593 -msgid "For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6600 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6603 -msgid "Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6611 -msgid "Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6616 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6619 -msgid "Opens song f of the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6622 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6625 -msgid "Opens the next song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6631 -msgid "Opens the previous song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6634 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6637 -msgid "Undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6640 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6643 -msgid "Redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6646 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6648 manual.docbook:6655 manual.docbook:6662 -#: manual.docbook:6669 -msgid "{0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6649 -msgid "Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6653 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6656 -msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master for a value of and registers it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6660 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6663 -msgid "Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6670 -msgid "Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6674 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6677 -msgid "Toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6680 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6683 -msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6686 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6687 manual.docbook:6694 manual.docbook:6707 -msgid "s" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6689 -msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6693 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6696 -msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6700 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6703 -msgid "Saves the current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6706 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6709 -msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saves the preferences." -msgstr "Préférences" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6718 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/QUIT/" -msgstr "Notes Importantes :" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6721 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Exits Hydrogen." -msgstr "Utilisation d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:6732 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6735 -msgid "A New Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6737 -msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6743 -msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6745 -msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6754 -msgid "A New Pattern" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!" -msgstr "Souvenez-vous de cette contrainte à propos de la grille : si vous travaillez avec une résolution de 16, vous ne pouvez pas passer à une résolution de 8 et enlever un 16ème de note. D'un autre côté, si vous travaillez avec une résolution de 8 et que vous essayez d'insérer une note entre 2 barres (en cherchant une précision de 16ème), les notes seront placées au prochain ou au précédent 8ème de mesure. Cette contrainte peut être supprimée si vous désactivez entièrement la résolution de grille (choisissez \"off\" dans le contrôle LCD de résolution de la grille). Ainsi, vous serez capable de placer les notes exactement là où vous le voulez." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6755 -msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now let's click on the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6789 -msgid "The Pattern Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6792 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='7f9b5aa7c144e4c3104017ce5fcc0ee7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6799 -msgid "A New Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6801 -msgid "Once patterns are created (), we can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6806 -msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6809 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='af6d57845fa39b40cfa580bf62879e72'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6816 -msgid "Adjust from the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6818 -msgid "Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating or playing patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6903 -msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6821 -msgid "The Mixer (see ) is made of a number independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a Master Fader Strip and a Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button to show and hide the FX Plugin Rack. Every line features 3 buttons ( Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. Grey button containing a black \"S\". Grey button containing a black \"M\". ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on Grey button containing a black \"S\". will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button Grey button containing a black \"M\". , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of and (in you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6922 -msgid "Create a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6925 -msgid "Creating a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6926 -msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6931 -msgid "Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument Editor. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6936 -msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6941 -msgid "Lets make a brand new drum kit:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6943 -msgid "in the Main Menu select Drumkits New . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select Instruments Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select Delete Instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6959 -msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6965 -msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select Drumkits Save As . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6978 -msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6984 -msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using Drumkits Export from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6999 -msgid "Creating a New Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7001 -msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7005 -msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select Instruments Add instrument . This will give you a blank instrument to start from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7012 -msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7017 -msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". and point the Audio File Browser to your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7033 -msgid "The Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7041 -msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". to bring in another sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7058 -msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the first sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7066 -msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see Sample Selection for further info)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7071 -msgid "Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7078 -msgid "For each layer, you can set the Gain and the Pitch. The pitch also has a Fine adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7082 -msgid "Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:7091 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7108 -msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7114 -msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7121 -msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:7126 -msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7128 -msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7132 -msgid "Turn down the gain. Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7140 -msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7145 -msgid "Test samples at full velocity. Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: clipping.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7151 -msgid "Try to use samples that are -6 dB max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7156 -msgid "Remove all DC offsets from the sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7166 -msgid "The ADSR will not be longer than your sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7171 -msgid "Things change with the sample rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7180 -msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7191 -msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:7202 -msgid "Appendix" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Used File Types" -msgstr "Utiliser les Types-de-Fichiers" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:7207 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:" -msgstr "Avant de travailler avec Hydrogen, veuillez vous familiariser avec ces types de fichiers :" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2pattern: XML file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the pattern editor." -msgstr "*.h2pattern : fichier XML décrivant un motif unique. Les motifs sont des groupes de coups et sont gérés dans l'éditeur de motif." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2song: XML file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their properties and are manager using the song editor" -msgstr "*.h2song : fichier XML décrivant le morceau entier (ou la séquence). Les morceaux sont un groupe de motifs avec leurs propriétés et sont gérés en utilisant l'éditeur de morceau" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7222 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2playlist: XML file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs." -msgstr "*.h2playlist : fichier XML décrivant une liste de lecture. Une liste de lecture est un groupe (ordonné) de morceaux." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "*.h2drumkit: a compressed and archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound samples." -msgstr "*.h2drumkit : un dossier compressé et archivé contenant tous les échantillons composants un kit de batterie ainsi qu'un fichier XML de description. Les Kits de batterie sont basiquement un groupe d'échantillons." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7235 -msgid "Shortcut Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:7237 -msgid "Shortcut Table" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7243 -msgid "Shortcut" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7244 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7249 -msgid "Ctrl + N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7250 -msgid "New Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7253 -msgid "Ctrl + O" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7254 -msgid "Open File" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7257 -msgid "Ctrl + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7258 -msgid "Open Demo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7261 -msgid "Ctrl + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7262 -msgid "Save Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7265 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7266 -msgid "Save Song as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7269 -msgid "Ctrl + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7270 -msgid "Export Pattern as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7273 -msgid "Ctrl + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7274 -msgid "Export MIDI file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7277 -msgid "Ctrl + E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7278 -msgid "Export Song (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7281 -msgid "Ctrl + L" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7282 -msgid "Export LilyPond file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7285 -msgid "Ctrl + Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7286 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit Hydrogen" -msgstr "Utilisation d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7289 -msgid "Ctrl + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7290 -msgid "Undo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7293 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7294 -msgid "Redo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7297 -msgid "Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7298 -msgid "Show Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7301 -msgid "Alt + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7302 -msgid "Show Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7305 -msgid "Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7306 -msgid "Show Instrument Rack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7309 -msgid "Alt + A" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7310 -msgid "Show Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7313 -msgid "Alt + F" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7314 -msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7317 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7318 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7321 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7322 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7325 -msgid "Alt + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7326 -msgid "Show Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7329 -msgid "Alt + ?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Manual" -msgstr "Manuel d'Hydrogen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7333 -msgid "Backspace" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7334 -msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7337 -msgid "Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7338 -msgid "Play / Pause" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7341 -msgid "Ctrl + Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7342 -msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7345 -msgid "," -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7346 -msgid "Use the Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7349 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7350 -msgid "Use Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7353 -msgid "+" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7354 -msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7357 -msgid "-" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7358 -msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7361 -msgid "F5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7362 -msgid "Jump to previous song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7365 -msgid "F6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7366 -msgid "Jump to next song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7369 -msgid "F9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7370 -msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7373 -msgid "F10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7374 -msgid "Jump to next bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7377 -msgid "F12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7378 -msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/title -#: manual.docbook:7387 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/para -#: manual.docbook:7389 -msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7402 -msgid "ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7404 -msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the Attack, Decay, Sustain, and Release parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7412 -msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the sustain level. When the note is released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7421 -msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7424 -msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article ADSR Envelope" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7437 -msgid "Attack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7439 -msgid "This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount of time to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7448 -msgid "Attenuation" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7450 -msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7460 -msgid "Band-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7462 -msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7475 -msgid "Clipping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7477 -msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7482 -msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7488 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7490 -msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7504 -msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7507 -msgid "In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7495 -msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7516 -msgid "Cutoff Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7518 -msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7523 -msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7540 -msgid "Decay" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7542 -msgid "After the attack phase, this is the amount of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full velocity to the sustain level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7551 -msgid "DC-offset" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7553 -msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7554 -msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7567 -msgid "Envelope Generator" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7569 -msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7575 -msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7577 -msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7588 -msgid "Fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7590 -msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7597 -msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7599 -msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7612 -msgid "Gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7614 -msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7622 -msgid "High-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7624 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7635 -msgid "Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7637 -msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7648 -msgid "Layer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7650 -msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a layer), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7655 -msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will not sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7667 -msgid "Low-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7669 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7680 -msgid "Mute" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7682 -msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7688 -msgid "Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7690 -msgid "A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7692 -msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7706 -msgid "Normalization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7708 -msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7716 -msgid "Octave" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7718 -msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7721 -msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they sound like the same distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7732 -msgid "Pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7734 -msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:7744 -msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:7747 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='cf558ea6f4eb3f7c167422add4e5365b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7737 -msgid "The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan knob, which is set in the Mixer. Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the note Pan value moves the Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. Some examples: if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7763 -msgid "The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7775 -msgid "Release" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7777 -msgid "The amount of time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level to 0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7786 -msgid "Resonance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7788 -msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7797 -msgid "Resonance Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7799 -msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7813 -msgid "Roll-off" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7815 -msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7818 -msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7835 -msgid "Sample" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7837 -msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7843 -msgid "Sustain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7845 -msgid "The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7857 -msgid "Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7859 -msgid "How hard you hit a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7861 -msgid "MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself (see ), you can download the latest source files directly from our subversion server with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk A certain release can be fetched with:" -#~ msgstr "Si vous voulez compiler Hydrogen vous-même (voir ), vous pouvez télécharger les derniers fichiers source directement depuis notre serveur subversion avec : $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk. Une version particulière peut être attrapée avec :" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "$ apt-get install libqt4-dev g++ libasound2-dev \\\n" -#~ " libjack-dev liblrdf0-dev libflac++-dev libtar-dev libsndfile1-dev \\\n" -#~ " liblash-dev libportaudio-dev libportmidi-dev " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ apt-get install libqt4-dev g++ libasound2-dev \\\n" -#~ " libjack-dev liblrdf0-dev libflac++-dev libtar-dev libsndfile1-dev \\\n" -#~ " liblash-dev libportaudio-dev libportmidi-dev " - -#~ msgid "Using scons" -#~ msgstr "Utilisation de scons" - -#~ msgid "Decompress the tarball or go to the directory where the subversion copy was checked out:" -#~ msgstr "Décompresser le tarball ou allez au répertoire où la copie subversion a été vérifiée :" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "$ cd hydrogen-*\n" -#~ " $ scons\n" -#~ " $ su -c \"scons install\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ cd hydrogen-*\n" -#~ " $ scons\n" -#~ " $ su -c \"scons install\"" - -#~ msgid "Before compiling, check for additional options with:" -#~ msgstr "Avant la compialtion, vérifier les options additionnelles avec :" - -#~ msgid "$ scons --help" -#~ msgstr "$ scons --help" - -#~ msgid "If you want to use features which are not enabled by default (for instance PortAudio), you can enable them with:" -#~ msgstr "Si vous voulez utiliser des fonctionnalités qui ne sont pas activées par défaut (par exemple PortAudio), vous pouvez les activer avec :" - -#~ msgid "$ scons portaudio=1" -#~ msgstr "$ scons portaudio=1" - -#~ msgid "Namely, if you get some error while running Hydrogen and you want to report it remember to configure hydrogen with:" -#~ msgstr "À savoir que si vous obtenez des erreurs lorsque vous utilisez Hydrogen et que vous voulez les rapporter, souvenez-vous de configurer Hydrogen avec : " - -#~ msgid "To clean up compiled code:" -#~ msgstr "Pour nettoyer le code compilé :" - -#~ msgid "Using cmake" -#~ msgstr "Utilisation de cmake" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "$ used builder : cmake\n" -#~ " $ usage ./make_helper [cmds list]\n" -#~ " $ cmds may be\n" -#~ " $ r or rm => all built, temp and cache files\n" -#~ " $ c or clean => remove cache files\n" -#~ " $ m or make => launch the build process\n" -#~ " $ d or doc => build html documentation\n" -#~ " $ h or help => show the build options\n" -#~ " $ x or exec => execute hydrogen" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ used builder : cmake\n" -#~ " $ usage ./make_helper [cmds list]\n" -#~ " $ cmds may be\n" -#~ " $ r or rm => all built, temp and cache files\n" -#~ " $ c or clean => remove cache files\n" -#~ " $ m or make => launch the build process\n" -#~ " $ d or doc => build html documentation\n" -#~ " $ h or help => show the build options\n" -#~ " $ x or exec => execute hydrogen" - -#~ msgid "First of all you should make sure that the audio engine is configured properly. The preferences dialog can be accessed via the tools menu (tools -> preferences)." -#~ msgstr "En premier lieu, vous devriez être certain que le moteur audio est configuré proprement. Le dialogue de préférences peut être accédé via le menu outils (Outils -> préférences)." - -#~ msgid "On the \"General\" tab () you can choose to automatically reopen the last used song and/or playlist. This can save you the trouble of having to reopen the song you are working on every time you open Hydrogen. Auto loading the playlist can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -#~ msgstr "Sur l'onglet \"Général\" (), vous pouvez choisir de ré-ouvrir automatiquement la dernière chanson ou liste-de-lecture utilisée. Ceci peut vous éviter l'embêtement d'avoir à ré-ouvrir la chanson sur laquelle vous travaillez à chaque fois que vous ouvrez Hydrogen. Le chargement automatique de la liste-de-lecture peut être pratique quand vous utilisez Hydrogen en live." - -#~ msgid "If you want to use Lash to manage your Jack connections you should enable it here so Hydrogen allows interaction with Lash." -#~ msgstr "Si vous voulez utiliser Lash pour gérer vos connexions Jack, vous devriez l'activer ici, ainsi Hydrogen permettra une interaction avec Lash." - -#~ msgid "The Beat Counter drift compensation and start offset allow you to compensate for system latency when you are using the Beat Counter function (see )" -#~ msgstr "La compensation de dérive et la position de départ du compteur de pulsation vous permet de compenser la latence du système lorsque vous utilisez la fonction Compteur de Pulsation (voir )" - -#~ msgid "The Max number of bars in a song can be set here (currently limited to 800) and if you want to use rubberband for sample time-streching you need to enter the path where rubberband is installed on you system here." -#~ msgstr "Le nombre Maximum de mesures dans un morceau peut être sélectionné ici (actuellement limité à 800) et, si vous voulez utilisez rubberband pour étirer les échantillons, vous devez entrer ici le chemin où rubberband est installé sur votre système." - -#~ msgid "From the \"Audio System\" tab () it is possible to modify the audio driver being used (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) with its buffer and sampling rate (unless you are using JACK, in this case the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server)." -#~ msgstr "Depuis l'Onglet \"Système Audio\" (), il est possible de modifier le pilote audio utilisé (OSS, Jack, ALSAn PortAudio) avec son tampon et sa fréquence d'échantillonnage (sauf si vous utilisez JACK, dans ce cas, la configuration du pilote audio doit intervenir avant de démarrer le serveur JACK)." - -#~ msgid "We can set some features of Hydrogen like \"Create per-instrument outputs\" this will create 1 output per instrument that you can connect to any other Jack enabled application. This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example. \"Connect to Default Output Pair\" connects the output to the default ports: uncheck this if you want to connect the JACK output to other ports without having to disconnect them first." -#~ msgstr "Nous pouvons sélectionner certaines fonctionnalités d'Hydrogen comme \"Créer une sortie par instrument\", ceci créera 1 sortie par instrument que vous pourrez connecter à n'importe quelle autre application compatible JACK. Ceci peut être utile si vous voulez ajouter des effets à un seul instrument avec Jack-rack par exemple. \"Connecter à la paire de sortie par défaut\" connecte la sortie aux ports par défaut : désélectionnez-la si vous voulez connecter les sorties JACK vers d'autres ports sans avoir à les déconnecter avant." - -#~ msgid "Also keep an eye on the value of \"Polyphony\": depending on your CPU you may want to change the max simultaneous notes in order to prevent hydrogen from overrunning the audio driver." -#~ msgstr "Garder également un oeil sur la valeur de \"Polyphonie\" : suivant votre processeur, vous pouvez vouloir changer le nombre maximum de notes simultanées afin d'éviter à Hydrogen, des Xruns du pilote audio." - -#~ msgid "CoreAudio: a driver for Mac OS X (experimental)" -#~ msgstr "CoreAudio : un pilote pour Mac OS X (expérimental)" - -#~ msgid "The Midi System tab" -#~ msgstr "L'onglet Système Midi" - -#~ msgid "The \"Appearance\" tab () let's you modify Hydrogen look and feel (font settings and interface style). Also the VU meters fall-off speed of the Mixer Window can be changed here." -#~ msgstr "L'Onglet \"Apparence\" () vous laisse modifier le look d'Hydrogen (les paramètres de police et le style de l'interface). Les temps de chute des indicateurs de la Fenêtre du Mixeur peuvent également être modifiés ici." - -#~ msgid "The Audio Engine tab (debug only)" -#~ msgstr "L'onglet Moteur Audio (débug seulement)" - -#~ msgid "The \"Audio Engine\" tab () is a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -#~ msgstr "L'onglet \"Moteur Audio\" () est une fenêtre qui affiche différentes statistiques à propos d'Hydrogen et du pilote audio. Dans le cas où JACK est utilisé, le tampon et le taux d'échantillonnage doivent être réglés avant de démarrer Hydrogen (JACK démarre automatiquement lorsque l'application essaie de se connecter)." - -#~ msgid "Save as - Save current song specifying a name (default path: $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs)" -#~ msgstr "Enregistrer sous - Enregistrer le morceau actuel en spécifiant un nom (chemin par défaut :$HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs)" - -#~ msgid "Export pattern as - Saves a pattern. It will be stored in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name" -#~ msgstr "Exporter le motif sous - Enregistrer le motif. Il sera enregistré dans $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name" - -#~ msgid "Save library - Saves all instruments settings (and their sound samples) in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" -#~ msgstr "Enregistrer la bibliothèque - Enregistre tous les paramètres des instruments (et leurs échantillons sonores) dans $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" - -#~ msgid "Export library - Compress all instruments samples and settings in a drumkit in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" -#~ msgstr "Exporter la bibliothèque - Compresse tous les échantillons d'instruments et les paramètres dans un kit de batterie dans $HOME/.hydrogen/data/library_name" - -#~ msgid "Instrument rack - Open the instrument rack panel." -#~ msgstr "Instrument - Ouvre le panneau d'instrument." - -#~ msgid "Show audio engine info - Open a monitor with various stats" -#~ msgstr "Montrer les onformations du moteur audio - Ouvre un moniteur avec différentes statistiques" - -#~ msgid "debug action - Insert debug commands." -#~ msgstr "debug action - Insère des commandes de débuggage." - -# -> compiler avec le support débug et voir ce que ça fait vraiment -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Print Objects - Print on stdout current objects map." -#~ msgstr "Print Objects - Print on stdout current objects map." - -#~ msgid "The main toolbar" -#~ msgstr "La barre d'outil principale" - -#~ msgid "Pilot the song using the start, stop, pause, etc. buttons" -#~ msgstr "Piloter les morceaux par l'utilisation des boutons Jouer, Arrêter, Pause, etc." - -#~ msgid "Choose between \"pattern\" or \"song\" mode: in \"pattern\" mode only the currently selected pattern will play, while in \"song\" mode all patterns inserted will be played." -#~ msgstr "Choisir entre les modes \"pattern\" (NdT : motif) ou \"song\" (NdT : morceau) : dans le mode \"pattern\", seule le motif actuellement séléctionné sera joué, alors que dans le mode \"song\", tous mes motifs insérés seront joués." - -#~ msgid "An advanced tap tempo function: choose note length and how many notes to wait before recalculating BPM, then click the comma key repeatedly until the 'R' letter will appear and the BPM will be updated. (see )" -#~ msgstr "Une fonction \"tap tempo\" avancée : choisissez la durée de la note et combien de notes il faut attendre avant de recalculer le BPM, puis cliquez sur la touche 'virgule' de façon répétée jusqu'à ce que la lettre R apparaissent et que le BPM soit mise à jour. (voir )" - -#~ msgid "Manually set BPM" -#~ msgstr "Paramétrer manuellement le BPM" - -#~ msgid "Manage JACK transport" -#~ msgstr "Gérer le transport JACK" - -#~ msgid "Open the mixer and the instrument rack panels" -#~ msgstr "Ouvrir les panneaux de mixeur et d'instrument" - -#~ msgid "Main controls to start [Hotkey = Spacebar], stop, record, fast forward, rewind, loop a song or a pattern." -#~ msgstr "Les contrôles principaux pour jouer [Raccourci = Barre d'Espace], arrêter, enregistrer, avancer, revenir en arrière, boucler un morceau ou un motif." - -#~ msgid "Set Pattern/Song Mode. When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the complete song. This is the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor (see ). When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected, and thus displayed in the Pattern Editor (see )." -#~ msgstr "Paramétrer le Mode Pattern/Song (NdT : Motif/Morceau). Lorsque le mode Song est séléctionné, Hydrogen jouera le morceau entier. Ceci est la séquence de motifs que vous avez créée dans l'Éditeur de Morceau (voir ). Lorsque le mode Pattern est sélectionné, Hydrogen jouera le motif qui est actuellement sélectionné, et donc affiché dans l'Éditeur de Motif (voir )." - -#~ msgid "Set measure type and Beat Counter (see )." -#~ msgstr "Paramétrer le type de mesure et le Compteur de Tempo (voir )." - -#~ msgid "Set speed of playing (range: 30-400 bpm) [Hotkey = mouse wheel] and button to enable/disable metronome" -#~ msgstr "Paramétrer la vitesse de lecture (plage : 30-400 bpm) [Raccourci = molette de la souris] et le bouton pour activer/désactiver le métronome" - -#~ msgid "Click J. TRANS to enable Jack transport. If the J. MASTER button is pressed Hydrogen will work as 'master', else it will act as 'slave' to another 'master' program (e.g. Ardour). This applet is only available if Jack Audio Driver is selected." -#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur J. TRANS pour activer le transport JACK.Si le bouton J. MASTER est pressé, Hydrogen fonctionnera comme 'maitre', sinon, il agira comme 'esclave' d'une autre programme 'maitre' (par exemple : Ardour). Cette applet est disponible uniquement si le Pilote Audio JACK est sélectionné." - -#~ msgid "It is possible to change tempo at any time using the tap-tempo and BeatCounter features of Hydrogen. You can change these while playing or while the song is stopped. To change the tempo, hit the , (comma) key in tempo for the number of beats in the measure. After the correct number of beats are met, the tempo will change to the average tempo that you tapped in. If you continue to tap, these new taps will become a part of a rolling average. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the tap tempo counter will start over." -#~ msgstr "Il est possible de changer le tempo à n'importe quel moment par l'utilisation des fonctionnalités Tap Tempo ou Compteur de Pulsation d'Hydrogen. Vous pouvez les changer pendant la lecture ou quand le morceau est arrêter. Pour changer le Tempo, appuyer sur la touche , (virgule) pour le nombre de tempo dans la mesure. Après que le nombre correct de pulsation soit atteint, le tempo changera pour le tempo moyen que vous avez tapé. Si vous continuez à tapper, ces nouvelles pulsations deviendront une partie d'une moyenne roulante. Si vous tapez accidentellement ou si vous attendez longtemps entre deux frappes, le compteur de tempo redémarrera à zéro." - -#~ msgid "If you are using the JACK Transport, the BeatCounter continues to work. If another program is the JACK Transport Master, Hydrogen will respond to tempo change events from that application. Note that in this situation, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave, so some of the BeatCounter features will be disabled or will not work properly. If Hydrogen is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be reflected in those programs (if they support it)." -#~ msgstr "Si vous utilisez le Transport JACK, le Compteur de Tempo continuera à fonctionner. Si un autre programme est le Maitre du JACK Transport, Hydrogen répondra au changement de tempo de cette application. Notez que dans cette situation, Hydrogen est supposé être un esclave, donc, certaines des fonctions du Compteur de Tempo seront désactivée ou ne fonctionneront pas correctement. Si Hydrogen est le Maitre du Transport JACK, les changements de tempo provenant d'Hydrogen seront reflétés dans ces programmes (s'il le supporte)." - -#~ msgid "Some of the settings to adjust the BeatCounter's latency compensation, are located on the General tab of the Preferences Dialog (see ). Here you will finde two spinboxes:" -#~ msgstr "Certains des paramètres pour ajuster la compensation de latence du Compteur de Pulsation sont placés dans l'Onglet Général du dialogue des Préférences (voir ). Ici, vous trouverez deux boites défilantes :" - -#~ msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10ms - adjust to compensate for latency between the keyboard and the program." -#~ msgstr "Compensation en 1/10ms de la dérive du compteur - ajustement pour compenser la latence entre les clavier et le programme." - -#~ msgid "The Song Editor comes with 7 buttons:" -#~ msgstr "L'Éditeur de morceau vient avec 7 boutons :" - -#~ msgid "Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -#~ msgstr "Effacer complètement tous les motifs (demande une confirmation !)." - -#~ msgid "Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -#~ msgstr "Créer un nouveau motif (et demande son nom)." - -#~ msgid "Move currently selected pattern up or down." -#~ msgstr "Déplacer le motif actuellement sélectionné vers le haut ou le bas." - -#~ msgid "Enable selecting patterns for copy & paste (Select Mode)." -#~ msgstr "Active la sélection de motifs pour copier & coller (Mode Sélection)." - -#~ msgid "Switch from \"Single pattern mode\" to \"Stacked pattern mode\" and back.." -#~ msgstr "Bascule du \"mode à un motif\" vers le \"mode en pile de motif\" et inversement.." - -#~ msgid "Under these buttons there is a list of patterns created and when they will played (each square == 1 bar). Click on an squarebox to add or cancel the pattern. Clicking on right mouse button over the name of a pattern will bring up a menu to change name of the pattern or to allow copying/deleting it. Patterns with very same name are not allowed." -#~ msgstr "En dessous de ces boutons, il y a une liste des motifs créés et quand ils le sont, joués (chaque place == 1 mesure). Cliquez sur la boîte rectangulaire pour ajouter ou effacer le motif. Cliquer sur le bouton droit de la souris au dessus du nom du motif fera apparaitre un menu pour changer le nom du motif ou permettre de le copier/effacer. Les motifs avec des noms vraiment identiques ne sont pas autorisés." - -#~ msgid "The \"Pattern Editor\" lets us create or modify the pattern (bar) which is currently selected. You can add/remove notes, and tune a number of per-note properties like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in 2 modes : 'Drum' mode or 'Piano' mode. You can switch between these modes by clicking the Drum/Piano button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)" -#~ msgstr "L'\"Éditeur de motif\" nous laisse créer ou modifier le motif (la mesure) qui est actuellement sélectionnée. Vous pouvez ajouter/effacer des notes, et presonnaliser plusieurs propriétés de chaque note comme la vélocité et la panoramisation. L'Éditeur de motif peut être utilisé en 2 modes : mode 'Drum' ou mode 'Piano'. Vous pouvez basculer entre ces modes en cliquant sur le bouton Drum/Piano (placé en haut à droite de l'Éditeur de motif)" - -#~ msgid "First let's take a look at the (classic) 'Drum' mode :" -#~ msgstr "Premièrement, jettons un coup d'oeil a mode 'Drum' (le classique) :" - -#~ msgid "The top part of the pattern editor contains a number of controls :" -#~ msgstr "La partie du haut de l'éditeur de motif contient plusieurs contrôles :" - -#~ msgid "From left to right :" -#~ msgstr "De la gauche vers la droite :" - -#~ msgid "QUANT : enables/disables quantization. When enabled the beats inserted will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied." -#~ msgstr "QUANT : active/désactive la quantification. Lorsqu'il est activé, les pulsations insérées respecteront automatiquement le résolution de la grille actuellement appliquée." - -#~ msgid "Note Length / Note off : these are 2 different ways to define the duration of a note. See for usage." -#~ msgstr "Durée de note / Note off : il y a 2 manières différentes de définir la durée d'une note. Voir pour l'utilisation." - -#~ msgid "Pattern Editor Drumkit" -#~ msgstr "Kit de batterie de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#~ msgid "Each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select" -#~ msgstr "Chaque instrument possède ses propres capacités de fonctionnalités qui sont accessibles en cliquant-droit sur l'instrument. Depuis le menu contextuel qui apparait, vous pouvez sélectionner" - -#~ msgid "The small red and green buttons right of the instrument names are the mute (red) and solo (green) buttons." -#~ msgstr "Les petits boutons rouge et vert à d'autre du nom de l'instrument sont les boutons muet (rouge) et solo (vert)." - -#~ msgid "Pattern Editor Sequence area" -#~ msgstr "Zone de Séquence de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#~ msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note : in 'Note Length' mode you can add a note by left-cliking, and you can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note. In 'Note Off' mode you can also add a note by left-clicking, but a right-click will now add a blue dot that represents the end of that note. (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -#~ msgstr "Si vous utilisez Hydrogen comme une pure 'batterie', vous voulez juste qu'Hydrogen 'frappe' l'instrument partout où il y a une point dans le motif. Si vous utilisez Hydrogen comme un 'instrument', la durée de la note devient vraiment importante. Il y a 2 manière de définir la durée de la note : dans le mode 'Durée de Note', vous pouvez ajouter une note en cliquant-gauche, et vous pouvez 'étirer' cette note en cliquant-droit puis en la déplaçant. Ceci changera le point en un rectangle qui représente la durée de cette note. Dans le mode 'Note Off', vous pouvez aussi ajouter une note en cliquant-gauche, mais un cli-droit ajoutera maintenant un point bleu qui représente la fin de la note. (La figure ci-dessous, de gauche vers la droite : note, une note en mode 'durée de note', une note en mode 'note off')" - -#~ msgid "So far we have only used the mouse to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats by clicking the Record button (see ) and simply playing your pattern on your MIDI drum or your pc keyboard (see instrument mapping above). This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. (Also see for a basic walk-through of how the pattern editor works)" -#~ msgstr "Jusqu'ici nous avons seulement employé la souris pour créer un motif, mais vous pouvez également enregistrer vos beats en cliquant sur le bouton 'Enregistrer' (voir ) et simplement jouer votre motif sur votre batterie MIDI ou votre clavier PC. (voir le mappage d'instrument ci-dessus). C'est probablement un moyen plus musical de créer des motif, mais c'est à vous de décider ce qui fonctionne le mieux pour vous. (Voir aussi pour un passage en revue del a façon dont fonctionne l'Éditeur de Motif)" - -#~ msgid "Pattern Editor Note Properties" -#~ msgstr "Propriétés de la Note de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#~ msgid "Pattern Editor Piano mode" -#~ msgstr "Mode Piano de l'Éditeur de Motif" - -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is useful for tuning a global or single volume of the current drumkit. It shows the current peak (click on to disable, useful on old CPUs) and let you set the maximum peak allowed (tune with the fader knob of the instrument), lets you modify attributes like pan, play solo , mute or test play only that instrument ; selecting in the Pattern Editor an instrument causes a blue LED to light on (near the play button). Near the global volume knob, you can set 3 global effect such a swing (shifts a few notes back or forward not randomly), timing (modify timings of the notes) and humanize effect (random velocity editing)." -#~ msgstr "La trame du Mixeur () est utile pour personnalisé un volume global ou seul du kit de batterie courant. Elle montre le pic courant (cliquer sur pour désactiver, utile sur les anciens processeurs) et vous laisse le pic maximum autorisé (presonnalisable avec le bouton fadeur de cet instrument), vous laissemodifier les attributs comme le panoramique, jouer le solo , muet ou tester la lecture de cet instrument seul ; la sélection dans l'Éditeur de Motif d'un instrument entraine l'allumage de la DEL bleur (prêt du bouton jouer). À côté du bouton de volume général, vous pouvez paramétrer 3 effets généraux comme un swing (déplacer quelques notes avant ou après, sans hasard), le timing (modifie la précision des notes) et l'effet 'humanize' (édition au hasard de la vélocité)." diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_it.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_it.html --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_it.html 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_it.html 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2390 +0,0 @@ -Hydrogen Manual

Hydrogen Manual

2021-03-04

Antonio Piraino

Alessandro Cominu

Antonio Piraino

Alessandro Cominu

Antonio Piraino

Antonio Piraino

Sommario

Hydrogen e' un sintetizzatore software in grado di essere utilizzato sia singolarmente, emulando una drum machine basata su pattern, sia come synth comandato via midi da una tastiera esterna o da un sequencer software.

Indice

I. Introduzione
1. Download
2. Compilazione
3. Keyboard and Mouse
II. Using Hydrogen
4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferences dialog
5.1. General
5.2. Audio engine info
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance
6. Menu
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. La toolbar principale
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Song Editor
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Song Editor
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. Pattern Editor
9.1. General
9.2. Pattern Editor
9.3. Pattern Editor
9.4. Pattern Editor
10. Drumkit manager
10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. Pattern Editor
11. Pattern Editor
11.1. General
11.2. Layers
12. Song Editor
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixer
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. LADSPA plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
14. Director
15. Pattern Editor
15.1. Menu
15.2. Menu
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
III. Examples
18. A New Song
18.1. Modalita' song e modalita' pattern
18.2. Creazione pattern
18.3. Creazione sequenza
18.4. Operazioni sul mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments
IV. Appendix
20. Used File Types
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Lista delle figure

4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode
4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode
5.1. The General Tab
5.2. Audio engine info
5.3. The MIDI System Tab
5.4. The OSC Tab
5.5. The Appearance Tab
6.1. Menu
6.2. Import Drumkit
6.3. The Audio Engine View
7.1. La toolbar principale
8.1. Song Editor
8.2. Pattern Editor
8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties
8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags
8.5. The Automation Path Widget
9.1. Pattern Editor
9.2. Pattern Editor
9.3. Pattern Editor
9.4. Pattern Editor
9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity
9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property
9.7. Pattern Editor
10.1. Song Editor
11.1. The Instrument editor General view
11.2. The Instrument Editor Layers View
11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor
12.1. Song Editor
12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor
12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor
12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor
13.1. Mixer
13.2. The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer
13.5. Select an Effect
13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer
14.1. Mixer
15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded
16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog
18.1. Pattern Editor
18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence
18.3. Mixer
44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Lista delle tabelle

4.1. MIDI Mapping
17.1. All OSC Messages
21.1. Shortcut Table

ParteI.Introduzione

Indice

1. Download
2. Compilazione
3. Keyboard and Mouse

Capitolo1.Download

- You can download Hydrogen from - http://www.hydrogen-music.org. - On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows. -

- Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. -

Capitolo2.Compilazione

- If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - 

-        $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git
-

- A certain release can be fetched with - 

-        $ git checkout tags/1.0.0
-

La compilazione di hydrogen dipende dalle seguenti librerie:

Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If - you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries - with:

-        $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools         \
-	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
-	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
-	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
-	liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev
-

Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository - was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :

-           $ ./build.sh
-

The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) : - 

-             r[m]     => all built, temp and cache files
-             c[lean]  => remove cache files
-             m[ake]   => launch the build process
-             mm       => launch the build process using ccache
-             mt       => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled
-             d[oc]    => build html documentation
-             g[raph]  => draw a dependencies graph
-             h[elp]   => show the build options
-             x|exec   => execute hydrogen
-             t[ests]  => execute tests
-             p[kg]    => build source package
-             z        => build using ccache and run from tree
-
-

To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - 

-           $ ./build.sh m x
-

and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - 

-          $ cd build
-          $ sudo make install
-
[Nota]Nota

For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources).

Capitolo3.Keyboard and Mouse

- The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. -

- Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: -

  • - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader -

  • - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see Sezione16.2) -

- Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. -

- The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of -

  • - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. -

  • - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. -

  • - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. -

  • - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. -

  • - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. -

  • - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. -

-

[Nota]Nota

- The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - -

- Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. -

ParteII.Using Hydrogen

Indice

4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Preferences dialog
5.1. General
5.2. Audio engine info
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance
6. Menu
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. La toolbar principale
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. Song Editor
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Song Editor
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Draw Mode
8.2.3. Song Editor
8.2.4. Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song.
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. Pattern Editor
9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. Pattern Editor
9.3. Pattern Editor
9.4. Pattern Editor
10. Drumkit manager
10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. Pattern Editor
11. Pattern Editor
11.1. General
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls
12. Song Editor
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixer
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. LADSPA plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings
14. Director
15. Pattern Editor
15.1. Menu
15.1.1. Song Editor
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Capitolo4.Overview

Indice

4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options

4.1.Main User Interface

Figura4.1.The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. -

- Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. -

Figura4.2.The Main UI in Tabbed mode

The Main UI in Tabbed mode

4.2.Drumkit Concept

Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. -

- To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. -

4.3.MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard

- Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. -

- Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. Drumkit maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while Instrument maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. -

- Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. -

[Nota]Nota

- In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. -

- Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. -

Tabella4.1.MIDI Mapping

- Instr. Pos. - - MIDI Note - - PC Keyboard Key - Hydrogen Manual - GM Standard -
35Bass Drum 2
136ZZ = KickBass Drum 1
237SS = StickSide Stick/Rimshot
338XSnareSnare Drum 1
439DD = Hand ClapD = Hand Clap
540CSnare RimshotSnare Drum 2
641VFloor TomLow Tom 2
742GG = Closed HHG = Closed HH
843BTom 2Low Tom 1
944HH = Pedal HHPedal Hi-hat
1045NTom 1Mid Tom 2
1146JHat OpenOpen Hi-hat
1247MM = CowbellMid Tom 1
1348QRideHigh Tom 2
144922 = CrashCrash Cymbal 1
1550WRide 2High Tom 1
16513SplashRide Cymbal 1
1752EHat Semi-OpenChinese Cymbal
1853RBellRide Bell
19545Tambourine
2055TSplash Cymbal
21566M = Cowbell
2257YCrash Cymbal 2
23587Vibra Slap
2459URide Cymbal 2
2560High Bongo
2661Low Bongo
2762Mute High Conga
2863Open High Conga
2964Low Conga
3065High Timbale
3166Low Timbale
3267High Agog
3368Low Agog
3469Cabasa
3570Maracas
3671Short Whistle
3772Long Whistle
3873Short Giro
3974Long Giro
4075Claves
4176High Wood Block
4277Low Wood Block
4378Mute Cuca
4479Open Cuca
4580Mute Triangle
4681Open Triangle

[Nota]Nota

Notare che il nome dello strumento dipende dal drumkit caricato. Questa lista riferisce al GMkit caricato di default. La posizione dello strumento, tuttavia, e' sempre la stessa.

When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do.

[Nota]Nota

- Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that - is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument. -

For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below.

Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard.

4.4.Recording in Hydrogen

- In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. -

- In order to start recording, first activate the record button - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). -

- Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. -

[Nota]Nota

- The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). -

4.5.Session Management

- With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

- All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. -

  • - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. -

    -

  • - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. -

    -

  • - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. -

    [Avvertimento]Avvertimento

    - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. -

    -

4.5.1.NSM

- Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the Project option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. -

  • - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. -

  • - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - -

    [Avvertimento]Avvertimento

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. -

    [Avvertimento]Avvertimento

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. -

    -

[Nota]Nota

- The Open Demo option will be missing. -

- Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. -

-

4.6.Command-line Options

- After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - 

-        -h, --help                  Displays this help.
-        -v, --version               Displays version information.
-        -d, --driver <Audiodriver>  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)
-        -i, --install <File>        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)
-        -n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen
-        -p, --playlist <File>       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup
-        -P, --data <Path>           Use an alternate system data path
-        -s, --song <File>           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup
-        -k, --kit <DrumkitName>     Load a drumkit at startup
-        -V, --verbose <Level>       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH
-

- -

Capitolo5.Preferences dialog

Indice

5.1. General
5.2. Audio engine info
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance

Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu.

[Nota]Nota

- All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. -

5.1.General

Figura5.1.The General Tab

The General Tab

  • - Language: - chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team. -

    - - -

  • - Reopen last used song: - determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead. -

  • - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. -

    -

  • - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. -

    -

  • - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see Capitolo3). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. -

  • - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. -

    -

  • - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from -200 to 200. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. -

    - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. -

    - -

  • - Beat counter start offset in ms: - sets the time between the - Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from -500 to 500. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - - Blue button containing a "P". - should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect. -

    - -

  • - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from 1 to 800. -

  • - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from 16 to 8192. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    -

  • - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. -

    - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package rubberband-cli. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . -

    - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. -

    - -

5.2.Audio engine info

Figura5.2.Audio engine info

Audio engine info

  • - Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card. -

    - Available options: -

    • Auto: Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - -

      [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

      - This option is recommended for beginners. -

      - -

    • Il driver Jack necessita del server audio Jack (Jack Audio Connection Kit), un server audio professionale col quale e' possibile raggiungere bassissime latenze e l'interoperabilta' con altri software audio. Raccomandiamo fortemente di usare questo driver per ottenere il meglio da Hydrogen.

      [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

      - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. -

    • Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor

    • Il driver Oss utilizza il device /dev/dsp ed e' basato sull'interfaccia OSS che e' supportata dalla maggior parte delle schede audio disponibili per linux. Purtroppo l'uso di questo driver blocca il device /dev/dsp fino alla chiusura del programma stesso, rendendo impossibile l'utilizzo del device ad altri programmi audio.

    • Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor

    • CoreAudio: A driver for MacOS.

    • PulseAudio: A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server.

  • Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor

  • - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from 100 to 5000. -

  • - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. -

    -

  • Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports.

    Post-Fader:

    Pre-Fader:

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. -

  • BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option constant - measure) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - matching bars).

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    - For this option to take effect the - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - button has to be activated and the - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application).

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. -

  • Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted.

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

  • Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    [Avvertimento]Avvertimento

    - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. -

  • - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. -

    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    -

  • - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. -

  • - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from 1 to 512. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. -

    -

  • - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from 1 to 100. -

  • - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. -

5.3.MIDI System

Figura5.3.The MIDI System Tab

The MIDI System Tab

  • - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. -

  • - Input: - selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from. -

  • - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. -

  • - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. -

  • - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. -

    -

  • - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are -

    -

  • - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. -

  • - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. -

    -

- Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the Sezione16.1. -

5.4.OSC

Figura5.4.The OSC Tab

The OSC Tab

The OSC tab (Figura5.4) let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - -

[Nota]Nota

- In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. -

- -

-

[Nota]Nota

If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. -

5.5.Appearance

Figura5.5.The Appearance Tab

The Appearance Tab

The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. -

  • - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. -

    -

  • - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. -

  • - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. -

  • - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: -

    • - Automatic: - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. -

    • - Steps: - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. -

    • - Fixed: - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. -

    -

Capitolo6.Menu

Indice

6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info

Figura6.1.Menu

Menu

6.1.Project

Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

[Nota]Nota

- If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see Sezione4.5.1 for details). -

  • Fig. 6 La linguetta Appereance

  • Show Info: sets general properties of the - song such as name, author, license, and generic notes.

  • Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file).

  • Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs). -

    -

  • [CTRL + O] = Apre file.

  • [CTRL + S] = Salva file.

  • Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. -

    -

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

  • Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. -

    -

  • Fig. 11 Esporta un drumkit.

  • Fig. 11 Esporta un drumkit.

    The Export mode option Export to a single track will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. Export to separate tracks will create files for each - instrument/track. Both will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. -

  • Fig. 11 Esporta un drumkit.

    [Avvertimento]Avvertimento

    - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported.

  • Fig. 3 Il mixer

6.2.Undo

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

6.3.Drumkits

  • New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. -

  • - Open: - opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below. -

    -

  • - Properties: - sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license. -

  • Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples). -

  • Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. -

    -

  • Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. -

    -

  • Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. -

  • Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location - through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen - website for an example). -

    -

    Figura6.2.Import Drumkit

    Import Drumkit


    - - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. -

    - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. -

    - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - -

    Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit.

    - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - -

6.4.Instruments

This menu offers - instruments functions.

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

6.5.View

6.6.Options

  • Input mode: when set to Drumkit the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments - in your drumkit. If you set it to Instrument the keys of your MIDI - keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. - The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. - This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see Sezione4.3 for details). - An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' - that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth.

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

6.7.Debug

Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen.

[Nota]Nota

- The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with - debug support. -

  • Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -

    Figura6.3.The Audio Engine View

    The Audio Engine View


    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). -

    -

  • Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. -

  • - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. -

    • - None: No messages will be written at all. -

    • - Error: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. -

    • - Warning: Like Error but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. -

    • - Info: Like Warning but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. -

    • - Debug: Like Info but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. -

    -

  • Open Log File: - opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance.

6.8.Info

  • User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer.

  • Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor

  • Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it).

  • Fig. 14 Dettaglio del Mixer

Capitolo7.La toolbar principale

Indice

7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State

Figura7.1.La toolbar principale

La toolbar principale

Prima di analizzare i due frame di Hydrogen, soffermiamoci brevemente sulla barra degli strumenti principale:

7.1. - Transport Control -

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button.

Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see Capitolo21 for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see Sezione4.4 for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback.

In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode.

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. -

7.2.Tap Tempo and Beat Counter

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right).

This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above.

7.2.1.Tap Tempo

The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. -

- After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over.

[Nota]Nota

- The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. -

7.2.2.Beat Counter

The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not - visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "B" and "C" in adjacent rows. - button or simply press ,.

The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's - beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for - quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note - beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change - the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown - Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will - have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the - display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter - is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to - 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown - Counter value (shown just below the R).

The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start - feature, and it toggles between - Grey button containing a "S". - and - Blue button containing a "P". - . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and - automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if - it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the - Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on - the next beat. When it shows - Grey button containing a "S". - (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled.

For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a - softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start - at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to - 4. Enable auto-start (button shows - Blue button containing a "P". - ). Count off - the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone - starts on 1.

Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require - Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human - (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before - Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the - beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo).

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. -

[Nota]Nota

- If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. -

7.3.BPM Control and Metronome

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes.

Set the speed of the song in the range from 10 to 400 bpm (beats per minute). -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. -

In addition you can use - Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket ")" (right). - to toggle the metronome.

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. -

- If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see Sezione12.2 for details. -

7.4.CPU Usage and MIDI in

A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is MIDI input.

The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message.

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. -

7.5.JACK Control

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right one "J.MASTER".

Clicking - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. -

- Using - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. -

[Nota]Nota

- The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. -

7.6.GUI State

In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup "Hydrogen Ready.".

- Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). -

- The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. -

Capitolo8.Song Editor

Indice

8.1. Main Controls
8.2. Song Editor
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Draw Mode
8.2.3. Song Editor
8.2.4. Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song.
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path

-

Figura8.1.Song Editor

Song Editor


-

Il frame "Song Editor" (Fig. 1) mostra la canzone che stiamo creando; ciascuna casella blu rappresenta una battuta completa come visualizzata nella finestra del Pattern Editor, mentre le righe indicano le varie parti della canzone (esempio: intro, strofa, bridge, ritornello, ecc..). Abbiamo piena liberta' di aggiungere, rimuovere o spostare le singole battute in qualunque ordine si preferisca. Poassiamo anche copiare e incollare gruppi di battute attivando l'apposita modalita' e selezionando l'area con i pattern interessati tenendo premuto il tasto sinistro del mouse. Tenendo premuto il tasto Control i pattern verranno copiati anziche' essere spostati.

- Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. -

- Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. -

- In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate the presence of a Tag.

- In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. -

[Nota]Nota

- Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. -

- -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see Capitolo3) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. -

-

8.1.Main Controls

Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode.

  • Grey button containing the text "CLEAR". : deletes all patterns - (asks for confirmation!). -

  • Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name). -

  • Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern - up or down. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. -

  • Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode (Sezione8.2.1). -

  • Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode (Sezione8.2.1).

  • Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - or to Stacked mode (Sezione8.2.5).

8.2.Song Editor

- The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. -

- In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. -

- They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. -

- In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. -

[Nota]Nota

- While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. -

8.2.1.Select Mode

- This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. -

- Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. -

- Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. -

- The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - -

  • Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard

  • Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy

  • ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position

  • Return to move the selected - blocks into place

  • Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place

- -

- Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. -

8.2.2.Draw Mode

- This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. -

- Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. -

- Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. -

[Nota]Nota

- The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in Capitolo3. - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. -

8.2.3.Song Editor

- When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. -

8.2.4.Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song.

- When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. -

8.2.5.Stacked Mode

- Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. -

- Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. -

[Nota]Nota

- Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. -

8.3.Sidebar

- The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. -

Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things:

Figura8.2.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. -

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

  • Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. -

    Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    -

  • Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. -

    Figura8.3.The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties

    Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. -

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

  • Save Pattern: stores the - pattern in the patterns folder - within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

  • Export Pattern: stores the - pattern at a location determined via a file browser. -

  • Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor

    - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. -

    - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. -

    - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. -

8.4.Timeline

Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler.

The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song.

To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - Grey button containing a black "P". - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. -

[Nota]Nota

- Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see Sezione7.5 for details. -

- -

Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

- - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. -

8.5.Tags

Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue "T"s.

- In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. -

- To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -

Figura8.4.Dialog Window for Adding Tags

Dialog Window for Adding Tags


- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. -

8.6.Playback Track

Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example.

- Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. -

[Nota]Nota

- When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. -

- To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - Grey button containing a black "T". - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. -

- Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - -

  • Edit: loads an audio file.

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. -

  • Mute: mutes the Playback Track.

  • Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too.

-

[Nota]Nota

- In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. -

8.7.Automation Path

Figura8.5.The Automation Path Widget

The Automation Path Widget

- The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. -

[Nota]Nota

- Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. -

Capitolo9.Pattern Editor

Indice

9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. Pattern Editor
9.3. Pattern Editor
9.4. Pattern Editor

Figura9.1.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)

The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). -

[Nota]Nota

- If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. -

- If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see Single Pattern and Stacked mode for details). -

9.1.General

9.1.1.Controls

Figura9.2.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:

  • - Blue LCD showing "4/4" and titled "SIZE". - - : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values). -

    - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: -

    Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) and "OK" (left) buttons.

    - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. -

    - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. 4), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. 4.5/4) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64, 96, and 192 - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: -

    A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the "SIZE" LCD.

  • - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - : this is the current grid resolution (1/4 through 1/64 with triplet-based resolutions marked as 1/8T). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If you are working - with a resolution of 1/16 you can't go back to 8 and remove an upbeat 16th note. On - the other hand if you are working with a resolution of 8 and you try to - insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision), - notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This - constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose - off from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place - notes wherever you prefer.

  • - Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. - : when enabled Hydrogen - will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. -

  • - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking.

  • - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor.

9.1.2.Sidebar

Figura9.3.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see - the instruments that are part of this kit.

Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select.

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • Fill notes: this allows you to fill - up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Depending on the choice you make (fill all, fill 1/2, fill 1/4 ...) - notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by - the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note. -

    -

  • Randomize velocity: - automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that - instrument in the pattern. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The more velocity you set on the instrument, - the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when - played. -

    -

  • Select notes: - will select all the notes played on this instrument in the - current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the - Pattern Editor main area. -

  • Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. -

    • Cut notes: - remove all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the - clipboard. -

    • Copy notes: - copy all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard. -

    • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

    • Delete notes: - delete all the notes associated with this instrument, - without affecting the clipboard. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. -

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

    • Fig. 8 Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati.

    • Fig. 8 Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati.

The - Grey button containing a black "M". - button mutes the instrument and - Grey button containing a black "S". - solos it. -

The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument - up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so - will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will - it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on.

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

- It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

- Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. -

9.2.Pattern Editor

Figura9.4.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. - The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes - depends on the used pattern size and resolution.

If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : -

  • - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. -

  • - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. -

-

Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle.

- (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) -

- As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see Capitolo3). -

- Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. -

- Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. -

- Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. -

So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Also see Capitolo18 for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. -

-

9.3.Pattern Editor

Figura9.5.The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated - will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties - of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. - The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. - You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left). -

- The following note properties are available: -

  • Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected.

    [Nota]Nota

    - The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. - A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, - turning red when you reach the point of clipping. -

  • Pan: with this property you can move - the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the - left/right output).

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) -

  • - NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the - area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard' -

    Figura9.6.The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. -

  • - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than 1.0, a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability 1.0 will - always be played, a note with - probability of 0.0 will never be - played. -

- Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - -

  • Drawing with the mouse:

    - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. -

  • - Selecting multiple notes: -

    - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. -

-

9.4.Pattern Editor

Figura9.7.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

- The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. -

While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. - It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes.

You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a - complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave - first.

[Nota]Nota

- When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a 3x to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. -

Capitolo10.Drumkit manager

Indice

10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. Pattern Editor

Figura10.1.Song Editor

Song Editor

The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, - favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum - kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs. -

- It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

10.1.Drumkits

The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level.

- The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On - Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or - possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. - These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them.

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. -

The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. -

- If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. -

- Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. -

DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel.

To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select - Load. This will replace your current drumkit - with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that - kit, left-click the ▶ to the left of the - drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse - button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The - instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have - loaded. -

10.2.Songs

To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs - folder. - To remove them, remove the file from that folder.

10.3.Pattern Editor

To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns - folder. - -

[Nota]Nota

- This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu. -

-

Before you save a pattern, be - sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting - Properties and entering the details. - You can use one of the categories already - provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category - name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be - filed by category in the Sound Library.

Capitolo11.Pattern Editor

Indice

11.1. General
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls

Figura11.1.The Instrument editor General view

The Instrument editor General view

- The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

11.1.General

When clicking the General button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

[Nota]Nota

It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text.

11.1.1.Envelope Parameters

Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE".

When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name.

  • Attack: the amount - of time that the volume of the sample goes - from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the - sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is - 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the - attack phase. -

  • Decay: the amount of - time for the volume of the sample to go from - full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the - sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain - volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the - maximum time available for the decay parameter.

  • Sustain: the - volume to play the note after the decay phase - is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note - will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full - velocity.

  • Release: the - time to fade out the note from the sustain - volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade - out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it - will fade out for the maximum time available.

[Nota]Nota

The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by - the number of audio samples. This means - that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound - card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples - (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz).

If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the - sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If - the note is sustained, it does not draw out the - note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) - parameter during that time. -

11.1.2.Gain and Mute Group

In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right).

The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to 0, the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is 1.0, the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified.

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

It is very easy to set the Gain too - high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with - full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with - (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is - mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a - time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is - triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like - hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different - instruments.

If the Mute Group is set to Off, then the - instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set - to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part - of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute - Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the - high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to - 1. To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters - to 2.) -

If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note.

This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - -

- The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. -

- When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. -

[Nota]Nota

- By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. -

- When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". -

11.1.3.Filter Parameters

From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE".

The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to - use is, click the BYP button (bypass) so that it's - red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff - parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance - parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the - resonance is set to 0, then the filter is just a simple low-pass - filter.

[Nota]Nota

The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate - of your audio card. The range of the knob 0 to 1.0) is optimized - for a 48,000 kHz sample rate.

11.1.4.Pitch Shift Parameters

From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM".

The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between 0 - and 1.0. - -

[Nota]Nota

- The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between 1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. -

- -

11.1.5.MIDI Out Settings

Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE".

Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps.

From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices.

[Nota]Nota

- By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. -

11.1.6.Hi-Hat Pressure Group

Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right).

The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. -

For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. -

Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. -

Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from 0 to 20, - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between 0 and 20 the closed hi-hat is played. -

11.2.Layers

Figura11.2.The Instrument Editor Layers View

The Instrument Editor Layers View

When clicking the Layers button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

11.2.1.Components

In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu.

- Right below the General and Layers button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to add a new component, delete the current one, or rename the current one. -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

- The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. -

11.2.2.Layers

Figura11.3.The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

- Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. -

[Nota]Nota

- Empty layers will be displayed as < - >. -

- Using - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using - Grey button containing the black characters "DELETE LAYER". - you can delete the current layer, and using - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. -

[Nota]Nota

- When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. -

- Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. -

-

- You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. -

[Nota]Nota

- If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. -

11.2.3.Sample Selection

A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the different choices to the right.

- Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. -

- Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. -

  • First in Velocity: - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. -

    -

  • Round Robin: - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. -

  • Random: - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. -

11.2.4.Controls

Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right).

  • - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. -

  • - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. -

    -

  • - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. -

  • - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

Capitolo12.Song Editor

Indice

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Figura12.1.Song Editor

Song Editor

The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music!

[Nota]Nota

The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings.

12.1.Wave Display and Region Editing

Figura12.2.The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

- In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: -

  • Start Marker (green): labeled with a S and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample.

  • End Marker (red): labeled with a E and indicates the end of the tweaked sample.

  • Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a L and determines the loop-in point of your sample.

-

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. -

- Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. -

  • - Start: position of the Start Marker. -

  • - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. -

  • - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. -

    • - forward: plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. -

    • - reverse: plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). -

    • - ping-pong: plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). -

    -

  • - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. -

  • - End: position of the End Marker. -

  • Fig. 1 The Song Editor

[Nota]Nota

- These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. -

- Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. -

12.2.Pitch Shifting

Figura12.3.The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample.

[Nota]Nota

- These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see Sezione5.1). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. -

- When Sample length to beat is set to off the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. -

  • Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than off the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. -

    - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. -

    - -

  • Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - semitones,cent. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. -

    -

  • Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. -

12.3.Playback and Envelope Editor

Figura12.4.The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

- The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. -

  • - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. -

  • Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor

  • - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). -

  • - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the pan(orama) or volume of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. -

Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by -

[Nota]Nota

- The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. -

  1. - First select volume or panorama in the dropdown to the right. -

  2. - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. -

  3. [CTRL + O] = Apre file.

  4. - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. -

Capitolo13.Mixer

Indice

13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. LADSPA plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings

Figura13.1.Mixer

Mixer

The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. -

The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. -

13.1.Instrument Channel Strips

Figura13.2.The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

  • - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - This is quite handy for checking clipping. -

  • - Vertical, grey LED-like object. : - lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller). -

  • - Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : - shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If the Input mode is set to Instrument, incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument. -

    - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command. -

    -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

[Nota]Nota

- If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to Post-Fader. -

- This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. -

13.2.Component Channel Strips

Figura13.3.The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

- Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. -

[Nota]Nota

- These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes the instrument. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

13.3.LADSPA plugins

Figura13.4.The FX Rack in the Mixer

The FX Rack in the Mixer

- The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - button in the Master Fader Strip). -

It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level.

There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - -

-

[Avvertimento]Plugins Kill

A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of - hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even - phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your - plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for - real-time use, and some are just plain better than others.

Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT". - - button. -

Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -

Figura13.5.Select an Effect

Select an Effect


- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - -

Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right).

- - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP".) - - button in the FX Rack). -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. -

After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output.

13.4.Master Fader Strip

Figura13.6.The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

- - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. -

- Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - button mutes the whole output. -

On the bottom-right of the Master section the - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - -

13.4.1.Humanization

- In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. -

  • Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. -

  • Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. -

    [Nota]Nota

    Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change.

  • Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz.

[Nota]Nota

- In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. -

13.4.2.Mixer Settings

In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button:

Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the Master Fader Strip.

- - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - -

Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom.

- Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. -

- The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. -

- Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set.

- You will find four categories: linear, polar, - ratio, quadratic. - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). -

- Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: -

  • Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left).

    It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. -

  • Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob.

    Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob.

    This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste!

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. -

-

The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). -

- The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. -

[Nota]Nota

Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law.

Capitolo14.Director

-

Figura14.1.Mixer

Mixer


-

- The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu.

- The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. -

Capitolo15.Pattern Editor

Indice

15.1. Menu
15.1.1. Song Editor
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts

Figura15.1.The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

15.1.Menu

15.1.1.Song Editor

- The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. -

[Nota]Nota

- When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. -

- Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. -

15.1.2.Controls

From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward.

- At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. -

[Nota]Nota

- While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. -

15.1.3.Scripts

- In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - -

[Nota]Nota

- This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. -

- - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

- Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. -

15.2.Menu

15.2.1.Playlist

  • - Add song to Playlist: - let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist. -

  • - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. -

  • - Remove selected song from Playlist: - deletes the selected song from the current playlist. -

  • Fig. 9 Salva drumkit.

  • - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - -

    [Suggerimento]Suggerimento

    - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. -

    -

  • [CTRL + S] = Salva file.

  • - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. -

15.2.2.Scripts

  • - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. -

  • - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). -

    [Nota]Nota

    - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. -

    -

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

    -

Capitolo16.MIDI API

Indice

16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. -

[Nota]Nota

- Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

16.1.MIDI Actions

Figura16.1.MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the - Red circle. - button left of the Event-Action binding line. - A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn - the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to - this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the - MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action - from the action drop-down list. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- You can also define a binding without the - Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note. -

- The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). -

16.1.1.Events

- Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): -

  • - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. -

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. -

16.1.2.Actions

[Nota]Nota

- Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter 0 in the Action Param. field (1 for channel 2, 2 for channel 3, and so on). -

  • - <<_PREVIOUS_BAR: - moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. -

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. -

  • - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is -1 (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's 1 (positive), it will be increased. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as BPM_CC_RELATIVE but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX x provided as an integer between 0 and 127. The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. -

  • [CTRL + O] = Apre file.

  • - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 0: 0 ,1: +0.05) -

  • - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from 0 to 127 - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. -

  • - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05). -

  • Fig. 9 Salva drumkit.

  • Fig. 9 Salva drumkit.

  • - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - PAUSE otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). -

  • - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - STOP otherwise. -

  • - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. -

  • - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. -

  • - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. -

  • - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). -

  • - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. -

  • - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. -

  • - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. -

  • Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern

  • - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN combined with - PLAY. -

  • - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. -

    -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN but only take effect in Stacked mode. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - -

    [Nota]Nota

    - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. -

    -

  • - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. -

    [Nota]Nota

    - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. -

    -

  • [Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.

  • - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. -

  • Fig. 14 Dettaglio del Mixer

  • [CTRL + O] = Apre file.

  • - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

16.2.MIDI-learnable Widgets

Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. -

[Nota]Nota

If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. -

Capitolo17.OSC API

Indice

17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing.

17.1.Basics

Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend.

-         $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song
-
[Nota]Nota

- To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Hydrogen's port number defaults to 9000 for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

- oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. -

17.2.Commands

17.2.1.Syntax

The syntax for sending the commands is

-           $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT
-

with the supported types

  • Fig. 9 Salva drumkit.

  • Fig. 3 Il mixer

  • Fig. 9 Salva drumkit.

  • Fig. 9 Salva drumkit.

Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below

  • ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments.

  • ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version.

  • [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern.

  • {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options.

  • 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1.

  • X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor.

17.2.2.All Commands

Tabella17.1.All OSC Messages

URLtyperangedescription
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Starts playback.
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Stops playback.
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position).
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/STOP/ otherwise.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button).
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Activates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Deactivates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f[0,]If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]Works as /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - combined with /Hydrogen/PLAY/.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f[0,]If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.fDecreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.fIncreases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f{0,1}Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/ff[0,] [10,400]Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/f[0,]Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline.
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f[0.0,1.5]Sets the volume of the Master fader.
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/f{-1;0;1}Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 ,0: 0 ,1: +0.05)
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f[0.0,1.5]See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;0;1}See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
Fig. 3 Il mixerf[0.0,1.0]Sets the pan of instrument strip X.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f{-1;1}Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0,127]For a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.fToggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.fToggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f[0,]Opens song f of the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/' ',[f]Opens the next song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Opens the previous song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Undoes the previous action.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Redoes the previous undone action.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of 0 - and activates it for all others.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of 0 and registers it for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f{0;1}Deactivated Song mode for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f{0;1}Deactivated looped playback for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.' ',[f]Toggles the metronome.
[CTRL + O] = Apre file.f[0,]Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit.
Fig. 3 Il mixersCreates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s.
Fig. 3 Il mixersOpens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s.
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Saves the current song.
Fig. 3 Il mixersSaves the current song to the absolute path s.
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Preferences dialog
Fig. 3 Il mixer' ',[f]Exits Hydrogen.

ParteIII.Examples

Indice

18. A New Song
18.1. Modalita' song e modalita' pattern
18.2. Creazione pattern
18.3. Creazione sequenza
18.4. Operazioni sul mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

Capitolo18.A New Song

Indice

18.1. Modalita' song e modalita' pattern
18.2. Creazione pattern
18.3. Creazione sequenza
18.4. Operazioni sul mixer

Questa sezione dara' alcune indicazioni di massima sull'uso di Hydrogen. Riferirsi al tutorial per una guida piu' approfondita.

18.1.Modalita' song e modalita' pattern

Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song.

18.2.Creazione pattern

We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see Figura18.1). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - -

[Nota]Nota

- Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of 1/16, you can't go back to 1/8 and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - 1/8 and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose off from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! -

-

Figura18.1.Pattern Editor

Pattern Editor

18.3.Creazione sequenza

Una volta creati i pattern, per copiarli/cancellarli e posizionarli correttamente nella struttura della canzone (Fig. 13) e' sufficiente utilizzare la funzione di trascinamento del mouse attivabile nel Song Editor (tenere premuto il tasto sinistro per selezionare i pattern)

Figura18.2.Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

18.4.Operazioni sul mixer

Ovviamente in qualsiasi momento e' possibile aprire ed utilizzare la finestra del mixer (Fig. 14), sia durante la fase di creazione dei pattern, sia durante l'esecuzione delle sequenze.

The Mixer (see Figura18.3) is made of a number - independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a - Master Fader Strip and a - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button to show and hide the - FX Plugin Rack. - Every line features 3 buttons ( - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak - indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must - be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in Figura18.3 you can - see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see Mixer. - -

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Peaks outside that range will get distorted - (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and - if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument. -

-

Figura18.3.Mixer

Mixer

Capitolo19.Create a New Drumkit

Indice

19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

19.1.Creating a New Drumkit

In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples.

Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument - Editor. You can load samples, set envelope - parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization.

[Suggerimento]Suggerimento

- Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. -

Lets make a brand new drum kit:

  1. in the Main Menu select - Drumkits → New. This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, - select - Instruments → Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select - Delete Instrument. -

  2. Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by - left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the - Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked.

  3. Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select - - Drumkits → Save As - - . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to - overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in - the same name as the kit that you want to replace.

  4. Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits).

  5. In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using - - Drumkits → Export - - from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it - a file name to save it to.

19.2.Creating a New Instrument

For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples - and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you - through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to Sezione11.1.

To begin creating an instrument, select - Instruments → Add instrument. This will give you a blank - instrument to start from.

Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. - Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/).

In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. -

[Nota]Nota

- The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. -

After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a - 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned - light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and - then click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - to bring in another sample. -

After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only - the first sample is being played whenever you - trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the - velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to - the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a - left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like - a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear.

The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and - full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and - Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 - on the right (see Sample Selection for further info).

Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this - instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can - get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and - notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn - about editing a pattern, see Capitolo9.

For each layer, you can set the Gain and - the Pitch. The pitch also has a - Fine adjustment.

Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud - the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely - difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same - volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly - can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned - down). -

[Avvertimento]Avvertimento

It is very easy to set the Gain too high, - causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with - full-velocity using the - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. - The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical - half-steps. (So, -12 is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts - the pitch 50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)

[Nota]Nota

The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or - slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a - 1-second sample that you turn down 12 (1 octave), your sample will - only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should - use Rubber Band instead (see Sezione12.2)

You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons).

19.3.Tips on Editing Instruments

With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be - difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are - a few tips on setting up an instrument:

Turn down the gain. Every gain - knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. - With every gain stage you have, it's - easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets - distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by - themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you - combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again.

If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain - setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn - down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the - fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader.

Test samples at full velocity. - Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you - set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will - happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: - clipping.)

Try to use samples that are -6 dB - max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only - 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about - .5.

Remove all DC offsets from the - sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the - center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning - of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should - also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a - little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the - end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't - provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the - noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample.

The ADSR will not be longer than your - sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how - long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing - at the end.

Things change with the sample - rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your - parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will - change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of - Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many - samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things - that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and - anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency).

- Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single - drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single - cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note - using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, - to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the - bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat - closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim - shots, etc. -

- However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not - uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips - of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from - movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative! -

ParteIV.Appendix

Indice

20. Used File Types
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Capitolo20.Used File Types

Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these - file types:

  • *.h2pattern: XML file - describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are - managed in the pattern editor.

  • *.h2song: XML file describing - the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their - properties and are manager using the song editor

  • *.h2playlist: XML file - describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs.

  • *.h2drumkit: a compressed and - archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a - description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound - samples.

Capitolo21.Shortcut Lists

Tabella21.1.Shortcut Table

ShortcutDescription
Ctrl + NNew Project
Ctrl + OOpen File
Ctrl + DOpen Demo
Ctrl + SSave Song
Ctrl + Shift + SSave Song as
Ctrl + PExport Pattern as
Ctrl + MExport MIDI file
Ctrl + EExport Song (see Export Song)
Ctrl + LExport LilyPond file
Ctrl + QQuit Hydrogen
Ctrl + ZUndo an action
Ctrl + Shift + ZRedo an action
Alt + DShow Director
Alt + MShow Mixer
Alt + IShow Instrument Rack
Alt + AShow Automation Path
Alt + FToggle fullscreen mode
Ctrl + Alt + ISet Input mode to Instrument
Ctrl + Alt + DSet Input mode to Drumkit
Alt + PShow Preferences
Alt + ?Hydrogen Manual
Backspace[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo.
SpacePlay / Pause
Ctrl + SpaceStarts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space.
,Use the Beat Counter
\Use Tap Tempo
+Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM
-Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM
F5Jump to previous song in playlist
F6Jump to next song in playlist
F9Jump to previous bar in the song
F10Jump to next bar in the song
F12Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds)

Glossary

This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, - synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more - detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For - example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is - the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the - volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using - Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here.

ADSR

A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the - Attack, - Decay, - Sustain, and - Release parameters. - Generally, the - parameters are proportional to - the velocity.

- After you trigger - a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. - After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the - sustain level. When the note is - released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the - sustain level back down to 0. -

In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume - (attenuation).

Read more about this in the Wikipedia - Article ADSR - Envelope

Vedi anche Envelope Generator, Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release.

Attack

This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount - of time to increase the volume of a note from - 0 (triggering) to full velocity.

Vedi anche ADSR.

Attenuation

In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced - (volume).

Vedi anche Roll-off.

Band-Pass Filter

A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and - attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a - high-pass and a low-pass filter.

Vedi anche Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter.

Clipping

A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large - for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are - normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume - (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable.

An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your - speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy.

Component

- A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. -

To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - -

[Nota]Nota

- Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. -

- In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. -

-

Cutoff Frequency

On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that - divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated - (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance - filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted.

For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff - frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. - All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower - the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass - guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. - The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz.

Vedi anche Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Decay

After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level.

Vedi anche ADSR.

DC-offset

DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform.

DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal.

Envelope Generator

A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to - triggering, holding, and releasing a note.

Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:

Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have - your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play - the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). - You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator - does. See also ADSR

Fader

A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a - mixer. Faders always have an "audio" taper, which means that the - attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale.

Filter

A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. - A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter.

Vedi anche Band-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Gain

In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is - amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal.

High-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows - high frequencies to pass through.

Vedi anche Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Instrument

In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass - drum kick, or a tom).

Layer

In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one - called a layer), and have a different - sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a - time will play.

Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If - you simply play the sample louder - it will - not sound the same as a real tom that has been - struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can - load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud - playing.

Vedi anche Instrument.

Low-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows - low frequencies to pass through.

Vedi anche Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Mute

To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any - audio output.

Mute Group

A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately.

This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different - instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real - hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. - However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue - even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both - instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering - closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice - versa).

Normalization

Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS).

Octave

A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly - twice the frequency of the bottom frequency.

For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz - to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are - very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human - ear they sound like the same distance.

Pan

Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance.

- The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -

Figura44.Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters


- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. -

- The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. -

Release

Fig. 8 Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati.

Vedi anche ADSR.

Resonance

When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that - determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the - cutoff.

Vedi anche Resonance Filter.

Resonance Filter

A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of - frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass - filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off - frequency.

Vedi anche Filter, Cutoff Frequency, Low-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Resonance.

Roll-off

This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as - the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave).

For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff - frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). - Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, - the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated - very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than - the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually - approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB - of attenuation per octave of frequency.

Vedi anche Attenuation, Filter.

Sample

A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects).

Sustain

The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time.

Vedi anche ADSR.

Velocity

How hard you hit a note.

MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the - note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on - the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to - adjust how loud the sample is played back.

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_it.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_it.po --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_it.po 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_it.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8621 +0,0 @@ -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-19 19:01+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: manual.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual" -msgstr "Hydrogen Manual" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:9 -msgid "Antonio Piraino" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:13 -msgid "Alessandro Cominu" -msgstr "Alessandro Cominu" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Thijs Van Severen" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sebastian Moors" -msgstr "Alessandro Cominu" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:25 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Colin Evans" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Philipp Müller" -msgstr "Antonio Piraino" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle -#: manual.docbook:35 -msgid "2021-03-04" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: manual.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows." -msgstr "Hydrogen e' un sintetizzatore software in grado di essere utilizzato sia singolarmente, emulando una drum machine basata su pattern, sia come synth comandato via midi da una tastiera esterna o da un sequencer software." - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:45 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:48 -msgid "Download" -msgstr "Download" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:50 -msgid "You can download Hydrogen from http://www.hydrogen-music.org. On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:55 -msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:61 -msgid "Build" -msgstr "Compilazione" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:63 -msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our git repository with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:70 -msgid "A certain release can be fetched with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git checkout tags/1.0.0\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):" -msgstr "La compilazione di hydrogen dipende dalle seguenti librerie:" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:81 -msgid "Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" -msgstr "libsndfile reperibili presso http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso http://www.alsa-project.com (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at http://jackaudio.org/ (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) reperibili presso http://jackit.sourceforge.net (se si vuole usare i driver JACK pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso http://www.alsa-project.com (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso http://www.alsa-project.com (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you wish to use Flac samples)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) reperibili presso http://jackit.sourceforge.net (se si vuole usare i driver JACK pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish to use LADSPA effects)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso http://www.alsa-project.com (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) reperibili presso http://jackit.sourceforge.net (se si vuole usare i driver JACK pert l'output audio)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:115 -msgid "LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if you wish to use LASH)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:119 -msgid "liblo: at for OSC and NSM support" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:125 -msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \\\n" -"\tqttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \\\n" -"\tlibarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n" -"\tlibpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \\\n" -"\tliblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:137 -msgid "Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:144 -msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" r[m] => all built, temp and cache files\n" -" c[lean] => remove cache files\n" -" m[ake] => launch the build process\n" -" mm => launch the build process using ccache\n" -" mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled\n" -" d[oc] => build html documentation\n" -" g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph\n" -" h[elp] => show the build options\n" -" x|exec => execute hydrogen\n" -" t[ests] => execute tests\n" -" p[kg] => build source package\n" -" z => build using ccache and run from tree\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:163 -msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh m x\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:170 -msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ cd build\n" -" $ sudo make install\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:179 -msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:184 -msgid "Keyboard and Mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:185 -msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:190 -msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:201 -msgid "Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:206 -msgid "Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:212 -msgid "Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for convenience." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:222 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:229 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:236 -msgid "Enter and Return : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:244 -msgid "Tab and Shift + Tab : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete : delete notes or patterns." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:256 -msgid "Esc : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:217 -msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:265 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:272 -msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:282 -msgid "Using Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:285 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:288 -msgid "Main User Interface" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:291 -msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:295 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='3a48afe570301756154eeee8da95c427'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:300 -msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:306 -msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:311 -msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:319 -msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:323 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='8611e20ca4e74013f36e811f24bea8b6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:330 -msgid "Drumkit Concept" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:332 -msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:340 -msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple layered samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:347 -msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:355 -msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:357 -msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:361 -msgid "Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:365 -msgid "Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:370 -msgid "In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:375 -msgid "Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:380 -msgid "MIDI Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:384 -msgid "Instr. Pos." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:387 -msgid "MIDI Note" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:390 -msgid "PC Keyboard Key" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit" -msgstr "Hydrogen Manual" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:396 -msgid "GM Standard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:404 manual.docbook:648 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:407 -msgid "Bass Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:410 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:411 manual.docbook:655 -msgid "36" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:412 -msgid "Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:413 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Kick" -msgstr "Z = Kick" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:414 -msgid "Bass Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:417 manual.docbook:503 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:418 manual.docbook:662 -msgid "37" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:419 -msgid "S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Stick" -msgstr "S = Stick" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:421 -msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:424 manual.docbook:517 -msgid "3" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:425 manual.docbook:669 -msgid "38" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:426 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:427 -msgid "Snare" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:428 -msgid "Snare Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:431 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:432 manual.docbook:676 -msgid "39" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:433 -msgid "D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:434 manual.docbook:435 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hand Clap" -msgstr "D = Hand Clap" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:438 manual.docbook:538 -msgid "5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:439 manual.docbook:683 -msgid "40" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:440 -msgid "C" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:441 -msgid "Snare Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:442 -msgid "Snare Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:445 manual.docbook:552 -msgid "6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:446 manual.docbook:690 -msgid "41" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:447 -msgid "V" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:448 -msgid "Floor Tom" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:449 -msgid "Low Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:452 manual.docbook:566 -msgid "7" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:453 manual.docbook:697 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:454 -msgid "G" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:455 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Closed" -msgstr "G = Closed HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:456 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Closed Hi-hat" -msgstr "G = Closed HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:459 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:460 manual.docbook:704 -msgid "43" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:461 -msgid "B" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:462 -msgid "Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:463 -msgid "Low Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:466 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:467 manual.docbook:711 -msgid "44" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:468 -msgid "H" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:469 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Pedal" -msgstr "H = Pedal HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:470 -msgid "Pedal Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:473 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:474 manual.docbook:718 -msgid "45" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:475 -msgid "N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:476 -msgid "Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:477 -msgid "Mid Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:480 -msgid "11" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:481 manual.docbook:725 -msgid "46" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:482 -msgid "J" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:483 -msgid "Hat Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:484 -msgid "Open Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:487 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:488 -msgid "47" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:489 -msgid "M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:490 manual.docbook:554 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cowbell" -msgstr "M = Cowbell" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:491 -msgid "Mid Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:494 -msgid "13" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:495 -msgid "48" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:496 -msgid "Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:497 -msgid "Ride" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:498 -msgid "High Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:501 -msgid "14" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:502 -msgid "49" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:504 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Crash" -msgstr "2 = Crash" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:505 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:508 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:509 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:510 -msgid "W" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:511 -msgid "Ride 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:512 -msgid "High Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:515 -msgid "16" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:516 -msgid "51" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:518 -msgid "Splash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:519 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:522 -msgid "17" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:523 -msgid "52" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:524 -msgid "E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:525 -msgid "Hat Semi-Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:526 -msgid "Chinese Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:529 -msgid "18" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:530 -msgid "53" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:531 -msgid "R" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:532 -msgid "Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:533 -msgid "Ride Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:536 -msgid "19" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:537 -msgid "54" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:540 -msgid "Tambourine" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:543 -msgid "20" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:544 -msgid "55" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:545 -msgid "T" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:547 -msgid "Splash Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:550 -msgid "21" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:551 -msgid "56" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:557 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:558 -msgid "57" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:559 -msgid "Y" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:561 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:564 -msgid "23" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:565 -msgid "58" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:568 -msgid "Vibra Slap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:571 -msgid "24" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:572 -msgid "59" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:573 -msgid "U" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:575 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:578 -msgid "25" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:579 -msgid "60" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:582 -msgid "High Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:585 -msgid "26" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:586 -msgid "61" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:589 -msgid "Low Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:592 -msgid "27" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:593 -msgid "62" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:596 -msgid "Mute High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:599 -msgid "28" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:600 -msgid "63" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:603 -msgid "Open High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:606 -msgid "29" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:607 -msgid "64" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:610 -msgid "Low Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:613 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:614 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:617 -msgid "High Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:620 -msgid "31" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:621 -msgid "66" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:624 -msgid "Low Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:627 -msgid "32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:628 -msgid "67" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:631 -msgid "High Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:634 -msgid "33" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:635 -msgid "68" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:638 -msgid "Low Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:641 -msgid "34" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:642 -msgid "69" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:645 -msgid "Cabasa" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:649 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:652 -msgid "Maracas" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:656 -msgid "71" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:659 -msgid "Short Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:663 -msgid "72" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:666 -msgid "Long Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:670 -msgid "73" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:673 -msgid "Short Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:677 -msgid "74" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:680 -msgid "Long Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:684 -msgid "75" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:687 -msgid "Claves" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:691 -msgid "76" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:694 -msgid "High Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:698 -msgid "77" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:701 -msgid "Low Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:705 -msgid "78" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:708 -msgid "Mute Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:712 -msgid "79" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:715 -msgid "Open Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:719 -msgid "80" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:722 -msgid "Mute Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:726 -msgid "81" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:729 -msgid "Open Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default." -msgstr "Notare che il nome dello strumento dipende dal drumkit caricato. Questa lista riferisce al GMkit caricato di default. La posizione dello strumento, tuttavia, e' sempre la stessa." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:742 -msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:747 -msgid "Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:753 -msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:764 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tastiera.png' md5='344cc621fc42d367ff50ec3b01017b04'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:756 -msgid " Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:771 -msgid "Recording in Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:773 -msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:786 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Rec_button.png' md5='21e4b8d7fd5a53b207b5b3875c9f49d0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:798 manual.docbook:6766 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_play_off.png' md5='5d22ba3609e85f143aa992c25d469a0c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:777 -msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button Grey record button with a red circle in its center. in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:804 -msgid "Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:809 -msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:816 -msgid "Session Management" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:818 -msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:823 -msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:835 -msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:830 -msgid "NSM: Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:847 -msgid "You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:842 -msgid "LASH: Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:858 -msgid "Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:854 -msgid "JACK Session: JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:867 -msgid "NSM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:869 -msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:875 -msgid "Replace With New Song: instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:886 manual.docbook:897 -msgid "In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:881 -msgid "Import Into Session: instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:893 -msgid "Import Recent Info Session: instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:909 -msgid "In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:904 -msgid "Export From Session As: instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:918 -msgid "The Open Demo option will be missing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:927 -msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:923 -msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:936 -msgid "Command-line Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/screen -#: manual.docbook:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" -h, --help Displays this help.\n" -" -v, --version Displays version information.\n" -" -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)\n" -" -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)\n" -" -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen\n" -" -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup\n" -" -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path\n" -" -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup\n" -" -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup\n" -" -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:938 -msgid "After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:958 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences" -msgstr "Preferences dialog" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:960 -msgid "Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:963 -msgid "All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:969 manual.docbook:3310 manual.docbook:4039 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:972 -msgid "The General Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:975 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='5072a7d28184e7dfa40f353cd62ad5ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:986 manual.docbook:1103 -msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:992 -msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:982 -msgid "Language: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1001 -msgid "Reopen last used song: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1011 -msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1007 -msgid "Reopen last used playlist: determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1024 -msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1018 -msgid "Use relative paths for playlist: specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1031 -msgid "Hide keyboard input cursor: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1042 -msgid "You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1037 -msgid "Use LASH: enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1054 -msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1057 -msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1049 -msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1083 manual.docbook:2257 manual.docbook:2288 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_on.png' md5='d3694f8445c2fef7b30834a60d1bffa6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1074 -msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - Blue button containing a \"P\". should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1068 -msgid "Beat counter start offset in ms: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1093 -msgid "Maximum number of bars: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1099 -msgid "Maximum number of layers: sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1115 -msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1121 -msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check the Rubber Band site ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1140 manual.docbook:2376 manual.docbook:4830 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rubber_off.png' md5='4af1c3110fbd8772a724f7f85fa22441'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1130 -msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1111 -msgid "Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1154 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Audio System" -msgstr "Audio engine info" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1157 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Audio System Tab" -msgstr "Audio engine info" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1160 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='1da93face38cf7a71c6f231474ba617c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1167 -msgid "Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1171 -msgid "Available options:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1182 -msgid "This option is recommended for beginners." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1177 -msgid ": Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1191 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The JACK driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The JACK server will start automatically if not already running." -msgstr "Il driver Jack necessita del server audio Jack (Jack Audio Connection Kit), un server audio professionale col quale e' possibile raggiungere bassissime latenze e l'interoperabilta' con altri software audio. Raccomandiamo fortemente di usare questo driver per ottenere il meglio da Hydrogen." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1198 -msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1205 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver." -msgstr "Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1210 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The OSS audio driver uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort." -msgstr "Il driver Oss utilizza il device /dev/dsp ed e' basato sull'interfaccia OSS che e' supportata dalla maggior parte delle schede audio disponibili per linux. Purtroppo l'uso di questo driver blocca il device /dev/dsp fino alla chiusura del programma stesso, rendendo impossibile l'utilizzo del device ad altri programmi audio." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1220 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": An open-source multi platform audio driver." -msgstr "Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1225 -msgid ": A driver for MacOS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1229 -msgid ": A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Device: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use." -msgstr "Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1243 -msgid "Buffer size: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1253 -msgid "If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1249 -msgid "Sample rate: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1262 -msgid "Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1265 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1267 -msgid "note velocity and pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1268 manual.docbook:1275 -msgid "layer gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1269 -msgid "component gain and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1270 -msgid "instrument gain, pan, and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1272 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1274 -msgid "note velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1279 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1285 -msgid "BBT sync method: if Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's tempo or the Tempo Markers added to the Timeline. But due to limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1302 manual.docbook:1347 manual.docbook:1368 -#: manual.docbook:1391 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1314 manual.docbook:2440 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_transport_off.png' md5='c1264187019da8004254528045d35060'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1325 manual.docbook:2455 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_master_off.png' md5='5108a24ccc5d260fab40e9d2ebab5c9d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1305 -msgid "For this option to take effect the Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". button has to be activated and the Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to having a JACK TBM application)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1333 -msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1339 -msgid "Connect to default JACK output ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to the default JACK input ports of your system (system:playback_1 and system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1354 -msgid "Create per-instrument JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1361 -msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1374 -msgid "There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1385 -msgid "Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1380 -msgid "Enable JACK timebase master support: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1398 -msgid "Apply and restart output: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1408 -msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1404 -msgid "Polyphony: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1415 -msgid "Metronome volume: sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1421 -msgid "Interpolate resampling: specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1431 -msgid "MIDI System" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1434 -msgid "The MIDI System Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1437 manual.docbook:5825 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='f57c80dc6c151d1bea2e52adc6d91fbd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1444 -msgid "MIDI driver: selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1450 -msgid "Input: selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1456 -msgid "Output: selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1462 -msgid "Channel: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1472 -msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1468 -msgid "Ignore note-off: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1484 -msgid "the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1489 -msgid "an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1494 -msgid "whether the Metronome is activated" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1479 -msgid "Enable MIDI feedback: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1502 -msgid "Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1513 -msgid "If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1508 -msgid "Use output note as input note: specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1521 -msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1528 -msgid "OSC" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1531 -msgid "The OSC Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='b60b4ce044e7028b914e1bb0ea397231'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1544 -msgid "In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1551 -msgid "Enable OSC support: Allows Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1563 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1566 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1569 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1572 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1578 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1584 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1555 -msgid "Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is composed of the following OSC paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1591 -msgid "Incoming port: Specifies the OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1539 -msgid "The OSC tab () let's you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see chapter OSC API for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1597 -msgid "If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the OSC tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1605 -msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1608 -msgid "The Appearance Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1611 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png' md5='c122a1346ebdd01399742c5fdbfd0bde'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1616 -msgid "The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look and feel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1627 manual.docbook:1651 manual.docbook:1668 -msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1622 -msgid "Application font: specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1639 -msgid "Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1634 -msgid "Style: specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1646 -msgid "Mixer font: specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1658 -msgid "Meters falloff speed: specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1664 -msgid "Default interface layout: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1675 -msgid "High-resolution display scaling: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1686 -msgid ": Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1692 -msgid ": Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1698 -msgid ": Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1681 -msgid "Coloring method for Song Editor elements: determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:1712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1718 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MainMenu.png' md5='d0db6cc4eca29a57da78c89bcba53d93'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1724 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1725 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This menu offers file related functions." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1729 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New: creates a new and empty song." -msgstr "Fig. 6 La linguetta Appereance" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1739 -msgid "Show Info: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, license, and generic notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1743 -msgid "Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1749 -msgid "The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1746 -msgid "Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1759 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves changes to current song." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Salva file." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1765 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1762 -msgid "Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1773 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) belonging to the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1781 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1777 -msgid "Export Pattern As: saves a pattern as a .h2pattern file. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export MIDI file: exports the current song in MIDI format." -msgstr "Fig. 11 Esporta un drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1793 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export song: exports the current song into an audio file." -msgstr "Fig. 11 Esporta un drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1795 -msgid "The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond." -msgstr "Fig. 11 Esporta un drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1803 -msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1808 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit: exists Hydrogen." -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1814 -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo: lets you undo your last action." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Redo: lets you redo the last undone action." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1824 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous actions." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1831 manual.docbook:3936 -msgid "Drumkits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1834 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1843 -msgid "Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1838 -msgid "Open: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1850 -msgid "Properties: sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1856 -msgid "Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1863 -msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1860 -msgid "Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1873 -msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1870 -msgid "Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1880 -msgid "Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1885 -msgid "Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen website for an example)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1894 -msgid "Import Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1897 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='39e25a7470e1945225be994be6afbc9f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1892 -msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see if a kit is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1909 -msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the license type." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1926 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='fc4254b7389fd8d265636ef82b587087'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:1919 -msgid " Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1914 -msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1941 -msgid "Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1942 -msgid "This menu offers instruments functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1947 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1950 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1953 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1959 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1963 -msgid "Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1966 -msgid "Director: opens the Director window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1969 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mixer: opens the Mixer window." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Dettaglio del Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1972 -msgid "Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1975 -msgid "Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1979 -msgid "Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1982 -msgid "Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1985 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Dettaglio del Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1991 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1994 -msgid "Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2005 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences: opens the main preferences window (see for details)." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2012 -msgid "Debug" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2014 -msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2018 -msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2031 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Audio Engine View" -msgstr "Audio engine info" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2034 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='c7d64d740b8a0d1bef5cab6a757c7cb3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2040 -msgid "In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2027 -msgid "Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2051 -msgid "Show Filesystem Info: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2061 -msgid ": No messages will be written at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2066 -msgid ": Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2071 -msgid ": Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2076 -msgid ": Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2081 -msgid ": Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2056 -msgid "Log Level: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2090 -msgid "Open Log File: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2097 -msgid "Info" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2101 -msgid "User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "About: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc." -msgstr "Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2108 -msgid "Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Dettaglio del Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Toolbar" -msgstr "La toolbar principale" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2122 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Toolbar" -msgstr "La toolbar principale" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2126 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='19ace9972b0ecf3a6d1f9e5b0c4135ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components." -msgstr "Prima di analizzare i due frame di Hydrogen, soffermiamoci brevemente sulla barra degli strumenti principale:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2135 -msgid "Transport Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2149 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='1ec0ada27f9da8dadfc40ac1bc65ee59'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2140 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2154 -msgid "Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2156 -msgid "In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2159 -msgid "When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2166 -msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2181 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='2c8d4cc3a85b5feb32727d2dc400d7c3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2169 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2186 -msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2189 -msgid "Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2191 -msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the \\ key in the tempo you want." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2195 -msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \\ button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2201 -msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2208 -msgid "Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2220 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='04409450bba1f7542a8990aa74cb388a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2210 -msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. button or simply press ,." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2225 -msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the R)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2246 manual.docbook:2272 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_off.png' md5='9c3360bb8c942b605411af2736ae251f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2237 -msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between Grey button containing a \"S\". and Blue button containing a \"P\". . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows Grey button containing a \"S\". (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2277 -msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows Blue button containing a \"P\". ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone starts on 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2295 -msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2302 -msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2307 -msgid "If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2316 -msgid "BPM Control and Metronome" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2331 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='5f5bee77c2d67039618fab7eb28d6269'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2319 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2336 -msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2340 -msgid "You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='55fc2e5806c898a4cc96227860b18034'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2345 -msgid "In addition you can use Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket \")\" (right). to toggle the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2361 -msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2366 -msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2385 -msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2398 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='c2e021efc19e170671b2092572aa47a2'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2388 -msgid " A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is MIDI input. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2403 -msgid "The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2406 -msgid "The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2414 -msgid "JACK Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2426 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='5679c850212647d44e4cd7d3d0496c6a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2417 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2431 -msgid "Clicking Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2445 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the absence of a Master." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2464 -msgid "You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2470 -msgid "The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2477 -msgid "GUI State" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2490 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='8e9e804a41500082df2434e15102e218'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2480 -msgid " In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2495 -msgid "Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2498 -msgid "The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2505 -msgid "Song Editor" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2509 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2512 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png' md5='a82ad146c9450cfaf17899d7d0d052ec'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2518 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song." -msgstr "Il frame \"Song Editor\" (Fig. 1) mostra la canzone che stiamo creando; ciascuna casella blu rappresenta una battuta completa come visualizzata nella finestra del Pattern Editor, mentre le righe indicano le varie parti della canzone (esempio: intro, strofa, bridge, ritornello, ecc..). Abbiamo piena liberta' di aggiungere, rimuovere o spostare le singole battute in qualunque ordine si preferisca. Poassiamo anche copiare e incollare gruppi di battute attivando l'apposita modalita' e selezionando l'area con i pattern interessati tenendo premuto il tasto sinistro del mouse. Tenendo premuto il tasto Control i pattern verranno copiati anziche' essere spostati." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2526 -msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2533 -msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2540 -msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2547 -msgid "Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2564 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/SongRuler.png' md5='2f6fbb7ac18d5dbe13cd0b7ab4d0f72a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2553 -msgid " Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". In addition, light-blue colored \"T\"s indicate the presence of a Tag. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2572 -msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2578 -msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2569 -msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2586 -msgid "Main Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2600 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='8ea38acc364694851f0a1da74f5ccd63'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2589 -msgid " Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='ae4fcb3a7be16ec4e8202add627c5434'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2608 -msgid " Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2629 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='4b54062c734ee4aed38ff33fcf587595'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2622 -msgid " Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2643 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='92d343a074d0b9910b726aecda3bb042'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2635 -msgid " Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2649 -msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in the pattern list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2664 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='b8550d5b732ef301d6482b162bc3e7ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2657 -msgid " Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2680 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='0eb66ee7be2f3b7eda0a95a2959d9ca6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2672 -msgid " Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2693 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='8a4d35031159c7e5b5d6e494d842b7bd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2702 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='7cc5cd563387e719ed1a7c68fcb5739b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2686 -msgid " Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. or to Stacked mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2713 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Editor modes" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2714 -msgid "The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The default Select mode allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The Draw mode instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2722 -msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2728 -msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys ↑|↓|←|→ will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing Return will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2736 -msgid "In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2740 -msgid "While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2746 -msgid "Select Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2747 -msgid "This mode allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2752 -msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can delete it by pressing Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (Ctrl + x) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new location, or by copying (Ctrl + c) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2767 -msgid "Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2782 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ can be used to make selections using the keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2787 -msgid "Return over a selected block will begin a move or copy" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2791 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ to move the selected cells into position" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2795 -msgid "Return to move the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2799 -msgid "Ctrl + Return to copy the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2772 -msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2806 -msgid "Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2813 -msgid "Draw Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2814 -msgid "This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2819 -msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2826 -msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, will also add and remove patterns from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2832 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in . You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2844 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2845 -msgid "When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2850 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2857 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2858 -msgid "When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2865 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2872 -msgid "Stacked Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2873 -msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2880 -msgid "Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select which patterns play using Ctrl + left click on the pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a triangle." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2888 -msgid "Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than Song for Stacked mode to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2899 manual.docbook:3492 -msgid "Sidebar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2901 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2904 -msgid "Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2908 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Pattern Options menu" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2912 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='8dec485a0ad51a0493fec01ccbc814a5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2921 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2924 -msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2950 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='1426839c35a4d3a33b57062883f12d74'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2939 -msgid " Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2936 -msgid "Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2958 -msgid "Properties: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2962 -msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2974 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='fa5d2555da3bb269ec8f2406bfccfc2d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2963 -msgid " Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2980 -msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2989 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Load Pattern: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2995 -msgid "Save Pattern: stores the pattern in the patterns folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3003 -msgid "Export Pattern: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3009 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Virtual Pattern: will open the virtual pattern editor." -msgstr "Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3012 -msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3018 -msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3024 -msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3036 -msgid "Timeline" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3046 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/tempo_bar.png' md5='57d0559a29212dc60c5b1c1615a6330c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3039 -msgid " Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3051 -msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is done by adding Tempo Markers to your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='9b02d90327338b8d035f57b5a02b5567'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3074 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png' md5='8f7b9815b9f1945c5bd579a2fd3d5ec8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3055 -msgid "To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the Grey button containing a black \"P\". button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the Grey button containing the black characters \"BPM\". button. Once this is done the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3084 -msgid "Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK transport in slave mode (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3103 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='1d1019ac5a0c23d5497b9db0ce96714c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3092 -msgid " Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3089 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar or delete it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3116 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3127 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tag_bar.png' md5='f807e826276099785dd8c46e9436ae20'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3119 -msgid " Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue \"T\"s. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3132 -msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3144 -msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3147 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='e739615ae8f687b519b726c407882eeb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3139 -msgid "To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3158 -msgid "Playback Track" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3173 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='3b1e0f19b68818ee221b890c7d69fdd0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3161 -msgid " Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3179 -msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3184 -msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3198 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='4294e5c6223716aad49a8328206176d4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3189 -msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the Grey button containing a black \"T\". button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Edit: loads an audio file." -msgstr "Fig. 3 Selezionate un effetto." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3211 -msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3217 -msgid "Mute: mutes the Playback Track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3220 -msgid "Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3204 -msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3226 -msgid "In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3234 -msgid "Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3238 -msgid "The Automation Path Widget" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3241 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/AutomationPath.png' md5='57a0ec7233c2c5134a3da11514130825'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3246 -msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3250 -msgid "Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3255 -msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3265 -msgid "Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3267 manual.docbook:3667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3270 manual.docbook:3670 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='5136f656c680d4d25f59ff6cab70731d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3275 -msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3291 manual.docbook:3472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='50e1dedc2d864b907fcd89ceec22953c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3277 -msgid "The Pattern Editor allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these two by clicking the Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3298 -msgid "If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3302 -msgid "If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:3313 manual.docbook:4573 manual.docbook:5647 -msgid "Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3316 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor Controls" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3319 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='a491e95bee4f5a8a6e57a4e51397e783'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3324 -msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3336 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='5af35039c0915ed92ad6f24d009062b4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3328 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"4/4\" and titled \"SIZE\". : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3342 -msgid "It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PatternSizeDialog.png' md5='84cde1542afe73feed8af83c187df5d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3346 -msgid " Dialog for entering the \"New Pattern length (beats/note value)\" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (right) and \"OK\" (left) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3359 -msgid "Type / to separate numerator and denominator." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3362 -msgid "If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, some values are not supported and will be approximated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3369 -msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, hence a warning icon will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3384 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png' md5='99f0f0e4bf50233e4865ff29d92aad8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3376 -msgid " A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the \"SIZE\" LCD. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3401 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='daa56c133937264c93a72fde606863c5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3393 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3408 -msgid "If you are working with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3429 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='877172490d05a21a74aff27475f19482'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3421 -msgid " Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. : when enabled Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3436 -msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3452 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='37700f06db07f383871f481084d1c875'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3444 -msgid " Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3482 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='beb6e9e3da055eba1c395aeeee5624b0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3463 -msgid " Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3495 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3498 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='66ef31d1181b28c7b956d94b545878a8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3503 -msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3506 -msgid "Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3510 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3516 -msgid "Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3513 -msgid "Fill notes: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3528 -msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3524 -msgid "Randomize velocity: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3537 -msgid "Select notes: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3545 -msgid "Edit all patterns: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in all the patterns of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3553 -msgid "Cut notes: remove all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3561 -msgid "Copy notes: copy all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3568 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Paste notes : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3575 -msgid "Delete notes: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3584 -msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3595 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:" -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3601 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Rename instrument: change the name of the instrument." -msgstr "Fig. 8 Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)" -msgstr "Fig. 8 Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3624 manual.docbook:5037 manual.docbook:5162 -#: manual.docbook:6867 manual.docbook:6893 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='f1c0e1d7d0b6d558eb61b6215c683d6e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_off.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3616 -msgid "The Grey button containing a black \"M\". button mutes the instrument and Grey button containing a black \"S\". solos it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3641 -msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3647 -msgid "It will however, have an impact on the MIDI note mapping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3655 -msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3664 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drum Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3676 -msgid "Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern size and resolution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3679 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3686 -msgid "you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3693 -msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3712 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='9b70ffbdee95b246478582c39735e697'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3702 -msgid " Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3700 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3719 -msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with Return (see )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3725 -msgid "Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3733 -msgid "Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3738 -msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Also see for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works." -msgstr "Ecco un veloce riepilogo dei tasti menzionati." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3743 -msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Note Properties Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3759 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3762 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/NotePropertiesRuler.png' md5='8fd57ba4418fc587c0ef383fad9bdcca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3767 -msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3774 -msgid "The following note properties are available:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3780 -msgid "Velocity: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3783 -msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, turning red when you reach the point of clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3792 -msgid "Pan: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3797 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3805 -msgid "Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3814 -msgid "NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3819 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3822 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='8e19686d8fe0d0fd6f307f63e26b2b4f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3826 -msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3833 -msgid "Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to change the note value of existing notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3840 -msgid "Probability: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than , a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability will always be played, a note with probability of will never be played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drawing with the mouse:" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3861 -msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3868 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Selecting multiple notes:" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3871 -msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3853 -msgid "Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3884 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Piano Roll Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3887 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3890 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='80336fa999457d5c3ab6bc8522015776'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3895 -msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3898 -msgid "While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3900 -msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3905 -msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3915 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)" -msgstr "Drumkit manager" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3918 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Soundlibrary" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3921 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='5ee5b8034d3691ab9f3ba1f81749a2d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3926 -msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3931 -msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3938 -msgid "The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3939 -msgid "The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3948 -msgid "You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3953 -msgid "The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits folder. When you have created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3961 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the license type of the drumkit(s) you are using." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3965 -msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or other open and free license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3969 -msgid "Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using the kit in your songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3973 -msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or via any other channel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3978 -msgid "To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select Load. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that kit, left-click the to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3990 -msgid "Songs" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3992 -msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs folder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4006 -msgid "This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4001 -msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns folder. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4011 -msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting Properties and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4023 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4026 -msgid "The Instrument editor General view" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4029 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='1c659ff4d9f877ae77fc0e829733ec17'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4034 -msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4041 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4046 -msgid "It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4052 -msgid "Envelope Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='c9b1cf7425256ccbcdf6e6f8587600ca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4055 -msgid " Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4068 -msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4073 -msgid "Attack: the amount of time that the volume of the sample goes from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the attack phase." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4082 -msgid "Decay: the amount of time for the volume of the sample to go from full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the decay parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4090 -msgid "Sustain: the volume to play the note after the decay phase is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4097 -msgid "Release: the time to fade out the note from the sustain volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it will fade out for the maximum time available." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4106 -msgid "The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by the number of audio samples. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4113 -msgid "If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If the note is sustained, it does not draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) parameter during that time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4123 -msgid "Gain and Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='dcaf9a6840510623bc55df8ea2c89325'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4126 -msgid " In the upper half there is a LCD displaying \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4142 -msgid "The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the set to , the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4151 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4157 -msgid "Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4165 -msgid "If the Mute Group is set to , then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to .)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4175 -msgid "If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4177 -msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4187 -msgid "The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4192 -msgid "The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4197 -msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4204 -msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4209 -msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4217 -msgid "Filter Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4228 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='0fa21c2c613d94d89b051fe442a897e1'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4220 -msgid " From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4233 -msgid "The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4242 -msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4262 -msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4274 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='2ce648ae655059f6664ba41c01158668'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4265 -msgid " From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4279 -msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4289 -msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4284 -msgid "The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between and . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4301 -msgid "MIDI Out Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4312 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='10b438a7473e911b09d593794a7f1901'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4304 -msgid " Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4317 -msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4326 -msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4332 -msgid "By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4338 -msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4349 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='6893409e38809da4d0b6d518ad919b15'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4341 -msgid " Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4354 -msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4356 -msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4359 -msgid "Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4364 -msgid "Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4377 manual.docbook:4431 -msgid "Layers" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4380 -msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4383 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='3846805161b3ed5792058f7cf48cb2ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4388 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4392 -msgid "Components" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4403 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png' md5='116bc97c3fdf5bed06019ec88f47bc3e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4395 -msgid " In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4417 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_dropdown_off.png' md5='51f65ba335fa3b5b06d9c195764418af'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4408 -msgid "Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4424 -msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4434 -msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4437 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png' md5='88e1cd028f2cf6ea6270048a91943a65'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4442 -msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4447 -msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4461 manual.docbook:7027 manual.docbook:7052 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='66347065d44659c155d3a82f5a1d4366'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='2a9f9afe245e147739e8195668997088'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4483 manual.docbook:4649 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='bf9a3426f12d614877d16fdd88be0ba6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4452 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". you can delete the current layer, and using Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4490 -msgid "Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4496 -msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4505 -msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4501 -msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4511 -msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4516 -msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4523 -msgid "Sample Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png' md5='277f4e033a01cada19ac74bbea4e9f23'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4526 -msgid " A LCD titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open display the different choices to the right. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4539 -msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4543 -msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4553 -msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4549 -msgid ": will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4560 -msgid ": will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4565 -msgid ": will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4584 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png' md5='23af0cfc4c001777b7267008d060c310'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4576 -msgid " Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4591 -msgid "Layer Gain: adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4602 -msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4597 -msgid "Component Volume: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4609 -msgid "Pitch: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4615 -msgid "Fine: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4629 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sample Editor" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4632 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sample Editor" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='b91bf9388c10b1084c43afe932525686'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4640 -msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4657 -msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive and are saved per song. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4667 -msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4670 -msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4673 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='79d932cc42416613724b49665edafecd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4683 -msgid "Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4686 -msgid "End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4689 -msgid "Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4678 -msgid "In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4695 -msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4700 -msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4707 -msgid "Start: position of the Start Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4712 -msgid "Loop: position of the Loop Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4722 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4727 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4732 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4717 -msgid "Loop Mode: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4740 -msgid "Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4745 -msgid "End: position of the End Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4750 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Close: exits the Sample Editor." -msgstr "Fig. 1 The Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4757 -msgid "These values will change if you drag the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4765 -msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4774 -msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4784 -msgid "Pitch Shifting" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4787 -msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4790 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='9b0e53b5337bd67534bd8890cf4c18c8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4795 -msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4798 -msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4803 -msgid "When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4813 -msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4820 -msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4809 -msgid "Sample length to beat: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4844 -msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4839 -msgid "Pitch: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4850 -msgid "Crispness: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4859 -msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4862 -msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4865 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='dc7183d8123d5a26f36d8996b1d761e0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4870 -msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4876 -msgid "Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4881 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it." -msgstr "Fig. 2 Il Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4886 -msgid "Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4891 -msgid "panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4897 -msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating envelopes by" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4902 -msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4909 -msgid "First select or in the dropdown to the right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4914 -msgid "Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4919 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Right-clicking will delete a point." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4924 -msgid "Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4935 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4938 manual.docbook:6912 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Mixer" -msgstr "Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4941 manual.docbook:6915 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='45445f564c4daba76ea19b172f462d2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4946 -msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4948 -msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4955 -msgid "Instrument Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4958 -msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4961 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png' md5='eb97a316a9312de1b36933fdde130e2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4976 manual.docbook:6845 manual.docbook:7101 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='42524bb86518faf8e847f658451f2753'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4968 -msgid " Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4981 -msgid "This is quite handy for checking clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4995 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='bd11e31456ff6a4a282589db8a511140'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4987 -msgid " Vertical, grey LED-like object. : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5010 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='106d658b0427ec839b4ca98dd49937eb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5016 -msgid "If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5022 -msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5002 -msgid " Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5029 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5042 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5056 manual.docbook:5176 manual.docbook:6856 -#: manual.docbook:6880 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5048 manual.docbook:5168 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"S\". : solos the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5061 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5077 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='67f4cf502c0a993a3d55530e05e7b925'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5067 -msgid " Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5082 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5097 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='ebf4c2417000164edda1863910101f0b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5088 -msgid " Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the FX Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5105 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5110 manual.docbook:5187 -msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5118 -msgid "If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5121 -msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5131 -msgid "Component Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5134 -msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerComponentStrip.png' md5='cd9cf0e81509283aea2d97d306a22107'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5142 -msgid "Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5147 -msgid "These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5154 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5182 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins" -msgstr "LADSPA plugins" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5199 -msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5202 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXStrip.png' md5='d77984abc55c41633dcab77e20a8bec0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5217 manual.docbook:5381 manual.docbook:6831 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showFX_on.png' md5='faaad6e9491dac7d3478b96e87b1ecc5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5207 -msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button in the Master Fader Strip)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5223 -msgid "It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5229 -msgid "SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5234 -msgid "CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5238 -msgid "TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5242 -msgid "Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5246 -msgid "LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5250 -msgid "...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5225 -msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/title -#: manual.docbook:5257 -msgid "Plugins Kill" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5258 -msgid "A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use, and some are just plain better than others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5275 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/edit_off.png' md5='125b96a529eb2984de90da816a21f2ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5265 -msgid "Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5284 -msgid "Select an Effect" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5287 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXSelect.png' md5='d21233583479b7309fc704f9693d97b7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5309 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='704fc0cf7facf4f82b0757e6c81bfa9e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5297 -msgid " Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactive\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5325 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/bypass_over.png' md5='de70b2610957f2c6d494b5951193eb8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5331 -msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5281 -msgid "Now the FX selector window will pop up : <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters: <_:informalfigure-2/> You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". ) button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5336 -msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5342 -msgid "Master Fader Strip" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5345 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5348 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerMasterStrip.png' md5='31393663b772c8b6d8614f2181b0e999'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5353 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5367 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/master_mute_off.png' md5='c310589cbb20cfcffc3d016e6935e022'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5358 -msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". button mutes the whole output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5393 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showPeaks_on.png' md5='4475949f7c1f11157b8cfb623022e27b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5373 -msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5401 -msgid "Humanization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5403 -msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5408 -msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5415 -msgid "Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5421 -msgid "Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5424 -msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5431 -msgid "Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5438 -msgid "In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5446 -msgid "Mixer Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5448 -msgid "In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small \"cog\" icon button:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5459 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='67cb0590bbf394c8fd5b3a3f405a25f5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5451 -msgid " Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5477 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='0ef81682361b5af0ab28011d73464f6c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5468 -msgid " Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5463 -msgid "Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5483 -msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5487 -msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5490 -msgid "You will find four categories: , , , . Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5503 -msgid "Balance Law (0dB): when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5506 -msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be louder when the pan knob is at center - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5514 -msgid "Constant Power (-3dB): the total power (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5517 -msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5525 -msgid "Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5527 -msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5538 -msgid "Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5542 -msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5498 -msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5550 -msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, but the volume only (depending on the pan knob)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5553 -msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5561 -msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5575 -msgid "Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5579 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Director" -msgstr "Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5582 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='ddab3b64f7d02f4e6429ae0e13aaf983'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5588 -msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5592 -msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5600 -msgid "This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5609 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5612 -msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditor.png' md5='0b5f7b45f0d56ace8c53064f3792c4ff'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5621 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "Menu" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5624 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song List" -msgstr "Song Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5626 -msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5631 -msgid "Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5636 -msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5639 -msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5657 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='5f8f7127af9b7e4c682e541aab7636ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5650 -msgid " From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5662 -msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5667 -msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5675 manual.docbook:5757 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5682 -msgid "This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5677 -msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5691 -msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5699 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5702 -msgid "Playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5706 -msgid "Add song to Playlist: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5712 -msgid "Add current song to Playlist: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5718 -msgid "Remove selected song from Playlist: deletes the selected song from the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5724 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New Playlist: creates a new and empty playlist." -msgstr "Fig. 9 Salva drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5735 -msgid "In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5730 -msgid "Open Playlist: opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5742 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Playlist: saves all changes done to the current playlist." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Salva file." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5748 -msgid "Save Playlist as: saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5761 -msgid "Add Script to selected song: associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5771 -msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5767 -msgid "Edit selected Script: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5778 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove selected Script: removes the selected script from the playlist." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5789 -msgid "The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5784 -msgid "Create a new Script: creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5802 -msgid "MIDI API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5804 -msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5808 -msgid "Before you can work with MIDI actions you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5813 -msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5819 -msgid "MIDI Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5822 -msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5830 -msgid "An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5842 manual.docbook:5863 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rec.png' md5='4256277cfa68efdb41cbbcd9ae1fa116'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5833 -msgid "You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the Red circle. button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5854 -msgid "You can also define a binding without the Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5869 -msgid "The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5874 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5876 -msgid "Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5882 -msgid "NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5886 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5890 -msgid "MMC_x: machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5900 -msgid "Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5903 -msgid "Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5912 -msgid "<<_PREVIOUS_BAR: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5919 -#, fuzzy -msgid ">>_NEXT_BAR: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5925 -msgid "BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5935 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5932 -msgid "BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5944 -msgid "BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5949 manual.docbook:5961 manual.docbook:5974 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode or Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5957 -msgid "BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5969 -msgid "BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5981 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5989 -msgid "Not implemented yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5986 -#, fuzzy -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5996 -msgid "FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6005 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6009 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6017 -msgid "MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6021 -msgid "MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6026 -msgid "PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6030 -msgid "PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6036 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PAUSE: pauses playback." -msgstr "Fig. 9 Salva drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PLAY: starts playback." -msgstr "Fig. 9 Salva drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6044 -msgid "PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6052 -msgid "PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6059 -msgid "PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6066 -msgid "PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: opens the previous song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6073 -msgid "PLAYLIST_SONG: opens the next song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6080 -msgid "RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6088 -msgid "RECORD_EXIT: deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6095 -msgid "RECORD_READY: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6103 -msgid "RECORD_STROBE: activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "REDO_ACTION: redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6116 -msgid "SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6123 -msgid "SELECT_INSTRUMENT: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6133 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6128 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6139 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: like but only take effect in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6149 -msgid "This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6144 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: switches Action Param patterns forward. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6159 -msgid "If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6155 -msgid "SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "STOP: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6170 -msgid "STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6175 -msgid "STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6180 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6185 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6190 -msgid "TAP_TEMPO: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TOGGLE_METRONOME: toggles the metronome." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Dettaglio del Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6201 -#, fuzzy -msgid "UNDO_ACTION: undoes the previous action." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6206 -msgid "UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6215 -msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6217 -msgid "Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6223 -msgid "If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6231 -msgid "OSC API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6232 -msgid "Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6242 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6244 -msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program oscsend." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen -#: manual.docbook:6250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6255 -msgid "To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable OSC support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming OSC messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6263 -msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:6269 -msgid "oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6277 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6280 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6282 -msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen -#: manual.docbook:6284 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6288 -msgid "with the supported types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "' ': no argument required" -msgstr "Fig. 9 Salva drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6291 -#, fuzzy -msgid "i: int32" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "f: float32" -msgstr "Fig. 9 Salva drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "s: OSC-string (ASCII)" -msgstr "Fig. 9 Salva drumkit." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6296 -msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6300 -msgid "ff: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6305 -msgid "' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets [f] to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6314 -msgid "[0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the range column. For continuous values squared brackets [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6322 -msgid "{-1;0;1}: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most convenient input options." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6328 -msgid "1.0: also in order to support TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the range column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6335 -msgid "X: all commands ending with a /X/ require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6347 -msgid "All Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:6350 -msgid "All OSC Messages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6357 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6358 -msgid "type" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6359 -msgid "range" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6360 -msgid "description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6366 manual.docbook:6372 manual.docbook:6378 -#: manual.docbook:6385 manual.docbook:6395 manual.docbook:6403 -#: manual.docbook:6409 manual.docbook:6415 manual.docbook:6421 -#: manual.docbook:6427 manual.docbook:6433 manual.docbook:6482 -#: manual.docbook:6490 manual.docbook:6520 manual.docbook:6526 -#: manual.docbook:6532 manual.docbook:6623 manual.docbook:6629 -#: manual.docbook:6635 manual.docbook:6641 manual.docbook:6675 -#: manual.docbook:6701 manual.docbook:6713 manual.docbook:6719 -msgid "' ',[f]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6368 -msgid "Starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAUSE/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6374 -msgid "Stops playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STOP/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6380 -msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6384 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6387 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6397 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6405 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6411 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6414 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6417 -msgid "Activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6423 -msgid "Deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6429 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6435 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6439 manual.docbook:6447 manual.docbook:6454 -#: manual.docbook:6463 manual.docbook:6472 manual.docbook:6498 -#: manual.docbook:6513 manual.docbook:6538 manual.docbook:6544 -#: manual.docbook:6554 manual.docbook:6565 manual.docbook:6576 -#: manual.docbook:6582 manual.docbook:6591 manual.docbook:6601 -#: manual.docbook:6609 manual.docbook:6617 manual.docbook:6647 -#: manual.docbook:6654 manual.docbook:6661 manual.docbook:6668 -#: manual.docbook:6681 -msgid "f" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6440 manual.docbook:6448 manual.docbook:6455 -#: manual.docbook:6514 manual.docbook:6618 manual.docbook:6682 -msgid "[0,]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6441 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6446 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6449 -msgid "Works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6456 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, locates the playhead to pattern number f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6465 -msgid "Decreases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6474 -msgid "Increases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and Tempo Marker has been passed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6481 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6484 -msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6489 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6492 -msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6497 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6499 -msgid "{0,1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6500 -msgid "Activates the Timeline if f is not zero and deactivates it otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6504 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6505 -msgid "ff" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6506 -msgid "[0,] [10,400]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6507 -msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6512 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6515 -msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar f on the Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6522 -msgid "Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6525 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6528 -msgid "Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6534 -msgid "Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6539 manual.docbook:6555 -msgid "[0.0,1.5]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6540 -msgid "Sets the volume of the Master fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6543 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6545 manual.docbook:6566 -msgid "{-1;0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6546 -msgid "Changes the Master output volume, relative to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6556 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6564 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6567 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6577 -msgid "[0.0,1.0]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6578 -msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip X." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6583 -msgid "{-1;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6584 -msgid "Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip X, relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6590 -msgid "/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6592 -msgid "[0,127]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6593 -msgid "For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6600 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6603 -msgid "Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6611 -msgid "Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6616 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6619 -msgid "Opens song f of the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6622 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6625 -msgid "Opens the next song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6631 -msgid "Opens the previous song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6634 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6637 -msgid "Undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6640 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6643 -msgid "Redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6646 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6648 manual.docbook:6655 manual.docbook:6662 -#: manual.docbook:6669 -msgid "{0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6649 -msgid "Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6653 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6656 -msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master for a value of and registers it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6660 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6663 -msgid "Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6670 -msgid "Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6674 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6677 -msgid "Toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6680 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Apre file." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6683 -msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6686 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6687 manual.docbook:6694 manual.docbook:6707 -msgid "s" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6689 -msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6693 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6696 -msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6700 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6703 -msgid "Saves the current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6706 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6709 -msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saves the preferences." -msgstr "Preferences dialog" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6718 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/QUIT/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 Il mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6721 -msgid "Exits Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:6732 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6735 -msgid "A New Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6737 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview." -msgstr "Questa sezione dara' alcune indicazioni di massima sull'uso di Hydrogen. Riferirsi al tutorial per una guida piu' approfondita." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6743 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Modalita' song e modalita' pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6745 -msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6754 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Pattern" -msgstr "Creazione pattern" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!" -msgstr "Partiremo da una canzone vuota con un pattern vuoto creato di default dal programma (Fig. 12); assicuriamoci che la modalita' di esecuzione sia impostata su \"pattern\". E' possibile modificare il nome del pattern. Adesso clicchiamo sul pulsante di \"Play\" e e mentre il nuovo pattern sara' in esecuzione aggiungiamo le note nella griglia del Song Editor (Fig. 13). Le note vengono inserite e cancellate dalla griglia semplicemente cliccando col tasto sinistro del mouse sulla nota interessata. Assicuriamoci di selezionare il pattern giusto nel Song Editor prima di inserire le note nel Pattern Editor! Notare anche che se per esempio si riempie un pattern di sedicesimi e poi si imposta una risoluzione minore, le note \"fuori scala\" non possono essere cancellate." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6755 -msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now let's click on the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Pattern Editor" -msgstr "Pattern Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6792 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='7f9b5aa7c144e4c3104017ce5fcc0ee7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6799 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Sequence" -msgstr "Creazione sequenza" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once patterns are created (), we can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode." -msgstr "Una volta creati i pattern, per copiarli/cancellarli e posizionarli correttamente nella struttura della canzone (Fig. 13) e' sufficiente utilizzare la funzione di trascinamento del mouse attivabile nel Song Editor (tenere premuto il tasto sinistro per selezionare i pattern)" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6806 -msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6809 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='af6d57845fa39b40cfa580bf62879e72'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6816 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust from the Mixer" -msgstr "Operazioni sul mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating or playing patterns." -msgstr "Ovviamente in qualsiasi momento e' possibile aprire ed utilizzare la finestra del mixer (Fig. 14), sia durante la fase di creazione dei pattern, sia durante l'esecuzione delle sequenze." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6903 -msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6821 -msgid "The Mixer (see ) is made of a number independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a Master Fader Strip and a Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button to show and hide the FX Plugin Rack. Every line features 3 buttons ( Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. Grey button containing a black \"S\". Grey button containing a black \"M\". ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on Grey button containing a black \"S\". will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button Grey button containing a black \"M\". , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of and (in you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6922 -msgid "Create a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6925 -msgid "Creating a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6926 -msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6931 -msgid "Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument Editor. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6936 -msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6941 -msgid "Lets make a brand new drum kit:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6943 -msgid "in the Main Menu select Drumkits New . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select Instruments Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select Delete Instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6959 -msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6965 -msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select Drumkits Save As . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6978 -msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6984 -msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using Drumkits Export from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6999 -msgid "Creating a New Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7001 -msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7005 -msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select Instruments Add instrument . This will give you a blank instrument to start from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7012 -msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7017 -msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". and point the Audio File Browser to your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7033 -msgid "The Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7041 -msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". to bring in another sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7058 -msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the first sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7066 -msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see Sample Selection for further info)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7071 -msgid "Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7078 -msgid "For each layer, you can set the Gain and the Pitch. The pitch also has a Fine adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7082 -msgid "Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:7091 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7108 -msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7114 -msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7121 -msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:7126 -msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7128 -msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7132 -msgid "Turn down the gain. Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7140 -msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7145 -msgid "Test samples at full velocity. Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: clipping.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7151 -msgid "Try to use samples that are -6 dB max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7156 -msgid "Remove all DC offsets from the sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7166 -msgid "The ADSR will not be longer than your sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7171 -msgid "Things change with the sample rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7180 -msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7191 -msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:7202 -msgid "Appendix" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7205 -msgid "Used File Types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:7207 -msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7212 -msgid "*.h2pattern: XML file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7217 -msgid "*.h2song: XML file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their properties and are manager using the song editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7222 -msgid "*.h2playlist: XML file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7226 -msgid "*.h2drumkit: a compressed and archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7235 -msgid "Shortcut Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:7237 -msgid "Shortcut Table" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7243 -msgid "Shortcut" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7244 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7249 -msgid "Ctrl + N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7250 -msgid "New Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7253 -msgid "Ctrl + O" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7254 -msgid "Open File" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7257 -msgid "Ctrl + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7258 -msgid "Open Demo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7261 -msgid "Ctrl + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7262 -msgid "Save Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7265 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7266 -msgid "Save Song as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7269 -msgid "Ctrl + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7270 -msgid "Export Pattern as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7273 -msgid "Ctrl + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7274 -msgid "Export MIDI file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7277 -msgid "Ctrl + E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7278 -msgid "Export Song (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7281 -msgid "Ctrl + L" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7282 -msgid "Export LilyPond file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7285 -msgid "Ctrl + Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7286 -msgid "Quit Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7289 -msgid "Ctrl + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7290 -msgid "Undo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7293 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7294 -msgid "Redo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7297 -msgid "Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7298 -msgid "Show Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7301 -msgid "Alt + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7302 -msgid "Show Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7305 -msgid "Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7306 -msgid "Show Instrument Rack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7309 -msgid "Alt + A" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7310 -msgid "Show Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7313 -msgid "Alt + F" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7314 -msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7317 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7318 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7321 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7322 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7325 -msgid "Alt + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7326 -msgid "Show Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7329 -msgid "Alt + ?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Manual" -msgstr "Hydrogen Manual" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7333 -msgid "Backspace" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7334 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning" -msgstr "[Backspace] = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7337 -msgid "Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7338 -msgid "Play / Pause" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7341 -msgid "Ctrl + Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7342 -msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7345 -msgid "," -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7346 -msgid "Use the Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7349 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7350 -msgid "Use Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7353 -msgid "+" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7354 -msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7357 -msgid "-" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7358 -msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7361 -msgid "F5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7362 -msgid "Jump to previous song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7365 -msgid "F6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7366 -msgid "Jump to next song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7369 -msgid "F9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7370 -msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7373 -msgid "F10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7374 -msgid "Jump to next bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7377 -msgid "F12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7378 -msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/title -#: manual.docbook:7387 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/para -#: manual.docbook:7389 -msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7402 -msgid "ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7404 -msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the Attack, Decay, Sustain, and Release parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7412 -msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the sustain level. When the note is released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7421 -msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7424 -msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article ADSR Envelope" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7437 -msgid "Attack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7439 -msgid "This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount of time to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7448 -msgid "Attenuation" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7450 -msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7460 -msgid "Band-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7462 -msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7475 -msgid "Clipping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7477 -msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7482 -msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7488 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7490 -msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7504 -msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7507 -msgid "In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7495 -msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7516 -msgid "Cutoff Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7518 -msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7523 -msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7540 -msgid "Decay" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7542 -msgid "After the attack phase, this is the amount of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full velocity to the sustain level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7551 -msgid "DC-offset" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7553 -msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7554 -msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7567 -msgid "Envelope Generator" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7569 -msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7575 -msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7577 -msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7588 -msgid "Fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7590 -msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7597 -msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7599 -msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7612 -msgid "Gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7614 -msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7622 -msgid "High-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7624 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7635 -msgid "Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7637 -msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7648 -msgid "Layer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7650 -msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a layer), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7655 -msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will not sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7667 -msgid "Low-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7669 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7680 -msgid "Mute" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7682 -msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7688 -msgid "Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7690 -msgid "A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7692 -msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7706 -msgid "Normalization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7708 -msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7716 -msgid "Octave" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7718 -msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7721 -msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they sound like the same distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7732 -msgid "Pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7734 -msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:7744 -msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:7747 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='cf558ea6f4eb3f7c167422add4e5365b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7737 -msgid "The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan knob, which is set in the Mixer. Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the note Pan value moves the Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. Some examples: if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7763 -msgid "The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7775 -msgid "Release" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7777 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The amount of time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level to 0." -msgstr "Fig. 8 Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7786 -msgid "Resonance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7788 -msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7797 -msgid "Resonance Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7799 -msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7813 -msgid "Roll-off" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7815 -msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7818 -msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7835 -msgid "Sample" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7837 -msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7843 -msgid "Sustain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7845 -msgid "The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7857 -msgid "Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7859 -msgid "How hard you hit a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7861 -msgid "MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back." -msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The latest stable version of hydrogen is available as a tarball at http://www.hydrogen-music.org." -#~ msgstr "L'ultima versione stabile di Hydrogen e' disponibile all'indirizzo http://hydrogen.sourceforge.net oppure http://hydrogen-music.org" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "It is possible to download the latest source files directly from our subversion server with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk A certain release can be fetched with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/tags/0.9.3" -#~ msgstr "bash$ cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.hydrogen.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/hydrogen co hydrogen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "qt (>= 4.0) at " -#~ msgstr "qt (>= 3.2) reperibili presso http://www.trolltech.com" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "lash at (only if you wish to use lash)" -#~ msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso http://www.alsa-project.com (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Decompress the tarball or go to the directory where the subversion copy was checked out: \n" -#~ "\t$ cd hydrogen-*\n" -#~ "\t$ scons\n" -#~ "\t$ su -c \"scons install\"\n" -#~ "\t\t " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "bash$ cd hydrogen-*\n" -#~ "bash$ ./configure\n" -#~ "bash$ make\n" -#~ "bash$ su -c \"make install\"" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "CoreAudio: a driver for Mac OS X (experimental)" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 4 La linguetta Audio System." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Audio Engine Info Window" -#~ msgstr "Audio engine info" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Instrument rack - Open the instrument rack panel." -#~ msgstr "Fig. 13 Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "debug action - Insert debug commands." -#~ msgstr "Fig. 10 Importa un drumkit." - -#~ msgid "The main toolbar" -#~ msgstr "La toolbar principale" - -#~ msgid "Main controls to start [Hotkey = Spacebar], stop, fast forward, rewind, loop a song or a pattern." -#~ msgstr "Controlli principali per far partire [Hotkey = barra spaziatrice], fermare, scorrere avanti e indietro oppure eseguire continuamente un pattern o una canzione." - -#~ msgid "Set speed of playing (range: 30-400 bpm) [Hotkey = mouse wheel] and button to enable/disable metronome" -#~ msgstr "Imposta la velocita' di esecuzione (range: 30-400 bpm) [Hotkey = rotella del mouse] e bottone per attivare/disattivare il metronomo" - -#~ msgid "Shows CPU load." -#~ msgstr "Mostra il carico sulla CPU." - -#~ msgid "Shows MIDI events." -#~ msgstr "Mostra l'input MIDI." - -#~ msgid "Click to enable Jack transport: Hydrogen will work as 'slave' with another 'master' program (e.g. Ardour). This applet is only available if Jack Audio Driver is selected." -#~ msgstr "Cliccare per selezionare la funzione di Jack Transport: Hydrogen funzionera' come 'slave' con un altro programma 'master' (es. Ardour). Questa applet appare solo se il driver audio Jack e' selezionato." - -#~ msgid "Other useful keybindings (not customizable for the moment):" -#~ msgstr "Altre utili scorciatoie da tastiera (non modificabili al momento):" - -#~ msgid "[CTRL + S] = Save File" -#~ msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Salva file." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Song Editor comes with 7 buttons:" -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -#~ msgstr "Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -#~ msgstr "Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Move currently selected pattern up or down." -#~ msgstr "Move currently selected pattern up or down." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Enable selecting patterns for copy & paste (Select Mode)." -#~ msgstr "Enable selecting patterns for copy & paste." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Enable Draw Mode." -#~ msgstr "Enable add/remove patterns." - -#~ msgid "Under these buttons there is a list of patterns created and when they will played (each square == 1 bar). Click on an squarebox to add or cancel the pattern. Clicking on right mouse button over the name of a pattern will bring up a menu to change name of the pattern or to allow copying/deleting it. Patterns with very same name are not allowed." -#~ msgstr "Sotto i bottoni c'e' la lista dei pattern creati posizionati nel punto della canzone in cui verranno eseguiti (una casella == una battuta). Cliccare su una casella per aggiungere il pattern o eliminarlo. Cliccare col tasto destro del mouse sul nome del pattern fara' apparire un menu a tendina da cui si puo' modificarne il nome oppure eliminare. Non sono ammessi pattern con nomi identici." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The \"Pattern Editor\" frame () lets us create or modify the pattern (bar) which is being played, or add/remove notes and tune intensity as well. On the higher-left side you find a pair of LCD screens: the first one lets you choose the size of a pattern while the second represents the current grid resolution (4 through 64). Selecting an instrument which has at least one note in the pattern will show a few vertical bars (one per note) on the lowest part of this frame. Those frame shows the so called \"note properties\". This are special properties which can be set for every single note. Hydrogen knows of 3 Properties: Velocity, Pan and Lead/Lag. Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm." -#~ msgstr "La finestra \"Pattern Editor\" (Fig. 2) ci permette di creare o modificare il pattern in esecuzione, aggiungere o togliere note e regolarne l'intensita'. In altro a sinistra troviamo una coppia di display LCD; il primo permette di selezionare il pattern da visualizzare nel Song Editor (scegliendo fra quelli gia' creati) mentre il secondo permette di modificare la risoluzione agevolando l'immissione di nuove note: e' possibile settare la griglia per 4, 8, 16, 32 o 64 colpi per battuta e i rispettivi ritmi terzinati indicati con 4T, 8T, 16T e 32T. Si puo' anche selezionare il numero di battute effettivamente suonate tramite l'apposito menu (da 1 a 8). Selezionando uno strumento che abbia almeno una nota sullo schermo fara' apparire in basso delle barre verticali da cui regolare quanto 'piano' o 'forte' battere quel colpo. Il pulsante (hear new notes) serve per ascoltare i suoni man mano che vengono immessi. Infine si possono spostare gli strumenti nella sequenza tramite gli appositi pulsanti . E' disponbibile un'utile funzione di \"Quantize\" contrassegnata dal pulsante che permette alle note inserite di posizionarsi automaticamente secondo la griglia impostata." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Each instrument has its own set of features accessible right-clicking with your mouse on it; Fill/Clear notes fills or deletes every note of that instrument in the current pattern (remember that filling a pattern is always relative to the grid resolution set) and finally Randomize velocity automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Also, you can set new beats clicking on which enables direct input by MIDI events or by keyboard according to the following map key=instrument:" -#~ msgstr "Si possono anche aggiungere nuovi colpi cliccando su che attiva l'inserimento diretto tramite MIDI o tastiera secondo il seguente schema tasto=strumento:" - -#~ msgid "X = Snare Jazz" -#~ msgstr "X = Snare Jazz" - -#~ msgid "C = Snare Rock" -#~ msgstr "C = Snare Rock" - -#~ msgid "V = Tom Low" -#~ msgstr "V = Tom Low" - -#~ msgid "B = Tom Mid" -#~ msgstr "B = Tom Mid" - -#~ msgid "N = Tom Hi" -#~ msgstr "N = Tom Hi" - -#~ msgid "Q = Ride Jazz" -#~ msgstr "Q = Ride Jazz" - -#~ msgid "W = Ride Rock" -#~ msgstr "W = Ride Rock" - -#~ msgid "E = Instrument No. 17 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "E = Strumento No. 17 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "R = Instrument No. 18 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "R = Strumento No. 18 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "T = Instrument No. 20 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "T = Strumento No. 20 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "Y = Instrument No. 22 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "Y = Strumento No. 22 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "U = Instrument No. 24 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "U = Strumento No. 24 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "J = Open HH" -#~ msgstr "J = Open HH" - -#~ msgid "3 = Crash Jazz" -#~ msgstr "3 = Crash Jazz" - -#~ msgid "5 = Instrument No. 19 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "5 = Strumento No. 19 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "6 = Instrument No. 21 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "6 = Strumento No. 21 (non assegnato)" - -#~ msgid "7 = Instrument No. 23 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "7 = Strumento No. 23 (non assegnato)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is useful for tuning a global or single volume of the current drumkit. It shows the current peak (click on to disable, useful on old CPUs) and let you set the maximum peak allowed (tune with the fader knob of the instrument), lets you modify attributes like pan, play solo , mute or test play only that instrument ; selecting in the Pattern Editor an instrument causes a blue LED to light on (near the play button). Near the global volume knob, you can set 3 global effect such a swing (shifts a few notes back or forward not randomly), timing (modify timings of the notes) and humanize effect (random velocity editing)." -#~ msgstr "La finestra del mixer (Fig. 3) torna utile per settare un volume singolo o globale del drumkit corrente. Mostra il picco corrente dello strumento (cliccare su per disabilitarlo, risparmia qualcosa sulle vecchie CPU), permette di impostare il picco massimo (con l'apposita manetta a scorrimento verticale di ciascun strumento) e attributi come il \"pan\" (posizionamento stereo) , suonare singolarmente uno strumento , ammutolire un singolo strumento o suonare per test quello strumento ; selezionare nel Pattern Editor uno strumento causera l'accensione di un piccolo LED blu nella sezione assegnata al mixer per quello strumento. Accanto alla regolazione del volume principale, infine, troviamo tre differenti effetti: swing (spoasta lievemente e in maniera non casuale le note), timing (anticipa o ritarda) and humanize effect (modifica la velocity, l'intensita' di come vengono suonati gli strumenti). Facendo doppio click sul nome dello strumento appare una finestra con due schede per modificarne le proprieta'." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "In addition to all this you can set up to 4 special LADSPA effects for each instrument switching the button. See next section for a detailed overview. " -#~ msgstr "In piu' a tutto questo si possono impostare 4 effetti LADSPA per ciascun strumento cliccando su . Nella prossima sezione una panoramica piu' ampia." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from 0 to full velocity." -#~ msgstr "Fig. 3 Selezionate un effetto." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Hydrogen can also add effects to sounds using any LADSPA plugin library. You need to have installed the LADSPA sources (available from ) and while this will give a rough idea of how it works you should really have a taste of the real thing installing one or more plugin libraries, it's as simple as a scons && scons install. Here are a few places to download plugin libraries:" -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen puo' anche aggiungere ai suoni degli effetti usando qualunque libreria LADSPA. Si devono installare i sorgenti LADSPA (disponibili su http://www.ladspa.org) e se questo puo' bastare per dare un'idea di base, sarebbe meglio installare una o piu' di queste librerie per poter apprezzare meglio il risultato, basta compilare gli effetti con un \"make && make install\"" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SWH-Plugins available at . Note that before compiling these plugins you need the FFTW tarball from ." -#~ msgstr "SWH-Plugins disponibili presso http://plugin.org.uk. N.B. prima di installare questi effetti c'e' da compilare il pacchetto FFTW da http://www.fftw.org." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "CMT available at ." -#~ msgstr "CMT disponibile presso http://www.ladspa.org." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "TAP available at ." -#~ msgstr "TAP disponibile presso http://tap-plugins.sf.net." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Once you have installed a few plugins open a song you'd like add an effect to and select an instrument that has a few beats in the pattern. In the Mixer click on and select one of the four available effect line Click on the Edit button ( ), than on Select the FX: this will bring up another window () that lets you choose an effect amongst those installed, they are alphabetically sorted and categorized. Once you're done, adjust the level from the mixer and start playing. Each round knob in the FX part controls the level of its effect. If you want to quickly enable/disable the effect click the Bypass ( ) button." -#~ msgstr "Una volta installato qualche plugin aprite File -> Preferences -> General e controllate se il percorso e' corretto (per esempio un'installazione di default dei plugin li mette in /usr/local/lib/ladspa), quindi aprite una canzone a cui volete applicare gli effetti e selzionate uno strumento che abbia nel pattern qualche colpo. Nel Mixer cliccare su e selezionare uno delle quattro linee di effetti disponibili. Cliccare su Edit ( ) e poi su Select the FX: questo aprira' un'altra finestra (Fig. 3) the permette di scegliere un effetto fra quelli installati; appaiono in ordine alfabetico e suddivisi per lettera. Una volta fatto ricordatevi di attivare l'effetto cliccando su Activate, aggiustate il livello se volete e infine tornate al Mixer: cominciate a suonare e buon divertimento! Ciascun piccolo comando rotondo di ogni linea del Mixer, dall'alto in basso, comanda un effetto: il primo in alto e' il numero 0, poi il numero 1 e cosi' via. Se volete disabilitare velocemente un effetto LADSPA cliccate su ." - -#~ msgid "A new song" -#~ msgstr "Creazione di una canzone" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Hydrogen has 2 main modes: \"Pattern\" mode and \"Song\" mode (refer to for the buttons to activate). When \"Pattern\" mode is activated the current pattern is continously repeated, so to help changing it until we don't like it, while \"Song\" mode repeats only the current pattern: this is useful when putting together the patterns, to create the whole structure for the song." -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen ha 2 modalita' principali di funzionamento: la modalita' \"Pattern\" e la modalita' \"Song\" (riferirsi a questa sezione per i pulsanti da utilizzare). Quando la modalita' Pattern e' impostata abbiamo la possibilita' di creare e modificare un pattern finche' non soddisfi le nostre esigenze; il pattern viene eseguito ininterrottamente finche' non si preme stop oppure si seleziona un altro pattern. La modalita' \"Song\" e' dedicata invece alla messa in sequenza dei vari pattern, in modo da creare una struttura per la canzone." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is made of 32 independent tracks, each of these is binded to an instrument, plus a \"Master Output\" line to adjust general output volume and a \"FX\" button to set effects. Every line features 3 buttons ( ), pan adjust ( ), current maximum peak, volume fader and name of the track. Clicking on will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The \"Mute\" button , simply mute that instrument. The maximun peak indicates the maximun volume reached from the instrument; the peak must be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in you can see a few volumes too loud), otherwise it will get distorted producing a weird sound (especially with OSS audio driver), in this case it's better to set volume down; keep an eye on each vu-meter." -#~ msgstr "Il Mixer e' composto da 16 linee indipendenti, ognuna corrispondente ad un diverso strumento, piu' la linea del \"Master Output\" che serve a regolare il volume dell'uscita principale. Ogni linea contiene 3 pulsanti ( ), regolazione del pan ( ), un indicatore del picco massimo raggiunto, il fader del volume e il nome della traccia. Premendo il pulsante e' possibile ascoltare esclusivamente lo strumento selezionato poiche' gli altri vengono automaticamente esclusi dalla riproduzione. Il pulsante \"Mute\" , semplicemente rende \"muto\" lo strumento selezionato eliminandolo quindi dal mix finale. L'indicatore del picco massimo visualizza il massimo volume raggiunto dallo strumento; il picco deve essere all'interno dell'intervallo tra 0.0 e 1.0, superare il valore di 1.0 significa che lo strumento andra' in \"distorsione\" (specialmente usando i driver OSS) generando un rumore simile a una \"pernacchia\": meglio abbassare il volume in questi casi! ;) Infine e' presente il fader del volume, con il quale regoliamo il volume del singolo strumento e vediamo graficamente il picco raggiunto grazie al vu-meter posto dietro alla manopola." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 1 The Audio System tab" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 4 La linguetta Audio System." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 2 The MIDI System tab" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 5 La linguetta MIDI System." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 3 The appearance tab" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 6 La linguetta Appereance" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 4 The Audio engine Info window" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 4 La linguetta Audio System." - -#~ msgid "Fig. 12 The Pattern Editor" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 12 Il Pattern Editor" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before compiling, check for additional options with: \n" -#~ "\t\t$./configure --help\n" -#~ "\t\t Namely, if you get some error while running Hydrogen and you want to report it remember to configure the makefile with: \n" -#~ "\t\t$./configure --enable-debug\n" -#~ "\t\t Please note that at the moment no binary packaging (.rpm, .deb, ...) is available. Contributors are welcome. Also remember to compile with at least a GCC 3.x to be 100% sure to avoid any possible problem." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prima di procedere alla compilazione, controllare eventuali opzioni aggiuntive con: \n" -#~ "bash$ ./configure --help\n" -#~ " XXX \n" -#~ " $./configure --enable-debug\n" -#~ " XXX" - -#~ msgid "Audio driver configuration" -#~ msgstr "Configurazione audio driver" - -#~ msgid "It's very important to choose the proper audio driver for our system, since the choice may influence quite much general performances. The choice is between Oss audio driver, ALSA and Jack audio driver." -#~ msgstr "E' molto importante scegliere il driver audio giusto per il nostro sistema, in base al driver scelto le prestazioni e le possibilita' di Hydrogen possono cambiare drasticamente. Sono disponibili 2 driver audio: Oss Audio Driver e Jack Audio Driver." - -#~ msgid "OSS audio driver" -#~ msgstr "OSS audio driver" - -#~ msgid "Jack audio driver" -#~ msgstr "Jack audio driver" - -#~ msgid "ALSA audio driver" -#~ msgstr "ALSA audio driver" - -#~ msgid "NEW! Now Hydrogen works also with ALSA, the new Linux standard audio drivers." -#~ msgstr "NUOVO! Aggiunto ad Hydrogen l'ouput sui driver ALSA, il nuovo standard audio per Linux." - -#~ msgid "GUI" -#~ msgstr "Interfaccia grafica" - -#~ msgid "Double clicking over the name of an instrument in the Mixer frame will bring up a doubled face tool to modify many properties of that instrument." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "The first tab ('Instrument') lets you fine tune the instrument: you can adjust Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release, Cutoff and Resonance (both of which can be excluded) or even add a random pitch." -#~ msgstr "La prima scheda ('Instrument') permette di modificare effetti come Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release, Cutoff and Resonance (entrambi escludibili) o aggiungere un pitch." - -#~ msgid "The second tab ('Layer') can add WAV/AU/AIFF/FLAC samples up to 16 layers to the instrument according to the level of its velocity and tune pitch and gain." -#~ msgstr "La seconda scheda ('Layer') permette di aggiungere campioni WAV/AU/AIFF/FLAC fino a 16 layer diversi a seconda del livello di intensita' (velocity) che impostiamo per quello strumento oppure di modificare pitch e il guadagno." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "From the pull-down menus it's worth noticing: File-->'Save as' to save the current song in .h2song format, File-->Export to export it in WAV/MID format, File--> Preferences, Window--> Audio Engine Info and Window--> Drumkit manager." -#~ msgstr "Dai menu si segnala: File-->'Save as' per salvare la canzone correntemente aperta in formato .h2song, File-->Export per esportarla in WAV, File--> Preferences, Window--> Audio Engine Info, Window--> Drumkit manager." - -#~ msgid "From the \"Audio System\" tab (Fig. 4) it is possible to modify the audio driver being used (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) with its buffer and sampling rate. We can also set some features of Hydrogen like Enable track outputs useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack; Connect to Default Output Pair simply connects ALSA output to the default ports: uncheck this if you want to connect jack output to other ports without disconnecting them first. Keep an eye also on the value of \"Polyphony\": depending on your CPU you may want to change the max simultaneous notes in order to prevent hydrogen from xrun. Clicking on the \"Midi System\" tab (Fig. 5) will select a menu to enable a MIDI device, a specific channel or all of them, while clicking on \"Appearance\" tab (Fig. 6) let's you to modify font size, type of frame (Child or Top Level) and speed of mixer's peaks falloff and QT style of the windows." -#~ msgstr "Dalla linguetta \"Audio System\" (Fig. 4), si puo' modificare il driver audio (OSS, Jack ALSA o PortAudio) con relativo buffer e sampling e altre particolari caratteristiche di Hydrogen come la funzione \"Enable Track Outputs\", utile se si vuole aggiungere effetti a un singolo strumento con jack-rack, per esempio. Connect to Default Output Pair connette semplicemente l'output ALSA alle porte standard: deselezionare se si vuole agganciare il driver Jack su altre porte senza prima dover disconnettere quelle standard. Tenere d'occhio anche il valore di Polyphony poiche' a seconda della CPU di cui si dispone ci potrebbe essere bisogno di cambiare il valore per evitare che Hydrogen vada in xrun. Cliccando sulla linguetta Midi System (Fig. 5) si accede al menu per attivare un determinato device MIDI con uno specifico canale oppure tutti, mentre cliccando sulla linguetta Appearance (Fig. 6) si puo' regolare la dimensione del font, la tipologia dei frame (Child frame o Top Level) e la velocita' di caduta dei picchi (peak falloff) nel Mixer e lo stile QT delle finestre." - -#~ msgid "This tab (Fig. 7) will bring up a window with general infos about Hydrogen and audio driver. Buffer and sampling rate of Jack audio driver are customizable when the server is started from the shell." -#~ msgstr "Questo tab (Fig. 7) permette di visualizzare informazioni sullo stato del programma, del driver audio e driver midi. Il buffer e il sampling del driver audio Jack sono modificabili con gli appositi parametri al momento di lanciare il server da shell." - -#~ msgid "Fig. 7 The Audio Engine Info window. Better check that cpu-meter on old systems and crowded /proc dir ;)" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 7 La finestra Audio Engine Info. Meglio tenere d'occhio il controllo sulla CPU in sistemi anziani o con /proc affollata ;)" - -#~ msgid "The drumkit manager shows all the options concerning drumkits, i.e. groups of sounds (WAV or FLAC) to be binded with every track available so to obtain a proper \"groove\" according to the situation (disco music, rock, hip hop, etc.). To let you have a rough idea of a good example of use of these drumkits, it is advisable to play the associated .h2song sample song." -#~ msgstr "Da qui invece si accede alle opzioni che riguardano i drumkit, cioe' gruppi di suoni (WAV o FLAC) da associare a ciascuna traccia disponibile per ottenere un \"groove\" piu' omogeneo a seconda della circostanza (disco music, rock, ecc. ecc.). Per avere un'idea della resa ottimale dei drumkit si consiglia di caricarli e poi suonare il file .h2song generalmente abbinato." - -#~ msgid "From the first screen (Fig. 8) we can load/delete the drumkit, with a short description. Here (Fig. 9) we can save some infos about the current drumkit and from here (Fig. 10) we can import a drumkit (.h2drumkit) (Fig. 11) or export it (Fig. 12)." -#~ msgstr "La prima schermata (Fig. 8) permette di caricare/cancellare il drumkit selezionato, seguito da una breve descrizione. La seconda schermata consente di salvare una descrizione per il drumkit corrente e da qui (Fig.9) invece di puo' importare un drumkit (con estensione .h2drumkit) (Fig. 10) o di esportarlo (Fig. 11)." - -#~ msgid "It is possible to download the source files directly from CVS snapshots with:" -#~ msgstr "E' possibile scaricare i sorgenti direttamente da CVS con:" - -#~ msgid "After having downloaded and decompressed the tar.gz file there's only to:" -#~ msgstr "Dopo aver scaricato e decompresso gli archivi tar.gz e' semplicemente necessario eseguire:" - -#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS" -#~ msgstr "" diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_nl.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_nl.html --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_nl.html 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_nl.html 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2393 +0,0 @@ -Hydrogen handleiding

Hydrogen handleiding

2021-03-04

Pieter Van Isacker

Alessandro Cominu

Pieter Van Isacker

Alessandro Cominu

Pieter Van Isacker

Pieter Van Isacker

Samenvatting

Hydrogen is een software synthesizer die op zichzelf kan gebruikt worden als drum machine gebaseerd op patronen, via een extern MIDI klavier of via sequencer software.

Inhoudsopgave

I. Inleiding
1. Downloaden
2. Compileren
3. Keyboard and Mouse
II. Using Hydrogen
4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Instellingen
5.1. General
5.2. Audio System
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance
6. Menu
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. De hoofd werkbalk
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. De Opname editor
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. De Opname editor
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. De Patroon Editor
9.1. General
9.2. De Patroon Editor
9.3. De Patroon Editor
9.4. De Patroon Editor
10. Drumkit manager
10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. De Patroon Editor
11. De Patroon Editor
11.1. General
11.2. Layers
12. De Opname editor
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixer
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. LADSPA plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
14. Director
15. De Patroon Editor
15.1. Menu
15.2. Menu
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
III. Examples
18. A New Song
18.1. "Song" mode en "Pattern" mode
18.2. Een nieuw patroon
18.3. Een nieuw spoor
18.4. Aanpassen via de mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments
IV. Appendix
20. Used File Types
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Lijst van afbeeldingen

4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode
4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode
5.1. The General Tab
5.2. The Audio System Tab
5.3. The MIDI System Tab
5.4. The OSC Tab
5.5. The Appearance Tab
6.1. Menu
6.2. Import Drumkit
6.3. The Audio Engine View
7.1. De hoofd werkbalk
8.1. De Opname editor
8.2. De Patroon Editor
8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties
8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags
8.5. The Automation Path Widget
9.1. De Patroon Editor
9.2. De Patroon Editor
9.3. De Patroon Editor
9.4. De Patroon Editor
9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity
9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property
9.7. De Patroon Editor
10.1. De Opname editor
11.1. The Instrument editor General view
11.2. The Instrument Editor Layers View
11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor
12.1. De Opname editor
12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor
12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor
12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor
13.1. Mixer
13.2. The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer
13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer
13.5. Select an Effect
13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer
14.1. Mixer
15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded
16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog
18.1. De Patroon Editor
18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence
18.3. Mixer
44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Lijst van tabellen

4.1. MIDI Mapping
17.1. All OSC Messages
21.1. Shortcut Table

DeelI.Inleiding

Inhoudsopgave

1. Downloaden
2. Compileren
3. Keyboard and Mouse

Hoofdstuk 1. Downloaden

- You can download Hydrogen from - http://www.hydrogen-music.org. - On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows. -

- Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen. -

Hoofdstuk 2. Compileren

- If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our - git repository with - 

-        $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git
-

- A certain release can be fetched with - 

-        $ git checkout tags/1.0.0
-

Het compileren van hydrogen is afhankelijk van de volgende libraries

Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If - you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries - with:

-        $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools         \
-	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
-	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
-	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
-	liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev
-

Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository - was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :

-           $ ./build.sh
-

The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) : - 

-             r[m]     => all built, temp and cache files
-             c[lean]  => remove cache files
-             m[ake]   => launch the build process
-             mm       => launch the build process using ccache
-             mt       => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled
-             d[oc]    => build html documentation
-             g[raph]  => draw a dependencies graph
-             h[elp]   => show the build options
-             x|exec   => execute hydrogen
-             t[ests]  => execute tests
-             p[kg]    => build source package
-             z        => build using ccache and run from tree
-
-

To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option - 

-           $ ./build.sh m x
-

and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command. - 

-          $ cd build
-          $ sudo make install
-
[Opmerking]Opmerking

For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources).

Hoofdstuk 3. Keyboard and Mouse

- The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be - used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry. -

- Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and - implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any - control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an - alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common - controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking - while holding a modifier key: -

  • - Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader -

  • - Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see Paragraaf16.2) -

- Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for - convenience. -

- The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in - the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of -

  • - ↑|↓|←|→ : move the - keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under - the cursor. -

  • - Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : - can be used to make selections of notes or pattern - groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them. -

  • - Enter and Return : generally - performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also - start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way - a mouse drag would. -

  • - Tab and Shift + Tab : move - between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor. -

  • - Delete : - delete notes or patterns. -

  • - Esc : - cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy. -

-

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of - the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and - uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences. - -

- Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play - samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be. -

DeelII.Using Hydrogen

Inhoudsopgave

4. Overview
4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options
5. Instellingen
5.1. General
5.2. Audio System
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance
6. Menu
6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info
7. De hoofd werkbalk
7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State
8. De Opname editor
8.1. Main Controls
8.2. De Opname editor
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Draw Mode
8.2.3. De Opname editor
8.2.4. Hier kun je schakelen tussen de patroon en opname mode.
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path
9. De Patroon Editor
9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. De Patroon Editor
9.3. De Patroon Editor
9.4. De Patroon Editor
10. Drumkit manager
10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. De Patroon Editor
11. De Patroon Editor
11.1. General
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls
12. De Opname editor
12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor
13. Mixer
13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. LADSPA plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings
14. Director
15. De Patroon Editor
15.1. Menu
15.1.1. De Opname editor
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts
16. MIDI API
16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets
17. OSC API
17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Hoofdstuk 4. Overview

Inhoudsopgave

4.1. Main User Interface
4.2. Drumkit Concept
4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard
4.4. Recording in Hydrogen
4.5. Session Management
4.5.1. NSM
4.6. Command-line Options

4.1. Main User Interface

Afbeelding 4.1. The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI in Single Pane mode

The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for - large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen - sizes). -

[Tip]Tip

- You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences. -

- Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main - Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. - These sections will be explained in detail further down in this - manual. -

Afbeelding 4.2. The Main UI in Tabbed mode

The Main UI in Tabbed mode

4.2. Drumkit Concept

Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a - dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer - that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original - "Drumkit" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a - "Drumkit" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is - also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced. -

- To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number - of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple - layered samples. -

[Tip]Tip

- In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions. -

4.3. MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard

- Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events. -

- Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. Drumkit maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while Instrument maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor. -

- Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first. -

- Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below. -

Tabel 4.1. MIDI Mapping

- Instr. Pos. - - MIDI Note - - PC Keyboard Key - Hydrogen handleiding - GM Standard -
35Bass Drum 2
136ZZ = KickBass Drum 1
237SS = StokSide Stick/Rimshot
338XSnareSnare Drum 1
439DD = Handen klapD = Handen klap
540CSnare RimshotSnare Drum 2
641VFloor TomLow Tom 2
742GG = Gesloten HHG = Gesloten HH
843BTom 2Low Tom 1
944HH = Pedaal HHPedal Hi-hat
1045NTom 1Mid Tom 2
1146JHat OpenOpen Hi-hat
1247MM = Koe belMid Tom 1
1348QRideHigh Tom 2
144922 = CrashCrash Cymbal 1
1550WRide 2High Tom 1
16513SplashRide Cymbal 1
1752EHat Semi-OpenChinese Cymbal
1853RBellRide Bell
19545Tambourine
2055TSplash Cymbal
21566M = Koe bel
2257YCrash Cymbal 2
23587Vibra Slap
2459URide Cymbal 2
2560High Bongo
2661Low Bongo
2762Mute High Conga
2863Open High Conga
2964Low Conga
3065High Timbale
3166Low Timbale
3267High Agog
3368Low Agog
3469Cabasa
3570Maracas
3671Short Whistle
3772Long Whistle
3873Short Giro
3974Long Giro
4075Claves
4176High Wood Block
4277Low Wood Block
4378Mute Cuca
4479Open Cuca
4580Mute Triangle
4681Open Triangle

[Opmerking]Opmerking

Merk op dat de naam van het afgespeelde instrument afhangt van de geselecteerd drumkit. Deze lijst is gebaseerd op de GMKit, dit is de standaard kit.

When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between - drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and - sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that - is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument. -

For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below.

Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard.

4.4. Recording in Hydrogen

- In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen. -

- In order to start recording, first activate the record button - Grey record button with a red circle in its center. -in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. - button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder). -

- Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one). -

4.5. Session Management

- With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too. -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

- All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet. -

  • - NSM: - Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management. -

    -

  • - LASH: - Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it. -

    -

  • - JACK Session: - JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. -

    [Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

    - Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases. -

    -

4.5.1. NSM

- Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the Project option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API. -

  • - Replace With New Song: - instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one. -

  • - Import Into Session: - instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. - -

    [Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Import Recent Info Session: - instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. -

    [Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

    - In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent. -

    -

  • - Export From Session As: - instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file. -

    -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The Open Demo option will be missing. -

- Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. - -

[Tip]Tip

- This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed. -

-

4.6. Command-line Options

- After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. - 

-        -h, --help                  Displays this help.
-        -v, --version               Displays version information.
-        -d, --driver <Audiodriver>  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)
-        -i, --install <File>        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)
-        -n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen
-        -p, --playlist <File>       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup
-        -P, --data <Path>           Use an alternate system data path
-        -s, --song <File>           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup
-        -k, --kit <DrumkitName>     Load a drumkit at startup
-        -V, --verbose <Level>       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH
-

- -

Hoofdstuk 5. Instellingen

Inhoudsopgave

5.1. General
5.2. Audio System
5.3. MIDI System
5.4. OSC
5.5. Appearance

Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window. -

5.1. General

Afbeelding 5.1. The General Tab

The General Tab

  • - Language: - chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team. -

    - - -

  • - Reopen last used song: - determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead. -

  • - Reopen last used playlist: - determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live. -

    -

  • - Use relative paths for playlist: - specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles. -

    -

  • - Hide keyboard input cursor: - hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see Hoofdstuk3). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1. -

  • - Use LASH: - enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration. -

    -

  • - Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: - allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from -200 to 200. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks. -

    - In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some - time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on - the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the - Beat Counter effectively requires practice. -

    - -

  • - Beat counter start offset in ms: - sets the time between the - Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from -500 to 500. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - - Blue button containing a "P". - should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect. -

    - -

  • - Maximum number of bars: - sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from 1 to 800. -

  • - Maximum number of layers: - sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from 16 to 8192. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen. -

    -

  • - Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: - sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all. -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center - via the package rubberband-cli. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms - please check the Rubber Band site - . -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration. -

    - -

5.2. Audio System

Afbeelding 5.2. The Audio System Tab

The Audio System Tab

  • - Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card. -

    - Available options: -

    • Auto: Hydrogen will try a - number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the - first working one, and display the result. - -

      [Tip]Tip

      - This option is recommended for beginners. -

      - -

    • Om met de Jack audio driver te werken moet de server werken. Jack Audio Connection Kit, een professionele audio server met een zeer lage response tijd en die interactie mogelijk maakt met andere audio software.We raden Jack sterk aan om zo het beste uit Hydrogen te halen.

      [Tip]Tip

      - We strongly recommend using - this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen. -

    • Fig. 2 XXX

    • De Oss audio driver gebruikt /dev/dsp en is gebaseerd op de OSS interface die ondersteund wordt door een groot aantal geluidskaarten die beschikbaar zijn voor linux; zoals gezegd blokeerd Hydrogen het gebruik van /dev/dsp tot Hydrogen gesloten is /dev/dsp is dus onbruikbaar voor andere software.

    • Fig. 2 XXX

    • CoreAudio: A driver for MacOS.

    • PulseAudio: A driver for the cross platform - PulseAudio sound server.

  • Fig. 2 XXX

  • - Buffer size: - specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from 100 to 5000. -

  • - Sample rate: - specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver - configuration should happen before starting the JACK server. -

    -

  • Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing - audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports.

    Post-Fader:

    Pre-Fader:

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked. -

  • BBT sync method: if - Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK - Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and - tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's - tempo or the Tempo Markers - added to the Timeline. But due to - limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set - both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern - combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure - changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support - arbitrary patterns (using option constant - measure) or to keep the length of each pattern - consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use - both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option - matching bars).

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    - For this option to take effect the - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - button has to be activated and the - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to - having a JACK TBM application).

    [Tip]Tip

    - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar. -

  • Connect to default JACK output - ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to - the default JACK input ports of your system - (system:playback_1 and - system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen - starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted.

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

  • Create per-instrument - JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output - Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single - instrument. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This can be useful if you want to add effects to a - single instrument with jack-rack for example. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    [Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

    - There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen. -

  • - Enable JACK timebase master support: - whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option. -

    - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected. -

    -

  • - Apply and restart output: - restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog. -

  • - Polyphony: - specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from 1 to 512. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter. -

    -

  • - Metronome volume: - sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from 1 to 100. -

  • - Interpolate resampling: - specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen. -

5.3. MIDI System

Afbeelding 5.3. The MIDI System Tab

The MIDI System Tab

  • - MIDI driver: - selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages. -

  • - Input: - selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from. -

  • - Output: - selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to. -

  • - Channel: - specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them. -

  • - Ignore note-off: - specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums. -

    -

  • - Enable MIDI feedback: - specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are -

    -

  • - Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: - specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard. -

  • - Use output note as input note: - specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes. -

    -

- Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the Paragraaf16.1. -

5.4. OSC

Afbeelding 5.4. The OSC Tab

The OSC Tab

The OSC tab (Afbeelding5.4) let's - you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see - chapter OSC API for details). - -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first. -

- -

-

[Opmerking]Opmerking

If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick - an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as - in the OSC tab of the Preferences. -

5.5. Appearance

Afbeelding 5.5. The Appearance Tab

The Appearance Tab

The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look - and feel. -

  • - Application font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Style: - specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better. -

    -

  • - Mixer font: - specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - Meters falloff speed: - specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place. -

  • - Default interface layout: - specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted. -

    -

  • - High-resolution display scaling: - specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings. -

  • - Coloring method for Song Editor elements: - determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: -

    • - Automatic: - Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song. -

    • - Steps: - Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on. -

    • - Fixed: - Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget. -

    -

Hoofdstuk 6. Menu

Inhoudsopgave

6.1. Project
6.2. Undo
6.3. Drumkits
6.4. Instruments
6.5. View
6.6. Options
6.7. Debug
6.8. Info

Afbeelding 6.1. Menu

Menu

6.1. Project

Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see Paragraaf4.5.1 for details). -

  • Fig. 15 De “Voorkomen” tab

  • Show Info: sets general properties of the - song such as name, author, license, and generic notes.

  • Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file).

  • Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs). -

    -

  • [CTRL + O] = Opname openen

  • [CTRL + S] = Opname opslaan

  • Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/. -

    -

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

  • Export Pattern As: saves a - pattern as a .h2pattern file. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in - $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/. -

    -

  • Fig. 19 Een drumkit exporteren.

  • Fig. 19 Een drumkit exporteren.

    The Export mode option Export to a single track will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. Export to separate tracks will create files for each - instrument/track. Both will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual - instruments. -

  • Fig. 19 Een drumkit exporteren.

    [Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

    - It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported.

  • Fig. 3 The Mixer

6.2. Undo

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

6.3. Drumkits

  • New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one. -

  • - Open: - opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below. -

    -

  • - Properties: - sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license. -

  • Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples). -

  • Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder. -

    -

  • Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than. -

    -

  • Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem. -

  • Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location - through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen - website for an example). -

    -

    Afbeelding 6.2. Import Drumkit

    Import Drumkit


    - - The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. - By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, - and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all - drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see - if a kit is installed or not. -

    - If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right - pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the - license type. -

    - You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. - - -

    Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit.

    - - Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits. - -

6.4. Instruments

This menu offers - instruments functions.

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

6.5. View

6.6. Options

  • Input mode: when set to Drumkit the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments - in your drumkit. If you set it to Instrument the keys of your MIDI - keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. - The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. - This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see Paragraaf4.3 for details). - An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' - that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth.

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

6.7. Debug

Tools mainly for debugging - and monitoring Hydrogen.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with - debug support. -

  • Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows - various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. - -

    Afbeelding 6.3. The Audio Engine View

    The Audio Engine View


    - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - In case JACK is used, - buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK - server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an - application tries to connect). -

    -

  • Show Filesystem Info: - opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files. -

  • - Log Level: - specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. -

    • - None: No messages will be written at all. -

    • - Error: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out. -

    • - Warning: Like Error but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out. -

    • - Info: Like Warning but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out. -

    • - Debug: Like Info but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out. -

    -

  • Open Log File: - opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance.

6.8. Info

  • User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer.

  • Fig. 2 XXX

  • Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. - You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it).

  • Fig. 15 Detail van de Mixer

Hoofdstuk 7. De hoofd werkbalk

Inhoudsopgave

7.1. - Transport Control -
7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter
7.2.1. Tap Tempo
7.2.2. Beat Counter
7.3. BPM Control and Metronome
7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in
7.5. JACK Control
7.6. GUI State

Afbeelding 7.1. De hoofd werkbalk

De hoofd werkbalk

Voor we de belangrijkste vensters overlopen gaan we snel eens kijken naar de werkbalk:

7.1. - Transport Control -

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button.

Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see Hoofdstuk21 for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see Paragraaf4.4 for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback.

In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode.

[Tip]Tip

- When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback. -

7.2. Tap Tempo and Beat Counter

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right).

This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above.

7.2.1. Tap Tempo

The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the - \ key in the tempo you want. -

- After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \ button. If you tap - accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo - counter will start over.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user. -

7.2.2. Beat Counter

The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not - visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "B" and "C" in adjacent rows. - button or simply press ,.

The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's - beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for - quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note - beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change - the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown - Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will - have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the - display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter - is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to - 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown - Counter value (shown just below the R).

The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start - feature, and it toggles between - Grey button containing a "S". - and - Blue button containing a "P". - . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and - automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if - it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the - Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on - the next beat. When it shows - Grey button containing a "S". - (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled.

For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a - softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start - at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to - 4. Enable auto-start (button shows - Blue button containing a "P". - ). Count off - the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone - starts on 1.

Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require - Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human - (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before - Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the - beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo).

[Tip]Tip

An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from - Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients. -

7.3. BPM Control and Metronome

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes.

Set the speed of the song in the range from 10 to 400 bpm (beats per minute). -

[Tip]Tip

- You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget. -

In addition you can use - Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket ")" (right). - to toggle the metronome.

[Tip]Tip

- The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences. -

- If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see Paragraaf12.2 for details. -

7.4. CPU Usage and MIDI in

A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text "MIDI-IN" will indicated when there is MIDI input.

The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message.

[Tip]Tip

- The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences. -

7.5. JACK Control

Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled "J.TRANS" and the right one "J.MASTER".

Clicking - - Grey button containing the text "J.TRANS". - will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore. -

- Using - - Grey button containing the text "J.MASTER". - Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK - clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another - Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the - absence of a Master. -

[Tip]Tip

- You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information. -

7.6. GUI State

In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled "Mixer" and the larger one "Instrument rack". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup "Hydrogen Ready.".

- Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library). -

- The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer. -

Hoofdstuk 8. De Opname editor

Inhoudsopgave

8.1. Main Controls
8.2. De Opname editor
8.2.1. Select Mode
8.2.2. Draw Mode
8.2.3. De Opname editor
8.2.4. Hier kun je schakelen tussen de patroon en opname mode.
8.2.5. Stacked Mode
8.3. Sidebar
8.4. Timeline
8.5. Tags
8.6. Playback Track
8.7. Automation Path

-

Afbeelding 8.1. De Opname editor

De Opname editor


-

De Opname Editor (Fig. 1) toont het liedje dat we aan het maken zijn. Je ziet de verschillende lagen. Elk gekleurd vierkantje dat in het venster verschijnt vertegenwoordigd een patroon dat zal afgespeeld worden. De patronen kun je bewerken met de Patroon Editor, de lagen kunnen verschillende delen van de opname bevatten (vb intro, refrein, strofe enz...).

- Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're - shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time - taken to play through a column is set by the length of the - pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that - time slot. -

- Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a - column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows - instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, - or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns - without duplicating the basics into both patterns. -

- In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one - column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a - square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose - width indicate their length relative to the longest one. -

[Tip]Tip

- Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - "1", "5", "9", "13", "17". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - "|". In addition, light-blue colored "T"s indicate the presence of a Tag.

- In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns. -

- -

[Tip]Tip

- You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see Hoofdstuk3) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position. -

-

8.1. Main Controls

Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text "CLEAR" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode.

  • Grey button containing the text "CLEAR". : deletes all patterns - (asks for confirmation!). -

  • Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name). -

  • Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern - up or down. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in - the pattern list. -

  • Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode (Paragraaf8.2.1). -

  • Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode (Paragraaf8.2.1).

  • Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode - Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. - or to Stacked mode (Paragraaf8.2.5).

8.2. De Opname editor

- The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The - default Select mode allows - pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and - copied. The Draw mode - instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand. -

- In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an - empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and - clicking again will deactivate it. -

- They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys - ↑|↓|←|→ - will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing - Return will activate or deactivate the - pattern in the current column. -

- In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar. -

8.2.1. Select Mode

- This mode allows - you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and - delete/move/copy them. -

- Once you have selected a part of your song you can - delete it by pressing - Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your - selection to another location with your mouse, or by - cutting (Ctrl + x) and - pasting (Ctrl + v) using - your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either - holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new - location, or by copying (Ctrl + - c) and pasting (Ctrl + - v) using your keyboard. -

- Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select - additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the - selection. -

- The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along - with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the - song: - -

  • Shift + - ↑|↓|←|→ - can be used to make selections using the keyboard

  • Return over a selected block - will begin a move or copy

  • ↑|↓|←|→ to - move the selected cells into position

  • Return to move the selected - blocks into place

  • Ctrl + Return to - copy the selected - blocks into place

- -

- Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in - progress, or clear any selection. -

8.2.2. Draw Mode

- This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on - the song canvas. -

- Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern - (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will - remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue - either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse - cursor. -

- Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, - will also add and remove patterns from the song. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one - of the keys listed in Hoofdstuk3. - You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the - Preferences. -

8.2.3. De Opname editor

- When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song. -

[Tip]Tip

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song. -

8.2.4. Hier kun je schakelen tussen de patroon en opname mode.

- When Pattern mode is selected - Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed - in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode. -

[Tip]Tip

- By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern. -

8.2.5. Stacked Mode

- Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll - listen to that single pattern looping over and over again - while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to - hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for - example, other instrument parts) while working on it. -

- Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, - on a loop. You can select which patterns play using - Ctrl + left click on the - pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a - triangle. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than - Song for Stacked mode to take effect. -

8.3. Sidebar

- The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song. -

Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu - where you can change a number of things:

Afbeelding 8.2. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed. -

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

  • Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a - part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. -

    Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either "Fill" or "Clear" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form "From" and "To" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    -

  • Properties: will open a window where you can change - the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library. -

    Afbeelding 8.3. The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties

    Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the "New Pattern Name". In the larger one below the "Pattern description". Underneath one can select the "Pattern category". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, - but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category - box. -

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

  • Save Pattern: stores the - pattern in the patterns folder - within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

  • Export Pattern: stores the - pattern at a location determined via a file browser. -

  • Fig. 2 XXX

    - Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. - For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always - played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this - in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar. -

    - With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern - that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern - is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every - bar, instead of three. -

    - Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that - since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three - patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that - if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits - the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns. -

8.4. Timeline

Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler.

The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and - often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way - to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is - done by adding Tempo Markers to your song.

To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the - Grey button containing a black "P". - button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the - Grey button containing the black characters "BPM". - button. Once this is done - the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. - Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a - window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK - transport in slave mode (see Paragraaf7.5 for details. -

- -

Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the "BPM" (top) and the "Bar" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled "Delete BPM Marker". At the bottom there are "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons.

- - Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will - show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit - the tempo, change the bar or delete it. -

8.5. Tags

Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue "T"s.

- In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, - it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. - These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given - moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag. -

- To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the - Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. - -

Afbeelding 8.4. Dialog Window for Adding Tags

Dialog Window for Adding Tags


- - Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag - you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags. -

8.6. Playback Track

Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an "EDIT" (middle) and "MUTE" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example.

- Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated. -

- To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the - Grey button containing a black "T". - button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu. -

- Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. - -

  • Edit: loads an audio file.

    [Tip]Tip

    - As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display. -

  • Mute: mutes the Playback Track.

  • Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too.

-

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume. -

8.7. Automation Path

Afbeelding 8.5. The Automation Path Widget

The Automation Path Widget

- The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and "absorbing" it. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it. -

Hoofdstuk 9. De Patroon Editor

Inhoudsopgave

9.1. General
9.1.1. Controls
9.1.2. Sidebar
9.2. De Patroon Editor
9.3. De Patroon Editor
9.4. De Patroon Editor

Afbeelding 9.1. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)

The Pattern Editor - allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning - a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. - The Pattern Editor - can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these - two by clicking the - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. - button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor). -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are - editing when you playback is rolling. -

- If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), - not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. - The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see Single Pattern and Stacked mode for details). -

9.1. General

9.1.1. Controls

Afbeelding 9.2. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:

  • - Blue LCD showing "4/4" and titled "SIZE". - - : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values). -

    - It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation: -

    Dialog for entering the "New Pattern length (beats/note value)" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are "Cancel" (right) and "OK" (left) buttons.

    - Type / to separate numerator and denominator. -

    - If you enter just the numerator (e.g. 4), the current denominator will be assumed. - You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. 4.5/4) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, - some values are not supported and will be approximated. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64, 96, and 192 - because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). - You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, - hence a warning icon will appear: -

    A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the "SIZE" LCD.

  • - Blue LCD showing "1/16" and titled "RES". - : this is the current grid resolution (1/4 through 1/64 with triplet-based resolutions marked as 1/8T). -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - If you are working - with a resolution of 1/16 you can't go back to 8 and remove an upbeat 16th note. On - the other hand if you are working with a resolution of 8 and you try to - insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision), - notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This - constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose - off from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place - notes wherever you prefer.

  • - Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. - : when enabled Hydrogen - will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling). -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed. -

  • - Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. - When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the - virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid - resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by - clicking.

  • - Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor.

9.1.2. Sidebar

Afbeelding 9.3. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see - the instruments that are part of this kit.

Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by - right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select.

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • Fill notes: this allows you to fill - up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - Depending on the choice you make (fill all, fill 1/2, fill 1/4 ...) - notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by - the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note. -

    -

  • Randomize velocity: - automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that - instrument in the pattern. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The more velocity you set on the instrument, - the more Hydrogen will hit “hard” on that instrument when - played. -

    -

  • Select notes: - will select all the notes played on this instrument in the - current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the - Pattern Editor main area. -

  • Edit all patterns: - this section of the menu has actions which operate on - notes played by the instrument in all - the patterns of the song. -

    • Cut notes: - remove all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the - clipboard. -

    • Copy notes: - copy all notes played on - this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard. -

    • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

    • Delete notes: - delete all the notes associated with this instrument, - without affecting the clipboard. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - These can be used together to change the instrumentation - of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with - another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new - instrument. -

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

    • Fig. 16 Drumkit laden. Kies een drumkit uit de lijst.

    • Fig. 16 Drumkit laden. Kies een drumkit uit de lijst.

The - Grey button containing a black "M". - button mutes the instrument and - Grey button containing a black "S". - solos it. -

The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument - up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so - will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will - it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on.

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

- It - will however, have an impact on the MIDI note - mapping. -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

- Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring. -

9.2. De Patroon Editor

Afbeelding 9.4. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. - The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes - depends on the used pattern size and resolution.

If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' - the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the - length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of - a note : -

  • - you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. - This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the - duration of that note. -

  • - alternatively, you can add a stop-note by - Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which - represents the end of the note. -

-

Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle.

- (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode) -

- As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to - move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed - with Return (see Hoofdstuk3). -

- Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by - dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This - allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their - timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid - resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes. -

- Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy - them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor. -

- Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at - the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes. -

So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably - a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. - -

[Tip]Tip

- Also see Hoofdstuk18 for a basic - walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works. -

-

9.3. De Patroon Editor

Afbeelding 9.5. The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity

Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated - will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties - of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. - The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. - You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left). -

- The following note properties are available: -

  • Velocity: how hard the note is - played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected.

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. - A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, - turning red when you reach the point of clipping. -

  • Pan: with this property you can move - the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the - left/right output).

    [Tip]Tip

    - - For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note - lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which - equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge - difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-) -

  • - NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the - area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard' -

    Afbeelding 9.6. The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property

    - The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray - area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the - octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note - value. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to - change the note value of existing notes. -

  • - Probability: changing the - Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen - to automatically create some variation in patterns. By - setting the probability to less than 1.0, a note may be - randomly skipped: a note with probability 1.0 will - always be played, a note with - probability of 0.0 will never be - played. -

- Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will - set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of - several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. - -

  • Drawing with the mouse:

    - Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can - hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is - great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes. -

  • - Selecting multiple notes: -

    - The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which - can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This - can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments. -

-

9.4. De Patroon Editor

Afbeelding 9.7. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

- The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button. -

While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. - It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes.

You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a - complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave - first.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a 3x to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down. -

Hoofdstuk 10. Drumkit manager

Inhoudsopgave

10.1. Drumkits
10.2. Songs
10.3. De Patroon Editor

Afbeelding 10.1. De Opname editor

De Opname editor

The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, - favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum - kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs. -

- It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

10.1. Drumkits

The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level.

- The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On - Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or - possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. - These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them.

[Tip]Tip

- You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit. -

The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They - are stored in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits - folder. When you have - created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen. -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and - selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the - license type of the drumkit(s) you are using. -

- If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or - other open and free license. -

- Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using - the kit in your songs. -

DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are - made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or - via any other channel.

To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select - Load. This will replace your current drumkit - with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that - kit, left-click the ▶ to the left of the - drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse - button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The - instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have - loaded. -

10.2. Songs

To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs - folder. - To remove them, remove the file from that folder.

10.3. De Patroon Editor

To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns - folder. - -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu. -

-

Before you save a pattern, be - sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting - Properties and entering the details. - You can use one of the categories already - provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category - name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be - filed by category in the Sound Library.

Hoofdstuk 11. De Patroon Editor

Inhoudsopgave

11.1. General
11.1.1. Envelope Parameters
11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group
11.1.3. Filter Parameters
11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters
11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings
11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group
11.2. Layers
11.2.1. Components
11.2.2. Layers
11.2.3. Sample Selection
11.2.4. Controls

Afbeelding 11.1. The Instrument editor General view

The Instrument editor General view

- The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack. -

11.1. General

When clicking the General button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several - parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue - on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text.

11.1.1. Envelope Parameters

Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: "ATTACK", "DECAY", "SUSTAIN", and "RELEASE".

When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an - ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name.

  • Attack: the amount - of time that the volume of the sample goes - from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the - sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is - 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the - attack phase. -

  • Decay: the amount of - time for the volume of the sample to go from - full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the - sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain - volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the - maximum time available for the decay parameter.

  • Sustain: the - volume to play the note after the decay phase - is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note - will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full - velocity.

  • Release: the - time to fade out the note from the sustain - volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade - out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it - will fade out for the maximum time available.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by - the number of audio samples. This means - that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound - card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples - (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz).

If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the - sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If - the note is sustained, it does not draw out the - note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) - parameter during that time. -

11.1.2. Gain and Mute Group

In the upper half there is a LCD displaying "1.00" (left) next to a rotary titled "GAIN" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled "MUTE GROUP". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: "AUTO-STOP-NOTE" (left) and "APPLY-VELOCITY" (right).

The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is - applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one - that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the - set to 0, the instrument will be - silent. If the Gain is 1.0, the volume of the samples will not be - adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be - amplified.

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

It is very easy to set the Gain too - high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with - full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with - (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is - mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a - time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is - triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like - hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different - instruments.

If the Mute Group is set to Off, then the - instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set - to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part - of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute - Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the - high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to - 1. To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters - to 2.) -

If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples - belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note.

This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a - crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a - dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when - you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do - not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals - instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). - For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect. - -

- The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played. -

[Tip]Tip

- The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor. -

- When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, - the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. - If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work. -

- When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, - but the sample gain itself will not be changed. - This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain "hard-coded". -

11.1.3. Filter Parameters

From left to right: a button titled "BYP", a rotary titled "CUTOFF", and another one titled "RESONANCE".

The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to - use is, click the BYP button (bypass) so that it's - red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff - parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance - parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the - resonance is set to 0, then the filter is just a simple low-pass - filter.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate - of your audio card. The range of the knob 0 to 1.0) is optimized - for a 48,000 kHz sample rate.

11.1.4. Pitch Shift Parameters

From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled "PITCH", "FINE", and "RANDOM".

The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. - You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. - Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. - Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch - of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between 0 - and 1.0. - -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between 1 half-steps - ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound - more like a real drummer. -

- -

11.1.5. MIDI Out Settings

Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled "CHANNEL" and the right one "NOTE".

Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use - to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you - simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every - instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is - fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and - you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that - enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or - apps.

From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) - a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. - This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the - internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages. -

11.1.6. Hi-Hat Pressure Group

Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled "HH PRESS. GRP", "MIN. RANGE", and "MAX RANGE" (from left to right).

The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal. -

For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments - together, for example closed, half closed, fully open. -

Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. - You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing - the top of it, another group when playing the edge. - Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note. -

Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. - Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. - The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. - For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from 0 to 20, - when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between 0 and 20 the closed hi-hat is played. -

11.2. Layers

Afbeelding 11.2. The Instrument Editor Layers View

The Instrument Editor Layers View

When clicking the Layers button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

11.2.1. Components

In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu.

- Right below the General and Layers button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing - Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. - you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to add a new component, delete the current one, or rename the current one. -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

- The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one. -

11.2.2. Layers

Afbeelding 11.3. The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor

- Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Empty layers will be displayed as < - >. -

- Using - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using - Grey button containing the black characters "DELETE LAYER". - you can delete the current layer, and using - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer. -

[Tip]Tip

- Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges. -

- Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. - -

[Tip]Tip

- This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers. -

-

- You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used. -

11.2.3. Sample Selection

A LCD titled "SAMPLE SEL." with a button to open display the different choices to the right.

- Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way. -

- Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor. -

  • First in Velocity: - will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working. -

    -

  • Round Robin: - will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played. -

  • Random: - will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played. -

11.2.4. Controls

Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: "L. GAIN" (top left), "C. VOLUME" (top right), "PITCH" (bottom left), and "FINE" (bottom right).

  • - Layer Gain: - adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample. -

  • - Component Volume: - adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer. -

    -

  • - Pitch: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from -24 to +24. -

  • - Fine: - adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from -0.50 to +0.50. -

Hoofdstuk 12. De Opname editor

Inhoudsopgave

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing
12.2. Pitch Shifting
12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Afbeelding 12.1. De Opname editor

De Opname editor

The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your - samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT LAYER". - button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since - you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor - and more time to make music!

[Opmerking]Opmerking

The changes you make to - your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive - and are saved per song. - So, the original sample will not be changed, - and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor - settings.

12.1. Wave Display and Region Editing

Afbeelding 12.2. The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor

- In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the - the 3 markers: -

  • Start Marker (green): labeled with a S and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample.

  • End Marker (red): labeled with a E and indicates the end of the tweaked sample.

  • Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a L and determines the loop-in point of your sample.

-

[Tip]Tip

- You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them. -

- Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of - frames from the very beginning of the sample. -

  • - Start: position of the Start Marker. -

  • - Loop: position of the Loop Marker. -

  • - Loop Mode: - specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. -

    • - forward: plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right. -

    • - reverse: plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left). -

    • - ping-pong: plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards). -

    -

  • - Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times. -

  • - End: position of the End Marker. -

  • Fig. 1XXX

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- These values will change if you drag the markers, - but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, - the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering - above the spinboxes. -

- Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail - view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to - find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to - it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of - volume 'zoom'. -

[Tip]Tip

- If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to - press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to - hear the result. -

12.2. Pitch Shifting

Afbeelding 12.3. The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor

This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. - After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is - configured correctly (see Paragraaf5.1). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled. -

- When Sample length to beat is set to off the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled. -

  • Sample length to beat: - specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than off the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between - the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats. -

    - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the - Grey vertical button containing the characters "R", "U", and "B" in adjacent lines. - button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly. -

    - -

  • Pitch: - specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in - semitones,cent. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note. -

    -

  • Crispness: - fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way - the sample sounds. -

12.3. Playback and Envelope Editor

Afbeelding 12.4. The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor

- The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor. -

  • - Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way. -

  • Fig. 2 XXX

  • - Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes). -

  • - panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the pan(orama) or volume of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor. -

Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. - This is done by creating envelopes by -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow. -

  1. - First select volume or panorama in the dropdown to the right. -

  2. - Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one. -

  3. [CTRL + O] = Opname openen

  4. - Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect. -

Hoofdstuk 13. Mixer

Inhoudsopgave

13.1. Instrument Channel Strips
13.2. Component Channel Strips
13.3. LADSPA plugins
13.4. Master Fader Strip
13.4.1. Humanization
13.4.2. Mixer Settings

Afbeelding 13.1. Mixer

Mixer

The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar. -

The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, - the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very - much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several - other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together. -

13.1. Instrument Channel Strips

Afbeelding 13.2. The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer

  • - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - This is quite handy for checking clipping. -

  • - Vertical, grey LED-like object. : - lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller). -

  • - Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : - shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - If the Input mode is set to Instrument, incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument. -

    - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command. -

    -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor). -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor. -

  • - Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see Pan. -

  • - Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : - the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to - the effect plugins in the FX Rack. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to Post-Fader. -

- This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you - a lot more flexibility. -

13.2. Component Channel Strips

Afbeelding 13.3. The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer

- Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "M". : mutes the instrument. -

  • - Grey button containing a black "S". : solos the instrument. -

  • - Fader and LCD: - the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value. -

    [Tip]Tip

    - You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences. -

13.3. LADSPA plugins

Afbeelding 13.4. The FX Rack in the Mixer

The FX Rack in the Mixer

- The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the - - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - - button in the Master Fader Strip). -

It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before - you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level.

There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: - -

-

[Waarschuwing]Plugins Kill

A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of - hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even - phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your - plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for - real-time use, and some are just plain better than others.

Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the - - - Grey button containing the black characters "EDIT". - - button. -

Now the FX selector window will pop up : - -

Afbeelding 13.5. Select an Effect

Select an Effect


- - Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access - to its parameters: - - -

Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - "Select FX" and "Deactive" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right).

- - - You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to - enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( - - Redish button containing the black characters "BYP".) - - button in the FX Rack). -

[Tip]Tip

- This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison. -

After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the - Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output.

13.4. Master Fader Strip

Afbeelding 13.6. The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer

- - The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings. -

- Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The - Grey button containing the black characters "MUTE". - button mutes the whole output. -

On the bottom-right of the Master section the - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the - - Blue button containing the black characters "PEAK". - button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips. - -

13.4.1. Humanization

- In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities. -

[Tip]Tip

- Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument. -

  • Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. - The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness. -

  • Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). - The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    Notes are displaced in time - but the pattern duration or BPM do not change.

  • Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, - and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz.

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution. -

13.4.2. Mixer Settings

In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small "cog" icon button:

Button holding the cog symbol right of the "Master" title of the Master Fader Strip.

- - Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: - -

Dialog to "Select Pan Law" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title "db SPL Center Componensation" below, and the "Cancel" (left) and "OK" (right) buttons at the bottom.

- Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer. -

- The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. - The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from. -

- Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set.

- You will find four categories: linear, polar, - ratio, quadratic. - Every category gives a different "scale" or "sensibility" to the pan knob: - the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, - from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic). -

- Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the - gains of the two channels: -

  • Balance Law (0dB): - when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level - while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left).

    It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound - will be louder when the pan knob is at center - - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the - mixer fader. -

  • Constant Power (-3dB): the total power - (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position - of the pan knob.

    Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 - when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). - In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform - volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is - constant for any position of the pan knob.

    This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. - Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob - is at center. - If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) - and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, - with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear - super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track). -

  • Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): - you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your - taste!

    [Tip]Tip

    Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB. -

-

The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, - but the volume only (depending on the pan knob). -

- The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. - Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law - until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). - The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, - so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). - You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another - pan law for mono tracks. - If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation - probably, so you should select a Balance Law.

Hoofdstuk 14. Director

-

Afbeelding 14.1. Mixer

Mixer


-

- The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen - is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu.

- The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the - Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that - the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, - and what is about to happen in the song. -

[Tip]Tip

- This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or - if you are using Hydrogen live on stage. -

Hoofdstuk 15. De Patroon Editor

Inhoudsopgave

15.1. Menu
15.1.1. De Opname editor
15.1.2. Controls
15.1.3. Scripts
15.2. Menu
15.2.1. Playlist
15.2.2. Scripts

Afbeelding 15.1. The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded

15.1. Menu

15.1.1. De Opname editor

- The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a - playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu. -

- Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands. -

- Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically. -

15.1.2. Controls

From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward.

- At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work. -

15.1.3. Scripts

- In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the - selected song is loaded. - -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately. -

- - The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song. -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

- Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen. -

15.2. Menu

15.2.1. Playlist

  • - Add song to Playlist: - let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist. -

  • - Add current song to Playlist: - adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist. -

  • - Remove selected song from Playlist: - deletes the selected song from the current playlist. -

  • Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan.

  • - Open Playlist: - opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). - -

    [Tip]Tip

    - In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist. -

    -

  • [CTRL + S] = Opname opslaan

  • - Save Playlist as: - saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice. -

15.2.2. Scripts

  • - Add Script to selected song: - associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist. -

  • - Edit selected Script: - opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor. -

    -

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • - Create a new Script: - creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). -

    -

Hoofdstuk 16. MIDI API

Inhoudsopgave

16.1. MIDI Actions
16.1.1. Events
16.1.2. Actions
16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Before you can work with MIDI actions - you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured - correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

16.1. MIDI Actions

Afbeelding 16.1. MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog

An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences. -

- You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the - Red circle. - button left of the Event-Action binding line. - A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn - the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to - this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the - MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action - from the action drop-down list. -

[Tip]Tip

- You can also define a binding without the - Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note. -

- The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details). -

16.1.1. Events

- Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard): -

  • - NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad. -

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • - MMC_x: - machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller. -

16.1.2. Actions

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you - have to enter 0 in the Action Param. field (1 for channel 2, 2 for channel 3, and so on). -

  • - <<_PREVIOUS_BAR: - moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar. -

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • - BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average - time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses - it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter. -

  • - BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is -1 (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's 1 (positive), it will be increased. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: - as BPM_CC_RELATIVE but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

    -

  • - BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo - by the supplied value. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode - or Timeline is activated. -

  • - EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - changes the volume level of an FX x provided as an integer between 0 and 127. The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to. -

  • [CTRL + O] = Opname openen

  • - FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: - for a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - instrument strip specified using the Action Param to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127. -

  • - MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative - to its current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 0: 0 ,1: +0.05) -

  • - MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the - Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

  • - PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from 0 to 127 - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. -

  • - PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05). -

  • Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan.

  • Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan.

  • - PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as - PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - PAUSE otherwise. (The playhead will not return - to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position). -

  • - PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as PLAY if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - STOP otherwise. -

  • - PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: - opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param. -

  • - PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: - opens the previous song in the current playlist. -

  • - PLAYLIST_SONG: - opens the next song in the current playlist. -

  • - RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar). -

  • - RECORD_EXIT: - deactivates recording. -

  • - RECORD_READY: - toggles recording (same as pressing the record button - in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet. -

  • - RECORD_STROBE: - activates recording. -

  • Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon

  • - SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN combined with - PLAY. -

  • - SELECT_INSTRUMENT: - selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: - switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect. -

    -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: - like SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN but only take effect in Stacked mode. -

  • - SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: - switches Action Param patterns forward. - -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode. -

    -

  • - SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: - clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. -

    [Opmerking]Opmerking

    - If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect. -

    -

  • [Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.

  • - STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: - mutes the instrument specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE, but applies to - the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param. -

  • - TAP_TEMPO: another command - calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of - this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo. -

  • Fig. 15 Detail van de Mixer

  • [CTRL + O] = Opname openen

  • - UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running). -

16.2. MIDI-learnable Widgets

Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. - A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press - a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you. -

Hoofdstuk 17. OSC API

Inhoudsopgave

17.1. Basics
17.2. Commands
17.2.1. Syntax
17.2.2. All Commands

Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among - programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia - devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought - of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like - supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, - providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern - matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling - of timing and simultaneous processing.

17.1. Basics

Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you - to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, - smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or - test these interactions using the command line program - oscsend.

-         $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song
-
[Opmerking]Opmerking

- To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the "Enable OSC - support" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for - incoming OSC messages. -

[Tip]Tip

- Hydrogen's port number defaults to 9000 for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases. -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

- oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine. -

17.2. Commands

17.2.1. Syntax

The syntax for sending the commands is

-           $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT
-

with the supported types

  • Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan.

  • Fig. 3 The Mixer

  • Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan.

  • Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan.

Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the - tables below

  • ff: two types placed right after each - other indicated that the command requires two distinct - arguments.

  • ' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma - indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support - TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter - are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In - the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in - squared brackets [f] to indicate its - inferiority compared to the non-parametric version.

  • [0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are - indicated in the range column. For continuous - values squared brackets - [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit - will be left empty when it is associated with a "natural" boundary, - like the total number of instrument or pattern.

  • {-1;0;1}: sets of discrete - values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon - {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most - convenient input options.

  • 1.0: also in order to support - TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while - most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For - all true float inputs the range column uses a - floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1.

  • X: all commands ending with a - /X/ require this character to be replaced by an - integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, - e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f - 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined - by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern - editor.

17.2.2. All Commands

Tabel 17.1. All OSC Messages

URLtyperangedescription
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Starts playback.
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Stops playback.
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning - of the song.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/PAUSE/ otherwise. (The playhead will not - return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current - position).
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Works the same as /Hydrogen/PLAY/ if the - playback has not started yet and same as. - /Hydrogen/STOP/ otherwise.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button).
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Activates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Deactivates recording.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf[0,]If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, - switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in - Song mode, the command will have no effect.
/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/f[0,]Works as /Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/ - combined with /Hydrogen/PLAY/.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf[0,]If Hydrogen is in Song mode, - locates the playhead to pattern number - f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the - current pattern.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenfDecreases the current tempo by - f. Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and the Timeline is activated.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenfIncreases the current tempo by - f. - Note that this command will have no - effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode - and Tempo Marker has been passed.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Calculates the average time passing between successive - encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current - tempo using the Beat Counter.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Another command calculating the average time passing - between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to - set the current tempo using Tap Tempo.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf{0,1}Activates the Timeline if f is not - zero and deactivates it otherwise.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/ff[0,] [10,400]Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument - specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second - its tempo.
/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/f[0,]Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar - f on the Timeline.
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running).
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf[0.0,1.5]Sets the volume of the Master fader.
/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/f{-1;0;1}Changes the Master output volume, relative - to the current setting. For a value of 0 it sets the volume of - the master fader to 0. For a value of 1 it increases its - volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by - 0.05. (-1: -0.05 ,0: 0 ,1: +0.05)
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf[0.0,1.5]See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/f{-1;0;1}See /Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/, but - applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path - as X. Please not that this only affects - Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume - control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented - yet).
Fig. 3 The Mixerf[0.0,1.0]Sets the pan of instrument strip X.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf{-1;1}Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip - X, relative to the current value. For a - value of 1 it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values - it decreases it by 0.05. (-1: -0.05 , 1: +0.05)
/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/f[0,127]For a value of 0 it sets the Filter Cutoff of the - Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other - values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by - 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed - anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenfToggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenfToggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip - X. Input argument will be - ignored.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf[0,]Opens song f of the Playlist.
/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/' ',[f]Opens the next song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Opens the previous song in the Playlist.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Undoes the previous action.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Redoes the previous undone action.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of 0 - and activates it for all others.
/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/f{0;1}Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master - for a value of 0 and registers it for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf{0;1}Deactivated Song mode for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf{0;1}Deactivated looped playback for a value of 0 and activates it - for all others.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openen' ',[f]Toggles the metronome.
[CTRL + O] = Opname openenf[0,]Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit.
Fig. 3 The MixersCreates an empty song which will be stored at the - absolute path s.
Fig. 3 The MixersOpens an existing song associated with the absolute - path s.
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Saves the current song.
Fig. 3 The MixersSaves the current song to the absolute path s.
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Instellingen
Fig. 3 The Mixer' ',[f]Exits Hydrogen.

DeelIII.Examples

Inhoudsopgave

18. A New Song
18.1. "Song" mode en "Pattern" mode
18.2. Een nieuw patroon
18.3. Een nieuw spoor
18.4. Aanpassen via de mixer
19. Create a New Drumkit
19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

Hoofdstuk 18. A New Song

Inhoudsopgave

18.1. "Song" mode en "Pattern" mode
18.2. Een nieuw patroon
18.3. Een nieuw spoor
18.4. Aanpassen via de mixer

- This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the - tutorials and the technical DeelII of this document for a more detailed overview. -

18.1. "Song" mode en "Pattern" mode

Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When - Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. - This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the - pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately - hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. - This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song.

18.2. Een nieuw patroon

We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when - Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now - let's click on the - Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. -button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing - let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor - (see Afbeelding18.1). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. - -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are - working with a resolution of 1/16, you can't go back to 1/8 and remove a - 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of - 1/8 and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for - a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the - following 8th bar (unless you choose off from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case - you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be - sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes - in the Pattern Editor! -

-

Afbeelding 18.1. De Patroon Editor

De Patroon Editor

18.3. Een nieuw spoor

Eenmaal de patronen gemaakt zijn kunnen we ze juist plaatsen (Fig. 14) we kunnen de knoppen , In het venster "Song Editor" gebruiken en het copy en delete commando dat verschijnt bij het rechts klikken op een patroon.

Afbeelding 18.2. Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence

18.4. Aanpassen via de mixer

Natuurlijk kunnen we ook het Mixer venster gebruiken tijdens het maken of afspelen van patronen

The Mixer (see Afbeelding18.3) is made of a number - independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a - Master Fader Strip and a - Blue button containing the black characters "FX". - button to show and hide the - FX Plugin Rack. - Every line features 3 buttons ( - - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on - - Grey button containing a black "S". - - will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button - - Grey button containing a black "M". - - , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak - indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must - be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in Afbeelding18.3 you can - see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see Mixer. - -

[Tip]Tip

- Peaks outside that range will get distorted - (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and - if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument. -

-

Afbeelding 18.3. Mixer

Mixer

Hoofdstuk 19. Create a New Drumkit

Inhoudsopgave

19.1. Creating a New Drumkit
19.2. Creating a New Instrument
19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

19.1. Creating a New Drumkit

In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. - Keeping this in mind - we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way - down to the samples.

Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument - Editor. You can load samples, set envelope - parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization.

[Tip]Tip

- Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one. -

Lets make a brand new drum kit:

  1. in the Main Menu select - Drumkits → New. This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, - select - Instruments → Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select - Delete Instrument. -

  2. Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by - left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the - Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked.

  3. Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select - - Drumkits → Save As - - . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to - overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in - the same name as the kit that you want to replace.

  4. Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits).

  5. In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using - - Drumkits → Export - - from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it - a file name to save it to.

19.2. Creating a New Instrument

For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples - and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you - through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to Paragraaf11.1.

To begin creating an instrument, select - Instruments → Add instrument. This will give you a blank - instrument to start from.

Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. - Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data - directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/).

In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. - You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played - depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". and point the Audio File Browser to - your sample. -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- The Audio File Browser will - allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow - you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load - one. -

After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a - 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned - light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and - then click - Grey button containing the black characters "LOAD LAYER". - to bring in another sample. -

After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only - the first sample is being played whenever you - trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the - velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to - the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a - left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like - a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear.

The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and - full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and - Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 - on the right (see Sample Selection for further info).

Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this - instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can - get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and - notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn - about editing a pattern, see Hoofdstuk9.

For each layer, you can set the Gain and - the Pitch. The pitch also has a - Fine adjustment.

Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud - the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely - difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same - volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly - can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned - down). -

[Waarschuwing]Waarschuwing

It is very easy to set the Gain too high, - causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with - full-velocity using the - Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. - button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get - worse as Hydrogen processes it.

The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. - The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical - half-steps. (So, -12 is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts - the pitch 50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)

[Opmerking]Opmerking

The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or - slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a - 1-second sample that you turn down 12 (1 octave), your sample will - only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should - use Rubber Band instead (see Paragraaf12.2)

You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just - below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons).

19.3. Tips on Editing Instruments

With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be - difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are - a few tips on setting up an instrument:

Turn down the gain. Every gain - knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. - With every gain stage you have, it's - easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets - distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by - themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you - combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again.

If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain - setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn - down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the - fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader.

Test samples at full velocity. - Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you - set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will - happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: - clipping.)

Try to use samples that are -6 dB - max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only - 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about - .5.

Remove all DC offsets from the - sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the - center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning - of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should - also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a - little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the - end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't - provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the - noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample.

The ADSR will not be longer than your - sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how - long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing - at the end.

Things change with the sample - rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your - parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will - change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of - Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many - samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things - that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and - anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency).

- Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single - drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single - cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note - using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, - to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the - bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat - closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim - shots, etc. -

- However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not - uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips - of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from - movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative! -

DeelIV.Appendix

Inhoudsopgave

20. Used File Types
21. Shortcut Lists
Glossary

Hoofdstuk 20. Used File Types

Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these - file types:

  • *.h2pattern: XML file - describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are - managed in the pattern editor.

  • *.h2song: XML file describing - the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their - properties and are manager using the song editor

  • *.h2playlist: XML file - describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs.

  • *.h2drumkit: a compressed and - archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a - description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound - samples.

Hoofdstuk 21. Shortcut Lists

Tabel 21.1. Shortcut Table

ShortcutDescription
Ctrl + NNew Project
Ctrl + OOpen File
Ctrl + DOpen Demo
Ctrl + SSave Song
Ctrl + Shift + SSave Song as
Ctrl + PExport Pattern as
Ctrl + MExport MIDI file
Ctrl + EExport Song (see Export Song)
Ctrl + LExport LilyPond file
Ctrl + QQuit Hydrogen
Ctrl + ZUndo an action
Ctrl + Shift + ZRedo an action
Alt + DShow Director
Alt + MShow Mixer
Alt + IShow Instrument Rack
Alt + AShow Automation Path
Alt + FToggle fullscreen mode
Ctrl + Alt + ISet Input mode to Instrument
Ctrl + Alt + DSet Input mode to Drumkit
Alt + PShow Preferences
Alt + ?Hydrogen handleiding
Backspace[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin.
SpacePlay / Pause
Ctrl + SpaceStarts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space.
,Use the Beat Counter
\Use Tap Tempo
+Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM
-Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM
F5Jump to previous song in playlist
F6Jump to next song in playlist
F9Jump to previous bar in the song
F10Jump to next bar in the song
F12Panic button (stops the song and mutes all - playing sounds)

Glossary

This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, - synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more - detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For - example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is - the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the - volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using - Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here.

ADSR

A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the - Attack, - Decay, - Sustain, and - Release parameters. - Generally, the - parameters are proportional to - the velocity.

- After you trigger - a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. - After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the - sustain level. When the note is - released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the - sustain level back down to 0. -

In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume - (attenuation).

Read more about this in the Wikipedia - Article ADSR - Envelope

Zie ook Envelope Generator, Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release.

Attack

This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount - of time to increase the volume of a note from - 0 (triggering) to full velocity.

Zie ook ADSR.

Attenuation

In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced - (volume).

Zie ook Roll-off.

Band-Pass Filter

A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and - attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a - high-pass and a low-pass filter.

Zie ook Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter.

Clipping

A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large - for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are - normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume - (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable.

An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your - speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy.

Component

- A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. - Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers. -

To make an example: A snare could have two components. - One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes - the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). - Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). - Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. - If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the "top head" component. - If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. - -

[Opmerking]Opmerking

- Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too. -

- In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer. -

-

Cutoff Frequency

On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that - divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated - (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance - filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted.

For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff - frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. - All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower - the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass - guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. - The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz.

Zie ook Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Decay

After the attack phase, this is the amount - of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full - velocity to the sustain level.

Zie ook ADSR.

DC-offset

DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform.

DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a - sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when - normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can - possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound - without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts - depending on what is being done with the signal.

Envelope Generator

A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to - triggering, holding, and releasing a note.

Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:

Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have - your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play - the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). - You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator - does. See also ADSR

Fader

A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a - mixer. Faders always have an "audio" taper, which means that the - attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale.

Filter

A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. - A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter.

Zie ook Band-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Low-Pass Filter, Resonance Filter.

Gain

In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is - amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal.

High-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows - high frequencies to pass through.

Zie ook Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Instrument

In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass - drum kick, or a tom).

Layer

In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one - called a layer), and have a different - sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a - time will play.

Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If - you simply play the sample louder - it will - not sound the same as a real tom that has been - struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can - load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud - playing.

Zie ook Instrument.

Low-Pass Filter

A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows - low frequencies to pass through.

Zie ook Filter, Cutoff Frequency.

Mute

To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any - audio output.

Mute Group

A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately.

This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different - instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real - hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. - However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue - even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both - instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering - closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice - versa).

Normalization

Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS).

Octave

A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly - twice the frequency of the bottom frequency.

For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz - to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are - very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human - ear they sound like the same distance.

Pan

Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance.

- The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan - knob, which is set in the Mixer. - Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan - is determined (from version 1.1): - -

Afbeelding 44. Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters

Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters


- - This multi-pan model resembles a "matryoshka" in some way: the note Pan value moves the - Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at - instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. - Some examples: - if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the - whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); - if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a - progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; - if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect. -

- The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings. -

Release

Fig. 16 Drumkit laden. Kies een drumkit uit de lijst.

Zie ook ADSR.

Resonance

When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that - determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the - cutoff.

Zie ook Resonance Filter.

Resonance Filter

A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of - frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass - filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off - frequency.

Zie ook Filter, Cutoff Frequency, Low-Pass Filter, High-Pass Filter, Resonance.

Roll-off

This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as - the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave).

For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff - frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). - Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, - the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated - very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than - the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually - approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB - of attenuation per octave of frequency.

Zie ook Attenuation, Filter.

Sample

A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds - long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects).

Sustain

The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time.

Zie ook ADSR.

Velocity

How hard you hit a note.

MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the - note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on - the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to - adjust how loud the sample is played back.

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_nl.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_nl.po --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual_nl.po 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual_nl.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8617 +0,0 @@ -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-19 19:01+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: manual.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual" -msgstr "Hydrogen handleiding" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:9 -msgid "Antonio Piraino" -msgstr "Pieter Van Isacker" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:13 -msgid "Alessandro Cominu" -msgstr "Alessandro Cominu" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Thijs Van Severen" -msgstr "Pieter Van Isacker" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sebastian Moors" -msgstr "Alessandro Cominu" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:25 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Colin Evans" -msgstr "Pieter Van Isacker" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Philipp Müller" -msgstr "Pieter Van Isacker" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle -#: manual.docbook:35 -msgid "2021-03-04" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: manual.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows." -msgstr "Hydrogen is een software synthesizer die op zichzelf kan gebruikt worden als drum machine gebaseerd op patronen, via een extern MIDI klavier of via sequencer software." - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:45 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Inleiding" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:48 -msgid "Download" -msgstr "Downloaden" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:50 -msgid "You can download Hydrogen from http://www.hydrogen-music.org. On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:55 -msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:61 -msgid "Build" -msgstr "Compileren" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:63 -msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our git repository with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:70 -msgid "A certain release can be fetched with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git checkout tags/1.0.0\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):" -msgstr "Het compileren van hydrogen is afhankelijk van de volgende libraries" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:81 -msgid "Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" -msgstr "libsndfile: http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x): http://www.alsa-project.com (enkel als je ALSA als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at http://jackaudio.org/ (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): http://jackit.sourceforge.net (enkel als je Jack als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x): http://www.alsa-project.com (enkel als je ALSA als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x): http://www.alsa-project.com (enkel als je ALSA als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you wish to use Flac samples)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): http://jackit.sourceforge.net (enkel als je Jack als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish to use LADSPA effects)" -msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x): http://www.alsa-project.com (enkel als je ALSA als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)" -msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): http://jackit.sourceforge.net (enkel als je Jack als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:115 -msgid "LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if you wish to use LASH)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:119 -msgid "liblo: at for OSC and NSM support" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:125 -msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \\\n" -"\tqttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \\\n" -"\tlibarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n" -"\tlibpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \\\n" -"\tliblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:137 -msgid "Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:144 -msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" r[m] => all built, temp and cache files\n" -" c[lean] => remove cache files\n" -" m[ake] => launch the build process\n" -" mm => launch the build process using ccache\n" -" mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled\n" -" d[oc] => build html documentation\n" -" g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph\n" -" h[elp] => show the build options\n" -" x|exec => execute hydrogen\n" -" t[ests] => execute tests\n" -" p[kg] => build source package\n" -" z => build using ccache and run from tree\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:163 -msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh m x\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:170 -msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ cd build\n" -" $ sudo make install\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:179 -msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:184 -msgid "Keyboard and Mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:185 -msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:190 -msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:201 -msgid "Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:206 -msgid "Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:212 -msgid "Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for convenience." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:222 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:229 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:236 -msgid "Enter and Return : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:244 -msgid "Tab and Shift + Tab : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete : delete notes or patterns." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:256 -msgid "Esc : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:217 -msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:265 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:272 -msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:282 -msgid "Using Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:285 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:288 -msgid "Main User Interface" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:291 -msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:295 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='3a48afe570301756154eeee8da95c427'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:300 -msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:306 -msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:311 -msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:319 -msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:323 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='8611e20ca4e74013f36e811f24bea8b6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:330 -msgid "Drumkit Concept" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:332 -msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:340 -msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple layered samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:347 -msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:355 -msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:357 -msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:361 -msgid "Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:365 -msgid "Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:370 -msgid "In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:375 -msgid "Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:380 -msgid "MIDI Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:384 -msgid "Instr. Pos." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:387 -msgid "MIDI Note" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:390 -msgid "PC Keyboard Key" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit" -msgstr "Hydrogen handleiding" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:396 -msgid "GM Standard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:404 manual.docbook:648 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:407 -msgid "Bass Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:410 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:411 manual.docbook:655 -msgid "36" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:412 -msgid "Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:413 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Kick" -msgstr "Z = Kick" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:414 -msgid "Bass Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:417 manual.docbook:503 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:418 manual.docbook:662 -msgid "37" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:419 -msgid "S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Stick" -msgstr "S = Stok" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:421 -msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:424 manual.docbook:517 -msgid "3" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:425 manual.docbook:669 -msgid "38" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:426 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:427 -msgid "Snare" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:428 -msgid "Snare Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:431 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:432 manual.docbook:676 -msgid "39" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:433 -msgid "D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:434 manual.docbook:435 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hand Clap" -msgstr "D = Handen klap" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:438 manual.docbook:538 -msgid "5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:439 manual.docbook:683 -msgid "40" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:440 -msgid "C" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:441 -msgid "Snare Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:442 -msgid "Snare Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:445 manual.docbook:552 -msgid "6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:446 manual.docbook:690 -msgid "41" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:447 -msgid "V" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:448 -msgid "Floor Tom" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:449 -msgid "Low Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:452 manual.docbook:566 -msgid "7" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:453 manual.docbook:697 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:454 -msgid "G" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:455 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Closed" -msgstr "G = Gesloten HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:456 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Closed Hi-hat" -msgstr "G = Gesloten HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:459 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:460 manual.docbook:704 -msgid "43" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:461 -msgid "B" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:462 -msgid "Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:463 -msgid "Low Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:466 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:467 manual.docbook:711 -msgid "44" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:468 -msgid "H" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:469 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hat Pedal" -msgstr "H = Pedaal HH" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:470 -msgid "Pedal Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:473 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:474 manual.docbook:718 -msgid "45" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:475 -msgid "N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:476 -msgid "Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:477 -msgid "Mid Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:480 -msgid "11" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:481 manual.docbook:725 -msgid "46" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:482 -msgid "J" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:483 -msgid "Hat Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:484 -msgid "Open Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:487 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:488 -msgid "47" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:489 -msgid "M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:490 manual.docbook:554 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cowbell" -msgstr "M = Koe bel" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:491 -msgid "Mid Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:494 -msgid "13" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:495 -msgid "48" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:496 -msgid "Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:497 -msgid "Ride" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:498 -msgid "High Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:501 -msgid "14" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:502 -msgid "49" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:504 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Crash" -msgstr "2 = Crash" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:505 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:508 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:509 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:510 -msgid "W" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:511 -msgid "Ride 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:512 -msgid "High Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:515 -msgid "16" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:516 -msgid "51" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:518 -msgid "Splash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:519 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:522 -msgid "17" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:523 -msgid "52" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:524 -msgid "E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:525 -msgid "Hat Semi-Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:526 -msgid "Chinese Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:529 -msgid "18" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:530 -msgid "53" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:531 -msgid "R" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:532 -msgid "Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:533 -msgid "Ride Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:536 -msgid "19" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:537 -msgid "54" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:540 -msgid "Tambourine" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:543 -msgid "20" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:544 -msgid "55" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:545 -msgid "T" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:547 -msgid "Splash Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:550 -msgid "21" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:551 -msgid "56" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:557 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:558 -msgid "57" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:559 -msgid "Y" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:561 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:564 -msgid "23" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:565 -msgid "58" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:568 -msgid "Vibra Slap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:571 -msgid "24" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:572 -msgid "59" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:573 -msgid "U" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:575 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:578 -msgid "25" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:579 -msgid "60" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:582 -msgid "High Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:585 -msgid "26" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:586 -msgid "61" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:589 -msgid "Low Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:592 -msgid "27" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:593 -msgid "62" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:596 -msgid "Mute High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:599 -msgid "28" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:600 -msgid "63" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:603 -msgid "Open High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:606 -msgid "29" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:607 -msgid "64" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:610 -msgid "Low Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:613 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:614 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:617 -msgid "High Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:620 -msgid "31" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:621 -msgid "66" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:624 -msgid "Low Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:627 -msgid "32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:628 -msgid "67" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:631 -msgid "High Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:634 -msgid "33" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:635 -msgid "68" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:638 -msgid "Low Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:641 -msgid "34" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:642 -msgid "69" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:645 -msgid "Cabasa" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:649 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:652 -msgid "Maracas" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:656 -msgid "71" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:659 -msgid "Short Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:663 -msgid "72" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:666 -msgid "Long Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:670 -msgid "73" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:673 -msgid "Short Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:677 -msgid "74" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:680 -msgid "Long Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:684 -msgid "75" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:687 -msgid "Claves" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:691 -msgid "76" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:694 -msgid "High Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:698 -msgid "77" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:701 -msgid "Low Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:705 -msgid "78" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:708 -msgid "Mute Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:712 -msgid "79" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:715 -msgid "Open Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:719 -msgid "80" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:722 -msgid "Mute Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:726 -msgid "81" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:729 -msgid "Open Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default." -msgstr "Merk op dat de naam van het afgespeelde instrument afhangt van de geselecteerd drumkit. Deze lijst is gebaseerd op de GMKit, dit is de standaard kit." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:742 -msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:747 -msgid "Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:753 -msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:764 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tastiera.png' md5='344cc621fc42d367ff50ec3b01017b04'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:756 -msgid " Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:771 -msgid "Recording in Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:773 -msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:786 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Rec_button.png' md5='21e4b8d7fd5a53b207b5b3875c9f49d0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:798 manual.docbook:6766 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_play_off.png' md5='5d22ba3609e85f143aa992c25d469a0c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:777 -msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button Grey record button with a red circle in its center. in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:804 -msgid "Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:809 -msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:816 -msgid "Session Management" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:818 -msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:823 -msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:835 -msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:830 -msgid "NSM: Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:847 -msgid "You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:842 -msgid "LASH: Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:858 -msgid "Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:854 -msgid "JACK Session: JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:867 -msgid "NSM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:869 -msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:875 -msgid "Replace With New Song: instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:886 manual.docbook:897 -msgid "In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:881 -msgid "Import Into Session: instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:893 -msgid "Import Recent Info Session: instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:909 -msgid "In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:904 -msgid "Export From Session As: instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:918 -msgid "The Open Demo option will be missing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:927 -msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:923 -msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:936 -msgid "Command-line Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/screen -#: manual.docbook:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" -h, --help Displays this help.\n" -" -v, --version Displays version information.\n" -" -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)\n" -" -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)\n" -" -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen\n" -" -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup\n" -" -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path\n" -" -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup\n" -" -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup\n" -" -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:938 -msgid "After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:958 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:960 -msgid "Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:963 -msgid "All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:969 manual.docbook:3310 manual.docbook:4039 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:972 -msgid "The General Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:975 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='5072a7d28184e7dfa40f353cd62ad5ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:986 manual.docbook:1103 -msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:992 -msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:982 -msgid "Language: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1001 -msgid "Reopen last used song: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1011 -msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1007 -msgid "Reopen last used playlist: determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1024 -msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1018 -msgid "Use relative paths for playlist: specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1031 -msgid "Hide keyboard input cursor: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1042 -msgid "You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1037 -msgid "Use LASH: enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1054 -msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1057 -msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1049 -msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1083 manual.docbook:2257 manual.docbook:2288 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_on.png' md5='d3694f8445c2fef7b30834a60d1bffa6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1074 -msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - Blue button containing a \"P\". should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1068 -msgid "Beat counter start offset in ms: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1093 -msgid "Maximum number of bars: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1099 -msgid "Maximum number of layers: sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1115 -msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1121 -msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check the Rubber Band site ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1140 manual.docbook:2376 manual.docbook:4830 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rubber_off.png' md5='4af1c3110fbd8772a724f7f85fa22441'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1130 -msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1111 -msgid "Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1154 -msgid "Audio System" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1157 -msgid "The Audio System Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1160 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='1da93face38cf7a71c6f231474ba617c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1167 -msgid "Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1171 -msgid "Available options:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1182 -msgid "This option is recommended for beginners." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1177 -msgid ": Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1191 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The JACK driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The JACK server will start automatically if not already running." -msgstr "Om met de Jack audio driver te werken moet de server werken. Jack Audio Connection Kit, een professionele audio server met een zeer lage response tijd en die interactie mogelijk maakt met andere audio software.We raden Jack sterk aan om zo het beste uit Hydrogen te halen." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1198 -msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1205 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver." -msgstr "Fig. 2 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1210 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": The OSS audio driver uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort." -msgstr "De Oss audio driver gebruikt /dev/dsp en is gebaseerd op de OSS interface die ondersteund wordt door een groot aantal geluidskaarten die beschikbaar zijn voor linux; zoals gezegd blokeerd Hydrogen het gebruik van /dev/dsp tot Hydrogen gesloten is /dev/dsp is dus onbruikbaar voor andere software." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1220 -#, fuzzy -msgid ": An open-source multi platform audio driver." -msgstr "Fig. 2 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1225 -msgid ": A driver for MacOS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1229 -msgid ": A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Device: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use." -msgstr "Fig. 2 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1243 -msgid "Buffer size: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1253 -msgid "If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1249 -msgid "Sample rate: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1262 -msgid "Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1265 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1267 -msgid "note velocity and pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1268 manual.docbook:1275 -msgid "layer gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1269 -msgid "component gain and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1270 -msgid "instrument gain, pan, and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1272 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1274 -msgid "note velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1279 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1285 -msgid "BBT sync method: if Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's tempo or the Tempo Markers added to the Timeline. But due to limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1302 manual.docbook:1347 manual.docbook:1368 -#: manual.docbook:1391 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1314 manual.docbook:2440 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_transport_off.png' md5='c1264187019da8004254528045d35060'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1325 manual.docbook:2455 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_master_off.png' md5='5108a24ccc5d260fab40e9d2ebab5c9d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1305 -msgid "For this option to take effect the Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". button has to be activated and the Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to having a JACK TBM application)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1333 -msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1339 -msgid "Connect to default JACK output ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to the default JACK input ports of your system (system:playback_1 and system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1354 -msgid "Create per-instrument JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1361 -msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1374 -msgid "There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1385 -msgid "Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1380 -msgid "Enable JACK timebase master support: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1398 -msgid "Apply and restart output: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1408 -msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1404 -msgid "Polyphony: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1415 -msgid "Metronome volume: sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1421 -msgid "Interpolate resampling: specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1431 -msgid "MIDI System" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1434 -msgid "The MIDI System Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1437 manual.docbook:5825 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='f57c80dc6c151d1bea2e52adc6d91fbd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1444 -msgid "MIDI driver: selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1450 -msgid "Input: selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1456 -msgid "Output: selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1462 -msgid "Channel: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1472 -msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1468 -msgid "Ignore note-off: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1484 -msgid "the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1489 -msgid "an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1494 -msgid "whether the Metronome is activated" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1479 -msgid "Enable MIDI feedback: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1502 -msgid "Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1513 -msgid "If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1508 -msgid "Use output note as input note: specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1521 -msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1528 -msgid "OSC" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1531 -msgid "The OSC Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='b60b4ce044e7028b914e1bb0ea397231'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1544 -msgid "In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1551 -msgid "Enable OSC support: Allows Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1563 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1566 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1569 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1572 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1578 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1584 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1555 -msgid "Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is composed of the following OSC paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1591 -msgid "Incoming port: Specifies the OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1539 -msgid "The OSC tab () let's you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see chapter OSC API for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1597 -msgid "If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the OSC tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1605 -msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1608 -msgid "The Appearance Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1611 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png' md5='c122a1346ebdd01399742c5fdbfd0bde'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1616 -msgid "The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look and feel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1627 manual.docbook:1651 manual.docbook:1668 -msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1622 -msgid "Application font: specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1639 -msgid "Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1634 -msgid "Style: specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1646 -msgid "Mixer font: specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1658 -msgid "Meters falloff speed: specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1664 -msgid "Default interface layout: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1675 -msgid "High-resolution display scaling: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1686 -msgid ": Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1692 -msgid ": Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1698 -msgid ": Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1681 -msgid "Coloring method for Song Editor elements: determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:1712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1718 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MainMenu.png' md5='d0db6cc4eca29a57da78c89bcba53d93'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1724 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1725 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This menu offers file related functions." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1729 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New: creates a new and empty song." -msgstr "Fig. 15 De Voorkomen tab" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1739 -msgid "Show Info: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, license, and generic notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1743 -msgid "Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1749 -msgid "The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1746 -msgid "Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1759 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save: saves changes to current song." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Opname opslaan" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1765 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1762 -msgid "Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1773 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) belonging to the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1781 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1777 -msgid "Export Pattern As: saves a pattern as a .h2pattern file. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export MIDI file: exports the current song in MIDI format." -msgstr "Fig. 19 Een drumkit exporteren." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1793 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export song: exports the current song into an audio file." -msgstr "Fig. 19 Een drumkit exporteren." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1795 -msgid "The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond." -msgstr "Fig. 19 Een drumkit exporteren." - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1803 -msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1808 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit: exists Hydrogen." -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1814 -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo: lets you undo your last action." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1821 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Redo: lets you redo the last undone action." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1824 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous actions." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1831 manual.docbook:3936 -msgid "Drumkits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1834 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1843 -msgid "Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1838 -msgid "Open: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1850 -msgid "Properties: sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1856 -msgid "Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1863 -msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1860 -msgid "Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1873 -msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1870 -msgid "Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1880 -msgid "Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1885 -msgid "Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen website for an example)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1894 -msgid "Import Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1897 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='39e25a7470e1945225be994be6afbc9f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1892 -msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see if a kit is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1909 -msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the license type." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1926 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='fc4254b7389fd8d265636ef82b587087'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:1919 -msgid " Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1914 -msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1941 -msgid "Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1942 -msgid "This menu offers instruments functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1947 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1950 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1953 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1959 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1963 -msgid "Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1966 -msgid "Director: opens the Director window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1969 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mixer: opens the Mixer window." -msgstr "Fig. 15 Detail van de Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1972 -msgid "Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1975 -msgid "Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1979 -msgid "Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1982 -msgid "Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1985 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area." -msgstr "Fig. 15 Detail van de Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1991 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1994 -msgid "Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2005 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Preferences: opens the main preferences window (see for details)." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2012 -msgid "Debug" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2014 -msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2018 -msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2031 -msgid "The Audio Engine View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2034 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='c7d64d740b8a0d1bef5cab6a757c7cb3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2040 -msgid "In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2027 -msgid "Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2051 -msgid "Show Filesystem Info: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2061 -msgid ": No messages will be written at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2066 -msgid ": Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2071 -msgid ": Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2076 -msgid ": Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2081 -msgid ": Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2056 -msgid "Log Level: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2090 -msgid "Open Log File: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2097 -msgid "Info" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2101 -msgid "User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "About: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc." -msgstr "Fig. 2 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2108 -msgid "Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers." -msgstr "Fig. 15 Detail van de Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Toolbar" -msgstr "De hoofd werkbalk" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2122 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Main Toolbar" -msgstr "De hoofd werkbalk" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2126 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='19ace9972b0ecf3a6d1f9e5b0c4135ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components." -msgstr "Voor we de belangrijkste vensters overlopen gaan we snel eens kijken naar de werkbalk:" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2135 -msgid "Transport Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2149 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='1ec0ada27f9da8dadfc40ac1bc65ee59'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2140 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2154 -msgid "Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2156 -msgid "In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2159 -msgid "When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2166 -msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2181 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='2c8d4cc3a85b5feb32727d2dc400d7c3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2169 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2186 -msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2189 -msgid "Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2191 -msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the \\ key in the tempo you want." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2195 -msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \\ button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2201 -msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2208 -msgid "Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2220 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='04409450bba1f7542a8990aa74cb388a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2210 -msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. button or simply press ,." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2225 -msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the R)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2246 manual.docbook:2272 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_off.png' md5='9c3360bb8c942b605411af2736ae251f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2237 -msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between Grey button containing a \"S\". and Blue button containing a \"P\". . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows Grey button containing a \"S\". (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2277 -msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows Blue button containing a \"P\". ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone starts on 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2295 -msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2302 -msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2307 -msgid "If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2316 -msgid "BPM Control and Metronome" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2331 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='5f5bee77c2d67039618fab7eb28d6269'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2319 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2336 -msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2340 -msgid "You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='55fc2e5806c898a4cc96227860b18034'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2345 -msgid "In addition you can use Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket \")\" (right). to toggle the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2361 -msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2366 -msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2385 -msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2398 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='c2e021efc19e170671b2092572aa47a2'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2388 -msgid " A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is MIDI input. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2403 -msgid "The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2406 -msgid "The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2414 -msgid "JACK Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2426 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='5679c850212647d44e4cd7d3d0496c6a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2417 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2431 -msgid "Clicking Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2445 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the absence of a Master." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2464 -msgid "You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2470 -msgid "The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2477 -msgid "GUI State" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2490 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='8e9e804a41500082df2434e15102e218'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2480 -msgid " In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2495 -msgid "Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2498 -msgid "The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2505 -msgid "Song Editor" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2509 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2512 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png' md5='a82ad146c9450cfaf17899d7d0d052ec'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2518 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song." -msgstr "De Opname Editor (Fig. 1) toont het liedje dat we aan het maken zijn. Je ziet de verschillende lagen. Elk gekleurd vierkantje dat in het venster verschijnt vertegenwoordigd een patroon dat zal afgespeeld worden. De patronen kun je bewerken met de Patroon Editor, de lagen kunnen verschillende delen van de opname bevatten (vb intro, refrein, strofe enz...)." - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2526 -msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2533 -msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2540 -msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2547 -msgid "Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2564 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/SongRuler.png' md5='2f6fbb7ac18d5dbe13cd0b7ab4d0f72a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2553 -msgid " Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". In addition, light-blue colored \"T\"s indicate the presence of a Tag. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2572 -msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2578 -msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2569 -msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2586 -msgid "Main Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2600 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='8ea38acc364694851f0a1da74f5ccd63'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2589 -msgid " Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='ae4fcb3a7be16ec4e8202add627c5434'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2608 -msgid " Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2629 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='4b54062c734ee4aed38ff33fcf587595'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2622 -msgid " Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2643 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='92d343a074d0b9910b726aecda3bb042'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2635 -msgid " Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2649 -msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in the pattern list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2664 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='b8550d5b732ef301d6482b162bc3e7ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2657 -msgid " Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2680 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='0eb66ee7be2f3b7eda0a95a2959d9ca6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2672 -msgid " Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2693 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='8a4d35031159c7e5b5d6e494d842b7bd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2702 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='7cc5cd563387e719ed1a7c68fcb5739b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2686 -msgid " Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. or to Stacked mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2713 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Editor modes" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2714 -msgid "The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The default Select mode allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The Draw mode instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2722 -msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2728 -msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys ↑|↓|←|→ will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing Return will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2736 -msgid "In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2740 -msgid "While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2746 -msgid "Select Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2747 -msgid "This mode allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2752 -msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can delete it by pressing Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (Ctrl + x) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new location, or by copying (Ctrl + c) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2767 -msgid "Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2782 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ can be used to make selections using the keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2787 -msgid "Return over a selected block will begin a move or copy" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2791 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ to move the selected cells into position" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2795 -msgid "Return to move the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2799 -msgid "Ctrl + Return to copy the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2772 -msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2806 -msgid "Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2813 -msgid "Draw Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2814 -msgid "This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2819 -msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2826 -msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, will also add and remove patterns from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2832 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in . You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2844 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2845 -msgid "When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2850 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2857 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Mode" -msgstr "Hier kun je schakelen tussen de patroon en opname mode." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2858 -msgid "When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2865 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2872 -msgid "Stacked Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2873 -msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2880 -msgid "Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select which patterns play using Ctrl + left click on the pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a triangle." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2888 -msgid "Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than Song for Stacked mode to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2899 manual.docbook:3492 -msgid "Sidebar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2901 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2904 -msgid "Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2908 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Pattern Options menu" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2912 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='8dec485a0ad51a0493fec01ccbc814a5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2921 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2924 -msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2931 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2950 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='1426839c35a4d3a33b57062883f12d74'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2939 -msgid " Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2936 -msgid "Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2958 -msgid "Properties: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2962 -msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2974 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='fa5d2555da3bb269ec8f2406bfccfc2d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2963 -msgid " Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2980 -msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2989 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Load Pattern: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2995 -msgid "Save Pattern: stores the pattern in the patterns folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3003 -msgid "Export Pattern: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3009 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Virtual Pattern: will open the virtual pattern editor." -msgstr "Fig. 2 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3012 -msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3018 -msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3024 -msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3036 -msgid "Timeline" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3046 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/tempo_bar.png' md5='57d0559a29212dc60c5b1c1615a6330c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3039 -msgid " Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3051 -msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is done by adding Tempo Markers to your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='9b02d90327338b8d035f57b5a02b5567'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3074 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png' md5='8f7b9815b9f1945c5bd579a2fd3d5ec8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3055 -msgid "To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the Grey button containing a black \"P\". button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the Grey button containing the black characters \"BPM\". button. Once this is done the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3084 -msgid "Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK transport in slave mode (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3103 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='1d1019ac5a0c23d5497b9db0ce96714c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3092 -msgid " Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3089 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar or delete it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3116 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3127 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tag_bar.png' md5='f807e826276099785dd8c46e9436ae20'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3119 -msgid " Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue \"T\"s. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3132 -msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3144 -msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3147 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='e739615ae8f687b519b726c407882eeb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3139 -msgid "To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3158 -msgid "Playback Track" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3173 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='3b1e0f19b68818ee221b890c7d69fdd0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3161 -msgid " Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3179 -msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3184 -msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3198 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='4294e5c6223716aad49a8328206176d4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3189 -msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the Grey button containing a black \"T\". button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Edit: loads an audio file." -msgstr "Fig. 3 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3211 -msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3217 -msgid "Mute: mutes the Playback Track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3220 -msgid "Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3204 -msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3226 -msgid "In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3234 -msgid "Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3238 -msgid "The Automation Path Widget" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3241 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/AutomationPath.png' md5='57a0ec7233c2c5134a3da11514130825'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3246 -msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3250 -msgid "Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3255 -msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3265 -msgid "Pattern Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3267 manual.docbook:3667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3270 manual.docbook:3670 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='5136f656c680d4d25f59ff6cab70731d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3275 -msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3291 manual.docbook:3472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='50e1dedc2d864b907fcd89ceec22953c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3277 -msgid "The Pattern Editor allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these two by clicking the Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3298 -msgid "If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3302 -msgid "If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:3313 manual.docbook:4573 manual.docbook:5647 -msgid "Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3316 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor Controls" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3319 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='a491e95bee4f5a8a6e57a4e51397e783'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3324 -msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3336 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='5af35039c0915ed92ad6f24d009062b4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3328 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"4/4\" and titled \"SIZE\". : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3342 -msgid "It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PatternSizeDialog.png' md5='84cde1542afe73feed8af83c187df5d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3346 -msgid " Dialog for entering the \"New Pattern length (beats/note value)\" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (right) and \"OK\" (left) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3359 -msgid "Type / to separate numerator and denominator." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3362 -msgid "If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, some values are not supported and will be approximated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3369 -msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, hence a warning icon will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3384 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png' md5='99f0f0e4bf50233e4865ff29d92aad8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3376 -msgid " A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the \"SIZE\" LCD. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3401 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='daa56c133937264c93a72fde606863c5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3393 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3408 -msgid "If you are working with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3429 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='877172490d05a21a74aff27475f19482'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3421 -msgid " Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. : when enabled Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3436 -msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3452 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='37700f06db07f383871f481084d1c875'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3444 -msgid " Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3482 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='beb6e9e3da055eba1c395aeeee5624b0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3463 -msgid " Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3495 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3498 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='66ef31d1181b28c7b956d94b545878a8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3503 -msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3506 -msgid "Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3510 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete notes: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3516 -msgid "Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3513 -msgid "Fill notes: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3528 -msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3524 -msgid "Randomize velocity: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3537 -msgid "Select notes: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3545 -msgid "Edit all patterns: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in all the patterns of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3553 -msgid "Cut notes: remove all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3561 -msgid "Copy notes: copy all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3568 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Paste notes : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3575 -msgid "Delete notes: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3584 -msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3595 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:" -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3601 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Rename instrument: change the name of the instrument." -msgstr "Fig. 16 Drumkit laden. Kies een drumkit uit de lijst." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)" -msgstr "Fig. 16 Drumkit laden. Kies een drumkit uit de lijst." - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3624 manual.docbook:5037 manual.docbook:5162 -#: manual.docbook:6867 manual.docbook:6893 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='f1c0e1d7d0b6d558eb61b6215c683d6e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_off.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3616 -msgid "The Grey button containing a black \"M\". button mutes the instrument and Grey button containing a black \"S\". solos it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3641 -msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3647 -msgid "It will however, have an impact on the MIDI note mapping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3655 -msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3664 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drum Pattern Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3676 -msgid "Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern size and resolution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3679 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3686 -msgid "you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3693 -msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3712 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='9b70ffbdee95b246478582c39735e697'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3702 -msgid " Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3700 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3719 -msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with Return (see )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3725 -msgid "Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3733 -msgid "Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3738 -msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Also see for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works." -msgstr "Hier is een kleine voorstelling van wat toetsen voor het gemak." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3743 -msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3756 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Note Properties Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3759 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3762 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/NotePropertiesRuler.png' md5='8fd57ba4418fc587c0ef383fad9bdcca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3767 -msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3774 -msgid "The following note properties are available:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3780 -msgid "Velocity: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3783 -msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, turning red when you reach the point of clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3792 -msgid "Pan: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3797 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3805 -msgid "Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3814 -msgid "NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3819 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3822 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='8e19686d8fe0d0fd6f307f63e26b2b4f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3826 -msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3833 -msgid "Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to change the note value of existing notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3840 -msgid "Probability: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than , a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability will always be played, a note with probability of will never be played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Drawing with the mouse:" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3861 -msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3868 -#, fuzzy -msgid " Selecting multiple notes:" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3871 -msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3853 -msgid "Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3884 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Piano Roll Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3887 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3890 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='80336fa999457d5c3ab6bc8522015776'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3895 -msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3898 -msgid "While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3900 -msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3905 -msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3915 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)" -msgstr "Drumkit manager" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3918 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Soundlibrary" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3921 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='5ee5b8034d3691ab9f3ba1f81749a2d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3926 -msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3931 -msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3938 -msgid "The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3939 -msgid "The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3948 -msgid "You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3953 -msgid "The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits folder. When you have created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3961 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the license type of the drumkit(s) you are using." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3965 -msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or other open and free license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3969 -msgid "Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using the kit in your songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3973 -msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or via any other channel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3978 -msgid "To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select Load. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that kit, left-click the to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3990 -msgid "Songs" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3992 -msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs folder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4006 -msgid "This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4001 -msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns folder. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4011 -msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting Properties and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4023 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Instrument Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4026 -msgid "The Instrument editor General view" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4029 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='1c659ff4d9f877ae77fc0e829733ec17'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4034 -msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4041 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4046 -msgid "It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4052 -msgid "Envelope Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='c9b1cf7425256ccbcdf6e6f8587600ca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4055 -msgid " Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4068 -msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4073 -msgid "Attack: the amount of time that the volume of the sample goes from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the attack phase." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4082 -msgid "Decay: the amount of time for the volume of the sample to go from full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the decay parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4090 -msgid "Sustain: the volume to play the note after the decay phase is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4097 -msgid "Release: the time to fade out the note from the sustain volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it will fade out for the maximum time available." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4106 -msgid "The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by the number of audio samples. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4113 -msgid "If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If the note is sustained, it does not draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) parameter during that time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4123 -msgid "Gain and Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='dcaf9a6840510623bc55df8ea2c89325'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4126 -msgid " In the upper half there is a LCD displaying \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4142 -msgid "The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the set to , the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4151 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4157 -msgid "Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4165 -msgid "If the Mute Group is set to , then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to .)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4175 -msgid "If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4177 -msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4187 -msgid "The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4192 -msgid "The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4197 -msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4204 -msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4209 -msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4217 -msgid "Filter Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4228 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='0fa21c2c613d94d89b051fe442a897e1'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4220 -msgid " From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4233 -msgid "The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4242 -msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4262 -msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4274 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='2ce648ae655059f6664ba41c01158668'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4265 -msgid " From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4279 -msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4289 -msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4284 -msgid "The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between and . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4301 -msgid "MIDI Out Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4312 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='10b438a7473e911b09d593794a7f1901'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4304 -msgid " Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4317 -msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4326 -msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4332 -msgid "By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4338 -msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4349 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='6893409e38809da4d0b6d518ad919b15'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4341 -msgid " Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4354 -msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4356 -msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4359 -msgid "Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4364 -msgid "Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4377 manual.docbook:4431 -msgid "Layers" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4380 -msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4383 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='3846805161b3ed5792058f7cf48cb2ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4388 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4392 -msgid "Components" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4403 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png' md5='116bc97c3fdf5bed06019ec88f47bc3e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4395 -msgid " In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4417 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_dropdown_off.png' md5='51f65ba335fa3b5b06d9c195764418af'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4408 -msgid "Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4424 -msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4434 -msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4437 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png' md5='88e1cd028f2cf6ea6270048a91943a65'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4442 -msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4447 -msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4461 manual.docbook:7027 manual.docbook:7052 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='66347065d44659c155d3a82f5a1d4366'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='2a9f9afe245e147739e8195668997088'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4483 manual.docbook:4649 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='bf9a3426f12d614877d16fdd88be0ba6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4452 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". you can delete the current layer, and using Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4490 -msgid "Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4496 -msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4505 -msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4501 -msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4511 -msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4516 -msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4523 -msgid "Sample Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png' md5='277f4e033a01cada19ac74bbea4e9f23'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4526 -msgid " A LCD titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open display the different choices to the right. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4539 -msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4543 -msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4553 -msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4549 -msgid ": will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4560 -msgid ": will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4565 -msgid ": will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4584 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png' md5='23af0cfc4c001777b7267008d060c310'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4576 -msgid " Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4591 -msgid "Layer Gain: adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4602 -msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4597 -msgid "Component Volume: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4609 -msgid "Pitch: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4615 -msgid "Fine: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4629 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sample Editor" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4632 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Sample Editor" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='b91bf9388c10b1084c43afe932525686'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4640 -msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4657 -msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive and are saved per song. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4667 -msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4670 -msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4673 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='79d932cc42416613724b49665edafecd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4683 -msgid "Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4686 -msgid "End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4689 -msgid "Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4678 -msgid "In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4695 -msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4700 -msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4707 -msgid "Start: position of the Start Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4712 -msgid "Loop: position of the Loop Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4722 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4727 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4732 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4717 -msgid "Loop Mode: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4740 -msgid "Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4745 -msgid "End: position of the End Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4750 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Close: exits the Sample Editor." -msgstr "Fig. 1XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4757 -msgid "These values will change if you drag the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4765 -msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4774 -msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4784 -msgid "Pitch Shifting" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4787 -msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4790 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='9b0e53b5337bd67534bd8890cf4c18c8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4795 -msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4798 -msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4803 -msgid "When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4813 -msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4820 -msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4809 -msgid "Sample length to beat: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4844 -msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4839 -msgid "Pitch: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4850 -msgid "Crispness: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4859 -msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4862 -msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4865 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='dc7183d8123d5a26f36d8996b1d761e0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4870 -msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4876 -msgid "Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4881 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it." -msgstr "Fig. 2 XXX" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4886 -msgid "Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4891 -msgid "panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4897 -msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating envelopes by" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4902 -msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4909 -msgid "First select or in the dropdown to the right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4914 -msgid "Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4919 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Right-clicking will delete a point." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4924 -msgid "Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4935 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4938 manual.docbook:6912 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Mixer" -msgstr "Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4941 manual.docbook:6915 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='45445f564c4daba76ea19b172f462d2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4946 -msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4948 -msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4955 -msgid "Instrument Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4958 -msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4961 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png' md5='eb97a316a9312de1b36933fdde130e2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4976 manual.docbook:6845 manual.docbook:7101 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='42524bb86518faf8e847f658451f2753'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4968 -msgid " Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4981 -msgid "This is quite handy for checking clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4995 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='bd11e31456ff6a4a282589db8a511140'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4987 -msgid " Vertical, grey LED-like object. : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5010 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='106d658b0427ec839b4ca98dd49937eb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5016 -msgid "If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5022 -msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5002 -msgid " Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5029 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5042 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5056 manual.docbook:5176 manual.docbook:6856 -#: manual.docbook:6880 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5048 manual.docbook:5168 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"S\". : solos the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5061 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5077 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='67f4cf502c0a993a3d55530e05e7b925'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5067 -msgid " Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5082 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5097 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='ebf4c2417000164edda1863910101f0b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5088 -msgid " Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the FX Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5105 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5110 manual.docbook:5187 -msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5118 -msgid "If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5121 -msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5131 -msgid "Component Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5134 -msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerComponentStrip.png' md5='cd9cf0e81509283aea2d97d306a22107'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5142 -msgid "Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5147 -msgid "These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5154 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5182 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins" -msgstr "LADSPA plugins" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5199 -msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5202 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXStrip.png' md5='d77984abc55c41633dcab77e20a8bec0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5217 manual.docbook:5381 manual.docbook:6831 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showFX_on.png' md5='faaad6e9491dac7d3478b96e87b1ecc5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5207 -msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button in the Master Fader Strip)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5223 -msgid "It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5229 -msgid "SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5234 -msgid "CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5238 -msgid "TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5242 -msgid "Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5246 -msgid "LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5250 -msgid "...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5225 -msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/title -#: manual.docbook:5257 -msgid "Plugins Kill" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5258 -msgid "A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use, and some are just plain better than others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5275 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/edit_off.png' md5='125b96a529eb2984de90da816a21f2ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5265 -msgid "Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5284 -msgid "Select an Effect" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5287 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXSelect.png' md5='d21233583479b7309fc704f9693d97b7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5309 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='704fc0cf7facf4f82b0757e6c81bfa9e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5297 -msgid " Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactive\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5325 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/bypass_over.png' md5='de70b2610957f2c6d494b5951193eb8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5331 -msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5281 -msgid "Now the FX selector window will pop up : <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters: <_:informalfigure-2/> You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". ) button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5336 -msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5342 -msgid "Master Fader Strip" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5345 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5348 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerMasterStrip.png' md5='31393663b772c8b6d8614f2181b0e999'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5353 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5367 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/master_mute_off.png' md5='c310589cbb20cfcffc3d016e6935e022'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5358 -msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". button mutes the whole output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5393 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showPeaks_on.png' md5='4475949f7c1f11157b8cfb623022e27b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5373 -msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5401 -msgid "Humanization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5403 -msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5408 -msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5415 -msgid "Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5421 -msgid "Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5424 -msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5431 -msgid "Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5438 -msgid "In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5446 -msgid "Mixer Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5448 -msgid "In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small \"cog\" icon button:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5459 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='67cb0590bbf394c8fd5b3a3f405a25f5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5451 -msgid " Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5477 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='0ef81682361b5af0ab28011d73464f6c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5468 -msgid " Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5463 -msgid "Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5483 -msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5487 -msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5490 -msgid "You will find four categories: , , , . Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5503 -msgid "Balance Law (0dB): when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5506 -msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be louder when the pan knob is at center - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5514 -msgid "Constant Power (-3dB): the total power (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5517 -msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5525 -msgid "Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5527 -msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5538 -msgid "Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5542 -msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5498 -msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5550 -msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, but the volume only (depending on the pan knob)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5553 -msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5561 -msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5575 -msgid "Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5579 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Director" -msgstr "Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5582 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='ddab3b64f7d02f4e6429ae0e13aaf983'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5588 -msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5592 -msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5600 -msgid "This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5609 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Playlist Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5612 -msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditor.png' md5='0b5f7b45f0d56ace8c53064f3792c4ff'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5621 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "Menu" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5624 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song List" -msgstr "De Opname editor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5626 -msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5631 -msgid "Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5636 -msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5639 -msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5657 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='5f8f7127af9b7e4c682e541aab7636ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5650 -msgid " From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5662 -msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5667 -msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5675 manual.docbook:5757 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5682 -msgid "This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5677 -msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5691 -msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5699 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5702 -msgid "Playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5706 -msgid "Add song to Playlist: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5712 -msgid "Add current song to Playlist: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5718 -msgid "Remove selected song from Playlist: deletes the selected song from the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5724 -#, fuzzy -msgid "New Playlist: creates a new and empty playlist." -msgstr "Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan." - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5735 -msgid "In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5730 -msgid "Open Playlist: opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5742 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Playlist: saves all changes done to the current playlist." -msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Opname opslaan" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5748 -msgid "Save Playlist as: saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5761 -msgid "Add Script to selected song: associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5771 -msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5767 -msgid "Edit selected Script: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5778 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove selected Script: removes the selected script from the playlist." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5789 -msgid "The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5784 -msgid "Create a new Script: creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5802 -msgid "MIDI API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5804 -msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5808 -msgid "Before you can work with MIDI actions you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5813 -msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5819 -msgid "MIDI Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5822 -msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5830 -msgid "An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5842 manual.docbook:5863 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rec.png' md5='4256277cfa68efdb41cbbcd9ae1fa116'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5833 -msgid "You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the Red circle. button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5854 -msgid "You can also define a binding without the Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5869 -msgid "The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5874 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5876 -msgid "Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5882 -msgid "NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5886 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5890 -msgid "MMC_x: machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5900 -msgid "Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5903 -msgid "Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5912 -msgid "<<_PREVIOUS_BAR: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5919 -#, fuzzy -msgid ">>_NEXT_BAR: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5925 -msgid "BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5935 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5932 -msgid "BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5944 -msgid "BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5949 manual.docbook:5961 manual.docbook:5974 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode or Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5957 -msgid "BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5969 -msgid "BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5981 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5989 -msgid "Not implemented yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5986 -#, fuzzy -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5996 -msgid "FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6005 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6009 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6017 -msgid "MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6021 -msgid "MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6026 -msgid "PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6030 -msgid "PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6036 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PAUSE: pauses playback." -msgstr "Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PLAY: starts playback." -msgstr "Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6044 -msgid "PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6052 -msgid "PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6059 -msgid "PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6066 -msgid "PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: opens the previous song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6073 -msgid "PLAYLIST_SONG: opens the next song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6080 -msgid "RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6088 -msgid "RECORD_EXIT: deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6095 -msgid "RECORD_READY: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6103 -msgid "RECORD_STROBE: activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "REDO_ACTION: redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6116 -msgid "SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6123 -msgid "SELECT_INSTRUMENT: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6133 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6128 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6139 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: like but only take effect in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6149 -msgid "This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6144 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: switches Action Param patterns forward. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6159 -msgid "If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6155 -msgid "SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "STOP: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6170 -msgid "STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6175 -msgid "STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6180 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6185 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6190 -msgid "TAP_TEMPO: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TOGGLE_METRONOME: toggles the metronome." -msgstr "Fig. 15 Detail van de Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6201 -#, fuzzy -msgid "UNDO_ACTION: undoes the previous action." -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6206 -msgid "UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6215 -msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6217 -msgid "Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6223 -msgid "If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6231 -msgid "OSC API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6232 -msgid "Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6242 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6244 -msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program oscsend." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen -#: manual.docbook:6250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6255 -msgid "To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable OSC support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming OSC messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6263 -msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:6269 -msgid "oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6277 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6280 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6282 -msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen -#: manual.docbook:6284 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6288 -msgid "with the supported types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "' ': no argument required" -msgstr "Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6291 -#, fuzzy -msgid "i: int32" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "f: float32" -msgstr "Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan." - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "s: OSC-string (ASCII)" -msgstr "Fig. 17 Een drumkit opslaan." - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6296 -msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6300 -msgid "ff: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6305 -msgid "' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets [f] to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6314 -msgid "[0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the range column. For continuous values squared brackets [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6322 -msgid "{-1;0;1}: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most convenient input options." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6328 -msgid "1.0: also in order to support TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the range column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6335 -msgid "X: all commands ending with a /X/ require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6347 -msgid "All Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:6350 -msgid "All OSC Messages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6357 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6358 -msgid "type" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6359 -msgid "range" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6360 -msgid "description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6366 manual.docbook:6372 manual.docbook:6378 -#: manual.docbook:6385 manual.docbook:6395 manual.docbook:6403 -#: manual.docbook:6409 manual.docbook:6415 manual.docbook:6421 -#: manual.docbook:6427 manual.docbook:6433 manual.docbook:6482 -#: manual.docbook:6490 manual.docbook:6520 manual.docbook:6526 -#: manual.docbook:6532 manual.docbook:6623 manual.docbook:6629 -#: manual.docbook:6635 manual.docbook:6641 manual.docbook:6675 -#: manual.docbook:6701 manual.docbook:6713 manual.docbook:6719 -msgid "' ',[f]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6368 -msgid "Starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAUSE/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6374 -msgid "Stops playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STOP/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6380 -msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6384 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6387 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6397 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6405 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6411 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6414 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6417 -msgid "Activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6423 -msgid "Deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6429 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6435 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6439 manual.docbook:6447 manual.docbook:6454 -#: manual.docbook:6463 manual.docbook:6472 manual.docbook:6498 -#: manual.docbook:6513 manual.docbook:6538 manual.docbook:6544 -#: manual.docbook:6554 manual.docbook:6565 manual.docbook:6576 -#: manual.docbook:6582 manual.docbook:6591 manual.docbook:6601 -#: manual.docbook:6609 manual.docbook:6617 manual.docbook:6647 -#: manual.docbook:6654 manual.docbook:6661 manual.docbook:6668 -#: manual.docbook:6681 -msgid "f" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6440 manual.docbook:6448 manual.docbook:6455 -#: manual.docbook:6514 manual.docbook:6618 manual.docbook:6682 -msgid "[0,]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6441 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6446 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6449 -msgid "Works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6456 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, locates the playhead to pattern number f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6465 -msgid "Decreases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6474 -msgid "Increases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and Tempo Marker has been passed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6481 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6484 -msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6489 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6492 -msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6497 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6499 -msgid "{0,1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6500 -msgid "Activates the Timeline if f is not zero and deactivates it otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6504 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6505 -msgid "ff" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6506 -msgid "[0,] [10,400]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6507 -msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6512 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6515 -msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar f on the Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6522 -msgid "Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6525 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6528 -msgid "Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6534 -msgid "Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6539 manual.docbook:6555 -msgid "[0.0,1.5]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6540 -msgid "Sets the volume of the Master fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6543 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6545 manual.docbook:6566 -msgid "{-1;0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6546 -msgid "Changes the Master output volume, relative to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6553 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6556 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6564 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6567 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6577 -msgid "[0.0,1.0]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6578 -msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip X." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6583 -msgid "{-1;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6584 -msgid "Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip X, relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6590 -msgid "/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6592 -msgid "[0,127]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6593 -msgid "For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6600 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6603 -msgid "Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6611 -msgid "Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6616 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6619 -msgid "Opens song f of the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6622 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6625 -msgid "Opens the next song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6631 -msgid "Opens the previous song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6634 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6637 -msgid "Undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6640 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6643 -msgid "Redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6646 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6648 manual.docbook:6655 manual.docbook:6662 -#: manual.docbook:6669 -msgid "{0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6649 -msgid "Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6653 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6656 -msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master for a value of and registers it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6660 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6663 -msgid "Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6670 -msgid "Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6674 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6677 -msgid "Toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6680 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/" -msgstr "[CTRL + O] = Opname openen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6683 -msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6686 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6687 manual.docbook:6694 manual.docbook:6707 -msgid "s" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6689 -msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6693 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6696 -msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6700 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6703 -msgid "Saves the current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6706 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6709 -msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6712 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6715 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saves the preferences." -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6718 -#, fuzzy -msgid "/Hydrogen/QUIT/" -msgstr "Fig. 3 The Mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6721 -msgid "Exits Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:6732 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6735 -msgid "A New Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6737 -msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6743 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode" -msgstr "\"Song\" mode en \"Pattern\" mode" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6745 -msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6754 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Pattern" -msgstr "Een nieuw patroon" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!" -msgstr "We starten met een leeg liedje en een leeg patroon (Fig. 12). \"Pattern\" mode zou nu moeten geselecteerd zijn. Het is ook mogelijk om de naar van het patroon te veranderen." - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6755 -msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now let's click on the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6789 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Pattern Editor" -msgstr "De Patroon Editor" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6792 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='7f9b5aa7c144e4c3104017ce5fcc0ee7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6799 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A New Sequence" -msgstr "Een nieuw spoor" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6801 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Once patterns are created (), we can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode." -msgstr "Eenmaal de patronen gemaakt zijn kunnen we ze juist plaatsen (Fig. 14) we kunnen de knoppen , In het venster \"Song Editor\" gebruiken en het copy en delete commando dat verschijnt bij het rechts klikken op een patroon." - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6806 -msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6809 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='af6d57845fa39b40cfa580bf62879e72'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6816 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust from the Mixer" -msgstr "Aanpassen via de mixer" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6818 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating or playing patterns." -msgstr "Natuurlijk kunnen we ook het Mixer venster gebruiken tijdens het maken of afspelen van patronen" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6903 -msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6821 -msgid "The Mixer (see ) is made of a number independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a Master Fader Strip and a Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button to show and hide the FX Plugin Rack. Every line features 3 buttons ( Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. Grey button containing a black \"S\". Grey button containing a black \"M\". ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on Grey button containing a black \"S\". will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button Grey button containing a black \"M\". , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of and (in you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6922 -msgid "Create a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6925 -msgid "Creating a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6926 -msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6931 -msgid "Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument Editor. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6936 -msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6941 -msgid "Lets make a brand new drum kit:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6943 -msgid "in the Main Menu select Drumkits New . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select Instruments Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select Delete Instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6959 -msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6965 -msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select Drumkits Save As . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6978 -msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6984 -msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using Drumkits Export from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6999 -msgid "Creating a New Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7001 -msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7005 -msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select Instruments Add instrument . This will give you a blank instrument to start from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7012 -msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7017 -msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". and point the Audio File Browser to your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7033 -msgid "The Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7041 -msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". to bring in another sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7058 -msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the first sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7066 -msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see Sample Selection for further info)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7071 -msgid "Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7078 -msgid "For each layer, you can set the Gain and the Pitch. The pitch also has a Fine adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7082 -msgid "Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:7091 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7108 -msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7114 -msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7121 -msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:7126 -msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7128 -msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7132 -msgid "Turn down the gain. Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7140 -msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7145 -msgid "Test samples at full velocity. Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: clipping.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7151 -msgid "Try to use samples that are -6 dB max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7156 -msgid "Remove all DC offsets from the sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7166 -msgid "The ADSR will not be longer than your sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7171 -msgid "Things change with the sample rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7180 -msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7191 -msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:7202 -msgid "Appendix" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7205 -msgid "Used File Types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:7207 -msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7212 -msgid "*.h2pattern: XML file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7217 -msgid "*.h2song: XML file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their properties and are manager using the song editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7222 -msgid "*.h2playlist: XML file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7226 -msgid "*.h2drumkit: a compressed and archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7235 -msgid "Shortcut Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:7237 -msgid "Shortcut Table" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7243 -msgid "Shortcut" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7244 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7249 -msgid "Ctrl + N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7250 -msgid "New Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7253 -msgid "Ctrl + O" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7254 -msgid "Open File" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7257 -msgid "Ctrl + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7258 -msgid "Open Demo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7261 -msgid "Ctrl + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7262 -msgid "Save Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7265 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7266 -msgid "Save Song as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7269 -msgid "Ctrl + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7270 -msgid "Export Pattern as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7273 -msgid "Ctrl + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7274 -msgid "Export MIDI file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7277 -msgid "Ctrl + E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7278 -msgid "Export Song (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7281 -msgid "Ctrl + L" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7282 -msgid "Export LilyPond file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7285 -msgid "Ctrl + Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7286 -msgid "Quit Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7289 -msgid "Ctrl + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7290 -msgid "Undo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7293 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7294 -msgid "Redo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7297 -msgid "Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7298 -msgid "Show Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7301 -msgid "Alt + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7302 -msgid "Show Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7305 -msgid "Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7306 -msgid "Show Instrument Rack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7309 -msgid "Alt + A" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7310 -msgid "Show Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7313 -msgid "Alt + F" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7314 -msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7317 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7318 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7321 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7322 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7325 -msgid "Alt + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7326 -msgid "Show Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7329 -msgid "Alt + ?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show Manual" -msgstr "Hydrogen handleiding" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7333 -msgid "Backspace" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7334 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning" -msgstr "[Backspace] = Liedje of patroon herstarten vanaf het begin." - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7337 -msgid "Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7338 -msgid "Play / Pause" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7341 -msgid "Ctrl + Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7342 -msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7345 -msgid "," -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7346 -msgid "Use the Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7349 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7350 -msgid "Use Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7353 -msgid "+" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7354 -msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7357 -msgid "-" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7358 -msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7361 -msgid "F5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7362 -msgid "Jump to previous song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7365 -msgid "F6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7366 -msgid "Jump to next song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7369 -msgid "F9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7370 -msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7373 -msgid "F10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7374 -msgid "Jump to next bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7377 -msgid "F12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7378 -msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/title -#: manual.docbook:7387 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/para -#: manual.docbook:7389 -msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7402 -msgid "ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7404 -msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the Attack, Decay, Sustain, and Release parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7412 -msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the sustain level. When the note is released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7421 -msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7424 -msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article ADSR Envelope" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7437 -msgid "Attack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7439 -msgid "This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount of time to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7448 -msgid "Attenuation" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7450 -msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7460 -msgid "Band-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7462 -msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7475 -msgid "Clipping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7477 -msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7482 -msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7488 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7490 -msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7504 -msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7507 -msgid "In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7495 -msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7516 -msgid "Cutoff Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7518 -msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7523 -msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7540 -msgid "Decay" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7542 -msgid "After the attack phase, this is the amount of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full velocity to the sustain level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7551 -msgid "DC-offset" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7553 -msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7554 -msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7567 -msgid "Envelope Generator" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7569 -msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7575 -msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7577 -msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7588 -msgid "Fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7590 -msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7597 -msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7599 -msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7612 -msgid "Gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7614 -msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7622 -msgid "High-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7624 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7635 -msgid "Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7637 -msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7648 -msgid "Layer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7650 -msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a layer), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7655 -msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will not sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7667 -msgid "Low-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7669 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7680 -msgid "Mute" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7682 -msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7688 -msgid "Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7690 -msgid "A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7692 -msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7706 -msgid "Normalization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7708 -msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7716 -msgid "Octave" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7718 -msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7721 -msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they sound like the same distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7732 -msgid "Pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7734 -msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:7744 -msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:7747 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='cf558ea6f4eb3f7c167422add4e5365b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7737 -msgid "The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan knob, which is set in the Mixer. Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the note Pan value moves the Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. Some examples: if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7763 -msgid "The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7775 -msgid "Release" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7777 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The amount of time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level to 0." -msgstr "Fig. 16 Drumkit laden. Kies een drumkit uit de lijst." - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7786 -msgid "Resonance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7788 -msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7797 -msgid "Resonance Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7799 -msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7813 -msgid "Roll-off" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7815 -msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7818 -msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7835 -msgid "Sample" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7837 -msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7843 -msgid "Sustain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7845 -msgid "The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7857 -msgid "Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7859 -msgid "How hard you hit a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7861 -msgid "MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back." -msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The latest stable version of hydrogen is available as a tarball at http://www.hydrogen-music.org." -#~ msgstr "De laatste stabiele versie van hydrogen is beschikbaar op http://www.hydrogen-music.org" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "It is possible to download the latest source files directly from our subversion server with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk A certain release can be fetched with: $ svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/tags/0.9.3" -#~ msgstr "bash$ cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/hydrogen co hydrogen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "qt (>= 4.0) at " -#~ msgstr "qt (>= 3.2): http://www.trolltech.com" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "lash at (only if you wish to use lash)" -#~ msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x): http://www.alsa-project.com (enkel als je ALSA als audio driver wil gebruiken)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Decompress the tarball or go to the directory where the subversion copy was checked out: \n" -#~ "\t$ cd hydrogen-*\n" -#~ "\t$ scons\n" -#~ "\t$ su -c \"scons install\"\n" -#~ "\t\t " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ cd hydrogen-*\n" -#~ " $ ./configure\n" -#~ " $ make\n" -#~ " $ su -c \"make install\"" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "CoreAudio: a driver for Mac OS X (experimental)" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 13 De Audio Systeem tab" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Audio Engine Info Window" -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Instrument rack - Open the instrument rack panel." -#~ msgstr "Fig. 14 Beats toevoegen in een patroon" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "debug action - Insert debug commands." -#~ msgstr "Fig. 18 Een drumkit importeren." - -#~ msgid "The main toolbar" -#~ msgstr "De hoofd werkbalk" - -#~ msgid "Main controls to start [Hotkey = Spacebar], stop, fast forward, rewind, loop a song or a pattern." -#~ msgstr "Alle knoppen om te starten, stoppen, doorspoelen, terugspoelen en om het het patroon of de opname te herhalen. Je kunt ook de spatiebalk gebruiken om te starten en te stoppen." - -#~ msgid "Set speed of playing (range: 30-400 bpm) [Hotkey = mouse wheel] and button to enable/disable metronome" -#~ msgstr "Als je het tempo van een nummer wil aanpassen klik je op de + of - knop. Om de metronoom aan of uit te schakelen kan je het onderste knopje gebruiken." - -#~ msgid "Shows CPU load." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "Shows MIDI events." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "Click to enable Jack transport: Hydrogen will work as 'slave' with another 'master' program (e.g. Ardour). This applet is only available if Jack Audio Driver is selected." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "Other useful keybindings (not customizable for the moment):" -#~ msgstr "Andere handige sneltoetsen:" - -#~ msgid "[CTRL + S] = Save File" -#~ msgstr "[CTRL + S] = Opname opslaan" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Song Editor comes with 7 buttons:" -#~ msgstr "De Opname Editor heeft 6 knoppen:" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Move currently selected pattern up or down." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Enable selecting patterns for copy & paste (Select Mode)." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid " Enable Draw Mode." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "Under these buttons there is a list of patterns created and when they will played (each square == 1 bar). Click on an squarebox to add or cancel the pattern. Clicking on right mouse button over the name of a pattern will bring up a menu to change name of the pattern or to allow copying/deleting it. Patterns with very same name are not allowed." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The \"Pattern Editor\" frame () lets us create or modify the pattern (bar) which is being played, or add/remove notes and tune intensity as well. On the higher-left side you find a pair of LCD screens: the first one lets you choose the size of a pattern while the second represents the current grid resolution (4 through 64). Selecting an instrument which has at least one note in the pattern will show a few vertical bars (one per note) on the lowest part of this frame. Those frame shows the so called \"note properties\". This are special properties which can be set for every single note. Hydrogen knows of 3 Properties: Velocity, Pan and Lead/Lag. Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm." -#~ msgstr "XXX XXX XXX XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Each instrument has its own set of features accessible right-clicking with your mouse on it; Fill/Clear notes fills or deletes every note of that instrument in the current pattern (remember that filling a pattern is always relative to the grid resolution set) and finally Randomize velocity automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Also, you can set new beats clicking on which enables direct input by MIDI events or by keyboard according to the following map key=instrument:" -#~ msgstr "XXX XXX" - -#~ msgid "X = Snare Jazz" -#~ msgstr "X = Snaar Jazz" - -#~ msgid "C = Snare Rock" -#~ msgstr "C = Snaar Rock" - -#~ msgid "V = Tom Low" -#~ msgstr "V = Lage Tom" - -#~ msgid "B = Tom Mid" -#~ msgstr "B = Mid Tom" - -#~ msgid "N = Tom Hi" -#~ msgstr "N = Hoge Tom" - -#~ msgid "Q = Ride Jazz" -#~ msgstr "Q = Ride Jazz" - -#~ msgid "W = Ride Rock" -#~ msgstr "W = Ride Rock" - -#~ msgid "E = Instrument No. 17 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "E = Instrument Nr. 17 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "R = Instrument No. 18 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "R = Instrument Nr. 18 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "T = Instrument No. 20 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "T = Instrument Nr. 20 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "Y = Instrument No. 22 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "Y = Instrument Nr. 22 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "U = Instrument No. 24 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "U = Instrument Nr. 24 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "J = Open HH" -#~ msgstr "J = Open HH" - -#~ msgid "3 = Crash Jazz" -#~ msgstr "3 = Crash Jazz" - -#~ msgid "5 = Instrument No. 19 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "5 = Instrument Nr. 19 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "6 = Instrument No. 21 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "6 = Instrument Nr. 21 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#~ msgid "7 = Instrument No. 23 (currently not assigned)" -#~ msgstr "7 = Instrument Nr. 23 (momenteel niet in gebruik)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is useful for tuning a global or single volume of the current drumkit. It shows the current peak (click on to disable, useful on old CPUs) and let you set the maximum peak allowed (tune with the fader knob of the instrument), lets you modify attributes like pan, play solo , mute or test play only that instrument ; selecting in the Pattern Editor an instrument causes a blue LED to light on (near the play button). Near the global volume knob, you can set 3 global effect such a swing (shifts a few notes back or forward not randomly), timing (modify timings of the notes) and humanize effect (random velocity editing)." -#~ msgstr "Het Mixer venster (Fig. 6) is handig om het master volume of het instrument volume in te stellen. Je kunt het huidig volume weergeven of verbergen door op te klikken. Deze knop laat je toe om de balans te regelen, om dit instrument solo te laten spelen, om het instrument te dempen en om enkel dit instrument eens af te spelen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "In addition to all this you can set up to 4 special LADSPA effects for each instrument switching the button. See next section for a detailed overview. " -#~ msgstr "Als je op klikt krijg je een extra scherm in je mixer, dit scherm dient samen met de 4 draaiknoppen die je per instrument beschikbaar hebt om de effecten te regelen voor een instrument. In het hoofdstuk over de LADSPA plugins kom je meer te weten over deze knoppen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The amount of time to go from 0 to full velocity." -#~ msgstr "Fig. 3 XXX" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Hydrogen can also add effects to sounds using any LADSPA plugin library. You need to have installed the LADSPA sources (available from ) and while this will give a rough idea of how it works you should really have a taste of the real thing installing one or more plugin libraries, it's as simple as a scons && scons install. Here are a few places to download plugin libraries:" -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen kan ook effecten toevoegen aan de instrumenten door gebruik te maken van LADSPA plugins. Je moet LADPSA geïnstalleerd hebben op je computer, je kan het hier afhalen: http://www.ladspa.org . Het wordt pas echt leuk als je meer van deze paketten gaat installeren, het enige wat je moet uitvoeren is \"make && make install\"" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SWH-Plugins available at . Note that before compiling these plugins you need the FFTW tarball from ." -#~ msgstr "SWH-Plugin beschikbaar op http://plugin.org.uk. Merk op dat je voor het installeren eerst FFTW (http://www.fftw.org) installeert." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "CMT available at ." -#~ msgstr "CMT beschikbaar op http://www.ladspa.org." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "TAP available at ." -#~ msgstr "TAP beschikbaar op http://tap-plugins.sf.net." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Once you have installed a few plugins open a song you'd like add an effect to and select an instrument that has a few beats in the pattern. In the Mixer click on and select one of the four available effect line Click on the Edit button ( ), than on Select the FX: this will bring up another window () that lets you choose an effect amongst those installed, they are alphabetically sorted and categorized. Once you're done, adjust the level from the mixer and start playing. Each round knob in the FX part controls the level of its effect. If you want to quickly enable/disable the effect click the Bypass ( ) button." -#~ msgstr "Als ze geïnstalleerd zijn open dan een liedje waar je enkele effecten wil aan toevoegen. Open de Mixer en klik op XXX XXX ) XXX" - -#~ msgid "A new song" -#~ msgstr "Een nieuw liedje" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Hydrogen has 2 main modes: \"Pattern\" mode and \"Song\" mode (refer to for the buttons to activate). When \"Pattern\" mode is activated the current pattern is continously repeated, so to help changing it until we don't like it, while \"Song\" mode repeats only the current pattern: this is useful when putting together the patterns, to create the whole structure for the song." -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen heeft 2 hoofd modes: \"Pattern\" mode en \"Song\" mode (XXX XXX). Als \"Pattern\" mode geactiveerd is bij het spelen zal het huidige patroon telkens herhaald worden om zo snel wijzigingen aan te brengen in het patroon. In \"Song\" mode wordt het hele leidje afgespeeld en wordt het niet meer herhaald. De \"Song\" mode is handig voor het samenbrengen van de patronen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The Mixer frame () is made of 32 independent tracks, each of these is binded to an instrument, plus a \"Master Output\" line to adjust general output volume and a \"FX\" button to set effects. Every line features 3 buttons ( ), pan adjust ( ), current maximum peak, volume fader and name of the track. Clicking on will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The \"Mute\" button , simply mute that instrument. The maximun peak indicates the maximun volume reached from the instrument; the peak must be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in you can see a few volumes too loud), otherwise it will get distorted producing a weird sound (especially with OSS audio driver), in this case it's better to set volume down; keep an eye on each vu-meter." -#~ msgstr "Het Mixer venster (Fig. 15) is gemaakt van 32 onafhankelijke sporen. Elk van die sporen is verbonden met een instrument. Rechts zie je nog een \"Master Output\" spoor om het uiteindelijke volume aan te passen en 3 knoppen, de knop \"MIX\" zorgt ervoor dat je alle sporen ziet, de knop \"FX\" stelt speciale effecten in zoals swing en de knop \"PEAK\" zorgt ervoor dat je het huidige volume per kanaal grafisch ziet.Elk instrumentspoor heeft 3 knoppen ( ), stereo aanpassing ( ), de huidige volume waarde, de 4 draaiknoppen voor de effecten, de volume fader en de naam van het spoor. Als je op klikt zal enkel het geselecteerde intrument spelen en zullen de anderen niet hoorbaar zijn. De \"Mute\" knop , zal het enkel het geselecteerde instrument niet afspelen. Als je bij het afspelen veel ruis hoort is het misschien beter om het instrument wat stiller te zetten." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 1 The Audio System tab" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 13 De Audio Systeem tab" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 2 The MIDI System tab" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 14 De Midi Systeem tab" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 3 The appearance tab" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 15 De Voorkomen tab" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fig. 4 The Audio engine Info window" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 13 De Audio Systeem tab" - -#~ msgid "Fig. 12 The Pattern Editor" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 12 de Pattern Editor" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before compiling, check for additional options with: \n" -#~ "\t\t$./configure --help\n" -#~ "\t\t Namely, if you get some error while running Hydrogen and you want to report it remember to configure the makefile with: \n" -#~ "\t\t$./configure --enable-debug\n" -#~ "\t\t Please note that at the moment no binary packaging (.rpm, .deb, ...) is available. Contributors are welcome. Also remember to compile with at least a GCC 3.x to be 100% sure to avoid any possible problem." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bekijk voor het compileren eerst nog eens de opties: \n" -#~ " $ ./configure --help\n" -#~ " Als er zich bij het uitvoeren fouten voordoen kun je best hydrogen compileren met de debug optie. Zo kun je de ontwikkelaars op de hoogte brengen van de fout. \n" -#~ " $ ./configure --enable-debug\n" -#~ " Voorlopig zijn er nog geen binaire versies van hydrogen (.rpm,.deb...) Helpers zijn altijd welkom! Compileer hydrogen met gcc versie 3.*. zo voorkom je potentiële problemen." - -#~ msgid "Audio driver configuration" -#~ msgstr "Audio driver configuratie" - -#~ msgid "It's very important to choose the proper audio driver for our system, since the choice may influence quite much general performances. The choice is between Oss audio driver, ALSA and Jack audio driver." -#~ msgstr "Het is zeer belangrijk dat je de juiste audio driver kiest voor jouw systeem, omdat de keuze de perfomantie van je systeem beïnvloed. Je hebt de keuze tussen Oss, Alsa, Jack en PortAudio. Om het beste uit Hydrogen te halen gebruik je best Jack" - -#~ msgid "OSS audio driver" -#~ msgstr "OSS audio driver" - -#~ msgid "Jack audio driver" -#~ msgstr "Jack audio driver" - -#~ msgid "ALSA audio driver" -#~ msgstr "ALSA audio driver" - -#~ msgid "NEW! Now Hydrogen works also with ALSA, the new Linux standard audio drivers." -#~ msgstr "Hydrogen werkt ook met de ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) driver Voor ALSA gelden dezelfde regels als voor OSS, als een programma bijvoorbeeld hw:0,0 gebruikt kan een ander programma deze niet meet gebruiken." - -#~ msgid "GUI" -#~ msgstr "Grafische interface" - -#~ msgid "Double clicking over the name of an instrument in the Mixer frame will bring up a doubled face tool to modify many properties of that instrument." -#~ msgstr "Na het dubbelklikken op de naam van een instrument in de Mixer zie je de Instrument Editor, in het volgende hoofdstuk wordt deze uitvoerig besproken." - -#~ msgid "The first tab ('Instrument') lets you fine tune the instrument: you can adjust Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release, Cutoff and Resonance (both of which can be excluded) or even add a random pitch." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "The second tab ('Layer') can add WAV/AU/AIFF/FLAC samples up to 16 layers to the instrument according to the level of its velocity and tune pitch and gain." -#~ msgstr "De 3 draaiknoppen aan de rechterkant van de master fader dienen om je opname menselijker te laten klinken, zo kun je een beetje swing toevoegen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "From the pull-down menus it's worth noticing: File-->'Save as' to save the current song in .h2song format, File-->Export to export it in WAV/MID format, File--> Preferences, Window--> Audio Engine Info and Window--> Drumkit manager." -#~ msgstr "XXX XXX, XXX--> XXX XXX--> XXX." - -#~ msgid "From the \"Audio System\" tab (Fig. 4) it is possible to modify the audio driver being used (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) with its buffer and sampling rate. We can also set some features of Hydrogen like Enable track outputs useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack; Connect to Default Output Pair simply connects ALSA output to the default ports: uncheck this if you want to connect jack output to other ports without disconnecting them first. Keep an eye also on the value of \"Polyphony\": depending on your CPU you may want to change the max simultaneous notes in order to prevent hydrogen from xrun. Clicking on the \"Midi System\" tab (Fig. 5) will select a menu to enable a MIDI device, a specific channel or all of them, while clicking on \"Appearance\" tab (Fig. 6) let's you to modify font size, type of frame (Child or Top Level) and speed of mixer's peaks falloff and QT style of the windows." -#~ msgstr "In de Audio Systeem tab (Fig. 13) is het mogelijk om een andere audio driver te selecteren. Je kan ook de buffergroote instellen en de sample rate. Als je JACK selecteerd en Maak Track Outputs mogelijk geslecteerd is zal elk instrument op een ander JACK kanaal spelen. Als Verbind Standaard uitvoer paar aangevinkt is zal je Hydrogen een master kanaal maken waarin alle instrumenten worden afgespeeld. Als je op de Midi Systeem (Fig. 14) tab klikt heb je de mogelijkheid om een MIDI apparaat te kiezen en één of alle kanalen te selecteren. In de Voorkomen (Fig. 15) tab kun je de groote van het lettertype veranderen, de snelheid van de Mixer falloff, de ordening van de vensters en de stijl van de QT elementen." - -#~ msgid "This tab (Fig. 7) will bring up a window with general infos about Hydrogen and audio driver. Buffer and sampling rate of Jack audio driver are customizable when the server is started from the shell." -#~ msgstr "XXX" - -#~ msgid "Fig. 7 The Audio Engine Info window. Better check that cpu-meter on old systems and crowded /proc dir ;)" -#~ msgstr "Fig. 7 XXX" - -#~ msgid "The drumkit manager shows all the options concerning drumkits, i.e. groups of sounds (WAV or FLAC) to be binded with every track available so to obtain a proper \"groove\" according to the situation (disco music, rock, hip hop, etc.). To let you have a rough idea of a good example of use of these drumkits, it is advisable to play the associated .h2song sample song." -#~ msgstr "De drumkit manager toont alle opties van drumkits, de geluiden die gebruikt worden per spoor dat beschikbaar is om zo een gepaste groove te bekomen die aangepast is aan het genre zoals bijvoorbeeld disco, rock,... Om een goed idee te krijgen van de gebruikte geluiden is het aangeraden om eens naar het voorbeeld liedje te luisteren dat meegeleverd is met de drumkit." - -#~ msgid "From the first screen (Fig. 8) we can load/delete the drumkit, with a short description. Here (Fig. 9) we can save some infos about the current drumkit and from here (Fig. 10) we can import a drumkit (.h2drumkit) (Fig. 11) or export it (Fig. 12)." -#~ msgstr "In het eerste tabblad (Fig. 16) kun je drumkits laden of verwijderen. Je ziet ook een korte beschrijving per drumkit. Op figuur 17 kun je zien hoe je extra info over de drumkit kunt opslaan. Via het tabblad Importeer (Fig. 18) kun je een drumkit (.h2drumkit) importeren. Zoals je een drumkit importeert kun je ook een drumkit exporteren (Fig. 19)." - -#~ msgid "It is possible to download the source files directly from CVS snapshots with:" -#~ msgstr "Het is mogelijk om de bron bestanden direct van de CVS snapshot te downloaden met:" - -#~ msgid "After having downloaded and decompressed the tar.gz file there's only to:" -#~ msgstr "Na het afhalen en uitpakken van het tar.gz bestand moet je enkel dit uitvoeren:" - -#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS" -#~ msgstr "" diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual.pot hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual.pot --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/manual.pot 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/manual.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8263 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-19 19:01+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: manual.docbook:7 -msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:9 -msgid "Antonio Piraino" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:13 -msgid "Alessandro Cominu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:17 -msgid "Thijs Van Severen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:21 -msgid "Sebastian Moors" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:25 -msgid "Colin Evans" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author -#: manual.docbook:29 -msgid "Philipp Müller" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle -#: manual.docbook:35 -msgid "2021-03-04" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: manual.docbook:38 -msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external MIDI keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:45 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:48 -msgid "Download" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:50 -msgid "You can download Hydrogen from http://www.hydrogen-music.org. On the Downloads page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:55 -msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:61 -msgid "Build" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:63 -msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our git repository with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:70 -msgid "A certain release can be fetched with" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ git checkout tags/1.0.0\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:77 -msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:81 -msgid "Qt 5: at http://www.qt.io" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:84 -msgid "libsndfile: at http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:87 -msgid "ALSA: (>= 1.x) at http://www.alsa-project.org (only if you wish to use ALSA as audio driver)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:91 -msgid "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80): at http://jackaudio.org/ (only if you wish to use JACK as audio driver)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:96 -msgid "PortAudio: at http://www.portaudio.com (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:100 -msgid "PulseAudio: at http://www.pulseaudio.org (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:104 -msgid "Flac: at http://flac.sf.net (only if you wish to use Flac samples)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:108 -msgid "LADSPA: at http://www.ladspa.org (only if you wish to use LADSPA effects)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:112 -msgid "liblrdf: at http://sf.net/projects/lrdf (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:115 -msgid "LASH: at http://lash.nongnu.org (only if you wish to use LASH)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:119 -msgid "liblo: at for OSC and NSM support" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:125 -msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools \\\n" -"\tqttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev \\\n" -"\tlibarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n" -"\tlibpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev \\\n" -"\tliblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:137 -msgid "Compiling with cmake can be done easily by using the build.sh script. Go to the directory where the git repository was cloned and run the build.sh script without any arguments to display the help :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:144 -msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" r[m] => all built, temp and cache files\n" -" c[lean] => remove cache files\n" -" m[ake] => launch the build process\n" -" mm => launch the build process using ccache\n" -" mt => launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled\n" -" d[oc] => build html documentation\n" -" g[raph] => draw a dependencies graph\n" -" h[elp] => show the build options\n" -" x|exec => execute hydrogen\n" -" t[ests] => execute tests\n" -" p[kg] => build source package\n" -" z => build using ccache and run from tree\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:163 -msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the m option" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ ./build.sh m x\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:170 -msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the build folder and use the make command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen -#: manual.docbook:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ cd build\n" -" $ sudo make install\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:179 -msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the INSTALL.txt file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:184 -msgid "Keyboard and Mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:185 -msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:190 -msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button, and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action, or bring up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:201 -msgid "Ctrl + left click : restore default value of knob or fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:206 -msgid "Shift + left click : bind MIDI event to MIDI-learnable widget (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:212 -msgid "Some controls will also respond to scroll wheel events for convenience." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:222 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:229 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:236 -msgid "Enter and Return : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:244 -msgid "Tab and Shift + Tab : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:250 -msgid "Delete : delete notes or patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:256 -msgid "Esc : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:217 -msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the Pattern and Song Editors, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:265 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:272 -msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play samples and enter notes in the same way a MIDI keyboard can be." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:282 -msgid "Using Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:285 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:288 -msgid "Main User Interface" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:291 -msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:295 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='3a48afe570301756154eeee8da95c427'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:300 -msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:306 -msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the Appearance tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:311 -msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the Main Menu, Main Toolbar, Song Editor, Pattern Editor and the Instrument and Sound Library Editor. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:319 -msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:323 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='8611e20ca4e74013f36e811f24bea8b6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:330 -msgid "Drumkit Concept" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:332 -msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile sample-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the Piano Roll Editor was introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:340 -msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more components which each can consist of multiple layered samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:347 -msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the Glossary for a number of useful definitions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:355 -msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:357 -msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming MIDI or keyboard events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:361 -msgid "Using the Input mode in the Options tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. maps different MIDI events and keyboard inputs to different instruments of the current drumkit while maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the Song Editor. You can think of these modes as input versions of both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:365 -msgid "Which MIDI input maps to which instrument is depending of the Note parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the GMRockKit is shown in the table below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:370 -msgid "In order to process incoming MIDI messages, you have to enable the Use output note as input option and set up the overall MIDI support in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:375 -msgid "Alternatively you can use the Virtual keyboard provided in Hydrogen. It maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to incoming note and allows you to use it as a traditional MIDI keyboard. The mapping is shown in the table as well as in figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:380 -msgid "MIDI Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:384 -msgid "Instr. Pos." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:387 -msgid "MIDI Note" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:390 -msgid "PC Keyboard Key" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:393 -msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:396 -msgid "GM Standard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:404 -#: manual.docbook:648 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:407 -msgid "Bass Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:410 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:411 -#: manual.docbook:655 -msgid "36" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:412 -msgid "Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:413 -msgid "Kick" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:414 -msgid "Bass Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:417 -#: manual.docbook:503 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:418 -#: manual.docbook:662 -msgid "37" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:419 -msgid "S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:420 -msgid "Stick" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:421 -msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:424 -#: manual.docbook:517 -msgid "3" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:425 -#: manual.docbook:669 -msgid "38" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:426 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:427 -msgid "Snare" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:428 -msgid "Snare Drum 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:431 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:432 -#: manual.docbook:676 -msgid "39" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:433 -msgid "D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:434 -#: manual.docbook:435 -msgid "Hand Clap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:438 -#: manual.docbook:538 -msgid "5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:439 -#: manual.docbook:683 -msgid "40" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:440 -msgid "C" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:441 -msgid "Snare Rimshot" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:442 -msgid "Snare Drum 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:445 -#: manual.docbook:552 -msgid "6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:446 -#: manual.docbook:690 -msgid "41" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:447 -msgid "V" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:448 -msgid "Floor Tom" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:449 -msgid "Low Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:452 -#: manual.docbook:566 -msgid "7" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:453 -#: manual.docbook:697 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:454 -msgid "G" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:455 -msgid "Hat Closed" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:456 -msgid "Closed Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:459 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:460 -#: manual.docbook:704 -msgid "43" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:461 -msgid "B" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:462 -msgid "Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:463 -msgid "Low Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:466 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:467 -#: manual.docbook:711 -msgid "44" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:468 -msgid "H" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:469 -msgid "Hat Pedal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:470 -msgid "Pedal Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:473 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:474 -#: manual.docbook:718 -msgid "45" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:475 -msgid "N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:476 -msgid "Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:477 -msgid "Mid Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:480 -msgid "11" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:481 -#: manual.docbook:725 -msgid "46" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:482 -msgid "J" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:483 -msgid "Hat Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:484 -msgid "Open Hi-hat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:487 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:488 -msgid "47" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:489 -msgid "M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:490 -#: manual.docbook:554 -msgid "Cowbell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:491 -msgid "Mid Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:494 -msgid "13" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:495 -msgid "48" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:496 -msgid "Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:497 -msgid "Ride" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:498 -msgid "High Tom 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:501 -msgid "14" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:502 -msgid "49" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:504 -msgid "Crash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:505 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:508 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:509 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:510 -msgid "W" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:511 -msgid "Ride 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:512 -msgid "High Tom 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:515 -msgid "16" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:516 -msgid "51" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:518 -msgid "Splash" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:519 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 1" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:522 -msgid "17" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:523 -msgid "52" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:524 -msgid "E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:525 -msgid "Hat Semi-Open" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:526 -msgid "Chinese Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:529 -msgid "18" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:530 -msgid "53" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:531 -msgid "R" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:532 -msgid "Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:533 -msgid "Ride Bell" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:536 -msgid "19" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:537 -msgid "54" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:540 -msgid "Tambourine" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:543 -msgid "20" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:544 -msgid "55" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:545 -msgid "T" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:547 -msgid "Splash Cymbal" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:550 -msgid "21" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:551 -msgid "56" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:557 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:558 -msgid "57" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:559 -msgid "Y" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:561 -msgid "Crash Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:564 -msgid "23" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:565 -msgid "58" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:568 -msgid "Vibra Slap" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:571 -msgid "24" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:572 -msgid "59" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:573 -msgid "U" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:575 -msgid "Ride Cymbal 2" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:578 -msgid "25" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:579 -msgid "60" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:582 -msgid "High Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:585 -msgid "26" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:586 -msgid "61" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:589 -msgid "Low Bongo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:592 -msgid "27" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:593 -msgid "62" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:596 -msgid "Mute High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:599 -msgid "28" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:600 -msgid "63" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:603 -msgid "Open High Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:606 -msgid "29" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:607 -msgid "64" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:610 -msgid "Low Conga" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:613 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:614 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:617 -msgid "High Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:620 -msgid "31" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:621 -msgid "66" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:624 -msgid "Low Timbale" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:627 -msgid "32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:628 -msgid "67" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:631 -msgid "High Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:634 -msgid "33" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:635 -msgid "68" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:638 -msgid "Low Agogô" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:641 -msgid "34" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:642 -msgid "69" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:645 -msgid "Cabasa" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:649 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:652 -msgid "Maracas" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:656 -msgid "71" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:659 -msgid "Short Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:663 -msgid "72" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:666 -msgid "Long Whistle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:670 -msgid "73" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:673 -msgid "Short Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:677 -msgid "74" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:680 -msgid "Long Güiro" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:684 -msgid "75" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:687 -msgid "Claves" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:691 -msgid "76" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:694 -msgid "High Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:698 -msgid "77" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:701 -msgid "Low Wood Block" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:705 -msgid "78" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:708 -msgid "Mute Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:712 -msgid "79" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:715 -msgid "Open Cuíca" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:719 -msgid "80" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:722 -msgid "Mute Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:726 -msgid "81" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:729 -msgid "Open Triangle" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:736 -msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:742 -msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the General MIDI (GM) standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:747 -msgid "Keep in mind that it is the position of the instrument (within the loaded drumkit) that is linked to a MIDI-note/keyboard-key and not the name of the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:753 -msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping notes to your PC's keyboard key in the figure below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:764 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tastiera.png' md5='344cc621fc42d367ff50ec3b01017b04'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:756 -msgid " Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:771 -msgid "Recording in Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:773 -msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple pattern. You can do so using an external MIDI device, like an e-drum, or use the virtual keyboard provided by Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:786 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Rec_button.png' md5='21e4b8d7fd5a53b207b5b3875c9f49d0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:798 -#: manual.docbook:6766 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_play_off.png' md5='5d22ba3609e85f143aa992c25d469a0c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:777 -msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button Grey record button with a red circle in its center. in the Main Toolbar and afterwards press the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:804 -msgid "Using the playback mode of the Song Editor you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in Pattern mode all inserted notes will be added to pattern currently selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in Song mode the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:809 -msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when adding two notes at the same position, you will have two notes being played back at once (with double the volume of a single one)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:816 -msgid "Session Management" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:818 -msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:823 -msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:835 -msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:830 -msgid "NSM: Non Session Manager (NSM) is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:847 -msgid "You have to activate LASH support in the General tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:842 -msgid "LASH: Hydrogen provides a basic support for LASH Audio Session Handler (LASH). This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the JACK connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:858 -msgid "Hydrogen versions <= 1.1 still feature this Session Management protocol. But it will be removed in future releases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:854 -msgid "JACK Session: JACK Session has been marked deprecated by the JACK project. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:867 -msgid "NSM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:869 -msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a NSM server application, like Non Session Manager or RaySession. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the option of the Main Menu as some action will have changed in order to comply to the NSM API." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:875 -msgid "Replace With New Song: instead of New. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:886 -#: manual.docbook:897 -msgid "In Hydrogen version 1.1 the import into a session is not yet fully supported. While the selected file will be loaded and you can work with it, Hydrogen won't recall it after closing and opening the session. You need to copy the corresponding .h2song file manually into the session folder to make your choice permanent." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:881 -msgid "Import Into Session: instead of Open. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:893 -msgid "Import Recent Info Session: instead of Open Recent. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs. <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:909 -msgid "In contrast to the Save As command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent Save actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and not to the path of the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:904 -msgid "Export From Session As: instead of Save As. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as .h2song file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:918 -msgid "The Open Demo option will be missing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:927 -msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backup of your Hydrogen session using tar -chf. These can be even ported and used to systems which do not have the required drumkits installed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:923 -msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called Hydrogen.*. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:936 -msgid "Command-line Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: para/screen -#: manual.docbook:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" -h, --help Displays this help.\n" -" -v, --version Displays version information.\n" -" -d, --driver <Audiodriver> Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)\n" -" -i, --install <File> Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)\n" -" -n, --nosplash Hide splash screen\n" -" -p, --playlist <File> Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup\n" -" -P, --data <Path> Use an alternate system data path\n" -" -s, --song <File> Load a song (*.h2song) at startup\n" -" -k, --kit <DrumkitName> Load a drumkit at startup\n" -" -V, --verbose <Level> Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:938 -msgid "After installing Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:958 -msgid "Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:960 -msgid "Via this window most of the configurations and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the Options element in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:963 -msgid "All changes done in the Preferences Dialog - if not noted otherwise via a popup - will take effect when clicking the Ok button at the bottom of the window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:969 -#: manual.docbook:3310 -#: manual.docbook:4039 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:972 -msgid "The General Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:975 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='5072a7d28184e7dfa40f353cd62ad5ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:986 -#: manual.docbook:1103 -msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:992 -msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the About dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:982 -msgid "Language: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1001 -msgid "Reopen last used song: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1011 -msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1007 -msgid "Reopen last used playlist: determines whether the last used Playlist will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1024 -msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1018 -msgid "Use relative paths for playlist: specifies whether the path names in the stored .h2playlist file will contain absolute paths or a path relative to the playlist folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1031 -msgid "Hide keyboard input cursor: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see ). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the Pattern Editor and Song Editor prior to Hydrogen v1.1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1042 -msgid "You may consider using the more advanced NSM support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all JACK connections or creating a per-session configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1037 -msgid "Use LASH: enables LASH (LASH Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1054 -msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external MIDI devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1057 -msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1049 -msgid "Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the Beat Counter. The allowed range is from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1083 -#: manual.docbook:2257 -#: manual.docbook:2288 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_on.png' md5='d3694f8445c2fef7b30834a60d1bffa6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1074 -msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to Set BPM and play - Blue button containing a \"P\". should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1068 -msgid "Beat counter start offset in ms: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1093 -msgid "Maximum number of bars: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1099 -msgid "Maximum number of layers: sets the maximum number of layers for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from to . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1115 -msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does not already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1121 -msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package . For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check the Rubber Band site ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1140 -#: manual.docbook:2376 -#: manual.docbook:4830 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rubber_off.png' md5='4af1c3110fbd8772a724f7f85fa22441'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1130 -msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1111 -msgid "Path to the Rubberband command-line utility: sets the absolute path to the rubberband command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the Sample Editor. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1154 -msgid "Audio System" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1157 -msgid "The Audio System Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1160 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='1da93face38cf7a71c6f231474ba617c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1167 -msgid "Audio System: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1171 -msgid "Available options:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1182 -msgid "This option is recommended for beginners." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1177 -msgid ": Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1191 -msgid ": The JACK driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The JACK server will start automatically if not already running." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1198 -msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1205 -msgid ": The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1210 -msgid ": The OSS audio driver uses /dev/dsp and it's based on the OSS interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks /dev/dsp until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1220 -msgid ": An open-source multi platform audio driver." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1225 -msgid ": A driver for MacOS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1229 -msgid ": A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1237 -msgid "Device: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1243 -msgid "Buffer size: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1253 -msgid "If you are using the JACK audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the JACK server." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1249 -msgid "Sample rate: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1262 -msgid "Track output: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument JACK output ports." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1265 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1267 -msgid "note velocity and pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1268 -#: manual.docbook:1275 -msgid "layer gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1269 -msgid "component gain and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1270 -msgid "instrument gain, pan, and volume" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1272 -msgid ":" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1274 -msgid "note velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1279 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the Connect to default JACK output ports option is checked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1285 -msgid "BBT sync method: if Hydrogen uses JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the song's tempo or the Tempo Markers added to the Timeline. But due to limitations in the current implementation, Hydrogen can not set both measure and speed provided by JACK for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option ) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by JACK (option )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1302 -#: manual.docbook:1347 -#: manual.docbook:1368 -#: manual.docbook:1391 -msgid "This option is only available if the JACK audio driver was selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1314 -#: manual.docbook:2440 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_transport_off.png' md5='c1264187019da8004254528045d35060'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1325 -#: manual.docbook:2455 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_jack_master_off.png' md5='5108a24ccc5d260fab40e9d2ebab5c9d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1305 -msgid "For this option to take effect the Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". button has to be activated and the Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". button deactivated in the Main Toolbar (next to having a JACK TBM application)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1333 -msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master via the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1339 -msgid "Connect to default JACK output ports: connects the main stereo JACK output ports of the Master Fader Strip to the default JACK input ports of your system (system:playback_1 and system:playback_2). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the JACK audio driver is restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1354 -msgid "Create per-instrument JACK output ports: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register JACK output ports for every single instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1361 -msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1374 -msgid "There are no JACK output ports for the Metronome and the Playback Track. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1385 -msgid "Some JACK clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1380 -msgid "Enable JACK timebase master support: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the JACK server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1398 -msgid "Apply and restart output: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1408 -msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1404 -msgid "Polyphony: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from to . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1415 -msgid "Metronome volume: sets the volume of the Metronome. Supported values are from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1421 -msgid "Interpolate resampling: specifies the type of resampling applied if a sample does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1431 -msgid "MIDI System" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1434 -msgid "The MIDI System Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1437 -#: manual.docbook:5825 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='f57c80dc6c151d1bea2e52adc6d91fbd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1444 -msgid "MIDI driver: selects the MIDI driver Hydrogen will use to send MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1450 -msgid "Input: selects the device Hydrogen will expect MIDI messages to receive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1456 -msgid "Output: selects the device Hydrogen will send MIDI messages to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1462 -msgid "Channel: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to MIDI messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1472 -msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external MIDI devices. But it may also discard Cymbal choke messages in some e-drums." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1468 -msgid "Ignore note-off: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the note-off MIDI message. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1484 -msgid "the Master Fader Strip volume and mute state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1489 -msgid "an Instrument Strip pan, volume, mute and solo state" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1494 -msgid "whether the Metronome is activated" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1479 -msgid "Enable MIDI feedback: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1502 -msgid "Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered: specifies whether a MIDI note - after performing the MIDI action associated with it - should be played back or be discard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1513 -msgid "If this option is unchecked, only the currently selected instrument will used to play back the received MIDI notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1508 -msgid "Use output note as input note: specifies whether the output MIDI note of an instrument specified in the MIDI Out Settings of the Instrument Editor should be used to map the input as well. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1521 -msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate MIDI actions provided by Hydrogen with incoming MIDI messages. How this is done will be explained in the ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1528 -msgid "OSC" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1531 -msgid "The OSC Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='b60b4ce044e7028b914e1bb0ea397231'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1544 -msgid "In order to see and access the Enable OSC feedback and Import port option, Enable OSC support has to be checked first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1551 -msgid "Enable OSC support: Allows Hydrogen to receive OSC commands send by external programs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1563 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1566 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1569 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1572 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1578 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1584 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1555 -msgid "Enable OSC feedback: Hydrogen will broadcast OSC messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive OSC messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The state broadcast as feedback is composed of the following OSC paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1591 -msgid "Incoming port: Specifies the OSC port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1539 -msgid "The OSC tab () let's you modify all options associated with OSC (Open Sound Control) (see chapter OSC API for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1597 -msgid "If the chosen OSC port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the OSC tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1605 -msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1608 -msgid "The Appearance Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1611 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAppearance_V2.png' md5='c122a1346ebdd01399742c5fdbfd0bde'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1616 -msgid "The Appearance tab let's you modify Hydrogen's look and feel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1627 -#: manual.docbook:1651 -#: manual.docbook:1668 -msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1622 -msgid "Application font: specifies both the font family and point size of the application font used for the grid in Pattern Editor and Song Editor as well as for the pattern names in the Sidebar of the Song Editor. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1639 -msgid "Using this option you might can make Hydrogen integrate with you operating system better." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1634 -msgid "Style: specifies a certain look of GUI elements like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1646 -msgid "Mixer font: specifies both the font family and point size of the mixer font used for the instrument names in the Instrument Channel Strips and the component names in the Component Channel Strips. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1658 -msgid "Meters falloff speed: specifies for how fast the update of the maximum value of the audio signal will be shown in the LCD displays of the Instrument Channel Strips, Component Channel Strips, and the Master Fader Strip before its replacement with a more recent value will take place." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1664 -msgid "Default interface layout: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in Single Pane mode or Tabbed mode (see Main User Interface for details). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1675 -msgid "High-resolution display scaling: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1686 -msgid ": Uses as much colors as there are patterns in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1692 -msgid ": Uses a certain number n of colors you have to enter via a second input widget. After coloring the first n patterns with different colors the same set of colors will be used for the next n patterns and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1698 -msgid ": Colors all patterns using a single color determined via its hue in a separate input widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1681 -msgid "Coloring method for Song Editor elements: determines the coloring of the boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the Song editor. The available options are: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:1712 -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1715 -msgid "The Main Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1718 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MainMenu.png' md5='d0db6cc4eca29a57da78c89bcba53d93'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1724 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1725 -msgid "This menu offers file related functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1729 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a NSM session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1736 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1739 -msgid "Show Info: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, license, and generic notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1743 -msgid "Open: opens an existing song (a .h2song file)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1749 -msgid "The demo songs are stored in $INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1746 -msgid "Open Demo: opens one of the demo song shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1756 -msgid "Open recent: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1759 -msgid "Save: saves changes to current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1765 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Songs section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1762 -msgid "Save as: saves current song as .h2song file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1773 -msgid "Open pattern: opens a pattern (a .h2pattern file) belonging to the current drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:1781 -msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the Patterns section of the Sound Library, you have to store it in $HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1777 -msgid "Export Pattern As: saves a pattern as a .h2pattern file. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1789 -msgid "Export MIDI file: exports the current song in MIDI format." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1793 -msgid "Export song: exports the current song into an audio file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1795 -msgid "The Export mode option will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. will create files for each instrument/track. will create a stereo downmix + audio files for all individual instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1801 -msgid "Export Lilypond file: exports the current song to LilyPond." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:1803 -msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the GMRockKit and no triplets are supported." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1808 -msgid "Quit: exists Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1814 -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1818 -msgid "Undo: lets you undo your last action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1821 -msgid "Redo: lets you redo the last undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1824 -msgid "Undo History: gives you an overview of your previous actions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1831 -#: manual.docbook:3936 -msgid "Drumkits" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1834 -msgid "New: creates a new and empty drumkit by clearing all the instruments of the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1843 -msgid "Via this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the Import option described below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1838 -msgid "Open: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1850 -msgid "Properties: sets general properties of the drumkit such as its name, author, license, general information, image, and image license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1856 -msgid "Save: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1863 -msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/ folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1860 -msgid "Save As: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:1873 -msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( <= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single component to export since this functionality was not supported back than." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1870 -msgid "Export: compress and stores all instruments samples and settings of any drumkit (not just the current one) into a folder of your choice as .h2drumkit file. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1880 -msgid "Import: imports a drumkit (a .h2drumkit file) from the local filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1885 -msgid "Online Import: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a XML feed. The XML file that should be provided is NOT RSS compliant (see Hydrogen website for an example)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:1894 -msgid "Import Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1897 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='39e25a7470e1945225be994be6afbc9f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1892 -msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the Internet tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on hydrogen-music.org) will be filled in, and after pressing the Update list button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the status column you can see if a kit is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1909 -msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the license type." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:1926 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='fc4254b7389fd8d265636ef82b587087'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:1919 -msgid " Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1914 -msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking Download and Install. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the Sound Library under User drumkits." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1941 -msgid "Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:1942 -msgid "This menu offers instruments functions." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1947 -msgid "Add Instrument: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1950 -msgid "Clear All: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1953 -msgid "Add Component: adds a component to the current drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1959 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1963 -msgid "Playlist Editor: opens the Playlist Editor window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1966 -msgid "Director: opens the Director window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1969 -msgid "Mixer: opens the Mixer window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1972 -msgid "Instrument Rack: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1975 -msgid "Automation Path: shows or hides the Automation Path panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1979 -msgid "Timeline: shows or hides the Timeline panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1982 -msgid "Playback Track: shows or hides the Playback Track panel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1985 -msgid "Full screen: maximises the window size to the whole screen area." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:1991 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:1994 -msgid "Input mode: when set to the keys on your MIDI keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to the keys of your MIDI keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2005 -msgid "Preferences: opens the main preferences window (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2012 -msgid "Debug" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2014 -msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2018 -msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2031 -msgid "The Audio Engine View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2034 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='c7d64d740b8a0d1bef5cab6a757c7cb3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2040 -msgid "In case JACK is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the JACK server before starting Hydrogen (JACK automatically starts when an application tries to connect)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2027 -msgid "Show Audio Engine Info: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2051 -msgid "Show Filesystem Info: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2061 -msgid ": No messages will be written at all." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2066 -msgid ": Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2071 -msgid ": Like but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2076 -msgid ": Like but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2081 -msgid ": Like but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2056 -msgid "Log Level: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2090 -msgid "Open Log File: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2097 -msgid "Info" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2101 -msgid "User Manual: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2104 -msgid "About: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2108 -msgid "Report Bug: opens the Hydrogen issue page at github.com in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2112 -msgid "Donate: make a donation to developers/maintainers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2119 -msgid "Main Toolbar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2122 -msgid "The Main Toolbar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2126 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='19ace9972b0ecf3a6d1f9e5b0c4135ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2131 -msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2135 -msgid "Transport Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2149 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='1ec0ada27f9da8dadfc40ac1bc65ee59'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2140 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2154 -msgid "Using these buttons you can start (also bound to Space, see for further related shortcuts) and stop the playback, record new patterns (see for details), fast forward and rewind the transport position, and loop playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2156 -msgid "In addition, you can switch between Song mode and Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2159 -msgid "When using the Keyboard to navigate in the Song Editor and Pattern Editor the shortcut Ctrl + Space (or Alt + Space on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2166 -msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2181 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='2c8d4cc3a85b5feb32727d2dc400d7c3'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2169 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a LCD displaying to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the LCD there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2186 -msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the Beat Counter. Due to conceptional similarities the Tap Tempo will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2189 -msgid "Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2191 -msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with playback rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the \\ key in the tempo you want." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2195 -msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average value of the last up top eight hits of the \\ button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2201 -msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2208 -msgid "Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2220 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='04409450bba1f7542a8990aa74cb388a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2210 -msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. button or simply press ,." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2225 -msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left + / - buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right + / - buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an R, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap ,, the R will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the R)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2246 -#: manual.docbook:2272 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_set_play_off.png' md5='9c3360bb8c942b605411af2736ae251f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2237 -msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between Grey button containing a \"S\". and Blue button containing a \"P\". . When it shows the latter (for Play), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows Grey button containing a \"S\". (for Set BPM), the auto-start is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2277 -msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by Seq24)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows Blue button containing a \"P\". ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the , key) and everyone starts on 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2295 -msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2302 -msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the General tab of the Preferences Dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2307 -msgid "If you are using JACK transport in the presence of an external JACK Timebase Master, Hydrogen is supposed to be a slave and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the JACK Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other JACK clients." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2316 -msgid "BPM Control and Metronome" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2331 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='5f5bee77c2d67039618fab7eb28d6269'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2319 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a LCD showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2336 -msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from to bpm (beats per minute)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2340 -msgid "You can use the mouse wheel to decrease and increase the value of this widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='55fc2e5806c898a4cc96227860b18034'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2345 -msgid "In addition you can use Grey button for toggling the metronome. It contains a non-filled black triangle pointing to the left (left), a black dot (middle), and a black closing bracket \")\" (right). to toggle the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2361 -msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the Audio tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2366 -msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the General tab of the Preferences, you will also find the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2385 -msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2398 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='c2e021efc19e170671b2092572aa47a2'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2388 -msgid " A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is MIDI input. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2403 -msgid "The CPU bargraph gives you an indication of the CPU load. The MIDI led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a MIDI message." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2406 -msgid "The MIDI settings can be adjusted in the MIDI tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2414 -msgid "JACK Control" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2426 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='5679c850212647d44e4cd7d3d0496c6a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2417 -msgid " Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the JACK configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2431 -msgid "Clicking Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". will enable JACK transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the JACK driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the JACK server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2445 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". Hydrogen can be registered as JACK Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other JACK clients. Else it will either act as slave in the presence of another Timebase Master, like Ardour, or as a stand-alone client in the absence of a Master." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2464 -msgid "You can check whether Hydrogen is in slave mode by hovering over the disabled Beat Counter or Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2470 -msgid "The support of JACK Timebase can disabled in the Audio tab of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2477 -msgid "GUI State" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2490 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='8e9e804a41500082df2434e15102e218'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2480 -msgid " In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue LCD showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2495 -msgid "Toggles the Mixer window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the Instrument Editor and the Sound Library)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2498 -msgid "The LCD screen below displays what Hydrogen is up to and gives an optical feedback of the parameters set in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:2505 -msgid "Song Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2509 -msgid "The Song Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2512 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/EnablePlaybackTrack.png' md5='a82ad146c9450cfaf17899d7d0d052ec'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2518 -msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each blue colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2526 -msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2533 -msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2540 -msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2547 -msgid "Instead of having the same color for all patterns you can set different colors schemes in the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2564 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/SongRuler.png' md5='2f6fbb7ac18d5dbe13cd0b7ab4d0f72a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2553 -msgid " Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". In addition, light-blue colored \"T\"s indicate the presence of a Tag. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2572 -msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2578 -msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see ) to a desired pattern and press Ctrl + Space to relocate to this position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:2569 -msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the Main Toolbar you can use the song ruler for navigation. This the area above the grid and right of the Main Controls. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2586 -msgid "Main Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2600 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='8ea38acc364694851f0a1da74f5ccd63'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2589 -msgid " Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Single Pattern and Stacked mode. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='ae4fcb3a7be16ec4e8202add627c5434'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2608 -msgid " Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2629 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='4b54062c734ee4aed38ff33fcf587595'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2622 -msgid " Grey button containing a plus sign. : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2643 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='92d343a074d0b9910b726aecda3bb042'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2635 -msgid " Two grey button horizontally aligned. The left contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the right one one pointing upwards. : moves currently selected pattern up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2649 -msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a pattern up/down in the pattern list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2664 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='b8550d5b732ef301d6482b162bc3e7ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2657 -msgid " Grey button containing a black brush. : enables Select mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2680 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='0eb66ee7be2f3b7eda0a95a2959d9ca6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2672 -msgid " Blue button containing four black horizontal dots in the lower part joined by three black vertical dots at the right bottom corner. : enables Draw mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2693 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='8a4d35031159c7e5b5d6e494d842b7bd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2702 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='7cc5cd563387e719ed1a7c68fcb5739b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2686 -msgid " Grey button with a horizontal black line. : sets Hydrogen to Single Pattern mode Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. or to Stacked mode ()." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:2713 -msgid "Song Editor modes" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2714 -msgid "The Song Editor has two different interaction modes. The default Select mode allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The Draw mode instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2722 -msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2728 -msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys ↑|↓|←|→ will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing Return will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2736 -msgid "In addition, there are two major playback modes, Song mode and Pattern mode, with two minor submodes, Single Pattern mode (covered in the Pattern mode section), and Stacked mode. These will determine which parts of the song you will listen too during playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2740 -msgid "While Select mode, Draw mode, Single Pattern mode, and Stacked mode are activated via the Main Controls of the Song Editor, Song mode and Pattern mode are activated via the Transport Control section of the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2746 -msgid "Select Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2747 -msgid "This mode allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2752 -msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can delete it by pressing Delete. You can move it by simply dragging your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (Ctrl + x) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard. You can also copy your selection by either holding Ctrl while dragging it to a new location, or by copying (Ctrl + c) and pasting (Ctrl + v) using your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2767 -msgid "Selections can be modified by holding Ctrl while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2782 -msgid "Shift + ↑|↓|←|→ can be used to make selections using the keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2787 -msgid "Return over a selected block will begin a move or copy" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2791 -msgid "↑|↓|←|→ to move the selected cells into position" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2795 -msgid "Return to move the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2799 -msgid "Ctrl + Return to copy the selected blocks into place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2772 -msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with Return, to select, move and copy parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2806 -msgid "Pressing Esc will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2813 -msgid "Draw Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2814 -msgid "This mode allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2819 -msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn blue) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2826 -msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the Return, will also add and remove patterns from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2832 -msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in . You can alter this default behavior in the General tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2844 -msgid "Song Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2845 -msgid "When Song mode is selected Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2850 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2857 -msgid "Pattern Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2858 -msgid "When Pattern mode is selected Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the Pattern Editor. This usual behavior is also called Single Pattern mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:2865 -msgid "By enabling Loop mode in the transport control, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2872 -msgid "Stacked Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2873 -msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:2880 -msgid "Stacked mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select which patterns play using Ctrl + left click on the pattern's name. Selected patterns are all marked with a triangle." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2888 -msgid "Hydrogen's playback mode must be set to Pattern rather than Song for Stacked mode to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:2899 -#: manual.docbook:3492 -msgid "Sidebar" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2901 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:2904 -msgid "Left-clicking selects a pattern, double-clicking allows you to rename a pattern, drag-and-dropping allows you to rearrange the patterns, and right-clicking will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2908 -msgid "The Pattern Options menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2912 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='8dec485a0ad51a0493fec01ccbc814a5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2921 -msgid "Duplicate: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2924 -msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2931 -msgid "Delete: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2950 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='1426839c35a4d3a33b57062883f12d74'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2939 -msgid " Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2936 -msgid "Fill/Clear: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2958 -msgid "Properties: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:2962 -msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:2974 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='fa5d2555da3bb269ec8f2406bfccfc2d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:2963 -msgid " Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:2980 -msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2989 -msgid "Load Pattern: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:2995 -msgid "Save Pattern: stores the pattern in the patterns folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3003 -msgid "Export Pattern: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3009 -msgid "Virtual Pattern: will open the virtual pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3012 -msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3018 -msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3024 -msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3036 -msgid "Timeline" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3046 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/tempo_bar.png' md5='57d0559a29212dc60c5b1c1615a6330c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3039 -msgid " Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3051 -msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo of a song at any given moment in the song. This is done by adding Tempo Markers to your song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='9b02d90327338b8d035f57b5a02b5567'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3074 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bpm_off.png' md5='8f7b9815b9f1945c5bd579a2fd3d5ec8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3055 -msgid "To add a Tempo Marker you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the Grey button containing a black \"P\". button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu and enable it using the Grey button containing the black characters \"BPM\". button. Once this is done the horizontal bar next to the button changes to a ruler with marks at every bar. Now simply left-click this ruler at the bar you want the tempo to change and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3084 -msgid "Please note that the ruler will not be available while using the JACK transport in slave mode (see for details." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3103 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='1d1019ac5a0c23d5497b9db0ce96714c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3092 -msgid " Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3089 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar or delete it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3116 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3127 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/tag_bar.png' md5='f807e826276099785dd8c46e9436ae20'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3119 -msgid " Excerpt of the Song Ruler containing several Tags marked with light-blue \"T\"s. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3132 -msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. the intro into a verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add Tags to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at any given moment that will be displayed whenever the song playhead passes by that Tag." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3144 -msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3147 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='e739615ae8f687b519b726c407882eeb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3139 -msgid "To add a Tag middle-click on the song ruler (just below the Timeline) and a window will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small blue T in the song ruler for every Tag you have entered. Middle-click anywhere on the song ruler to edit the tags." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3158 -msgid "Playback Track" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3173 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='3b1e0f19b68818ee221b890c7d69fdd0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3161 -msgid " Figure showing the Playback track ontop of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3179 -msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3184 -msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and Song mode is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3198 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_viewTL_off.png' md5='4294e5c6223716aad49a8328206176d4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3189 -msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing the Grey button containing a black \"T\". button left to the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the View element of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3209 -msgid "Edit: loads an audio file." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3211 -msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by dragging it into Hydrogen and dropping over the wave display." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3217 -msgid "Mute: mutes the Playback Track." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3220 -msgid "Fader: adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be pass the Master section of the Mixer like any other strip too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3204 -msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3226 -msgid "In its current implementation the Playback Track does hide the song ruler used for navigation. It is therefore advised to hide the Playback Track again once you are done setting the sound file and adjusting its volume." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3234 -msgid "Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3238 -msgid "The Automation Path Widget" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3241 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/AutomationPath.png' md5='57a0ec7233c2c5134a3da11514130825'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3246 -msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall velocity of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut Alt + A or via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3250 -msgid "Clicking the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can drag a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3255 -msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is always active and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3265 -msgid "Pattern Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3267 -#: manual.docbook:3667 -msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3270 -#: manual.docbook:3670 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='5136f656c680d4d25f59ff6cab70731d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3275 -msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3291 -#: manual.docbook:3472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='50e1dedc2d864b907fcd89ceec22953c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3277 -msgid "The Pattern Editor allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the Sidebar of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of per-note properties, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as Drumkit Editor or as Piano Roll Editor. You can switch between these two by clicking the Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3298 -msgid "If you are editing a pattern in Single Pattern mode you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3302 -msgid "If you are working in Stacked Pattern mode you will hear the active pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing. The active patterns have a small triangle next to the pattern name in the Song Editor. (see for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:3313 -#: manual.docbook:4573 -#: manual.docbook:5647 -msgid "Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3316 -msgid "Pattern Editor Controls" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3319 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='a491e95bee4f5a8a6e57a4e51397e783'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3324 -msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the Drumkit Editor and the Piano Roll Editor:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3336 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='5af35039c0915ed92ad6f24d009062b4'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3328 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"4/4\" and titled \"SIZE\". : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3342 -msgid "It will open a dialog to enter the new size as text, in the standard music fractional notation:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3355 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PatternSizeDialog.png' md5='84cde1542afe73feed8af83c187df5d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3346 -msgid " Dialog for entering the \"New Pattern length (beats/note value)\" via a Text input in the middle. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (right) and \"OK\" (left) buttons. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3359 -msgid "Type / to separate numerator and denominator." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3362 -msgid "If you enter just the numerator (e.g. ), the current denominator will be assumed. You can enter a decimal numerator (e.g. ) but since Hydrogen resolution is limited, some values are not supported and will be approximated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3369 -msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators: , , , , , , , , , , , , , and because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note). You can use unsupported denominators, but the size will be approximated almost all the times, hence a warning icon will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3384 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/DenominatorWarningIcon.png' md5='99f0f0e4bf50233e4865ff29d92aad8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3376 -msgid " A yellow upright triangle containing a exclamation mark is shown to the right of the \"SIZE\" LCD. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3401 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='daa56c133937264c93a72fde606863c5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3393 -msgid " Blue LCD showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". : this is the current grid resolution ( through with triplet-based resolutions marked as )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3408 -msgid "If you are working with a resolution of you can't go back to and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose from the grid resolution LCD control). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3429 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='877172490d05a21a74aff27475f19482'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3421 -msgid " Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. : when enabled Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3436 -msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3452 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='37700f06db07f383871f481084d1c875'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3444 -msgid " Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. : enables/disables quantization. When enabled, beats recorded from MIDI or from the virtual keyboard will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3482 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='beb6e9e3da055eba1c395aeeee5624b0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3463 -msgid " Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. / Blue button with a quasi-3D display a a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. : switches between Drumkit Editor and Piano Roll Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3495 -msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3498 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='66ef31d1181b28c7b956d94b545878a8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3503 -msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3506 -msgid "Left-clicking the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero velocity to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by right-clicking the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3510 -msgid "Delete notes: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3516 -msgid "Depending on the choice you make (, , ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions that are allowed by the grid setting. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3513 -msgid "Fill notes: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3528 -msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit hard on that instrument when played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3524 -msgid "Randomize velocity: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3537 -msgid "Select notes: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3545 -msgid "Edit all patterns: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in all the patterns of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3553 -msgid "Cut notes: remove all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3561 -msgid "Copy notes: copy all notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3568 -msgid "Paste notes : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3575 -msgid "Delete notes: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3584 -msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3595 -msgid "Instrument: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3601 -msgid "Rename instrument: change the name of the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3608 -msgid "Delete Instrument: well, deletes the instrument ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3624 -#: manual.docbook:5037 -#: manual.docbook:5162 -#: manual.docbook:6867 -#: manual.docbook:6893 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='f1c0e1d7d0b6d558eb61b6215c683d6e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_off.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3616 -msgid "The Grey button containing a black \"M\". button mutes the instrument and Grey button containing a black \"S\". solos it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:3641 -msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply dragging an instrument up/down in the list and dropping it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3647 -msgid "It will however, have an impact on the MIDI note mapping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3655 -msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the per-instrument JACK output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3664 -msgid "Drum Pattern Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3676 -msgid "Right of the Sidebar area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using Fill notes. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern size and resolution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3679 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3686 -msgid "you can add a note by left-clicking, and then can 'stretch' that note by right-click-dragging it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3693 -msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by Shift + left-clicking. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3712 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='9b70ffbdee95b246478582c39735e697'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:3702 -msgid " Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3700 -msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left>right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3719 -msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with Return (see )." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3725 -msgid "Notes can be selected by dragging over them with the mouse (or Shift + ↑|↓|←|→), and can be deleted with Delete, or moved by dragging (or Return followed by ↑|↓|←|→ movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid resolution, however this can be overridden by holding down Alt while moving notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3733 -msgid "Moving a selection of notes with Ctrl held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3738 -msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with Ctrl + C, and pasted with Ctrl + V. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3747 -msgid "Also see for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3743 -msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also record your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3756 -msgid "Note Properties Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3759 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3762 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/NotePropertiesRuler.png' md5='8fd57ba4418fc587c0ef383fad9bdcca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3767 -msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3774 -msgid "The following note properties are available:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3780 -msgid "Velocity: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3783 -msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined. A light shade of gray means a low velocity (low volume) and the higher you set the velocity the darker the color will be, turning red when you reach the point of clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3792 -msgid "Pan: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3797 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the instrument Pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3805 -msgid "Lead/Lag: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3814 -msgid "NoteKey: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3819 -msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3822 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='8e19686d8fe0d0fd6f307f63e26b2b4f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3826 -msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3833 -msgid "Note that the Piano Roll Editor can also be used to change the note value of existing notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3840 -msgid "Probability: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than , a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability will always be played, a note with probability of will never be played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3860 -msgid "Drawing with the mouse:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3861 -msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and drag over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3868 -msgid " Selecting multiple notes:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:3871 -msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by dragging them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the mouse wheel for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed Ctrl key for fine adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3853 -msgid "Clicking or dragging the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3884 -msgid "Piano Roll Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3887 -msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3890 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='80336fa999457d5c3ab6bc8522015776'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3895 -msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the Input button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3898 -msgid "While the Drumkit Editor focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3900 -msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the NoteKey property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:3905 -msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the Drumkit Editor will be prepended with e.g. a to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by right-clicking on the note and dragging the mouse up or down." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:3915 -msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:3918 -msgid "The Soundlibrary" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:3921 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='5ee5b8034d3691ab9f3ba1f81749a2d7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3926 -msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your drumkits, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drum kits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments and patterns from other kits and songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:3931 -msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3938 -msgid "The list of drumkits comprises both the kits present at system level and the ones at user level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3939 -msgid "The System drumkits are those installed with your package manager or when compiling Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits, or possibly /usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits. These kits are available to all users on the system, and you usually have no write access to them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:3948 -msgid "You can still modify those kids by saving a tweaked version as a user level kit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3953 -msgid "The User drumkits are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) within the drumkits folder. When you have created a new drumkit via New in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using Save As from the same menu. In addition, you can also Online Import a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3961 -msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for commercial purposes, (creating songs and selling these online or in any other way) you need to pay special attention to the license type of the drumkit(s) you are using." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3965 -msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do not assume that it is a Creative Commons (CC) or other open and free license." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3969 -msgid "Even if the kit is CC licensed you should always check with the author before using the kit in your songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:3973 -msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the hydrogen-music.org or via any other channel." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3978 -msgid "To load a drumkit via the Sound Library, right-click the drumkit and select Load. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To load a single instrument from that kit, left-click the to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, click and drag the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3990 -msgid "Songs" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:3992 -msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the songs folder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:3999 -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4006 -msgid "This is done automatically when using the Save Pattern option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using Export Pattern via the same Sidebar or Export Pattern As in the Project option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4001 -msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/) into the patterns folder. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4011 -msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by right-clicking on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting Properties and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4023 -msgid "Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4026 -msgid "The Instrument editor General view" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4029 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='1c659ff4d9f877ae77fc0e829733ec17'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4034 -msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the View option in the Main Menu or via the corresponding button in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the Instrument Editor or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the View option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4041 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its layers) selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4046 -msgid "It's important that you understand Drumkit Concepts and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the Glossary in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4052 -msgid "Envelope Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4063 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='c9b1cf7425256ccbcdf6e6f8587600ca'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4055 -msgid " Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4068 -msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an ADSR Envelope. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4073 -msgid "Attack: the amount of time that the volume of the sample goes from 0 to the full velocity of the note. If the value is 0, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the attack phase." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4082 -msgid "Decay: the amount of time for the volume of the sample to go from full velocity down to the sustain volume. If the value is 0, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the sustain volume. If the value is 1.0, the sample volume will use the maximum time available for the decay parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4090 -msgid "Sustain: the volume to play the note after the decay phase is over, and until the note is released. If set to 0, the note will be silent. If set to 1.0, the note will play at full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4097 -msgid "Release: the time to fade out the note from the sustain volume back down to 0 (silent). If set to 0, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to 1, it will fade out for the maximum time available." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4106 -msgid "The Attack, Decay, and Release parameters are all set by the number of audio samples. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4113 -msgid "If the sample is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the ADSR it is in. If the note is sustained, it does not draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the gain (volume) parameter during that time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4123 -msgid "Gain and Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='dcaf9a6840510623bc55df8ea2c89325'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4126 -msgid " In the upper half there is a LCD displaying \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a LCD with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4142 -msgid "The Gain adjusts the overall volume of all samples associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each layer and before the one that is set in the Instrument Channel Strips. If the set to , the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is , the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4151 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the Gain with full-velocity notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4157 -msgid "Hydrogen provides more Mute Groups than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (muted) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4165 -msgid "If the Mute Group is set to , then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to . To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to .)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4175 -msgid "If the Auto-Stop-Note box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing samples belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4177 -msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4187 -msgid "The Apply Velocity box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note velocity to the sample being played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4192 -msgid "The note velocity can set it the Note Properties Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4197 -msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to the layer gain, the instrument gain, the component gain, or the instrument volume. If all the layer samples are normalized, this option should be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4204 -msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4209 -msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to select the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4217 -msgid "Filter Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4228 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='0fa21c2c613d94d89b051fe442a897e1'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4220 -msgid " From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4233 -msgid "The filter used in here is a low-pass resonance filter. If you don't wish to use is, click the button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The cutoff parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The resonance parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to , then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4242 -msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob to ) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4262 -msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4274 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='2ce648ae655059f6664ba41c01158668'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4265 -msgid " From left to right: a LCD displaying the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4279 -msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. Pitch is the Coarse control and has quantized steps of half-tones from to . Fine is the Fine control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4289 -msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4284 -msgid "The Random parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the sample every time it is triggered. The value is set between and . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4301 -msgid "MIDI Out Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4312 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='10b438a7473e911b09d593794a7f1901'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4304 -msgid " Two LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4317 -msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating MIDI messages that you can use to trigger any external MIDI device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the MIDI output Channel and Note for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper MIDI routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4326 -msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a MIDI message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4332 -msgid "By enabling Use output note as input in the MIDI system tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the Note field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming MIDI messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4338 -msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4349 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='6893409e38809da4d0b6d518ad919b15'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4341 -msgid " Three LCDs with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4354 -msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4356 -msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4359 -msgid "Pressure Group: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4364 -msgid "Range: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from to , when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between and the closed hi-hat is played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4377 -#: manual.docbook:4431 -msgid "Layers" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4380 -msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4383 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='3846805161b3ed5792058f7cf48cb2ac'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4388 -msgid "When clicking the button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the samples and synthesizer parameters of the particular layers of the instrument selected in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4392 -msgid "Components" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4403 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersComponents.png' md5='116bc97c3fdf5bed06019ec88f47bc3e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4395 -msgid " In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4417 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/btn_dropdown_off.png' md5='51f65ba335fa3b5b06d9c195764418af'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4408 -msgid "Right below the and button you find the name of the currently selected component. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a left click. Below a separator you can also find three options to a new component, the current one, or the current one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:4424 -msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a all instruments and not just the currently selected one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4434 -msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4437 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersLayers.png' md5='88e1cd028f2cf6ea6270048a91943a65'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4442 -msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4447 -msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4461 -#: manual.docbook:7027 -#: manual.docbook:7052 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='66347065d44659c155d3a82f5a1d4366'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4472 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='2a9f9afe245e147739e8195668997088'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4483 -#: manual.docbook:4649 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='bf9a3426f12d614877d16fdd88be0ba6'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4452 -msgid "Using Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". you can delete the current layer, and using Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". you can open the Sample Editor to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4490 -msgid "Alternatively you can also double-click the wave display to open the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4496 -msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the Set auto velocity option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number (the top-most layer will have a range starting a zero velocity and the bottom-most one that ends at maximum velocity). Note however that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4505 -msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4501 -msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note velocity will trigger which sample (left: 0 velocity, right: maximum velocity). Left-clicking on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4511 -msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the Sample Selection to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by left-clicking the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and dragging it to the desired position." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4516 -msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:4523 -msgid "Sample Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4534 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersSampleSelection.png' md5='277f4e033a01cada19ac74bbea4e9f23'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4526 -msgid " A LCD titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open display the different choices to the right. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4539 -msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:4543 -msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple layers with overlapping velocity ranges. How the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the Sample Sel. dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4553 -msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4549 -msgid ": will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4560 -msgid ": will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4565 -msgid ": will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4584 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/InstrumentEditorLayersControls.png' md5='23af0cfc4c001777b7267008d060c310'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:4576 -msgid " Four rotaries with corresponding LCDs: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4591 -msgid "Layer Gain: adds Gain for the currently selected layer and the associated sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4602 -msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its Component Channel Strip in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4597 -msgid "Component Volume: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4609 -msgid "Pitch: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4615 -msgid "Fine: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4629 -msgid "Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4632 -msgid "The Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4635 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='b91bf9388c10b1084c43afe932525686'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4640 -msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the Instrument Editor and clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the samples within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4657 -msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are non-destructive and are saved per song. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4667 -msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4670 -msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4673 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='79d932cc42416613724b49665edafecd'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4683 -msgid "Start Marker (green): labeled with a and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4686 -msgid "End Marker (red): labeled with a and indicates the end of the tweaked sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4689 -msgid "Loop Marker (blue): labeled with a and determines the loop-in point of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4678 -msgid "In the larger (left) wave display you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by dragging the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4695 -msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4700 -msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4707 -msgid "Start: position of the Start Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4712 -msgid "Loop: position of the Loop Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4722 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the usual way from left to right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4727 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages the backwards (from right to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4732 -msgid ": plays the Loop Count loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4717 -msgid "Loop Mode: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4740 -msgid "Loop Count: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back Loop Count + 1 times." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4745 -msgid "End: position of the End Marker." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4750 -msgid "Close: exits the Sample Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4757 -msgid "These values will change if you drag the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4765 -msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the smaller (right) wave display on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a slider next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4774 -msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the Apply Changes and then the Play button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4784 -msgid "Pitch Shifting" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4787 -msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4790 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='9b0e53b5337bd67534bd8890cf4c18c8'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4795 -msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use Rubber Band - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4798 -msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the General tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the rubberband cli is configured correctly (see ). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4803 -msgid "When Sample length to beat is set to the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4813 -msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4820 -msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When exporting a song all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. button in the Main Toolbar has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4809 -msgid "Sample length to beat: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under new sample length. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted green if the length is more or less the same, yellow if there are larger changes, and red if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4844 -msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the Pitch Shift Parameters in the Instrument Editor and the NoteKey property of each individual note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4839 -msgid "Pitch: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in . <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4850 -msgid "Crispness: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4859 -msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4862 -msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4865 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='dc7183d8123d5a26f36d8996b1d761e0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4870 -msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4876 -msgid "Apply Changes: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4881 -msgid "Play: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4886 -msgid "Play original sample: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4891 -msgid "panorama/volume: dropdown specifying whether the or of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:4897 -msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating envelopes by" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:4902 -msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4909 -msgid "First select or in the dropdown to the right." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4914 -msgid "Left-clicking in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to drag an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4919 -msgid "Right-clicking will delete a point." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:4924 -msgid "Hit Apply Changes to make your changes take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:4935 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4938 -#: manual.docbook:6912 -msgid "The Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4941 -#: manual.docbook:6915 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='45445f564c4daba76ea19b172f462d2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4946 -msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing Alt + M, by selecting Mixer in the View option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the Main Toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:4948 -msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips, the FX Plugin Rack, and the Master Fader Strip. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:4955 -msgid "Instrument Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:4958 -msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4961 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerInstrumentStrip.png' md5='eb97a316a9312de1b36933fdde130e2a'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4976 -#: manual.docbook:6845 -#: manual.docbook:7101 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='42524bb86518faf8e847f658451f2753'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4968 -msgid " Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:4981 -msgid "This is quite handy for checking clipping." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:4995 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='bd11e31456ff6a4a282589db8a511140'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:4987 -msgid " Vertical, grey LED-like object. : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external MIDI controller)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5010 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='106d658b0427ec839b4ca98dd49937eb'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5016 -msgid "If the Input mode is set to , incoming MIDI events and virtual keyboard keys will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5022 -msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding MIDI or OSC command." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5002 -msgid " Horizontal, blue LED-like object. : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5029 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5042 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5056 -#: manual.docbook:5176 -#: manual.docbook:6856 -#: manual.docbook:6880 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='d3c0a5362a1033fc6174e12407aebd1f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5048 -#: manual.docbook:5168 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"S\". : solos the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5061 -msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the Sidebar of the Pattern Editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5077 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='67f4cf502c0a993a3d55530e05e7b925'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5067 -msgid " Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. : sets a pan value affecting all note played using this instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5082 -msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the note pan and the Pan Laws in the Mixer please see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5097 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='ebf4c2417000164edda1863910101f0b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5088 -msgid " Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the FX Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5105 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5110 -#: manual.docbook:5187 -msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the LCD display via the Appearance tab in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5118 -msgid "If the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the JACK audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the Track output option in the same tab as set to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5121 -msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other JACK enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5131 -msgid "Component Channel Strips" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5134 -msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5137 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerComponentStrip.png' md5='cd9cf0e81509283aea2d97d306a22107'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5142 -msgid "Right of the Instrument Channel Strips there additional strips corresponding to the instrument components." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5147 -msgid "These channels will not be exposed as JACK output ports when enabling the Create per-instrument outputs option in the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5154 -msgid " Grey button containing a black \"M\". : mutes the instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5182 -msgid "Fader and LCD: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The LCD displays shows its peak value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5196 -msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5199 -msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5202 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXStrip.png' md5='d77984abc55c41633dcab77e20a8bec0'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5217 -#: manual.docbook:5381 -#: manual.docbook:6831 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showFX_on.png' md5='faaad6e9491dac7d3478b96e87b1ecc5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5207 -msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button in the Master Fader Strip)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5223 -msgid "It has 4 bays where you can load a LADSPA effect plugin, but before you can load any plugins these must be installed on system-level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5229 -msgid "SWH-Plugins: available at http://plugin.org.uk." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5234 -msgid "CMT: available at http://www.ladspa.org." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5238 -msgid "TAP: available at http://tap-plugins.sf.net." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5242 -msgid "Calf plugins: available at http://calf.sourceforge.net/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5246 -msgid "LSP plugins: available at https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5250 -msgid "...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5225 -msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/title -#: manual.docbook:5257 -msgid "Plugins Kill" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5258 -msgid "A badly designed LADSPA plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use, and some are just plain better than others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5275 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/edit_off.png' md5='125b96a529eb2984de90da816a21f2ef'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5265 -msgid "Once you have installed some plugins you can select one by clicking the Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5284 -msgid "Select an Effect" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5287 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerFXSelect.png' md5='d21233583479b7309fc704f9693d97b7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5309 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='704fc0cf7facf4f82b0757e6c81bfa9e'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5297 -msgid " Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactive\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an LCD displaying the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5325 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/bypass_over.png' md5='de70b2610957f2c6d494b5951193eb8f'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5331 -msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5281 -msgid "Now the FX selector window will pop up : <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters: <_:informalfigure-2/> You can select another plugin by clicking the Select FX button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the Deactivate button (or the Bypass ( Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". ) button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-3/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5336 -msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the Return knob to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be returned to the master output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5342 -msgid "Master Fader Strip" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5345 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5348 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/MixerMasterStrip.png' md5='31393663b772c8b6d8614f2181b0e999'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5353 -msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5367 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/master_mute_off.png' md5='c310589cbb20cfcffc3d016e6935e022'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5358 -msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual Instrument Channel Strips, the Playback Track, and the Metronome. The Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". button mutes the whole output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5393 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/showPeaks_on.png' md5='4475949f7c1f11157b8cfb623022e27b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5373 -msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button will show or hide the FX Rack, and the Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual Instrument Channel Strips and Component Channel Strips." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5401 -msgid "Humanization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5403 -msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5408 -msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via Random Pitch Shift Parameter in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5415 -msgid "Velocity: adds a certain randomness to the note velocity set in the Note Properties Editor. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5421 -msgid "Timing: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the Note Properties Editor (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5424 -msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5431 -msgid "Swing: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5438 -msgid "In technical terms both for the Velocity and the Timing a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5446 -msgid "Mixer Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5448 -msgid "In the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip there is a small \"cog\" icon button:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5459 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='67cb0590bbf394c8fd5b3a3f405a25f5'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5451 -msgid " Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5477 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='0ef81682361b5af0ab28011d73464f6c'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5468 -msgid " Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5463 -msgid "Click it to open the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the Pan Law used by Hydrogen Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5483 -msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the Resultant Pan and the separate gains of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5487 -msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5490 -msgid "You will find four categories: , , , . Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (linear) to the most central (quadratic)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5503 -msgid "Balance Law (0dB): when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5506 -msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be louder when the pan knob is at center - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5514 -msgid "Constant Power (-3dB): the total power (which is proportional to the square of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5517 -msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint may give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5525 -msgid "Constant Sum (-6dB): the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5527 -msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear super-position of sound waves (panning a MONO track)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5538 -msgid "Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation): you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5542 -msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5498 -msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a constraint between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5550 -msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the stereo angle, but the volume only (depending on the pan knob)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5553 -msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose before starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the ratio Balance Law by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5561 -msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5575 -msgid "Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5579 -msgid "The Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5582 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='ddab3b64f7d02f4e6429ae0e13aaf983'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5588 -msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing Alt + D or by via the View option in the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5592 -msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the Metronome, and the Tags. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5600 -msgid "This comes in very handy when you are recording a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5609 -msgid "Playlist Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5612 -msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5615 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditor.png' md5='0b5f7b45f0d56ace8c53064f3792c4ff'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5621 -msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5624 -msgid "Song List" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5626 -msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the View option of the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5631 -msgid "Using the menu you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5636 -msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double left-clicking, by pressing the hotkeys F5 and F6, or the corresponding OSC commands." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5639 -msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5657 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='5f8f7127af9b7e4c682e541aab7636ea'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject -#: manual.docbook:5650 -msgid " From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5662 -msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of buttons you already know from the Transport Control in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5667 -msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual shortcuts of Hydrogen, like Space for starting/pausing playback, won't work." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5675 -#: manual.docbook:5757 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5682 -msgid "This means that e.g. OSC commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5677 -msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add scripts executed right before the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are BASH scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the exec Script column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5691 -msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5699 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5702 -msgid "Playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5706 -msgid "Add song to Playlist: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5712 -msgid "Add current song to Playlist: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5718 -msgid "Remove selected song from Playlist: deletes the selected song from the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5724 -msgid "New Playlist: creates a new and empty playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5735 -msgid "In the General tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5730 -msgid "Open Playlist: opens an existing playlist (file of type .h2playlist). <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5742 -msgid "Save Playlist: saves all changes done to the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5748 -msgid "Save Playlist as: saves the current playlist into a file (of type .h2playlist) and location of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5761 -msgid "Add Script to selected song: associates a BASH script (file of type .sh) to the currently selected song of the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5771 -msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5767 -msgid "Edit selected Script: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5778 -msgid "Remove selected Script: removes the selected script from the playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5789 -msgid "The default one is the scripts folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5784 -msgid "Create a new Script: creates a new and empty .sh scrip at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:5802 -msgid "MIDI API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:5804 -msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to MIDI messages. This is either done using the available MIDI Actions or using the MIDI-learnable Widgets, like knobs or faders, both triggered using MIDI Events." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5808 -msgid "Before you can work with MIDI actions you should have your MIDI devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5813 -msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external MIDI Events to Hydrogen's MIDI Actions. For all other parameters of the MIDI API please see the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:5819 -msgid "MIDI Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:5822 -msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5830 -msgid "An MIDI Event is an incoming MIDI message, originating from e.g. a MIDI controller or an external sequencer. A MIDI Action is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific MIDI Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the MIDI System tab of the Preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:5842 -#: manual.docbook:5863 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/rec.png' md5='4256277cfa68efdb41cbbcd9ae1fa116'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5833 -msgid "You can also define MIDI bindings by simply pressing the Red circle. button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your MIDI keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the Event Param. value will now show the MIDI note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:5854 -msgid "You can also define a binding without the Red circle. button by setting the Event Param. manually to the desired MIDI note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:5869 -msgid "The Action Param. column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding Actions reference for details)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5874 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:5876 -msgid "Three types of MIDI Events are available (as described in the MIDI standard):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5882 -msgid "NOTE: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5886 -msgid "CC: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5890 -msgid "MMC_x: machine control events coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:5900 -msgid "Actions" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5903 -msgid "Some of the MIDI Actions require that the Action Param. is configured. This parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that its value is zero-based. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter in the Action Param. field ( for channel 2, for channel 3, and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5912 -msgid "<<_PREVIOUS_BAR: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5919 -msgid ">>_NEXT_BAR: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5925 -msgid "BEATCOUNTER: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5935 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5932 -msgid "BPM_CC_RELATIVE: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the Action Param you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5944 -msgid "BPM_DECR: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:5949 -#: manual.docbook:5961 -#: manual.docbook:5974 -msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in Song mode or Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5957 -msgid "BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE: as but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5969 -msgid "BPM_INCR: increases the current tempo by the supplied value." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5981 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: changes the volume level of an FX provided as an integer between and . The value you enter in the Action Param determines the Instrument Channel Strip the Action will be applied to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:5989 -msgid "Not implemented yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5986 -msgid "EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE: <_:warning-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:5996 -msgid "FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE: for a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the instrument strip specified using the Action Param to . For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6005 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: sets the Master output volume to the value provided by the MIDI event times 1.5 and divided by 127." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6009 -msgid "MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE: changes the Master output volume, relative to its current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6017 -msgid "MUTE: mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6021 -msgid "MUTE_TOGGLE: toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6026 -msgid "PAN_ABSOLUTE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param to the absolute value - from to - that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6030 -msgid "PAN_RELATIVE: changes the pan of an instrument determined by the Action Param relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6036 -msgid "PAUSE: pauses playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6040 -msgid "PLAY: starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6044 -msgid "PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6052 -msgid "PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE: works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6059 -msgid "PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG: opens the song in the current playlist corresponding to the song number specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6066 -msgid "PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG: opens the previous song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6073 -msgid "PLAYLIST_SONG: opens the next song in the current playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6080 -msgid "RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6088 -msgid "RECORD_EXIT: deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6095 -msgid "RECORD_READY: toggles recording (same as pressing the record button in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6103 -msgid "RECORD_STROBE: activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6110 -msgid "REDO_ACTION: redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6116 -msgid "SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN: works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6123 -msgid "SELECT_INSTRUMENT: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming MIDI Event." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6133 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6128 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN: switches to the pattern specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6139 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE: like but only take effect in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6149 -msgid "This Action does only increment the pattern number and will only take effect if Hydrogen is in Stacked mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6144 -msgid "SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE: switches Action Param patterns forward. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6159 -msgid "If either Song mode or Stacked mode is activated, this action will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6155 -msgid "SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN: clears the list of patterns scheduled to be played next and adds the one specified in Action Param. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6165 -msgid "STOP: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6170 -msgid "STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6175 -msgid "STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE: mutes the instrument specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6180 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6185 -msgid "STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE: see , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip specified in Action Param." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6190 -msgid "TAP_TEMPO: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6196 -msgid "TOGGLE_METRONOME: toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6201 -msgid "UNDO_ACTION: undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6206 -msgid "UNMUTE: unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6215 -msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6217 -msgid "Apart from the dedicated MIDI Actions a lot of GUI elements, such as faders or knobs, can also be controlled via MIDI messages. To configure an element to listen for incoming MIDI Events, press Shift while left-clicking it. A 'Waiting for MIDI input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your MIDI device." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6223 -msgid "If the element that does not support MIDI automation, a different popup will inform you." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6231 -msgid "OSC API" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6232 -msgid "Open Sound Control (OSC) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the MIDI protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6242 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6244 -msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send OSC messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware OSC controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program oscsend." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen -#: manual.docbook:6250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6255 -msgid "To enable OSC support in Hydrogen, open the OSC tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable OSC support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming OSC messages." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6263 -msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by liblo package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:6269 -msgid "oscsend should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the OSC server. If the Enable OSC feedback option in the OSC tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every oscsend command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using oscsend is fine." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6277 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6280 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6282 -msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen -#: manual.docbook:6284 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -" $ oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6288 -msgid "with the supported types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6290 -msgid "' ': no argument required" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6291 -msgid "i: int32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6292 -msgid "f: float32" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6293 -msgid "s: OSC-string (ASCII)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: manual.docbook:6296 -msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6300 -msgid "ff: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6305 -msgid "' ',[f]: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support TouchOSC all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets [f] to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6314 -msgid "[0,]: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the range column. For continuous values squared brackets [LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT] are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6322 -msgid "{-1;0;1}: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon {VALUE;...} and usually feature the most convenient input options." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6328 -msgid "1.0: also in order to support TouchOSC all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the range column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:6335 -msgid "X: all commands ending with a /X/ require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: manual.docbook:6347 -msgid "All Commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:6350 -msgid "All OSC Messages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6357 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6358 -msgid "type" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6359 -msgid "range" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6360 -msgid "description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6365 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6366 -#: manual.docbook:6372 -#: manual.docbook:6378 -#: manual.docbook:6385 -#: manual.docbook:6395 -#: manual.docbook:6403 -#: manual.docbook:6409 -#: manual.docbook:6415 -#: manual.docbook:6421 -#: manual.docbook:6427 -#: manual.docbook:6433 -#: manual.docbook:6482 -#: manual.docbook:6490 -#: manual.docbook:6520 -#: manual.docbook:6526 -#: manual.docbook:6532 -#: manual.docbook:6623 -#: manual.docbook:6629 -#: manual.docbook:6635 -#: manual.docbook:6641 -#: manual.docbook:6675 -#: manual.docbook:6701 -#: manual.docbook:6713 -#: manual.docbook:6719 -msgid "' ',[f]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6368 -msgid "Starts playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6371 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAUSE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6374 -msgid "Stops playback." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6377 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STOP/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6380 -msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6384 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6387 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6394 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6397 -msgid "Works the same as if the playback has not started yet and same as. otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6402 -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_READY/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6405 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button) if the playback has not started yet." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6408 -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6411 -msgid "Toggles recording (same as pressing the record button)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6414 -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_STROBE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6417 -msgid "Activates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6420 -msgid "/Hydrogen/RECORD_EXIT/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6423 -msgid "Deactivates recording." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6426 -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEXT_BAR/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6429 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6432 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PREVIOUS_BAR/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6435 -msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6438 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6439 -#: manual.docbook:6447 -#: manual.docbook:6454 -#: manual.docbook:6463 -#: manual.docbook:6472 -#: manual.docbook:6498 -#: manual.docbook:6513 -#: manual.docbook:6538 -#: manual.docbook:6544 -#: manual.docbook:6554 -#: manual.docbook:6565 -#: manual.docbook:6576 -#: manual.docbook:6582 -#: manual.docbook:6591 -#: manual.docbook:6601 -#: manual.docbook:6609 -#: manual.docbook:6617 -#: manual.docbook:6647 -#: manual.docbook:6654 -#: manual.docbook:6661 -#: manual.docbook:6668 -#: manual.docbook:6681 -msgid "f" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6440 -#: manual.docbook:6448 -#: manual.docbook:6455 -#: manual.docbook:6514 -#: manual.docbook:6618 -#: manual.docbook:6682 -msgid "[0,]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6441 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, switch to pattern f. If Hydrogen is in Song mode, the command will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6446 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_AND_PLAY_NEXT_PATTERN/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6449 -msgid "Works as combined with ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6453 -msgid "/Hydrogen/RELOCATE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6456 -msgid "If Hydrogen is in Song mode, locates the playhead to pattern number f. If Hydrogen is in Pattern mode, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6462 -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_DECR/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6465 -msgid "Decreases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and the Timeline is activated." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6471 -msgid "/Hydrogen/BPM_INCR/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6474 -msgid "Increases the current tempo by f. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in Song mode and Tempo Marker has been passed." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6481 -msgid "/Hydrogen/BEATCOUNTER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6484 -msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the Beat Counter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6489 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TAP_TEMPO/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6492 -msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using Tap Tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6497 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6499 -msgid "{0,1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6500 -msgid "Activates the Timeline if f is not zero and deactivates it otherwise." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6504 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6505 -msgid "ff" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6506 -msgid "[0,] [10,400]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6507 -msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the Timeline. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6512 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6515 -msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar f on the Timeline." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6519 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6522 -msgid "Mutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6525 -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNMUTE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6528 -msgid "Unmutes the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6531 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MUTE_TOGGLE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6534 -msgid "Toggles the muting of the Master output (sequencer keeps running)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6537 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6539 -#: manual.docbook:6555 -msgid "[0.0,1.5]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6540 -msgid "Sets the volume of the Master fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6543 -msgid "/Hydrogen/MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6545 -#: manual.docbook:6566 -msgid "{-1;0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6546 -msgid "Changes the Master output volume, relative to the current setting. For a value of it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 ,: 0 ,: +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6553 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6556 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6564 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6567 -msgid "See , but applies to the Instrument Channel Strip provided in the OSC command path as X. Please not that this only affects Instrument Channel Strips. Strip volume control for Component Channel Strips is not implemented yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6575 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6577 -msgid "[0.0,1.0]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6578 -msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip X." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6581 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PAN_RELATIVE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6583 -msgid "{-1;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6584 -msgid "Changes the pan of the Instrument Channel Strip X, relative to the current value. For a value of it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (: -0.05 , : +0.05)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6590 -msgid "/Hydrogen/FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6592 -msgid "[0,127]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6593 -msgid "For a value of it sets the Filter Cutoff of the Instrument Channel Strip X to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6600 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6603 -msgid "Toggles muting of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6608 -msgid "/Hydrogen/STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6611 -msgid "Toggles soloing of Instrument Channel Strip X. Input argument will be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6616 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6619 -msgid "Opens song f of the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6622 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6625 -msgid "Opens the next song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6628 -msgid "/Hydrogen/PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6631 -msgid "Opens the previous song in the Playlist." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6634 -msgid "/Hydrogen/UNDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6637 -msgid "Undoes the previous action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6640 -msgid "/Hydrogen/REDO_ACTION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6643 -msgid "Redoes the previous undone action." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6646 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6648 -#: manual.docbook:6655 -#: manual.docbook:6662 -#: manual.docbook:6669 -msgid "{0;1}" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6649 -msgid "Deactivated the JACK transport support for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6653 -msgid "/Hydrogen/JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6656 -msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as JACK Timebase Master for a value of and registers it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6660 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6663 -msgid "Deactivated Song mode for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6667 -msgid "/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6670 -msgid "Deactivated looped playback for a value of and activates it for all others." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6674 -msgid "/Hydrogen/TOGGLE_METRONOME/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6677 -msgid "Toggles the metronome." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6680 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SELECT_INSTRUMENT/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6683 -msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6686 -msgid "/Hydrogen/NEW_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6687 -#: manual.docbook:6694 -#: manual.docbook:6707 -msgid "s" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6689 -msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6693 -msgid "/Hydrogen/OPEN_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6696 -msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6700 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6703 -msgid "Saves the current song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6706 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_SONG_AS/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6709 -msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path s." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6712 -msgid "/Hydrogen/SAVE_PREFERENCES/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6715 -msgid "Saves the preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6718 -msgid "/Hydrogen/QUIT/" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:6721 -msgid "Exits Hydrogen." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:6732 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6735 -msgid "A New Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:6737 -msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical of this document for a more detailed overview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6743 -msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6745 -msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: Pattern mode and Song mode. When Pattern mode is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In Song mode the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6754 -msgid "A New Pattern" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:6774 -msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of , you can't go back to and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose from the Grid Resolution LCD in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). Be sure to select the correct pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6755 -msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: Pattern mode should be selected by default. Now let's click on the Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. button in the Main Toolbar, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by left-clicking in the grid of the Pattern Editor (see ). Adjust the grid resolution and tempo if needed. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6789 -msgid "The Pattern Editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6792 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='7f9b5aa7c144e4c3104017ce5fcc0ee7'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6799 -msgid "A New Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6801 -msgid "Once patterns are created (), we can copy/paste/delete them using the Select mode." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:6806 -msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:6809 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='af6d57845fa39b40cfa580bf62879e72'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6816 -msgid "Adjust from the Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6818 -msgid "Of course we can always use the Mixer window, either when creating or playing patterns." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6903 -msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with OSS audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6821 -msgid "The Mixer (see ) is made of a number independent Instrument Channel Strips, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a Master Fader Strip and a Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". button to show and hide the FX Plugin Rack. Every line features 3 buttons ( Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. Grey button containing a black \"S\". Grey button containing a black \"M\". ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on Grey button containing a black \"S\". will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button Grey button containing a black \"M\". , simply mute that instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of and (in you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see . <_:tip-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:6922 -msgid "Create a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6925 -msgid "Creating a New Drumkit" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6926 -msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the conceptional design of a drumkit first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6931 -msgid "Creating a new drumkit with Hydrogen is done with the Instrument Editor. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: manual.docbook:6936 -msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also open or download an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:6941 -msgid "Lets make a brand new drum kit:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6943 -msgid "in the Main Menu select Drumkits New . This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select Instruments Add instrument and to delete one, right-click a instrument and select Delete Instrument." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6959 -msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by left-clicking on the name of the instrument in the Sidebar. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6965 -msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select Drumkits Save As . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to overwrite an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6978 -msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the data directory (i.e. $HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: step/para -#: manual.docbook:6984 -msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using Drumkits Export from the Main Menu. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:6999 -msgid "Creating a New Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7001 -msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several samples and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7005 -msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select Instruments Add instrument . This will give you a blank instrument to start from." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7012 -msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the data/drumkits folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually $HOME/.hydrogen/data/)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7017 -msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on Layers. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the velocity of the incoming note. Click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". and point the Audio File Browser to your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7033 -msgid "The Audio File Browser will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7041 -msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a 1 at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". to bring in another sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7058 -msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the first sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the velocity ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a left-right drag cursor. Now drag the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7066 -msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see Sample Selection for further info)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7071 -msgid "Now, in the Drumkit Editor, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the Note Properties Editor so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to loop and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see ." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7078 -msgid "For each layer, you can set the Gain and the Pitch. The pitch also has a Fine adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7082 -msgid "Use the Gain adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: manual.docbook:7091 -msgid "It is very easy to set the Gain too high, causing your sample to clip. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7108 -msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The Pitch knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7114 -msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7121 -msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: manual.docbook:7126 -msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7128 -msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7132 -msgid "Turn down the gain. Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a gain stage. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by clipping. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7140 -msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a LADSPA effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7145 -msgid "Test samples at full velocity. Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (Hint: clipping.)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7151 -msgid "Try to use samples that are -6 dB max. Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7156 -msgid "Remove all DC offsets from the sample. In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7166 -msgid "The ADSR will not be longer than your sample. If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7171 -msgid "Things change with the sample rate. If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things will change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7180 -msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using MIDI), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: manual.docbook:7191 -msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: part/title -#: manual.docbook:7202 -msgid "Appendix" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7205 -msgid "Used File Types" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: manual.docbook:7207 -msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7212 -msgid "*.h2pattern: XML file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the pattern editor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7217 -msgid "*.h2song: XML file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are group of patterns with their properties and are manager using the song editor" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7222 -msgid "*.h2playlist: XML file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: manual.docbook:7226 -msgid "*.h2drumkit: a compressed and archived folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and a description XML file. Drumkits are basically group of sound samples." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: manual.docbook:7235 -msgid "Shortcut Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: table/title -#: manual.docbook:7237 -msgid "Shortcut Table" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7243 -msgid "Shortcut" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7244 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7249 -msgid "Ctrl + N" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7250 -msgid "New Project" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7253 -msgid "Ctrl + O" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7254 -msgid "Open File" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7257 -msgid "Ctrl + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7258 -msgid "Open Demo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7261 -msgid "Ctrl + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7262 -msgid "Save Song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7265 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + S" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7266 -msgid "Save Song as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7269 -msgid "Ctrl + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7270 -msgid "Export Pattern as" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7273 -msgid "Ctrl + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7274 -msgid "Export MIDI file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7277 -msgid "Ctrl + E" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7278 -msgid "Export Song (see )" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7281 -msgid "Ctrl + L" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7282 -msgid "Export LilyPond file" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7285 -msgid "Ctrl + Q" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7286 -msgid "Quit Hydrogen" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7289 -msgid "Ctrl + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7290 -msgid "Undo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7293 -msgid "Ctrl + Shift + Z" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7294 -msgid "Redo an action" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7297 -msgid "Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7298 -msgid "Show Director" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7301 -msgid "Alt + M" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7302 -msgid "Show Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7305 -msgid "Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7306 -msgid "Show Instrument Rack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7309 -msgid "Alt + A" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7310 -msgid "Show Automation Path" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7313 -msgid "Alt + F" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7314 -msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7317 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + I" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7318 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7321 -msgid "Ctrl + Alt + D" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7322 -msgid "Set Input mode to " -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7325 -msgid "Alt + P" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7326 -msgid "Show Preferences" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7329 -msgid "Alt + ?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7330 -msgid "Show Manual" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7333 -msgid "Backspace" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7334 -msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7337 -msgid "Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7338 -msgid "Play / Pause" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7341 -msgid "Ctrl + Space" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7342 -msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to Alt + Space." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7345 -msgid "," -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7346 -msgid "Use the Beat Counter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7349 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7350 -msgid "Use Tap Tempo" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7353 -msgid "+" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7354 -msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7357 -msgid "-" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7358 -msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7361 -msgid "F5" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7362 -msgid "Jump to previous song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7365 -msgid "F6" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7366 -msgid "Jump to next song in playlist" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7369 -msgid "F9" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7370 -msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7373 -msgid "F10" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7374 -msgid "Jump to next bar in the song" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7377 -msgid "F12" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: row/entry -#: manual.docbook:7378 -msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/title -#: manual.docbook:7387 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossary/para -#: manual.docbook:7389 -msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7402 -msgid "ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7404 -msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the Attack, Decay, Sustain, and Release parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7412 -msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the attack phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full velocity. After reaching full velocity, the volume will decay until it reaches the sustain level. When the note is released, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7421 -msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7424 -msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article ADSR Envelope" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7437 -msgid "Attack" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7439 -msgid "This is the first phase of an ADSR envelope. It represents the amount of time to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full velocity." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7448 -msgid "Attenuation" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7450 -msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7460 -msgid "Band-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7462 -msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7475 -msgid "Clipping" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7477 -msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7482 -msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7488 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7490 -msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7504 -msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: manual.docbook:7507 -msgid "In addition, all layers belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the Component Channel Strips in the Mixer." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7495 -msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7516 -msgid "Cutoff Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7518 -msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7523 -msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7540 -msgid "Decay" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7542 -msgid "After the attack phase, this is the amount of time for the volume of a note to decrease from full velocity to the sustain level." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7551 -msgid "DC-offset" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7553 -msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7554 -msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when normalized (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7567 -msgid "Envelope Generator" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7569 -msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7575 -msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7577 -msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also ADSR" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7588 -msgid "Fader" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7590 -msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7597 -msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7599 -msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7612 -msgid "Gain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7614 -msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7622 -msgid "High-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7624 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7635 -msgid "Instrument" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7637 -msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7648 -msgid "Layer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7650 -msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a layer), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7655 -msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will not sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7667 -msgid "Low-Pass Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7669 -msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7680 -msgid "Mute" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7682 -msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7688 -msgid "Mute Group" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7690 -msgid "A group of instruments (samples) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be muted (stop playing) immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7692 -msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7706 -msgid "Normalization" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7708 -msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform gain to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7716 -msgid "Octave" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7718 -msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7721 -msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they sound like the same distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7732 -msgid "Pan" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7734 -msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: figure/title -#: manual.docbook:7744 -msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: manual.docbook:7747 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='img/matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='cf558ea6f4eb3f7c167422add4e5365b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7737 -msgid "The effect of note Pan depends on the instrument Pan knob, which is set in the Mixer. Look to next figure to see how the Resultant Pan is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the note Pan value moves the Resultant Pan in a smaller pan range centered at instrument Pan, whose extension depends on instrument Pan value. Some examples: if instrument Pan is central, note Pan moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if instrument Pan is sided, note Pan moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at instrument Pan; if instrument Pan is HARD-sided, note Pan doesn't have any effect." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7763 -msgid "The way the Resultant Pan will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the Pan Law in the Mixer settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7775 -msgid "Release" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7777 -msgid "The amount of time to reduce the volume of a note from the sustain level to 0." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7786 -msgid "Resonance" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7788 -msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7797 -msgid "Resonance Filter" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7799 -msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7813 -msgid "Roll-off" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7815 -msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7818 -msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7835 -msgid "Sample" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7837 -msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7843 -msgid "Sustain" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7845 -msgid "The level (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the decay and the release. It is given as percentage of the velocity and does not depend on time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm -#: manual.docbook:7857 -msgid "Velocity" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7859 -msgid "How hard you hit a note." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para -#: manual.docbook:7861 -msgid "MIDI devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back." -msgstr "" - Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/MidiInstrumentMapping.ods and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/MidiInstrumentMapping.ods differ diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/README.md hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/README.md --- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/README.md 2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000 +++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/README.md 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -Hydrogen Documentation -====================== - -Contents: - -1. Overview -2. Installation and Usage -3. Translators -4. Documentors -5. Developers -6. XML and Validation -7. Additional DocBook Authoring Restrictions - -# 1. Overview - - -Hydrogen documentation is maintained in `DocBook 4.5` (XML) and -translated to HTML before release. Different translations are managed -through `GNU gettext` PO files. When the documentation is generated, -the PO files and the master documentation are merged to create the doc -for that specific language. - -This document is split up into the three types of people who may want -to contribute to Hydrogen documentation: Translators, Documentors, -and Developers. A section is devoted to each one, individually. - -This document assumes that you don't know much, and tries to give you -pointers to the stuff you need to know. - -# 2. Installation and Usage - -The following tools you must install in order to maintain and process the -documentation (on Debian-based systems). - -``` bash -sudo apt install itstool gettext xmlto libxml2-utils make -``` - -To update the resulting HTML files after changing a master -document (manual.docbook and tutorial.docbook) or a translation -(*.po), you just have to enter - -``` bash -make -``` - -## 2.1. Detailed description - -The toolchain consists of the following programs: - - [itstool](http://itstool.org/index.html) - Uses the rules of the - W3C Internationalization Tag Set (ITS) to create the translation - templates (*.pot) based on the - original DocBook source and merges the compiled *.mo files with - the original to produce the translated DocBook files. - - `msgmerge`, `msginit`, `msgfmt` - Are part of the - [gettext](https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/gettext.html) - internationalization - framework and used to update, initialize, and compile the - *.po translation files. - - [xmlto](https://pagure.io/xmlto/) - Converts DocBook files to - HTML. (Note that `xmlto` is part of libxml2 and can convert - DocBook to much more than just HTML.) - - [xmllint](http://xmlsoft.org/) - Used to validate the DocBook - files against the DocBook DTD. - - `make` - GNU's make utility. - -# 3. Translators - -To translate documentation for Hydrogen you will need: - -* A PO-file editor. (Note that a text editor works fine, but a - translation assistant like `poedit` is better.) -* To be able to read and understand English. - -If you don't have all the tools listed in Section 2 or do not know how -to install them on your particular system, that's OK. Ask the -[Hydrogen Developer -list](https://sourceforge.net/projects/hydrogen/lists/hydrogen-devel) -and someone there can process files for you. - -To make a new translation of the Hydrogen manual or tutorial, you -should use the following command - -``` bash -msginit -l LL -i manual.pot -o manual_LL.po -``` - -Note that the `_LL` is added to the translation template, and `LL` is -the IANA abbreviation code for -that language. (E.g. 'ja' is for 'Japanese.') The registry for the -codes is located here: - - http://www.iana.org/assignments/language-subtag-registry - -All translation files (.po) will be updated and converted to .html -files as soon as one of the master documents - manual.docbook or -tutorial.docbook - is touched and the `make` command is executed. - -You can either see the changes using the commandline tool `diff`, the -graphical program `meld`, or your favorite translation editor. - -NOTICE: Before creating the HTML file, the document will be -validated. If the document does not validate, you will have to alter -your translation file so that the output is a valid DocBook document. -For more information on Validation, see Section 6. - -RULES AND GUIDELINES FOR TRANSLATING: - -* No new content. New content must be first added to the master - (English) manual, and then translated to all the other manuals. - -* All content enclosed by angle brackets must not be translated. E.g. - -``` xml - "Hydrogen Tutorial -``` - will be translated to - -``` xml - "Tutoriel de Hydrogen -``` - -* Maintain the DocBook XML structure as closely as possible. Do - not add sections, divide paragraphs, or alter the markup - significantly. - -* The English translation uses a little humor to try to keep the - reading interesting. When this happens, the language and idioms - being used are very cultural. Please do *NOT* translate the - words literally. Instead, please translate the ideas to your - culture as you see fit. We've asked the Documentors to mark - when this is happening so that you don't miss the joke. This - should show up in the PO file. - -* If your culture doesn't like American-style informal writing, - please feel free to make a humor-less translation. - -* Submit translations to the Hydrogen Developers list - (hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net) - -# 4. Documentors - -The master documents - manual.docbook and tutorial.docbook - are in -English. All new content and major revisions shall be done there -first. In order to work on the documentation, you will need: - -* To know and understand [DocBook](https://tdg.docbook.org/tdg/4.5/docbook.html) well. - -* To know and understand Hydrogen well enough to *ask* - *questions*. - -* An XML editor (note: any text editor will do). - -* A way to create images. (e.g. Inkscape, GIMP, PhotoShop) - -What you write is pretty much your own style. Please *do* keep the -text interesting to read by using wit and a more familiar -conversational style. If you are using an English pun or expression -that is intended to convey humor, please mark it so that the -translator gets the joke: - - - -(Ahem, don't ask me how I came up with that one.....) - -Before submitting (or committing) your changes, please make sure that -your documents validate (see Section 6 below). Some guidelines: - -* Use double-quotes for all attributes. - Good: `````` - Bad: `````` - -* Please make good use of `````` and `````` tags for - internal links within the document. - -* Since we're using `````` and ``````'s -- if you change - an id=".." attribute, make sure that you change all its - references, too. If you create a broken link, the document - won't validate. - -* Do not make reference to specific section numbers, figure numbers, - or titles (e.g. "See section 2.1.3 The Menu Bar"). Instead, use - `````` tags so that this text will be generated for you. - -* For italics, you do not need to set the role="italic" attribute, - since that is the default. To get boldface, you must use - role="bold". - Example: ```really``` - Bad: ```might``` - -* For web links, don't write the URL twice. The processor will do - that for you, and it makes it more readable. - Good: `````` - Bad: ```http://www.google.com``` - -* Don't worry about typesetting in the DocBook documents. That's - what XSL and CSS stylesheets are for. Get the content done, and - then worry about formatting. Don't get distracted by stuff like - section indents or relative font sizes. - -* However, *do* worry about typesetting on pre-formatted tags like - `````` and `````` and ``````. Extra spaces and - indents in the source document *will* carry through all the way - to the final document. - -# 5. Developers -------------- - -Since we don't want to add `xmlto`, `itstool`, `xmllint`, `msgmerge`, -`msgfmt`, and the DocBook DTD's to our normal build requirements: All -HTML files need to be generated and committed before releasing. After -the release, the generated HTML files can (and should) be deleted. Do -not commit the generated DocBook documents. - -If you are preparing a Hydrogen release, you must have all the tools -listed above so that you can process the documents. You may also need -to understand DocBook enough to help a translator with validation -issues. (See Section 6 below.) - -The reason for doing it this way is that the tools are not very -portable across Linux, Mac, and Windows. Nor or they even very -portable across different Linux distributions. However, the tools are -fairly stable on Debian/Ubuntu -- which most of the current developers -are using. - -# 6. XML and Validation ---------------------- - -DocBook is a specific flavor of XML and in case you already have read -or written HTML code in recent years - since its port to XHTML - you -can get started with DocBook in no time. To read more about XML, check -out the Wikipedia article: - - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XML - -Some basics: - -* The tags are case sensitive. `````` and `````` are not the same. - -* Closing tags are not optional. -* Empty tags are like this:
. - -If a document follows all the rules of XML, it is called -"Well-Formed." For example, the following is a well-formed XML -document: - - - - It's to as - you go - -But the following is *NOT* a well-formed XML document: - - - - It's to as - you go - -(Can you find the errors? If you get stumped, feed it to a -validator.) - -While it's imperative that documents be well-formed, many documents -(such as DocBook) have a specific structure that must be maintained. -For example, in HTML you should only have paragraphs inside of the -body: - - -

I am the very model of a modern - major general.

- - -But, if I do this, it will still be well-formed XML: - -

- I am the very model of a modern - major general. -

- -It is not, however, a Valid HTML document. The W3C published a DTD -(Document Type Definition) for HTML that clearly specifies that the -former is OK and the latter is degenerate. - -When a document is checked against the DTD, it is said to be "Valid" -or "Validated" if it passes all the requirements of the DTD. - -Validation is important, because our DocBook source files are going to -be _processed_ by several automatic tools. These tools know the -structure of DocBook, and are able to generate output based on that. -However, if we feed them an invalid document, the tools may process -the data -- but they probably won't process it *right*. - -# 7. Additional DocBook Authoring Restrictions -------------------------------------- - -It has been found that the toolchain is assuming some things about the -document structure that are not specified in any DTD. Thus, in order -to get our files to work with poxml, we have to add the following -restrictions: - -* `````` may not contain an `````` - -* The 'msgid' string inside the .po file may not contain an empty - element. So, if you have some text that includes - ``````, you will need to convert - it to ```http://www.foo.bar``` - -* You must use double quotes (") for attributes, not single ('), - even though BOTH are OK in XML. - -* The manual may not have '>', it must always be ```>```. - -* Avoid embedding a lot of structured markup inside a paragraph. - For example: - ``` - Install hydrogen like this: - - $ apt-get hydrogen - - - ``` - - This makes things a little funky in the PO files. Also, it - doesn't really make sense to embed a `````` (like HTML ```
```)
-    inside of a ``````.  Instead, do it like this:
-    ```
-       Install hydrogen like this:
-       
-         $ apt-get hydrogen
-       
-       ```
-
-    However, if you *really* need to, go ahead and try it.  Just
-    be sure to test that it will match the strings for translation.
-
-* If you change indentation... in tags... be careful how that
-    affects the .po files.  For example, if you had:
-
-        batzap
-
-    But change it to:
-
-        
-        
-          bat
-          zap
-        
-        
-
-    You will need to add spaces in the .po files like this:
-
-    Before: ```batzap```
-    After:  ``` bat zap ";
-  --revadded-after: "";
-
-  --revchanged-background-color: var(--secondary-color);
-  --revchanged-color: var(--on-secondary-color);
-  --revchanged-before: "";
-  --revchanged-after: "";
-
-  --revdeleted-background-color: var(--error-color);
-  --revdeleted-color: var(--on-error-color);
-  --revdeleted-before: "";
-  --revdeleted-after: "";
-
-  --note-border-color: #6666ff;
-  --note-border-style: 2pt solid var(--note-border-color);
-  --note-color: #6666ff22;
-  --on-note-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-
-  --tip-border-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --tip-border-style: 2pt solid var(--tip-border-color);
-  --tip-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --on-tip-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-
-  --important-border-color: var(--secondary-color);
-  --important-border-style: 2pt solid var(--important-border-color);
-  --important-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --on-important-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-
-  --caution-border-color: var(--secondary-color);
-  --caution-border-style: 2pt solid var(--caution-border-color);
-  --caution-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --on-caution-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-
-  --warning-border-color: var(--error-border-color);
-  --warning-border-style: 2pt solid var(--warning-border-color);
-  --warning-color: var(--error-color);
-  --on-warning-color: var(--on-error-color);
-
-  --danger-border-color: var(--error-border-color);
-  --danger-border-style: 2pt solid var(--danger-border-color);
-  --danger-color: var(--error-color);
-  --on-danger-color: var(--on-error-color);
-
-  --debug-background-color: var(--error-color);
-  --debug-color: var(--on-error-color);
-
-  --remark-background-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --remark-color: var(--on-primary-color);
-  --remark-border-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --remark-border-style: 1px solid var(--remark-border-color);
-
-  --annotation-separator-border-style: 2px dashed var(--border-color);
-
-  --annotation-header-background-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --annotation-header-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-  --annotation-header-separator-border-style: 1px solid var(--primary-color);
-  --annotation-body-border-style: 1px solid var(--primary-color);
-
-  --nav-background-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --error-border-style: 1px solid var(--error-border-color);
-  --keycap-box-shadow: 1px 1px 1px 0px rgba(0,0,0,0.75);
-  --popup-annotation-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --on-popup-annotation-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-  --popup-annotation-border-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --popup-annotation-border-style: 1px solid var(--popup-annotation-border-color);
-
-  --popup-annotation-header-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --on-popup-annotation-header-color: var(--on-primary-color);
-  --popup-annotation-header-separator-border-style: 1px solid var(--popup-annotation-border-color);
-
-  --js-controls-border-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --js-controls-border-style: 1px solid var(--js-controls-border-color);
-  --js-controls-header-color: var(--primary-color);
-  --on-js-controls-header-color: var(--on-primary-color);
-  --js-controls-header-separator-border-style: 1px solid var(--popup-annotation-border-color);
-  --js-controls-color: var(--surface-color);
-  --on-js-controls-color: var(--on-surface-color);
-
-  --line-height: 1.75rem;
-}
-
-/* These choices are inspired by the material design system. Someone
-   with actual graphical design skills would do it better. Pull
-   requests gleefully accepted.
- */
-
-html.materials-dark {
-  --background-color: #121212;
-  --surface-color: #121212;
-  --primary-color: #bb86fc;
-  --primary-variant-color: #3700b3;
-  --secondary-color: #03dac6;
-  --error-color: #cf6679;
-  --error-border-color: #b00020;
-  --on-background-color: #ffffff;
-  --on-surface-color: #ffffff;
-  --on-primary-color: #000000;
-  --on-primary-variant-color: #ffffff;
-  --on-secondary-color: #000000;
-  --on-error-color: #000000;
-  --enabled-color: rgb(44,33,56);
-  --hovered-color: rgb(49,38,63);
-  --focused-color: rgb(63,51,74);
-  --modal-overlay-color: rgba(18,18,18,0.85);
-  --keycap-box-shadow: 1px 1px 1px 0px rgba(255,255,255,0.75);
-}
-
-html.materials-light {
-  --background-color: #ffffff;
-  --surface-color: #ffffff;
-  --primary-color: #6200ee;
-  --primary-variant-color: #3700b3;
-  --secondary-color: #03dac6;
-  --error-color: #b00020;
-  --error-border-color: #cf6679;
-  --on-background-color: #000000;
-  --on-surface-color: #000000;
-  --on-primary-color: #ffffff;
-  --on-primary-variant-color: #ffffff;
-  --on-secondary-color: #000000;
-  --on-error-color: #ffffff;
-  --enabled-color: rgb(240,240,240);
-  --hovered-color: rgb(235,235,235);
-  --focused-color: rgb(221,221,221);
-  --modal-overlay-color: rgba(255,255,255,0.85);
-}
-
-html {
-  padding: 0;
-  margin-top: 0;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  margin-left: auto;
-  margin-right: auto;
-  font-family: var(--body-family);
-  color: var(--on-background-color);
-  background-color: var(--background-color);
-  height: 100%;
-  width: 100%;
-  line-height: var(--line-height);
-  font-size: 13.5pt;
-  scroll-padding-top: 40px;
-}
-
-/* https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2020/07/css-techniques-legibility/ */
-@supports (font-size-adjust: 1;) {
-  html {
-    font-size-adjust: 0.5;
-  }
-}
-
-body {
-  min-height: 100%;
-  padding-top: 0;
-  padding-left: 0;
-  padding-right: 0;
-  padding-bottom: 0;
-  margin-top: 0;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  margin-left: 1rem;
-  margin-right: 1rem;
-  display: grid;
-  grid-template-rows: 1fr auto;
-  grid-template-columns: 100%;
-}
-
-.error * {
-  background-color: var(--error-color);
-  color: var(--on-error-color);
-  padding-left: 2px;
-  padding-right: 2px;
-}
-
-span.error {
-  display: inline-block;
-  border: var(--error-border-style);
-  border-radius: 4px;
-  padding: 2px;
-  margin-right: 0.5em;
-}
-
-span.error::before {
-  content: " ☞ ";
-}
-
-span.error::after {
-  content: " ☜ ";
-}
-
-span.error.broken-link::after {
-  content: " 🔗 ";
-}
-
-.firstterm {
-  font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-.trademark::after {
-  content: "™";
-}
-
-.trademark.trade::after {
-  content: "™";
-}
-
-.trademark.copyright::after {
-  content: "©";
-  vertical-align: super;
-  font-size: 85%;
-}
-
-.trademark.registered::after {
-  content: "®";
-  vertical-align: super;
-  font-size: 85%;
-}
-
-.trademark.service::after {
-  content: "℠";
-  vertical-align: super;
-}
-
-.literal {
-  white-space: nowrap;
-}
-
-.nobreak {
-  white-space: nowrap;
-}
-
-.break {
-  white-space: normal;
-}
-
-.xlink-arc-list {
-  display: none;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.debug {
-  display: block;
-  padding-top: 1em;
-  padding-bottom: 1em;
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  background-color: var(--debug-background-color);
-  color: var(--debug-color);
-}
-
-.remark {
-  border: var(--remark-border-style);
-  border-radius: 3px;
-  padding-left: 4px;
-  padding-right: 4px;
-  color: var(--on-surface-color);
-  background: repeating-linear-gradient(
-    135deg,
-    var(--focused-color),
-    var(--focused-color) 5px,
-    var(--enabled-color) 5px,
-    var(--enabled-color) 10px
-  );
-}
-
-span.remark {
-  margin-left: 0.5em;
-  margin-right: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.keycap {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-odd-background-color);
-  border: 1px solid var(--numbered-number-color);
-  border-radius: 3px;
-  padding-top: 0.1em;
-  padding-bottom: 0.1em;
-  padding-left: 0.3em;
-  padding-right: 0.3em;
-  margin: 0;
-  font-size: 85%;
-  box-shadow: var(--keycap-box-shadow);
-}
-
-code, span.screen, p span.command {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-odd-background-color);
-  border: 1px solid var(--numbered-number-color);
-  border-radius: 6px;
-  padding-top: 0.1em;
-  padding-bottom: 0.1em;
-  padding-left: 0.3em;
-  padding-right: 0.3em;
-  margin: 0;
-  font-size: 85%;
-}
-
-code.email {
-  background-color: inherit;
-  border: inherit;
-  font-size: 95%;
-  padding-left: 0;
-  padding-right: 0;
-}
-
-pre code {
-  border: none;
-  background-color: inherit;
-  padding: inherit;
-  font-size: inherit;
-  margin: inherit;
-}
-
-pre.screen {
-  display: block;
-  overflow-x: scroll;
-}
-
-.userinput {
-  font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-a, a:visited {
-  color: inherit;
-}
-
-a.pmuj {
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-.xref-area,
-.xref-areaset,
-.xref-co {
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-.xref {
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-.xref-area,
-.xref-areaset,
-.xref-co,
-.xref-step,
-.xref-listitem {
-  font-style: normal;
-}
-
-.xref .prefix,
-.xref .sep,
-.xref-question .label,
-.xref-answer .label {
-  font-style: normal;
-}
-
-.footnote-number a,
-.footnote-number a:visited {
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
-  color: var(--on-header-color);
-  background-color: var(--header-color);
-  font-family: var(--title-family);
-  font-weight: 600;
-  font-style: normal;
-}
-
-h1 { font-weight: 400;
-  margin-top: 4rem;
-  margin-bottom: 1.5rem;
-  font-size: 3.2rem;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-h2 { font-weight: 400;
-  margin-top: 2.1rem;
-  margin-bottom: 2rem;
-  font-size: 2.2rem;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-h3 { font-weight: 400;
-  font-size: 1.7rem;
-  margin-top: 2rem;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-h4 { font-weight: 400;
-  font-size: 1.5rem;
-  margin-top: 2rem;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-h5 { font-weight: 400;
-  font-size: 1.0rem;
-  margin-top: 1.5rem;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-h6 { font-weight: 400;
-  font-size: 1.0rem;
-  margin-top: 1.5rem;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-.title {
-  color: var(--on-header-color);
-  background-color: var(--header-color);
-  font-weight: bold;
-  font-family: var(--title-family);
-  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
-}    
-
-.book > .list-of-titles > .lot > .title,
-.part > .list-of-titles > .lot > .title {
-  font-weight: 400;
-  font-size: 1.5rem;
-  margin-top: 2rem;
-  margin-bottom: 1rem;
-  line-height: 1;
-}
-
-.titlepage .authorgroup {
-  margin-bottom: 2rem;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.titlepage {
-  text-align: center;
-  margin-bottom: 2em;
-  background-color: var(--hydrogen-color-blue);
-  color: var(--hydrogen-color-white);
-  margin-bottom: 2rem;
-  margin-top: 1rem;
-  padding-left: 1rem;
-  padding-right: 1rem;
-  padding-top: 1rem;
-  padding-bottom: 1rem;
-  border: 1px solid var(--hydrogen-color-black);
-  border-radius: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.titlepage .abstract {
-  text-align: left;
-  margin-left: 5em;
-  margin-right: 5em;
-  border: 1px solid var(--hydrogen-color-black);
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 1em;
-  border-radius: 0.5em;
-  background-color: var(--hydrogen-color-white);
-  color: var(--hydrogen-color-black);
-}
-
-
-.titlepage .abstract .title {
-  background-color: var(--hydrogen-color-white);
-  color: var(--hydrogen-color-black);
-}
-
-.titlepage hr {
-  color: var(--hydrogen-color-white);
-}
-
-.chapter .titlepage {
-  text-align: center;
-  margin-bottom: 2em;
-  background-color: var(--hydrogen-color-blue);
-  color: var(--hydrogen-color-white);
-  margin-bottom: 2rem;
-  margin-top: 1rem;
-  padding-left: 1rem;
-  padding-right: 1rem;
-  padding-top: 0em;
-  padding-bottom: 1rem;
-  border: 1px solid var(--border-color);
-  border-radius: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.titlepage h1, .titlepage h2, .titlepage h3 {
-  margin-top: 0;
-  background-color: inherit;
-  color: inherit;
-}
-
-.sect1 .titlepage {
-  text-align: center;
-  margin-bottom: 2em;
-  background-color: var(--title-color);
-  color: var(--hydrogen-color-blue-dark);
-  margin-bottom: 2rem;
-  margin-top: 1rem;
-  padding-left: 1rem;
-  padding-right: 1rem;
-  padding-top: 1rem;
-  padding-bottom: 1rem;
-  border: 1px solid var(--border-color);
-  border-radius: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.sect1 .titlepage h2, .sect2 .titlepage h3 {
-  margin-bottom: 0em;
-}
-
-.revhistory .title {
-  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--border-color);
-}
-
-.revhistory td p {
-  margin: 0;
-  padding: 0;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.toc {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-.toc li {
-  text-indent: -2em;
-  padding-left: 2em;
-}
-
-ul.toc,
-.toc ul {
-  list-style: none;
-  margin-top: 0;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-  padding-left: 0;
-}
-
-.bibliolist,
-.glosslist {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.generated-index ul {
-  list-style: none;
-  padding-left: 2rem;
-}
-
-.generated-index > ul,
-.generated-indexdiv > ul {
-  padding-left: 0;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.formalgroup {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-.formalgroup.pgwide div {
-  display: inline-block;
-}
-
-table {
-  table-layout: fixed;
-  border-spacing: 0;
-  border-collapse: collapse;
-}
-
-figure.pgwide table {
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-.inlinemediaobject,
-.inlinemediaobject div {
-  display: inline-block;
-}
-
-td, th {
-  padding: 0.25em;
-  text-align: left;
-}
-
-td.bottom,
-th.bottom {
-  vertical-align: bottom;
-}
-
-td.middle,
-th.middle {
-  vertical-align: middle;
-}
-
-td.top,
-th.top {
-  vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-td.center,
-th.center {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-td.left,
-th.left {
-  text-align: left;
-}
-
-td.right,
-th.right {
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-td.justify,
-th.justify {
-  text-align: justify;
-}
-
-td.empty,
-th.empty {
-}
-
-td.btop,
-th.btop {
-  border-top: var(--table-border-style);
-}
-
-td.bleft,
-th.bleft {
-  border-left: var(--table-border-style);
-}
-
-td.colsep,
-th.colsep {
-  border-right: var(--table-border-style);
-}
-
-td.rowsep,
-th.rowsep {
-  border-bottom: var(--table-border-style);
-}
-
-td.char,
-th.char {
-  font-family: monospace;
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-.media-wrapper {
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-.media {
-  display: inline-block;
-}
-
-.viewport-table {
-  display: table;
-}
-
-.viewport-row {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-.viewport-cell {
-  display: table-cell;
-}
-
-.viewport {
-  display: inline-block;
-}
-
-.intrinsic-width img,
-.intrinsic-width svg {
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-.intrinsic-height img,
-.intrinsic-height svg {
-  height: 100%;
-}
-
-.intrinsic-both img,
-.intrinsic-both svg {
-  width: 100%;
-  height: 100%;
-}
-
-.note, .warning, .info, .caution, .tip {
-  border-radius: 0.5rem;
-  min-height: 3rem;
-  padding-top: 0;
-  margin-bottom: 1rem;
-  margin-top: 1rem;
-  margin-right: 4px;
-  display: table;
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-.note > div, .warning > div, .info > div, .caution > div, .tip > div {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-.note .icon, .warning .icon, .info .icon, .caution .icon, .tip .icon {
-  display: table-cell;
-  padding-top: 1.5rem;
-  width: 4.5rem;
-  text-align: center;
-  vertical-align: top;
-  font-size: 3rem;
-  color: var(--note-border-color);
-}
-
-.note .body, .warning .body, .info .body, .caution .body, .tip .body {
-  display: table-cell;
-  padding-right: 1rem;
-}
-
-.note {
-  border: var(--note-border-style);
-  background-color: var(--note-color);
-  color: var(--on-note-color);
-} 
-
-.note .icon {
-  color: var(--note-border-color);
-}    
-
-.note .title {
-  background-color: var(--note-color);
-  color: var(--on-note-color);
-}
-
-.note code {
-  border-color: var(--note-border-color);
-  background-color: var(--note-color);
-}
-
-.tip {
-  border: var(--tip-border-style);
-  background-color: var(--tip-color);
-  color: var(--on-tip-color);
-} 
-
-.tip .icon {
-  color: var(--tip-border-color);
-}    
-
-.tip .title {
-  background-color: var(--tip-color);
-  color: var(--on-tip-color);
-}
-
-.tip code {
-  border-color: var(--tip-border-color);
-  background-color: var(--tip-color);
-}
-
-.important {
-  border: var(--important-border-style);
-  background-color: var(--important-color);
-  color: var(--on-important-color);
-} 
-
-.important .icon {
-  padding-top: 2rem;
-  color: var(--important-border-color);
-}
-
-.important .title {
-  background-color: var(--important-color);
-  color: var(--on-important-color);
-}
-
-.important code {
-  background-color: var(--important-color);
-  border-color: var(--important-border-color);
-}
-
-.caution {
-  border: var(--caution-border-style);
-  background-color: var(--caution-color);
-  color: var(--on-caution-color);
-} 
-
-.caution .icon {
-  color: var(--caution-border-color);
-}
-
-.caution .title {
-  background-color: var(--caution-color);
-  color: var(--on-caution-color);
-}
-
-.caution code {
-  background-color: var(--caution-color);
-  border-color: var(--caution-border-color);
-}
-
-.warning {
-  border: var(--warning-border-style);
-  background-color: var(--warning-color);
-  color: var(--on-warning-color);
-} 
-
-.warning .icon {
-  color: var(--warning-border-color);
-}
-
-.warning .title {
-  background-color: var(--warning-color);
-  color: var(--on-warning-color);
-}
-
-.warning code {
-  background-color: var(--warning-color);
-  border-color: var(--warning-border-color);
-}
-
-.danger {
-  border: var(--danger-border-style);
-  background-color: var(--danger-color);
-  color: var(--on-danger-color);
-} 
-
-.danger .icon {
-  color: var(--danger-border-color);
-}    
-
-.danger .title {
-  background-color: var(--danger-color);
-  color: var(--on-danger-color);
-}
-
-.danger code {
-  background-color: var(--danger-color);
-  border-color: var(--danger-border-color);
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.pre-wrap {
-  overflow-x: scroll;
-  margin-top: 1em;
-  margin-bottom: 1em;
-}
-
-pre {
-  margin-top: 0;
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-}
-
-pre.address,
-pre.literallayout {
-  font-family: var(--body-family);
-}
-
-pre.monospaced {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-}
-
-pre.programlisting,
-pre.screen {
-  line-height: 1.25em;
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-even-background-color);
-  padding-top: 1.25em;
-}
-
-/* Adapted from https://stackoverflow.com/questions/41306797/html-how-to-add-line-numbers-to-a-source-code-block */
-
-pre span.line:nth-child(odd) {
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-odd-background-color);
-}
-
-pre span.line:nth-child(even) {
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-even-background-color);
-}
-
-/* Make the background of even lines the same as odd lines for
-   "monochrome" listings. */
-pre.monochrome span.line:nth-child(even) {
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-odd-background-color);
-}
-
-pre.address span.line:nth-child(odd),
-pre.literallayout span.line:nth-child(odd) {
-  background-color: inherit;
-}
-
-pre.address span.line:nth-child(even),
-pre.literallayout span.line:nth-child(even) {
-  background-color: inherit;
-}
-
-pre span.ln {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-  width: 0;
-  padding-top: 4px;
-  padding-bottom: 4px;
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-pre {
-  display: table;
-  table-layout: fixed;
-  width: 100%; /* anything but auto, otherwise fixed layout not guaranteed */
-  white-space: pre;
-}
-
-pre span.line {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-pre span.ln {
-  display: table-cell;
-}
-
-pre.numbered span.ln {
-  background-color: var(--numbered-background-color);
-  user-select: none;
-}
-
-pre.numbered span.ln {
-  width: 4em;
-  padding-right: 0.5em;
-}
-
-pre span.ld {
-  display: table-cell;
-  padding-top: 4px;
-  padding-bottom: 4px;
-}
-
-pre.numbered span.ld {
-  border-left: var(--numbered-separator-style);
-  padding-left: 0.25em;
-}
-
-pre span.line.highlight {
-  background-color: var(--verbatim-line-highlight-background-color);
-  color: var(--verbatim-line-highlight-color);
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.productionset .productions {
-  display: table;
-  table-layout: fixed;
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-.productionset .productions .production {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-.productionset .productions .production .lhs,
-.productionset .productions .production .rhs,
-.productionset .productions .production .lhssep {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-}
-
-.productionset .productions .production .lhs,
-.productionset .productions .production .lhssep,
-.productionset .productions .production .rhs,
-.productionset .productions .production .constraint {
-  display: table-cell;
-}
-
-.productionset .productions .production .lhs {
-  width: 25%;
-  white-space: nowrap;
-}
-
-.productionset .productions .production .lhssep {
-  width: 3em;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.productionset .productions .production .constraint {
-  width: 2em;
-}
-
-.nonterminal {
-}
-
-.lineannotation {
-  font-family: var(--body-family);
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-.constraintdef {
-  min-height: 3rem;
-  margin-left: 1rem;
-  padding-top: 1rem;
-  margin-bottom: 1rem;
-}
-
-.constraintdef .title {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  font-family: var(--title-family);
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.qandadiv {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-.qandalist .qanda {
-  display: table;
-  table-layout: fixed;
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-.qandaentry .question,
-.qandaentry .answer {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-.qandaentry .question .label,
-.qandaentry .answer .label {
-  display: table-cell;
-  width: 3em;
-}
-
-.qandaentry .question .body,
-.qandaentry .answer .body {
-  display: table-cell;
-}
-
-.question p,
-.answer p {
-  margin-top: 0;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.funcprototype table td {
-  padding: 0;
-}
-
-.funcprototype table.params {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-.funcprototype table.params td {
-  padding-right: 1em;
-}
-
-.funcprototype {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-}
-
-.funcprototype .paramdef {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-}
-
-.funcprototype .parameter {
-  font-family: var(--body-family);
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-.funcprototype .function {
-  font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.linegroup {
-  margin-left: 2em;
-}
-
-.speaker::after {
-  content: ":";
-}
-
-.linegroup .speaker {
-  margin-left: -2em;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.formalpara .title {
-  display: inline-block;
-  font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-.formalpara .title::after {
-  content: ".";
-  margin-right: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.formalpara .titlepunct::after {
-  content: "";
-  margin-right: 0.5em;
-}
-
-blockquote {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-blockquote p {
-  margin-top: 0;
-}
-
-blockquote .title {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  font-family: var(--title-family);
-  margin-bottom: 0.25em;
-}
-
-blockquote p + .attribution {
-  /* Tuck it back up closer to the preceding paragraph */
-  margin-top: -1em;
-}
-
-.attribution::before {
-  content: "—";
-}
-
-.attribution {
-  margin-left: 50%;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.revhistory .title {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  font-family: var(--title-family);
-  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.figure,
-.example,
-.equation {
-  padding: 1em;
-}
-
-.figure,
-.example {
-  border: 1px solid var(--border-color);
-}
-
-.figure .title {
-  font-family: var(--title-family);
-}
-
-.figure .media {
-  width: 100%;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.figure img {
-  margin-left: auto;
-  margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-.floatcenter {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.floatright {
-  float: right;
-}
-
-.floatleft {
-  float: left;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.cmdsynopsis {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-  margin-bottom: 1em;
-  margin-left: 3em;
-  text-indent: -3em;
-}
-
-.synopfragment {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-.synopfragmentref {
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-.synopfragmentref a,
-.synopfragmentref a:visited {
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-.synopfragmentref-number {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-  font-style: normal;
-  font-weight: bold;
-  font-size: 10pt;
-
-}
-
-.synopfragment .synopfragmentref-number {
-}
-
-.cmdsynopsis .command,
-.cmdsynopsis .cmdpunct,
-.cmdsynopsis .group,
-.cmdsynopsis .arg {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-}
-
-.calloutlist dl dt {
-  clear: both;
-  float: left;
-  width: 1.25em;
-}
-
-.calloutlist dl dd {
-  margin-left: 1.25em;
-  line-height: 1.5rem; /* tuck them together a little */
-}
-
-.calloutlist dd > p:first-child {
-  margin-top: 0;
-}
-
-a.callout-bug,
-a.callout-bug:visited {
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.revadded {
-  background-color: var(--revadded-background-color);
-  color: var(--revadded-color);
-}
-
-.revadded::before {
-  content: var(--revadded-before);
-}
-
-.revadded::after {
-  content: var(--revadded-after);
-}
-
-.revchanged {
-  background-color: var(--revchanged-background-color);
-  color: var(--revchanged-color);
-}
-
-.revchanged::before {
-  content: var(--revchanged-before);
-}
-
-.revchanged::after {
-  content: var(--revchanged-after);
-}
-
-.revdeleted {
-  background-color: var(--revdeleted-background-color);
-  color: var(--revdeleted-color);
-}
-
-.revdeleted::before {
-  content: var(--revdeleted-before);
-}
-
-.revdeleted::after {
-  content: var(--revdeleted-after);
-}
-
-.revoff .revadded,
-.revoff .revchanged {
-  background-color: inherit;
-  color: inherit;
-}
-
-.revoff .revdeleted {
-  display: none;
-}
-
-.revoff .revadded::before,
-.revoff .revchanged::before,
-.revoff .revdeleted::before,
-.revoff .revadded::after,
-.revoff .revchanged::after,
-.revoff .revdeleted::after {
-  content: "";
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-ul[db-mark='disc'],
-li[db-mark='disc'],
-ul[db-mark='bullet'],
-li[db-mark='bullet'] {
-  list-style-type: disc;
-}
-
-ul[db-mark='round'],
-li[db-mark='round'] {
-  list-style-type: circle;
-}
-
-ul[db-mark='box'],
-li[db-mark='box'] {
-  list-style-type: square;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.simplelistvert,
-.simplelisthoriz {
-  display: table;
-}
-
-.simplelist .row {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-.simplelist .row span {
-  display: table-cell;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-
-.glossdiv {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.sidebar {
-  background-color: var(--sidebar-color);
-  color: var(--on-sidebar-color);
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 1em;
-  padding-bottom: 1em;
-  padding-top: 1em;
-  border-radius: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.sidebar .title {
-  background-color: var(--sidebar-color);
-  color: var(--on-sidebar-color);
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.msgexplan {
-  margin-left: 2rem;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-.foreignphrase {
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-.bold {
-  font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-.strikethrough {
-  text-decoration: line-through;
-}
-
-.underline {
-  text-decoration: underline;
-}
-
-em {
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-em em {
-  font-style: normal;
-}
-
-em em em {
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-em em em em {
-  font-style: normal;
-}
-
-em em em em em {
-  font-style: italic;
-}
-
-em em me em em em {
-  font-style: normal;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-/* Inline annotations */
-
-.annotations {
-  border-top: var(--annotation-separator-border-style);
-  padding-top: 1em;
-  margin-top: 6em;
-}
-
-a.annomark,
-a.annomark:visited {
-  text-decoration: none;
-  color: inherit;
-}
-
-.annotation-wrapper {
-  margin-bottom: 1em;
-}
-
-.annotation-body {
-  border: var(--annotation-body-border-style);
-  border-bottom-left-radius: 0.25em;
-  border-bottom-right-radius: 0.25em;;
-}
-
-.annotation-header {
-  height: 2em;
-  background-color: var(--annotation-header-background-color);
-  color: var(--annotation-header-color);
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 0.5em;
-  border-bottom: var(--annotation-header-separator-border-style);
-}
-
-.annotation-header .annotation-close {
-  float: right;
-}
-
-.annotation-content {
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 1em;
-  padding-top: 0.5em;
-  padding-bottom: 0.5em;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-/* XLink extended links. The ".js" classes only apply if
-   JavaScript XLink processing is available and enabled.
- */
-
-.xlink .source {
-  border-bottom: 1px dotted black;
-  cursor: pointer;
-}
-
-.xlink-arc-list {
-  display: inline;
-  font-style: normal;
-  cursor: pointer;
-  font-size: 70%;
-}
-
-.xlink-arc-list.js::before {
-  content: " "; /* thin space */
-}
-
-.nhrefs.js .xlink-arc-delim {
-  display: none;
-}
-
-.nhrefs.js {
-  font-style: normal;
-  display: none;
-  margin-left: 4px;
-  margin-right: 0;
-  padding-bottom: 1em;
-  border: 2px solid var(--primary-variant-color);
-  border-radius: 4px;
-  z-index: 2;
-  background-color: var(--primary-color);
-  color: var(--on-primary-color);
-}
-
-.nhrefs.js .arc {
-  display: list-item;
-  margin-left: 1.5em;
-  padding-right: 1em;
-}
-
-.nhrefs.js .xlink-arc-title {
-  display: block;
-  background-color: var(--primary-variant-color);
-  color: var(--on-primary-variant-color);
-  margin-left: 0;
-  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-/* Javascript controls */
-
-.js-controls-wrapper {
-  display: none;
-  position: fixed;
-  left: 0;
-  top: 0;
-  height: 100%;
-  width: 100%;
-  background-color: var(--modal-overlay-color);
-}
-
-.js-controls-body {
-  background-color: var(--js-controls-color);
-  color: var(--on-js-controls-color);
-  border: var(--js-controls-border-style);
-  max-width: 300px;
-  margin-top: 5px;
-  margin-left: 10px;
-  opacity: 1;
-}
-
-.js-controls-header {
-  height: 2em;
-  background-color: var(--js-controls-header-color);
-  color: var(--on-js-controls-header-color);
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 0.5em;
-  border-bottom: var(--js-controls-header-separator-border-style);
-}
-
-.js-controls-header .js-controls-close {
-  float: right;
-  cursor: pointer;
-  font-size: 125%;
-}
-
-.js-controls-header .js-controls-title {
-  padding-top: 0.1em;
-}
-
-.js-controls-content {
-  background-color: var(--js-controls-color);
-  color: var(--on-js-controls-color);
-  padding: 1em;
-}
-
-.js-controls-buttons {
-  text-align: center;
-  padding-bottom: 0.5em;
-}
-
-.js-controls-buttons button {
-  display: inline-block;
-  text-align: center;
-  font-size: 14pt;
-  background-color: var(--enabled-color);
-  border-radius: 5px;
-  border: 2px solid var(--primary-color);
-  color: var(--on-surface-color);
-  text-align: center;
-  padding: 5px;
-  width: 3em;
-  transition: all 0.5s;
-  cursor: pointer;
-  margin: 5px;
-}
-
-.js-controls-reload {
-  text-align: center;
-  background-color: var(--error-color);
-  color: var(--on-error-color);
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-/* Javascript annotations */
-
-.popup-annotation-wrapper {
-  display: none;
-  position: fixed;
-  left: 0;
-  top: 0;
-  height: 100%;
-  width: 100%;
-  background-color: var(--modal-overlay-color);
-}
-
-.popup-annotation-body {
-  background-color: var(--popup-annotation-color);
-  color: var(--on-popup-annotation-color);
-  border: var(--popup-annotation-border-style);
-  width: 50%;
-  min-height: 40%;
-  max-height: 50%;
-  margin-top: 10%;
-  margin-left: auto;
-  margin-right: auto;
-  border-radius: 0.15em;
-  display: grid;
-  grid-template-rows: auto 1fr;
-  grid-template-columns: 100%;
-}
-
-.wide .popup-annotation-body {
-  width: 80%;
-}
-
-.tall .popup-annotation-body {
-  max-height: 80%;
-}
-
-.popup-annotation-header {
-  height: 2em;
-  background-color: var(--popup-annotation-header-color);
-  color: var(--on-popup-annotation-header-color);
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 0.5em;
-  border-bottom: var(--popup-annotation-header-separator-border-style);
-}
-
-.popup-annotation-header .annotation-close {
-  float: right;
-  cursor: pointer;
-  font-size: 125%;
-}
-
-.popup-annotation-header .annotation-title {
-  padding-top: 0.1em;
-}
-
-.popup-annotation-content {
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  padding-right: 1em;
-  padding-top: 0.5em;
-  padding-bottom: 0.5em;
-  overflow: scroll;
-}
-
-.annotation-close {
-  padding-top: 4px;
-}
-
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-nav table td.previous {
-  text-align: left;
-}
-
-nav table td.up {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-nav table td.next {
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-nav.bottom {
-  background-color: var(--nav-background-color);
-}
-
-nav.bottom table {
-  border-top: 2px solid var(--border-color);
-  margin-bottom: 1rem;
-}
-
-nav.bottom table .previous {
-  padding-left: 4rem;
-}
-
-nav.bottom table .next {
-  padding-right: 4rem;
-}
-
-nav.top {
-  position: fixed;
-  width: 100%;
-  background-color: var(--nav-background-color);
-  opacity: 1;
-}
-
-body.home nav.top {
-  display: none;
-}
-
-nav.top div {
-  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--border-color);
-  padding-left: 4rem;
-  padding-right: 4rem;
-}
-
-body {
-  width: 100%;
-  max-width: 50rem;
-  margin-left: auto;
-  margin-right: auto;
-  padding-left: 1rem;
-  padding-right: 1rem;
-  padding-top: 3rem;
-}
-
-.book + .book {
-  border-top: var(--division-separator-border-style);
-  margin-top: 6em;
-  padding-top: 6em;
-}
-
-.refentry + .refentry {
-  border-top: var(--division-separator-border-style);
-  margin-top: 6em;
-  padding-top: 6em;
-}
-
-.book > .dedication > .titlepage,
-.article > .dedication > .titlepage,
-.book .chapter > .titlepage,
-.book .preface > .titlepage,
-.book .appendix > .titlepage,
-.book .part > .titlepage {
-  margin-top: 4rem;
-  padding-top: 2rem;
-  border-top: 0.25rem solid var(--border-color);
-}
-
-.dedication + .dedication > header {
-  border-top: inherit;
-}
-
-.colophon {
-  margin-top: 6rem;
-  margin-bottom: 6rem;
-  margin-left: 6rem;
-  margin-right: 6rem;
-  border: 1px solid var(--border-color);
-  border-radius: 1em;
-  padding-left: 2em;
-  padding-right: 2em;
-  padding-bottom: 2em;
-}
-
-.set .titlepage h1,
-.book .titlepage h1 {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.footnotes {
-  margin-top: 2em;
-}
-
-.footnotes div.footnote-number {
-  display: inline-block;
-  width: 0.75rem;
-  height: 0;
-  margin-left: -0.75rem;
-  margin-top: 0.5rem;
-  vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-.footnotes div.footnote-body {
-  display: inline-block;
-}
-
-.footnotes .footnote {
-  margin-left: 0.75rem;
-}
-
-.footnote p {
-  margin-bottom: 0;
-}
-
-.footnotes hr {
-  max-width: 1in;
-  margin: 0;
-}
-
-.calloutlist dl {
-  display: grid;
-  grid-template-columns: max-content auto;
-}
-
-.calloutlist dl dt {
-  float: none;
-  width: inherit;
-  grid-column-start: 1;
-}
-
-.calloutlist dl dd {
-  margin-left: 1em;
-  grid-column-start: 2;
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-/////////////////////////////// Hydrogen custom //////////////////////
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-abbr {
-  font-family: var(--mono-family);
-  font-size: 0.92em;
-  letter-spacing: 1px;
-}
-
-img {
-  width: auto;
-  height: auto;
-  max-width: 100%;
-  transition: 0.3s;
-  cursor: pointer;
-  border-radius: 5px;
-}
-
-.inlinemediaobject > img {
-  max-height: 1rem;
-}
-
-.figure-contents > .mediaobject {
-  z-index: 0;
-  display: flex;
-  align-items: center;
-  justify-content: center;
-}
-
-.figure-contents > .mediaobject > img {
-  max-height: 31.5rem;
-
-}
-.informalfigure > .mediaobject > img {
-    padding: 0em;
-}
-.figure-contents > .mediaobject > img, .inlinemediaobject > img {
-    padding: 0em;
-}
-
-.informalfigure > .mediaobject {
-  display: flex;
-  align-items: center;
-  justify-content: start;
-}
-
-
-.informalfigure > .mediaobject > img {
-  max-height: 8.75rem;
-  max-width: 70%;
-}
-/* ============================================================ */
-
-@media screen and (max-width: 1199px) {
-  nav.top div {
-    padding-left: 2rem;
-    padding-right: 2rem;
-  }
-
-  nav.bottom table .previous {
-    padding-left: 2rem;
-  }
-
-  nav.bottom table .next {
-    padding-right: 2rem;
-  }
-}
-
-@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {
-  nav.top div {
-    padding-left: 1rem;
-    padding-right: 1rem;
-  }
-
-  nav.bottom table .previous {
-    padding-left: 1rem;
-  }
-
-  nav.bottom table .next {
-    padding-right: 1rem;
-  }
-}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/res/docbook.js hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/res/docbook.js
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/res/docbook.js	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/res/docbook.js	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-// general
-var onZIndex = 1;
-var onBackgroundColor = 'rgba(0,0,0,0.9)';
-var onTop = 0;
-var onLeft = 0;
-var onPosition = 'fixed';
-var onWidth = '100vw';
-var onHeight = '100vh';
-var onJustifyContent = 'center';
-
-var offZIndex = 0;
-var offBackgroundColor = '#fff';
-var offTop = 'auto';
-var offLeft = 'auto';
-var offPosition = 'relative';
-var offWidth = 'auto';
-var offHeight = 'auto';
-var offJustifyContent = 'start';
-
-// full size figures
-var onFigMaxWidth = '95%';
-var onFigMaxHeight = '95%';
-var offFigMaxWidth = '100%';
-var offFigMaxHeight = '31.5rem';
-
-// medium sized figures
-var onInformalMaxWidth = '95%';
-var onInformalMaxHeight = '95%';
-var offInformalMaxWidth = '70%';
-var offInformalMaxHeight = '8.75rem';
-
-// inline figures
-var onInlineAlignItems = 'center';
-var onInlineDisplay = 'flex';
-var offInlineAlignItems = 'auto';
-var offInlineDisplay = 'inline-block';
-var onInlineMaxWidth = '95%';
-var onInlineMaxHeight = '95%';
-var offInlineMaxWidth = '100%';
-var offInlineMaxHeight = '1rem';
-
-
-window.onload = (event) => {
-
-    var figContentMediaobj = document.querySelectorAll(".figure-contents > .mediaobject");
-    for (var ii = 0; ii < figContentMediaobj.length; ii++){
-	figContentMediaobj.item(ii).onclick = function() {
-	    if (this.style.zIndex == 0) {
-		this.style.zIndex = onZIndex;
-		this.style.backgroundColor = onBackgroundColor;
-		this.style.top = onTop;
-		this.style.left = onLeft;
-		this.style.position = onPosition;
-		this.style.width = onWidth;
-		this.style.height = onHeight;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxWidth = onFigMaxWidth;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxHeight = onFigMaxHeight;
-		document.querySelector("body").style.overflow = "hidden";
-	    } else {
-		this.style.zIndex = offZIndex;
-		this.style.backgroundColor = offBackgroundColor;
-		this.style.top = offTop;
-		this.style.left = offLeft;
-		this.style.position = offPosition;
-		this.style.width = offWidth;
-		this.style.height = offHeight;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxWidth = offFigMaxWidth;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxHeight = offFigMaxHeight;
-		document.querySelector("body").style.overflow = "auto";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    var informafigs = document.querySelectorAll(".informalfigure > .mediaobject");
-    for (var ii = 0; ii < informafigs.length; ii++){
-	informafigs.item(ii).onclick = function() {
-	    if (this.style.zIndex == 0) {
-		console.log('on if');
-		this.style.zIndex = onZIndex;
-		this.style.backgroundColor = onBackgroundColor;
-		this.style.top = onTop;
-		this.style.left = onLeft;
-		this.style.position = onPosition;
-		this.style.width = onWidth;
-		this.style.height = onHeight;
-		this.style.justifyContent = onJustifyContent;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxWidth = onInformalMaxWidth;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxHeight = onInformalMaxHeight;
-		document.querySelector("body").style.overflow = "hidden";
-	    } else {
-		console.log('off if');
-		this.style.zIndex = offZIndex;
-		this.style.backgroundColor = offBackgroundColor;
-		this.style.top = offTop;
-		this.style.left = offLeft;
-		this.style.position = offPosition;
-		this.style.width = offWidth;
-		this.style.height = offHeight;
-		this.style.justifyContent = offJustifyContent;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxWidth = offInformalMaxWidth;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxHeight = offInformalMaxHeight;
-		document.querySelector("body").style.overflow = "auto";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    var inlinemediaobjs = document.querySelectorAll(".inlinemediaobject");
-    for (var ii = 0; ii < inlinemediaobjs.length; ii++){
-	inlinemediaobjs.item(ii).onclick = function() {
-	    if (this.style.zIndex == 0) {
-		console.log('on il');
-		this.style.zIndex = onZIndex;
-		this.style.backgroundColor = onBackgroundColor;
-		this.style.top = onTop;
-		this.style.left = onLeft;
-		this.style.position = onPosition;
-		this.style.width = onWidth;
-		this.style.height = onHeight;
-		this.style.justifyContent = onJustifyContent;
-		this.style.alignItems = onInlineAlignItems;
-		this.style.display = onInlineDisplay;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxWidth = onInlineMaxWidth;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxHeight = onInlineMaxHeight;
-		document.querySelector("body").style.overflow = "hidden";
-	    } else {
-		console.log('off il');
-		this.style.zIndex = offZIndex;
-		this.style.backgroundColor = offBackgroundColor;
-		this.style.top = offTop;
-		this.style.left = offLeft;
-		this.style.position = offPosition;
-		this.style.width = offWidth;
-		this.style.height = offHeight;
-		this.style.alignItems = offInlineAlignItems;
-		this.style.justifyContent = offJustifyContent;
-		this.style.display = offInlineDisplay;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxWidth = offInlineMaxWidth;
-		this.firstChild.style.maxHeight = offInlineMaxHeight;
-		document.querySelector("body").style.overflow = "auto";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/res/styling.xsd hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/res/styling.xsd
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/res/styling.xsd	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/res/styling.xsd	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial.docbook hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial.docbook
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial.docbook	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial.docbook	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-        Hydrogen Tutorial
-        
-                
-                        Antonio
-                        Piraino
-					
-                
-                        Sebastian
-                        Moors
-                
-		
-
-        10/May/2017
-
-        
-			You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks:
-			
-				It can be used as an advanced "click" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote.
-				You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can "write it down" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind.
-				You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)
-			
-			
-		
-
-
-
-
-        Let's start
-		Before starting make sure you have a few things:
-		
-		
-		The song to study on: either an audio-cd or (better) an .ogg or .mp3 for optimal flexibility.
-		Optionally a rough layout of the song on paper: it may be useful to count bars and different parts of the song that eventually will get into Hydrogen.
-		
-		
-		The song we will work on has the following structure:
-		
-		
-		Intro: 4 bars
-		Verse: 8 bars
-		Bridge: 8 bars
-		Verse: 8 bars
-		Bridge: 8 bars
-		Chorus: 8 bars
-		Riff: 4 bars
-		Verse (with guitar): 8 bars
-		Verse (with voice): 8 bars
-		Bridge: 8 bars
-		Chorus: 8 bars
-		Chorus: 8 bars
-		Chorus: 8 bars
-		Final Riff: 4 bars
-		
-		
-		Looking at this scheme we can see that some pattern repeats, so we'll use this symbols in Hydrogen's Song Editor:
-		
-		
-		Verse -> A
-		Bridge -> B
-		Chorus -> C
-		
-		And to save up words on explanations we'll use two common TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):
-		
-		LMB: left mouse button
-		RMB: right mouse button
-		
-		
-		Well, now unplug your phone and launch Hydrogen from the shell: let's get to work!
-
-	
-		Intro
-		The base pattern (Fig. 1 and 2) is 4 bars long (divided in 2 different bars, each repeated 2 times, so it's [2a*2]+[2b*2]) and lasts for the whole song, from the beginning to the end, riff included; most of the time (intro and riff excluded) this base pattern is repeated 2 times to reach the commonly used 8 bars for each part of the song (A,B,C). Before starting let's set the speed to 98bpm (HINT HINT you can find out by yourself the speed of the song while playing it with your favourite media player and following the rhythm by clicking repeatedly the backslash key in Hydrogen) and from the menu Grid Resolution let's set '16'. To create a new pattern select the instrument Closed HH, click on RMB and choose Fill Notes: the first two bars will be filled up. Then insert manually the beats on Snare Jazz and Kick as indicated in the 2 pictures below and there we have the base pattern for our song. Note how the beats on the hi-hat have different 'hardness': beats falling on the beginning of the bar are set at [0.78], the others at [0.50] (you can check that on the lower stat bar of Hydrogen), in order to give groove the song.
-		
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 1 Base pattern, first bar.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 2 Base pattern, second bar.
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-			Before we start writing down verses there are 4 intro bars, all equals to each other, except for the last one which at the end has an open hi-hat. We should do then:
-		
-		
-		Rename the first pattern in the Song Editor with RMB click on the name Empty Pattern and change it to intro_a, for example.
-		Add two 'X' near the first one (which represent the second and the third bar)
-		Create in Pattern Editor the base pattern (Fig. 1)
-		
-
-		
-		For the fourth bar we'll instead open the hi-hat (Fig. 3):
-	
-		
-		RMB in Song Editor on the newly created pattern, choose copy, then choose a name (ex. intro_b) and automagically you will have a new one right under.
-		Select the pattern you've just created (IMPORTANT!)
-		Delete the last 2 beats of Closed HH and move them on Open HH.
-		Select '32' from Grid Resolution and add another 2 beats right near the previous ones.
-		Adjust the hardness of these 4 beats so that the first is [0.78] while the other 3 [0.20] to simulate a longer opening.
-		
-		
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 3 Intro detail, fourth bar.
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-
-	
-		First verse
-		Since we have written the base pattern, now we should already know the basis. To create the first verse we just have to copy from the Song Editor the pattern intro_a and rename, say, to A-B-C_1, because it is the first bar of the verse that eventually will also fit for the bridge (B) and the chorus (C). Pay attention, why can't we just add 2 more 'X' next to this pattern? Because in the first bar there is a Crash beat which ends the previous intro, therefore the two bars are not completely equal; you have to copy the pattern A-B-C_1 and rename it to A-B-C_2, cutting the Crash beat cited before.
-		
-		Same thing for the following 2 bars: just copy into the Song Editor the pattern in Fig. 2, rename it according to the previous ones and add two 'X' (because they're identical), you should reach number '8' as shown in Fig. 4.
-		The 4 remaining bars of the verse are more or less the same of what we've just written, so why redo everything from scratch? Bars number 5,6,7 are virtually identical to the previous ones so we just have to add 2 crosses to pattern A-B-C_2 and one to A-B-C_3+4 taking care of renaming the patterns logically (so to understand how the song moves around the Song Editor), while in the eighth bar there is a fill which closes the verse. We have to copy+paste in a new line a pattern already written (ex. A-B-C_3+4), rename it to A-B-C_8 and modify it as in Fig. 4. Note how in this case too the three Snare Jazz beats on fourth bar have hardness properly tuned with [0.10], [0.20] and [0.78]; you can't see it in the picture but also the two final beats of Tom Mid are both 'touched' to [0.50], after all it's only just a small fill, better not beat hard on the drums :)
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 4 Eighth bar of the first verse.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-	The result in the Song Editor should be something like Fig. 5.
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 5 Intro and first verse in the Song Editor.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-	WARNING! if you reached this point without saving your work, NOW is the good time to do that. A simple [CTRL+S] followed by the name of the songfile and you'll be ok. If you want to add some more infos, LMB on 'S' button of the Song Editor and change the fields as you like: these infos will be shown upon opening of the file.
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		Bridge and following
-		Now that we're done with the first verse you should have an idea of how the whole thing works: the first bridge is made of the same 8 bars (4+4) with a slight change at the end of the fourth, which forces us to create a 'custom' fourth bar while the others are easily added with our friendly little cross ('X').
-		
-		Let's take the latest pattern created as sample (A-B-C_8), let's copy and rename it to Bridge1_4 (i.e. fourth bar of first bridge) and modify it as in Fig. 6. We have quickly completed the bridge! The Song Editor now should appear as follows in Fig. 7. Looking closely one should ask why the fifth bar of the bridge (17th bar of the whole song) isn't assigned to the pattern A-B-C_1; the answer is that the pattern has also a Crash which is not present in A-B-C_2+5+6.
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 6 Fourth bar of the first bridge.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 7 The Song Editor with the first bridge.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-	Now we can build up quickly the remaining parts of the song: after this bridge there is another verse, then a bridge and a chorus, which are mostly the same so we just need to create different pattern in a few cases (along with this guide you will find the song file with the whole song). Of course one can write as many lines in the Song Editor as the bars in the song but a whole song would become difficult to follow, plus the songfile would be bigger.
-		
-	
-
-	
-		The Riff
-		Around half song there are two riffs: each one is 2 bars long but actually the pattern is the same, just the other instruments play something that we will see in the last riff of this song (where drums too play the pattern of the riff).
-		
-		In this riff the drums play the same pattern we already know for one bar (see Fig. 1) while in the second bar only beats two times (Fig. 8), then the pattern again and then again two beats with a small final fill (Fig. 9); again the open hi-hat is done with beats of different intensity: [0.78] and [0.20].
-
-		
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 8 Second bar of the riff.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 9 Fourth bar of the riff.
-			
-		
-	
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		The second half of the song
-		After the riff we have half job done. We just have to write down two verses, one bridge, a chorus repeated 3 times and the same riff at the end.
-		
-		The second part of the song is slightly different from the previous one because we have a few hi-hat opening during the verses and every 4 bars there's a small fill almost everytime: it's easier to start from scratch a new set of pattern (i.e. A-B-C-*) in the Song Editor copying them with a suffix like '_hh' to show the presence of the Open HH. As noted in the introduction of this guide, Jeff Porcaro puts much of his skills playing the song and this makes the difference between a song played from a raw and "cold" transcription on paper (or on Hydrogen): therefore the following parts of the song will try to be faithful to the original piece, but another 'ear' could give another written layout of the same part: after all this doesn't matter so much since we are showing how a program works, not to play like Porcaro :)
-		
-		In Fig. 10 here is how is the section in the Song Editor of the two verses and the bridge following the first riff; as you can see the first bars (48-50 according to the Song Editor's enumeration) are already written before while the others (51-71) are new. Moreover there a few pattern 'ad hoc' identified by A-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 to see an example) and A-B-C-4a_hh since both have a few changes not present in any pattern written up to now.
-		
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 10 Third and fourth bars in the Song Editor.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 11 Seventh bar of the third bridge.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-	After the third bridge we repeat the chorus: the first time the Stick is used instead of the Snare Jazz and we don't play the Kick (even if it may sound the opposite since the bass guitar does play here, so we have put the same the kick beats softly at [0.50]), while the second and third time the chorus goes on there are a few bars different, as shown from patterns C3_*. In Fig. 12 the pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3 (slightly different ...) which criptycally identify the sixth and seventh bar of the third chorus AND the third bar of the fourth chorus: if you think this is confusing, you may find out your own method :-)
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 12 Pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3.
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		The Final riff	
-		The song ends repeating a slightly different riff we have met before: the first 2 bars are the same (i.e. pattern + 2 beats), while the in third bar the drum plays actually with the other instruments (Fig. 13) to finally end as always.
-		
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			Fig. 13 The final riff.
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-	And this is the end. The goal of this little tutorial is giving a quick overview of the most common functions of Hydrogen: this piece of software can also run for other purposes, like an advanced 'click' played with the drum, or to loop playing some part of a song difficult to catch; however, as in other things, analyzing the song itself helps the comprehension and here too, Hydrogen can be helpful reducing the time needed to write down a pattern and tune it.
-
-For comments, suggestions, corrections, you can use the Hydrogen mailing lists (hydrogen.sf.net)
-	
-	
-
-
-
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_en.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_en.html
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_en.html	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_en.html	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Hydrogen Tutorial
Hydrogen Tutorial
Antonio Piraino
Sebastian Moors
Abstract
You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks:
-			
  • It can be used as an advanced "click" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote.
  • You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can "write it down" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind.
  • You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)

-			
Table of Contents
1. Let's start
1.1. Intro
1.2. First verse
1.3. Bridge and following
1.4. The Riff
1.5. The second half of the song
1.6. The Final riff
Chapter1.Let's start
Table of Contents
1.1. Intro
1.2. First verse
1.3. Bridge and following
1.4. The Riff
1.5. The second half of the song
1.6. The Final riff
Before starting make sure you have a few things:
  • The song to study on: either an audio-cd or (better) an .ogg or .mp3 for optimal flexibility.
  • Optionally a rough layout of the song on paper: it may be useful to count bars and different parts of the song that eventually will get into Hydrogen.
The song we will work on has the following structure:
  • Intro: 4 bars
  • Verse: 8 bars
  • Bridge: 8 bars
  • Verse: 8 bars
  • Bridge: 8 bars
  • Chorus: 8 bars
  • Riff: 4 bars
  • Verse (with guitar): 8 bars
  • Verse (with voice): 8 bars
  • Bridge: 8 bars
  • Chorus: 8 bars
  • Chorus: 8 bars
  • Chorus: 8 bars
  • Final Riff: 4 bars
Looking at this scheme we can see that some pattern repeats, so we'll use this symbols in Hydrogen's Song Editor:
  • Verse -> A
  • Bridge -> B
  • Chorus -> C
And to save up words on explanations we'll use two common TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):
  • LMB: left mouse button
  • RMB: right mouse button
Well, now unplug your phone and launch Hydrogen from the shell: let's get to work!
1.1.Intro
The base pattern (Fig. 1 and 2) is 4 bars long (divided in 2 different bars, each repeated 2 times, so it's [2a*2]+[2b*2]) and lasts for the whole song, from the beginning to the end, riff included; most of the time (intro and riff excluded) this base pattern is repeated 2 times to reach the commonly used 8 bars for each part of the song (A,B,C). Before starting let's set the speed to 98bpm (HINT HINT you can find out by yourself the speed of the song while playing it with your favourite media player and following the rhythm by clicking repeatedly the backslash key in Hydrogen) and from the menu “Grid Resolution” let's set '16'. To create a new pattern select the instrument “Closed HH”, click on RMB and choose “Fill Notes”: the first two bars will be filled up. Then insert manually the beats on Snare Jazz and Kick as indicated in the 2 pictures below and there we have the base pattern for our song. Note how the beats on the hi-hat have different 'hardness': beats falling on the beginning of the bar are set at [0.78], the others at [0.50] (you can check that on the lower stat bar of Hydrogen), in order to give groove the song.

-			Fig. 1 Base pattern, first bar.
-			

-			Fig. 2 Base pattern, second bar.
-			
Before we start writing down verses there are 4 intro bars, all equals to each other, except for the last one which at the end has an open hi-hat. We should do then:
  • Rename the first pattern in the Song Editor with RMB click on the name “Empty Pattern” and change it to “intro_a”, for example.
  • Add two 'X' near the first one (which represent the second and the third bar)
  • Create in Pattern Editor the base pattern (Fig. 1)
For the fourth bar we'll instead open the hi-hat (Fig. 3):
  • RMB in Song Editor on the newly created pattern, choose “copy”, then choose a name (ex. “intro_b”) and automagically you will have a new one right under.
  • Select the pattern you've just created (IMPORTANT!)
  • Delete the last 2 beats of “Closed HH” and move them on “Open HH”.
  • Select '32' from “Grid Resolution” and add another 2 beats right near the previous ones.
  • Adjust the hardness of these 4 beats so that the first is [0.78] while the other 3 [0.20] to simulate a longer opening.

-			Fig. 3 Intro detail, fourth bar.
-			
1.2.First verse
Since we have written the base pattern, now we should already know the basis. To create the first verse we just have to copy from the Song Editor the pattern “intro_a” and rename, say, to “A-B-C_1”, because it is the first bar of the verse that eventually will also fit for the bridge (B) and the chorus (C). Pay attention, why can't we just add 2 more 'X' next to this pattern? Because in the first bar there is a “Crash” beat which ends the previous intro, therefore the two bars are not completely equal; you have to copy the pattern “A-B-C_1” and rename it to “A-B-C_2”, cutting the “Crash” beat cited before.
Same thing for the following 2 bars: just copy into the Song Editor the pattern in Fig. 2, rename it according to the previous ones and add two 'X' (because they're identical), you should reach number '8' as shown in Fig. 4.
The 4 remaining bars of the verse are more or less the same of what we've just written, so why redo everything from scratch? Bars number 5,6,7 are virtually identical to the previous ones so we just have to add 2 crosses to pattern “A-B-C_2” and one to “A-B-C_3+4” taking care of renaming the patterns logically (so to understand how the song moves around the Song Editor), while in the eighth bar there is a fill which closes the verse. We have to copy+paste in a new line a pattern already written (ex. “A-B-C_3+4”), rename it to “A-B-C_8” and modify it as in Fig. 4. Note how in this case too the three “Snare Jazz” beats on fourth bar have hardness properly tuned with [0.10], [0.20] and [0.78]; you can't see it in the picture but also the two final beats of “Tom Mid” are both 'touched' to [0.50], after all it's only just a small fill, better not beat hard on the drums :)

-			Fig. 4 Eighth bar of the first verse.
-			
The result in the Song Editor should be something like Fig. 5.

-			Fig. 5 Intro and first verse in the Song Editor.
-			
WARNING! if you reached this point without saving your work, NOW is the good time to do that. A simple [CTRL+S] followed by the name of the songfile and you'll be ok. If you want to add some more infos, LMB on 'S' button of the Song Editor and change the fields as you like: these infos will be shown upon opening of the file.
1.3.Bridge and following
Now that we're done with the first verse you should have an idea of how the whole thing works: the first bridge is made of the same 8 bars (4+4) with a slight change at the end of the fourth, which forces us to create a 'custom' fourth bar while the others are easily added with our friendly little cross ('X').
Let's take the latest pattern created as sample (“A-B-C_8”), let's copy and rename it to “Bridge1_4” (i.e. fourth bar of first bridge) and modify it as in Fig. 6. We have quickly completed the bridge! The Song Editor now should appear as follows in Fig. 7. Looking closely one should ask why the fifth bar of the bridge (17th bar of the whole song) isn't assigned to the pattern “A-B-C_1”; the answer is that the pattern has also a “Crash” which is not present in “A-B-C_2+5+6”.

-			Fig. 6 Fourth bar of the first bridge.
-			

-			Fig. 7 The Song Editor with the first bridge.
-			
Now we can build up quickly the remaining parts of the song: after this bridge there is another verse, then a bridge and a chorus, which are mostly the same so we just need to create different pattern in a few cases (along with this guide you will find the song file with the whole song). Of course one can write as many lines in the Song Editor as the bars in the song but a whole song would become difficult to follow, plus the songfile would be bigger.
1.4.The Riff
Around half song there are two riffs: each one is 2 bars long but actually the pattern is the same, just the other instruments play something that we will see in the last riff of this song (where drums too play the pattern of the riff).
In this riff the drums play the same pattern we already know for one bar (see Fig. 1) while in the second bar only beats two times (Fig. 8), then the pattern again and then again two beats with a small final fill (Fig. 9); again the open hi-hat is done with beats of different intensity: [0.78] and [0.20].

-			Fig. 8 Second bar of the riff.
-			

-			Fig. 9 Fourth bar of the riff.
-			
1.5.The second half of the song
After the riff we have half job done. We just have to write down two verses, one bridge, a chorus repeated 3 times and the same riff at the end.
The second part of the song is slightly different from the previous one because we have a few hi-hat opening during the verses and every 4 bars there's a small fill almost everytime: it's easier to start from scratch a new set of pattern (i.e. “A-B-C-*”) in the Song Editor copying them with a suffix like '_hh' to show the presence of the “Open HH”. As noted in the introduction of this guide, Jeff Porcaro puts much of his skills playing the song and this makes the difference between a song played from a raw and "cold" transcription on paper (or on Hydrogen): therefore the following parts of the song will try to be faithful to the original piece, but another 'ear' could give another written layout of the same part: after all this doesn't matter so much since we are showing how a program works, not to play like Porcaro :)
In Fig. 10 here is how is the section in the Song Editor of the two verses and the bridge following the first riff; as you can see the first bars (48-50 according to the Song Editor's enumeration) are already written before while the others (51-71) are new. Moreover there a few pattern 'ad hoc' identified by “A-B-C-3a_hh” (Fig. 11 to see an example) and “A-B-C-4a_hh” since both have a few changes not present in any pattern written up to now.

-			Fig. 10 Third and fourth bars in the Song Editor.
-			

-			Fig. 11 Seventh bar of the third bridge.
-			
After the third bridge we repeat the chorus: the first time the “Stick” is used instead of the “Snare Jazz” and we don't play the “Kick” (even if it may sound the opposite since the bass guitar does play here, so we have put the same the kick beats softly at [0.50]), while the second and third time the chorus goes on there are a few bars different, as shown from patterns “C3_*”. In Fig. 12 the pattern “C3_6+7 & C4_3” (slightly different ...) which criptycally identify the sixth and seventh bar of the third chorus AND the third bar of the fourth chorus: if you think this is confusing, you may find out your own method :-)

-			Fig. 12 Pattern “C3_6+7 & C4_3”.
-			
1.6.The Final riff
The song ends repeating a slightly different riff we have met before: the first 2 bars are the same (i.e. pattern + 2 beats), while the in third bar the drum plays actually with the other instruments (Fig. 13) to finally end as always.

-			Fig. 13 The final riff.
-			
And this is the end. The goal of this little tutorial is giving a quick overview of the most common functions of Hydrogen: this piece of software can also run for other purposes, like an advanced 'click' played with the drum, or to loop playing some part of a song difficult to catch; however, as in other things, analyzing the song itself helps the comprehension and here too, Hydrogen can be helpful reducing the time needed to write down a pattern and tune it.
For comments, suggestions, corrections, you can use the Hydrogen mailing lists (hydrogen.sf.net)

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_fr.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_fr.html
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_fr.html	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_fr.html	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Tutoriel de Hydrogen
Tutoriel de Hydrogen
Antonio Piraino
Antonio Piraino
Rsum
You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks:
-			
  • It can be used as an advanced "click" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote.
  • You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can "write it down" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind.
  • You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)

-			
Table des matires
1. Let's start
1.1. Introduction
1.2. Premier Couplet
1.3. Le pont et la suite
1.4. Le Riff
1.5. La deuxime moiti du morceau
1.6. Le riff final
Chapitre1.Let's start
Table des matires
1.1. Introduction
1.2. Premier Couplet
1.3. Le pont et la suite
1.4. Le Riff
1.5. La deuxime moiti du morceau
1.6. Le riff final
Avant de commencer assurez vous d'avoir ces diffrentes choses :
  • Le morceau tudi : sur CD audio, ou, mieux, au format .wav, .ogg ou .mp3 pour une flexibilit optimale.
  • Eventuellement la partition de batterie ou un schma approximatif de la structure de la chanson : il peut tre utile de compter les mesures et de viualiser les diffrentes parties du morceau.
La chanson que nous travaillons possde la structure suivante :
  • Intro : 4 mesures
  • Couplet : 8 mesures
  • Pont : 8 mesures
  • Couplet : 8 mesures
  • Pont : 8 mesures
  • Refrain : 8 mesures
  • Riff : 4 mesures
  • Couplet (avec guitare) : 8 mesures
  • Couplet (avec voix) : 8 mesures
  • Pont : 8 mesures
  • Refrain : 8 mesures
  • Refrain : 8 mesures
  • Refrain : 8 mesures
  • Riff final : 4 mesures
En regardant cet arrangement nous pouvons voir que quelques motifs se rptent, nous emploierons donc cette lgende avec Hydrogen :
  • Couplet -> A
  • Pont -> B
  • Refrain -> C
Et pour sauver les mots explicatifs, nou utiliserons les TLA communs (Trois Lettres Acronymes ^_^):
  • LMB: left mouse button (boutons gauche de la souris)
  • RMB: right mouse button (bouton droit de la souris)
Bien, maintenant dbranchez votre tlphone et lancez Hydrogen : au travail !
1.1.Introduction
Le motif de base (Fig. 1 and 2) se compose de 4 mesures (divis en 2 mesures diffrentes, chacune rpte 2 fois, donc [2a*2]+[2b*2]) et dure la chanson entire, du dbut  la fin, riff inclus ; la plupart du temps (intro et riff exclus) ce motif de base est rpt 2 fois pour arriver  une structure classique de 8 mesures pour chaque partie du morceau (A,B,C). Avant de commencer, plaez la vitesse  98bpm (Remarque : vous pouvez trouver la vitesse (en Bpm) du morceau par vous mme en la jouant avec votre lecteur prfr, XMMS, et en tapant le rythme avec la touche antislash dans Hydrogen).  partir du menu "Rsolution de la grille" choisissez '16'. Pour crer un nouveau motif, cliquez droit sur l'instrument "Closed HH" et choisissez "Fill Notes": les deux premires mesures seront remplies. Insrez alors manuellement les notes de la caisse claire Jazz ("Snare Jazz") et de la grosse caisse ("Kick") comme indiqu sur les 2 images ci-dessous. Nous avons le motif de base pour notre morceau. Notez comment les coups de charleston sont accentus de manires diffrentes : ceux qui tombent sur les temps (au dbut d'une mesure) ont une intensit de [0,78 ], les autres de [0.50] (vous pouvez vrifier cela sur la barre de statut infrieure d'Hydrogen), afin de donner du groove au morceau.
Fig. 1 Motif de base, premire mesure.
Fig. 2 Motif de base, seconde mesure.
Avant que nous commencions  crire les couplets, il y a 4 mesures d'intro, toutes identiques, except pour la dernire,  la fin de laquelle il y a un coup de charleston ouvert . Faites ce qui suit :
  • Renommez le premier motif dans l'diteur de morceau en cliquant avec le bouton droit de la souris surEmpty Pattern. Changez le, par exemple, en intro_a.
  • Ajoutez 2 'X' prs du premier (qui reprsente les deuxime et troisime mesures)
  • Crez dans l'diteur de motif le motif de base (Fig. 1)
Pour la quatrime mesure, nous allons remplacer par une ouverture de charleston (Fig. 3) :
  • Cliquez droit dans l'diteur de morceau sur le motif nouvellement cr, slectionnez copier, puis choisissez un nom (ex.intro_b) et un nouveau motif apparait en dessous automagiquement !
  • Slectionnez le motif que vous venez de crer (IMPORTANT !)
  • Effacez les 2 dernires notes de charleston ferm et remplacer par des charleston ouverts.
  • Slectionnez '32' depuis  "Rsolution de la grille" et ajoutez 2 nouvelles notes juste  cot des prcdentes.
  • Ajustez l'intensit de ces 4 notes de sorte que le premier soit  [0.78] et que les 3 autres soient  [0.20] pour simuler une ouverture plus longue.
Fig. 3 Dtail de l'intro, quatrime mesure.
1.2.Premier Couplet
Nous venons de crer le motif de base, maintenant, nous devrions donc connatre ... les bases ! Pour crer le premier couplet, il suffit de copier dans l'diteur de motif le motif intro_a et de le renommer en A-B-C_1, car ceci est la premire mesure du couplet qui par la suite s'adaptera au pont (B) et au refrain (C). Prenez garde, pourquoi ne pas simplement ajouter 2 autres croix  la suite de ce motif ? Parce que dans la premire mesure il y a un coup de cymbale crash qui fini l'intro prcdente, donc les deux mesures ne sont pas compltement quivalentes; vous devez donc copier le motif A-B-C_1 et le renommer en A-B-C_2 puis couper ce susdit coup de crash.
Faire la mme chose pour les 2 mesures suivantes : copiez simplement dans l'diteur de motif le motif de la fig. 2, renommez le comme les deux prcdents et ajoutez 2 croix (les deux mesures tant les mmes), vous devriez donc atteindre le nombre '8' comme indiqu sur la fig. 4.
Les 4 mesures restantes du couplet sont plus ou moins les mmes que ce que vous venez d'crire, alors pourquoi devriez vous tout refaire de zro ? Les mesures 5,6,7 sont identiques aux prcdentes ainsi vous avez juste  ajouter 2 croix au motif A-B-C_2 et une  A-B-C_3+4en prenant soin de renommer les motifs logiquement (pour comprendre par la suite comment le morceau se droule dans l'diteur de morceau), car la huitime mesure se termine par un remplissage qui clture le couplet. Vous devez copier/coller dans une nouvelle ligne un motif dj cr (ex. A-B-C_3+4, le renommer en A-B-C_8 et le modifier comme sur la Fig. 4. Notez que dont les trois caisses claires Jazz de la quatrime mesure ont une intensit respective rgle  [ 0.10 ], [ 0.20 ] et [ 0.78 ]; vous ne pouvez pas le voir sur l'image mais les deux notes finales du tom mdium Tom Mid) ont une intensit de [0.50], aprs tout ce n'est qu'un tout petit remplissage, autant ne pas exploser les peaux des toms :)
Fig. 4 Huitime mesure du premier couplet.
Le rsultat dans l'diteur de chanson devrait ressembler  la Fig. 5.
Fig. 5 Introduction et premier couplet dans l'diteur de morceau.
ATTENTION! si vous atteignez ce point sans avoir sauvegard votre travail, il est temps de le faire MIANTENANT. Un simple [CTRL+S] suivi du nom du morceau, et vous serez bien. Si vous voulez ajouter des infos, cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur le bouton 'S' de l'diteur de morceau et modifiez les champs comme vous le voulez : ces infos seront affiches lors de l'ouverture du projet.
1.3.Le pont et la suite
Maintenant que vous avez ralis le premier couplet vous devriez avoir une ide du mode de fonctionnement global de ce morceau : le premier pont est fait des mmes 8 mesures (4+4) avec un lger changement  la fin de la quatrime, ce qui nous oblige  crer une mesure spciale alors que les autres seront tout simplement ajoutes  l'aide de notre gniale petite croix ('X').
Utilisons le dernier motif cr comme un chantillon (A-B-C_8), puis copiez le et renommez le en Bridge1_4 (c'est  dire quatrime mesure du premier pont) et modifiez le comme sur la Fig. 6. Nous avons rapidement termin le pont ! L'diteur de morceau devrait ressembler  la fig. 7. En regardant attentivement l'illustration on pourrait se demander pourquoi la cinquime mesure du pont (la 17me du morceau) n'est pas assigne au motif A-B-C_1; la rponse est que le motif a galement un coup de crash final qui n'est pas prsent dans A-B-C_2+5+6.
Fig. 6 Quatrime mesure du pont.
Fig. 7 L'diteur de morceau avec le premier pont.
Maintenant vous pouvez crer rapidement les parties restantes du morceau : aprs le pont il y a un autre couplet, puis un pont et un refrain, qui sont la plupart du temps identiques, vous devrez simplement crer des motifs diffrents dans quelques cas (plus loin dans ce guide, vous trouverez le fichier du morceai avec la chanson entire). Naturellement, vous pouvez crire autant de lignes dans l'diteur de morceau que de mesures dans le morceau, mais un morceau complet risquerait d'tre difficile  suivre, et il prendrait beaucoup de place.
1.4.Le Riff
Vers le milieu du morceau il y a deux riffs : ils sont tous deux composs de 2 mesures mais en fait le motif est toujours le mme, et seul les autres instruments jouent quelque chose que nous verrons dans le dernier riff de ce morceau (o la batterie joue elle aussi le motif du riff).
Dans ce riff la batterie joue le mme motif que nous connaissons dj pendant une mesure (voir Fig. 1) puis une nouvelle mesure de deux notes seulement (fig. 8), puis le motif de base  nouveau, puis encore les deux mmes notes avec un petit fill  la fin (Fig. 9) ; encore une ouverture charleston avec des notes d'intensit diffrente : [0.78] et [0.20].
Fig. 8 Deuxime mesure du riff.
Fig. 9 Quatrime mesure du riff.
1.5.La deuxime moiti du morceau
Aprs le riff nous avons fait la moiti du travail. Nous n'avons plus qu' crer deux couplets, un pont, un refrain qui sera rpt 3 fois et un autre riff  la fin.
La seconde partie du morceau est lgrement diffrente de la prcdente car il y a quelques ouvertures de charleston pendant les couplets et, toutes les quatres mesures, un petit fill presque  chaque fois : c'est plus facile de dmarrer  zro un nouvel enchainement de motif (c'est  dire : A-B-C-* dans l'diteur de morceau en leur ajoutant un suffixe du style '_hh' pour rappeler la prsence de l'ouverture de charleston. Comme nous l'avons vu dans l'introduction de ce tutoriel, Jeff Porcaro met beaucoup de sa personalit dans son jeu, ce qui fait la reproduction froide et exacte d'une partition (ce que fait Hydrogen). Les parties suivantes du morceau seront donc plus ou moins fidles au morceau original, mais une autre 'oreille' pourrait donner une autre criture de la mme partie. Aprs tout, on s'en fiche : ce tutoriel explique comment utiliser Hydrogen, pas comment joue Porcaro :)
La fig. 10 montre l'cran de l'diteur de morceau plac sur les deux couplets et le pont qui suivent le premier riff ; comme vous pouvez le voir, les premires mesures (48-50 au niveau de la numrotation de l'diteur de morceau) n'ont pas t modifies alors que les autres (51-71) ont t r-crites. De plus, il y a plusieurs motifs 'ad hoc' identifies commeA-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 pour voir un exemple) et A-B-C- 4a_hh qui contiennent quelques changements que nous n'avons jamais crits jusqu' prsent.
Fig. 10 Troisime et quatrime mesure dans l'diteur de morceau.
Fig. 11 Septime mesure du troisime pont.
Aprs le troisime pont, il y a un refrain : la premire fois, le clap baguettes est utilis  la place de la caisse Jazz et la grosse caisse n'est pas joue (mme si on pourrait croire entendre le contraire parce que la basse joue, si on veut rendre cet effet, on peut mettre un coup de grosse caisse  [0.50]), tandis que la deuxime et troisime fois que le refrain joue, il y a quelques mesures diffrentes, comme le montre l'appellation C3 _ *. Dans la Fig. 12, le motif C3_6+7 & C4_3 (lgrement diffrent ...) qui reprsente les sixime et septime mesures du troisime refrain ET la troisime mesure du quatrime chorus : si vous pensez que c'est confu, cherchez votre propre mthode :-)
Fig. 12 Motif C3_6+7 & C4_3.
1.6.Le riff final
La fin de la chanson rpte un riff quelque peu diffrent de celui que nous avons dja rencontr : les deux premires mesures sont identiques (c'est  dire, le motif + 2 notes), tandis que dans la troisime mesure, la batterie joue le mme rythme que les autres instruments (fig. 13) pour enfin terminer comme d'habitude.
Fig. 13 Le riff final.
Et voila, c'est termin. Le but de ce petit tutoriel tait de vous donner une vue d'ensemble rapide des fonctions les plus courantes d'Hydrogen : ce morceau de logiciel peut galement tre utilis dans d'autres optiques, comme un 'clic' avanc jou avec une batterie, ou pour boucler sur une partie d'un morcreau difficile  chopper; cependant, dans tous les cas, analyser le morceau lui-mme aide  sa comprhension et ici aussi, Hydrogen peut tre utile pour rduire le temps ncessaire pour crire un rythme et le jouer.
Pour des commentaires, des suggestions, des corrections, vous pouvez utiliser sur les mailing lists d'Hydrogen (hydrogen.sf.net)

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_fr.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_fr.po
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_fr.po	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_fr.po	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,547 +0,0 @@
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-13 17:01+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-23 20:13+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier HUMBERT \n"
-"Language-Team: \n"
-"Language: \n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-
-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:7
-msgid "Hydrogen Tutorial"
-msgstr "Tutoriel de Hydrogen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
-#: tutorial.docbook:9
-msgid "Antonio Piraino"
-msgstr "Antonio Piraino"
-
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
-#: tutorial.docbook:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Sebastian Moors"
-msgstr "Antonio Piraino"
-
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/date
-#: tutorial.docbook:19
-msgid "10/May/2017"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:24
-msgid "It can be used as an advanced \"click\" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:25
-msgid "You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can \"write it down\" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:26
-msgid "You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:22
-msgid "You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:34
-msgid "Let's start"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:35
-msgid "Before starting make sure you have a few things:"
-msgstr "Avant de commencer assurez vous d'avoir ces différentes choses :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:38
-msgid "The song to study on: either an audio-cd or (better) an .ogg or .mp3 for optimal flexibility."
-msgstr "Le morceau étudié : sur CD audio, ou, mieux, au format .wav, .ogg ou .mp3 pour une flexibilité optimale."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Optionally a rough layout of the song on paper: it may be useful to count bars and different parts of the song that eventually will get into Hydrogen."
-msgstr "Eventuellement la partition de batterie ou un schéma approximatif de la structure de la chanson : il peut être utile de compter les mesures et de viualiser les différentes parties du morceau."
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:42
-msgid "The song we will work on has the following structure:"
-msgstr "La chanson que nous travaillons possède la structure suivante :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:45
-msgid "Intro: 4 bars"
-msgstr "Intro : 4 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:46 tutorial.docbook:48
-msgid "Verse: 8 bars"
-msgstr "Couplet : 8 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:47 tutorial.docbook:49 tutorial.docbook:54
-msgid "Bridge: 8 bars"
-msgstr "Pont : 8 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:50 tutorial.docbook:55 tutorial.docbook:56
-#: tutorial.docbook:57
-msgid "Chorus: 8 bars"
-msgstr "Refrain : 8 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:51
-msgid "Riff: 4 bars"
-msgstr "Riff : 4 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:52
-msgid "Verse (with guitar): 8 bars"
-msgstr "Couplet (avec guitare) : 8 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:53
-msgid "Verse (with voice): 8 bars"
-msgstr "Couplet (avec voix) : 8 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:58
-msgid "Final Riff: 4 bars"
-msgstr "Riff final : 4 mesures"
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:61
-msgid "Looking at this scheme we can see that some pattern repeats, so we'll use this symbols in Hydrogen's Song Editor:"
-msgstr "En regardant cet arrangement nous pouvons voir que quelques motifs se répétent, nous emploierons donc cette légende avec Hydrogen :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:64
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Verse -> A"
-msgstr "Couplet -> A"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Bridge -> B"
-msgstr "Pont -> B"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:66
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Chorus -> C"
-msgstr "Refrain -> C"
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "And to save up words on explanations we'll use two common TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):"
-msgstr "Et pour sauver les mots explicatifs, nou utiliserons les TLA communs (Trois Lettres Acronymes ^_^):"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:70
-msgid "LMB: left mouse button"
-msgstr "LMB: left mouse button (boutons gauche de la souris)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:71
-msgid "RMB: right mouse button"
-msgstr "RMB: right mouse button (bouton droit de la souris)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:74
-msgid "Well, now unplug your phone and launch Hydrogen from the shell: let's get to work!"
-msgstr "Bien, maintenant débranchez votre téléphone et lancez Hydrogen : au travail !"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:77
-msgid "Intro"
-msgstr "Introduction"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:78
-msgid "The base pattern (Fig. 1 and 2) is 4 bars long (divided in 2 different bars, each repeated 2 times, so it's [2a*2]+[2b*2]) and lasts for the whole song, from the beginning to the end, riff included; most of the time (intro and riff excluded) this base pattern is repeated 2 times to reach the commonly used 8 bars for each part of the song (A,B,C). Before starting let's set the speed to 98bpm (HINT HINT you can find out by yourself the speed of the song while playing it with your favourite media player and following the rhythm by clicking repeatedly the backslash key in Hydrogen) and from the menu Grid Resolution let's set '16'. To create a new pattern select the instrument Closed HH, click on RMB and choose Fill Notes: the first two bars will be filled up. Then insert manually the beats on Snare Jazz and Kick as indicated in the 2 pictures below and there we have the base pattern for our song. Note how the beats on the hi-hat have different 'hardness': beats falling on the beginning of the bar are set at [0.78], the others at [0.50] (you can check that on the lower stat bar of Hydrogen), in order to give groove the song."
-msgstr "Le motif de base (Fig. 1 and 2) se compose de 4 mesures (divisé en 2 mesures différentes, chacune répétée 2 fois, donc [2a*2]+[2b*2]) et dure la chanson entière, du début à la fin, riff inclus ; la plupart du temps (intro et riff exclus) ce motif de base est répété 2 fois pour arriver à une structure classique de 8 mesures pour chaque partie du morceau (A,B,C). Avant de commencer, plaçez la vitesse à 98bpm (Remarque : vous pouvez trouver la vitesse (en Bpm) du morceau par vous même en la jouant avec votre lecteur préféré, XMMS, et en tapant le rythme avec la touche antislash dans Hydrogen). À partir du menu \"Résolution de la grille\" choisissez '16'. Pour créer un nouveau motif, cliquez droit sur l'instrument \"Closed HH\" et choisissez \"Fill Notes\": les deux premières mesures seront remplies. Insérez alors manuellement les notes de la caisse claire Jazz (\"Snare Jazz\") et de la grosse caisse (\"Kick\") comme indiqué sur les 2 images ci-dessous. Nous avons le motif de base pour notre morceau. Notez comment les coups de charleston sont accentués de manières différentes : ceux qui tombent sur les temps (au début d'une mesure) ont une intensité de [0,78 ], les autres de [0.50] (vous pouvez vérifier cela sur la barre de statut inférieure d'Hydrogen), afin de donner du groove au morceau."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:83
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/PatternBase1.png' md5='57bc11be8a08f1c21f341d939c026330'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:86
-msgid "Fig. 1 Base pattern, first bar."
-msgstr "Fig. 1 Motif de base, première mesure."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:96
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/PatternBase2.png' md5='8b995d46d2b5834358bb3d66caff3bff'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:99
-msgid "Fig. 2 Base pattern, second bar."
-msgstr "Fig. 2 Motif de base, seconde mesure."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:106
-msgid "Before we start writing down verses there are 4 intro bars, all equals to each other, except for the last one which at the end has an open hi-hat. We should do then:"
-msgstr "Avant que nous commencions à écrire les couplets, il y a 4 mesures d'intro, toutes identiques, excepté pour la dernière, à la fin de laquelle il y a un coup de charleston ouvert . Faites ce qui suit :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:109
-msgid "Rename the first pattern in the Song Editor with RMB click on the name Empty Pattern and change it to intro_a, for example."
-msgstr "Renommez le premier motif dans l'éditeur de morceau en cliquant avec le bouton droit de la souris surEmpty Pattern. Changez le, par exemple, en intro_a."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:110
-msgid "Add two 'X' near the first one (which represent the second and the third bar)"
-msgstr "Ajoutez 2 'X' près du premier (qui représente les deuxième et troisième mesures)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:111
-msgid "Create in Pattern Editor the base pattern (Fig. 1)"
-msgstr "Créez dans l'éditeur de motif le motif de base (Fig. 1)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:115
-msgid "For the fourth bar we'll instead open the hi-hat (Fig. 3):"
-msgstr "Pour la quatrième mesure, nous allons remplacer par une ouverture de charleston (Fig. 3) :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:118
-msgid "RMB in Song Editor on the newly created pattern, choose copy, then choose a name (ex. intro_b) and automagically you will have a new one right under."
-msgstr "Cliquez droit dans l'éditeur de morceau sur le motif nouvellement créé, sélectionnez copier, puis choisissez un nom (ex.intro_b) et un nouveau motif apparait en dessous automagiquement !"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:119
-msgid "Select the pattern you've just created (IMPORTANT!)"
-msgstr "Sélectionnez le motif que vous venez de créer (IMPORTANT !)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:120
-msgid "Delete the last 2 beats of Closed HH and move them on Open HH."
-msgstr "Effacez les 2 dernières notes de charleston fermé et remplacer par des charleston ouverts."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:121
-msgid "Select '32' from Grid Resolution and add another 2 beats right near the previous ones."
-msgstr "Sélectionnez '32' depuis  \"Résolution de la grille\" et ajoutez 2 nouvelles notes juste à coté des précédentes."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:122
-msgid "Adjust the hardness of these 4 beats so that the first is [0.78] while the other 3 [0.20] to simulate a longer opening."
-msgstr "Ajustez l'intensité de ces 4 notes de sorte que le premier soit à [0.78] et que les 3 autres soient à [0.20] pour simuler une ouverture plus longue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:128
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Intro4th.png' md5='10704cd372cd73ef373f7458590629c3'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:131
-msgid "Fig. 3 Intro detail, fourth bar."
-msgstr "Fig. 3 Détail de l'intro, quatrième mesure."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:140
-msgid "First verse"
-msgstr "Premier Couplet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:141
-msgid "Since we have written the base pattern, now we should already know the basis. To create the first verse we just have to copy from the Song Editor the pattern intro_a and rename, say, to A-B-C_1, because it is the first bar of the verse that eventually will also fit for the bridge (B) and the chorus (C). Pay attention, why can't we just add 2 more 'X' next to this pattern? Because in the first bar there is a Crash beat which ends the previous intro, therefore the two bars are not completely equal; you have to copy the pattern A-B-C_1 and rename it to A-B-C_2, cutting the Crash beat cited before."
-msgstr "Nous venons de créer le motif de base, maintenant, nous devrions donc connaître ... les bases ! Pour créer le premier couplet, il suffit de copier dans l'éditeur de motif le motif intro_a et de le renommer en A-B-C_1, car ceci est la première mesure du couplet qui par la suite s'adaptera au pont (B) et au refrain (C). Prenez garde, pourquoi ne pas simplement ajouter 2 autres croix à la suite de ce motif ? Parce que dans la première mesure il y a un coup de cymbale crash qui fini l'intro précédente, donc les deux mesures ne sont pas complètement équivalentes; vous devez donc copier le motif A-B-C_1 et le renommer en A-B-C_2 puis couper ce susdit coup de crash."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:143
-msgid "Same thing for the following 2 bars: just copy into the Song Editor the pattern in Fig. 2, rename it according to the previous ones and add two 'X' (because they're identical), you should reach number '8' as shown in Fig. 4."
-msgstr "Faire la même chose pour les 2 mesures suivantes : copiez simplement dans l'éditeur de motif le motif de la fig. 2, renommez le comme les deux précédents et ajoutez 2 croix (les deux mesures étant les mêmes), vous devriez donc atteindre le nombre '8' comme indiqué sur la fig. 4."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:144
-msgid "The 4 remaining bars of the verse are more or less the same of what we've just written, so why redo everything from scratch? Bars number 5,6,7 are virtually identical to the previous ones so we just have to add 2 crosses to pattern A-B-C_2 and one to A-B-C_3+4 taking care of renaming the patterns logically (so to understand how the song moves around the Song Editor), while in the eighth bar there is a fill which closes the verse. We have to copy+paste in a new line a pattern already written (ex. A-B-C_3+4), rename it to A-B-C_8 and modify it as in Fig. 4. Note how in this case too the three Snare Jazz beats on fourth bar have hardness properly tuned with [0.10], [0.20] and [0.78]; you can't see it in the picture but also the two final beats of Tom Mid are both 'touched' to [0.50], after all it's only just a small fill, better not beat hard on the drums :)"
-msgstr "Les 4 mesures restantes du couplet sont plus ou moins les mêmes que ce que vous venez d'écrire, alors pourquoi devriez vous tout refaire de zéro ? Les mesures 5,6,7 sont identiques aux précédentes ainsi vous avez juste à ajouter 2 croix au motif A-B-C_2 et une à A-B-C_3+4en prenant soin de renommer les motifs logiquement (pour comprendre par la suite comment le morceau se déroule dans l'éditeur de morceau), car la huitième mesure se termine par un remplissage qui clôture le couplet. Vous devez copier/coller dans une nouvelle ligne un motif déjà créé (ex. A-B-C_3+4, le renommer en A-B-C_8 et le modifier comme sur la Fig. 4. Notez que dont les trois caisses claires Jazz de la quatrième mesure ont une intensité respective réglée à [ 0.10 ], [ 0.20 ] et [ 0.78 ]; vous ne pouvez pas le voir sur l'image mais les deux notes finales du tom médium Tom Mid) ont une intensité de [0.50], après tout ce n'est qu'un tout petit remplissage, autant ne pas exploser les peaux des toms :)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:149
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Verse8th.png' md5='74975f1153e2f11dd1c3f6a5be3fa004'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:152
-msgid "Fig. 4 Eighth bar of the first verse."
-msgstr "Fig. 4 Huitième mesure du premier couplet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:159
-msgid "The result in the Song Editor should be something like Fig. 5."
-msgstr "Le résultat dans l'éditeur de chanson devrait ressembler à la Fig. 5."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:164
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseAll.png' md5='29a321be72cbe5a395c00acf5a9b9db4'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:167
-msgid "Fig. 5 Intro and first verse in the Song Editor."
-msgstr "Fig. 5 Introduction et premier couplet dans l'éditeur de morceau."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:174
-msgid "WARNING! if you reached this point without saving your work, NOW is the good time to do that. A simple [CTRL+S] followed by the name of the songfile and you'll be ok. If you want to add some more infos, LMB on 'S' button of the Song Editor and change the fields as you like: these infos will be shown upon opening of the file."
-msgstr "ATTENTION! si vous atteignez ce point sans avoir sauvegardé votre travail, il est temps de le faire MIANTENANT. Un simple [CTRL+S] suivi du nom du morceau, et vous serez bien. Si vous voulez ajouter des infos, cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur le bouton 'S' de l'éditeur de morceau et modifiez les champs comme vous le voulez : ces infos seront affichées lors de l'ouverture du projet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:179
-msgid "Bridge and following"
-msgstr "Le pont et la suite"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:180
-msgid "Now that we're done with the first verse you should have an idea of how the whole thing works: the first bridge is made of the same 8 bars (4+4) with a slight change at the end of the fourth, which forces us to create a 'custom' fourth bar while the others are easily added with our friendly little cross ('X')."
-msgstr "Maintenant que vous avez réalisé le premier couplet vous devriez avoir une idée du mode de fonctionnement global de ce morceau : le premier pont est fait des mêmes 8 mesures (4+4) avec un léger changement à la fin de la quatrième, ce qui nous oblige à créer une mesure spéciale alors que les autres seront tout simplement ajoutées à l'aide de notre géniale petite croix ('X')."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:182
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Let's take the latest pattern created as sample (A-B-C_8), let's copy and rename it to Bridge1_4 (i.e. fourth bar of first bridge) and modify it as in Fig. 6. We have quickly completed the bridge! The Song Editor now should appear as follows in Fig. 7. Looking closely one should ask why the fifth bar of the bridge (17th bar of the whole song) isn't assigned to the pattern A-B-C_1; the answer is that the pattern has also a Crash which is not present in A-B-C_2+5+6."
-msgstr "Utilisons le dernier motif créé comme un échantillon (A-B-C_8), puis copiez le et renommez le en Bridge1_4 (c'est à dire quatrième mesure du premier pont) et modifiez le comme sur la Fig. 6. Nous avons rapidement terminé le pont ! L'éditeur de morceau devrait ressembler à la fig. 7. En regardant attentivement l'illustration on pourrait se demander pourquoi la cinquième mesure du pont (la 17ème du morceau) n'est pas assignée au motif A-B-C_1; la réponse est que le motif a également un coup de crash final qui n'est pas présent dans A-B-C_2+5+6."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:187
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Bridge1_4th.png' md5='d76bf26f0877e843a19d62221b4a64a0'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:190
-msgid "Fig. 6 Fourth bar of the first bridge."
-msgstr "Fig. 6 Quatrième mesure du pont."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:200
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseBridge.png' md5='b6bb73a2f8aa6ed0dfeb4cdcf6dcd0f8'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:203
-msgid "Fig. 7 The Song Editor with the first bridge."
-msgstr "Fig. 7 L'éditeur de morceau avec le premier pont."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:210
-msgid "Now we can build up quickly the remaining parts of the song: after this bridge there is another verse, then a bridge and a chorus, which are mostly the same so we just need to create different pattern in a few cases (along with this guide you will find the song file with the whole song). Of course one can write as many lines in the Song Editor as the bars in the song but a whole song would become difficult to follow, plus the songfile would be bigger."
-msgstr "Maintenant vous pouvez créer rapidement les parties restantes du morceau : après le pont il y a un autre couplet, puis un pont et un refrain, qui sont la plupart du temps identiques, vous devrez simplement créer des motifs différents dans quelques cas (plus loin dans ce guide, vous trouverez le fichier du morceai avec la chanson entière). Naturellement, vous pouvez écrire autant de lignes dans l'éditeur de morceau que de mesures dans le morceau, mais un morceau complet risquerait d'être difficile à suivre, et il prendrait beaucoup de place."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:215
-msgid "The Riff"
-msgstr "Le Riff"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:216
-msgid "Around half song there are two riffs: each one is 2 bars long but actually the pattern is the same, just the other instruments play something that we will see in the last riff of this song (where drums too play the pattern of the riff)."
-msgstr "Vers le milieu du morceau il y a deux riffs : ils sont tous deux composés de 2 mesures mais en fait le motif est toujours le même, et seul les autres instruments jouent quelque chose que nous verrons dans le dernier riff de ce morceau (où la batterie joue elle aussi le motif du riff)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:218
-msgid "In this riff the drums play the same pattern we already know for one bar (see Fig. 1) while in the second bar only beats two times (Fig. 8), then the pattern again and then again two beats with a small final fill (Fig. 9); again the open hi-hat is done with beats of different intensity: [0.78] and [0.20]."
-msgstr "Dans ce riff la batterie joue le même motif que nous connaissons déjà pendant une mesure (voir Fig. 1) puis une nouvelle mesure de deux notes seulement (fig. 8), puis le motif de base à nouveau, puis encore les deux mêmes notes avec un petit fill à la fin (Fig. 9) ; encore une ouverture charleston avec des notes d'intensité différente : [0.78] et [0.20]."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:223
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1b.png' md5='a0dfe506859200cca819066bc32c26d2'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:226
-msgid "Fig. 8 Second bar of the riff."
-msgstr "Fig. 8 Deuxième mesure du riff."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:235
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1c.png' md5='9dc5e97d6e7c98ba70ca66977780a830'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:238
-msgid "Fig. 9 Fourth bar of the riff."
-msgstr "Fig. 9 Quatrième mesure du riff."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:247
-msgid "The second half of the song"
-msgstr "La deuxième moitié du morceau"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:248
-msgid "After the riff we have half job done. We just have to write down two verses, one bridge, a chorus repeated 3 times and the same riff at the end."
-msgstr "Après le riff nous avons fait la moitié du travail. Nous n'avons plus qu'à créer deux couplets, un pont, un refrain qui sera répété 3 fois et un autre riff à la fin."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:250
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The second part of the song is slightly different from the previous one because we have a few hi-hat opening during the verses and every 4 bars there's a small fill almost everytime: it's easier to start from scratch a new set of pattern (i.e. A-B-C-*) in the Song Editor copying them with a suffix like '_hh' to show the presence of the Open HH. As noted in the introduction of this guide, Jeff Porcaro puts much of his skills playing the song and this makes the difference between a song played from a raw and \"cold\" transcription on paper (or on Hydrogen): therefore the following parts of the song will try to be faithful to the original piece, but another 'ear' could give another written layout of the same part: after all this doesn't matter so much since we are showing how a program works, not to play like Porcaro :)"
-msgstr "La seconde partie du morceau est lègèrement différente de la précédente car il y a quelques ouvertures de charleston pendant les couplets et, toutes les quatres mesures, un petit fill presque à chaque fois : c'est plus facile de démarrer à zéro un nouvel enchainement de motif (c'est à dire : A-B-C-* dans l'éditeur de morceau en leur ajoutant un suffixe du style '_hh' pour rappeler la présence de l'ouverture de charleston. Comme nous l'avons vu dans l'introduction de ce tutoriel, Jeff Porcaro met beaucoup de sa personalité dans son jeu, ce qui fait la reproduction froide et exacte d'une partition (ce que fait Hydrogen). Les parties suivantes du morceau seront donc plus ou moins fidèles au morceau original, mais une autre 'oreille' pourrait donner une autre écriture de la même partie. Après tout, on s'en fiche : ce tutoriel explique comment utiliser Hydrogen, pas comment joue Porcaro :)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:252
-msgid "In Fig. 10 here is how is the section in the Song Editor of the two verses and the bridge following the first riff; as you can see the first bars (48-50 according to the Song Editor's enumeration) are already written before while the others (51-71) are new. Moreover there a few pattern 'ad hoc' identified by A-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 to see an example) and A-B-C-4a_hh since both have a few changes not present in any pattern written up to now."
-msgstr "La fig. 10 montre l'écran de l'éditeur de morceau placé sur les deux couplets et le pont qui suivent le premier riff ; comme vous pouvez le voir, les premières mesures (48-50 au niveau de la numérotation de l'éditeur de morceau) n'ont pas été modifiées alors que les autres (51-71) ont été ré-écrites. De plus, il y a plusieurs motifs 'ad hoc' identifiées commeA-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 pour voir un exemple) et A-B-C- 4a_hh qui contiennent quelques changements que nous n'avons jamais écrits jusqu'à présent."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:257
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseBridge_hh.png' md5='d392c5c292141e361391476539077d0d'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:260
-msgid "Fig. 10 Third and fourth bars in the Song Editor."
-msgstr "Fig. 10 Troisième et quatrième mesure dans l'éditeur de morceau."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:270
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Bridge3_3a_hh.png' md5='cad449c21b89bd3057870c7c2ebee93b'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:273
-msgid "Fig. 11 Seventh bar of the third bridge."
-msgstr "Fig. 11 Septième mesure du troisième pont."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:280
-msgid "After the third bridge we repeat the chorus: the first time the Stick is used instead of the Snare Jazz and we don't play the Kick (even if it may sound the opposite since the bass guitar does play here, so we have put the same the kick beats softly at [0.50]), while the second and third time the chorus goes on there are a few bars different, as shown from patterns C3_*. In Fig. 12 the pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3 (slightly different ...) which criptycally identify the sixth and seventh bar of the third chorus AND the third bar of the fourth chorus: if you think this is confusing, you may find out your own method :-)"
-msgstr "Après le troisième pont, il y a un refrain : la première fois, le clap baguettes est utilisé à la place de la caisse Jazz et la grosse caisse n'est pas jouée (même si on pourrait croire entendre le contraire parce que la basse joue, si on veut rendre cet effet, on peut mettre un coup de grosse caisse à [0.50]), tandis que la deuxième et troisième fois que le refrain joue, il y a quelques mesures diffèrentes, comme le montre l'appellation C3 _ *. Dans la Fig. 12, le motif C3_6+7 & C4_3 (légérement différent ...) qui représente les sixième et septième mesures du troisième refrain ET la troisième mesure du quatrième chorus : si vous pensez que c'est confu, cherchez votre propre méthode :-)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:285
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/C3_6+7.png' md5='b4392c09a1f4aa20f588bbb6c1eed8fd'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:288
-msgid "Fig. 12 Pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3."
-msgstr "Fig. 12 Motif C3_6+7 & C4_3."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:298
-msgid "The Final riff"
-msgstr "Le riff final"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:299
-msgid "The song ends repeating a slightly different riff we have met before: the first 2 bars are the same (i.e. pattern + 2 beats), while the in third bar the drum plays actually with the other instruments (Fig. 13) to finally end as always."
-msgstr "La fin de la chanson répéte un riff quelque peu différent de celui que nous avons déja rencontré : les deux premières mesures sont identiques (c'est à dire, le motif + 2 notes), tandis que dans la troisième mesure, la batterie joue le même rythme que les autres instruments (fig. 13) pour enfin terminer comme d'habitude."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:304
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1d.png' md5='e9410cbca7b77aa4606fe6b6a2c87450'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:307
-msgid "Fig. 13 The final riff."
-msgstr "Fig. 13 Le riff final."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:314
-msgid "And this is the end. The goal of this little tutorial is giving a quick overview of the most common functions of Hydrogen: this piece of software can also run for other purposes, like an advanced 'click' played with the drum, or to loop playing some part of a song difficult to catch; however, as in other things, analyzing the song itself helps the comprehension and here too, Hydrogen can be helpful reducing the time needed to write down a pattern and tune it."
-msgstr "Et voila, c'est terminé. Le but de ce petit tutoriel était de vous donner une vue d'ensemble rapide des fonctions les plus courantes d'Hydrogen : ce morceau de logiciel peut également être utilisé dans d'autres optiques, comme un 'clic' avancé joué avec une batterie, ou pour boucler sur une partie d'un morcreau difficile à chopper; cependant, dans tous les cas, analyser le morceau lui-même aide à sa compréhension et ici aussi, Hydrogen peut être utile pour réduire le temps nécessaire pour écrire un rythme et le jouer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:316
-msgid "For comments, suggestions, corrections, you can use the Hydrogen mailing lists (hydrogen.sf.net)"
-msgstr "Pour des commentaires, des suggestions, des corrections, vous pouvez utiliser sur les mailing lists d'Hydrogen (hydrogen.sf.net)"
-
-#~ msgid "Ok, you've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Now you want to test it while creating your favourite song, this might help you to learn it, writing down a few difficult parts in order to play them over and over again or to be sure that in future a quick glance at the songfile will bring up immediately to mind the song. Hydrogen can be used also as an advanced click machine that can help you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments), maybe with a custom pattern designed by yourself. This short introduction will guide you creating a a complete song, we will work on \"Georgy Porgy\" of Toto which has a quite straight structure therefore is appropriate for a guide but this doenst mean the song is _actually_ easy to write down since the drummer (Jeff Porcaro) enriches the groove with his personal touch and fantasy; Hydrogen will not play better than the drummer who is working on the song, most of the task must be accomplished by the programmer's sensibility and experience."
-#~ msgstr "Vous venez de télécharger la dernière version du logiciel Hydrogen et l'installation s'est bien déroulée. Maintenant vous voulez l'essayer et recréer votre chanson favorite. Ceci pourrait en effet vous aider à apprendre à écrire les parties les plus difficiles, pour pouvoir les écouter plusieurs fois ou être sur que vous pouvez, d'un coup d'oeil rapide dans le fichier du morceau, vous le remémorer immédiatement. Hydrogen peut être utilisé comme une \"boîte à rythme\" avancée qui peut vous aider dans votre pratique musicale (dans la vitesse, la précision et autres bases), peut être avec un motif défini par vos soins. Cette petite introduction vous guidera dans la création d'une chanson complète. Nous travaillerons sur le morceau \"Georgy Porgy\" de Toto (désolé) qui a une structure assez directe, ce qui le rend approprié pour ce guide, mais cela ne veut pas dire que le morceau est _vraiment_ facile à écrire vu que le batteur, Jeff Porcaro, enrichit le groove avec son touché personnel et son feeling. Hydrogen ne jouera pas mieux que le batteur, la majeure partie de la tâche doit être accomplie par la sensibilité et l'expérience du programmeur."
-
-#~ msgid "Move on"
-#~ msgstr "En avant"
-
-#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS"
-#~ msgstr ""
-
-#~ msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS"
-#~ msgstr ""
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_it.html hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_it.html
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_it.html	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_it.html	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Hydrogen Tutorial
Hydrogen Tutorial
Antonio Piraino
Antonio Piraino
Sommario
You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks:
-			
  • It can be used as an advanced "click" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote.
  • You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can "write it down" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind.
  • You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)

-			
Indice
1. Let's start
1.1. Intro
1.2. Prima strofa
1.3. Bridge e seguenti
1.4. Il Riff
1.5. L'altra meta' della canzone
1.6. Il riff finale
Capitolo1.Let's start
Indice
1.1. Intro
1.2. Prima strofa
1.3. Bridge e seguenti
1.4. Il Riff
1.5. L'altra meta' della canzone
1.6. Il riff finale
Prima di iniziare la stesura della canzone assicuratevi di avere alcuni strumenti necessari:
  • La canzone da studiare: puo' andar bene un cd-audio ma sarebbe preferibile scaricarla sul PC in formato .ogg o .mp3 per una maggior flessibilita'.
  • Opzionalmente anche uno spartito di batteria oppure mettere su carta una struttura di massima per quella canzone: puo' far comodo controllare il numero delle battute o le varie parti del pezzo musicale che si inseriranno in Hydrogen.
La canzone in esame ha la seguente struttura:
  • Intro: 4 battute
  • Strofa: 8 battute
  • Bridge: 8 battute
  • Strofa: 8 battute
  • Bridge: 8 battute
  • Ritornello: 8 battute
  • Riff: 4 battute
  • Strofa (con chitarra): 8 battute
  • Strofa (con voce): 8 battute
  • Bridge: 8 battute
  • Ritornello: 8 battute
  • Ritornello: 8 battute
  • Ritornello: 8 battute
  • Riff finale: 4 battute
Da questo schema si evidenzia come alcuni pattern si ripetono nella canzone quindi useremo questa legenda, tornera' comodo con Hydrogen:
  • Strofa -> A
  • Bridge -> B
  • Ritornello -> C
E per accorciare le spiegazioni useremo anche questi due classici TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):
  • LMB: left mouse button
  • RMB: right mouse button
Bene, adesso staccate il telefono e lanciate Hydrogen dalla shell: e' il momento di mettersi al lavoro!
1.1.Intro
Il pattern base (Fig. 1 e 2) e' di 4 battute (suddivise in 2 battute differenti ciascuna ripetuta per due volte, quindi [2a*2]+[2b*2]), e dura per tutto il pezzo, dall'inizio alla fine, riff inclusi; nella maggior parte dei casi (escluso l'intro e i riff) questo pattern base viene ripetuto 2 volte per arrivare alle classiche 8 battute per ciascuna parte (A,B,C) del brano. Prima di tutto pero' due piccole operazioni preliminari: settate la velocita' a 98 bpm (SUGGERIMENTO: potete scoprire da voi la velocita' della canzone mettendola in esecuzione col vostro player preferito e tenendo il tempo col tasto backslash di Hydrogen) e dal menu Grid Resolution selezionate '16'. Per creare il pattern selezionate lo strumento Closed HH, click su RMB e scegliete Fill Notes: le due battute correntemente visualizzate saranno riempite di sedicesimi, voila'! Inserite poi a mano i colpi di rullante e di cassa come indicato nelle due figure sottostanti e abbiamo ottenuto il ritmo base per la nostra canzone. Notare come i colpi sul charleston siano accentati in maniera differenziata: i colpi che cascano sui quarti hanno un'intensita' di [0.78], gli altri di [0.50] (visualizzata nella barra di stato in fondo alla schermata del programma), in maniera da vivacizzare la resa globale del pezzo.
Fig. 1 Il pattern base, prima battuta.
Fig. 2 Il pattern base, seconda battuta.
Prima di cominciare la stesura delle strofe ci sono le 4 battute di intro, tutte uguali, eccezion fatta per la quarta che in fondo ha l'apertura del charleston. La procedura quindi e':
  • Rinominare il primo pattern nel Song Editor con clic di RMB sul nome Empty Pattern sostituendolo, per esempio, con intro_a.
  • Aggiungere altre due crocette accanto alla prima (che rappresentano rispettivamente la seconda e la terza battuta)
  • Create nel Pattern Editor il pattern base (Fig. 1)
Per la quarta battuta invece c'e' da aggiungere l'apertura del charleston; si puo' procedere cosi' (Fig. 3):
  • Click di RMB Nel Song Editor sul pattern appena creato, scegliere copy, scegliere un nome (es. intro_b) e automaticamente ne verra' creato uno gemello proprio sotto.
  • Selezionare il nuovo pattern creato (IMPORTANTE!)
  • Cancellare gli ultimi due sedicesimi del Closed HH e riportarli sul Open HH.
  • Selezionare '32' dalla Grid Resolution e aggiungere altri due colpi a fianco dei sedicesimi gia' esistenti.
  • Aggiustate l'intensita' in maniera che il primo dei 4 trendaduesimi sia [0.78] mentre gli altri 3 siano [0.20] per simulare un'apertura piu' lunga.
Fig. 3 Dettaglio dell'intro, quarta battuta.
1.2.Prima strofa
Abbiamo gia' visto come creare il pattern base, dunque per cominciare la stesura della prima strofa basta copiare dal Song Editor il pattern intro_a e rinominarlo, per esempio A-B-C_1, poiche' rappresenta la prima battuta della strofa che poi andra' bene anche per il bridge (B) e il ritornello (C).  Attenzione, perche' non aggiungere due crocette consecutive in corrispondenza di questo pattern appena creato? Poiche' nella prima battuta c'e' un colpo di Crash che conclude l'intro precedente, il risultato e' che le prime due battute non sono completamente identiche. Per aggiungere la seconda battuta si deve quindi copiare il pattern A-B-C_1 e rinominarlo A-B-C_2, togliendo poi il colpo di Crash citato prima.
Alla stessa maniera per ottenere le 2 battute seguenti e' sufficiente copiare nel Song Editor il pattern in Fig. 2, rinominarlo secondo la serie e aggiungere due crocette fino al numero '8' (poiche' sono identiche): il risultato ottenuto dovrebbe essere come da Fig. 4.
Le rimanenti 4 battute della strofa sommariamente sono una ripetizione di cio' che abbiamo appena scritto, dunque perche' rifare tutto? La battuta 5,6,7 sono identiche alle precedenti, quindi e' sufficiente aggiungere in sequenza due crocette sul pattern A-B-C_2 e una sul pattern A-B-C_3+4 avendo cura di rinominare di conseguenza i nomi dei pattern per capire come la canzone si muove nel Song Editor, mentre nell'ottava battuta c'e' il fill che conclude la strofa quindi dobbiamo creare una nuova riga nel Song Editor, magari copiando il pattern A-B-C_3+4 e rinominandolo A-B-C_8, e modificarlo come da Fig. 4. Notate come anche in questo caso i tre colpi di rullante (Snare Jazz) finali siano stati opportunamente accentati rispettivamente con [0.10], [0.20] e [0.78]; nell'immagine non si vede ma anche i due colpi finali di Tom Mid hanno un'intensita' di [0.50]. Si tratta solo di un piccolo passaggio, forse e' meglio non picchiare troppo sulle pelli :)
Fig. 4 Ottava battuta della prima strofa.
Il risultato finale nel Song Editor dovrebbe essere simile alla Fig. 5.
Fig. 5 Intro e prima strofa nel Song Editor.
ATTENZIONE! Se siete giunti fino qui senza mai salvare potrebbe essere un'ottima idea farlo adesso. Un semplice [CTRL+S] seguito dal nome che volete dare al vostro lavoro in corso vi togliera' ogni preoccupazione. Se volete aggiungere anche qualche informazione supplementare fate click con LMB sul pulsante 'S' del Song Editor e modificate i campi a vostro piacimento, queste sono le informazioni che verranno automaticamente visualizzate all'apertura del brano.
1.3.Bridge e seguenti
Ora che abbiamo riportato la prima strofa per intero dovreste avere un'idea del meccanismo con cui creare i pattern successivi: il primo bridge e' composto dalle solite 8 battute (4+4) con una piccola variazione alla fine della quarta, quale cosa ci impone di creare una "quarta battuta" differente, mentre per le altre basta aggiungere le nostre crocette amiche per sveltire il lavoro.
Prendiamo dunque come campione proprio l'ultimo pattern creato (A-B-C_8) e rinominiamolo Bridge1_4 (per indicare che e' la quarta battuta del primo bridge) e lo modifichiamo come da Fig. 6. In poco tempo abbiamo quindi gia' completato la stesura del primo bridge! Il Song Editor adesso dovrebbe apparire simile alla Fig. 7. Osservando attentamente la figura ci si potrebbe domandare come mai la quinta battuta del bridge (corrispondente alla 17esima battuta del Song Editor) non sia stata assegnata al pattern A-B-C_1; quel pattern ha infatti un colpo di crash sul primo quarto che non e' presente nel pattern A-B-C_2+5+6.
Fig. 6 Quarta battuta del primo Bridge.
Fig. 7 Il Song Editor con il primo bridge.
Procedendo cosi' potremo creare velocemente le successive parti del pezzo: dopo questo bridge c'e' infatti di nuovo una strofa, un altro bridge e il ritornello, sono tutti molto simili quindi basta creare dei pattern differenziati solo per quelle battute che effettivamente differiscono. Insieme a questa guida c'e' comunque il file con il tutto il pezzo. Logicamente si possono creare righe tante quante sono le battute, ma una canzone completa poi rischia di diventare difficile da seguire e il file relativo occupa piu' spazio.
1.4.Il Riff
Verso meta' pezzo poi ci sono due riff consecutivi: ciascuno e' lungo 2 battute ma in realta' la sostanza non cambia poi molto. Il pattern musicale per la batteria e' lo stesso, sono solo tutti gli altri strumenti che eseguono qualcosa di simile a quello che verra' poi rappresentato dal riff finale, in cui partecipa anche la batteria.
Piu' semplicemente in questo riff la batteria esegue il solito pattern per una battuta (vedi Fig. 1) mentre nella seconda accenta insieme agli altri strumenti (Fig. 8), poi ripete il solito pattern per una battuta e di nuovo nella seconda ci sono solo due accenti con un piccolo fill a chiusura del tutto (Fig. 9); ancora una volta l'apertura del charleston finale e' simulata con due intensita' differenziate di [0.78] e [0.20].
Fig. 8 Seconda battuta del riff.
Fig. 9 Quarta battuta del riff.
1.5.L'altra meta' della canzone
Una volta analizzato il riff abbiamo girato la boa della meta' del pezzo. Cio' che resta da scrivere e' la solita strofa ripetuta due volte consecutive, un bridge e il ritornello ripetuto 3 volte con in coda il solito riff finale.
Questa seconda meta' della canzone differisce lievemente dalla precedente poiche' nelle due strofe ci sono alcune aperture del charleston e ogni 4 battute c'e' quasi sempre un piccolo passaggio, il tutto tradotto nel linguaggio di Hydrogen significa ricreare da capo un'altra sezione A-B-C-* perche' a questo punto non conviene piu' sforzarsi di incastrare dei pattern precedentemente creati, ci sono troppe differenze. Copiare quindi i pattern creati in precedenza per la strofa e rinominarli per esempio con un suffisso '_hh' per indicare la presenza dello strumento Open HH. Come viene accennato nell'introduzione il batterista originale del pezzo aggiunge anche del suo ed e' questo che fa la differenza fra un pezzo suonato e un pezzo riportato su carta (o su Hydrogen): tutto questo per dire che le parti seguenti della canzone sono riportate cercando di essere fedeli al pezzo originale, ma un altro orecchio potra' dare un'altra interpretazione, in fondo stiamo solo cercando di insegnare a usare un programma, non a emulare Jeff Porcaro :)
Comunque ecco in Fig. 10 come appare la sezione del Song Editor relativa alle strofe e al bridge che seguono il riff; come si puo' notare le prime battute (48-50 secondo la numerazione del Song Editor) sono prese dal vecchio pattern mentre le altre (51-71) sono nuove. In piu' sono state create anche due battute 'ad hoc' identificate con A-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 per vedere un esempio) e A-B-C-4a_hh poiche' hanno alcune singolarita' non presenti in nessun pattern finora scritto.
Fig. 10 Terza e quarta strofa nel Song Editor.
Fig. 11 Settima battuta del terzo bridge.
In seguito al terzo bridge abbiamo tre volte il ritornello: la prima volta il rullante e' sostituito dallo strumento Stick e la cassa non viene suonata (potrebbe sembrare il contrario perche' il basso invece suona, ad ogni buon conto lo strumento c'e' lo stesso smorzando l'intensita' a [0.50]), mentre la seconda e la terza volta ci sono alcune battute fuori dal coro come segnalato dai pattern C3_*, in Figura 12 il pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3 (lievemente diverso ma pur sempre tale) che cripticamente identifica la sesta e settima battuta del terzo ritornello e la terza battuta del quarto ritornello: se una notazione del genere puo' confondere e' sufficiente adattarla al proprio sistema.
Fig. 12 Il pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3.
1.6.Il riff finale
Il pezzo si conclude ripetendo una variazione del riff di prima: la prime due battute sono uguali (cioe' pattern normale + battuta con solo un paio di accenti), mentre nella terza battuta la batteria invece di suonare per conto proprio accenta tutta la melodia degli altri strumenti (Fig. 13) per poi concludere alla maniera classica.
Fig. 13 Il pattern del riff finale.
E con questo siamo arrivati alla fine della canzone. L'obiettivo di questo breve tutorial era dare una rapida panoramica sulle funzioni che tipicamente si andranno a utilizzare di Hydrogen nell'uso comune: come accennato nell'introduzione, questo programma puo' comunque essere usato come un semplice click accompagnando la batteria dal solo metronomo oppure ancora si puo' isolare un pezzo particolarmente ostico di un brano, riportarlo nel Pattern Editor di Hydrogen e metterlo in loop: come in molte altre cose ci si accorge che anche la sola analisi di un brano da studiare ne rende piu' facile la comprensione e l'esecuzione e anche in questo Hydrogen puo' aiutare sveltendo il lavoro di una semplice stesura di un pattern e successiva raffinazione.
Per commenti, suggerimenti, correzioni si puo' utilizzare le mailing list attivate per Hydrogen (hydrogen.sf.net)

diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_it.po hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_it.po
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial_it.po	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial_it.po	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,543 +0,0 @@
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-13 16:43+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-
-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:7
-msgid "Hydrogen Tutorial"
-msgstr "Hydrogen Tutorial"
-
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
-#: tutorial.docbook:9
-msgid "Antonio Piraino"
-msgstr "Antonio Piraino"
-
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
-#: tutorial.docbook:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Sebastian Moors"
-msgstr "Antonio Piraino"
-
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/date
-#: tutorial.docbook:19
-msgid "10/May/2017"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:24
-msgid "It can be used as an advanced \"click\" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:25
-msgid "You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can \"write it down\" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:26
-msgid "You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:22
-msgid "You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:34
-msgid "Let's start"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:35
-msgid "Before starting make sure you have a few things:"
-msgstr "Prima di iniziare la stesura della canzone assicuratevi di avere alcuni strumenti necessari:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:38
-msgid "The song to study on: either an audio-cd or (better) an .ogg or .mp3 for optimal flexibility."
-msgstr "La canzone da studiare: puo' andar bene un cd-audio ma sarebbe preferibile scaricarla sul PC in formato .ogg o .mp3 per una maggior flessibilita'."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Optionally a rough layout of the song on paper: it may be useful to count bars and different parts of the song that eventually will get into Hydrogen."
-msgstr "Opzionalmente anche uno spartito di batteria oppure mettere su carta una struttura di massima per quella canzone: puo' far comodo controllare il numero delle battute o le varie parti del pezzo musicale che si inseriranno in Hydrogen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:42
-msgid "The song we will work on has the following structure:"
-msgstr "La canzone in esame ha la seguente struttura:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:45
-msgid "Intro: 4 bars"
-msgstr "Intro: 4 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:46 tutorial.docbook:48
-msgid "Verse: 8 bars"
-msgstr "Strofa: 8 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:47 tutorial.docbook:49 tutorial.docbook:54
-msgid "Bridge: 8 bars"
-msgstr "Bridge: 8 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:50 tutorial.docbook:55 tutorial.docbook:56
-#: tutorial.docbook:57
-msgid "Chorus: 8 bars"
-msgstr "Ritornello: 8 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:51
-msgid "Riff: 4 bars"
-msgstr "Riff: 4 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:52
-msgid "Verse (with guitar): 8 bars"
-msgstr "Strofa (con chitarra): 8 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:53
-msgid "Verse (with voice): 8 bars"
-msgstr "Strofa (con voce): 8 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:58
-msgid "Final Riff: 4 bars"
-msgstr "Riff finale: 4 battute"
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:61
-msgid "Looking at this scheme we can see that some pattern repeats, so we'll use this symbols in Hydrogen's Song Editor:"
-msgstr "Da questo schema si evidenzia come alcuni pattern si ripetono nella canzone quindi useremo questa legenda, tornera' comodo con Hydrogen:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:64
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Verse -> A"
-msgstr "Strofa -> A"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Bridge -> B"
-msgstr "Bridge -> B"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:66
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Chorus -> C"
-msgstr "Ritornello -> C"
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "And to save up words on explanations we'll use two common TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):"
-msgstr "E per accorciare le spiegazioni useremo anche questi due classici TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:70
-msgid "LMB: left mouse button"
-msgstr "LMB: left mouse button"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:71
-msgid "RMB: right mouse button"
-msgstr "RMB: right mouse button"
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:74
-msgid "Well, now unplug your phone and launch Hydrogen from the shell: let's get to work!"
-msgstr "Bene, adesso staccate il telefono e lanciate Hydrogen dalla shell: e' il momento di mettersi al lavoro!"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:77
-msgid "Intro"
-msgstr "Intro"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:78
-msgid "The base pattern (Fig. 1 and 2) is 4 bars long (divided in 2 different bars, each repeated 2 times, so it's [2a*2]+[2b*2]) and lasts for the whole song, from the beginning to the end, riff included; most of the time (intro and riff excluded) this base pattern is repeated 2 times to reach the commonly used 8 bars for each part of the song (A,B,C). Before starting let's set the speed to 98bpm (HINT HINT you can find out by yourself the speed of the song while playing it with your favourite media player and following the rhythm by clicking repeatedly the backslash key in Hydrogen) and from the menu Grid Resolution let's set '16'. To create a new pattern select the instrument Closed HH, click on RMB and choose Fill Notes: the first two bars will be filled up. Then insert manually the beats on Snare Jazz and Kick as indicated in the 2 pictures below and there we have the base pattern for our song. Note how the beats on the hi-hat have different 'hardness': beats falling on the beginning of the bar are set at [0.78], the others at [0.50] (you can check that on the lower stat bar of Hydrogen), in order to give groove the song."
-msgstr "Il pattern base (Fig. 1 e 2) e' di 4 battute (suddivise in 2 battute differenti ciascuna ripetuta per due volte, quindi [2a*2]+[2b*2]), e dura per tutto il pezzo, dall'inizio alla fine, riff inclusi; nella maggior parte dei casi (escluso l'intro e i riff) questo pattern base viene ripetuto 2 volte per arrivare alle classiche 8 battute per ciascuna parte (A,B,C) del brano. Prima di tutto pero' due piccole operazioni preliminari: settate la velocita' a 98 bpm (SUGGERIMENTO: potete scoprire da voi la velocita' della canzone mettendola in esecuzione col vostro player preferito e tenendo il tempo col tasto backslash di Hydrogen) e dal menu Grid Resolution selezionate '16'. Per creare il pattern selezionate lo strumento Closed HH, click su RMB e scegliete Fill Notes: le due battute correntemente visualizzate saranno riempite di sedicesimi, voila'! Inserite poi a mano i colpi di rullante e di cassa come indicato nelle due figure sottostanti e abbiamo ottenuto il ritmo base per la nostra canzone. Notare come i colpi sul charleston siano accentati in maniera differenziata: i colpi che cascano sui quarti hanno un'intensita' di [0.78], gli altri di [0.50] (visualizzata nella barra di stato in fondo alla schermata del programma), in maniera da vivacizzare la resa globale del pezzo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:83
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/PatternBase1.png' md5='57bc11be8a08f1c21f341d939c026330'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:86
-msgid "Fig. 1 Base pattern, first bar."
-msgstr "Fig. 1 Il pattern base, prima battuta."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:96
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/PatternBase2.png' md5='8b995d46d2b5834358bb3d66caff3bff'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:99
-msgid "Fig. 2 Base pattern, second bar."
-msgstr "Fig. 2 Il pattern base, seconda battuta."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:106
-msgid "Before we start writing down verses there are 4 intro bars, all equals to each other, except for the last one which at the end has an open hi-hat. We should do then:"
-msgstr "Prima di cominciare la stesura delle strofe ci sono le 4 battute di intro, tutte uguali, eccezion fatta per la quarta che in fondo ha l'apertura del charleston. La procedura quindi e':"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:109
-msgid "Rename the first pattern in the Song Editor with RMB click on the name Empty Pattern and change it to intro_a, for example."
-msgstr "Rinominare il primo pattern nel Song Editor con clic di RMB sul nome Empty Pattern sostituendolo, per esempio, con intro_a."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:110
-msgid "Add two 'X' near the first one (which represent the second and the third bar)"
-msgstr "Aggiungere altre due crocette accanto alla prima (che rappresentano rispettivamente la seconda e la terza battuta)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:111
-msgid "Create in Pattern Editor the base pattern (Fig. 1)"
-msgstr "Create nel Pattern Editor il pattern base (Fig. 1)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:115
-msgid "For the fourth bar we'll instead open the hi-hat (Fig. 3):"
-msgstr "Per la quarta battuta invece c'e' da aggiungere l'apertura del charleston; si puo' procedere cosi' (Fig. 3):"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:118
-msgid "RMB in Song Editor on the newly created pattern, choose copy, then choose a name (ex. intro_b) and automagically you will have a new one right under."
-msgstr "Click di RMB Nel Song Editor sul pattern appena creato, scegliere copy, scegliere un nome (es. intro_b) e automaticamente ne verra' creato uno gemello proprio sotto."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:119
-msgid "Select the pattern you've just created (IMPORTANT!)"
-msgstr "Selezionare il nuovo pattern creato (IMPORTANTE!)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:120
-msgid "Delete the last 2 beats of Closed HH and move them on Open HH."
-msgstr "Cancellare gli ultimi due sedicesimi del Closed HH e riportarli sul Open HH."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:121
-msgid "Select '32' from Grid Resolution and add another 2 beats right near the previous ones."
-msgstr "Selezionare '32' dalla Grid Resolution e aggiungere altri due colpi a fianco dei sedicesimi gia' esistenti."
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:122
-msgid "Adjust the hardness of these 4 beats so that the first is [0.78] while the other 3 [0.20] to simulate a longer opening."
-msgstr "Aggiustate l'intensita' in maniera che il primo dei 4 trendaduesimi sia [0.78] mentre gli altri 3 siano [0.20] per simulare un'apertura piu' lunga."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:128
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Intro4th.png' md5='10704cd372cd73ef373f7458590629c3'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:131
-msgid "Fig. 3 Intro detail, fourth bar."
-msgstr "Fig. 3 Dettaglio dell'intro, quarta battuta."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:140
-msgid "First verse"
-msgstr "Prima strofa"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:141
-msgid "Since we have written the base pattern, now we should already know the basis. To create the first verse we just have to copy from the Song Editor the pattern intro_a and rename, say, to A-B-C_1, because it is the first bar of the verse that eventually will also fit for the bridge (B) and the chorus (C). Pay attention, why can't we just add 2 more 'X' next to this pattern? Because in the first bar there is a Crash beat which ends the previous intro, therefore the two bars are not completely equal; you have to copy the pattern A-B-C_1 and rename it to A-B-C_2, cutting the Crash beat cited before."
-msgstr "Abbiamo gia' visto come creare il pattern base, dunque per cominciare la stesura della prima strofa basta copiare dal Song Editor il pattern intro_a e rinominarlo, per esempio A-B-C_1, poiche' rappresenta la prima battuta della strofa che poi andra' bene anche per il bridge (B) e il ritornello (C).  Attenzione, perche' non aggiungere due crocette consecutive in corrispondenza di questo pattern appena creato? Poiche' nella prima battuta c'e' un colpo di Crash che conclude l'intro precedente, il risultato e' che le prime due battute non sono completamente identiche. Per aggiungere la seconda battuta si deve quindi copiare il pattern A-B-C_1 e rinominarlo A-B-C_2, togliendo poi il colpo di Crash citato prima."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:143
-msgid "Same thing for the following 2 bars: just copy into the Song Editor the pattern in Fig. 2, rename it according to the previous ones and add two 'X' (because they're identical), you should reach number '8' as shown in Fig. 4."
-msgstr "Alla stessa maniera per ottenere le 2 battute seguenti e' sufficiente copiare nel Song Editor il pattern in Fig. 2, rinominarlo secondo la serie e aggiungere due crocette fino al numero '8' (poiche' sono identiche): il risultato ottenuto dovrebbe essere come da Fig. 4."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:144
-msgid "The 4 remaining bars of the verse are more or less the same of what we've just written, so why redo everything from scratch? Bars number 5,6,7 are virtually identical to the previous ones so we just have to add 2 crosses to pattern A-B-C_2 and one to A-B-C_3+4 taking care of renaming the patterns logically (so to understand how the song moves around the Song Editor), while in the eighth bar there is a fill which closes the verse. We have to copy+paste in a new line a pattern already written (ex. A-B-C_3+4), rename it to A-B-C_8 and modify it as in Fig. 4. Note how in this case too the three Snare Jazz beats on fourth bar have hardness properly tuned with [0.10], [0.20] and [0.78]; you can't see it in the picture but also the two final beats of Tom Mid are both 'touched' to [0.50], after all it's only just a small fill, better not beat hard on the drums :)"
-msgstr "Le rimanenti 4 battute della strofa sommariamente sono una ripetizione di cio' che abbiamo appena scritto, dunque perche' rifare tutto? La battuta 5,6,7 sono identiche alle precedenti, quindi e' sufficiente aggiungere in sequenza due crocette sul pattern A-B-C_2 e una sul pattern A-B-C_3+4 avendo cura di rinominare di conseguenza i nomi dei pattern per capire come la canzone si muove nel Song Editor, mentre nell'ottava battuta c'e' il fill che conclude la strofa quindi dobbiamo creare una nuova riga nel Song Editor, magari copiando il pattern A-B-C_3+4 e rinominandolo A-B-C_8, e modificarlo come da Fig. 4. Notate come anche in questo caso i tre colpi di rullante (Snare Jazz) finali siano stati opportunamente accentati rispettivamente con [0.10], [0.20] e [0.78]; nell'immagine non si vede ma anche i due colpi finali di Tom Mid hanno un'intensita' di [0.50]. Si tratta solo di un piccolo passaggio, forse e' meglio non picchiare troppo sulle pelli :)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:149
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Verse8th.png' md5='74975f1153e2f11dd1c3f6a5be3fa004'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:152
-msgid "Fig. 4 Eighth bar of the first verse."
-msgstr "Fig. 4 Ottava battuta della prima strofa."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:159
-msgid "The result in the Song Editor should be something like Fig. 5."
-msgstr "Il risultato finale nel Song Editor dovrebbe essere simile alla Fig. 5."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:164
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseAll.png' md5='29a321be72cbe5a395c00acf5a9b9db4'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:167
-msgid "Fig. 5 Intro and first verse in the Song Editor."
-msgstr "Fig. 5 Intro e prima strofa nel Song Editor."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:174
-msgid "WARNING! if you reached this point without saving your work, NOW is the good time to do that. A simple [CTRL+S] followed by the name of the songfile and you'll be ok. If you want to add some more infos, LMB on 'S' button of the Song Editor and change the fields as you like: these infos will be shown upon opening of the file."
-msgstr "ATTENZIONE! Se siete giunti fino qui senza mai salvare potrebbe essere un'ottima idea farlo adesso. Un semplice [CTRL+S] seguito dal nome che volete dare al vostro lavoro in corso vi togliera' ogni preoccupazione. Se volete aggiungere anche qualche informazione supplementare fate click con LMB sul pulsante 'S' del Song Editor e modificate i campi a vostro piacimento, queste sono le informazioni che verranno automaticamente visualizzate all'apertura del brano."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:179
-msgid "Bridge and following"
-msgstr "Bridge e seguenti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:180
-msgid "Now that we're done with the first verse you should have an idea of how the whole thing works: the first bridge is made of the same 8 bars (4+4) with a slight change at the end of the fourth, which forces us to create a 'custom' fourth bar while the others are easily added with our friendly little cross ('X')."
-msgstr "Ora che abbiamo riportato la prima strofa per intero dovreste avere un'idea del meccanismo con cui creare i pattern successivi: il primo bridge e' composto dalle solite 8 battute (4+4) con una piccola variazione alla fine della quarta, quale cosa ci impone di creare una \"quarta battuta\" differente, mentre per le altre basta aggiungere le nostre crocette amiche per sveltire il lavoro."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:182
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Let's take the latest pattern created as sample (A-B-C_8), let's copy and rename it to Bridge1_4 (i.e. fourth bar of first bridge) and modify it as in Fig. 6. We have quickly completed the bridge! The Song Editor now should appear as follows in Fig. 7. Looking closely one should ask why the fifth bar of the bridge (17th bar of the whole song) isn't assigned to the pattern A-B-C_1; the answer is that the pattern has also a Crash which is not present in A-B-C_2+5+6."
-msgstr "Prendiamo dunque come campione proprio l'ultimo pattern creato (A-B-C_8) e rinominiamolo Bridge1_4 (per indicare che e' la quarta battuta del primo bridge) e lo modifichiamo come da Fig. 6. In poco tempo abbiamo quindi gia' completato la stesura del primo bridge! Il Song Editor adesso dovrebbe apparire simile alla Fig. 7. Osservando attentamente la figura ci si potrebbe domandare come mai la quinta battuta del bridge (corrispondente alla 17esima battuta del Song Editor) non sia stata assegnata al pattern A-B-C_1; quel pattern ha infatti un colpo di crash sul primo quarto che non e' presente nel pattern A-B-C_2+5+6."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:187
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Bridge1_4th.png' md5='d76bf26f0877e843a19d62221b4a64a0'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:190
-msgid "Fig. 6 Fourth bar of the first bridge."
-msgstr "Fig. 6 Quarta battuta del primo Bridge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:200
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseBridge.png' md5='b6bb73a2f8aa6ed0dfeb4cdcf6dcd0f8'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:203
-msgid "Fig. 7 The Song Editor with the first bridge."
-msgstr "Fig. 7 Il Song Editor con il primo bridge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:210
-msgid "Now we can build up quickly the remaining parts of the song: after this bridge there is another verse, then a bridge and a chorus, which are mostly the same so we just need to create different pattern in a few cases (along with this guide you will find the song file with the whole song). Of course one can write as many lines in the Song Editor as the bars in the song but a whole song would become difficult to follow, plus the songfile would be bigger."
-msgstr "Procedendo cosi' potremo creare velocemente le successive parti del pezzo: dopo questo bridge c'e' infatti di nuovo una strofa, un altro bridge e il ritornello, sono tutti molto simili quindi basta creare dei pattern differenziati solo per quelle battute che effettivamente differiscono. Insieme a questa guida c'e' comunque il file con il tutto il pezzo. Logicamente si possono creare righe tante quante sono le battute, ma una canzone completa poi rischia di diventare difficile da seguire e il file relativo occupa piu' spazio."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:215
-msgid "The Riff"
-msgstr "Il Riff"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:216
-msgid "Around half song there are two riffs: each one is 2 bars long but actually the pattern is the same, just the other instruments play something that we will see in the last riff of this song (where drums too play the pattern of the riff)."
-msgstr "Verso meta' pezzo poi ci sono due riff consecutivi: ciascuno e' lungo 2 battute ma in realta' la sostanza non cambia poi molto. Il pattern musicale per la batteria e' lo stesso, sono solo tutti gli altri strumenti che eseguono qualcosa di simile a quello che verra' poi rappresentato dal riff finale, in cui partecipa anche la batteria."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:218
-msgid "In this riff the drums play the same pattern we already know for one bar (see Fig. 1) while in the second bar only beats two times (Fig. 8), then the pattern again and then again two beats with a small final fill (Fig. 9); again the open hi-hat is done with beats of different intensity: [0.78] and [0.20]."
-msgstr "Piu' semplicemente in questo riff la batteria esegue il solito pattern per una battuta (vedi Fig. 1) mentre nella seconda accenta insieme agli altri strumenti (Fig. 8), poi ripete il solito pattern per una battuta e di nuovo nella seconda ci sono solo due accenti con un piccolo fill a chiusura del tutto (Fig. 9); ancora una volta l'apertura del charleston finale e' simulata con due intensita' differenziate di [0.78] e [0.20]."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:223
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1b.png' md5='a0dfe506859200cca819066bc32c26d2'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:226
-msgid "Fig. 8 Second bar of the riff."
-msgstr "Fig. 8 Seconda battuta del riff."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:235
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1c.png' md5='9dc5e97d6e7c98ba70ca66977780a830'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:238
-msgid "Fig. 9 Fourth bar of the riff."
-msgstr "Fig. 9 Quarta battuta del riff."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:247
-msgid "The second half of the song"
-msgstr "L'altra meta' della canzone"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:248
-msgid "After the riff we have half job done. We just have to write down two verses, one bridge, a chorus repeated 3 times and the same riff at the end."
-msgstr "Una volta analizzato il riff abbiamo girato la boa della meta' del pezzo. Cio' che resta da scrivere e' la solita strofa ripetuta due volte consecutive, un bridge e il ritornello ripetuto 3 volte con in coda il solito riff finale."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:250
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The second part of the song is slightly different from the previous one because we have a few hi-hat opening during the verses and every 4 bars there's a small fill almost everytime: it's easier to start from scratch a new set of pattern (i.e. A-B-C-*) in the Song Editor copying them with a suffix like '_hh' to show the presence of the Open HH. As noted in the introduction of this guide, Jeff Porcaro puts much of his skills playing the song and this makes the difference between a song played from a raw and \"cold\" transcription on paper (or on Hydrogen): therefore the following parts of the song will try to be faithful to the original piece, but another 'ear' could give another written layout of the same part: after all this doesn't matter so much since we are showing how a program works, not to play like Porcaro :)"
-msgstr "Questa seconda meta' della canzone differisce lievemente dalla precedente poiche' nelle due strofe ci sono alcune aperture del charleston e ogni 4 battute c'e' quasi sempre un piccolo passaggio, il tutto tradotto nel linguaggio di Hydrogen significa ricreare da capo un'altra sezione A-B-C-* perche' a questo punto non conviene piu' sforzarsi di incastrare dei pattern precedentemente creati, ci sono troppe differenze. Copiare quindi i pattern creati in precedenza per la strofa e rinominarli per esempio con un suffisso '_hh' per indicare la presenza dello strumento Open HH. Come viene accennato nell'introduzione il batterista originale del pezzo aggiunge anche del suo ed e' questo che fa la differenza fra un pezzo suonato e un pezzo riportato su carta (o su Hydrogen): tutto questo per dire che le parti seguenti della canzone sono riportate cercando di essere fedeli al pezzo originale, ma un altro orecchio potra' dare un'altra interpretazione, in fondo stiamo solo cercando di insegnare a usare un programma, non a emulare Jeff Porcaro :)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:252
-msgid "In Fig. 10 here is how is the section in the Song Editor of the two verses and the bridge following the first riff; as you can see the first bars (48-50 according to the Song Editor's enumeration) are already written before while the others (51-71) are new. Moreover there a few pattern 'ad hoc' identified by A-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 to see an example) and A-B-C-4a_hh since both have a few changes not present in any pattern written up to now."
-msgstr "Comunque ecco in Fig. 10 come appare la sezione del Song Editor relativa alle strofe e al bridge che seguono il riff; come si puo' notare le prime battute (48-50 secondo la numerazione del Song Editor) sono prese dal vecchio pattern mentre le altre (51-71) sono nuove. In piu' sono state create anche due battute 'ad hoc' identificate con A-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 per vedere un esempio) e A-B-C-4a_hh poiche' hanno alcune singolarita' non presenti in nessun pattern finora scritto."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:257
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseBridge_hh.png' md5='d392c5c292141e361391476539077d0d'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:260
-msgid "Fig. 10 Third and fourth bars in the Song Editor."
-msgstr "Fig. 10 Terza e quarta strofa nel Song Editor."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:270
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Bridge3_3a_hh.png' md5='cad449c21b89bd3057870c7c2ebee93b'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:273
-msgid "Fig. 11 Seventh bar of the third bridge."
-msgstr "Fig. 11 Settima battuta del terzo bridge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:280
-msgid "After the third bridge we repeat the chorus: the first time the Stick is used instead of the Snare Jazz and we don't play the Kick (even if it may sound the opposite since the bass guitar does play here, so we have put the same the kick beats softly at [0.50]), while the second and third time the chorus goes on there are a few bars different, as shown from patterns C3_*. In Fig. 12 the pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3 (slightly different ...) which criptycally identify the sixth and seventh bar of the third chorus AND the third bar of the fourth chorus: if you think this is confusing, you may find out your own method :-)"
-msgstr "In seguito al terzo bridge abbiamo tre volte il ritornello: la prima volta il rullante e' sostituito dallo strumento Stick e la cassa non viene suonata (potrebbe sembrare il contrario perche' il basso invece suona, ad ogni buon conto lo strumento c'e' lo stesso smorzando l'intensita' a [0.50]), mentre la seconda e la terza volta ci sono alcune battute fuori dal coro come segnalato dai pattern C3_*, in Figura 12 il pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3 (lievemente diverso ma pur sempre tale) che cripticamente identifica la sesta e settima battuta del terzo ritornello e la terza battuta del quarto ritornello: se una notazione del genere puo' confondere e' sufficiente adattarla al proprio sistema."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:285
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/C3_6+7.png' md5='b4392c09a1f4aa20f588bbb6c1eed8fd'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:288
-msgid "Fig. 12 Pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3."
-msgstr "Fig. 12 Il pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:298
-msgid "The Final riff"
-msgstr "Il riff finale"
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:299
-msgid "The song ends repeating a slightly different riff we have met before: the first 2 bars are the same (i.e. pattern + 2 beats), while the in third bar the drum plays actually with the other instruments (Fig. 13) to finally end as always."
-msgstr "Il pezzo si conclude ripetendo una variazione del riff di prima: la prime due battute sono uguali (cioe' pattern normale + battuta con solo un paio di accenti), mentre nella terza battuta la batteria invece di suonare per conto proprio accenta tutta la melodia degli altri strumenti (Fig. 13) per poi concludere alla maniera classica."
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:304
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1d.png' md5='e9410cbca7b77aa4606fe6b6a2c87450'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:307
-msgid "Fig. 13 The final riff."
-msgstr "Fig. 13 Il pattern del riff finale."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:314
-msgid "And this is the end. The goal of this little tutorial is giving a quick overview of the most common functions of Hydrogen: this piece of software can also run for other purposes, like an advanced 'click' played with the drum, or to loop playing some part of a song difficult to catch; however, as in other things, analyzing the song itself helps the comprehension and here too, Hydrogen can be helpful reducing the time needed to write down a pattern and tune it."
-msgstr "E con questo siamo arrivati alla fine della canzone. L'obiettivo di questo breve tutorial era dare una rapida panoramica sulle funzioni che tipicamente si andranno a utilizzare di Hydrogen nell'uso comune: come accennato nell'introduzione, questo programma puo' comunque essere usato come un semplice click accompagnando la batteria dal solo metronomo oppure ancora si puo' isolare un pezzo particolarmente ostico di un brano, riportarlo nel Pattern Editor di Hydrogen e metterlo in loop: come in molte altre cose ci si accorge che anche la sola analisi di un brano da studiare ne rende piu' facile la comprensione e l'esecuzione e anche in questo Hydrogen puo' aiutare sveltendo il lavoro di una semplice stesura di un pattern e successiva raffinazione."
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:316
-msgid "For comments, suggestions, corrections, you can use the Hydrogen mailing lists (hydrogen.sf.net)"
-msgstr "Per commenti, suggerimenti, correzioni si puo' utilizzare le mailing list attivate per Hydrogen (hydrogen.sf.net)"
-
-#~ msgid "Ok, you've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Now you want to test it while creating your favourite song, this might help you to learn it, writing down a few difficult parts in order to play them over and over again or to be sure that in future a quick glance at the songfile will bring up immediately to mind the song. Hydrogen can be used also as an advanced click machine that can help you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments), maybe with a custom pattern designed by yourself. This short introduction will guide you creating a a complete song, we will work on \"Georgy Porgy\" of Toto which has a quite straight structure therefore is appropriate for a guide but this doenst mean the song is _actually_ easy to write down since the drummer (Jeff Porcaro) enriches the groove with his personal touch and fantasy; Hydrogen will not play better than the drummer who is working on the song, most of the task must be accomplished by the programmer's sensibility and experience."
-#~ msgstr "Ok, avete scaricato l'ultima versione di Hydrogen e l'avete installata con successo. Ora volete provare a usare il programma per ricreare la vostra canzone preferita, questo puo' essere utile per aiutarvi ad impararla, mettendo nero su bianco alcuni passaggi difficili per poterli ripetere fino all'esaurimento o per assicurarvi che in un futuro un'occhiata al file vi aiuti a ricordare velocemente come suonare quella canzone. Hydrogen puo' anche essere usato semplicemente come un click evoluto che, insieme a un pattern di base (che vi potete create a parte), vi aiuti a prendere pratica con la batteria (velocita', precisione ma anche studio dei rudimenti). Questo tutorial rappresenta quindi un compendio al manuale e cerchera' di guidare l'utente di Hydrogen nella creazione di un canzone completa partendo da zero e l'uso del programma per altri scopi: in questa sede verra' analizzata la canzone \"Georgy Porgy\" dei Toto che e' abbastanza lineare come struttura e quindi piu' adatta per una guida. Questo comunque non significa che sia una canzone _facile_ da riprendere fedelmente poiche' il batterista (il grande Jeff Porcaro) arricchisce il groove con una miriade di aggiunte personali e con un 'tocco' senza paragoni. Dal momento che Hydrogen non suonera' meglio del batterista che alla tastiera gli passa le istruzioni, e' evidente che parte del lavoro va fatto dalla persona stessa, guidato dalla propria sensibilita' ed esperienza tecnica."
-
-#~ msgid "Move on"
-#~ msgstr "Si comincia"
-
-#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS"
-#~ msgstr ""
-
-#~ msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS"
-#~ msgstr ""
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial.pot hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial.pot
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/doc/tutorial.pot	2021-04-19 22:05:40.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/doc/tutorial.pot	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,532 +0,0 @@
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-04-13 17:03+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-
-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:7
-msgid "Hydrogen Tutorial"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
-#: tutorial.docbook:9
-msgid "Antonio Piraino"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
-#: tutorial.docbook:13
-msgid "Sebastian Moors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/date
-#: tutorial.docbook:19
-msgid "10/May/2017"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:24
-msgid "It can be used as an advanced \"click\" machine helping you practicing (in speed, precision and rudiments) drums, maybe with a custom pattern you wrote."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:25
-msgid "You want to learn how to properly play a song: you can \"write it down\" inside Hydrogen (or just a few difficult parts of it). Doing the effort of finding, splitting and reproducing the different parts of the songs will improve your understanding of it. Also, using Hydrogen with your songs will ensure that in future a quick glance at the songfile you have created will bring the song up immediately to mind."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:26
-msgid "You can use Hydrogen with in combination with other software (Ardour, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:22
-msgid "You've just downloaded the latest version of Hydrogen and have it installed successfully. Hydrogen may come in handy for the these tasks: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:34
-msgid "Let's start"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:35
-msgid "Before starting make sure you have a few things:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:38
-msgid "The song to study on: either an audio-cd or (better) an .ogg or .mp3 for optimal flexibility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:39
-msgid "Optionally a rough layout of the song on paper: it may be useful to count bars and different parts of the song that eventually will get into Hydrogen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:42
-msgid "The song we will work on has the following structure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:45
-msgid "Intro: 4 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:46
-#: tutorial.docbook:48
-msgid "Verse: 8 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:47
-#: tutorial.docbook:49
-#: tutorial.docbook:54
-msgid "Bridge: 8 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:50
-#: tutorial.docbook:55
-#: tutorial.docbook:56
-#: tutorial.docbook:57
-msgid "Chorus: 8 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:51
-msgid "Riff: 4 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:52
-msgid "Verse (with guitar): 8 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:53
-msgid "Verse (with voice): 8 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:58
-msgid "Final Riff: 4 bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:61
-msgid "Looking at this scheme we can see that some pattern repeats, so we'll use this symbols in Hydrogen's Song Editor:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:64
-msgid "Verse -> A"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:65
-msgid "Bridge -> B"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:66
-msgid "Chorus -> C"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:68
-msgid "And to save up words on explanations we'll use two common TLA (Three Letters Acronym ^_^):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:70
-msgid "LMB: left mouse button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:71
-msgid "RMB: right mouse button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:74
-msgid "Well, now unplug your phone and launch Hydrogen from the shell: let's get to work!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:77
-msgid "Intro"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:78
-msgid "The base pattern (Fig. 1 and 2) is 4 bars long (divided in 2 different bars, each repeated 2 times, so it's [2a*2]+[2b*2]) and lasts for the whole song, from the beginning to the end, riff included; most of the time (intro and riff excluded) this base pattern is repeated 2 times to reach the commonly used 8 bars for each part of the song (A,B,C). Before starting let's set the speed to 98bpm (HINT HINT you can find out by yourself the speed of the song while playing it with your favourite media player and following the rhythm by clicking repeatedly the backslash key in Hydrogen) and from the menu Grid Resolution let's set '16'. To create a new pattern select the instrument Closed HH, click on RMB and choose Fill Notes: the first two bars will be filled up. Then insert manually the beats on Snare Jazz and Kick as indicated in the 2 pictures below and there we have the base pattern for our song. Note how the beats on the hi-hat have different 'hardness': beats falling on the beginning of the bar are set at [0.78], the others at [0.50] (you can check that on the lower stat bar of Hydrogen), in order to give groove the song."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:83
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/PatternBase1.png' md5='57bc11be8a08f1c21f341d939c026330'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:86
-msgid "Fig. 1 Base pattern, first bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:96
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/PatternBase2.png' md5='8b995d46d2b5834358bb3d66caff3bff'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:99
-msgid "Fig. 2 Base pattern, second bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:106
-msgid "Before we start writing down verses there are 4 intro bars, all equals to each other, except for the last one which at the end has an open hi-hat. We should do then:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:109
-msgid "Rename the first pattern in the Song Editor with RMB click on the name Empty Pattern and change it to intro_a, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:110
-msgid "Add two 'X' near the first one (which represent the second and the third bar)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:111
-msgid "Create in Pattern Editor the base pattern (Fig. 1)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:115
-msgid "For the fourth bar we'll instead open the hi-hat (Fig. 3):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:118
-msgid "RMB in Song Editor on the newly created pattern, choose copy, then choose a name (ex. intro_b) and automagically you will have a new one right under."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:119
-msgid "Select the pattern you've just created (IMPORTANT!)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:120
-msgid "Delete the last 2 beats of Closed HH and move them on Open HH."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:121
-msgid "Select '32' from Grid Resolution and add another 2 beats right near the previous ones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:122
-msgid "Adjust the hardness of these 4 beats so that the first is [0.78] while the other 3 [0.20] to simulate a longer opening."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:128
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Intro4th.png' md5='10704cd372cd73ef373f7458590629c3'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:131
-msgid "Fig. 3 Intro detail, fourth bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:140
-msgid "First verse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:141
-msgid "Since we have written the base pattern, now we should already know the basis. To create the first verse we just have to copy from the Song Editor the pattern intro_a and rename, say, to A-B-C_1, because it is the first bar of the verse that eventually will also fit for the bridge (B) and the chorus (C). Pay attention, why can't we just add 2 more 'X' next to this pattern? Because in the first bar there is a Crash beat which ends the previous intro, therefore the two bars are not completely equal; you have to copy the pattern A-B-C_1 and rename it to A-B-C_2, cutting the Crash beat cited before."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:143
-msgid "Same thing for the following 2 bars: just copy into the Song Editor the pattern in Fig. 2, rename it according to the previous ones and add two 'X' (because they're identical), you should reach number '8' as shown in Fig. 4."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:144
-msgid "The 4 remaining bars of the verse are more or less the same of what we've just written, so why redo everything from scratch? Bars number 5,6,7 are virtually identical to the previous ones so we just have to add 2 crosses to pattern A-B-C_2 and one to A-B-C_3+4 taking care of renaming the patterns logically (so to understand how the song moves around the Song Editor), while in the eighth bar there is a fill which closes the verse. We have to copy+paste in a new line a pattern already written (ex. A-B-C_3+4), rename it to A-B-C_8 and modify it as in Fig. 4. Note how in this case too the three Snare Jazz beats on fourth bar have hardness properly tuned with [0.10], [0.20] and [0.78]; you can't see it in the picture but also the two final beats of Tom Mid are both 'touched' to [0.50], after all it's only just a small fill, better not beat hard on the drums :)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:149
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Verse8th.png' md5='74975f1153e2f11dd1c3f6a5be3fa004'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:152
-msgid "Fig. 4 Eighth bar of the first verse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:159
-msgid "The result in the Song Editor should be something like Fig. 5."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:164
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseAll.png' md5='29a321be72cbe5a395c00acf5a9b9db4'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:167
-msgid "Fig. 5 Intro and first verse in the Song Editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:174
-msgid "WARNING! if you reached this point without saving your work, NOW is the good time to do that. A simple [CTRL+S] followed by the name of the songfile and you'll be ok. If you want to add some more infos, LMB on 'S' button of the Song Editor and change the fields as you like: these infos will be shown upon opening of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:179
-msgid "Bridge and following"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:180
-msgid "Now that we're done with the first verse you should have an idea of how the whole thing works: the first bridge is made of the same 8 bars (4+4) with a slight change at the end of the fourth, which forces us to create a 'custom' fourth bar while the others are easily added with our friendly little cross ('X')."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:182
-msgid "Let's take the latest pattern created as sample (A-B-C_8), let's copy and rename it to Bridge1_4 (i.e. fourth bar of first bridge) and modify it as in Fig. 6. We have quickly completed the bridge! The Song Editor now should appear as follows in Fig. 7. Looking closely one should ask why the fifth bar of the bridge (17th bar of the whole song) isn't assigned to the pattern A-B-C_1; the answer is that the pattern has also a Crash which is not present in A-B-C_2+5+6."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:187
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Bridge1_4th.png' md5='d76bf26f0877e843a19d62221b4a64a0'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:190
-msgid "Fig. 6 Fourth bar of the first bridge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:200
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseBridge.png' md5='b6bb73a2f8aa6ed0dfeb4cdcf6dcd0f8'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:203
-msgid "Fig. 7 The Song Editor with the first bridge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:210
-msgid "Now we can build up quickly the remaining parts of the song: after this bridge there is another verse, then a bridge and a chorus, which are mostly the same so we just need to create different pattern in a few cases (along with this guide you will find the song file with the whole song). Of course one can write as many lines in the Song Editor as the bars in the song but a whole song would become difficult to follow, plus the songfile would be bigger."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:215
-msgid "The Riff"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:216
-msgid "Around half song there are two riffs: each one is 2 bars long but actually the pattern is the same, just the other instruments play something that we will see in the last riff of this song (where drums too play the pattern of the riff)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:218
-msgid "In this riff the drums play the same pattern we already know for one bar (see Fig. 1) while in the second bar only beats two times (Fig. 8), then the pattern again and then again two beats with a small final fill (Fig. 9); again the open hi-hat is done with beats of different intensity: [0.78] and [0.20]."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:223
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1b.png' md5='a0dfe506859200cca819066bc32c26d2'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:226
-msgid "Fig. 8 Second bar of the riff."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:235
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1c.png' md5='9dc5e97d6e7c98ba70ca66977780a830'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:238
-msgid "Fig. 9 Fourth bar of the riff."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:247
-msgid "The second half of the song"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:248
-msgid "After the riff we have half job done. We just have to write down two verses, one bridge, a chorus repeated 3 times and the same riff at the end."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:250
-msgid "The second part of the song is slightly different from the previous one because we have a few hi-hat opening during the verses and every 4 bars there's a small fill almost everytime: it's easier to start from scratch a new set of pattern (i.e. A-B-C-*) in the Song Editor copying them with a suffix like '_hh' to show the presence of the Open HH. As noted in the introduction of this guide, Jeff Porcaro puts much of his skills playing the song and this makes the difference between a song played from a raw and \"cold\" transcription on paper (or on Hydrogen): therefore the following parts of the song will try to be faithful to the original piece, but another 'ear' could give another written layout of the same part: after all this doesn't matter so much since we are showing how a program works, not to play like Porcaro :)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:252
-msgid "In Fig. 10 here is how is the section in the Song Editor of the two verses and the bridge following the first riff; as you can see the first bars (48-50 according to the Song Editor's enumeration) are already written before while the others (51-71) are new. Moreover there a few pattern 'ad hoc' identified by A-B-C-3a_hh (Fig. 11 to see an example) and A-B-C-4a_hh since both have a few changes not present in any pattern written up to now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:257
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/VerseBridge_hh.png' md5='d392c5c292141e361391476539077d0d'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:260
-msgid "Fig. 10 Third and fourth bars in the Song Editor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:270
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Bridge3_3a_hh.png' md5='cad449c21b89bd3057870c7c2ebee93b'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:273
-msgid "Fig. 11 Seventh bar of the third bridge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:280
-msgid "After the third bridge we repeat the chorus: the first time the Stick is used instead of the Snare Jazz and we don't play the Kick (even if it may sound the opposite since the bass guitar does play here, so we have put the same the kick beats softly at [0.50]), while the second and third time the chorus goes on there are a few bars different, as shown from patterns C3_*. In Fig. 12 the pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3 (slightly different ...) which criptycally identify the sixth and seventh bar of the third chorus AND the third bar of the fourth chorus: if you think this is confusing, you may find out your own method :-)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:285
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/C3_6+7.png' md5='b4392c09a1f4aa20f588bbb6c1eed8fd'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:288
-msgid "Fig. 12 Pattern C3_6+7 & C4_3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: tutorial.docbook:298
-msgid "The Final riff"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:299
-msgid "The song ends repeating a slightly different riff we have met before: the first 2 bars are the same (i.e. pattern + 2 beats), while the in third bar the drum plays actually with the other instruments (Fig. 13) to finally end as always."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: tutorial.docbook:304
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='img_tutorial/Riff1d.png' md5='e9410cbca7b77aa4606fe6b6a2c87450'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: caption/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:307
-msgid "Fig. 13 The final riff."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:314
-msgid "And this is the end. The goal of this little tutorial is giving a quick overview of the most common functions of Hydrogen: this piece of software can also run for other purposes, like an advanced 'click' played with the drum, or to loop playing some part of a song difficult to catch; however, as in other things, analyzing the song itself helps the comprehension and here too, Hydrogen can be helpful reducing the time needed to write down a pattern and tune it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: tutorial.docbook:316
-msgid "For comments, suggestions, corrections, you can use the Hydrogen mailing lists (hydrogen.sf.net)"
-msgstr ""
-
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/hydrogen.default.conf hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/hydrogen.default.conf
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/hydrogen.default.conf	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/hydrogen.default.conf	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,248 +1,228 @@
+
 
-	
-	0.9.7
-	0
-	true
-	false
-	true
-	false
-	false
-	400
-	16
-	0
-	0
-	false
-	false
-	0
-	0
-	true
-	true
-	false
-	true
-	Path to Rubberband-CLI
-	
-	
-	
-		http://hydrogen-music.org/feeds/drumkit_list.php
-	
-	
-		not_categorized
-	
-	-
-
-	
-		Auto
-		false
-		0.5
-		256
-		1024
-		44100
-
-		
-			/dev/dsp
-		
-
-		
-			alsa_pcm:playback_1
-			alsa_pcm:playback_2
-			USE_JACK_TRANSPORT
-			NO_JACK_TIME_MASTER
-			true
-			0
-			false
-		
-
-		
-			hw:0
-		
-
-		
-			ALSA
-			None
-			None
-			-1
-			false
-			true
-			false
-			false
-			false
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			true
-			9000
-		
-
-	
-
-	
-		Plastique
-
-		
-		Lucida Grande
-		10
-
-
-		
-		
-
-		Lucida Grande
-		11
-
-		1.1
-
-		8
-		21
-		3
-		false
-
-		true
-
-		true
-		BC_OFF
-		SET_PLAY_OFF
-		0
-		0
-		true
-		true
-		true
-		false
-		0
-		44100
-		0
-		
-
-		
-			true
-			0
-			0
-			1000
-			700
-		
-
-		
-			true
-			10
-			350
-			829
-			276
-		
-
-		
-			true
-			280
-			100
-			706
-			439
-		
-
-		
-			true
-			10
-			10
-			600
-			250
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			500
-			20
-			526
-			437
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			720
-			120
-			0
-			0
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			2
-			20
-			0
-			0
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			2
-			20
-			0
-			0
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			2
-			20
-			0
-			0
-		
-
-		
-			false
-			2
-			20
-			0
-			0
-		
-
-		
-			
-				95,101,117
-				128,134,152
-				128,134,152
-				72,76,88
-				196,201,214
-				97,167,251
-			
-
-			
-				58,62,72
-			
-
-			
-				167,168,163
-				167,168,163
-				207,208,200
-
-				40,40,40
-				40,40,40
-				100,100,200
-				65,65,65
-				75,75,75
-				95,95,95
-				115,115,115
-				125,125,125
-				135,135,135
-			
-		
-		2
-		213
-
-	
-
-	
-		
-		
-		
-	
-	
+ 1.1.1
+ 
+ true
+ false
+ true
+ false
+ false
+ 400
+ 16
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ false
+ false
+ false
+ false
+ true
+ true
+ true
+ true
+ /usr/bin/rubberband
+ 
+ 
+ 
+  http://hydrogen-music.org/feeds/drumkit_list.php
+ 
+ 
+  not_categorized
+ 
+ 
+  Auto
+  false
+  0.5
+  256
+  1024
+  44100
+  
+   /dev/dsp
+  
+  
+   
+   
+   0
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+   alsa_pcm:playback_1
+   alsa_pcm:playback_2
+   USE_JACK_TRANSPORT
+   true
+   NO_JACK_TIME_MASTER
+   0
+   true
+   0
+   false
+  
+  
+   hw:0
+  
+  
+   ALSA
+   None
+   None
+   -1
+   false
+   false
+   true
+   false
+  
+  
+   9000
+   false
+   true
+  
+ 
+ 
+  Fusion
+  Lucida Grande
+  10
+  Lucida Grande
+  11
+  1.1
+  8
+  21
+  3
+  false
+  18
+  16
+  true
+  true
+  false
+  false
+  
+   true
+   0
+   0
+   1000
+   700
+   
+  
+  
+   true
+   10
+   350
+   829
+   276
+   
+  
+  
+   true
+   280
+   100
+   706
+   439
+   
+  
+  
+   true
+   10
+   10
+   600
+   250
+   
+  
+  
+   true
+   500
+   20
+   526
+   437
+   
+  
+  
+   false
+   720
+   120
+   572
+   320
+   
+  
+  
+   false
+   0
+   0
+   502
+   200
+   AdnQywADAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH1AAAAxwAAAAAAAAAAB4AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADH
+  
+  
+   false
+   0
+   0
+   502
+   200
+   AdnQywADAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH1AAAAxwAAAAAAAAAAB4AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADH
+  
+  
+   false
+   0
+   0
+   502
+   200
+   AdnQywADAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH1AAAAxwAAAAAAAAAAB4AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADH
+  
+  
+   false
+   0
+   0
+   502
+   200
+   AdnQywADAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH1AAAAxwAAAAAAAAAAB4AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAfUAAADH
+  
+  0
+  0
+  0
+  0
+  
+  true
+  0
+  
+  BC_OFF
+  SET_PLAY_OFF
+  0
+  0
+  true
+  true
+  
+   
+    95,101,117
+    128,134,152
+    128,134,152
+    72,76,88
+    196,201,214
+    97,167,251
+   
+   
+    167,168,163
+    167,168,163
+    207,208,200
+    40,40,40
+    40,40,40
+    100,100,200
+    65,65,65
+    75,75,75
+    95,95,95
+    115,115,115
+    125,125,125
+    135,135,135
+   
+   
+    0,0,255
+    85,85,85
+   
+  
+  2
+  213
+ 
+ 
+  
+  
+  
+ 
+ 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_ca.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_ca.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_ca.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_ca.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -783,6 +783,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1453,18 +1457,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2392,10 +2400,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2645,18 +2655,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Lent
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Ràpid
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Preferències
     
@@ -2786,6 +2784,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Celocitat de caiguda de pic
     
     
@@ -3090,6 +3089,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3648,29 +3648,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Manual
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Benvingut(da) a Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        No tornar a mostrar aquest missatge
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Acceptar
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Index de la documentació
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_cs.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_cs.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_cs.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_cs.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -782,6 +782,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1448,18 +1452,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2387,10 +2395,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2644,18 +2654,6 @@
         Předvolby
     
     
-        Slow
-        Pomalu
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normálně
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Rychle
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         Prosím restartujte Hydrogen pro zapnutí / vypnutí LASH podpory
     
@@ -2937,6 +2935,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Rychlost poklesu indikátorů
     
     
@@ -3085,6 +3084,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3643,29 +3643,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Příručka
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Vítejte v Hydrogenu
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Tuto zprávu příště již nezobrazovat
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        OK
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Obsah dokumentace
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_de.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_de.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_de.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_de.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
     
     
         Recent contributors
-        Aktuelle Mitwirkende
+        Aktuelle Mitwirkende
     
     
         A full list of all contributors can be found on
@@ -217,19 +217,19 @@
     
     
         Parent Folder
-        
+        Elternverzeichnis
     
     
         Home
-        
+        Home
     
     
         Play selected
-        
+        Selektierte Datei abspielen
     
     
         Stop
-        Stopp
+        Stopp
     
     
         Name: 
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
     DrumPatternEditor
     
         Cannot paste multi-pattern selection
-        
+        Kann Multi-Pattern Selektion nicht einfügen
     
     
         Unable to load instrument
@@ -650,23 +650,23 @@
     FilesystemInfoForm
     
         Filesystem information
-        
+        Dateisystem Informationen
     
     
         Open
-        Öffnen
+        Öffnen
     
     
         Temporary directory
-        
+        Temporäres Verzeichnis
     
     
         System data directory
-        
+        Verzeichnis für Benutzerdaten
     
     
         User data directory
-        
+        Verzeichnis für Systemdaten
     
 
 
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@
     
     
         &Cancel
-        &Abbrechen
+        &Abbrechen
     
 
 
@@ -781,6 +781,10 @@
     
         Song is read-only.
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
+        Der aktuelle Song ist nur lesend geöffnet. Benutze "Speichern unter" um Autosafe zu aktivieren.
+    
+    
+        Input Midi Note
         
     
 
@@ -836,11 +840,11 @@
     
     
         Layer pitch (Coarse)
-        Tonhöhe der Ebene (grob)
+        Tonhöhe des Layers (grob)
     
     
         Layer pitch (Fine)
-        Tonhöhe der Ebene (fein)
+        Tonhöhe des Layers (fein)
     
     
         General
@@ -848,7 +852,7 @@
     
     
         Layers
-        Ebene
+        Ebenen
     
     
         New component name
@@ -876,23 +880,23 @@
     
     
         Pitch offset (Coarse)
-        
+        Offset Tonhöhe (Grob)
     
     
         Pitch offset (Fine)
-        
+        Offset Tonhöhe (Fein)
     
     
         Stop the current playing instrument-note before trigger the next note sample
-        
+        Stoppe die aktuell abgespielte Note für dieses Instrument bevor nächste Note abgespielt wird
     
     
         Select selection algorithm
-        
+        Wähle den Algorithmus zur Auswahl von Samples aus
     
     
         layer pitch: %1
-        
+        Layer Tonlage: %1
     
 
 
@@ -995,7 +999,7 @@
     
     
         Delete all notes on %1
-        
+        Lösche alle Noten auf %1
     
 
 
@@ -1424,8 +1428,9 @@
 Do you want to discard the changes?
 
         
-	  Die aktuelle Wiedergabeliste enthält ungesicherte Änderungen.
-	  Möchtest Du diese speichern?
+Die aktuelle Wiedergabeliste enthält ungesicherte Änderungen.
+Möchtest Du diese verwerfen?
+
     
     
         Pro&ject
@@ -1494,19 +1499,23 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
-        
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
+        Mit &Neuen Song Ersetzen
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
-        
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
+        Imp&ortiere Song in Session
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
-        
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
+        Importiere &zuletzt verwendeten Song in Session
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
-        
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
+        Exportiere Song & als...
     
     
         Open &Recent
@@ -1514,15 +1523,15 @@
     
     
         Save &As...
-        Speichern &unter
+        Speichern &unter...
     
     
         Show &Info
-        
+        Zeige &Info
     
     
         E&xport Pattern As...
-        E&xportiere Pattern unter ...
+        E&xportiere Pattern unter ...
     
     
         Export &MIDI File
@@ -1538,7 +1547,7 @@
     
     
         &Redo
-        
+        &Wiederherstellen
     
     
         Undo &History
@@ -1582,7 +1591,7 @@
     
     
         Play&list Editor
-        
+        Play&list Editor
     
     
         &Director
@@ -1594,7 +1603,7 @@
     
     
         &Playback Track
-        
+        &Playback Spur
     
     
         &Full screen
@@ -1602,51 +1611,51 @@
     
     
         Input &Mode
-        
+        
     
     
         &Instrument
-        
+        &Instrument
     
     
         &Drumkit
-        
+        &Schlagzeug
     
     
         Show &Audio Engine Info
-        
+        Zeige &AudioEngine Informationen
     
     
         Show &Filesystem Info
-        
+        Zeige &Dateisystem Informationen
     
     
         &Log Level
-        
+        
     
     
         &None
-        
+        &None
     
     
         &Error
-        
+        &Error
     
     
         &Warning
-        
+        &Warning
     
     
         &Debug
-        
+        &Debug
     
     
         &Open Log File
-        
+        Öffne &Log Datei
     
     
         &Print Objects
-        
+        &Gebe Objekte-Liste aus
     
     
         I&nfo
@@ -1678,11 +1687,11 @@
     
     
         Song exported as: 
-        Song exportiert als:
+        Song exportiert als: 
     
     
         Song saved as: 
-        
+        Song gespeichert unter: 
     
     
         Import song into Session
@@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@
 The LilyPond export is an experimental feature.
 It should work like a charm provided that you use the GMRockKit, and that you do not use triplet.
 
-        
+        Der Lilipond Export ist ein experimentelles Feature. Er funktioniert jedoch wunderbar solange das GMRockKit verwendet wird und man auf Triolen verzichtet.
     
     
         OSC Server: Cannot connect to given port, using port %1 instead
@@ -1705,7 +1714,7 @@
     
     
         Playing.
-        Spielt ab.
+        Spielt ab.
     
 
 
@@ -1895,19 +1904,19 @@
     
     
         &Cancel
-        &Abbrechen
+        &Abbrechen
     
     
         Alt+C
-        Alt+C
+        Alt+C
     
     
         &OK
-        &OK
+        &OK
     
     
         Alt+O
-        Alt+O
+        Alt+O
     
     
         dB SPL Center Compensation
@@ -1918,94 +1927,94 @@
     NotePropertiesRuler
     
         Select &all
-        
+        Selektiere &alles
     
     
         Clear selection
-        
+        Lösche Selektion
     
     
         Set note velocity [%1]
-        
+        Setze Noten-Anschlagsstärke [%1]
     
     
         Edit %1 property of %2 notes
-        
+        Editiere Eigenschaft %1 von %2 Noten
     
     
         B
-        
+        B
     
     
         A#
-        
+        A#
     
     
         A
-        
+        A
     
     
         G#
-        
+        G#
     
     
         G
-        
+        G
     
     
         F#
-        
+        F#
     
     
         F
-        
+        F
     
     
         E
-        
+        E
     
     
         D#
-        
+        D#
     
     
         D
-        
+        D
     
     
         C#
-        
+        C#
     
     
         C
-        
+        C
     
 
 
     PatternEditor
     
         &Cut
-        
+        &Ausschneiden
     
     
         &Copy
-        
+        &Kopieren
     
     
         &Paste
-        
+        &Einfügen
     
     
         &Delete
-        
+        &Löschen
     
     
         Select &all
-        
+        &Selektiere alles
     
     
         Clear selection
-        
+        Selektion auflösen
     
     
         Placing these notes here will overwrite %1 duplicate notes.
@@ -2013,14 +2022,14 @@
     
     
         Don't show this message again
-        
+        Zeige diese Meldung nicht wieder an
     
 
 
     PatternEditorInstrumentList
     
         Unable to insert further instruments. Maximum possible number
-        
+        Kann kein weiteres Instrument einfügen. Maximal mögliche Anzahl
     
 
 
@@ -2119,43 +2128,43 @@
     
     
         quarter
-        
+        Viertel
     
     
         eighth
-        
+        Achtel
     
     
         sixteenth
-        
+        Sechzehntel
     
     
         thirty-second
-        
+        Zweiunddreißigstel
     
     
         sixty-fourth
-        
+        Vierundsechzigstel
     
     
         quarter triplet
-        
+        Vierteltriole
     
     
         eighth triplet
-        
+        Achteltriole
     
     
         sixteenth triplet
-        
+        Sechzenteltriole
     
     
         thirty-second triplet
-        
+        Zweiunddreißigsteltriole
     
     
         off
-        aus
+        aus
     
     
         Hydrogen can only represent notes as small as 1/%1 of a whole note, so note values must be multiple of this.
@@ -2164,7 +2173,7 @@
     
     
         New Pattern length (beats/note value)
-        
+        Neue Pattern Länge (Schläge/Notenwert)
     
     
         Denominator value rejected.
@@ -2174,7 +2183,7 @@
     
         Pattern size too big.
 Maximum = 16/4
-        
+        Die Patternlänge ist zu groß. Maximalwert: 16/4
     
     
         Pattern length in 1/%1 notes is not supported. Length may be approximated.
@@ -2187,7 +2196,7 @@
     
     
         Text rejected
-        
+        Ungültige Eingabe
     
 
 
@@ -2282,7 +2291,7 @@
     PianoRollEditor
     
         Cannot paste multi-pattern selection
-        
+        Kann Multi-Pattern Selektion nicht einfügen
     
 
 
@@ -2418,39 +2427,41 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
-        
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
+        JACK Transport an/aus
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
-        
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
+        JACK Timebase master an/aus
     
     
         JACK timebase support is disabled in the Preferences
-        
+        Jack Timebase Unterstützung ist in den Einstellungen deaktiviert
     
     
         In the presence of an external JACK Timebase master the tempo can not be altered from within Hydrogen
-        
+        Das Tempo kann in Hydrogen nicht geändert werden, solange ein externer JACK Timebase Master aktiv ist
     
     
         JACK transport will work only with JACK driver.
-        
+        Der JACK Transport funktioniert nur mit dem JACK Treiber.
     
     
         JACK transport mode = On
-        
+        JACK Transport Modus = An
     
     
         JACK transport mode = Off
-        
+        JACK Transport Modus = Aus
     
     
         JACK Timebase master mode = On
-        
+        JACK Timebase Master Modus = An
     
     
         JACK Timebase master mode = Off
-        
+        JACK Timebase Master Modus = Aus
     
 
 
@@ -2670,18 +2681,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Langsam
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Schnell
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Einstellungen
     
@@ -2732,11 +2731,11 @@
     
     
         Select your Audio Driver
-        
+        Wähle deinen Audio Treiber
     
     
         Select your MIDI Driver
-        
+        Wähle deinen MIDI Treiber
     
     
         None
@@ -2744,15 +2743,15 @@
     
     
         The select port is unavailable. This instance uses the following temporary port instead:
-        
+        Der gewählte Port ist nicht verfügbar. Diese Instanz benutzt nun folgenden temporären Port:
     
     
         selected
-        
+        ausgewählt
     
     
         Open Sound System
-        
+        Open Sound System
     
     
         Simple audio driver [/dev/dsp]
@@ -2760,31 +2759,31 @@
     
     
         Not compiled
-        
+        Nicht einkompiliert
     
     
         JACK Audio Connection Kit Driver
-        
+        JACK Audio Connection Kit Treiber
     
     
         Low latency audio driver
-        
+        Niedriglatenz Audio Treiber
     
     
         ALSA Driver
-        
+        ALSA Treiber
     
     
         PortAudio Driver
-        
+        PortAudio Treiber
     
     
         CoreAudio Driver
-        
+        CoreAudio Treiber
     
     
         PulseAudio Driver
-        
+        PulseAudio Treiber
     
 
 
@@ -2887,6 +2886,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Peak-Abfallgeschwindigkeit
     
     
@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@
     
     
         Enable OSC &feedback
-        Aktiviere OSC-Feedback
+        Aktiviere OSC-&Feedback
     
     
         second step, adjust offset between last controller/keyboard trigger and the deferred sequencer startup 
@@ -3131,146 +3131,147 @@
     
     
         Reopen last used &song
-        
+        Zuletzt geöffneten &Song beim Start öffnen
     
     
         Reopen last used &playlist
-        
+        Zuletzt geöffnete &Playlist beim Start öffnen
     
     
         Use &relative paths for playlist
-        
+        &Relative Pfade für Playlists verwenden
     
     
         &Hide keyboard input cursor
-        
+        &Tastatur-Eingabecursor verstecken
     
     
         Use &LASH
-        
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
+        Verwende &LASH
     
     
         Audio System
-        
+        Audio System
     
     
         Connect to &default JACK output ports
-        
+        Verbinde mit &Default JACK Ausgangsports
     
     
         Create &per-instrument JACK output ports
-        
+        Erstelle &pro Instrument einen JACK Ausgangsport
     
     
         Enable JACK &timebase master support
-        
+        Aktiviere JACK &timebase master Unterstützung
     
     
         Apply and restart output
-        
+        Anwenden und Treiber neu starten
     
     
         &MIDI System
-        
+        &MIDI System
     
     
         MIDI driver
-        
+        MIDI Treiber
     
     
         &Ignore note-off
-        
+        Note-Off &ignorieren
     
     
         &Enable MIDI feedback
-        
+        &Midi Feedback aktivieren
     
     
         &Discard MIDI messages after action has been triggered
-        
+        &Verwerfe MIDI Nachrichten nachdem Midi-Aktion ausgelöst wurde
     
     
         &Use output note as input note
-        
+        
     
 
 
     QObject
     
         Add Pattern ( %1, %2 )
-        
+        Fühe Pattern hinzu ( %1, %2 )
     
     
         Delete Pattern ( %1, %2 )
-        
+        Lösche Pattern ( %1, %2 )
     
     
         Move pattern list item ( %1, %2 )
-        
+        Verschiebe Eintrag in Pattern-Liste (%1, %2 )
     
     
         Delete complete pattern-sequence
-        
+        Lösche komplette Pattern-Sequenz
     
     
         Delete pattern from list
-        
+        Lösche Pattern aus Liste
     
     
         Modify pattern properties
-        
+        Ändere Pattern Eigenschaften
     
     
         Duplicate pattern
-        
+        Pattern duplizieren
     
     
         Add pattern
-        
+        Pattern hinzufügen
     
     
         Load/drag pattern
-        
+        Lade/Ziehe Pattern
     
     
         Fill/remove range of pattern
-        
+        Fülle/Leere Teil eines Patterns
     
     
         Edit timeline tempo
-        
+        Editiere Tempo-Eintrag der Timeline
     
     
         Delete timeline tempo
-        
+        Lösche Tempo-Eintrag der Timeline
     
     
         Edit timeline tag
-        
+        Editiere Timeline Tag
     
     
         Delete note ( %1, %2)
-        
+        Lösche Note( %1, %2)
     
     
         Add note ( %1, %2)
-        
+        Füge Note hinzu ( %1, %2)
     
     
         Overwrite %1 notes
-        
+        Überschreibe %1 Noten
     
     
         Add NOTE_OFF note ( %1, %2 )
-        
+        Füge NOTE_OFF Note hinzu ( %1, %2 )
     
     
         Change note length
-        
+        Ändere Länge der Note
     
     
         Clear notes
-        Noten löschen
+        Noten löschen
     
     
         Paste instrument notes
@@ -3278,55 +3279,55 @@
     
     
         Fill notes
-        
+        Fülle Pattern mit Noten
     
     
         Random velocity
-        
+        Zufällige Anschlagsstärke
     
     
         Move instrument
-        
+        Verschiebe Instrument
     
     
         Drop instrument
-        
+        Füge Instrument ein (Drop)
     
     
         Delete instrument 
-        
+        Lösche Instrument 
     
     
         Add piano roll note ( %1, %2 )
-        
+        Füge Piano-Roll Note hinzu ( %1, %2 )
     
     
         Add  piano roll NOTE_OFF note ( %1, %2 )
-        
+        Füge Piano-Roll NOTE_OFF Note hinzu ( %1, %2 )
     
     
         Change piano roll note length 
-        
+        Ändere Länge einer Piano-Roll Note 
     
     
         Change note properties piano roll
-        
+        Ändere Eigenschaft einer Piano-Roll Note
     
     
         Edit note property %1
-        
+        Editiere Noten-Eigenschaft %1
     
     
         Add point
-        
+        Punkt hinzufügen
     
     
         Remove point
-        
+        Punkt entfernen
     
     
         Move point
-        
+        Punkt verschieben
     
 
 
@@ -3352,23 +3353,23 @@
     
     
         SampleEditor 
-        
+        Sample Editor 
     
     
         &Play
-        &Abspielen
+        &Abspielen
     
     
         P&lay original sample
-        Spie&le Original
+        Spie&le Original
     
     
         new sample length
-        
+        Neue Sample Länge
     
     
         frames
-        
+        frames
     
     
          RB-Ratio
@@ -3697,69 +3698,46 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Handbuch
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Willkommen in Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Diese Nachricht nicht mehr anzeigen
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        OK
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Index der Dokumentation
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
-        
+        &Ausschneiden
     
     
         &Copy
-        
+        &Kopieren
     
     
         &Paste
-        
+        &Einfügen
     
     
         &Delete
-        
+        &Löschen
     
     
         Select &all
-        
+        &Alle auswählen
     
     
         Clear selection
-        
+        Selektion auflösen
     
     
         Delete selected cells
-        
+        Lösche selektierte Zellen
     
     
         Paste cells
-        
+        Zellen einfügen
     
     
         Copy selected cells
-        
+        Kopiere selektierte Zellen
     
     
         Move selected cells
-        
+        Verschiebe selektierte Zellen
     
 
 
@@ -3808,7 +3786,7 @@
     
     
         stacked mode
-        gestapelter Modus
+        Gestapelter Modus
 
     
     
@@ -3853,19 +3831,19 @@
     
     
         Timeline usage is disabled in the presence of an external JACK timebase master
-        Die Verwendung der Timeline ist deaktiviert, solange JACK als timebase master verwendet wird.
+        Die Verwendung der Timeline ist deaktiviert, solange JACK als timebase master verwendet wird
     
     
          Timeline = Off
-        Timeline aus
+         Timeline aus
     
     
          Timeline = On
-        Timeline an
+         Timeline an
     
     
         In the presence of an external JACK Timebase master the tempo can not be altered from within Hydrogen
-        
+        Das Tempo kann in Hydrogen nicht geändert werden, solange ein externer JACK timebase master aktiv ist
     
 
 
@@ -4004,11 +3982,11 @@
     
     
         Duplicate
-        
+        Duplizieren
     
     
         Fill/Clear...
-        
+        Füllen/Leeren...
     
 
 
@@ -4046,7 +4024,7 @@
     
     
          &OK
-        &OK
+         &OK
     
     
         Alt+O
@@ -4077,7 +4055,7 @@
     
     
         Couldn't create archive
-        
+        Konnte Archiv nicht erzeugen
     
 
 
@@ -4354,11 +4332,11 @@
     
     
         is a system drumkit and can't be deleted.
-        
+        ist ein System Drumkit und kann nicht gelöscht werden.
     
     
         Not implemented yet.
-        
+        Noch nicht implementiert.
     
 
 
@@ -4435,7 +4413,7 @@
     
     
         Close
-        Schliessen
+        Schliessen
     
 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_el.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_el.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_el.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_el.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -782,6 +782,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1483,18 +1487,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2422,10 +2430,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2685,18 +2695,6 @@
         Προτιμήσεις
     
     
-        Slow
-        Αργά
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Κανονικά
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Γρήγορα
-    
-    
         Driver restart required.
  Restart driver?
         Απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση του οδηγού.
@@ -2824,6 +2822,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Ταχύτητα πτώσης των μετρητών
     
     
@@ -3130,6 +3129,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3714,29 +3714,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Εγχειρίδιο Χρήσης
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Καλώς ήρθες στο Υδρογόνο
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Να μην προβάλλεται αυτό το μήνυμα, από εδώ και πέρα
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Εντάξει
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Περιεχόμενα της τεκμηρίωσης
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_en_GB.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_en_GB.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_en_GB.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_en_GB.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -781,6 +781,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1453,18 +1457,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2375,10 +2383,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2640,18 +2650,6 @@
         
     
     
-        Slow
-        
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        
-    
-    
         Driver restart required.
  Restart driver?
         
@@ -2989,6 +2987,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         
     
     
@@ -3069,6 +3068,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3626,29 +3626,6 @@
         
     
 
-
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        
-    
-
 
     SongEditor
     
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_en.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_en.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_en.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_en.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -781,6 +781,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1453,18 +1457,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2375,10 +2383,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2640,18 +2650,6 @@
         
     
     
-        Slow
-        
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        
-    
-    
         Driver restart required.
  Restart driver?
         
@@ -2989,6 +2987,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         
     
     
@@ -3069,6 +3068,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3626,29 +3626,6 @@
         
     
 
-
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        
-    
-
 
     SongEditor
     
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_es.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_es.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_es.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_es.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
     
     
         Pla&y samples by clicking
-        Reprodu&ce samples haciendo click
+        Reprodu&ce samples haciendo clic
     
     
         &Up
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@
     
     
         Please enter a number within the range of 
-        Por favor teclea un número dentro del rango de 
+        Por favor introduce un número dentro del rango de 
     
     
         &Cancel
@@ -785,6 +785,10 @@
         La canción es de solo lectura.
 Utiliza 'Guardar como' para habilitar el auto-guardado.
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1482,18 +1486,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         Reemplazar con Canción &Nueva
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         Imp&ortar a Sesión
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         Importar &Reciente a Sesión
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         Export&ar de Sesión Como...
     
     
@@ -2429,10 +2437,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         Transporte JACK encendido/apagado
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         Timebase maestro JACK encendido/apagado
     
     
@@ -2687,18 +2697,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Lento
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Rápido
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Preferencias
     
@@ -2829,6 +2827,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Velocidad de caída de vúmetros
     
     
@@ -3133,6 +3132,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         Utilizar &LASH
     
     
@@ -3715,29 +3715,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Manual
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Bienvenid@ a Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        No mostrar este mensaje de nuevo
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Aceptar
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Índice de documentación
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_fr.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_fr.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_fr.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_fr.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -786,6 +786,10 @@
         Le morceau est en lecture seule.
 Utilisez 'Sauvegarder sous' pour activer la sauvegarde automatique.
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1535,18 +1539,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         Remplacer avec un &nouveau morceau
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         Imp&orter dans la session
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         Importer un &récent depuis la session
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         Exporter depuis l&a session sous
     
     
@@ -2439,10 +2447,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         Transport JACK on/off
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         Maître JACK Timebase on/off
     
     
@@ -2697,18 +2707,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Lent
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Rapide
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Préférences
     
@@ -2859,6 +2857,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Vitesse de chute des niveaux
     
     
@@ -3183,6 +3182,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         Utiliser &LASH
     
     
@@ -3726,29 +3726,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Manuel
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        OK
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Bienvenue dans Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Ne plus afficher ce message
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Index de la documentation
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_gl.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_gl.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_gl.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_gl.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -784,6 +784,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1479,18 +1483,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2418,10 +2426,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2671,18 +2681,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Lento
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Rápido
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Preferencias
     
@@ -2833,6 +2831,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Velocidade de caída de vúmetros
     
     
@@ -3117,6 +3116,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3686,29 +3686,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Manual
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Aceptar
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Benvido a Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Non volver amosar esta mensaxe de novo
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Índice da documentación
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_hr.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_hr.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_hr.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_hr.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -782,6 +782,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1440,18 +1444,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2387,10 +2395,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2640,18 +2650,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Polako
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Umjereno
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Brzo
-    
-    
         Driver restart required.
  Restart driver?
         
@@ -2781,6 +2779,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Falloff brzina
     
     
@@ -3069,6 +3068,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3643,29 +3643,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Priručnik
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Dobrodošli u Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Nemoj više nikad prikazivati ovu obavijest
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Ok
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Dokumentacija kazala pojmova
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_hu_HU.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_hu_HU.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_hu_HU.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_hu_HU.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -781,6 +781,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1433,18 +1437,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2380,10 +2388,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2633,18 +2643,6 @@
         Beállítások
     
     
-        Slow
-        Lassú
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normál
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Gyors
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         
     
@@ -2806,6 +2804,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Csúcsindikátor esési sebessége
     
     
@@ -3058,6 +3057,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3631,29 +3631,6 @@
         
     
 
-
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Kézikönyv
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        
-    
-
 
     SongEditor
     
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_it.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_it.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_it.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_it.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -784,6 +784,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1452,18 +1456,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2391,10 +2399,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2644,18 +2654,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Lenta
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normale
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Veloce
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Preferenze
     
@@ -2786,6 +2784,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Velocità picchi
     
     
@@ -3090,6 +3089,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3649,29 +3649,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Manuale utente
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Benvenuto in Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Non mostrare più questo messaggio
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Ok
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Indice documentazione
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_ja.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_ja.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_ja.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_ja.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -785,6 +785,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1475,18 +1479,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2414,10 +2422,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2667,18 +2677,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        遅い
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        普通
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        早い
-    
-    
         Preferences
         設定
     
@@ -2809,6 +2807,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         メータ減衰速度
     
     
@@ -3113,6 +3112,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3682,29 +3682,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        マニュアル
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Hydrogen へようこそ
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        このメッセージをこれ以上表示しない
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        ドキュメントのインデックス
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_nl.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_nl.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_nl.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_nl.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -782,6 +782,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1441,18 +1445,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2388,10 +2396,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2641,18 +2651,6 @@
         Instellingen
     
     
-        Slow
-        Traag
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normaal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Snel
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         Je moet Hydrogen herstarten om LASH ondersteuning in of uit te schakelen
     
@@ -2934,6 +2932,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Meters afval snelheid
     
     
@@ -3066,6 +3065,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3640,29 +3640,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Handleiding
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Welkom bij Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Toon deze boodschap niet meer
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Ok
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Documentatie index
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_pl.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_pl.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_pl.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_pl.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -781,6 +781,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1436,18 +1440,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2383,10 +2391,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2636,18 +2646,6 @@
         Ustawienia
     
     
-        Slow
-        Wolno
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normalnie
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Szybko
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         
     
@@ -2929,6 +2927,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Szybkość zanikania wskazań miernika
     
     
@@ -3061,6 +3060,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3635,29 +3635,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Instrukcja obsługi
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Witamy w Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Nie pokazuj więcej tego komunikatu
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Ok
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Indeks dokumentacji
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_pt_BR.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_pt_BR.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_pt_BR.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_pt_BR.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -784,6 +784,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1472,18 +1476,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2419,10 +2427,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2681,18 +2691,6 @@
         Preferências
     
     
-        Slow
-        Lento
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Normal
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Rápido
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         Por favor, reinicie o Hydrogen para ativar/desativar o suporte ao LASH
     
@@ -2855,6 +2853,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Medidores de velocidade de queda
     
     
@@ -3107,6 +3106,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3705,29 +3705,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Manual
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Bem-vindo ao Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Ok
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Índice de documentação
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Não mostrar mais esta mensagem
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_ru.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_ru.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_ru.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_ru.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -784,6 +784,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1477,18 +1481,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2416,10 +2424,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2666,18 +2676,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Медленное
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Нормальное
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Быстрое
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Параметры
     
@@ -2884,6 +2882,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Скорость спадания индикаторов
     
     
@@ -3112,6 +3111,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3676,29 +3676,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Руководство пользователя
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Знакомство с Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Спасибо, больше не надо это показывать
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        ОК
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Оглавление
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_sr.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_sr.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_sr.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_sr.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -784,6 +784,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1476,18 +1480,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2415,10 +2423,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2677,18 +2687,6 @@
         Поставке
     
     
-        Slow
-        Споро
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Обично
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Брзо
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         Да би (не)омогућили „LASH“ подршку, покрените наново Хидроген
     
@@ -2859,6 +2857,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Брзина опадања мерача
     
     
@@ -3119,6 +3118,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3701,29 +3701,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Ok
-        У реду
-    
-    
-        Manual
-        Упутство
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Хидроген Вас поздравља
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Не приказуј више ову поруку
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Индекс документације
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_sv.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_sv.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_sv.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_sv.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -781,6 +781,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1433,18 +1437,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2380,10 +2388,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2633,18 +2643,6 @@
         Inställningar
     
     
-        Slow
-        Långsam
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Snabb
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        
-    
-    
         Please restart hydrogen to enable/disable LASH support
         
     
@@ -2930,6 +2928,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         
     
     
@@ -3058,6 +3057,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3631,29 +3631,6 @@
         
     
 
-
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Välkommen till Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Visa inte detta meddelande igen
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Dokumentation index
-    
-    
-        Manual
-        
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        
-    
-
 
     SongEditor
     
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_uk.ts hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_uk.ts
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/data/i18n/hydrogen_uk.ts	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/data/i18n/hydrogen_uk.ts	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -784,6 +784,10 @@
 Use 'Save as' to enable autosave.
         
     
+    
+        Input Midi Note
+        
+    
 
 
     InstrumentEditor
@@ -1481,18 +1485,22 @@
     
     
         Replace With &New Song
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with an empty one.
         
     
     
         Imp&ort Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the user via a file browser widget.
         
     
     
         Import &Recent Into Session
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently used by the user.
         
     
     
         Export From Session &As...
+        When Hydrogen is under session management the path the song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be altered.
         
     
     
@@ -2420,10 +2428,12 @@
     
     
         JACK transport on/off
+        Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any number of application can be connected.
         
     
     
         JACK Timebase master on/off
+        Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained transport control.
         
     
     
@@ -2678,18 +2688,6 @@
 
     PreferencesDialog
     
-        Slow
-        Повільно
-    
-    
-        Normal
-        Нормально
-    
-    
-        Fast
-        Швидко
-    
-    
         Preferences
         Параметри
     
@@ -2896,6 +2894,7 @@
     
     
         Meters falloff speed
+        In case of a rapid sound lasting for just a milli second the meters in the Mixer would raise to peak value and fall of immediately without the user being able to see them. The falloff speed introduces a delay. The smaller the value, the longer the meter requires to reach 0dB again.
         Швидкість спадання індикаторів
     
     
@@ -3124,6 +3123,7 @@
     
     
         Use &LASH
+        LASH (acronym for LASH Linux Audio Handler) is a protocol allowing for session management in Linux (recalling songs, preferences, and JACK port connections).
         
     
     
@@ -3706,29 +3706,6 @@
     
 
 
-    SimpleHTMLBrowser
-    
-        Manual
-        Посібник користувача
-    
-    
-        Welcome to Hydrogen
-        Знайомство з Hydrogen
-    
-    
-        Don't show this message anymore
-        Більше не показувати це повідомлення
-    
-    
-        Ok
-        Гаразд
-    
-    
-        Documentation index
-        Зміст
-    
-
-
     SongEditor
     
         &Cut
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/changelog hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/changelog
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/changelog	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/changelog	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,29 @@
+hydrogen (1.1.1+52.gb917e057-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Import upstream snapshot. (Closes: #1005912)
+  * Rebase patch queue onto this version.
+  * Temporarily disable docs install (they don't exist in dev releases).
+  * Overwrite source/lintian-overrides with hydrogen.lintian-overrides.
+
+ -- Nicholas D Steeves   Tue, 12 Apr 2022 17:30:24 -0400
+
+hydrogen (1.1.1-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Upload to unstable.
+  * Switch watch file to Github Releases, because upstream appears to have
+    abandoned the sf.net project (eg: the 1.1.0 release tarball exists only
+    on Github).
+  * Also update Source in copyright.
+  * Declare Standards-Version: 4.6.0.1 (no changes required).
+  * Add lintian override for false positive
+    inconsistent-appstream-metadata-license, because (gpl-2.0+ != gpl-2+) is
+    false; these are equivalent expressions that refer to the same license.
+  * Harmonise copyright file with upstream claims, and note the contributors
+    who appear to have been deleted without a trace in the Comment field for
+    "Files: *".
+
+ -- Nicholas D Steeves   Mon, 07 Feb 2022 23:43:16 -0700
+
 hydrogen (1.1.0~beta1-1~exp1) experimental; urgency=medium
 
   * New upstream release: version 1.1.0~beta1.
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/control hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/control
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/control	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/control	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,10 +28,11 @@
  libpulse-dev,
  liblo-dev
 Rules-Requires-Root: no
-Standards-Version: 4.5.1
+Standards-Version: 4.6.0.1
 Homepage: http://www.hydrogen-music.org/
 # Unfortunately, as of 2020-11-26, https://www.hydrogen-music.org/ has the
 # following SSL cert issue: NET::ERR_CERT_COMMON_NAME_INVALID
+# This is remains unfixed as of 2021-12-12.
 Vcs-Git: https://salsa.debian.org/multimedia-team/hydrogen.git
 Vcs-Browser: https://salsa.debian.org/multimedia-team/hydrogen
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/copyright hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/copyright
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/copyright	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/copyright	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,22 +1,36 @@
 Format: https://www.debian.org/doc/packaging-manuals/copyright-format/1.0/
 Upstream-Name: Hydrogen
 Upstream-Contact: https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/issues
-Source: https://sourceforge.net/projects/hydrogen
+Source: https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen
 
 Files: *
 Copyright:
   2002-2008, Alessandro Cominu (Comix) 
   2005-2006, Jonathan Dempsey 
-  2008-2020, The hydrogen development team
+  2008-2021, The hydrogen development team 
   2008,2013,2017, Sebastian Moors 
   2013, Pawel Piatek
   2015, Aurelien Leblond 
 License: GPL-2+
+Comment: Many copyright holders disappeared in upstream version 1.1.1.  The full
+ list is allegedly documented in src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.cpp;
+ however, The hydrogen development team appears to have omitted the following
+ notable copyright holders from this file:
+   Sacha Delanoue, for lilypond.{h,cpp}
+   Artemiy Pavlov, for macos/fixlibs.sh
+   Przemysław Sitek, for everything automation-related.
+ Documentation of these three contributors is retained in the snapshot.debian.org
+ copy of Hydrogen for Debian, and can be found in 1.1.0~beta1-1~exp1.  These
+ copyright holders are also documented in the Salsa repository up until and
+ including git commit:3b8d115.  Documentation of copyright holders should never
+ disappear without a trace, and upstream should be contacted about these
+ omissions.
 
 Files: cmake/*
 Copyright:
   2009-2017, Jérémy Zurcher 
   2009-2010, Tobias Rautenkranz 
+  2018, George Cave 
 License-Grant:
  Redistribution and use is allowed according to the terms of the BSD
  license. For details see the accompanying COPYING-CMAKE-SCRIPTS file.
@@ -31,43 +45,15 @@
 License: Apache-2.0
 
 Files:
- src/core/include/hydrogen/IO/JackMidiDriver.h
- src/core/src/IO/jack_midi_driver.cpp
+ src/core/IO/JackMidiDriver.h
+ src/core/IO/JackMidiDriver.cpp
 Copyright: 2011, Hans Petter Selasky 
 License: BSD-2-clause
 
-Files:
- src/core/include/hydrogen/lilypond/lilypond.h
- src/core/src/lilypond/lilypond.cpp
-Copyright: 2015, Sacha Delanoue
-License: GPL-2+
-
-Files: src/core/include/hydrogen/nsm.h
+Files: src/core/Nsm.h
 Copyright: 2012, Jonathan Moore Liles
 License: ISC
 
-Files: macos/fixlibs.sh
-Copyright: 2006, Alessandro Cominu, Artemiy Pavlov
-License: GPL-2+
-Comment:
- Contains copyright statement but no licensing.  Since both copyright
- holders also contributed to other parts of source with main license,
- that same license is assumed to apply here too.
-
-Files: src/core/include/hydrogen/automation_path_serializer.h
-       src/core/include/hydrogen/basics/automation_path.h
-       src/core/src/automation_path_serializer.cpp
-       src/core/src/basics/automation_path.cpp
-       src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.*
-       src/tests/automation_path_serializer_test.cpp
-       src/tests/automation_path_test.cpp
-Copyright: 2015-2016, Przemysław Sitek
-License: GPL-2+
-
-Files: src/www/hydrogen.php
-Copyright: 2008, Sebastian Moors 
-License: GPL-2+
-
 Files: debian/*
 Copyright:
   2010-2011,2013,2016-2017, Jonas Smedegaard 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/hydrogen-doc.install hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/hydrogen-doc.install
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/hydrogen-doc.install	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/hydrogen-doc.install	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-usr/share/hydrogen/data/doc usr/share/hydrogen/data
+# usr/share/hydrogen/data/doc usr/share/hydrogen/data
 usr/share/hydrogen/data/new_tutorial
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/patches/0003-use-h2-icon.png.patch hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/patches/0003-use-h2-icon.png.patch
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/patches/0003-use-h2-icon.png.patch	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/patches/0003-use-h2-icon.png.patch	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
 
 diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt
-index c8af94c..a2038ab 100644
+index aebce40..425fdb1 100644
 --- a/CMakeLists.txt
 +++ b/CMakeLists.txt
 @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ IF(MINGW)
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/patches/2001_avoid_live_non-free_drumkits.patch hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/patches/2001_avoid_live_non-free_drumkits.patch
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/patches/2001_avoid_live_non-free_drumkits.patch	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/patches/2001_avoid_live_non-free_drumkits.patch	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 Bug-Parabola: https://labs.parabola.nu/issues/288
 Bug-PureOS: https://tracker.pureos.net/T106
 License: GPL-3+
-Last-Update: 2020-08-14
+Last-Update: 2022-04-12
 Forwarded: no
 
 Upstream curates a live XML feed of both free and non-free drumkits.
@@ -18,20 +18,20 @@
  3 files changed, 1 insertion(+), 6 deletions(-)
 
 diff --git a/data/hydrogen.default.conf b/data/hydrogen.default.conf
-index a6dedfb..17532f1 100644
+index 75bf029..9bbc8c3 100644
 --- a/data/hydrogen.default.conf
 +++ b/data/hydrogen.default.conf
-@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- 	
- 	
- 	
--		http://hydrogen-music.org/feeds/drumkit_list.php
-+		http://freepats.zenvoid.org/hydrogen.xml
- 	
- 	
- 		not_categorized
+@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
+  
+  
+  
+-  http://hydrogen-music.org/feeds/drumkit_list.php
++  http://freepats.zenvoid.org/hydrogen.xml
+  
+  
+   not_categorized
 diff --git a/src/core/Preferences.cpp b/src/core/Preferences.cpp
-index 0156646..f5dfe52 100644
+index 20b5e28..2e967a8 100644
 --- a/src/core/Preferences.cpp
 +++ b/src/core/Preferences.cpp
 @@ -131,7 +131,6 @@ Preferences::Preferences()
@@ -43,10 +43,10 @@
  
  	//___ audio engine properties ___
 diff --git a/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp b/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp
-index 14edf0e..8b4b1ec 100644
+index d2c23bb..c456752 100644
 --- a/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp
 +++ b/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp
-@@ -98,10 +98,6 @@ void SoundLibraryImportDialog::updateRepositoryCombo()
+@@ -100,10 +100,6 @@ void SoundLibraryImportDialog::updateRepositoryCombo()
  		Read serverList from config and put servers into the comboBox
  	*/
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/patches/README hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/patches/README
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/patches/README	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/patches/README	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-0xxx: Grabbed from upstream development.
-1xxx: Possibly relevant for upstream adoption.
-2xxx: Only relevant for official Debian release.
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/source/lintian-overrides hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/source/lintian-overrides
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/source/lintian-overrides	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/source/lintian-overrides	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-# Same license, just differently written version
-inconsistent-appstream-metadata-license linux/org.hydrogenmusic.Hydrogen.appdata.xml (gpl-2.0+ != gpl-2+)
+# False positive (gpl-2.0+ != gpl-2+), which are equivalent
+hydrogen source: inconsistent-appstream-metadata-license linux/org.hydrogenmusic.Hydrogen.appdata.xml (gpl-2.0+ != gpl-2+) [debian/copyright]
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/watch hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/watch
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/debian/watch	2021-05-07 14:30:30.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/debian/watch	2022-04-12 21:30:24.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
 version=4
-http://sf.net/hydrogen/hydrogen-(\d\S+)\.(?:zip|tgz|tbz|txz|(?:tar\.(?:gz|bz2|xz)))
+opts=filenamemangle=s/.+\/v?(\d\S*)\.tar\.gz/hydrogen-$1\.tar\.gz/ \
+  https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/tags .*/v?(\d\S+)\.tar\.gz
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/DEVELOPERS hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/DEVELOPERS
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/DEVELOPERS	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/DEVELOPERS	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -78,16 +78,13 @@
      c. Check if nothing has changed and update version and date in
         linux/hydrogen.1 
 
-  2. Remove the 'developer warning': in data/hydrogen.default.conf
-     change hydrogen_preferences/showDevelWarning to "false".
-
-  3. Run `src/gui/src/about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh
+  2. Run `src/gui/src/about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh
      GIT_TAG_OF_LAST_RELEASE HEAD` to update the list of recent
      contributors.
 
-  4. Commit your changes.
+  3. Commit your changes.
 
-  5. Make a tarball of the release (gzipped).  Use gzip instead of
+  4. Make a tarball of the release (gzipped).  Use gzip instead of
      bzip2 for the folks on Windows.  Tarballs should be named:
                    
                    +--- Release version
@@ -98,35 +95,38 @@
 	
      Example: 'tar -pczf hydrogen-0.9.5.tar.gz hydrogen-0.9.5' 
 
-  6. If this is an RC release, the following steps are optional.
+  5. If this is an RC release, the following steps are optional.
 
-  7. In a clean directory, test build the tarball in as many ways as
+  6. In a clean directory, test build the tarball in as many ways as
      you can.  Call your friends.  Have a party.  Be sure to build
      packages on as many systems as possible.  Be sure to install
      and uninstall them, too.
 
-  8. Go ahead and build binary packages.  Follow the naming convention
-     for the platform that you're building for.
-
-       Linux:    hydrogen_0.9.4rc2_distro_arch.pkg
-                 distro:  the GNU/Linux distro (e.g. 'lenny' for Debian)
-                 arch:    the processor it's built for (e.g. i686)
-                 pkg:     the package management system (deb, rpm)
-       OS X:     hydrogen_0.9.4rc2_arch.dmg
-                 (arch is optional if the binary will work on both.)
-       Windows:  hydrogen_0.9.4rc2.exe
-
-  9. If the release passes these "internal" tests, tag the
+  7. If the release passes these "internal" tests, tag the
      release.  Remember, after tagging the release you may not
      commit changes to the tag.
 
      git tag -a 0.9.4 -m "Tagging 0.9.4"
 
-  10. If this is a major release (e.g. 0.9.4), then make a branch for
+  8. Build binary packages in Appveyor for Windows and macOS:
+
+     - fast-forward merge (or force-push if necessary) releases/XXX to
+       releases/XXX-artifacts, and ensure that the head commit is the
+       one pointed to by the release tag above.
+     - appveyor will build and keep the binary packages as artifacts.
+
+  9. If this is a major release (e.g. 0.9.4), then make a branch for
      maintenance patches for your release.  If this is a maintenance
      release (e.g. 0.9.4.1) then skip this step.
 
      git branch 0.9.4
      git push origin 0.9.4
 
-  11. Make announcements.
+  10. Build a github release, incorporating binary packages, source package, tag and release announcement
+
+  11. Make release announcements on
+      - hydrogen-users@lists.sourceforge.net
+      - hydrogen-music.org
+
+  12. Update Homebrew Hydrogen cask:
+      - PR against https://github.com/Homebrew/homebrew-cask/blob/master/Casks/hydrogen.rb
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.github/issue_template.md hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.github/issue_template.md
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.github/issue_template.md	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.github/issue_template.md	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Hydrogen version *          :
+Operating system + version  : 
+Audio driver + version      : 
+
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+< describe your issue or feature request here ** >
+
+
+
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+*  H2 version : see 'Info - About', or in case you build Hydrogen from source use 'git rev-parse HEAD'
+** if you are reporting a bug, please describe how the bug can be reproduced
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.gitignore hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.gitignore
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.gitignore	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.gitignore	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+*.kdev4
+*~
+*.o
+*.cbp
+*.layout
+ui_*.h
+moc_*.cc
+moc_*.cpp_parameters
+/.tags
+/build
+/cmake_opts
+/hydrogen
+/libs/hydrogen/include/hydrogen/config.h
+hydrogen.*
+*.cmake
+*.so
+*.make
+*.swp
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.gitmodules hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.gitmodules
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/.gitmodules	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/.gitmodules	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+[submodule "data/doc"]
+	path = data/doc
+	url = https://github.com/hydrogen-music/documentation.git
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/INSTALL.md hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/INSTALL.md
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/INSTALL.md	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/INSTALL.md	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 ```
 
 However, if you wish to have a more current version of Hydrogen, the
-Hydrogen dev's typically maintain a .deb package for Debian stable,
+Hydrogen devs typically maintain a .deb package for Debian stable,
 testing, and some Ubuntu distributions.  Note that `apt` takes care of
 any library dependencies that you have.
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 following command to install all basic and some optional requirements.
 
 ``` bash
-$ sudo apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools            \
+$ sudo apt-get install cmake qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools  \
 	qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \
 	libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \
 	libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@
 
 Alternatively you could use our custom build script
 [./build.sh](https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/blob/master/build.sh). This
-is the recommended way in case you are actively developing new
+is the recommended way if you are actively developing new
 features or bug fixes for Hydrogen (all characters in squared brackets
-are optional and do not have to be included into the command).
+are optional and do not have to be included in the command).
 
 | Command    | Functionality                                                     |
 | ---        | ---                                                               |
@@ -217,9 +217,8 @@
 
 Using `ccache` to build Hydrogen, `./build.sh mm`, will result in a
 compilation, which takes a little longer than the one with the usual
-`make` command. But in all further runs not the entire code base but
-just the parts you touched will be recompiled. This can speed up
-development by a margin.
+`make` command. But in all further runs, only the recently-modified
+components will be recompiled. This can marginally speed up development.
 
 
 ### Additional Build Features and Uninstall
@@ -324,9 +323,9 @@
 $ ./build.sh d
 ```
 
-It will produce two folder *build/docs/html/* and *build/docs/latex*
-containing the documentation as either HTML or LaTeX. The HTML version
-is recommended since it provides a more friendly way to navigate
+It will produce two folders, *build/docs/html/* and *build/docs/latex*,
+containing the documentation as HTML and LaTeX, respectively. The HTML
+version is recommended since it provides a more friendly way to navigate
 through the set of created files. You can view them using your
 favorite browser, e.g.
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/linux/hydrogen.1 hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/linux/hydrogen.1
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/linux/hydrogen.1	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/linux/hydrogen.1	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH HYDROGEN "1" "November 2016" "Hydrogen 0.9.7" "User Commands"
+.TH HYDROGEN "1" "September 2021" "Hydrogen 1.1.1" "User Commands"
 .SH NAME
 hydrogen \- a simple drum machine/step sequencer.
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 [\fI-v\fR] [\fI-h\fR] \fI-s file\fR
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-Hydrogen 0.9.7 [http://www.hydrogen\-music.org].
+Hydrogen 1.1.1 [http://www.hydrogen\-music.org].
 Copyright 2002\-2008 Alessandro Cominu,
-Copyright 2008\-2016 The hydrogen development team.
+Copyright 2008\-2021 The hydrogen development team.
 .PP
 Hydrogen is an advanced drum machine for GNU/Linux.
 It's main goal is to bring professional yet simple and intuitive pattern-based drum programming.
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/macos/build_dmg.sh hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/macos/build_dmg.sh
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/macos/build_dmg.sh	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/macos/build_dmg.sh	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,24 @@
 #!/bin/bash
 
+# Hydrogen
+# Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+# Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+#
+# http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 
 # Default application bundle name
 SRC_APP="hydrogen.app"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/macos/fixlibs.sh hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/macos/fixlibs.sh
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/macos/fixlibs.sh	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/macos/fixlibs.sh	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -2,8 +2,26 @@
 
 #
 # This script will prepare the application (.app) bundle for Mac OS X.
-# (c)2006 Alessandro Cominu, Artemiy Pavlov
+
+# Hydrogen
+# Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+# Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+#
+# http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 
 # prepare the .app package icon
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/macos/hydrogen.sh hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/macos/hydrogen.sh
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/macos/hydrogen.sh	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/macos/hydrogen.sh	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,8 +1,25 @@
 #!/bin/sh
+# written by Magnus Oman to solve the libcrypto dependency issue
 
+# Hydrogen
+# Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+# Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
 #
-# written by Magnus Oman to solve the libcrypto dependency issue
+# http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 
 if test $(echo $0 | grep "\.app/Contents/MacOS/Hydrogen"); then
   HYDROGEN_DIR="$(dirname "$0")"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/README.md hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/README.md
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/README.md	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/README.md	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 [![Packaging status](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/hydrogen.svg)](https://repology.org/project/hydrogen/versions)
 
 Hydrogen is an advanced drum machine for GNU/Linux, Mac and Windows.
-It's main goal is to bring professional yet simple and intuitive pattern-based drum programming.
+Its main goal is to bring professional yet simple and intuitive pattern-based drum programming.
 
 **Official Website:** http://www.hydrogen-music.org
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
  * Very user-friendly, modular, fast and intuitive graphical interface based on QT 5.
  * Sample-based stereo audio engine, with import of sound samples in wav, au and aiff formats 
  * Support of samples in compressed FLAC file.
- * Separate commandline interface (h2cli)
+ * Separate command-line interface (h2cli)
 
 #### Sequencer and mixer
 
@@ -79,6 +79,6 @@
 
 
 ### License
-GPLv2 (more details in the [COPYING](./COPYING) file.)
+GPLv2+ (more details in the [COPYING](./COPYING) file.)
 
 Happy drumming!  :smiley:
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/cli/main.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/cli/main.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/cli/main.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/cli/main.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
- * A headless attempt for hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2013 by Sebastian Moors, Pawel Piatek
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,12 +16,12 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
 #include 
+#include 
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -68,6 +69,10 @@
 	{"verbose", optional_argument, nullptr, 'V'},
 	{"help", 0, nullptr, 'h'},
 	{"install", required_argument, nullptr, 'i'},
+	{"check", required_argument, nullptr, 'c'},
+	{"upgrade", required_argument, nullptr, 'u'},
+	{"extract", required_argument, nullptr, 'x'},
+	{"target", required_argument, nullptr, 't'},
 	{"drumkit", required_argument, nullptr, 'k'},
 	{nullptr, 0, nullptr, 0},
 };
@@ -106,10 +111,23 @@
 	std::cout << std::endl;
 }
 
+QString makePathAbsolute( const char* path ) {
+
+	QString sPath = QString::fromLocal8Bit( path );
+	QFileInfo fileInfo( sPath );
+	if ( fileInfo.isRelative() ) {
+		sPath = fileInfo.absoluteFilePath();
+	}
+
+	return sPath;
+}
+
 #define NELEM(a) ( sizeof(a)/sizeof((a)[0]) )
 
 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
+	int nReturnCode = 0;
+	
 	try {
 		// Options...
 		char *cp;
@@ -138,6 +156,13 @@
 		bool showHelpOpt = false;
 		QString drumkitName;
 		QString drumkitToLoad;
+		QString sDrumkitToValidate;
+		bool bValidateDrumkit = false;
+		QString sDrumkitToUpgrade;
+		bool bUpgradeDrumkit = false;
+		QString sDrumkitToExtract;
+		bool bExtractDrumkit = false;
+		QString sTarget = "";
 		short bits = 16;
 		int rate = 44100;
 		short interpolation = 0;
@@ -164,7 +189,25 @@
 				break;
 			case 'i':
 				//install h2drumkit
-				drumkitName = QString::fromLocal8Bit(optarg);
+				drumkitName = makePathAbsolute( optarg );
+				break;
+			case 'c':
+				//validate h2drumkit
+				sDrumkitToValidate = makePathAbsolute( optarg );
+				bValidateDrumkit = true;
+				break;
+			case 'u':
+				//upgrade h2drumkit
+				sDrumkitToUpgrade = makePathAbsolute( optarg );
+				bUpgradeDrumkit = true;
+				break;
+			case 'x':
+				//extract h2drumkit
+				sDrumkitToExtract = makePathAbsolute( optarg );
+				bExtractDrumkit = true;
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				sTarget = makePathAbsolute( optarg );
 				break;
 			case 'k':
 				//load Drumkit
@@ -335,11 +378,11 @@
 			if (! pSong) {
 				___INFOLOG("Starting with empty song");
 				pSong = Song::getEmptySong();
-				pSong->setFilename( "" );
+			} else {
+				preferences->setLastSongFilename( songFilename );
 			}
 
 			pHydrogen->setSong( pSong );
-			preferences->setLastSongFilename( songFilename );
 		}
 
 		if ( ! drumkitToLoad.isEmpty() ){
@@ -388,50 +431,112 @@
 			ExportMode = true;
 		}
 
-		// Interactive mode
-		while ( ! quit ) {
-			/* FIXME: Someday here will be The Real CLI ;-) */
-			Event event = pQueue->pop_event();
-			// if ( event.type > 0) std::cout << "EVENT TYPE: " << event.type << std::endl;
-
-			/* Event handler */
-			switch ( event.type ) {
-			case EVENT_PROGRESS: /* event used only in export mode */
-				if ( ! ExportMode ) break;
-	
-				if ( event.value < 100 ) {
-					std::cout << "\rExport Progress ... " << event.value << "%";
-				} else {
-					pHydrogen->stopExportSession();
-					std::cout << "\rExport Progress ... DONE" << std::endl;
-					quit = true;
+		auto pCoreActionController = pHydrogen->getCoreActionController();
+
+		if ( bValidateDrumkit ) {
+			if ( ! pCoreActionController->validateDrumkit( sDrumkitToValidate ) ) {
+				nReturnCode = -1;
+
+				std::cout << "Provided drumkit [" <<
+					sDrumkitToValidate.toLocal8Bit().data() << "] is INVALID!" << std::endl;
+				
+			} else {
+				std::cout << "Provided drumkit [" <<
+					sDrumkitToValidate.toLocal8Bit().data() << "] is valid" << std::endl;
+			}
+
+		} else if ( bExtractDrumkit ) {
+			if ( ! pCoreActionController->extractDrumkit( sDrumkitToExtract,
+														  sTarget ) ) {
+				nReturnCode = -1;
+
+				if ( sTarget.isEmpty() ) {
+					std::cout << "Unable to install drumkit [" <<
+						sDrumkitToExtract.toLocal8Bit().data() << "]" << std::endl;
+				} else  {
+					std::cout << "Unable to extract drumkit [" <<
+						sDrumkitToExtract.toLocal8Bit().data() << "] to [" <<
+						sTarget.toLocal8Bit().data() << "]" << std::endl;
 				}
-				break;
-			case EVENT_PLAYLIST_LOADSONG: /* Load new song on MIDI event */
-				if( pPlaylist ){
-					QString FirstSongFilename;
-					pPlaylist->getSongFilenameByNumber( event.value, FirstSongFilename );
-					pSong = Song::load( FirstSongFilename );
+			} else {
+				
+				if ( sTarget.isEmpty() ) {
+					std::cout << "Drumkit [" <<
+						sDrumkitToExtract.toLocal8Bit().data() <<
+						"] successfully installed!" << std::endl;
+				} else  {
+					std::cout << "Drumkit [" <<
+						sDrumkitToExtract.toLocal8Bit().data() <<
+						"] successfully extracted to [" <<
+						sTarget.toLocal8Bit().data() << "]!" << std::endl;
+				}
+			}
+
+		} else if ( bUpgradeDrumkit ) {
+			if ( ! pCoreActionController->upgradeDrumkit( sDrumkitToUpgrade,
+														  sTarget ) ) {
+				nReturnCode = -1;
+
+				std::cout << "Unable to upgrade provided drumkit [" <<
+					sDrumkitToUpgrade.toLocal8Bit().data() << "]!" << std::endl;
+				
+			} else {
+				std::cout << "Provided drumkit [" <<
+					sDrumkitToUpgrade.toLocal8Bit().data() << "] upgraded";
+
+				if ( ! sTarget.isEmpty() ) {
+					std::cout << " into [" << 
+						sTarget.toLocal8Bit().data() << "]";
+				}
+				std::cout << std::endl;
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			// Interactive mode
+			while ( ! quit ) {
+				/* FIXME: Someday here will be The Real CLI ;-) */
+				Event event = pQueue->pop_event();
+				// if ( event.type > 0) std::cout << "EVENT TYPE: " << event.type << std::endl;
+
+				/* Event handler */
+				switch ( event.type ) {
+				case EVENT_PROGRESS: /* event used only in export mode */
+					if ( ! ExportMode ) break;
+	
+					if ( event.value < 100 ) {
+						std::cout << "\rExport Progress ... " << event.value << "%";
+					} else {
+						pHydrogen->stopExportSession();
+						std::cout << "\rExport Progress ... DONE" << std::endl;
+						quit = true;
+					}
+					break;
+				case EVENT_PLAYLIST_LOADSONG: /* Load new song on MIDI event */
+					if( pPlaylist ){
+						QString FirstSongFilename;
+						pPlaylist->getSongFilenameByNumber( event.value, FirstSongFilename );
+						pSong = Song::load( FirstSongFilename );
 					
-					if( pSong ) {
-						pHydrogen->setSong( pSong );
-						preferences->setLastSongFilename( songFilename );
+						if( pSong ) {
+							pHydrogen->setSong( pSong );
+							preferences->setLastSongFilename( songFilename );
 						
-						pPlaylist->activateSong( event.value );
+							pPlaylist->activateSong( event.value );
+						}
 					}
-				}
-				break;
-			case EVENT_NONE: /* Sleep if there is no more events */
-				Sleeper::msleep ( 100 );
-				break;
+					break;
+				case EVENT_NONE: /* Sleep if there is no more events */
+					Sleeper::msleep ( 100 );
+					break;
 				
-			case EVENT_QUIT: // Shutdown if indicated by a
-							 // corresponding OSC message.
-				quit = true;
-				break;
-			default:
-				// EVENT_STATE, EVENT_PATTERN_CHANGED, etc are ignored
-				break;
+				case EVENT_QUIT: // Shutdown if indicated by a
+					// corresponding OSC message.
+					quit = true;
+					break;
+				default:
+					// EVENT_STATE, EVENT_PATTERN_CHANGED, etc are ignored
+					break;
+				}
 			}
 		}
 
@@ -439,11 +544,12 @@
 			pHydrogen->sequencer_stop();
 		}
 
-		delete pSong;
-		delete pPlaylist;
+		delete Playlist::get_instance();
 
-		delete pQueue;
+		preferences->savePreferences();
 		delete pHydrogen;
+		delete pSong;
+		delete pQueue;
 		delete preferences;
 		delete pAudioEngine;
 
@@ -453,10 +559,8 @@
 		___INFOLOG( "Quitting..." );
 		delete Logger::get_instance();
 
-		int nObj = Object::objects_count();
-		if (nObj != 0) {
-			std::cerr << "\n\n\n " << nObj << " alive objects\n\n" << std::endl << std::endl;
-			Object::write_objects_map_to_cerr();
+		if (H2Core::Object::count_active()) {
+			H2Core::Object::write_objects_map_to_cerr();
 		}
 	}
 	catch ( const H2Exception& ex ) {
@@ -466,14 +570,14 @@
 		std::cerr << "[main] Unknown exception X-(" << std::endl;
 	}
 
-	return 0;
+	return nReturnCode;
 }
 
 /* Show some information */
 void showInfo()
 {
 	std::cout << "\nHydrogen " + get_version() + " [" + __DATE__ + "]  [http://www.hydrogen-music.org]" << std::endl;
-	std::cout << "Copyright 2002-2008 Alessandro Cominu" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "\nCopyright 2002-2008 Alessandro Cominu\nCopyright 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team" << std::endl;
 
 	if ( Object::count_active() ) {
 		std::cout << "\nObject counting active" << std::endl;
@@ -489,17 +593,46 @@
  */
 void showUsage()
 {
-	std::cout << "Usage: hydrogen [-v] [-h] -s file" << std::endl;
-	std::cout << "   -d, --driver AUDIODRIVER - Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, oss)" << std::endl;
+	QStringList availableAudioDrivers;
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_JACK
+	availableAudioDrivers << "jack";
+#endif
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_ALSA
+	availableAudioDrivers << "alsa";
+#endif
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_OSS
+	availableAudioDrivers << "oss";
+#endif
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_PULSEAUDIO
+	availableAudioDrivers << "pulseaudio";
+#endif
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_PORTAUDIO
+	availableAudioDrivers << "portaudio";
+#endif
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_COREAUDIO
+	availableAudioDrivers << "coreaudio";
+#endif
+	availableAudioDrivers << "auto";
+
+		
+	std::cout << "Usage: h2cli OPTION [ARGS]" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "The CLI of Hydrogen can be used in two different ways. Either" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "for exporting a song into an audio file or for checking and" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "an existing drumkit." << std::endl;
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Exporting:" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -d, --driver AUDIODRIVER - Use the selected audio driver" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << QString( "       [%1]" ).arg( availableAudioDrivers.join( ", " ) )
+		.toLocal8Bit().data() << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -s, --song FILE - Load a song (*.h2song) at startup" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -p, --playlist FILE - Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -o, --outfile FILE - Output to file (export)" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -r, --rate RATE - Set bitrate while exporting file" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -b, --bits BITS - Set bits depth while exporting file" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -k, --kit drumkit_name - Load a drumkit at startup" << std::endl;
-	std::cout << "   -i, --install FILE - install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -I, --interpolate INT - Interpolation" << std::endl;
-	std::cout << "       (0:linear [default],1:cosine,2:third,3:cubic,4:hermite)" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "       [0:linear (default), 1:cosine, 2:third, 3:cubic, 4:hermite]" << std::endl;
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_JACKSESSION
 	std::cout << "   -S, --jacksessionid ID - Start a JackSessionHandler session" << std::endl;
@@ -511,8 +644,37 @@
 	std::cout << "   --lash-no-autoresume - Tell LASH server not to assume I'm returning" << std::endl
 			  << "                          from a crash." << std::endl;
 #endif
-	std::cout << "   -V[Level], --verbose[=Level] - Print a lot of debugging info" << std::endl;
-	std::cout << "                 Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Example: h2cli -s /usr/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs/GM_kit_demo1.h2song \\" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "               -d GMRockKit -d auto -o ./example.wav" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Drumkit handling:" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -i, --install FILE - install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -c, --check FILE - validates a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -u, --upgrade FILE - upgrades a drumkit. FILE can be either" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        an absolute path to a folder containing a" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        drumkit, an absolute path to a drumkit file" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        (drumkit.xml) itself, or an absolute path to" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        a compressed drumkit ( *.h2drumkit). If no" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        target folder was specified using the -t option" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        a backup of the drumkit created and the original" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        one is upgraded in place. If a compressed drumkit" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        is provided as first argument, the upgraded" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        drumkit will be compressed as well." << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -x, --extract FILE - extracts the content of a drumkit (.h2drumkit)" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        If no target is specified using the -t option" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                        this command behaves like --install." << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -t, --target FOLDER - target folder the extracted (-x) or upgraded (-u)" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                         drumkit will be stored in. The folder is created" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "                         if it not exists yet." << std::endl;
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Example: h2cli -c /usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits/GMRockKit" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Miscellaneous:" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "   -V[Level], --verbose[=Level] - Set verbosity level" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "       [None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug, Constructor, Locks, 0xHHHH]" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -v, --version - Show version info" << std::endl;
 	std::cout << "   -h, --help - Show this help message" << std::endl;
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AudioEngine.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AudioEngine.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AudioEngine.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AudioEngine.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AudioEngine.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AudioEngine.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AudioEngine.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AudioEngine.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/AutomationPathSerializer.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #ifndef AUTOMATION_PATH_SERIALIZER_H
 #define AUTOMATION_PATH_SERIALIZER_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Adsr.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Adsr.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Adsr.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Adsr.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Adsr.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Adsr.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Adsr.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Adsr.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #include 
 
 namespace H2Core
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/AutomationPath.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #ifndef H2C_AUTOMATION_PATH_H
 #define H2C_AUTOMATION_PATH_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -85,12 +85,6 @@
 	memset( __out_R, 0, nFrames * sizeof( float ) );
 }
 
-void DrumkitComponent::set_outs( int nBufferPos, float valL, float valR )
-{
-	__out_L[nBufferPos] += valL;
-	__out_R[nBufferPos] += valR;
-}
-
 float DrumkitComponent::get_out_L( int nBufferPos )
 {
 	return __out_L[nBufferPos];
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/DrumkitComponent.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -171,7 +171,12 @@
 	return __peak_r;
 }
 
-};
+inline void DrumkitComponent::set_outs( int nBufferPos, float valL, float valR )
+{
+	__out_L[nBufferPos] += valL;
+	__out_R[nBufferPos] += valR;
+}
 
+};
 
 #endif
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -88,48 +88,53 @@
 
 Drumkit* Drumkit::load_by_name( const QString& dk_name, const bool load_samples, Filesystem::Lookup lookup )
 {
-	QString dir = Filesystem::drumkit_path_search( dk_name, lookup );
-	if ( dir.isEmpty() ) {
+	QString sDrumkitPath = Filesystem::drumkit_path_search( dk_name, lookup );
+	if ( sDrumkitPath.isEmpty() ) {
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 	
-	return load( dir, load_samples );
+	return load( sDrumkitPath, load_samples );
 }
 
-Drumkit* Drumkit::load( const QString& dk_dir, const bool load_samples )
+Drumkit* Drumkit::load( const QString& dk_dir, const bool load_samples, bool bUpgrade, bool bSilent )
 {
-	INFOLOG( QString( "Load drumkit %1" ).arg( dk_dir ) );
+	if ( ! bSilent ) {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Load drumkit %1" ).arg( dk_dir ) );
+	}
+	
 	if( !Filesystem::drumkit_valid( dk_dir ) ) {
 		ERRORLOG( QString( "%1 is not valid drumkit" ).arg( dk_dir ) );
 		return nullptr;
 	}
-	return load_file( Filesystem::drumkit_file( dk_dir ), load_samples );
+	return load_file( Filesystem::drumkit_file( dk_dir ), load_samples, bUpgrade, bSilent );
 }
 
-Drumkit* Drumkit::load_file( const QString& dk_path, const bool load_samples )
+Drumkit* Drumkit::load_file( const QString& dk_path, const bool load_samples, bool bUpgrade, bool bSilent )
 {
 	bool bReadingSuccessful = true;
 	
 	XMLDoc doc;
-	if( !doc.read( dk_path, Filesystem::drumkit_xsd_path() ) ) {
-		
+	if( !doc.read( dk_path, Filesystem::drumkit_xsd_path(), bSilent ) ) {
 		//Something went wrong. Lets see how old this drumkit is..
 		
 		//Do we have any components? 
-		doc.read( dk_path );
+		doc.read( dk_path, nullptr, bSilent );
 		auto nodeList = doc.elementsByTagName( "instrumentComponent" );
 		if( nodeList.size() == 0 )
 		{
 			//No components. That drumkit seems to be quite old. Use legacy code..
 			
-			Drumkit* pDrumkit = Legacy::load_drumkit( dk_path );
-			upgrade_drumkit(pDrumkit, dk_path);
+			Drumkit* pDrumkit = Legacy::load_drumkit( dk_path, bSilent );
+			if ( bUpgrade ) {
+				upgrade_drumkit(pDrumkit, dk_path);
+			}
 			
 			return pDrumkit;
 		} else {
-			//If the drumkit does not comply witht the current xsd, but has components, it may suffer from
-			// problems with invalid values (for example float ADSR values, see #658). Lets try to load it
-			// with our current drumkit.
+			//If the drumkit does not comply with the current xsd, but
+			// has components, it may suffer from problems with
+			// invalid values (for example float ADSR values, see
+			// #658). Lets try to load it with our current drumkit.
 			bReadingSuccessful = false;
 		}
 	}
@@ -139,9 +144,11 @@
 		ERRORLOG( "drumkit_info node not found" );
 		return nullptr;
 	}
-	
-	Drumkit* pDrumkit = Drumkit::load_from( &root, dk_path.left( dk_path.lastIndexOf( "/" ) ) );
-	if ( ! bReadingSuccessful ) {
+
+	Drumkit* pDrumkit =
+		Drumkit::load_from( &root, dk_path.left( dk_path.lastIndexOf( "/" ) ),
+							bSilent );
+	if ( ! bReadingSuccessful && bUpgrade ) {
 		upgrade_drumkit( pDrumkit, dk_path );
 	}
 	if( load_samples ){
@@ -150,9 +157,9 @@
 	return pDrumkit;
 }
 
-Drumkit* Drumkit::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path )
+Drumkit* Drumkit::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent )
 {
-	QString drumkit_name = node->read_string( "name", "", false, false );
+	QString drumkit_name = node->read_string( "name", "", false, false, bSilent );
 	if ( drumkit_name.isEmpty() ) {
 		ERRORLOG( "Drumkit has no name, abort" );
 		return nullptr;
@@ -161,19 +168,27 @@
 	Drumkit* pDrumkit = new Drumkit();
 	pDrumkit->__path = dk_path;
 	pDrumkit->__name = drumkit_name;
-	pDrumkit->__author = node->read_string( "author", "undefined author" );
-	pDrumkit->__info = node->read_string( "info", "No information available." );
-	pDrumkit->__license = node->read_string( "license", "undefined license" );
-	pDrumkit->__image = node->read_string( "image", "" );
-	pDrumkit->__imageLicense = node->read_string( "imageLicense", "undefined license" );
+	pDrumkit->__author = node->read_string( "author", "undefined author",
+											true, true, bSilent );
+	pDrumkit->__info = node->read_string( "info", "No information available.",
+										  true, true, bSilent  );
+	pDrumkit->__license = node->read_string( "license", "undefined license",
+											 true, true, bSilent  );
+	pDrumkit->__image = node->read_string( "image", "",
+										   true, true, bSilent  );
+	pDrumkit->__imageLicense = node->read_string( "imageLicense", "undefined license",
+												  true, true, bSilent  );
 
 	XMLNode componentListNode = node->firstChildElement( "componentList" );
 	if ( ! componentListNode.isNull() ) {
 		XMLNode componentNode = componentListNode.firstChildElement( "drumkitComponent" );
 		while ( ! componentNode.isNull()  ) {
-			int id = componentNode.read_int( "id", -1 );			// instrument id
-			QString sName = componentNode.read_string( "name", "" );		// name
-			float fVolume = componentNode.read_float( "volume", 1.0 );	// volume
+			int id = componentNode.read_int( "id", -1,
+											 true, true, bSilent  );			// instrument id
+			QString sName = componentNode.read_string( "name", "",
+													   true, true, bSilent  );		// name
+			float fVolume = componentNode.read_float( "volume", 1.0,
+													  true, true, bSilent  );	// volume
 			DrumkitComponent* pDrumkitComponent = new DrumkitComponent( id, sName );
 			pDrumkitComponent->set_volume( fVolume );
 
@@ -192,7 +207,7 @@
 		WARNINGLOG( "instrumentList node not found" );
 		pDrumkit->set_instruments( new InstrumentList() );
 	} else {
-		pDrumkit->set_instruments( InstrumentList::load_from( &instruments_node, dk_path, drumkit_name ) );
+		pDrumkit->set_instruments( InstrumentList::load_from( &instruments_node, dk_path, drumkit_name, bSilent ) );
 	}
 	return pDrumkit;
 
@@ -207,7 +222,7 @@
 	}
 }
 
-void Drumkit::upgrade_drumkit(Drumkit* pDrumkit, const QString& dk_path)
+void Drumkit::upgrade_drumkit(Drumkit* pDrumkit, const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent )
 {
 	if( pDrumkit != nullptr ) {
 		if ( ! Filesystem::file_exists( dk_path, true ) ) {
@@ -219,34 +234,17 @@
 			ERRORLOG( QString( "Drumkit %1 is out of date but can not be upgraded since path is not writable (please copy it to your user's home instead)" ).arg( dk_path ) );
 			return;
 		}
-		WARNINGLOG( QString( "Upgrading drumkit %1" ).arg( dk_path ) );
-
-		QString sBackupPath = dk_path + ".bak";
-		if ( Filesystem::file_exists( sBackupPath, true ) ) {
-			int nnSuffix = 1;
-
-			while ( true ) {
-				if ( ! Filesystem::file_exists( QString( "%1.%2" ).
-												arg( sBackupPath ).
-												arg( nnSuffix ), true ) ) {
-					sBackupPath = QString( "%1.%2" ).arg( sBackupPath ).arg( nnSuffix );
-					break;
-				} else {
-					++nnSuffix;
-				}
-
-				if ( nnSuffix > 100 ) {
-					ERRORLOG( QString( "More than 100 backups written for a single drumkit [%1]? This sounds like a bug. Please report this issue." )
-							  .arg( dk_path ) );
-					return;
-				}
-			}
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			INFOLOG( QString( "Upgrading drumkit %1" ).arg( dk_path ) );
 		}
-			
+
+		QString sBackupPath = Filesystem::drumkit_backup_path( dk_path );
 		Filesystem::file_copy( dk_path, sBackupPath,
-		                       false /* do not overwrite existing files */ );
+		                       false /* do not overwrite existing
+										files */,
+							   bSilent );
 		
-		pDrumkit->save_file( dk_path, true, -1 );
+		pDrumkit->save_file( dk_path, true, -1, true, bSilent );
 	}
 }
 
@@ -259,6 +257,23 @@
 	}
 }
 
+QString Drumkit::getFolderName() const {
+	return Filesystem::validateFilePath( __name );
+}
+
+QString Drumkit::getExportName( const QString& sComponentName, bool bRecentVersion ) const {
+	QString sExportName = getFolderName();
+	if ( ! sComponentName.isEmpty() ) {
+		sExportName.append( "_" +
+							Filesystem::validateFilePath( sComponentName ) );
+		if ( ! bRecentVersion ) {
+			sExportName.append( "_legacy" );
+		}
+	}
+	
+	return sExportName;
+}
+
 bool Drumkit::save( const QString&					sName,
                     const QString&					sAuthor,
                     const QString&					sInfo,
@@ -322,20 +337,22 @@
 	return ret;
 }
 
-bool Drumkit::save_file( const QString& dk_path, bool overwrite, int component_id )
+bool Drumkit::save_file( const QString& dk_path, bool overwrite, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion, bool bSilent ) const
 {
-	INFOLOG( QString( "Saving drumkit definition into %1" ).arg( dk_path ) );
+	if ( ! bSilent ) {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Saving drumkit definition into %1" ).arg( dk_path ) );
+	}
 	if( !overwrite && Filesystem::file_exists( dk_path, true ) ) {
 		ERRORLOG( QString( "drumkit %1 already exists" ).arg( dk_path ) );
 		return false;
 	}
 	XMLDoc doc;
 	XMLNode root = doc.set_root( "drumkit_info", "drumkit" );
-	save_to( &root, component_id );
+	save_to( &root, component_id, bRecentVersion );
 	return doc.write( dk_path );
 }
 
-void Drumkit::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id )
+void Drumkit::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion ) const
 {
 	node->write_string( "name", __name );
 	node->write_string( "author", __author );
@@ -344,14 +361,65 @@
 	node->write_string( "image", __image );
 	node->write_string( "imageLicense", __imageLicense );
 
-	if( component_id == -1 ) {
+	// Only drumkits used for Hydrogen v0.9.7 or higher are allowed to
+	// have components. If the user decides to export the kit to
+	// legacy version, the components will be omitted and Instrument
+	// layers corresponding to component_id will be exported.
+	if ( bRecentVersion ) {
 		XMLNode components_node = node->createNode( "componentList" );
-		for (std::vector::iterator it = __components->begin() ; it != __components->end(); ++it) {
-			DrumkitComponent* pComponent = *it;
-			pComponent->save_to( &components_node );
+		if( component_id == -1 && __components->size() > 0 ) {
+			for (std::vector::iterator it = __components->begin() ; it != __components->end(); ++it){
+				DrumkitComponent* pComponent = *it;
+				pComponent->save_to( &components_node );
+			}
+		} else {
+		
+			bool bComponentFound = false;
+
+			if ( component_id != -1 ) {
+				DrumkitComponent* pComponent;
+				for ( std::vector::iterator it = __components->begin();
+					  it != __components->end();
+					  ++it ){
+					pComponent = *it;
+					if ( pComponent != nullptr &&
+						 pComponent->get_id() == component_id ) {
+						bComponentFound = true;
+						pComponent->save_to( &components_node );
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				WARNINGLOG( "Drumkit has no components. Storing an empty one as fallback." );
+			}
+
+			if ( ! bComponentFound ) {
+				if ( component_id != -1 ) {
+					ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to retrieve DrumkitComponent [%1]. Storing an empty one as fallback." )
+							  .arg( component_id ) );
+				}
+				DrumkitComponent* pDrumkitComponent = new DrumkitComponent( 0, "Main" );
+				pDrumkitComponent->save_to( &components_node );
+				delete pDrumkitComponent;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		// Legacy export
+		if ( component_id == -1 ) {
+			ERRORLOG( "Exporting the full drumkit with all components is allowed when targeting the legacy versions >= 0.9.6" );
+			return;
 		}
 	}
-	__instruments->save_to( node, component_id );
+
+	if ( __instruments != nullptr && __instruments->size() > 0 ) {
+		__instruments->save_to( node, component_id, bRecentVersion );
+	} else {
+		WARNINGLOG( "Drumkit has no instruments. Storing an InstrumentList with a single empty Instrument as fallback." );
+		InstrumentList* pInstrumentList = new InstrumentList();
+		auto pInstrument = new Instrument();
+		pInstrumentList->insert( 0, pInstrument );
+		pInstrumentList->save_to( node, component_id, bRecentVersion );
+		delete pInstrumentList;
+	}
 }
 
 bool Drumkit::save_samples( const QString& dk_dir, bool overwrite )
@@ -501,9 +569,24 @@
 	return true;
 }
 	
-bool Drumkit::install( const QString& path )
+bool Drumkit::install( const QString& sSourcePath, const QString& sTargetPath, bool bSilent )
 {
-	_INFOLOG( QString( "Install drumkit %1" ).arg( path ) );
+	if ( sTargetPath.isEmpty() ) {
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			_INFOLOG( QString( "Install drumkit [%1]" ).arg( sSourcePath ) );
+		}
+		
+	} else {
+		if ( ! Filesystem::path_usable( sTargetPath, true, false ) ) {
+			return false;
+		}
+		
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {		
+			_INFOLOG( QString( "Extract drumkit from [%1] to [%2]" )
+					  .arg( sSourcePath ).arg( sTargetPath ) );
+		}
+	}
+	
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LIBARCHIVE
 	int r;
 	struct archive* arch;
@@ -520,11 +603,13 @@
 	archive_read_support_format_all( arch );
 
 #if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 3000000
-	if ( archive_read_open_file( arch, path.toLocal8Bit(), 10240 ) ) {
+	if ( archive_read_open_file( arch, sSourcePath.toLocal8Bit(), 10240 ) ) {
 #else
-	if ( archive_read_open_filename( arch, path.toLocal8Bit(), 10240 ) ) {
+	if ( archive_read_open_filename( arch, sSourcePath.toLocal8Bit(), 10240 ) ) {
 #endif
-		_ERRORLOG( QString( "archive_read_open_file() [%1] %2" ).arg( archive_errno( arch ) ).arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
+		_ERRORLOG( QString( "archive_read_open_file() [%1] %2" )
+				   .arg( archive_errno( arch ) )
+				   .arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
 		archive_read_close( arch );
 
 #if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 3000000
@@ -536,10 +621,19 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 	bool ret = true;
-	QString dk_dir = Filesystem::usr_drumkits_dir() + "/";
+
+	QString dk_dir;
+	if ( ! sTargetPath.isEmpty() ) {
+		dk_dir = sTargetPath + "/";
+	} else {
+		dk_dir = Filesystem::usr_drumkits_dir() + "/";
+	}
+		
 	while ( ( r = archive_read_next_header( arch, &entry ) ) != ARCHIVE_EOF ) {
 		if ( r != ARCHIVE_OK ) {
-			_ERRORLOG( QString( "archive_read_next_header() [%1] %2" ).arg( archive_errno( arch ) ).arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
+			_ERRORLOG( QString( "archive_read_next_header() [%1] %2" )
+					   .arg( archive_errno( arch ) )
+					   .arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
 			ret = false;
 			break;
 		}
@@ -550,9 +644,13 @@
 		archive_entry_set_pathname( entry, newpath.data() );
 		r = archive_read_extract( arch, entry, 0 );
 		if ( r == ARCHIVE_WARN ) {
-			_WARNINGLOG( QString( "archive_read_extract() [%1] %2" ).arg( archive_errno( arch ) ).arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
+			_WARNINGLOG( QString( "archive_read_extract() [%1] %2" )
+						 .arg( archive_errno( arch ) )
+						 .arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
 		} else if ( r != ARCHIVE_OK ) {
-			_ERRORLOG( QString( "archive_read_extract() [%1] %2" ).arg( archive_errno( arch ) ).arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
+			_ERRORLOG( QString( "archive_read_extract() [%1] %2" )
+					   .arg( archive_errno( arch ) )
+					   .arg( archive_error_string( arch ) ) );
 			ret = false;
 			break;
 		}
@@ -569,11 +667,13 @@
 #else // H2CORE_HAVE_LIBARCHIVE
 #ifndef WIN32
 	// GUNZIP
-	QString gzd_name = path.left( path.indexOf( "." ) ) + ".tar";
+	
+	QString gzd_name = sSourcePath.left( sSourcePath.indexOf( "." ) ) + ".tar";
 	FILE* gzd_file = fopen( gzd_name.toLocal8Bit(), "wb" );
-	gzFile gzip_file = gzopen( path.toLocal8Bit(), "rb" );
+	gzFile gzip_file = gzopen( sSourcePath.toLocal8Bit(), "rb" );
 	if ( !gzip_file ) {
-		_ERRORLOG( QString( "Error reading drumkit file: %1" ).arg( path ) );
+		_ERRORLOG( QString( "Error reading drumkit file: %1" )
+				   .arg( sSourcePath ) );
 		gzclose( gzip_file );
 		fclose( gzd_file );
 		return false;
@@ -595,14 +695,23 @@
 	}
 	bool ret = true;
 	char dst_dir[1024];
-	QString dk_dir = Filesystem::usr_drumkits_dir() + "/";
+
+	QString dk_dir;
+	if ( ! sTargetPath.isEmpty() ) {
+		dk_dir = sTargetPath + "/";
+	} else {
+		dk_dir = Filesystem::usr_drumkits_dir() + "/";
+	}
+
 	strncpy( dst_dir, dk_dir.toLocal8Bit(), 1024 );
 	if ( tar_extract_all( tar_file, dst_dir ) != 0 ) {
-		_ERRORLOG( QString( "tar_extract_all(): %1" ).arg( QString::fromLocal8Bit( strerror( errno ) ) ) );
+		_ERRORLOG( QString( "tar_extract_all(): %1" )
+				   .arg( QString::fromLocal8Bit( strerror( errno ) ) ) );
 		ret = false;
 	}
 	if ( tar_close( tar_file ) != 0 ) {
-		_ERRORLOG( QString( "tar_close(): %1" ).arg( QString::fromLocal8Bit( strerror( errno ) ) ) );
+		_ERRORLOG( QString( "tar_close(): %1" )
+				   .arg( QString::fromLocal8Bit( strerror( errno ) ) ) );
 		ret = false;
 	}
 	return ret;
@@ -613,6 +722,330 @@
 #endif
 }
 
+bool Drumkit::exportTo( const QString& sTargetDir, const QString& sComponentName, bool bRecentVersion, bool bSilent ) {
+
+	if ( ! Filesystem::path_usable( sTargetDir, true, false ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Provided destination folder [%1] is not valid" )
+				  .arg( sTargetDir ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! bRecentVersion && sComponentName.isEmpty() ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "A DrumkiComponent name is required to exported a drumkit in a format similar to the one prior to version 0.9.7" );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// When performing an export of a single component, the resulting
+	// file will be _.h2drumkit. This
+	// itself is nice because the user can not choose the name of the
+	// resulting file and it would not be possible to store the export
+	// of multiple components in a single folder otherwise. But if all
+	// those different .h2drumkit would be extracted into the same
+	// folder there would be easily confusion or maybe even loss of
+	// data. We thus temporary rename the drumkit within this
+	// function.
+	// If a legacy export is asked for (!bRecentVersion) the suffix
+	// "_legacy" will be appended as well in order to provide unique
+	// filenames for all export options of a drumkit that can be
+	// selected in the GUI.
+	QString sOldDrumkitName = __name;
+	QString sDrumkitName = getExportName( sComponentName, bRecentVersion );
+	
+	QString sTargetName = sTargetDir + "/" + sDrumkitName +
+		Filesystem::drumkit_ext;
+	
+	if ( ! bSilent ) {
+		QString sMsg( "Export ");
+		
+		if ( sComponentName.isEmpty() && bRecentVersion ) {
+			sMsg.append( "drumkit " );
+		} else {
+			sMsg.append( QString( "component: [%1] " ).arg( sComponentName ) );
+		}
+
+		sMsg.append( QString( "to [%1] " ).arg( sTargetName ) );
+
+		if ( bRecentVersion ) {
+			sMsg.append( "using the most recent format" );
+		} else {
+			sMsg.append( "using the legacy format supported by Hydrogen versions <= 0.9.6" );
+		}
+
+		INFOLOG( sMsg );
+	}
+	
+	// Unique temporary folder to save intermediate drumkit.xml and
+	// component files. The uniqueness is required in case several
+	// threads or instances of Hydrogen do export a drumkit at once.
+	QTemporaryDir tmpFolder( Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "/XXXXXX" );
+	if ( ! sComponentName.isEmpty() ) {
+		tmpFolder.setAutoRemove( false );
+	}
+
+	// In case we just export a single component, we store a pruned
+	// version of the drumkit with all other DrumkitComponents removed
+	// from the Instruments in a temporary folder and use this one as
+	// a basis for further compression.
+	int nComponentID = -1;
+	if ( ! sComponentName.isEmpty() ) {
+		for ( auto pComponent : *__components ) {
+			if( pComponent->get_name().compare( sComponentName ) == 0) {
+				nComponentID = pComponent->get_id();
+				set_name( sDrumkitName );
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if ( nComponentID == -1 ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Component [%1] could not be found in current Drumkit [%2]" )
+					  .arg( sComponentName )
+					  .arg( toQString( "", true ) ) );
+			set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+			return false;
+		}
+		if ( ! save_file( Filesystem::drumkit_file( tmpFolder.path() ),
+						  true, nComponentID, bRecentVersion, bSilent ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to save backup drumkit to [%1] using component ID [%2]" )
+					  .arg( tmpFolder.path() ).arg( nComponentID ) );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ! Filesystem::dir_readable( __path, true ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Unabled to access folder associated with drumkit [%1]" )
+				  .arg( __path ) );
+		set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+		return false;
+	}
+	
+	QDir sourceDir = QDir( __path );
+
+	QStringList sourceFilesList = sourceDir.entryList( QDir::Files );
+	// In case just a single component is exported, we only add
+	// samples associated with it to the .h2drumkit file.
+	QStringList filesUsed;
+
+	// List of formats libsndfile is able to import (see
+	// https://libsndfile.github.io/libsndfile/api.html#open).
+	// This list is used to decide what will happen to a file on a
+	// single-component export in case the file is not associated with
+	// a sample of an instrument belonging to the exported
+	// component. If its suffix is contained in this list, the file is
+	// considered to be part of an instrument we like to drop. If not,
+	// it might be a metafile, like LICENSE, README, or the kit's
+	// image.
+	// The list does not have to be comprehensive as a "leakage" of
+	// audio files in the resulting .h2drumkit is not a big problem.
+	QStringList suffixBlacklist;
+	suffixBlacklist << "wav" << "flac" << "aifc" << "aif" << "aiff" << "au"
+					 << "caf" << "w64" << "ogg" << "pcm" << "l16" << "vob"
+					 << "mp1" << "mp2" << "mp3";
+	
+	bool bSampleFound;
+	
+	for ( const auto& ssFile : sourceFilesList ) {
+		if( ssFile.compare( Filesystem::drumkit_xml() ) == 0 &&
+			nComponentID != -1 ) {
+			filesUsed << Filesystem::drumkit_file( tmpFolder.path() );
+		} else {
+
+			bSampleFound = false;
+			for( const auto& pInstr : *( get_instruments() ) ){
+				if( pInstr != nullptr ) {
+					for ( auto const& pComponent : *( pInstr->get_components() ) ) {
+						if ( pComponent != nullptr &&
+							 ( nComponentID == -1 || 
+							   pComponent->get_drumkit_componentID() == nComponentID ) ) {
+							for( int n = 0; n < InstrumentComponent::getMaxLayers(); n++ ) {
+								const auto pLayer = pComponent->get_layer( n );
+								if( pLayer != nullptr ) {
+									if( pLayer->get_sample()->get_filename().compare( ssFile ) == 0 ) {
+										filesUsed << sourceDir.filePath( ssFile );
+										bSampleFound = true;
+										break;
+									}
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			// Should we drop the file?
+			if ( ! bSampleFound ) {
+				QFileInfo ffileInfo( sourceDir.filePath( ssFile ) );
+				if ( ! suffixBlacklist.contains( ffileInfo.suffix(),
+												 Qt::CaseInsensitive ) ) {
+
+					// We do not want to export any old backups
+					// created during the upgrade process of the
+					// drumkits.
+					if ( ! ( ssFile.contains( Filesystem::drumkit_xml() ) &&
+							 ssFile.contains( ".bak" ) ) ) {
+						filesUsed << sourceDir.filePath( ssFile );
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+		
+#if defined(H2CORE_HAVE_LIBARCHIVE)
+
+	struct archive *a;
+	struct archive_entry *entry;
+	struct stat st;
+	char buff[8192];
+	int len;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	a = archive_write_new();
+
+	#if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 3000000
+		archive_write_set_compression_gzip(a);
+	#else
+		archive_write_add_filter_gzip(a);
+	#endif
+
+	archive_write_set_format_pax_restricted(a);
+	
+	int ret = archive_write_open_filename(a, sTargetName.toUtf8().constData());
+	if ( ret != ARCHIVE_OK ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString("Couldn't create archive [%0]" )
+			.arg( sTargetName ) );
+		set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	bool bFoundFileInRightComponent;
+	for ( const auto& sFilename : filesUsed ) {
+		QFileInfo ffileInfo( sFilename );
+		QString sTargetFilename = sDrumkitName + "/" + ffileInfo.fileName();
+		// Small sanity check since the libarchive code won't fail
+		// gracefully but segfaults if the provided file does not
+		// exist.
+		if ( ! Filesystem::file_readable( sFilename, true ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to export drumkit. File [%1] does not exists or is not readable." )
+					  .arg( sFilename ) );
+			set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		stat( sFilename.toUtf8().constData(), &st );
+		entry = archive_entry_new();
+		archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, sTargetFilename.toUtf8().constData());
+		archive_entry_set_size(entry, st.st_size);
+		archive_entry_set_filetype(entry, AE_IFREG);
+		archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
+		archive_write_header(a, entry);
+		f = fopen( sFilename.toUtf8().constData(), "rb" );
+		len = fread(buff, sizeof(char), sizeof(buff), f);
+		while ( len > 0 ) {
+				archive_write_data(a, buff, len);
+				len = fread(buff, sizeof(char), sizeof(buff), f);
+		}
+		fclose(f);
+		archive_entry_free(entry);
+	}
+	archive_write_close(a);
+
+	#if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 3000000
+		archive_write_finish(a);
+	#else
+		archive_write_free(a);
+	#endif
+
+	sourceFilesList.clear();
+
+	// Only clean up the temp folder when everything was
+	// working. Else, it's probably worth inspecting its content (and
+	// the system will clean it up anyway).
+	Filesystem::rm( tmpFolder.path(), true, true );
+	
+	set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+
+	return true;
+#else // No LIBARCHIVE
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+	if ( nComponentID != -1 ) {
+		// In order to add components name to the folder name we have
+		// to copy _all_ files to a temporary folder holding the same
+		// name. This is unarguably a quite expensive operation. But
+		// exporting is only down sparsely and almost all versions of
+		// Hydrogen should come with libarchive support anyway. On the
+		// other hand, being consistent and prevent confusion and loss
+		// of data beats sparsely excessive copying.
+		QString sDirName = getFolderName();
+
+		QDir sTmpSourceDir( tmpFolder.path() + "/" + sDirName );
+		if ( sTmpSourceDir.exists() ) {
+			sTmpSourceDir.removeRecursively();
+		}
+		if ( ! Filesystem::path_usable( tmpFolder.path() + "/" + sDirName,
+									  true, true ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to create tmp folder [%1]" )
+					  .arg( tmpFolder.path() + "/" + sDirName ) );
+			set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		QString sNewFilePath;
+		QStringList copiedFiles;
+		for ( const auto& ssFile : filesUsed ) {
+			QString sNewFilePath( ssFile );
+			sNewFilePath.replace( sNewFilePath.left( sNewFilePath.lastIndexOf( "/" ) ),
+								  tmpFolder.path() + "/" + sDirName );
+			if ( ! Filesystem::file_copy( ssFile, sNewFilePath, true, true ) ) {
+				ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to copy file [%1] to [%2]." )
+						  .arg( ssFile ).arg( sNewFilePath ) );
+				set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+				return false;
+			}
+
+			copiedFiles << sNewFilePath;
+		}
+
+		filesUsed = copiedFiles;
+		sourceDir = QDir( tmpFolder.path() + "/" + sDirName );
+	}
+
+	// Since there is no way to alter the target names of the files
+	// provided to command line `tar` and we want the output to be
+	// identically to the only created used libarchive, we need to do
+	// some string replacement in here. If not, the unpack to
+	// ./home/USER_NAME_RUNNING_THE_EXPORT/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/DRUMKIT_NAME/
+	// but we instead want it to unpack to ./DRUMKIT_NAME/
+	filesUsed = filesUsed.replaceInStrings( sourceDir.absolutePath(),
+											sourceDir.dirName() );
+
+	QString sCmd = QString( "tar czf %1 -C %2 -- \"%3\"" )
+		.arg( sTargetName )
+		.arg( sourceDir.absolutePath().left( sourceDir.absolutePath().lastIndexOf( "/" ) ) )
+		.arg( filesUsed.join( "\" \"" ) );
+	int nRet = std::system( sCmd.toLocal8Bit() );
+
+	if ( nRet != 0 ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to export drumkit using system command:\n%1" )
+				  .arg( sCmd ) );
+			set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// Only clean up the temp folder when everything was
+	// working. Else, it's probably worth inspecting its content (and
+	// the system will clean it up anyway).
+	Filesystem::rm( tmpFolder.path(), true, true );
+
+	set_name( sOldDrumkitName );
+			
+	return true;
+#else // WIN32
+	ERRORLOG( "Operation not supported on Windows" );
+	
+	return false;
+#endif
+#endif // LIBARCHIVE
+
+}
+
 QString Drumkit::toQString( const QString& sPrefix, bool bShort ) const {
 	QString s = Object::sPrintIndention;
 	QString sOutput;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Drumkit.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -59,10 +59,18 @@
 		 * Filesystem::drumkit_dir_search().
 		 * \param load_samples Automatically load sample data
 		 * if set to true.
+		 * \param bUpgrade Whether the loaded drumkit should be
+		 * upgraded using upgrade_drumkit() in case it did not comply
+		 * with the current XSD file.
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
 		 *
 		 * \return A Drumkit on success, nullptr otherwise.
 		 */
-		static Drumkit* load( const QString& dk_dir, const bool load_samples = false );
+		static Drumkit* load( const QString& dk_dir,
+							  const bool load_samples = false,
+							  bool bUpgrade = true,
+							  bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * Simple wrapper for load() used with the drumkit's
 		 * name instead of its directory.
@@ -93,11 +101,20 @@
 		 * is true.
 		 *
 		 * \param dk_path is a path to an xml file
-		 * \param load_samples automatically load sample data if set to true
+		 * \param load_samples automatically load sample data if set
+		 * to true
+		 * \param bUpgrade Whether the loaded drumkit should be
+		 * upgraded using upgrade_drumkit() in case it did not comply
+		 * with the current XSD file.
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
 		 *
 		 * \return A Drumkit on success, nullptr otherwise.
 		 */
-		static Drumkit* load_file( const QString& dk_path, const bool load_samples = false );
+		static Drumkit* load_file( const QString& dk_path,
+								   const bool load_samples = false,
+								   bool bUpgrade = true,
+								   bool bSilent = true );
 		/** Calls the InstrumentList::load_samples() member
 		 * function of #__instruments.
 		 */
@@ -106,13 +123,33 @@
 		 * function of #__instruments.
 		 */
 		void unload_samples();
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns a version of #__name stripped of all whitespaces and
+	 * other characters which would prevent its use as a valid
+	 * filename.
+	 *
+	 * Attention: The returned string might be used as the name for
+	 * the associated drumkit folder but it does not have to.
+	 */
+	QString getFolderName() const;
+	/**
+	 * Returns the base name used when exporting the drumkit.
+	 *
+	 * \param sComponentName Name of a particular component used in
+	 * case just a single component should be exported.
+	 * \param bRecentVersion Whether the drumkit format should be
+	 * supported by Hydrogen 0.9.7 or higher (whether it should be
+	 * composed of DrumkitComponents).
+	 */
+	QString getExportName( const QString& sComponentName, bool bRecentVersion ) const;
 		
 		/** 
 		 * Saves the current drumkit to dk_path, but makes a backup. 
 		 * This is used when the drumkit did not comply to 
 		 * our xml schema.
 		 */
-		static void upgrade_drumkit( Drumkit* pDrumkit, const QString& dk_path );
+		static void upgrade_drumkit( Drumkit* pDrumkit, const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent = false );
 
 		/**
 		 * check if a user drumkit with the given name
@@ -141,9 +178,14 @@
 		 * \param dk_path the path to save the drumkit into
 		 * \param overwrite allows to write over existing drumkit file
 		 * \param component_id to chose the component to save or -1 for all
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
+		 *
 		 * \return true on success
 		 */
-		bool save_file( const QString& dk_path, bool overwrite=false, int component_id=-1 );
+		bool save_file( const QString& dk_path, bool overwrite=false,
+						int component_id=-1, bool bRecentVersion = true,
+						bool bSilent = false ) const;
 		/**
 		 * save a drumkit instruments samples into a directory
 		 * \param dk_dir the directory to save the samples into
@@ -175,11 +217,41 @@
 		 */
 		static bool save( const QString& sName, const QString& sAuthor, const QString& sInfo, const QString& sLicense, const QString& sImage, const QString& sImageLicense, InstrumentList* pInstruments, std::vector* pComponents, bool bOverwrite=false );
 		/**
-		 * install a drumkit from a filename
-		 * \param path the path to the new drumkit archive
+		 * Extract a .h2drumkit file.
+		 *
+		 * \param sSourcePath Absolute path to the new drumkit archive
+		 * \param sTargetPath Absolute path to where the new drumkit
+		 * should be extracted to. If left empty, the user's drumkit
+		 * folder will be used.
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be
+		 * logged.
+		 *
 		 * \return true on success
 		 */
-		static bool install( const QString& path );
+	static bool install( const QString& sSourcePath, const QString& sTargetPath = "", bool bSilent = false );
+
+	/**
+	 * Compresses the drumkit into a .h2drumkit file.
+	 *
+	 * The name of the created file will be a concatenation of #__name
+	 * and Filesystem::drumkit_ext.
+	 *
+	 * exportTo() ? well, export is a protected name within C++. So,
+	 * we needed a less obvious name. 
+	 *
+	 * \param sTargetDir Folder which will contain the resulting
+	 * .h2drumkit file.
+	 * \param sComponentName Name of a particular component used in
+	 * case just a single component should be exported.
+	 * \param bRecentVersion Whether the drumkit format should be
+	 * supported by Hydrogen 0.9.7 or higher (whether it should be
+	 * composed of DrumkitComponents).
+	 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be
+	 * logged.
+	 *
+	 * \return true on success 
+	 */
+	bool exportTo( const QString& sTargetDir, const QString& sComponentName = "", bool bRecentVersion = true, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * remove a drumkit from the disk
 		 * \param dk_name the drumkit name
@@ -259,14 +331,20 @@
 		/*
 		 * save the drumkit within the given XMLNode
 		 * \param node the XMLNode to feed
+		 * \param component_id to chose the component to save or -1 for all
+		 * \param bRecentVersion Whether the drumkit format should be
+		 * supported by Hydrogen 0.9.7 or higher (whether it should be
+		 * composed of DrumkitComponents).
 		 */
-		void save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id=-1 );
+	void save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id=-1, bool bRecentVersion = true ) const;
 		/**
 		 * load a drumkit from an XMLNode
 		 * \param node the XMLDode to read from
 		 * \param dk_path the directory holding the drumkit data
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
 		 */
-		static Drumkit* load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path );
+	static Drumkit* load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent = false );
 		std::vector* __components;  ///< list of drumkit component
 };
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/ExponentialTables.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/ExponentialTables.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/ExponentialTables.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/ExponentialTables.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_EXPONENTIAL_TABLES_H
 #define H2C_EXPONENTIAL_TABLES_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -98,15 +98,17 @@
 	return m_nMaxLayers;
 }
 
-InstrumentComponent* InstrumentComponent::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path )
+InstrumentComponent* InstrumentComponent::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent )
 {
-	int id = node->read_int( "component_id", EMPTY_INSTR_ID, false, false );
+	int id = node->read_int( "component_id", EMPTY_INSTR_ID,
+							 false, false, bSilent );
 	if ( id==EMPTY_INSTR_ID ) {
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 
 	InstrumentComponent* pInstrumentComponent = new InstrumentComponent( id );
-	pInstrumentComponent->set_gain( node->read_float( "gain", 1.0f, true, false ) );
+	pInstrumentComponent->set_gain( node->read_float( "gain", 1.0f,
+													  true, false, bSilent ) );
 	XMLNode layer_node = node->firstChildElement( "layer" );
 	int n = 0;
 	while ( !layer_node.isNull() ) {
@@ -114,25 +116,28 @@
 			ERRORLOG( QString( "n (%1) >= m_nMaxLayers (%2)" ).arg( n ).arg( m_nMaxLayers ) );
 			break;
 		}
-		pInstrumentComponent->set_layer( InstrumentLayer::load_from( &layer_node, dk_path ), n );
+		pInstrumentComponent->set_layer( InstrumentLayer::load_from( &layer_node,
+																	 dk_path,
+																	 bSilent ),
+										 n );
 		n++;
 		layer_node = layer_node.nextSiblingElement( "layer" );
 	}
 	return pInstrumentComponent;
 }
 
-void InstrumentComponent::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id )
+void InstrumentComponent::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion )
 {
 	XMLNode component_node;
-	if( component_id == -1 ) {
+	if ( bRecentVersion ) {
 		component_node = node->createNode( "instrumentComponent" );
 		component_node.write_int( "component_id", __related_drumkit_componentID );
 		component_node.write_float( "gain", __gain );
 	}
 	for ( int n = 0; n < m_nMaxLayers; n++ ) {
-		InstrumentLayer* pLayer = get_layer( n );
-		if( pLayer ) {
-			if( component_id == -1 ) {
+		auto pLayer = get_layer( n );
+		if( pLayer != nullptr ) {
+			if( bRecentVersion ) {
 				pLayer->save_to( &component_node );
 			} else {
 				pLayer->save_to( node );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentComponent.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -44,8 +44,10 @@
 		InstrumentComponent( InstrumentComponent* other );
 		~InstrumentComponent();
 
-		void				save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id );
-		static InstrumentComponent* 	load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path );
+		void				save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion = true );
+		static InstrumentComponent* 	load_from( XMLNode* node,
+												   const QString& dk_path,
+												   bool bSilent = false );
 
 		InstrumentLayer*	operator[]( int ix );
 		InstrumentLayer*	get_layer( int idx );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Instrument.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Instrument.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Instrument.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Instrument.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -272,38 +272,61 @@
 	delete pDrumkit;
 }
 
-Instrument* Instrument::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, const QString& dk_name )
+Instrument*  Instrument::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, const QString& dk_name, bool bSilent )
 {
-	int id = node->read_int( "id", EMPTY_INSTR_ID, false, false );
+	int id = node->read_int( "id", EMPTY_INSTR_ID, false, false, bSilent );
 	if ( id == EMPTY_INSTR_ID ) {
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 
-	Instrument* pInstrument = new Instrument( id, node->read_string( "name", "" ), nullptr );
+	Instrument* pInstrument =
+		new Instrument( id, node->read_string( "name", "", true, true, bSilent ),
+						nullptr );
 	pInstrument->set_drumkit_name( dk_name );
-	pInstrument->set_volume( node->read_float( "volume", 1.0f ) );
-	pInstrument->set_muted( node->read_bool( "isMuted", false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_pan_l( node->read_float( "pan_L", 1.0f ) );
-	pInstrument->set_pan_r( node->read_float( "pan_R", 1.0f ) );
+	pInstrument->set_volume( node->read_float( "volume", 1.0f,
+											   true, true, bSilent  ) );
+	pInstrument->set_muted( node->read_bool( "isMuted", false,
+											 true, true, bSilent  ) );
+	pInstrument->set_pan_l( node->read_float( "pan_L", 1.0f,
+											 true, true, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_pan_r( node->read_float( "pan_R", 1.0f,
+											 true, true, bSilent ) );
+	
 	// may not exist, but can't be empty
-	pInstrument->set_apply_velocity( node->read_bool( "applyVelocity", true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_filter_active( node->read_bool( "filterActive", true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_filter_cutoff( node->read_float( "filterCutoff", 1.0f, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_filter_resonance( node->read_float( "filterResonance", 0.0f, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_pitch_offset( node->read_float( "pitchOffset", 0.0f, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_random_pitch_factor( node->read_float( "randomPitchFactor", 0.0f, true, false ) );
-	float attack = node->read_float( "Attack", 0.0f, true, false );
-	float decay = node->read_float( "Decay", 0.0f, true, false  );
-	float sustain = node->read_float( "Sustain", 1.0f, true, false );
-	float release = node->read_float( "Release", 1000.0f, true, false );
+	pInstrument->set_apply_velocity( node->read_bool( "applyVelocity", true,
+													  false, true, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_filter_active( node->read_bool( "filterActive", true,
+													 false, true, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_filter_cutoff( node->read_float( "filterCutoff", 1.0f,
+													  true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_filter_resonance( node->read_float( "filterResonance", 0.0f,
+														 true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_pitch_offset( node->read_float( "pitchOffset", 0.0f,
+													 true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_random_pitch_factor( node->read_float( "randomPitchFactor", 0.0f,
+															true, false, bSilent ) );
+	float attack = node->read_float( "Attack", 0.0f,
+									 true, false, bSilent );
+	float decay = node->read_float( "Decay", 0.0f,
+									true, false, bSilent  );
+	float sustain = node->read_float( "Sustain", 1.0f,
+									  true, false, bSilent );
+	float release = node->read_float( "Release", 1000.0f,
+									  true, false, bSilent );
 	pInstrument->set_adsr( new ADSR( attack, decay, sustain, release ) );
-	pInstrument->set_gain( node->read_float( "gain", 1.0f, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_mute_group( node->read_int( "muteGroup", -1, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_midi_out_channel( node->read_int( "midiOutChannel", -1, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_midi_out_note( node->read_int( "midiOutNote", pInstrument->__midi_out_note, true, false ) );
-	pInstrument->set_stop_notes( node->read_bool( "isStopNote", true,false ) );
+	pInstrument->set_gain( node->read_float( "gain", 1.0f,
+											 true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_mute_group( node->read_int( "muteGroup", -1,
+												 true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_midi_out_channel( node->read_int( "midiOutChannel", -1,
+													   true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_midi_out_note( node->read_int( "midiOutNote", pInstrument->__midi_out_note,
+													true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_stop_notes( node->read_bool( "isStopNote", true,
+												  false, true, bSilent ) );
 
-	QString sRead_sample_select_algo = node->read_string( "sampleSelectionAlgo", "VELOCITY" );
+	QString sRead_sample_select_algo = node->read_string( "sampleSelectionAlgo", "VELOCITY",
+														  true, true, bSilent  );
 	if ( sRead_sample_select_algo.compare("VELOCITY") == 0 ) {
 		pInstrument->set_sample_selection_alg( VELOCITY );
 	}
@@ -314,17 +337,23 @@
 		pInstrument->set_sample_selection_alg( RANDOM );
 	}
 
-	pInstrument->set_hihat_grp( node->read_int( "isHihat", -1, true ) );
-	pInstrument->set_lower_cc( node->read_int( "lower_cc", 0, true ) );
-	pInstrument->set_higher_cc( node->read_int( "higher_cc", 127, true ) );
+	pInstrument->set_hihat_grp( node->read_int( "isHihat", -1,
+												true, true, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_lower_cc( node->read_int( "lower_cc", 0,
+											   true, true, bSilent ) );
+	pInstrument->set_higher_cc( node->read_int( "higher_cc", 127,
+												true, true, bSilent ) );
 
 	for ( int i=0; iset_fx_level( node->read_float( QString( "FX%1Level" ).arg( i+1 ), 0.0 ), i );
+		pInstrument->set_fx_level( node->read_float( QString( "FX%1Level" ).arg( i+1 ), 0.0,
+													 true, true, bSilent ), i );
 	}
 
 	XMLNode ComponentNode = node->firstChildElement( "instrumentComponent" );
 	while ( !ComponentNode.isNull() ) {
-		pInstrument->get_components()->push_back( InstrumentComponent::load_from( &ComponentNode, dk_path ) );
+		pInstrument->get_components()->push_back( InstrumentComponent::load_from( &ComponentNode,
+																				  dk_path,
+																				  bSilent ) );
 		ComponentNode = ComponentNode.nextSiblingElement( "instrumentComponent" );
 	}
 	return pInstrument;
@@ -356,7 +385,7 @@
 	}
 }
 
-void Instrument::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id )
+void Instrument::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion )
 {
 	XMLNode InstrumentNode = node->createNode( "instrument" );
 	InstrumentNode.write_int( "id", __id );
@@ -403,8 +432,9 @@
 	}
 	for (std::vector::iterator it = __components->begin() ; it != __components->end(); ++it) {
 		InstrumentComponent* pComponent = *it;
-		if( component_id == -1 || pComponent->get_drumkit_componentID() == component_id ) {
-			pComponent->save_to( &InstrumentNode, component_id );
+		if( component_id == -1 ||
+			pComponent->get_drumkit_componentID() == component_id ) {
+			pComponent->save_to( &InstrumentNode, component_id, bRecentVersion );
 		}
 	}
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Instrument.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Instrument.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Instrument.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Instrument.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -115,16 +115,25 @@
 		 * \param node the XMLNode to feed
 		 * \param component_id Identifier of the corresponding
 		 * component.
+		 * \param bRecentVersion Whether the drumkit format should be
+		 * supported by Hydrogen 0.9.7 or higher (whether it should be
+		 * composed of DrumkitComponents).
 		 */
-		void save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id );
+		void save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion = true );
 		/**
 		 * load an instrument from an XMLNode
 		 * \param node the XMLDode to read from
 		 * \param dk_path the directory holding the drumkit data
 		 * \param dk_name the name of the drumkit
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
+		 *
 		 * \return a new Instrument instance
 		 */
-		static Instrument* load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, const QString& dk_name );
+		static Instrument* load_from( XMLNode* node,
+									  const QString& dk_path,
+									  const QString& dk_name,
+									  bool bSilent = false );
 
 		///< set the name of the instrument
 		void set_name( const QString& name );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -80,15 +80,21 @@
 	}
 }
 
-InstrumentLayer* InstrumentLayer::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path )
+InstrumentLayer*  InstrumentLayer::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent )
 {
-	auto pSample = std::make_shared( dk_path+"/"+node->read_string( "filename", "" ) );
-	InstrumentLayer* layer = new InstrumentLayer( pSample );
-	layer->set_start_velocity( node->read_float( "min", 0.0 ) );
-	layer->set_end_velocity( node->read_float( "max", 1.0 ) );
-	layer->set_gain( node->read_float( "gain", 1.0, true, false ) );
-	layer->set_pitch( node->read_float( "pitch", 0.0, true, false ) );
-	return layer;
+	auto pSample = std::make_shared( dk_path + "/" +
+											 node->read_string( "filename", "",
+																true, true, bSilent  ) );
+	InstrumentLayer* pLayer = new InstrumentLayer( pSample );
+	pLayer->set_start_velocity( node->read_float( "min", 0.0,
+												  true, true, bSilent  ) );
+	pLayer->set_end_velocity( node->read_float( "max", 1.0,
+												true, true, bSilent ) );
+	pLayer->set_gain( node->read_float( "gain", 1.0,
+										true, false, bSilent ) );
+	pLayer->set_pitch( node->read_float( "pitch", 0.0,
+										 true, false, bSilent ) );
+	return pLayer;
 }
 
 void InstrumentLayer::save_to( XMLNode* node )
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentLayer.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -101,9 +101,14 @@
 		 * load an instrument layer from an XMLNode
 		 * \param node the XMLDode to read from
 		 * \param dk_path the directory holding the drumkit data
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
+		 *
 		 * \return a new InstrumentLayer instance
 		 */
-		static InstrumentLayer* load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path );
+		static InstrumentLayer*  load_from( XMLNode* node,
+											const QString& dk_path,
+											bool bSilent = false );
 		/** Formatted string version for debugging purposes.
 		 * \param sPrefix String prefix which will be added in front of
 		 * every new line
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 	}
 }
 
-InstrumentList* InstrumentList::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, const QString& dk_name )
+InstrumentList* InstrumentList::load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, const QString& dk_name, bool bSilent )
 {
 	InstrumentList* instruments = new InstrumentList();
 	XMLNode instrument_node = node->firstChildElement( "instrument" );
@@ -76,7 +76,8 @@
 			ERRORLOG( QString( "instrument count >= %2, stop reading instruments" ).arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
 			break;
 		}
-		Instrument* instrument = Instrument::load_from( &instrument_node, dk_path, dk_name );
+		Instrument* instrument = Instrument::load_from( &instrument_node, dk_path,
+														 dk_name, bSilent );
 		if( instrument ) {
 			( *instruments ) << instrument;
 		} else {
@@ -88,11 +89,11 @@
 	return instruments;
 }
 
-void InstrumentList::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id )
+	void InstrumentList::save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion )
 {
 	XMLNode instruments_node = node->createNode( "instrumentList" );
 	for ( int i = 0; i < size(); i++ ) {
-		( *this )[i]->save_to( &instruments_node, component_id );
+		( *this )[i]->save_to( &instruments_node, component_id, bRecentVersion );
 	}
 }
 
@@ -278,6 +279,15 @@
 	return sOutput;
 }
 
+
+std::vector::iterator InstrumentList::begin() {
+	return __instruments.begin();
+}
+
+std::vector::iterator InstrumentList::end() {
+	return __instruments.end();
+}
+
 };
 
 /* vim: set softtabstop=4 noexpandtab: */
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/InstrumentList.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -146,17 +146,24 @@
 		 * \param node the XMLNode to feed
 		 * \param component_id Identifier of the corresponding
 		 * component.
+		 * \param bRecentVersion Whether the drumkit format should be
+		 * supported by Hydrogen 0.9.7 or higher (whether it should be
+		 * composed of DrumkitComponents).
 		 */
-		void save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id );
+	void save_to( XMLNode* node, int component_id, bool bRecentVersion = true );
 		/**
 		 * load an instrument list from an XMLNode
 		 * \param node the XMLDode to read from
 		 * \param dk_path the directory holding the drumkit
 		 * data
 		 * \param dk_name
+		 * \param bSilent if set to true, all log messages except of
+		 * errors and warnings are suppressed.
+		 *
 		 * \return a new InstrumentList instance
 		 */
-		static InstrumentList* load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path, const QString& dk_name );
+	static InstrumentList* load_from( XMLNode* node, const QString& dk_path,
+									  const QString& dk_name, bool bSilent = false );
 
 		/**
 		 * Fix GitHub issue #307, so called "Hi Bongo fiasco".
@@ -189,6 +196,10 @@
 		 * \return String presentation of current object.*/
 		QString toQString( const QString& sPrefix, bool bShort = true ) const override;
 
+		/** Iteration */
+	std::vector::iterator begin();
+	std::vector::iterator end();
+
 	private:
 		std::vector __instruments;            ///< the list of instruments
 };
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Note.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Note.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Note.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Note.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Note.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Note.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Note.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Note.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -233,6 +233,8 @@
 		float get_lpfb_l() const;
 		/** #__lpfb_r accessor */
 		float get_lpfb_r() const;
+		/** Filter output is sustaining note */
+		bool filter_sustain() const;
 		/** #__key accessor */
 		Key get_key();
 		/** #__octave accessor */
@@ -309,6 +311,12 @@
 		 * \return String presentation of current object.*/
 		QString toQString( const QString& sPrefix, bool bShort = true ) const override;
 
+		/** Convert a logarithmic pitch-space value in semitones to a frequency-domain value */
+		static inline double pitchToFrequency( double fPitch ) {
+			// Equivalent to, but quicker to compute than, pow( 2.0, ( fPitch/12 ) )
+			return pow( 1.0594630943593, fPitch );
+		}
+
 	private:
 		Instrument*		__instrument;   ///< the instrument to be played by this note
 		int				__instrument_id;        ///< the id of the instrument played by this note
@@ -516,6 +524,13 @@
 	return __lpfb_r;
 }
 
+inline bool Note::filter_sustain() const
+{
+	const double fLimit = 0.001;
+	return ( fabs( __lpfb_l ) > fLimit || fabs( __lpfb_r ) > fLimit ||
+			 fabs( __bpfb_l ) > fLimit || fabs( __bpfb_r ) > fLimit );
+}
+
 inline Note::Key Note::get_key()
 {
 	return __key;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Pattern.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Pattern.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Pattern.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Pattern.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Pattern.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Pattern.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Pattern.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Pattern.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/PatternList.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/PatternList.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/PatternList.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/PatternList.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/PatternList.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/PatternList.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/PatternList.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/PatternList.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Playlist.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Playlist.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Playlist.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Playlist.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Playlist.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Playlist.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Playlist.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Playlist.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Sample.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Sample.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Sample.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Sample.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
 
 #if defined(H2CORE_HAVE_RUBBERBAND) || _DOXYGEN_
 #include 
@@ -461,7 +462,7 @@
 	DEBUGLOG( QString( "on %1\n\toptions\t\t: %2\n\ttime ratio\t: %3\n\tpitch\t\t: %4" ).arg( get_filename() ).arg( options ).arg( time_ratio ).arg( pitch_scale ) );
 
 	float* ibuf[2];
-	int block_size = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getAudioOutput()->getBufferSize();
+	int block_size = MAX_BUFFER_SIZE;
 
 	// If the RUB button in the player control is activated and
 	// Hydrogen is told to apply Rubber Band to samples on-the-fly
@@ -624,14 +625,14 @@
 
 		QStringList arguments;
 		QString rCs = QString( " %1" ).arg( rb.c_settings );
-		float pitch = pow( 1.0594630943593, ( double )rb.pitch );
-		QString rPs = QString( " %1" ).arg( pitch );
+		float fFrequency = Note::pitchToFrequency( ( double )rb.pitch );
+		QString rFs = QString( " %1" ).arg( fFrequency );
 		QString rubberResultPath = QDir::tempPath() + "/tmp_rb_result_file.wav";
 
 		arguments << "-D" << QString( " %1" ).arg( durationtime ) 	//stretch or squash to make output file X seconds long
 		          << "--threads"					//assume multi-CPU even if only one CPU is identified
 		          << "-P"						//aim for minimal time distortion
-		          << "-f" << rPs					//pitch
+		          << "-f" << rFs					//frequency
 		          << "-c" << rCs					//"crispness" levels
 		          << outfilePath 					//infile
 		          << rubberResultPath;					//outfile
@@ -806,13 +807,7 @@
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_RUBBERBAND
 static double compute_pitch_scale( const Sample::Rubberband& rb )
 {
-	double pitchshift = rb.pitch;
-	double frequencyshift = 1.0;
-	if ( pitchshift != 0.0 ) {
-		frequencyshift *= pow( 2.0, pitchshift / 12 );
-	}
-	//float pitch = pow( 1.0594630943593, ( double )rb.pitch );
-	return frequencyshift;
+	return Note::pitchToFrequency( rb.pitch );
 }
 
 static RubberBand::RubberBandStretcher::Options compute_rubberband_options( const Sample::Rubberband& rb )
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Sample.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Sample.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Sample.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Sample.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Song.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Song.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Song.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Song.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -162,6 +162,23 @@
 		ERRORLOG( QString( "Unknown actionMode" ) );
 	}
 }
+
+int Song::lengthInTicks() const {
+	int nSongLength = 0;
+	int nColumns = m_pPatternGroupSequence->size();
+	// Sum the lengths of all pattern columns and use the macro
+	// MAX_NOTES in case some of them are of size zero.
+	for ( int i = 0; i < nColumns; i++ ) {
+		PatternList *pColumn = ( *m_pPatternGroupSequence )[ i ];
+		if ( pColumn->size() != 0 ) {
+			nSongLength += pColumn->longest_pattern_length();
+		} else {
+			nSongLength += MAX_NOTES;
+		}
+	}
+    return nSongLength;
+}
+
 	
 ///Load a song from file
 Song* Song::load( const QString& sFilename )
@@ -725,13 +742,13 @@
 			}
 		}
 		sOutput.append( QString( "%1" ).arg( m_pInstrumentList->toQString( sPrefix + s, bShort ) ) )
-			.append( QString( ", m_pComponents:" ) );
+			.append( QString( ", m_pComponents: [" ) );
 		for ( auto cc : *m_pComponents ) {
 			if ( cc != nullptr ) {
 				sOutput.append( QString( "%1" ).arg( cc->toQString( sPrefix + s + s, bShort ) ) );
 			}
 		}
-		sOutput.append( QString( ", m_sFilename: %1" ).arg( m_sFilename ) )
+		sOutput.append( QString( "], m_sFilename: %1" ).arg( m_sFilename ) )
 			.append( QString( ", m_bIsLoopEnabled: %1" ).arg( m_bIsLoopEnabled ) )
 			.append( QString( ", m_fHumanizeTimeValue: %1" ).arg( m_fHumanizeTimeValue ) )
 			.append( QString( ", m_fHumanizeVelocityValue: %1" ).arg( m_fHumanizeVelocityValue ) )
@@ -809,6 +826,13 @@
 	QString sPlaybackTrack( LocalFileMng::readXmlString( songNode, "playbackTrackFilename", "" ) );
 	bool bPlaybackTrackEnabled = LocalFileMng::readXmlBool( songNode, "playbackTrackEnabled", false );
 	float fPlaybackTrackVolume = LocalFileMng::readXmlFloat( songNode, "playbackTrackVolume", 0.0 );
+	// Check the file of the playback track and resort to the default
+	// in case the file can not be found.
+	if ( ! Filesystem::file_exists( sPlaybackTrack, true ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Provided playback track file [%1] does not exist. Using empty string instead" )
+				  .arg( sPlaybackTrack ) );
+		sPlaybackTrack = "";
+	}
 
 	Song::ActionMode actionMode;
  	int nActionMode = LocalFileMng::readXmlInt( songNode, "action_mode", 0 );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Song.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Song.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Basics/Song.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Basics/Song.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -60,6 +60,20 @@
 			SONG_MODE
 		};
 
+	/** Determines the state of the Playback track with respect to
+		audio processing*/
+	enum class PlaybackTrack {
+		/** No proper playback track file set yet*/
+		Unavailable = 0,
+		/** Valid file set but the playback track is muted via the GUI*/
+		Muted = 1,
+		/** Valid file set and ready for playback.*/
+		Enabled = 2,
+		/** Null element used to indicate that either no song is
+		 * present*/
+		None = 3
+	};
+
 		Song( const QString& sName, const QString& sAuthor, float fBpm, float fVolume );
 		~Song();
 
@@ -102,6 +116,9 @@
 		 *   Pattern of the Song.*/
 		void setPatternGroupVector( std::vector* pGroupVect );
 
+		/** get the length of the song, in tick units */
+		int lengthInTicks() const;
+
 		static Song* 	load( const QString& sFilename );
 		bool 			save( const QString& sFilename );
 
@@ -168,17 +185,14 @@
 		bool			getPlaybackTrackEnabled() const;
 		/** Specifies whether a playback track should be used.
 		 *
-		 * If #m_sPlaybackTrackFilename is set to nullptr,
-		 * #m_bPlaybackTrackEnabled will be set to false
-		 * regardless of the choice in @a enabled.
-		 *
-		 * \param enabled Sets #m_bPlaybackTrackEnabled. */
-		bool			setPlaybackTrackEnabled( const bool bEnabled );
+		 * \param bEnabled Sets #m_bPlaybackTrackEnabled. */
+		void			setPlaybackTrackEnabled( const bool bEnabled );
 							
 		/** \return #m_fPlaybackTrackVolume */
 		float			getPlaybackTrackVolume() const;
 		/** \param volume Sets #m_fPlaybackTrackVolume. */
 		void			setPlaybackTrackVolume( const float fVolume );
+	PlaybackTrack getPlaybackTrackState() const;
 
 		/** Defines the type of user interaction experienced in the 
 			SongEditor.*/
@@ -190,6 +204,8 @@
 				in all grid cells encountered.*/
 			drawMode = 1
 		};
+
+	
 		ActionMode		getActionMode() const;
 		void			setActionMode( const ActionMode actionMode );
 
@@ -511,13 +527,9 @@
 	return m_bPlaybackTrackEnabled;
 }
 
-inline bool Song::setPlaybackTrackEnabled( const bool bEnabled )
+inline void Song::setPlaybackTrackEnabled( const bool bEnabled )
 {
-	if ( m_sPlaybackTrackFilename == nullptr ) {
-		return false;
-	}
 	m_bPlaybackTrackEnabled = bEnabled;
-	return bEnabled;
 }
 
 inline float Song::getPlaybackTrackVolume() const
@@ -529,6 +541,17 @@
 {
 	m_fPlaybackTrackVolume = fVolume;
 }
+inline Song::PlaybackTrack Song::getPlaybackTrackState() const {
+	if ( m_sPlaybackTrackFilename.isEmpty() ) {
+		return PlaybackTrack::Unavailable;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! m_bPlaybackTrackEnabled ) {
+		return PlaybackTrack::Muted;
+	}
+
+	return PlaybackTrack::Enabled;
+}
 
 inline Song::ActionMode Song::getActionMode() const {
 	return m_actionMode;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/config.h.in hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/config.h.in
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/config.h.in	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/config.h.in	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
 
 #define H2CORE_GIT_REVISION @GIT_REVISION@
 #define H2CORE_VERSION "@DISPLAY_VERSION@"
+#define H2CORE_IS_DEVEL_BUILD @IS_DEVEL_BUILD@
 
 
 #define MAX_INSTRUMENTS @MAX_INSTRUMENTS@
@@ -32,6 +33,7 @@
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SSCANF
 #cmakedefine HAVE_RTCLOCK
 #cmakedefine HAVE_JACK_PORT_RENAME
+#cmakedefine HAVE_EXECINFO_H
 
 #ifndef H2CORE_HAVE_DEBUG
 #cmakedefine H2CORE_HAVE_DEBUG
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/CoreActionController.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/CoreActionController.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/CoreActionController.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/CoreActionController.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2017 by Sebastian Moors
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 #include "core/OscServer.h"
 #include 
 #include "core/MidiMap.h"
+#include 
 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -422,9 +423,6 @@
 
 	auto pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	
-	// Remove all BPM tags on the Timeline.
-	pHydrogen->getTimeline()->deleteAllTempoMarkers();
-
 	if ( pHydrogen->getGUIState() != Hydrogen::GUIState::unavailable ) {
 		
 		// Store the prepared Song for the GUI to access after the
@@ -689,6 +687,311 @@
 	return true;
 }
 
+bool CoreActionController::upgradeDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath, const QString& sNewPath ) {
+
+	if ( sNewPath.isEmpty() ) {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Upgrading kit at [%1] inplace." )
+				 .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+	} else {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Upgrading kit at [%1] into [%2]." )
+				 .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( sNewPath ) );
+	}
+
+	QFileInfo sourceFileInfo( sDrumkitPath );
+	if ( ! sNewPath.isEmpty() ) {
+		// Check whether there is already a file or directory
+		// present. The latter has to be writable. If none is present,
+		// create a folder.
+		if ( ! Filesystem::path_usable( sNewPath, true, false ) ) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	} else {
+		// We have to assure that the source folder is not just
+		// readable since an inplace upgrade was requested
+		if ( ! Filesystem::dir_writable( sourceFileInfo.dir().absolutePath(),
+										 true ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to upgrade drumkit [%1] in place: Folder is in read-only mode" )
+					  .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	QString sTemporaryFolder, sDrumkitDir;
+	// Whether the drumkit was provided as compressed .h2drumkit file.
+	bool bIsCompressed;
+	auto pDrumkit = retrieveDrumkit( sDrumkitPath, &bIsCompressed,
+									 &sDrumkitDir, &sTemporaryFolder );
+
+	if ( pDrumkit == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to load drumkit from source path [%1]" )
+				  .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// If the drumkit is not updated inplace, we also need to copy
+	// all samples and metadata, like images.
+	QString sPath;
+	if ( ! sNewPath.isEmpty() ) {
+
+		// When dealing with a compressed drumkit, we can just leave
+		// it in the temporary folder and copy the compressed content
+		// to the destination right away.
+		if ( ! bIsCompressed ) {
+			// Copy content
+			QDir drumkitDir( sDrumkitDir );
+			for ( const auto& ssFile : drumkitDir.entryList( QDir::Files ) ) {
+
+				// We handle the drumkit file later
+				if ( ssFile.contains( ".xml" ) ) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				Filesystem::file_copy( drumkitDir.absolutePath() + "/" + ssFile,
+									   sNewPath + "/" + ssFile, true, true );
+			}
+			sPath = sNewPath;
+		} else {
+			sPath = sDrumkitDir;
+		}
+		
+	} else {
+		// Upgrade inplace.
+
+		if ( ! bIsCompressed ) {
+			// Make a backup of the original file in order to make the
+			// upgrade reversible.
+			QString sBackupPath =
+				Filesystem::drumkit_backup_path( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sDrumkitDir ) );
+			if ( ! Filesystem::file_copy( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sDrumkitDir ),
+										  sBackupPath, true, true ) ) {
+				ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to backup source drumkit XML file from [%1] to [%2]. We abort instead of overwriting things." )
+						  .arg( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sDrumkitDir ) )
+						  .arg( sBackupPath ) );
+				delete pDrumkit;
+				return false;
+			}
+		} else {
+			QString sBackupPath = Filesystem::drumkit_backup_path( sDrumkitPath );
+			if ( ! Filesystem::file_copy( sDrumkitPath, sBackupPath, true, true ) ) {
+				ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to backup source .h2drumkit file from [%1] to [%2]. We abort instead of overwriting things." )
+						  .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( sBackupPath ) );
+				delete pDrumkit;
+				return false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		sPath = sDrumkitDir;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! pDrumkit->save_file( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sPath ),
+								true, -1, true, true ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Error while saving upgraded kit to [%1]" )
+				  .arg( sPath ) );
+		delete pDrumkit;
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// Compress the updated drumkit again in order to provide the same
+	// format handed over as input.
+	if ( bIsCompressed ) {
+		QString sExportPath;
+		if ( ! sNewPath.isEmpty() ) {
+			sExportPath = sNewPath;
+		} else {
+			sExportPath = sourceFileInfo.dir().absolutePath();
+		}
+		
+		if ( ! pDrumkit->exportTo( sExportPath, "", true, false ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to export upgrade drumkit to [%1]" )
+					  .arg( sExportPath ) );
+			delete pDrumkit;
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Upgraded drumkit exported as [%1]" )
+				 .arg( sExportPath + "/" + pDrumkit->get_name() +
+					   Filesystem::drumkit_ext ) );
+	}
+
+	// Upgrade was successful. Cleanup
+	if ( ! sTemporaryFolder.isEmpty() ) {
+		// Filesystem::rm( sTemporaryFolder, true, true );
+	}
+
+	INFOLOG( QString( "Drumkit [%1] successfully upgraded!" )
+			 .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+
+	delete pDrumkit;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool CoreActionController::validateDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath ) {
+
+	INFOLOG( QString( "Validating kit [%1]." ).arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+
+	QString sTemporaryFolder, sDrumkitDir;
+	// Whether the drumkit was provided as compressed .h2drumkit file.
+	bool bIsCompressed;
+	auto pDrumkit = retrieveDrumkit( sDrumkitPath, &bIsCompressed,
+									 &sDrumkitDir, &sTemporaryFolder );
+
+	if ( pDrumkit == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to load drumkit from source path [%1]" )
+				  .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! Filesystem::drumkit_valid( sDrumkitDir ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Something went wrong in the drumkit retrieval of [%1]. Unable to load from [%2]" )
+				  .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( sDrumkitDir ) );
+		delete pDrumkit;
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	XMLDoc doc;
+	if ( !doc.read( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sDrumkitDir ),
+					Filesystem::drumkit_xsd_path(), true ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Drumkit file [%1] does not comply with the current XSD definition" )
+				  .arg( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sDrumkitDir ) ) );
+		delete pDrumkit;
+		return false;
+	}
+	
+	XMLNode root = doc.firstChildElement( "drumkit_info" );
+	if ( root.isNull() ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Drumkit file [%1] seems bricked: 'drumkit_info' node not found" )
+				  .arg( Filesystem::drumkit_file( sDrumkitDir ) ) );
+		delete pDrumkit;
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	INFOLOG( QString( "Drumkit [%1] is valid!" )
+			 .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+	
+	return true;
+}
+
+Drumkit* CoreActionController::retrieveDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath, bool* bIsCompressed, QString *sDrumkitDir, QString* sTemporaryFolder ) {
+
+	Drumkit* pDrumkit = nullptr;
+
+	*bIsCompressed = false;
+	*sTemporaryFolder = "";
+	*sDrumkitDir = "";
+
+	QFileInfo sourceFileInfo( sDrumkitPath );
+
+	if ( Filesystem::dir_readable( sDrumkitPath, true ) ) {
+
+		// Providing the folder containing the drumkit
+		pDrumkit = Drumkit::load( sDrumkitPath, false, false, true );
+		*sDrumkitDir = sDrumkitPath;
+		
+	} else if ( sourceFileInfo.fileName() == Filesystem::drumkit_xml() &&
+				Filesystem::file_readable( sDrumkitPath, true ) ) {
+
+		// Providing the path of a drumkit.xml file within a drumkit
+		// folder.
+		pDrumkit = Drumkit::load_file( sDrumkitPath, false, false, true );
+		*sDrumkitDir = sourceFileInfo.dir().absolutePath();
+			
+	} else if ( ( "." + sourceFileInfo.suffix() ) == Filesystem::drumkit_ext &&
+				Filesystem::file_readable( sDrumkitPath, true ) ) {
+
+		*bIsCompressed = true;
+		
+		// Temporary folder used to extract a compressed drumkit (
+		// .h2drumkit ).
+		QString sTemplateName( Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "/" +
+							   sourceFileInfo.baseName() + "_XXXXXX" );
+		QTemporaryDir tmpDir( sTemplateName );
+		tmpDir.setAutoRemove( false );
+		if ( ! tmpDir.isValid() ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unable to create temporary folder using template name [%1]" )
+					  .arg( sTemplateName ) );
+			return nullptr;
+		}
+		
+		*sTemporaryFolder = tmpDir.path();
+
+		// Providing the path to a compressed .h2drumkit file. It will
+		// be extracted to a temporary folder and loaded from there.
+		if ( ! Drumkit::install( sDrumkitPath, tmpDir.path(), true ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unabled to extract provided drumkit [%1] into [%2]" )
+					  .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( tmpDir.path() ) );
+			return nullptr;
+		}
+
+		// INFOLOG( QString( "Extracting drumkit [%1] into [%2]" )
+		// 		 .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( tmpDir.path() ) );
+
+		// The extracted folder is expected to contain a single
+		// directory named as the drumkit itself. But some kits
+		// deviate from the latter condition. So, we just use the
+		// former one.
+		QDir extractedDir( tmpDir.path() );
+		QStringList extractedContent =
+			extractedDir.entryList( QDir::AllEntries | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot );
+		QStringList extractedFolders =
+			extractedDir.entryList( QDir::Dirs | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot );
+		if ( ( extractedContent.size() != extractedFolders.size() ) ||
+			 ( extractedFolders.size() != 1 ) ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Unsupported content of [%1]. Expected a single folder within the archive containing all samples, metadata, as well as the drumkit.xml file. Instead:\n" )
+					  .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+			for ( const auto& sFile : extractedContent ) {
+				ERRORLOG( sFile );
+			}
+			return nullptr;
+		}
+
+		*sDrumkitDir = tmpDir.path() + "/" + extractedFolders[0];
+		
+		pDrumkit = Drumkit::load( *sDrumkitDir, false, false, true );
+		
+	} else {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Provided source path [%1] does not point to a Hydrogen drumkit" )
+				  .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+		return nullptr;
+	}
+
+	return pDrumkit;
+}
+
+bool CoreActionController::extractDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath, const QString& sTargetDir ) {
+
+	QString sTarget;
+	if ( sTargetDir.isEmpty() ) {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Installing drumkit [%1]" ).arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+		sTarget = Filesystem::usr_drumkits_dir();
+	} else {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Extracting drumkit [%1] to [%2]" )
+				 .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( sTargetDir ) );
+		sTarget = sTargetDir;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! Filesystem::path_usable( sTarget, true, false ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Target dir [%1] is neither a writable folder nor can it be created." )
+				  .arg( sTarget ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	QFileInfo sKitInfo( sDrumkitPath );
+	if ( ! Filesystem::file_readable( sDrumkitPath, true ) ||
+		 "." + sKitInfo.suffix() != Filesystem::drumkit_ext ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Invalid drumkit path [%1]. Please provide an absolute path to a .h2drumkit file." )
+				  .arg( sDrumkitPath ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! Drumkit::install( sDrumkitPath, sTarget, true ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Unabled to extract provided drumkit [%1] into [%2]" )
+				  .arg( sDrumkitPath ).arg( sTarget ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
 bool CoreActionController::activateLoopMode( bool bActivate, bool bTriggerEvent ) {
 
 	auto pSong = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong();
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/CoreActionController.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/CoreActionController.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/CoreActionController.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/CoreActionController.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2017 by Sebastian Moors
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 
 namespace H2Core
 {
+	class Drumkit;
 
 class CoreActionController : public H2Core::Object {
 	H2_OBJECT
@@ -241,6 +242,32 @@
 		 * @return bool true on success
 		 */
 		bool activateLoopMode( bool bActivate, bool bTriggerEvent );
+	/** 
+	 * Upgrades the drumkit found at absolute path @a sDrumkitPath.
+	 *
+	 * If @a sNewPath is missing, the drumkit will be upgraded in
+	 * place and a backup file will be created in order to not
+	 * overwrite the existing state. 
+	 */
+	bool upgradeDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath, const QString& sNewPath = "" );
+
+	/**
+	 * Checks whether the provided drumkit in @a sDrumkitPath can be
+	 * found, can be loaded, and does comply with the current XSD
+	 * definition.
+	 */
+	bool validateDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath );
+	/**
+	 * Extracts the compressed .h2drumkit file in @a sDrumkitPath into
+	 * @a sTargetDir.
+	 *
+	 * \param sDrumkitPath Tar-compressed drumkit with .h2drumkit
+	 * extention
+	 * \param sTargetDir Folder to extract the drumkit to. If the
+	 * folder is not present yet, it will be created. If left empty,
+	 * the drumkit will be installed to the users drumkit data folder.
+	 */
+	bool extractDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath, const QString& sTargetDir = "" );
 		/** Relocates transport to the beginning of a particular
 		 * Pattern.
 		 * 
@@ -282,6 +309,25 @@
 		 * \return true on success
 		 */
 		bool setSong( Song* pSong );
+
+	/**
+	 * Loads the drumkit specified in @a sDrumkitPath.
+	 *
+	 * \param sDrumkitPath Can be either an absolute path to a folder
+	 * containing a drumkit file (drumkit.xml), an absolute path to a
+	 * drumkit file itself, or an absolute file to a compressed
+	 * drumkit (.h2drumkit).
+	 * \param bIsCompressed Stores whether the drumkit was provided as
+	 * a compressed .h2drumkit file
+	 * \param sDrumkitDir Stores the folder containing the drumkit
+	 * file. If a compressed drumkit was provided, this will point to
+	 * a temporary folder.
+	 * \param sTemporaryFolder Root path of a temporary folder
+	 * containing the extracted drumkit in case @a sDrumkitPath
+	 * pointed to a compressed .h2drumkit file.
+	 */
+	Drumkit* retrieveDrumkit( const QString& sDrumkitPath, bool* bIsCompressed,
+							  QString* sDrumkitDir, QString* sTemporaryFolder );
 		
 		const int m_nDefaultMidiFeedbackChannel;
 };
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/EventQueue.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/EventQueue.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/EventQueue.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/EventQueue.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/EventQueue.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/EventQueue.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/EventQueue.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/EventQueue.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -155,7 +155,8 @@
 	/** Toggles the button indicating the usage loop mode.*/
 	EVENT_LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION,
 	/** Switches between select mode (0) and draw mode (1) in the *SongEditor.*/
-	EVENT_ACTION_MODE_CHANGE
+	EVENT_ACTION_MODE_CHANGE,
+	EVENT_PLAYBACK_TRACK_CHANGED
 };
 
 /** Basic building block for the communication between the core of
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/Effects.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/Effects.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/Effects.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/Effects.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/Effects.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/Effects.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/Effects.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/Effects.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/LadspaFx.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/LadspaFx.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/LadspaFx.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/LadspaFx.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/LadspaFX.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/LadspaFX.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/FX/LadspaFX.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/FX/LadspaFX.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef LADSPA_FX_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Globals.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Globals.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Globals.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Globals.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef H2C_GLOBALS_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/H2Exception.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/H2Exception.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/H2Exception.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/H2Exception.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Files.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Files.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Files.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Files.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #include 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Files.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Files.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Files.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Files.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_FILES_H
 #define H2C_FILES_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -7,6 +29,7 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
 #include 
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_OSC
@@ -233,9 +256,11 @@
 
 bool Filesystem::path_usable( const QString& path, bool create, bool silent )
 {
-	if( !QDir( path ).exists() ) {
-		if( !silent ) INFOLOG( QString( "create user directory : %1" ).arg( path ) );
-		if( create && !QDir( "/" ).mkpath( path ) ) {
+	if ( !QDir( path ).exists() ) {
+		if ( !silent ) {
+			INFOLOG( QString( "create user directory : %1" ).arg( path ) );
+		}
+		if ( create && !QDir( "/" ).mkpath( path ) ) {
 			if( !silent ) ERRORLOG( QString( "unable to create user directory : %1" ).arg( path ) );
 			return false;
 		}
@@ -260,7 +285,7 @@
 	return true;
 }
 
-bool Filesystem::file_copy( const QString& src, const QString& dst, bool overwrite )
+bool Filesystem::file_copy( const QString& src, const QString& dst, bool overwrite, bool bSilent )
 {
 	if( !overwrite && file_exists( dst, true ) ) {
 		WARNINGLOG( QString( "do not overwrite %1 with %2 as it already exists" ).arg( dst ).arg( src ) );
@@ -274,19 +299,20 @@
 		ERRORLOG( QString( "unable to copy %1 to %2, %2 is not writable" ).arg( src ).arg( dst ) );
 		return false;
 	}
-	INFOLOG( QString( "copy %1 to %2" ).arg( src ).arg( dst ) );
-
+	if ( ! bSilent ) {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "copy %1 to %2" ).arg( src ).arg( dst ) );
+	}
 	
 	// Since QFile::copy does not overwrite, we have to make sure the
 	// destination does not exist.
 	if ( overwrite && file_exists( dst, true ) ) {
-		rm( dst, true );
+		rm( dst, true, bSilent );
 	}
 	
 	return QFile::copy( src, dst );
 }
 
-bool Filesystem::rm( const QString& path, bool recursive )
+bool Filesystem::rm( const QString& path, bool recursive, bool bSilent )
 {
 	if ( check_permissions( path, is_file, true ) ) {
 		QFile file( path );
@@ -308,18 +334,22 @@
 		}
 		return ret;
 	}
-	return rm_fr( path );
+	return rm_fr( path, bSilent );
 }
 
-bool Filesystem::rm_fr( const QString& path )
+bool Filesystem::rm_fr( const QString& path, bool bSilent )
 {
+	if ( ! bSilent ) {
+		INFOLOG( QString( "Removing [%1] recursively" ).arg( path ) );
+	}
+	
 	bool ret = true;
 	QDir dir( path );
 	QFileInfoList entries = dir.entryInfoList( QDir::NoDotAndDotDot | QDir::AllEntries );
 	for ( int idx = 0; ( ( idx < entries.size() ) && ret ); idx++ ) {
 		QFileInfo entryInfo = entries[idx];
 		if ( entryInfo.isDir() && !entryInfo.isSymLink() ) {
-			ret = rm_fr( entryInfo.absoluteFilePath() );
+			ret = rm_fr( entryInfo.absoluteFilePath(), bSilent );
 		} else {
 			QFile file( entryInfo.absoluteFilePath() );
 			if ( !file.remove() ) {
@@ -523,12 +553,16 @@
 {
 	return QDir::tempPath() + "/" + TMP;
 }
-QString Filesystem::tmp_file_path( const QString& base )
+QString Filesystem::tmp_file_path( const QString &base )
 {
-	QFileInfo f( base );
-	QString templateName(tmp_dir() + "/");
+	// Ensure template base will produce a valid filename
+	QString validBase = base.left( 20 );
+	validBase.remove( QRegExp( "[^a-zA-Z0-9._]" ) );
+
+	QFileInfo f( validBase );
+	QString templateName( tmp_dir() + "/" );
 	if ( f.suffix().isEmpty() ) {
-		templateName += base;
+		templateName += validBase;
 	} else {
 		templateName += f.completeBaseName() + "-XXXXXX." + f.suffix();
 	}
@@ -711,6 +745,15 @@
 	return dk_path + "/" + DRUMKIT_XML;
 }
 
+QString Filesystem::drumkit_xml() {
+	return DRUMKIT_XML;
+}
+
+QString Filesystem::drumkit_backup_path( const QString& dk_path ) {
+	return dk_path + "." +
+		QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString( "yyyy-MM-dd_hh-mm-ss" ) + ".bak";
+}
+
 // PATTERNS
 QStringList Filesystem::pattern_drumkits()
 {
@@ -749,6 +792,16 @@
 	return QDir( songs_dir() ).exists( sg_name );
 }
 
+QString Filesystem::validateFilePath( const QString& sPath ) {
+
+	// Ensure the name will be a valid filename
+	QString sValidName( sPath );
+	sValidName.replace( " ", "_" );
+	sValidName.remove( QRegExp( "[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]" ) );
+
+	return sValidName;
+}
+
 // PLAYLISTS
 QStringList Filesystem::playlist_list( )
 {
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Filesystem.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_FILESYSTEM_H
 #define H2C_FILESYSTEM_H
@@ -215,6 +236,18 @@
 		 */
 		static QString drumkit_file( const QString& dk_path );
 
+		/**
+		 * Returns filename and extention of the expected drumkit file.
+		 */
+		static QString drumkit_xml();
+
+		/**
+		 * Create a backup path from a drumkit path. It will contain
+		 * the current datetime to both make individual backup names
+		 * unique and to make it more easy to handle them.
+		 */
+		static QString drumkit_backup_path( const QString& dk_path );
+
 		/* PATTERNS */
 		/**
 		 * returns a list of existing drumkit sub dir into the patterns directory
@@ -241,6 +274,13 @@
 		 */
 		static bool song_exists( const QString& sg_name );
 
+		/**
+		 * Takes an arbitrary path, replaces white spaces by
+		 * underscores and removes all characters apart from latin
+		 * characters, arabic numbers, underscores and dashes.
+		 */
+		static QString validateFilePath( const QString& sPath );
+
 		/** send current settings information to logger with INFO severity */
 		static void info();
 
@@ -302,14 +342,18 @@
 		 * \param src source file path
 		 * \param dst destination file path
 		 * \param overwrite allow to overwrite an existing file if set to true
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be
+		 * logged.
 		 */
-		static bool file_copy( const QString& src, const QString& dst, bool overwrite=false );
+		static bool file_copy( const QString& src, const QString& dst, bool overwrite=false, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * remove a path
 		 * \param path the path to be removed
 		 * \param recursive perform recursive removal if set to true
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be
+		 * logged.
 		 */
-		static bool rm( const QString& path, bool recursive=false );
+		static bool rm( const QString& path, bool recursive=false, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * create a path
 		 * \param path the path to the directory to be created
@@ -325,7 +369,7 @@
 		static Logger* __logger;                    ///< a pointer to the logger
 		static bool check_sys_paths();              ///< returns true if the system path is consistent
 		static bool check_usr_paths();              ///< returns true if the user path is consistent
-		static bool rm_fr( const QString& path );   ///< recursively remove a path
+		static bool rm_fr( const QString& path, bool bSilent = false );   ///< recursively remove a path
 
 		/**
 		 * If this variable is non-empty, its content will be used as
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
@@ -22,14 +44,11 @@
 
 const char* Legacy::__class_name = "Legacy";
 
-Drumkit* Legacy::load_drumkit( const QString& dk_path ) {
-	if ( version_older_than( 0, 9, 8 ) ) {
-		WARNINGLOG( QString( "this code should not be used anymore, it belongs to 0.9.6" ) );
-	} else {
-		WARNINGLOG( QString( "loading drumkit with legacy code" ) );
-	}
+Drumkit* Legacy::load_drumkit( const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent ) {
+	WARNINGLOG( QString( "loading drumkit with legacy code" ) );
+	
 	XMLDoc doc;
-	if( !doc.read( dk_path ) ) {
+	if( !doc.read( dk_path, nullptr, bSilent ) ) {
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 	XMLNode root = doc.firstChildElement( "drumkit_info" );
@@ -37,7 +56,7 @@
 		ERRORLOG( "drumkit_info node not found" );
 		return nullptr;
 	}
-	QString drumkit_name = root.read_string( "name", "", false, false );
+	QString drumkit_name = root.read_string( "name", "", false, false, bSilent );
 	if ( drumkit_name.isEmpty() ) {
 		ERRORLOG( "Drumkit has no name, abort" );
 		return nullptr;
@@ -45,15 +64,22 @@
 	Drumkit* pDrumkit = new Drumkit();
 	pDrumkit->set_path( dk_path.left( dk_path.lastIndexOf( "/" ) ) );
 	pDrumkit->set_name( drumkit_name );
-	pDrumkit->set_author( root.read_string( "author", "undefined author" ) );
-	pDrumkit->set_info( root.read_string( "info", "defaultInfo" ) );
-	pDrumkit->set_license( root.read_string( "license", "undefined license" ) );
-	pDrumkit->set_image( root.read_string( "image", "" ) );
-	pDrumkit->set_image_license( root.read_string( "imageLicense", "undefined license" ) );
+	pDrumkit->set_author( root.read_string( "author", "undefined author",
+											false, false, bSilent ) );
+	pDrumkit->set_info( root.read_string( "info", "defaultInfo",
+											false, false, bSilent ) );
+	pDrumkit->set_license( root.read_string( "license", "undefined license",
+											false, false, bSilent ) );
+	pDrumkit->set_image( root.read_string( "image", "",
+											false, false, bSilent ) );
+	pDrumkit->set_image_license( root.read_string( "imageLicense", "undefined license",
+											false, false, bSilent ) );
 
 	XMLNode instruments_node = root.firstChildElement( "instrumentList" );
 	if ( instruments_node.isNull() ) {
-		WARNINGLOG( "instrumentList node not found" );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			WARNINGLOG( "instrumentList node not found" );
+		}
 		pDrumkit->set_instruments( new InstrumentList() );
 	} else {
 		InstrumentList* pInstruments = new InstrumentList();
@@ -62,35 +88,60 @@
 		while ( !instrument_node.isNull() ) {
 			count++;
 			if ( count > MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) {
-				ERRORLOG( QString( "instrument count >= %2, stop reading instruments" ).arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
+				ERRORLOG( QString( "instrument count >= %2, stop reading instruments" )
+						  .arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
 				break;
 			}
 			Instrument* pInstrument = nullptr;
 			int id = instrument_node.read_int( "id", EMPTY_INSTR_ID, false, false );
 			if ( id!=EMPTY_INSTR_ID ) {
-				pInstrument = new Instrument( id, instrument_node.read_string( "name", "" ), nullptr );
+				pInstrument =
+					new Instrument( id, instrument_node.read_string( "name", "",
+																				   false, false,
+																				   bSilent  ),
+												  nullptr );
 				pInstrument->set_drumkit_name( drumkit_name );
-				pInstrument->set_volume( instrument_node.read_float( "volume", 1.0f ) );
-				pInstrument->set_muted( instrument_node.read_bool( "isMuted", false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_pan_l( instrument_node.read_float( "pan_L", 1.0f ) );
-				pInstrument->set_pan_r( instrument_node.read_float( "pan_R", 1.0f ) );
+				pInstrument->set_volume( instrument_node.read_float( "volume", 1.0f,
+																	 true, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_muted( instrument_node.read_bool( "isMuted", false,
+																   true, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_pan_l( instrument_node.read_float( "pan_L", 1.0f,
+																   true, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_pan_r( instrument_node.read_float( "pan_R", 1.0f,
+																   true, true, bSilent ) );
+
 				// may not exist, but can't be empty
-				pInstrument->set_apply_velocity( instrument_node.read_bool( "applyVelocity", true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_filter_active( instrument_node.read_bool( "filterActive", true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_filter_cutoff( instrument_node.read_float( "filterCutoff", 1.0f, true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_filter_resonance( instrument_node.read_float( "filterResonance", 0.0f, true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_random_pitch_factor( instrument_node.read_float( "randomPitchFactor", 0.0f, true, false ) );
-				float attack = instrument_node.read_float( "Attack", 0.0f, true, false );
-				float decay = instrument_node.read_float( "Decay", 0.0f, true, false  );
-				float sustain = instrument_node.read_float( "Sustain", 1.0f, true, false );
-				float release = instrument_node.read_float( "Release", 1000.0f, true, false );
+				pInstrument->set_apply_velocity( instrument_node.read_bool( "applyVelocity", true,
+																			false, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_filter_active( instrument_node.read_bool( "filterActive", true,
+																		   false, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_filter_cutoff( instrument_node.read_float( "filterCutoff", 1.0f,
+																			true, false, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_filter_resonance( instrument_node.read_float( "filterResonance", 0.0f,
+																			   true, false, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_random_pitch_factor( instrument_node.read_float( "randomPitchFactor", 0.0f,
+																				  true, false, bSilent ) );
+				float attack = instrument_node.read_float( "Attack", 0.0f,
+														   true, false, bSilent );
+				float decay = instrument_node.read_float( "Decay", 0.0f,
+														  true, false, bSilent  );
+				float sustain = instrument_node.read_float( "Sustain", 1.0f,
+															true, false, bSilent );
+				float release = instrument_node.read_float( "Release", 1000.0f,
+															true, false, bSilent );
 				pInstrument->set_adsr( new ADSR( attack, decay, sustain, release ) );
-				pInstrument->set_gain( instrument_node.read_float( "gain", 1.0f, true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_mute_group( instrument_node.read_int( "muteGroup", -1, true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_midi_out_channel( instrument_node.read_int( "midiOutChannel", -1, true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_midi_out_note( instrument_node.read_int( "midiOutNote", MIDI_MIDDLE_C, true, false ) );
-				pInstrument->set_stop_notes( instrument_node.read_bool( "isStopNote", true ,false ) );
-				QString read_sample_select_algo = instrument_node.read_string( "sampleSelectionAlgo", "VELOCITY" );
+				pInstrument->set_gain( instrument_node.read_float( "gain", 1.0f,
+																   true, false, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_mute_group( instrument_node.read_int( "muteGroup", -1,
+																	   true, false, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_midi_out_channel( instrument_node.read_int( "midiOutChannel", -1,
+																			 true, false, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_midi_out_note( instrument_node.read_int( "midiOutNote", MIDI_MIDDLE_C,
+																		  true, false, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_stop_notes( instrument_node.read_bool( "isStopNote", true,
+																		false, true, bSilent ) );
+				QString read_sample_select_algo = instrument_node.read_string( "sampleSelectionAlgo", "VELOCITY",
+																			   true, true, bSilent );
 				
 				if ( read_sample_select_algo.compare("VELOCITY") == 0) {
 					pInstrument->set_sample_selection_alg( Instrument::VELOCITY );
@@ -100,16 +151,23 @@
 					pInstrument->set_sample_selection_alg( Instrument::RANDOM );
 				}
 				
-				pInstrument->set_hihat_grp( instrument_node.read_int( "isHihat", -1, true ) );
-				pInstrument->set_lower_cc( instrument_node.read_int( "lower_cc", 0, true ) );
-				pInstrument->set_higher_cc( instrument_node.read_int( "higher_cc", 127, true ) );
+				pInstrument->set_hihat_grp( instrument_node.read_int( "isHihat", -1,
+																	  true, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_lower_cc( instrument_node.read_int( "lower_cc", 0,
+																	 true, true, bSilent ) );
+				pInstrument->set_higher_cc( instrument_node.read_int( "higher_cc", 127,
+																	  true, true, bSilent ) );
 				for ( int i=0; iset_fx_level( instrument_node.read_float( QString( "FX%1Level" ).arg( i+1 ), 0.0 ), i );
+					pInstrument->set_fx_level( instrument_node.read_float( QString( "FX%1Level" ).arg( i+1 ), 0.0,
+																		   true, true, bSilent ), i );
 				}
 				QDomNode filename_node = instrument_node.firstChildElement( "filename" );
 				if ( !filename_node.isNull() ) {
-					DEBUGLOG( "Using back compatibility code. filename node found" );
-					QString sFilename = instrument_node.read_string( "filename", "" );
+					if ( ! bSilent ) {
+						DEBUGLOG( "Using back compatibility code. filename node found" );
+					}
+					QString sFilename = instrument_node.read_string( "filename", "",
+																	 true, true, bSilent);
 					if( sFilename.isEmpty() ) {
 						ERRORLOG( "filename back compatibility node is empty" );
 					} else {
@@ -159,12 +217,18 @@
 							ERRORLOG( QString( "n (%1) > m_nMaxLayers (%2)" ).arg ( n ).arg( InstrumentComponent::getMaxLayers() ) );
 							break;
 						}
-						auto pSample = std::make_shared( dk_path+"/"+layer_node.read_string( "filename", "" ) );
+						auto pSample = std::make_shared( dk_path + "/" +
+																 layer_node.read_string( "filename", "",
+																						 true, true, bSilent ) );
 						InstrumentLayer* pLayer = new InstrumentLayer( pSample );
-						pLayer->set_start_velocity( layer_node.read_float( "min", 0.0 ) );
-						pLayer->set_end_velocity( layer_node.read_float( "max", 1.0 ) );
-						pLayer->set_gain( layer_node.read_float( "gain", 1.0, true, false ) );
-						pLayer->set_pitch( layer_node.read_float( "pitch", 0.0, true, false ) );
+						pLayer->set_start_velocity( layer_node.read_float( "min", 0.0,
+																		   true, true, bSilent ) );
+						pLayer->set_end_velocity( layer_node.read_float( "max", 1.0,
+																		 true, true, bSilent ) );
+						pLayer->set_gain( layer_node.read_float( "gain", 1.0,
+																 true, false, bSilent ) );
+						pLayer->set_pitch( layer_node.read_float( "pitch", 0.0,
+																  true, false, bSilent ) );
 						pComponent->set_layer( pLayer, n );
 						n++;
 						layer_node = layer_node.nextSiblingElement( "layer" );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Legacy.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_LEGACY_H
 #define H2C_LEGACY_H
@@ -20,9 +41,12 @@
 		/**
 		 * load drumkit information from a file
 		 * \param dk_path is a path to an xml file
+		 * \param bSilent Whether DEBUGLOG messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
+		 *
 		 * \return a Drumkit on success, 0 otherwise
 		 */
-		static Drumkit* load_drumkit( const QString& dk_path );
+		static Drumkit* load_drumkit( const QString& dk_path, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * load pattern from a file
 		 * \param pattern_path is a path to an xml file
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Translations.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Translations.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Translations.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Translations.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,4 +1,24 @@
-
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_TRANSLATIONS_H
 #define H2C_TRANSLATIONS_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Xml.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Xml.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Xml.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Xml.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #include 
 
@@ -46,61 +67,82 @@
 	return node;
 }
 
-QString XMLNode::read_child_node( const QString& node, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok )
+QString XMLNode::read_child_node( const QString& node, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
 	if( isNull() ) {
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "try to read %1 XML node from an empty parent %2." ).arg( node ).arg( nodeName() ) );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "try to read %1 XML node from an empty parent %2." )
+					  .arg( node ).arg( nodeName() ) );
+		}
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 	QDomElement el = firstChildElement( node );
 	if( el.isNull() ) {
-		if( !inexistent_ok ) DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1->%2 should exists." ).arg( nodeName() ).arg( node ) );
+		if ( !inexistent_ok && ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1->%2 should exists." )
+					  .arg( nodeName() ).arg( node ) );
+		}
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 	if( el.text().isEmpty() ) {
-		if( !empty_ok ) DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1->%2 should not be empty." ).arg( nodeName() ).arg( node ) );
+		if( !empty_ok && ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1->%2 should not be empty." )
+					  .arg( nodeName() ).arg( node ) );
+		}
 		return nullptr;
 	}
 	return el.text();
 }
 
-QString XMLNode::read_string( const QString& node, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok )
+QString XMLNode::read_string( const QString& node, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
-	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok );
+	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok, bSilent );
 	if( ret.isNull() ) {
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" ).arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" )
+					  .arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		}
 		return default_value;
 	}
 	return ret;
 }
 
-float XMLNode::read_float( const QString& node, float default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok )
+float XMLNode::read_float( const QString& node, float default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
-	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok );
+	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok, bSilent );
 	if( ret.isNull() ) {
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" ).arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" )
+					  .arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		}
 		return default_value;
 	}
 	QLocale c_locale = QLocale::c();
 	return c_locale.toFloat( ret );
 }
 
-int XMLNode::read_int( const QString& node, int default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok )
+int XMLNode::read_int( const QString& node, int default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
-	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok );
+	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok, bSilent );
 	if( ret.isNull() ) {
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" ).arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" )
+					  .arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		}
 		return default_value;
 	}
 	QLocale c_locale = QLocale::c();
 	return c_locale.toInt( ret );
 }
 
-bool XMLNode::read_bool( const QString& node, bool default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok )
+bool XMLNode::read_bool( const QString& node, bool default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
-	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok );
+	QString ret = read_child_node( node, inexistent_ok, empty_ok, bSilent );
 	if( ret.isNull() ) {
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" ).arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for %2" )
+					  .arg( default_value ).arg( node ) );
+		}
 		return default_value;
 	}
 	if( ret=="true" ) {
@@ -110,26 +152,36 @@
 	}
 }
 
-QString XMLNode::read_text( bool empty_ok )
+QString XMLNode::read_text( bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
 	QString text = toElement().text();
-	if ( !empty_ok && text.isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( !empty_ok && text.isEmpty() && ! bSilent ) {
 		DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1 should not be empty." ).arg( nodeName() ) );
 	}
 	return text;
 }
 
-QString XMLNode::read_attribute( const QString& attribute, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok )
+QString XMLNode::read_attribute( const QString& attribute, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent )
 {
 	QDomElement el = toElement();
 	if ( !inexistent_ok && !el.hasAttribute( attribute ) ) {
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1 attribute %2 should exists." ).arg( nodeName() ).arg( attribute ) );
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1 attribute %2 should exists." )
+					  .arg( nodeName() ).arg( attribute ) );
+		}
 		return default_value;
 	}
 	QString attr = el.attribute( attribute );
 	if ( attr.isEmpty() ) {
-		if( !empty_ok ) DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1 attribute %2 should not be empty." ).arg( nodeName() ).arg( attribute ) );
-		DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for attribute %2" ).arg( default_value ).arg( attribute ) );
+		if( !empty_ok && ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "XML node %1 attribute %2 should not be empty." )
+					  .arg( nodeName() ).arg( attribute ) );
+		}
+
+		if ( ! bSilent ) {
+			DEBUGLOG( QString( "Using default value %1 for attribute %2" )
+					  .arg( default_value ).arg( attribute ) );
+		}
 		return default_value;
 	}
 	return attr;
@@ -169,7 +221,7 @@
 
 XMLDoc::XMLDoc( ) : Object( __class_name ) { }
 
-bool XMLDoc::read( const QString& filepath, const QString& schemapath )
+bool XMLDoc::read( const QString& filepath, const QString& schemapath, bool bSilent )
 {
 	SilentMessageHandler Handler;
 	QXmlSchema schema;
@@ -205,7 +257,10 @@
 			file.close();
 			return false;
 		} else {
-			INFOLOG( QString( "XML document %1 is valid (%2)" ).arg( filepath ).arg( schemapath ) );
+			if ( ! bSilent ) {
+				INFOLOG( QString( "XML document %1 is valid (%2)" )
+						 .arg( filepath ).arg( schemapath ) );
+			}
 		}
 		file.seek( 0 );
 	}
@@ -228,6 +283,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 	QTextStream out( &file );
+	out.setCodec( "UTF-8" );
 	out << toString().toUtf8();
 	out.flush();
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Xml.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Xml.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Helpers/Xml.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Helpers/Xml.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_XML_H
 #define H2C_XML_H
@@ -34,32 +55,40 @@
 		 * \param default_value the value returned if something goes wrong
 		 * \param inexistent_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the node doesn't exists
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the child node is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		int read_int( const QString& node, int default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true );
+		int read_int( const QString& node, int default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * reads a boolean stored into a child node
 		 * \param node the name of the child node to read into
 		 * \param default_value the value returned if something goes wrong
 		 * \param inexistent_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the node doesn't exists
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the child node is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		bool read_bool( const QString& node, bool default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true );
+		bool read_bool( const QString& node, bool default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * reads a float stored into a child node
 		 * \param node the name of the child node to read into
 		 * \param default_value the value returned if something goes wrong
 		 * \param inexistent_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the node doesn't exists
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the child node is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		float read_float( const QString& node, float default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true );
+		float read_float( const QString& node, float default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * reads a string stored into a child node
 		 * \param node the name of the child node to read into
 		 * \param default_value the value returned if something goes wrong
 		 * \param inexistent_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the node doesn't exists
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the child node is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		QString read_string( const QString& node, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true );
+		QString read_string( const QString& node, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok=true, bool empty_ok=true, bool bSilent = false );
 
 		/**
 		 * reads an attribute from the node
@@ -67,14 +96,18 @@
 		 * \param default_value the value returned if something goes wrong
 		 * \param inexistent_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the attribute doesn't exists
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the attribute is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		QString read_attribute( const QString& attribute, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok );
+		QString read_attribute( const QString& attribute, const QString& default_value, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent = false );
 
 		/**
 		 * reads the text (content) from the node
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the node is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		QString read_text( bool empty_ok );
+		QString read_text( bool empty_ok, bool bSilent = false );
 
 		/**
 		 * write an integer into a child node
@@ -113,8 +146,10 @@
 		 * \param node the name of the child node to read into
 		 * \param inexistent_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the node doesn't exists
 		 * \param empty_ok if set to false output a DEBUG log line if the child node is empty
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		QString read_child_node( const QString& node, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok );
+	QString read_child_node( const QString& node, bool inexistent_ok, bool empty_ok, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * write a string into a child node
 		 * \param node the name of the child node to create
@@ -136,8 +171,10 @@
 		 * read the content of an xml file
 		 * \param filepath the path to the file to read from
 		 * \param schemapath the path to the XML Schema file
+		 * \param bSilent Whether debug and info messages should be logged
+		 * when anomalies are encountered while reading the XML nodes.
 		 */
-		bool read( const QString& filepath, const QString& schemapath=nullptr );
+	bool read( const QString& filepath, const QString& schemapath=nullptr, bool bSilent = false );
 		/**
 		 * write itself into a file
 		 * \param filepath the path to the file to write to
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Hydrogen.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Hydrogen.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Hydrogen.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Hydrogen.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include 
@@ -247,28 +247,6 @@
  */
 Instrument *			m_pMetronomeInstrument = nullptr;
 
-// Buffers used in the process function
-unsigned			m_nBufferSize = 0;
-/**
- * Pointer to the audio buffer of the left stereo output returned by
- * AudioOutput::getOut_L().
- *
- * Initialized to NULL in audioEngine_init(), assigned in
- * audioEngine_startAudioDrivers(), reset in
- * audioEngine_process_clearAudioBuffers(), and populated with the
- * actual audio in audioEngine_process().
- */
-float *				m_pMainBuffer_L = nullptr;
-/**
- * Pointer to the audio buffer of the right stereo output returned by
- * AudioOutput::getOut_R().
- *
- * Initialized to NULL in audioEngine_init(), assigned in
- * audioEngine_startAudioDrivers(), reset in
- * audioEngine_process_clearAudioBuffers(), and populated with the
- * actual audio in audioEngine_process().
- */
-float *				m_pMainBuffer_R = nullptr;
 /**
  * Current state of the H2Core::AudioEngine. 
  *
@@ -323,8 +301,8 @@
  * Variable keeping track of the transport position in realtime.
  *
  * Even if the audio engine is stopped, the variable will be
- * incremented by #m_nBufferSize (as audioEngine_process() would do at
- * the end of each cycle) to support realtime keyboard and MIDI event
+ * incremented (as audioEngine_process() would do at  the beginning
+ * of each cycle) to support realtime keyboard and MIDI event
  * timing. It is set using Hydrogen::setRealtimeFrames(), accessed via
  * Hydrogen::getRealtimeFrames(), and updated in
  * audioEngine_process_transport() using the current transport
@@ -342,8 +320,7 @@
  * -# It sets #m_nSongPos = -1.
  * -# It sets #m_nSelectedPatternNumber, #m_nSelectedInstrumentNumber,
       and #m_nPatternTickPosition to 0.
- * -# It sets #m_pMetronomeInstrument, #m_pAudioDriver,
-      #m_pMainBuffer_L, #m_pMainBuffer_R to NULL.
+ * -# It sets #m_pMetronomeInstrument, #m_pAudioDriver to NULL.
  * -# It uses the current time to a random seed via std::srand(). This
       way the states of the pseudo-random number generator are not
       cross-correlated between different runs of Hydrogen.
@@ -453,8 +430,8 @@
  * - If audioEngine_updateNoteQueue() returns with 2, the
  * EVENT_PATTERN_CHANGED event will be pushed to the EventQueue.
  * - writes the audio output of the Sampler, Synth, and the LadspaFX
- * (if #H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA is defined) to #m_pMainBuffer_L and
- * #m_pMainBuffer_R and sets we peak values for #m_fFXPeak_L,
+ * (if #H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA is defined) to audio output buffers, and
+ * sets the peak values for #m_fFXPeak_L,
  * #m_fFXPeak_R, #m_fMasterPeak_L, and #m_fMasterPeak_R.
  * - finally increments the transport position
  * TransportInfo::m_nFrames with the buffersize @a nframes. So, if
@@ -465,8 +442,7 @@
  * #STATE_PLAYING or the locking of the AudioEngine failed, the
  * function will return 0 without performing any actions.
  *
- * \param nframes Buffersize. If it doesn't match #m_nBufferSize, the
-   latter will be set to @a nframes.
+ * \param nframes Buffersize.
  * \param arg Unused.
  * \return
  * - __2__ : Failed to acquire the audio engine lock, no processing took place.
@@ -526,13 +502,13 @@
  *
  * If the status is TransportInfo::STOPPED but the engine is still
  * running, audioEngine_stop() will be called. In any case,
- * #m_nRealtimeFrames will be incremented by #m_nBufferSize to support
+ * #m_nRealtimeFrames will be incremented by #nFrames to support
  * realtime keyboard and MIDI event timing.
  *
  * If the H2Core::m_audioEngineState is neither in #STATE_READY nor
  * #STATE_PLAYING the function will immediately return.
  */
-inline void			audioEngine_process_transport();
+inline void			audioEngine_process_transport( unsigned nFrames );
 
 inline unsigned		audioEngine_renderNote( Note* pNote, const unsigned& nBufferSize );
 // TODO: Add documentation of inPunchArea, and
@@ -728,9 +704,6 @@
 	m_pMetronomeInstrument = nullptr;
 	m_pAudioDriver = nullptr;
 
-	m_pMainBuffer_L = nullptr;
-	m_pMainBuffer_R = nullptr;
-
 	srand( time( nullptr ) );
 
 	// Create metronome instrument
@@ -945,20 +918,18 @@
 		// use this to support realtime events when not playing
 		framepos = pHydrogen->getRealtimeFrames();
 	}
-
-	AutomationPath *vp = pSong->getVelocityAutomationPath();
 	
+	AutomationPath *pVelAutomationPath = pSong->getVelocityAutomationPath();
+
+	int nSongLength = 0;
+	if ( pSong->getMode() == Song::SONG_MODE ) {
+		nSongLength = pSong->lengthInTicks();
+	}
 
 	// reading from m_songNoteQueue
 	while ( !m_songNoteQueue.empty() ) {
 		Note *pNote = m_songNoteQueue.top();
 
-		float velocity_adjustment = 1.0f;
-		if ( pSong->getMode() == Song::SONG_MODE ) {
-			float fPos = m_nSongPos + (pNote->get_position()%192) / 192.f;
-			velocity_adjustment = vp->get_value(fPos);
-		}
-
 		// verifico se la nota rientra in questo ciclo
 		unsigned int noteStartInFrames =
 				(int)( pNote->get_position() * m_pAudioDriver->m_transport.m_fTickSize );
@@ -977,17 +948,24 @@
 		bool isOldNote = noteStartInFrames < framepos;
 
 		if ( isNoteStart || isOldNote ) {
-			// Humanize - Velocity parameter
-			pNote->set_velocity( pNote->get_velocity() * velocity_adjustment );
+			// Velocity Automation Adjustment
+			if ( pSong->getMode() == Song::SONG_MODE ) {
+				// position in the pattern columns scale (refers to the pattern sequence which can be non-linear with time)
+				float fPos = static_cast( m_nSongPos ) // this is the integer part
+							+ ( static_cast( pNote->get_position() % nSongLength - m_nPatternStartTick )
+								/ static_cast( pHydrogen->getCurrentPatternList()->longest_pattern_length() ) );
+				pNote->set_velocity( pNote->get_velocity() * pVelAutomationPath->get_value( fPos ) );
+			}
 			
-			/* Check if the current note has probability != 1
-			 * If yes remove call random function to dequeue or not the note
+			/* Check if the current note has probability != 1.
+			 * If yes call a random function to choose whether to dequeue the note or not
 			 */
 			float fNoteProbability = pNote->get_probability();
 			if ( fNoteProbability != 1. ) {
 				if ( fNoteProbability < (float) rand() / (float) RAND_MAX ) {
 					m_songNoteQueue.pop();
 					pNote->get_instrument()->dequeue();
+					delete pNote;
 					continue;
 				}
 			}
@@ -1045,7 +1023,10 @@
 				delete pNote;
 			}
 
-			EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_NOTEON, nInstrument );
+			// Check whether the instrument could be found.
+			if ( nInstrument != -1 ) {
+				EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_NOTEON, nInstrument );
+			}
 			continue;
 		} else {
 			// this note will not be played
@@ -1095,7 +1076,7 @@
 	audioEngine_clearNoteQueue();
 }
 
-inline void audioEngine_process_transport()
+inline void audioEngine_process_transport( unsigned nFrames )
 {
 	if ( m_audioEngineState != STATE_READY
 	  && m_audioEngineState != STATE_PLAYING
@@ -1149,10 +1130,10 @@
 			audioEngine_stop( false );
 		}
 
-		// go ahead and increment the realtimeframes by buffersize
+		// go ahead and increment the realtimeframes by nFrames
 		// to support our realtime keyboard and midi event timing
 		// TODO: use method like setRealtimeFrames
-		m_nRealtimeFrames += m_nBufferSize;
+		m_nRealtimeFrames += nFrames;
 		break;
 	}
 }
@@ -1181,8 +1162,7 @@
 /** Clear all audio buffers.
  *
  * It locks the audio output buffer using #mutex_OutputPointer, gets
- * fresh pointers to the output buffers #m_pMainBuffer_L and
- * #m_pMainBuffer_R using AudioOutput::getOut_L() and
+ * pointers to the output buffers using AudioOutput::getOut_L() and
  * AudioOutput::getOut_R() of the current instance of the audio driver
  * #m_pAudioDriver, and overwrites their memory with
  * \code{.cpp}
@@ -1202,19 +1182,15 @@
 inline void audioEngine_process_clearAudioBuffers( uint32_t nFrames )
 {
 	QMutexLocker mx( &mutex_OutputPointer );
+	float *pBuffer_L, *pBuffer_R;
 
 	// clear main out Left and Right
 	if ( m_pAudioDriver ) {
-		m_pMainBuffer_L = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_L();
-		m_pMainBuffer_R = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_R();
-	} else {
-		m_pMainBuffer_L = m_pMainBuffer_R = nullptr;
-	}
-	if ( m_pMainBuffer_L ) {
-		memset( m_pMainBuffer_L, 0, nFrames * sizeof( float ) );
-	}
-	if ( m_pMainBuffer_R ) {
-		memset( m_pMainBuffer_R, 0, nFrames * sizeof( float ) );
+		pBuffer_L = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_L();
+		pBuffer_R = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_R();
+		assert( pBuffer_L != nullptr && pBuffer_R != nullptr );
+		memset( pBuffer_L, 0, nFrames * sizeof( float ) );
+		memset( pBuffer_R, 0, nFrames * sizeof( float ) );
 	}
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_JACK
@@ -1260,10 +1236,16 @@
 	// last calculated processing time as an estimate of the expected
 	// processing time for this frame, the amount of slack time that
 	// we can afford to wait is: m_fMaxProcessTime - m_fProcessTime.
+	//
+	// This is assuming ideal scheduling, where processing starts,
+	// uninterrupted, as soon as possible. Since that's not guaranteed,
+	// we make a conservative assumption and allow only half of that
+	// time. This should be fine as expected lock wait times are
+	// actually small except during things like shutdown.
 
 	float sampleRate = static_cast(m_pAudioDriver->getSampleRate());
 	m_fMaxProcessTime = 1000.0 / ( sampleRate / nframes );
-	float fSlackTime = m_fMaxProcessTime - m_fProcessTime;
+	float fSlackTime = ( m_fMaxProcessTime - m_fProcessTime ) / 2.0;
 
 	// If we expect to take longer than the available time to process,
 	// require immediate locking or not at all: we're bound to drop a
@@ -1296,14 +1278,6 @@
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	if ( m_nBufferSize != nframes ) {
-		___INFOLOG(
-			   QString( "Buffer size changed. Old size = %1, new size = %2" )
-			   .arg( m_nBufferSize )
-			   .arg( nframes ) );
-		m_nBufferSize = nframes;
-	}
-
 	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	Song* pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
 
@@ -1314,7 +1288,7 @@
 	// the one used by the JACK server, and adjust the current
 	// transport position if it was changed by an user interaction
 	// (e.g. clicking on the timeline).
-	audioEngine_process_transport();
+	audioEngine_process_transport( nframes );
 	
 
 	// ___INFOLOG( QString( "[after process] status: %1, frame: %2, ticksize: %3, bpm: %4" )
@@ -1351,13 +1325,17 @@
 	// play all notes
 	audioEngine_process_playNotes( nframes );
 
+	float *pBuffer_L = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_L(),
+		*pBuffer_R = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_R();
+	assert( pBuffer_L != nullptr && pBuffer_R != nullptr );
+
 	// SAMPLER
 	AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_sampler()->process( nframes, pSong );
 	float* out_L = AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_sampler()->m_pMainOut_L;
 	float* out_R = AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_sampler()->m_pMainOut_R;
 	for ( unsigned i = 0; i < nframes; ++i ) {
-		m_pMainBuffer_L[ i ] += out_L[ i ];
-		m_pMainBuffer_R[ i ] += out_R[ i ];
+		pBuffer_L[ i ] += out_L[ i ];
+		pBuffer_R[ i ] += out_R[ i ];
 	}
 
 	// SYNTH
@@ -1365,8 +1343,8 @@
 	out_L = AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_synth()->m_pOut_L;
 	out_R = AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_synth()->m_pOut_R;
 	for ( unsigned i = 0; i < nframes; ++i ) {
-		m_pMainBuffer_L[ i ] += out_L[ i ];
-		m_pMainBuffer_R[ i ] += out_R[ i ];
+		pBuffer_L[ i ] += out_L[ i ];
+		pBuffer_R[ i ] += out_R[ i ];
 	}
 
 	timeval renderTime_end = currentTime2();
@@ -1390,8 +1368,8 @@
 				}
 
 				for ( unsigned i = 0; i < nframes; ++i ) {
-					m_pMainBuffer_L[ i ] += buf_L[ i ];
-					m_pMainBuffer_R[ i ] += buf_R[ i ];
+					pBuffer_L[ i ] += buf_L[ i ];
+					pBuffer_R[ i ] += buf_R[ i ];
 					if ( buf_L[ i ] > m_fFXPeak_L[nFX] ) {
 						m_fFXPeak_L[nFX] = buf_L[ i ];
 					}
@@ -1411,8 +1389,8 @@
 	float val_L, val_R;
 	if ( m_audioEngineState >= STATE_READY ) {
 		for ( unsigned i = 0; i < nframes; ++i ) {
-			val_L = m_pMainBuffer_L[i];
-			val_R = m_pMainBuffer_R[i];
+			val_L = pBuffer_L[i];
+			val_R = pBuffer_R[i];
 
 			if ( val_L > m_fMasterPeak_L ) {
 				m_fMasterPeak_L = val_L;
@@ -1449,7 +1427,7 @@
 			+ ( finishTimeval.tv_usec - startTimeval.tv_usec ) / 1000.0;
 
 	if ( m_audioEngineState == STATE_PLAYING ) {
-		AudioEngine::get_instance()->updateElapsedTime( m_pAudioDriver->getBufferSize(),
+		AudioEngine::get_instance()->updateElapsedTime( nframes,
 														m_pAudioDriver->getSampleRate() );
 	}
 
@@ -1481,21 +1459,14 @@
 	return 0;
 }
 
-void audioEngine_setupLadspaFX( unsigned nBufferSize )
+void audioEngine_setupLadspaFX()
 {
-	//___INFOLOG( "buffersize=" + to_string(nBufferSize) );
-
 	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	Song* pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
 	if ( ! pSong ) {
 		return;
 	}
 
-	if ( nBufferSize == 0 ) {
-		___ERRORLOG( "nBufferSize=0" );
-		return;
-	}
-
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA
 	for ( unsigned nFX = 0; nFX < MAX_FX; ++nFX ) {
 		LadspaFX *pFX = Effects::get_instance()->getLadspaFX( nFX );
@@ -1547,7 +1518,7 @@
 	}
 
 	// setup LADSPA FX
-	audioEngine_setupLadspaFX( m_pAudioDriver->getBufferSize() );
+	audioEngine_setupLadspaFX();
 
 	// update tick size
 	audioEngine_process_checkBPMChanged( pNewSong );
@@ -1928,7 +1899,7 @@
 	Song* pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
 	assert( pSong );
 
-	int nTotalTick = 0;
+	int nTotalLength = 0;
 	m_nSongSizeInTicks = 0;
 
 	std::vector *pPatternColumns = pSong->getPatternGroupVector();
@@ -1948,11 +1919,11 @@
 			nPatternSize = MAX_NOTES;
 		}
 
-		if ( ( nTick >= nTotalTick ) && ( nTick < nTotalTick + nPatternSize ) ) {
-			( *pPatternStartTick ) = nTotalTick;
+		if ( ( nTick >= nTotalLength ) && ( nTick < nTotalLength + nPatternSize ) ) {
+			( *pPatternStartTick ) = nTotalLength;
 			return i;
 		}
-		nTotalTick += nPatternSize;
+		nTotalLength += nPatternSize;
 	}
 
 	// If the song is played in loop mode, the tick numbers of the
@@ -1960,12 +1931,12 @@
 	// song. Therefore, we will introduced periodic boundary
 	// conditions and start the search again.
 	if ( bLoopMode ) {
-		m_nSongSizeInTicks = nTotalTick;
+		m_nSongSizeInTicks = nTotalLength;
 		int nLoopTick = 0;
 		if ( m_nSongSizeInTicks != 0 ) {
 			nLoopTick = nTick % m_nSongSizeInTicks;
 		}
-		nTotalTick = 0;
+		nTotalLength = 0;
 		for ( int i = 0; i < nColumns; ++i ) {
 			PatternList *pColumn = ( *pPatternColumns )[ i ];
 			if ( pColumn->size() != 0 ) {
@@ -1974,12 +1945,12 @@
 				nPatternSize = MAX_NOTES;
 			}
 
-			if ( ( nLoopTick >= nTotalTick )
-				 && ( nLoopTick < nTotalTick + nPatternSize ) ) {
-				( *pPatternStartTick ) = nTotalTick;
+			if ( ( nLoopTick >= nTotalLength )
+				 && ( nLoopTick < nTotalLength + nPatternSize ) ) {
+				( *pPatternStartTick ) = nTotalLength;
 				return i;
 			}
-			nTotalTick += nPatternSize;
+			nTotalLength += nPatternSize;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -2116,61 +2087,37 @@
 
 
 	QString sAudioDriver = preferencesMng->m_sAudioDriver;
-	if ( sAudioDriver == "Auto" ) {
-	#ifndef WIN32
-		if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "JACK" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-			if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "ALSA" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-				if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "CoreAudio" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-					if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "PortAudio" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-						if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "OSS" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-							if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "PulseAudio" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-								audioEngine_raiseError( Hydrogen::ERROR_STARTING_DRIVER );
-								___ERRORLOG( "Error starting audio driver" );
-								___ERRORLOG( "Using the NULL output audio driver" );
-
-								// use the NULL output driver
-								m_pAudioDriver = new NullDriver( audioEngine_process );
-								m_pAudioDriver->init( 0 );
-							}
-						}
-					}
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	#else
-		//On Windows systems, use PortAudio is the prioritized backend
-		if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "PortAudio" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-			if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "ALSA" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-				if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "CoreAudio" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-					if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "JACK" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-						if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "OSS" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-							if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( "PulseAudio" ) ) == nullptr ) {
-								audioEngine_raiseError( Hydrogen::ERROR_STARTING_DRIVER );
-								___ERRORLOG( "Error starting audio driver" );
-								___ERRORLOG( "Using the NULL output audio driver" );
-
-								// use the NULL output driver
-								m_pAudioDriver = new NullDriver( audioEngine_process );
-								m_pAudioDriver->init( 0 );
-							}
-						}
-					}
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	#endif
-	} else {
-		m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( sAudioDriver );
-		if ( m_pAudioDriver == nullptr ) {
-			audioEngine_raiseError( Hydrogen::ERROR_STARTING_DRIVER );
-			___ERRORLOG( "Error starting audio driver" );
-			___ERRORLOG( "Using the NULL output audio driver" );
+#if defined(WIN32)
+    QStringList drivers = { "PortAudio", "JACK" };
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+    QStringList drivers = { "CoreAudio", "JACK", "PulseAudio", "PortAudio" };
+#else /* Linux */
+    QStringList drivers = { "JACK", "ALSA", "OSS", "PulseAudio", "PortAudio" };
+#endif
 
-			// use the NULL output driver
-			m_pAudioDriver = new NullDriver( audioEngine_process );
-			m_pAudioDriver->init( 0 );
+
+	if ( sAudioDriver != "Auto" ) {
+		drivers.removeAll( sAudioDriver );
+		drivers.prepend( sAudioDriver );
+	}
+	for ( QString sDriver : drivers ) {
+		if ( ( m_pAudioDriver = createDriver( sDriver ) ) != nullptr ) {
+			if ( sDriver != sAudioDriver && sAudioDriver != "Auto" ) {
+				___ERRORLOG( QString( "Couldn't start preferred driver %1, falling back to %2" )
+							 .arg( sAudioDriver ).arg( sDriver ) );
+			}
+			break;
 		}
 	}
+	if ( m_pAudioDriver == nullptr ) {
+		audioEngine_raiseError( Hydrogen::ERROR_STARTING_DRIVER );
+		___ERRORLOG( "Error starting audio driver" );
+		___ERRORLOG( "Using the NULL output audio driver" );
+
+		// use the NULL output driver
+		m_pAudioDriver = new NullDriver( audioEngine_process );
+		m_pAudioDriver->init( 0 );
+	}
 
 	if ( preferencesMng->m_sMidiDriver == "ALSA" ) {
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_ALSA
@@ -2243,18 +2190,11 @@
 			m_pAudioDriver->connect();
 		}
 
-		if ( ( m_pMainBuffer_L = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_L() ) == nullptr ) {
-			___ERRORLOG( "m_pMainBuffer_L == NULL" );
-		}
-		if ( ( m_pMainBuffer_R = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_R() ) == nullptr ) {
-			___ERRORLOG( "m_pMainBuffer_R == NULL" );
-		}
-
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_JACK
 		audioEngine_renameJackPorts( pSong );
 #endif
 
-		audioEngine_setupLadspaFX( m_pAudioDriver->getBufferSize() );
+		audioEngine_setupLadspaFX();
 	}
 
 
@@ -2466,22 +2406,52 @@
 	Preferences::get_instance()->setRecordEvents(false);
 }
 
-bool Hydrogen::setPlaybackTrackState( const bool state )
+Song::PlaybackTrack Hydrogen::getPlaybackTrackState() const {
+
+	if ( __song == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "No song set yet" );
+		return Song::PlaybackTrack::None;
+	}
+
+	return __song->getPlaybackTrackState();
+}
+	
+void Hydrogen::mutePlaybackTrack( const bool bMuted )
 {
-	Song* pSong = getSong();
-	if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
-		return false;
+	if ( __song == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "No song set yet" );
+		return;
 	}
 
-	return pSong->setPlaybackTrackEnabled(state);
+	__song->setPlaybackTrackEnabled( bMuted );
+
+	EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_PLAYBACK_TRACK_CHANGED, 0 );
 }
 
-void Hydrogen::loadPlaybackTrack( const QString filename )
+void Hydrogen::loadPlaybackTrack( QString sFilename )
 {
-	Song* pSong = getSong();
-	pSong->setPlaybackTrackFilename(filename);
+	if ( __song == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "No song set yet" );
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! sFilename.isEmpty() &&
+		 ! Filesystem::file_exists( sFilename, true ) ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Invalid playback track filename [%1]. File does not exist." )
+				  .arg( sFilename ) );
+		sFilename = "";
+	}
+
+	if ( sFilename.isEmpty() ) {
+		INFOLOG( "Disable playback track" );
+		__song->setPlaybackTrackEnabled( false );
+	}
+	
+	__song->setPlaybackTrackFilename( sFilename );
 
 	AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_sampler()->reinitializePlaybackTrack();
+	
+	EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_PLAYBACK_TRACK_CHANGED, 0 );
 }
 
 void Hydrogen::setSong( Song *pSong )
@@ -2541,8 +2511,8 @@
 /* Mean: remove current song from memory */
 void Hydrogen::removeSong()
 {
-	__song = nullptr;
 	audioEngine_removeSong();
+	__song = nullptr;
 }
 
 void Hydrogen::midi_noteOn( Note *note )
@@ -2669,8 +2639,6 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	nRealColumn = getRealtimeTickPosition();
-
 	if ( currentPattern && pPreferences->getQuantizeEvents() ) {
 		// quantize it to scale
 		unsigned qcolumn = ( unsigned )::round( column / ( double )scalar ) * scalar;
@@ -2733,12 +2701,12 @@
 
 	if ( !pPreferences->__playselectedinstrument ) {
 		if ( hearnote && instrRef ) {
-			Note *pNote2 = new Note( instrRef, nRealColumn, velocity, pan_L, pan_R, -1, 0 );
+			Note *pNote2 = new Note( instrRef, 0, velocity, pan_L, pan_R, -1, 0 );
 			midi_noteOn( pNote2 );
 		}
 	} else if ( hearnote  ) {
 		Instrument* pInstr = pSong->getInstrumentList()->get( getSelectedInstrumentNumber() );
-		Note *pNote2 = new Note( pInstr, nRealColumn, velocity, pan_L, pan_R, -1, 0 );
+		Note *pNote2 = new Note( pInstr, 0, velocity, pan_L, pan_R, -1, 0 );
 
 		int divider = msg1 / 12;
 		Note::Octave octave = (Note::Octave)(divider -3);
@@ -2788,11 +2756,9 @@
 	// .tv_usec (microseconds) members of the timeval struct.
 	timersub( &currtime, &m_currentTickTime, &deltatime );
 
-	// add a buffers worth for jitter resistance
 	double deltaSec =
 			( double ) deltatime.tv_sec
-			+ ( deltatime.tv_usec / 1000000.0 )
-			+ ( m_pAudioDriver->getBufferSize() / ( double )sampleRate );
+			+ ( deltatime.tv_usec / 1000000.0 );
 
 	retTick = ( unsigned long ) ( ( sampleRate / ( double ) m_pAudioDriver->m_transport.m_fTickSize ) * deltaSec );
 
@@ -2981,10 +2947,7 @@
 		ERRORLOG( "Error starting disk writer driver [DiskWriterDriver::init()]" );
 	}
 
-	m_pMainBuffer_L = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_L();
-	m_pMainBuffer_R = m_pAudioDriver->getOut_R();
-
-	audioEngine_setupLadspaFX( m_pAudioDriver->getBufferSize() );
+	audioEngine_setupLadspaFX();
 
 	audioEngine_seek( 0, false );
 
@@ -3372,8 +3335,15 @@
 	EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_METRONOME, 1 );
 	long totalTick = getTickForPosition( nPatternNumber );
 	if ( totalTick < 0 ) {
-		pAudioEngine->unlock();
-		return;
+		// There is no pattern inserted in the SongEditor.
+		if ( getSong()->getMode() == Song::SONG_MODE ) {
+			pAudioEngine->unlock();
+			return;
+		} else {
+			// In case of Pattern mode this is not a problem and we
+			// will treat this case as the beginning of the song.
+			totalTick = 0;
+		}
 	}
 
 	if ( getState() != STATE_PLAYING ) {
@@ -3519,7 +3489,7 @@
 {
 	if ( m_pAudioDriver ) {
 		AudioEngine::get_instance()->lock( RIGHT_HERE );
-		audioEngine_setupLadspaFX( m_pAudioDriver->getBufferSize() );
+		audioEngine_setupLadspaFX();
 		AudioEngine::get_instance()->unlock();
 	} else {
 		ERRORLOG( "m_pAudioDriver = NULL" );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Hydrogen.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Hydrogen.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Hydrogen.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Hydrogen.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef HYDROGEN_H
@@ -431,7 +431,8 @@
 		 * Unable to start the OSC server with the given
 		 * port number. 
 		 */
-		OSC_CANNOT_CONNECT_TO_PORT
+		OSC_CANNOT_CONNECT_TO_PORT,
+		PLAYBACK_TRACK_INVALID
 	};
 
 	void			onTapTempoAccelEvent();
@@ -581,33 +582,17 @@
 	/********************** Playback track **********************/
 	/**
 	 * Wrapper around Song::setPlaybackTrackEnabled().
-	 *
-	 * \param state Whether the playback track is enabled. It will
-	 * be replaced by false, if no Song was selected (getSong()
-	 * return nullptr).
 	 */
-	bool			setPlaybackTrackState( const bool state );
+	void			mutePlaybackTrack( const bool bMuted );
 	/**
-	 * Wrapper around Song::getPlaybackTrackEnabled().
-	 *
-	 * \return Whether the playback track is enabled or false, if
-	 * no Song was selected (getSong() return nullptr).
+	 * Wrapper around Song::getPlaybackTrackState().
 	 */
-	bool			getPlaybackTrackState() const;
+	Song::PlaybackTrack		getPlaybackTrackState() const;
 	/**
 	 * Wrapper function for loading the playback track.
-	 *
-	 * Calls Song::setPlaybackTrackFilename() and
-	 * Sampler::reinitialize_playback_track(). While the former
-	 * one is responsible to store metadata about the playback
-	 * track, the latter one does load it to a new
-	 * InstrumentLayer. The function is called by
-	 * SongEditorPanel::editPlaybackTrackBtnPressed()
-	 *
-	 * \param filename Name of the file to load as the playback
-	 * track
 	 */
-	void			loadPlaybackTrack( const QString filename );
+	void			loadPlaybackTrack( QString sFilename );
+	/************************************************************/
 
 	/** Specifies the state of the Qt GUI*/
 	enum class		GUIState {
@@ -630,6 +615,8 @@
 	/**\param pNextSong Sets #m_pNextSong. Song which is about to be
 	   loaded by the GUI.*/
 	void			setNextSong( Song* pNextSong );
+	void			setNextSongPath( const QString sSongPath );
+	QString			getNextSongPath();
 	/** Calculates the lookahead for a specific tick size.
 	 *
 	 * During the humanization the onset of a Note will be moved
@@ -778,6 +765,7 @@
 	 * Set by setNextSong() and accessed via getNextSong().
 	 */
 	Song*			m_pNextSong;
+	QString			m_sNextSongPath;
 
 	/**
 	 * Local instance of the Timeline object.
@@ -868,19 +856,6 @@
 	return m_bExportSessionIsActive;
 }
 
-inline bool Hydrogen::getPlaybackTrackState() const
-{
-	Song* pSong = getSong();
-	bool  bState;
-
-	if(!pSong){
-		bState = false;
-	} else {
-		bState = pSong->getPlaybackTrackEnabled();
-	}
-	return 	bState;
-}
-
 inline Hydrogen::GUIState Hydrogen::getGUIState() const {
 	return m_GUIState;
 }
@@ -893,7 +868,12 @@
 inline void Hydrogen::setNextSong( Song* pNextSong ) {
 	m_pNextSong = pNextSong;
 }
-
+inline QString Hydrogen::getNextSongPath() {
+	return m_sNextSongPath;
+}
+inline void Hydrogen::setNextSongPath( const QString sSongPath ) {
+	m_sNextSongPath = sSongPath;
+}
 };
 
 #endif
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -111,6 +111,38 @@
 }
 
 
+/// Use the name hints to build a list of potential device names.
+QStringList AlsaAudioDriver::getDevices()
+{
+	QStringList result;
+	void **pHints, **pHint;
+
+	if ( snd_device_name_hint( -1, "pcm", &pHints) < 0) {
+		ERRORLOG( "Couldn't get device hints" );
+		return result;
+	}
+
+	for ( pHint = pHints; *pHint != nullptr; pHint++) {
+		const char *sName = snd_device_name_get_hint( *pHint, "NAME"),
+			*sIOID = snd_device_name_get_hint( *pHint, "IOID");
+
+		if ( sIOID && QString( sIOID ) != "Output") {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		QString sDev = QString( sName );
+		if ( sName ) {
+			free( (void *)sName );
+		}
+		if ( sIOID ) {
+			free( (void *)sIOID );
+		}
+		result.push_back( sDev );
+	}
+	snd_device_name_free_hint( pHints );
+	return result;
+}
+
 const char* AlsaAudioDriver::__class_name = "AlsaAudioDriver";
 
 AlsaAudioDriver::AlsaAudioDriver( audioProcessCallback processCallback )
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaAudioDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef ALSA_AUDIO_DRIVER_H
@@ -65,6 +65,8 @@
 	virtual void locate( unsigned long nFrame );
 	virtual void setBpm( float fBPM );
 
+	static QStringList getDevices();
+
 private:
 
 	unsigned int m_nSampleRate;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AlsaMidiDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AudioOutput.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AudioOutput.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/AudioOutput.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/AudioOutput.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef H2_AUDIO_OUTPUT_H
@@ -49,6 +49,15 @@
 	virtual void disconnect() = 0;
 	virtual unsigned getBufferSize() = 0;
 	virtual unsigned getSampleRate() = 0;
+
+	/** Approximate audio latency (in frames)
+	 * A reasonable approximation is the buffer time on most audio systems.
+	 * For systems with variable buffer sizes, this isn't very useful though
+	 */
+	virtual int getLatency()
+	{
+		return getBufferSize();
+	}
 	virtual float* getOut_L() = 0;
 	virtual float* getOut_R() = 0;
 
@@ -57,6 +66,9 @@
 	virtual void stop() = 0;
 	virtual void locate( unsigned long nFrame ) = 0;
 	virtual void setBpm( float fBPM ) = 0;
+
+	static QStringList getDevices() { return QStringList(); }
+
 };
 
 };
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://hydrogen.sourceforge.net
  *
@@ -18,8 +19,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  * Rewrote CoreAudio driver, now using AUHAL (2005/03/02 Jonathan Dempsey)
  * Set Hydrogen to detect hardware device buffer size (2005/03/06 Jonathan Dempsey)
@@ -45,22 +45,12 @@
 )
 {
 	H2Core::CoreAudioDriver* pDriver = ( H2Core::CoreAudioDriver * )inRefCon;
-	pDriver->mProcessCallback( pDriver->m_nBufferSize, NULL );
-	for ( unsigned i = 0; i < ioData->mNumberBuffers; i++ ) {
-		AudioBuffer &outData = ioData->mBuffers[ i ];
-		Float32* pOutData = ( float* )( outData.mData );
-
-		float *pAudioSource;
-		if ( i == 0 ) {
-			pAudioSource = pDriver->m_pOut_L;
-		} else {
-			pAudioSource = pDriver->m_pOut_R;
-		}
-		for ( unsigned j = 0; j < inNumberFrames; ++j ) {
-			pOutData[ j ] = pAudioSource[ j ];
-		}
-	}
-
+	assert( ioData->mNumberBuffers > 0 && ioData->mNumberBuffers <= 2 );
+	pDriver->m_pOut_L =  static_cast< float *>( ioData->mBuffers[ 0 ].mData );
+	pDriver->m_pOut_R =  static_cast< float *>( ioData->mBuffers[ 1 ].mData );
+	pDriver->mProcessCallback( inNumberFrames, NULL );
+	pDriver->m_pOut_L = nullptr;
+	pDriver->m_pOut_R = nullptr;
 	return noErr;
 }
 
@@ -71,11 +61,182 @@
 
 const char* CoreAudioDriver::__class_name = "CoreAudioDriver";
 
+int CoreAudioDriver::getLatency() {
+	// Calculate the overall latency as the device latency + the stream latency.
+	OSStatus err;
+	UInt32 nSize;
+
+	AudioObjectPropertyAddress propertyAddress = {
+		kAudioDevicePropertyLatency,
+		kAudioDevicePropertyScopeInput,
+		0
+	};
+	UInt32 nDeviceLatency;
+	nSize = sizeof( nDeviceLatency );
+	err = AudioObjectGetPropertyData( m_outputDevice, &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &nSize, &nDeviceLatency );
+	if ( err != noErr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "Couldn't get device latency" );
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	// Find the stream ID for the output stream, then find the latency
+	AudioStreamID streamID;
+	nSize = sizeof( streamID );
+	propertyAddress = {
+		kAudioDevicePropertyStreams,
+		kAudioDevicePropertyScopeOutput,
+		0
+	};
+	err = AudioObjectGetPropertyData( m_outputDevice, &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &nSize, &streamID );
+	if ( err != noErr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "Couldn't get stream for output device" );
+	}
 
-void CoreAudioDriver::retrieveDefaultDevice(void)
+	UInt32 nStreamLatency;
+	nSize = sizeof(nStreamLatency);
+	propertyAddress = {
+		kAudioStreamPropertyLatency,
+		kAudioObjectPropertyScopeOutput,
+		0
+	};
+	err = AudioObjectGetPropertyData( streamID, &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &nSize, &nStreamLatency );
+	if ( err != noErr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString("Couldn't get stream latency") );
+	}
+
+	return nDeviceLatency + nStreamLatency;
+}
+
+QString CoreAudioDriver::deviceName( AudioDeviceID deviceID )
 {
+	OSStatus err;
+	CFStringRef deviceNameRef;
+	UInt32 size = sizeof( deviceNameRef );
+	AudioObjectPropertyAddress propertyAddress = {
+		kAudioDevicePropertyDeviceNameCFString,
+		kAudioDevicePropertyScopeOutput,
+		0
+	};
+	err = AudioObjectGetPropertyData( deviceID, &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &size, &deviceNameRef );
+	if ( err != noErr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Coudn't get name for device %1" ).arg( deviceID ) );
+		return QString();
+	}
+	UInt32 nBufferSize = CFStringGetMaximumSizeForEncoding( CFStringGetLength( deviceNameRef ), kCFStringEncodingUTF8 );
+	char buffer[ nBufferSize + 1 ];
+	CFStringGetCString( deviceNameRef, buffer, nBufferSize + 1, kCFStringEncodingUTF8 );
+	CFRelease( deviceNameRef );
+
+	return QString( buffer );
+
+}
+
+std::vector< AudioDeviceID > CoreAudioDriver::outputDeviceIDs()
+{
+	std::vector< AudioDeviceID > outputDeviceIDs;
+	QStringList res;
+	UInt32 dataSize;
+	OSStatus err;
+
+	// Read the 'Devices' system property
+
+	AudioObjectPropertyAddress propertyAddress = {
+		kAudioHardwarePropertyDevices,
+		kAudioObjectPropertyScopeGlobal,
+		kAudioObjectPropertyElementMaster
+	};
+
+	err = AudioObjectGetPropertyDataSize( kAudioObjectSystemObject,
+										  &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &dataSize );
+	if ( err != noErr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "Couldn't get size for devices list" );
+		return outputDeviceIDs;
+	}
+
+	int nDevices = dataSize / sizeof( AudioDeviceID );
+	AudioDeviceID deviceIDs[ nDevices ];
+
+	err = AudioObjectGetPropertyData( kAudioObjectSystemObject,
+									  &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &dataSize, deviceIDs );
+	if ( err != noErr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "Couldn't read device IDs" );
+		return outputDeviceIDs;
+	}
+
+	// Find suitable output devices
+
+	for ( int i = 0; i < nDevices; i++ ) {
+		UInt32 nBufferListSize = 0;
+		AudioObjectPropertyAddress propertyAddress = {
+			kAudioDevicePropertyStreamConfiguration,
+			kAudioDevicePropertyScopeOutput,
+			0
+		};
+		err = AudioObjectGetPropertyDataSize( deviceIDs[ i ], &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &nBufferListSize );
+		if ( err != noErr ) {
+			ERRORLOG( "Couldn't get device config size" );
+			continue;
+		}
+		AudioBufferList *pBufferList = (AudioBufferList *) alloca( nBufferListSize );
+		err = AudioObjectGetPropertyData( deviceIDs[ i ], &propertyAddress, 0, NULL, &nBufferListSize, pBufferList );
+
+		int nChannels = 0;
+		for ( int nBuffer = 0; nBuffer < pBufferList->mNumberBuffers; nBuffer++ ) {
+			nChannels += pBufferList->mBuffers[ nBuffer ].mNumberChannels;
+		}
+		if ( nChannels < 2 ) {
+			// Skip input devices and any mono outputs
+			if ( nChannels == 1 ) {
+				INFOLOG( QString( "Skipping mono output device %1" ).arg( deviceIDs[ i ] ) );
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		outputDeviceIDs.push_back( deviceIDs[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	return outputDeviceIDs;
+}
+
+
+QStringList CoreAudioDriver::getDevices()
+{
+	QStringList res;
+	res.push_back( "default" );
+	for ( AudioDeviceID device : outputDeviceIDs() ) {
+		res.push_back( deviceName( device ) );
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+AudioDeviceID CoreAudioDriver::preferredOutputDevice()
+{
+	QString sPreferredDeviceName = Preferences::get_instance()->m_sCoreAudioDevice;
+
+	if ( sPreferredDeviceName.isNull()
+		 || QString::compare( sPreferredDeviceName, "default", Qt::CaseInsensitive ) == 0 ) {
+		INFOLOG( "Using default device" );
+		return defaultOutputDevice();
+	}
+	for ( AudioDeviceID device : outputDeviceIDs() ) {
+		QString sDeviceName = deviceName( device );
+		if ( QString::compare( sDeviceName, sPreferredDeviceName, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) == 0 ) {
+			// Found it.
+			INFOLOG( QString( "Found device '%1' (%2) for preference '%3'" )
+					 .arg( sDeviceName ).arg( (int)device ).arg( sPreferredDeviceName ) );
+			return device;
+		}
+	}
+	ERRORLOG( QString( "Couldn't find device '%1', falling back to default" ).arg( sPreferredDeviceName ) );
+	return defaultOutputDevice();
+}
+
+AudioDeviceID CoreAudioDriver::defaultOutputDevice(void)
+{
+	getDevices();
 	UInt32 dataSize = 0;
 	OSStatus err = 0;
+	AudioDeviceID device;
 
 	AudioObjectPropertyAddress propertyAddress = {
 		kAudioHardwarePropertyDefaultOutputDevice,
@@ -89,11 +250,12 @@
 											0,
 											NULL,
 											&dataSize,
-											&m_outputDevice);
+											&device);
 
 	if ( err != noErr ) {
 		ERRORLOG( "Could not get Default Output Device" );
 	}
+	return device;
 }
 
 void CoreAudioDriver::retrieveBufferSize(void)
@@ -167,7 +329,7 @@
 	m_nSampleRate = Preferences::get_instance()->m_nSampleRate;
 
 	//Get the default playback device and store it in m_outputDevice
-	retrieveDefaultDevice();
+	m_outputDevice = preferredOutputDevice();
 
 	//Get the buffer size of the previously detected device and store it in m_nBufferSize
 	retrieveBufferSize();
@@ -190,12 +352,6 @@
 {
 	OSStatus err = noErr;
 
-	m_pOut_L = new float[ m_nBufferSize ];
-	m_pOut_R = new float[ m_nBufferSize ];
-
-	memset ( m_pOut_L, 0, m_nBufferSize * sizeof( float ) );
-	memset ( m_pOut_R, 0, m_nBufferSize * sizeof( float ) );
-
 	// Get Component
 	AudioComponent compOutput;
 	AudioComponentDescription descAUHAL;
@@ -218,7 +374,7 @@
 	}
 
 	// Get Current Output Device
-	retrieveDefaultDevice();
+	m_outputDevice = preferredOutputDevice();
 
 	// Set AUHAL to Current Device
 	err = AudioUnitSetProperty(
@@ -243,8 +399,6 @@
 	asbdesc.mChannelsPerFrame = 2;	// comix: was set to 1
 	asbdesc.mBitsPerChannel = 32;
 
-
-
 	err = AudioUnitSetProperty(
 				m_outputUnit,
 				kAudioUnitProperty_StreamFormat,
@@ -254,7 +408,7 @@
 				sizeof( AudioStreamBasicDescription )
 			);
 
-// Set Render Callback
+	// Set Render Callback
 	AURenderCallbackStruct out;
 	out.inputProc = renderProc;
 	out.inputProcRefCon = ( void * )this;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreAudioDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://hydrogen.sourceforge.net
  *
@@ -18,8 +19,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  * Rewrote CoreAudio driver, now using AUHAL (2005/03/02 Jonathan Dempsey)
  * Cleaned up the code a bit and updated (2005/11/29 Jonathan Dempsey)
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
 
 
 typedef int ( *audioProcessCallback )( uint32_t, void * );
@@ -84,13 +85,22 @@
 	virtual void updateTransportInfo();
 	virtual void setBpm( float fBPM );
 
+	static QStringList getDevices();
 
+	virtual int getLatency();
 
 private:
-	void retrieveDefaultDevice(void);
+	AudioDeviceID defaultOutputDevice(void);
 	void retrieveBufferSize(void);
 	void printStreamInfo(void);
 
+	// Find the name of a given audio device
+	static QString deviceName( AudioDeviceID deviceID );
+
+	// Find suitable audio output devices
+	static std::vector< AudioDeviceID > outputDeviceIDs();
+
+	AudioDeviceID preferredOutputDevice();
 
 	bool m_bIsRunning;
 	unsigned m_nSampleRate;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -18,8 +19,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  * Code cleanup (20060222 Jonathan Dempsey)
  * More cleaning (20060511 Jonathan Dempsey)
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/CoreMidiDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -18,8 +19,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  * Some cleanup . . . (20060222 Jonathan Dempsey)
  * Removed some unused code (20060514 Jonathan Dempsey)
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/DiskWriterDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/FakeDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -319,6 +319,13 @@
 	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	Song* pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
 
+	if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
+		// Expected behavior if Hydrogen is exited while playback is
+		// still running.
+		DEBUGLOG( "No song set." );
+		return;
+	}
+
 	float fTicksPerBeat = static_cast( pSong->getResolution() / m_JackTransportPos.beat_type * 4 );
 
 	long barTicks = 0;
@@ -430,7 +437,7 @@
 	float fBPM = static_cast(m_JackTransportPos.beats_per_minute);
 	if ( m_transport.m_fBPM != fBPM ) {
 		setBpm( fBPM );
-		pHydrogen->getSong()->setBpm( fBPM );
+		pSong->setBpm( fBPM );
 		pHydrogen->setNewBpmJTM( fBPM );
 	}
 }
@@ -479,6 +486,15 @@
 		ERRORLOG( "Unknown jack transport state" );
 	}
 
+	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
+	
+	if ( pHydrogen->getSong() == nullptr ) {
+		// Expected behavior if Hydrogen is exited while playback is
+		// still running.
+		DEBUGLOG( "No song set." );
+		return;
+	}
+
 	// printState();
 	
 	m_currentPos = m_JackTransportPos.frame;
@@ -506,8 +522,6 @@
 			m_timebaseState = Timebase::Slave;
 		}
 	}
-		
-	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	
 	// The relocation could be either triggered by an user interaction
 	// (e.g. clicking the forward button or clicking somewhere on the
@@ -1095,6 +1109,13 @@
 	Preferences* pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
 	EventQueue* pEventQueue = EventQueue::get_instance();
 
+	if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
+		// Expected behavior if Hydrogen is exited while playback is
+		// still running.
+		DEBUGLOG( "No song set." );
+		return;
+	}
+
 	jack_session_event_t* ev = static_cast(event);
 
 	QString sJackSessionDirectory = static_cast(ev->session_dir);
@@ -1260,6 +1281,9 @@
 	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	Song* pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
 	if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
+		// Expected behavior if Hydrogen is exited while playback is
+		// still running.
+		DEBUGLOG( "No song set." );
 		return;
 	}
 	
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/JackAudioDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiCommon.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiCommon.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiCommon.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiCommon.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiInput.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiInput.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiInput.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiInput.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
 		pInstr =  pInstrList->get(nInstrument);
 	}
 
-	float fStep = pow( 1.0594630943593, (nNote) );
+	float fStep = Note::pitchToFrequency( nNote );
 	if ( !Preferences::get_instance()->__playselectedinstrument ) {
 		fStep = 1;
 	}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiInput.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiInput.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiInput.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiInput.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/MidiOutput.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/NullDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/NullDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/NullDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/NullDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/NullDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/NullDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/NullDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/NullDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/OssDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/OssDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/OssDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/OssDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/OssDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/OssDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/OssDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/OssDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortaudioDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortaudioDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortaudioDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortaudioDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #include 
 #if defined(H2CORE_HAVE_PORTAUDIO) || _DOXYGEN_
@@ -14,17 +35,20 @@
 	unsigned long framesPerBuffer,
 	const PaStreamCallbackTimeInfo* timeInfo,
 	PaStreamCallbackFlags statusFlags,
-	void *userData
-)
+	void *userData )
 {
-	PortAudioDriver *pDriver = ( PortAudioDriver* )userData;
-	pDriver->m_processCallback( pDriver->m_nBufferSize, nullptr );
-
 	float *out = ( float* )outputBuffer;
+	PortAudioDriver *pDriver = ( PortAudioDriver* )userData;
 
-	for ( unsigned i = 0; i < framesPerBuffer; i++ ) {
-		*out++ = pDriver->m_pOut_L[ i ];
-		*out++ = pDriver->m_pOut_R[ i ];
+	while ( framesPerBuffer > 0 ) {
+		unsigned long nFrames = std::min( (unsigned long) MAX_BUFFER_SIZE, framesPerBuffer );
+		pDriver->m_processCallback( nFrames, nullptr );
+
+		for ( unsigned i = 0; i < nFrames; i++ ) {
+			*out++ = pDriver->m_pOut_L[ i ];
+			*out++ = pDriver->m_pOut_R[ i ];
+		}
+		framesPerBuffer -= nFrames;
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
@@ -32,6 +56,9 @@
 
 const char* PortAudioDriver::__class_name = "PortAudioDriver";
 
+bool PortAudioDriver::m_bInitialised = false;
+
+
 PortAudioDriver::PortAudioDriver( audioProcessCallback processCallback )
 		: AudioOutput( __class_name )
 		, m_processCallback( processCallback )
@@ -40,8 +67,8 @@
 		, m_pStream( nullptr )
 {
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
-	m_nBufferSize = Preferences::get_instance()->m_nBufferSize;
 	m_nSampleRate = Preferences::get_instance()->m_nSampleRate;
+	m_sDevice = Preferences::get_instance()->m_sPortAudioDevice;
 }
 
 
@@ -56,6 +83,59 @@
 }
 
 
+// String list of API names
+QStringList PortAudioDriver::getHostAPIs()
+{
+	if ( ! m_bInitialised ) {
+		Pa_Initialize();
+		m_bInitialised = true;
+	}
+
+	QStringList hostAPIs;
+	int nHostAPIs = Pa_GetHostApiCount();
+	for ( int n = 0; n < nHostAPIs; n++ ) {
+		const PaHostApiInfo *pHostApiInfo = Pa_GetHostApiInfo( (PaHostApiIndex)n );
+		assert( pHostApiInfo != nullptr );
+		hostAPIs.push_back( pHostApiInfo->name );
+	}
+
+	return hostAPIs;
+}
+	
+// List devices
+QStringList PortAudioDriver::getDevices( QString HostAPI ) {
+	if ( ! m_bInitialised ) {
+		Pa_Initialize();
+		m_bInitialised = true;
+	}
+
+	if ( HostAPI.isNull() || HostAPI == "" ) {
+		WARNINGLOG( "Using default HostAPI" );
+		HostAPI = Pa_GetHostApiInfo( Pa_GetDefaultHostApi() )->name;
+	}
+
+	QStringList devices;
+	int nDevices = Pa_GetDeviceCount();
+	for ( int nDevice = 0; nDevice < nDevices; nDevice++ ) {
+		const PaDeviceInfo *pDeviceInfo = Pa_GetDeviceInfo( nDevice );
+
+		// Filter by API
+		if ( Pa_GetHostApiInfo( pDeviceInfo->hostApi )->name != HostAPI ) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ( pDeviceInfo->maxOutputChannels >= 2 ) {
+			devices.push_back( QString( pDeviceInfo->name ) );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return devices;
+}
+
+QStringList PortAudioDriver::getDevices() {
+	Preferences *pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
+	return getDevices( pPreferences->m_sPortAudioHostAPI );
+}
+
 //
 // Connect
 // return 0: Ok
@@ -63,35 +143,105 @@
 //
 int PortAudioDriver::connect()
 {
+	bool bUseDefaultStream = true;
+	Preferences *pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
 	INFOLOG( "[connect]" );
 
-	m_pOut_L = new float[ m_nBufferSize ];
-	m_pOut_R = new float[ m_nBufferSize ];
-
-	int err = Pa_Initialize();
+	m_pOut_L = new float[ MAX_BUFFER_SIZE ];
+	m_pOut_R = new float[ MAX_BUFFER_SIZE ];
 
+	int err;
+	if ( ! m_bInitialised ) {
+		err = Pa_Initialize();
+
+		if ( err != paNoError ) {
+			ERRORLOG( "Portaudio error in Pa_Initialize: " + QString( Pa_GetErrorText( err ) ) );
+			return 1;
+		}
+		m_bInitialised = true;
 
-	if ( err != paNoError ) {
-		ERRORLOG( "Portaudio error in Pa_Initialize: " + QString( Pa_GetErrorText( err ) ) );
-		return 1;
 	}
 
-	err = Pa_OpenDefaultStream(
-				&m_pStream,        /* passes back stream pointer */
-				0,              /* no input channels */
-				2,              /* stereo output */
-				paFloat32,      /* 32 bit floating point output */
-				m_nSampleRate,          // sample rate
-				m_nBufferSize,            // frames per buffer
-				portAudioCallback, /* specify our custom callback */
-				this );        /* pass our data through to callback */
 
+	// Find device to use
+	int nDevices = Pa_GetDeviceCount();
+	const PaDeviceInfo *pDeviceInfo;
+	for ( int nDevice = 0; nDevice < nDevices; nDevice++ ) {
+		pDeviceInfo = Pa_GetDeviceInfo( nDevice );
+		// Filter by HostAPI
+		if ( ! pPreferences->m_sPortAudioHostAPI.isNull() || pPreferences->m_sPortAudioHostAPI != "" ) {
+			if ( Pa_GetHostApiInfo( pDeviceInfo->hostApi )->name != pPreferences->m_sPortAudioHostAPI ) {
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( pDeviceInfo->maxOutputChannels >= 2
+			 && ( QString::compare( m_sDevice,  pDeviceInfo->name, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) == 0 ||
+			      m_sDevice.isNull() || m_sDevice == "" ) ) {
+			PaStreamParameters outputParameters;
+			memset( &outputParameters, '\0', sizeof( outputParameters ) );
+			outputParameters.channelCount = 2;
+			outputParameters.device = nDevice;
+			outputParameters.hostApiSpecificStreamInfo = NULL;
+			outputParameters.sampleFormat = paFloat32;
+
+			// Use the same latency setting as Pa_OpenDefaultStream() -- defaulting to the high suggested
+			// latency. This should probably be an option.
+			outputParameters.suggestedLatency =
+				Pa_GetDeviceInfo( nDevice )->defaultHighInputLatency;
+			if ( pPreferences->m_nLatencyTarget > 0 ) {
+				outputParameters.suggestedLatency = pPreferences->m_nLatencyTarget * 1.0 / getSampleRate();
+			}
+
+			err = Pa_OpenStream( &m_pStream,
+								 nullptr, /* No input stream */
+								 &outputParameters,
+								 m_nSampleRate, paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, paNoFlag,
+								 portAudioCallback, this );
+			if ( err != paNoError ) {
+				ERRORLOG( QString( "Found but can't open device '%1' (max %3 in, %4 out): %2" )
+						  .arg( m_sDevice ).arg( Pa_GetErrorText( err ) )
+						  .arg( pDeviceInfo->maxInputChannels ).arg( pDeviceInfo->maxOutputChannels ) );
+				// Use the default stream
+				break;
+			}
+			INFOLOG( QString( "Opened device '%1'" ).arg( m_sDevice ) );
+			bUseDefaultStream = false;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if ( bUseDefaultStream ) {
+			ERRORLOG( QString( "Can't use device '%1', using default stream" )
+					  .arg( m_sDevice ) );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( bUseDefaultStream ) {
+		// Failed to open the request device. Use the default device.
+		// Less than desirably, this will also use the default latency settings.
+		err = Pa_OpenDefaultStream(
+					&m_pStream,        /* passes back stream pointer */
+					0,              /* no input channels */
+					2,              /* stereo output */
+					paFloat32,      /* 32 bit floating point output */
+					m_nSampleRate,          // sample rate
+					paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, // frames per buffer
+					portAudioCallback, /* specify our custom callback */
+					this );        /* pass our data through to callback */
+	}
 
 	if ( err != paNoError ) {
 		ERRORLOG(  "Portaudio error in Pa_OpenDefaultStream: " + QString( Pa_GetErrorText( err ) ) );
 		return 1;
 	}
 
+	const PaStreamInfo *pStreamInfo = Pa_GetStreamInfo( m_pStream );
+	if ( (unsigned) pStreamInfo->sampleRate != m_nSampleRate ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Couldn't get sample rate %d, using %d instead" ).arg( m_nSampleRate ).arg( pStreamInfo->sampleRate ) );
+		m_nSampleRate = (unsigned) pStreamInfo->sampleRate;
+	}
+	INFOLOG( QString( "PortAudio outpot latency: %1 s" ).arg( pStreamInfo->outputLatency ) );
+
 	err = Pa_StartStream( m_pStream );
 
 
@@ -118,6 +268,7 @@
 		ERRORLOG( "Err: " + QString( Pa_GetErrorText( err ) ) );
 	}
 
+	m_bInitialised = false;
 	Pa_Terminate();
 
 	delete[] m_pOut_L;
@@ -129,7 +280,7 @@
 
 unsigned PortAudioDriver::getBufferSize()
 {
-	return m_nBufferSize;
+	return MAX_BUFFER_SIZE;
 }
 
 unsigned PortAudioDriver::getSampleRate()
@@ -137,6 +288,12 @@
 	return m_nSampleRate;
 }
 
+int PortAudioDriver::getLatency()
+{
+	const PaStreamInfo *pStreamInfo = Pa_GetStreamInfo( m_pStream );
+	return (int)( pStreamInfo->outputLatency * getSampleRate() );
+}
+
 float* PortAudioDriver::getOut_L()
 {
 	return m_pOut_L;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortAudioDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortAudioDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortAudioDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortAudioDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
 	audioProcessCallback m_processCallback;
 	float* m_pOut_L;
 	float* m_pOut_R;
-	unsigned m_nBufferSize;
 
 	PortAudioDriver( audioProcessCallback processCallback );
 	virtual ~PortAudioDriver();
@@ -54,6 +53,7 @@
 	virtual int connect();
 	virtual void disconnect();
 	virtual unsigned getBufferSize();
+	virtual int getLatency();
 	virtual unsigned getSampleRate();
 	virtual float* getOut_L();
 	virtual float* getOut_R();
@@ -64,9 +64,16 @@
 	virtual void locate( unsigned long nFrame );
 	virtual void setBpm( float fBPM );
 
+	static QStringList getDevices();
+	static QStringList getDevices( QString HostAPI );
+	static QStringList getHostAPIs();
+
 private:
 	PaStream *m_pStream;
 	unsigned m_nSampleRate;
+	QString m_sDevice;
+
+	static bool m_bInitialised;
 
 };
 
@@ -82,7 +89,6 @@
 	H2_OBJECT
 public:
 	PortAudioDriver( audioProcessCallback processCallback ) : NullDriver( processCallback ) {}
-
 };
 
 };
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortmidiDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortmidiDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortmidiDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortmidiDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortMidiDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortMidiDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PortMidiDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PortMidiDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/PulseAudioDriver.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef H2_PULSE_AUDIO_DRIVER_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/IO/TransportInfo.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef TRANSPORT_INFO_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lash/LashClient.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lash/LashClient.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lash/LashClient.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lash/LashClient.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2005 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lash/LashClient.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lash/LashClient.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lash/LashClient.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lash/LashClient.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2005 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015 by Sacha Delanoue
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Lilipond/Lilypond.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015 by Sacha Delanoue
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/LocalFileMgr.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/LocalFileMgr.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/LocalFileMgr.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/LocalFileMgr.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/LocalFileMng.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/LocalFileMng.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/LocalFileMng.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/LocalFileMng.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Logger.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Logger.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Logger.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Logger.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -29,10 +29,6 @@
 
 #ifdef WIN32
 #include 
-#define LOGGER_SLEEP Sleep( 100 )
-#else
-#include 
-#define LOGGER_SLEEP do { usleep( 500000 ); usleep( 500000 ); } while (0)
 #endif
 
 namespace H2Core {
@@ -69,7 +65,8 @@
 	Logger::queue_t::iterator it, last;
 
 	while ( logger->__running ) {
-		LOGGER_SLEEP;
+		pthread_cond_wait( &logger->__messages_available, &logger->__mutex );
+		pthread_mutex_unlock( &logger->__mutex );
 		if( !queue->empty() ) {
 			for( it = last = queue->begin() ; it != queue->end() ; ++it ) {
 				last = it;
@@ -80,9 +77,8 @@
 				}
 			}
 			// remove all in front of last
-			queue->erase( queue->begin(), last );
-			// lock before removing last
 			pthread_mutex_lock( &logger->__mutex );
+			queue->erase( queue->begin(), last );
 			queue->pop_front();
 			pthread_mutex_unlock( &logger->__mutex );
 		}
@@ -94,7 +90,7 @@
 #ifdef WIN32
 	::FreeConsole();
 #endif
-	LOGGER_SLEEP;
+
 	pthread_exit( nullptr );
 	return nullptr;
 }
@@ -114,11 +110,13 @@
 	pthread_attr_t attr;
 	pthread_attr_init( &attr );
 	pthread_mutex_init( &__mutex, nullptr );
+	pthread_cond_init( &__messages_available, nullptr );
 	pthread_create( &loggerThread, &attr, loggerThread_func, this );
 }
 
 Logger::~Logger() {
 	__running = false;
+	pthread_cond_broadcast ( &__messages_available );
 	pthread_join( loggerThread, nullptr );
 }
 
@@ -164,6 +162,7 @@
 	pthread_mutex_lock( &__mutex );
 	__msg_queue.push_back( tmp );
 	pthread_mutex_unlock( &__mutex );
+	pthread_cond_broadcast( &__messages_available );
 }
 
 unsigned Logger::parse_log_level( const char* level ) {
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Logger.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Logger.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Logger.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Logger.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@
 		queue_t __msg_queue;            ///< the message queue
 		static unsigned __bit_msk;      ///< the bitmask of log_level_t
 		static const char* __levels[];  ///< levels strings
+		pthread_cond_t __messages_available;
 
 		/** constructor */
 		Logger();
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiAction.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiAction.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiAction.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiAction.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiAction.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiAction.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiAction.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiAction.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef ACTION_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiMap.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiMap.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiMap.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiMap.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiMap.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiMap.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/MidiMap.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/MidiMap.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef MIDIMAP_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/NsmClient.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/NsmClient.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/NsmClient.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/NsmClient.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -200,6 +200,7 @@
 
 		// The opening of the Song will be done asynchronously.
 		pHydrogen->setNextSong( pSong );
+		pHydrogen->setNextSongPath( sSongPath );
 		
 		bool bSuccess;
 		if ( songFileInfo.exists() ) {
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/NsmClient.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/NsmClient.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/NsmClient.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/NsmClient.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Object.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Object.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Object.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Object.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Object.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Object.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Object.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Object.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/OscServer.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/OscServer.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/OscServer.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/OscServer.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -710,6 +710,37 @@
 	H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getCoreActionController()->relocate( static_cast(std::round( argv[0]->f ) ) );
 }
 
+void OscServer::UPGRADE_DRUMKIT_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc) {
+	
+	auto pController = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getCoreActionController();
+
+	QString sNewPath = "";
+	if ( argc > 1 ) {
+		sNewPath = QString::fromUtf8( &argv[1]->s );
+	}
+	
+	pController->upgradeDrumkit( QString::fromUtf8( &argv[0]->s ),
+								 sNewPath );
+}
+
+void OscServer::VALIDATE_DRUMKIT_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc) {
+	
+	auto pController = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getCoreActionController();
+	pController->validateDrumkit( QString::fromUtf8( &argv[0]->s ) );
+}
+
+void OscServer::EXTRACT_DRUMKIT_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc) {
+	
+	auto pController = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getCoreActionController();
+
+	QString sTargetDir = "";
+	if ( argc > 1 ) {
+		sTargetDir = QString::fromUtf8( &argv[1]->s );
+	}
+	
+	pController->extractDrumkit( QString::fromUtf8( &argv[0]->s ), sTargetDir );
+}
+
 // -------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Helper functions
 
@@ -972,6 +1003,11 @@
 	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION", "f", SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION_Handler);
 	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION", "f", LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION_Handler);
 	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/RELOCATE", "f", RELOCATE_Handler);
+	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/UPGRADE_DRUMKIT", "s", UPGRADE_DRUMKIT_Handler);
+	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/UPGRADE_DRUMKIT", "ss", UPGRADE_DRUMKIT_Handler);
+	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/VALIDATE_DRUMKIT", "s", VALIDATE_DRUMKIT_Handler);
+	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/EXTRACT_DRUMKIT", "s", EXTRACT_DRUMKIT_Handler);
+	m_pServerThread->add_method("/Hydrogen/EXTRACT_DRUMKIT", "ss", EXTRACT_DRUMKIT_Handler);
 
 	m_bInitialized = true;
 	
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/OscServer.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/OscServer.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/OscServer.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/OscServer.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -708,6 +708,88 @@
 		 * \param argc Unused number of arguments passed by the OSC
 		 * message.*/
 		static void RELOCATE_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc);
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::newSong().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide an absolute path for
+		 * a .h2pattern file. If another file already exists with the
+		 * same name, it will be overwritten.
+		 *
+		 * \param argv The "s" field does contain the name for the new
+		 * pattern.
+		 * \param argc Number of arguments passed by the OSC message.
+		 */
+		static void NEW_PATTERN_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc);
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::openPattern().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide an absolute path to
+		 * a .h2pattern file.
+		 *
+		 * \param argv The "s" field does contain the absolute path.
+		 * \param argc Number of arguments passed by the OSC message.
+		 */
+		static void OPEN_PATTERN_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc);
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::removePattern().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide the pattern number
+		 * (row the pattern resides in within the SongEditor).
+		 *
+		 * \param argv The "f" field does contain the pattern number
+		 * (caution: it starts at 0).
+		 * \param argc Number of arguments passed by the OSC message.
+		 */
+		static void REMOVE_PATTERN_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc);
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::songEditorToggleGridCell().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide the pattern number
+		 * (row the pattern resides in within the SongEditor).
+		 *
+		 * \param argv The first two "f" fields do contain the column
+		 * and row number of the particular grid cell.
+		 * \param argc Number of arguments passed by the OSC message.
+		 */
+		static void SONG_EDITOR_TOGGLE_GRID_CELL_Handler(lo_arg **argv, int argc);
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::upgradeDrumkit().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide as first argument
+		 * the absolute path to a folder containing a drumkit, the
+		 * absolute path to a drumkit file (drumkit.xml) itself, or an
+		 * absolute path to a compressed drumkit ( *.h2drumkit). The
+		 * second argument is optional and contains the absolute path
+		 * to a directory where the upgraded kit will be stored. If
+		 * the second path is missing, the drumkit will be upgraded in
+		 * place and a backup file will be created in order to not
+		 * overwrite the existing state. If a compressed drumkit is
+		 * provided as first argument, the upgraded drumkit will be
+		 * compressed as well.
+		 */
+	static void UPGRADE_DRUMKIT_Handler( lo_arg **argv, int argc );
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::validateDrumkit().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide the absolute path
+		 * to a folder containing a drumkit, the absolute path to a
+		 * drumkit file (drumkit.xml) itself, or an absolute path to a
+		 * compressed drumkit ( *.h2drumkit). The second argument is
+		 * optional and contains the absolute path to a directory
+		 * where the upgraded kit will be stored.
+		 */
+	static void VALIDATE_DRUMKIT_Handler( lo_arg **argv, int argc );
+		/**
+		 * Triggers CoreActionController::extractDrumkit().
+		 *
+		 * The handler expects the user to provide as first argument
+		 * the absolute path to a compressed drumkit ( *.h2drumkit). The
+		 * second argument is optional and contains the absolute path
+		 * to a directory where the kit will be extracted to. If
+		 * the second path is missing, the drumkit will be installed
+		 * in the user's drumkit data folder.
+		 */
+	static void EXTRACT_DRUMKIT_Handler( lo_arg **argv, int argc );
 		/** 
 		 * Catches any incoming messages and display them. 
 		 *
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Preferences.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Preferences.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Preferences.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Preferences.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -154,6 +154,14 @@
 	m_bMidiFixedMapping = false;
 	m_bMidiDiscardNoteAfterAction = false;
 
+	// PortAudio properties
+	m_sPortAudioDevice = QString();
+	m_sPortAudioHostAPI = QString();
+	m_nLatencyTarget = 0;
+
+	// CoreAudio
+	m_sCoreAudioDevice = QString();
+
 	//___  alsa audio driver properties ___
 	m_sAlsaAudioDevice = QString("hw:0");
 
@@ -257,8 +265,6 @@
 
 Preferences::~Preferences()
 {
-	savePreferences();
-
 	INFOLOG( "DESTROY" );
 	__instance = nullptr;
 	delete m_pDefaultUIStyle;
@@ -427,6 +433,26 @@
 					m_sOSSDevice = LocalFileMng::readXmlString( ossDriverNode, "ossDevice", m_sOSSDevice );
 				}
 
+				//// PORTAUDIO DRIVER ////
+				QDomNode portAudioDriverNode = audioEngineNode.firstChildElement( "portaudio_driver" );
+				if ( portAudioDriverNode.isNull()  ) {
+					WARNINGLOG( "portaudio_driver node not found" );
+					recreate = true;
+				} else {
+					m_sPortAudioDevice = LocalFileMng::readXmlString( portAudioDriverNode, "portAudioDevice", m_sPortAudioDevice );
+					m_sPortAudioHostAPI = LocalFileMng::readXmlString( portAudioDriverNode, "portAudioHostAPI", m_sPortAudioHostAPI );
+					m_nLatencyTarget = LocalFileMng::readXmlInt( portAudioDriverNode, "latencyTarget", m_nLatencyTarget );
+				}
+
+				//// COREAUDIO DRIVER ////
+				QDomNode coreAudioDriverNode = audioEngineNode.firstChildElement( "coreaudio_driver" );
+				if ( coreAudioDriverNode.isNull()  ) {
+					WARNINGLOG( "coreaudio_driver node not found" );
+					recreate = true;
+				} else {
+					m_sCoreAudioDevice = LocalFileMng::readXmlString( coreAudioDriverNode, "coreAudioDevice", m_sCoreAudioDevice );
+				}
+
 				//// JACK DRIVER ////
 				QDomNode jackDriverNode = audioEngineNode.firstChildElement( "jack_driver" );
 				if ( jackDriverNode.isNull() ) {
@@ -743,7 +769,7 @@
 	} else {
 		sPreferencesFilename = sPreferencesOverwritePath;
 	}
-	
+
 	INFOLOG( QString( "Saving preferences file %1" ).arg( sPreferencesFilename ) );
 
 	QDomDocument doc;
@@ -863,6 +889,22 @@
 		}
 		audioEngineNode.appendChild( ossDriverNode );
 
+		//// PORTAUDIO DRIVER ////
+		QDomNode portAudioDriverNode = doc.createElement( "portaudio_driver" );
+		{
+			LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( portAudioDriverNode, "portAudioDevice", m_sPortAudioDevice );
+			LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( portAudioDriverNode, "portAudioHostAPI", m_sPortAudioHostAPI );
+			LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( portAudioDriverNode, "latencyTarget", QString("%1").arg( m_nLatencyTarget ) );
+		}
+		audioEngineNode.appendChild( portAudioDriverNode );
+
+		//// COREAUDIO DRIVER ////
+		QDomNode coreAudioDriverNode = doc.createElement( "coreaudio_driver" );
+		{
+			LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( coreAudioDriverNode, "coreAudioDevice", m_sCoreAudioDevice );
+		}
+		audioEngineNode.appendChild( coreAudioDriverNode );
+
 		//// JACK DRIVER ////
 		QDomNode jackDriverNode = doc.createElement( "jack_driver" );
 		{
@@ -1212,6 +1254,9 @@
 		prop.y = LocalFileMng::readXmlInt( windowPropNode, "y", prop.y );
 		prop.width = LocalFileMng::readXmlInt( windowPropNode, "width", prop.width );
 		prop.height = LocalFileMng::readXmlInt( windowPropNode, "height", prop.height );
+		prop.m_geometry = QByteArray::fromBase64( LocalFileMng::readXmlString( windowPropNode, "geometry",
+																			   prop.m_geometry.toBase64() )
+												  .toUtf8() );
 	}
 
 	return prop;
@@ -1234,6 +1279,8 @@
 	LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( windowPropNode, "y", QString("%1").arg( prop.y ) );
 	LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( windowPropNode, "width", QString("%1").arg( prop.width ) );
 	LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( windowPropNode, "height", QString("%1").arg( prop.height ) );
+	LocalFileMng::writeXmlString( windowPropNode, "geometry", QString( prop.m_geometry.toBase64() ) );
+
 	parent.appendChild( windowPropNode );
 }
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Preferences.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Preferences.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Preferences.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Preferences.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -54,14 +54,16 @@
 	int width;
 	int height;
 	bool visible;
+	QByteArray m_geometry;
 
 	WindowProperties();
 	~WindowProperties();
 
-	void set(int _x, int _y, int _width, int _height, bool _visible) {
+	void set(int _x, int _y, int _width, int _height, bool _visible, QByteArray geometry = QByteArray() ) {
 		x = _x; y = _y;
 		width = _width; height = _height;
 		visible = _visible;
+		m_geometry = geometry;
 	}
 
 };
@@ -329,6 +331,14 @@
 	//	alsa audio driver properties ___
 	QString				m_sAlsaAudioDevice;
 
+	// PortAudio properties
+	QString				m_sPortAudioDevice;
+	QString				m_sPortAudioHostAPI;
+	int					m_nLatencyTarget;
+
+	// CoreAudio properties
+	QString				m_sCoreAudioDevice;
+
 	//	jack driver properties ___
 	QString				m_sJackPortName1;
 	QString				m_sJackPortName2;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/rt_clock.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/rt_clock.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/rt_clock.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/rt_clock.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Sampler/Interpolation.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Sampler/Interpolation.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Sampler/Interpolation.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Sampler/Interpolation.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -895,17 +895,29 @@
 	AudioOutput* pAudioOutput = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getAudioOutput();
 	Song* pSong = pEngine->getSong();
 
-	if(   !pSong->getPlaybackTrackEnabled()
-	   || pEngine->getState() != STATE_PLAYING
-	   || pSong->getMode() != Song::SONG_MODE)
-	{
-		return false;
+	if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "No song set yet" );
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	if ( pEngine->getPlaybackTrackState() != Song::PlaybackTrack::Enabled ||
+		 pEngine->getState() != STATE_PLAYING ||
+		 pSong->getMode() != Song::SONG_MODE ) {
+		return true;
 	}
 
 	InstrumentComponent *pCompo = m_pPlaybackTrackInstrument->get_components()->front();
 	auto pSample = pCompo->get_layer(0)->get_sample();
 
-	assert(pSample);
+	if ( pSample == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "Unable to process playback track" );
+		EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_ERROR,
+												Hydrogen::ErrorMessages::PLAYBACK_TRACK_INVALID );
+		// Disable the playback track
+		pEngine->loadPlaybackTrack( "" );
+		reinitializePlaybackTrack();
+		return true;
+	}
 
 	float fVal_L;
 	float fVal_R;
@@ -1078,9 +1090,11 @@
 		// imposto il numero dei bytes disponibili uguale al buffersize
 		nAvail_bytes = nBufferSize - nInitialSilence;
 		retValue = false; // the note is not ended yet
+	} else if ( pNote->get_instrument()->is_filter_active() && pNote->filter_sustain() ) {
+		// If filter is causing note to ring, process more samples.
+		nAvail_bytes = nBufferSize - nInitialSilence;
 	}
 
-
 	//ADSR *pADSR = pNote->m_pADSR;
 
 	int nInitialBufferPos = nInitialSilence;
@@ -1098,7 +1112,6 @@
 	float fVal_L;
 	float fVal_R;
 
-
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_JACK
 	float *		pTrackOutL = nullptr;
 	float *		pTrackOutR = nullptr;
@@ -1156,6 +1169,11 @@
 
 		++nSamplePos;
 	}
+	if ( pNote->get_instrument()->is_filter_active() && pNote->filter_sustain() ) {
+		// Note is still ringing, do not end.
+		retValue = false;
+	}
+
 	pSelectedLayerInfo->SamplePosition += nAvail_bytes;
 	pNote->get_instrument()->set_peak_l( fInstrPeak_L );
 	pNote->get_instrument()->set_peak_r( fInstrPeak_R );
@@ -1195,8 +1213,6 @@
 	return retValue;
 }
 
-
-
 bool Sampler::renderNoteResample(
 	std::shared_ptr pSample,
 	Note *pNote,
@@ -1225,8 +1241,7 @@
 	}
 	float fNotePitch = pNote->get_total_pitch() + fLayerPitch;
 
-	float fStep = pow( 1.0594630943593, ( double )fNotePitch );
-//	_ERRORLOG( QString("pitch: %1, step: %2" ).arg(fNotePitch).arg( fStep) );
+	float fStep = Note::pitchToFrequency( fNotePitch );
 	fStep *= ( float )pSample->get_sample_rate() / pAudioOutput->getSampleRate(); // Adjust for audio driver sample rate
 
 	// verifico il numero di frame disponibili ancora da eseguire
@@ -1238,6 +1253,9 @@
 		// imposto il numero dei bytes disponibili uguale al buffersize
 		nAvail_bytes = nBufferSize - nInitialSilence;
 		retValue = false; // the note is not ended yet
+	} else if ( pNote->get_instrument()->is_filter_active() && pNote->filter_sustain() ) {
+		// If filter is causing note to ring, process more samples.
+		nAvail_bytes = nBufferSize - nInitialSilence;
 	}
 
 	//	ADSR *pADSR = pNote->m_pADSR;
@@ -1272,57 +1290,90 @@
 	}
 #endif
 
+	float buffer_L[MAX_BUFFER_SIZE];
+	float buffer_R[MAX_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+
+	// Main rendering loop.
+	// With some re-work, more of this could likely be vectorised fairly easily.
+	//   - assert no buffer aliasing
+	//   - template and multiple instantiations for is_filter_active x each interpolation method
+	//   - iterate LP IIR filter coefficients to longer IIR filter to fit vector width
+	//
 	for ( int nBufferPos = nInitialBufferPos; nBufferPos < nTimes; ++nBufferPos ) {
 		if ( ( nNoteLength != -1 ) && ( nNoteLength <= pSelectedLayerInfo->SamplePosition ) ) {
-						if ( pNote->get_adsr()->release() == 0 ) {
-				retValue = 1;	// the note is ended
+			if ( pNote->get_adsr()->release() == 0 ) {
+				if (!retValue) {
+					retValue = 1;	// the note is ended
+				}
 			}
 		}
 
 		int nSamplePos = ( int )fSamplePos;
 		double fDiff = fSamplePos - nSamplePos;
-		if ( ( nSamplePos + 1 ) >= nSampleFrames ) {
+		if ( ( nSamplePos - 1 ) >= nSampleFrames ) {
 			//we reach the last audioframe.
 			//set this last frame to zero do nothing wrong.
-						fVal_L = 0.0;
-						fVal_R = 0.0;
+			fVal_L = 0.0;
+			fVal_R = 0.0;
 		} else {
-			// some interpolation methods need 4 frames data.
-				float last_l;
-				float last_r;
-				if ( ( nSamplePos + 2 ) >= nSampleFrames ) {
-					last_l = 0.0;
-					last_r = 0.0;
-				} else {
-					last_l =  pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 2];
-					last_r =  pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 2];
+			// Gather frame samples
+			float l0, l1, l2, l3, r0, r1, r2, r3;
+			// Short-circuit: the common case is that all required frames are within the sample.
+			if ( nSamplePos >= 1 && nSamplePos + 2 < nSampleFrames ) {
+				l0 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos-1 ];
+				l1 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos ];
+				l2 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos+1 ];
+				l3 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos+2 ];
+				r0 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos-1 ];
+				r1 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos ];
+				r2 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos+1 ];
+				r3 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos+2 ];
+			} else {
+				l0 = l1 = l2 = l3 = r0 = r1 = r2 = r3 = 0.0;
+				// Some required frames are off the beginning or end of the sample.
+				if ( nSamplePos >= 1 && nSamplePos < nSampleFrames + 1 ) {
+					l0 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos-1 ];
+					r0 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos-1 ];
 				}
-
-				switch( m_interpolateMode ){
-
-						case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Linear:
-								fVal_L = pSample_data_L[nSamplePos] * (1 - fDiff ) + pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1] * fDiff;
-								fVal_R = pSample_data_R[nSamplePos] * (1 - fDiff ) + pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1] * fDiff;
-								//fVal_L = linear_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], fDiff);
-								//fVal_R = linear_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], fDiff);
-								break;
-						case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Cosine:
-								fVal_L = Interpolation::cosine_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], fDiff);
-								fVal_R = Interpolation::cosine_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], fDiff);
-								break;
-						case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Third:
-								fVal_L = Interpolation::third_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], last_l, fDiff);
-								fVal_R = Interpolation::third_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], last_r, fDiff);
-								break;
-						case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Cubic:
-								fVal_L = Interpolation::cubic_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], last_l, fDiff);
-								fVal_R = Interpolation::cubic_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], last_r, fDiff);
-								break;
-						case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Hermite:
-								fVal_L = Interpolation::hermite_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], last_l, fDiff);
-								fVal_R = Interpolation::hermite_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], last_r, fDiff);
-								break;
+				// Each successive frame may be past the end of the sample so check individually.
+				if ( nSamplePos < nSampleFrames ) {
+					l1 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos ];
+					r1 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos ];
+					if ( nSamplePos+1 < nSamplePos ) {
+						l2 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos+1 ];
+						r2 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos+1 ];
+						if ( nSamplePos+2 < nSamplePos ) {
+							l3 = pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos+2 ];
+							r3 = pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos+2 ];
+						}
+					}
 				}
+			}
+
+			// Interpolate frame values from Sample domain to audio output range
+			switch ( m_interpolateMode ) {
+			case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Linear:
+				fVal_L = l1 * (1 - fDiff ) + l2 * fDiff;
+				fVal_R = r1 * (1 - fDiff ) + r2 * fDiff;
+				break;
+			case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Cosine:
+				fVal_L = Interpolation::cosine_Interpolate( l1, l2, fDiff);
+				fVal_R = Interpolation::cosine_Interpolate( r1, r2, fDiff);
+				break;
+			case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Third:
+				fVal_L = Interpolation::third_Interpolate( l0, l1, l2, l3, fDiff);
+				fVal_R = Interpolation::third_Interpolate( r0, r1, r2, r3, fDiff);
+				break;
+			case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Cubic:
+				fVal_L = Interpolation::cubic_Interpolate( l0, l1, l2, l3, fDiff);
+				fVal_R = Interpolation::cubic_Interpolate( r0, r1, r2, r3, fDiff);
+				break;
+			case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Hermite:
+				fVal_L = Interpolation::hermite_Interpolate( l0, l1, l2, l3, fDiff);
+				fVal_R = Interpolation::hermite_Interpolate( r0, r1, r2, r3, fDiff);
+				break;
+			}
 		}
 
 		// ADSR envelope
@@ -1334,14 +1385,28 @@
 			pNote->compute_lr_values( &fVal_L, &fVal_R );
 		}
 
+		buffer_L[nBufferPos] = fVal_L;
+		buffer_R[nBufferPos] = fVal_R;
+
+		fSamplePos += fStep;
+	}
+	if ( pNote->get_instrument()->is_filter_active() && pNote->filter_sustain() ) {
+		// Note is still ringing, do not end.
+		retValue = false;
+	}
+
+	// Mix rendered sample buffer to track and mixer output
+	for ( int nBufferPos = nInitialBufferPos; nBufferPos < nTimes; ++nBufferPos ) {
 
+		fVal_L = buffer_L[nBufferPos];
+		fVal_R = buffer_R[nBufferPos];
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_JACK
-		if( 		pTrackOutL ) {
-					pTrackOutL[nBufferPos] += fVal_L * cost_track_L;
+		if ( pTrackOutL ) {
+			pTrackOutL[nBufferPos] += fVal_L * cost_track_L;
 		}
-		if( 		pTrackOutR ) {
-					pTrackOutR[nBufferPos] += fVal_R * cost_track_R;
+		if ( pTrackOutR ) {
+			pTrackOutR[nBufferPos] += fVal_R * cost_track_R;
 		}
 #endif
 
@@ -1362,18 +1427,19 @@
 		m_pMainOut_L[nBufferPos] += fVal_L;
 		m_pMainOut_R[nBufferPos] += fVal_R;
 
-		fSamplePos += fStep;
 	}
+
 	pSelectedLayerInfo->SamplePosition += nAvail_bytes * fStep;
 	pNote->get_instrument()->set_peak_l( fInstrPeak_L );
 	pNote->get_instrument()->set_peak_r( fInstrPeak_R );
 
 
-
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA
 	// LADSPA
 	// change the below return logic if you add code after that ifdef
-	if (pNote->get_instrument()->is_muted() || pSong->getIsMuted() ) return retValue;
+	if ( pNote->get_instrument()->is_muted() || pSong->getIsMuted() ) {
+		return retValue;
+	}
 	float masterVol = pSong->getVolume();
 	for ( unsigned nFX = 0; nFX < MAX_FX; ++nFX ) {
 		LadspaFX *pFX = Effects::get_instance()->getLadspaFX( nFX );
@@ -1384,69 +1450,22 @@
 			float *pBuf_L = pFX->m_pBuffer_L;
 			float *pBuf_R = pFX->m_pBuffer_R;
 
-//			float fFXCost_L = cost_L * fLevel;
-//			float fFXCost_R = cost_R * fLevel;
 			float fFXCost_L = fLevel * masterVol;
 			float fFXCost_R = fLevel * masterVol;
 
 			int nBufferPos = nInitialBufferPos;
-			float fSamplePos = pSelectedLayerInfo->SamplePosition;
 			for ( int i = 0; i < nAvail_bytes; ++i ) {
-				int nSamplePos = ( int )fSamplePos;
-				double fDiff = fSamplePos - nSamplePos;
 
-				if ( ( nSamplePos + 1 ) >= nSampleFrames ) {
-					//we reach the last audioframe.
-					//set this last frame to zero do nothing wrong.
-					fVal_L = 0.0;
-					fVal_R = 0.0;
-				} else {
-					// some interpolation methods need 4 frames data.
-					float last_l;
-					float last_r;
-					if ( ( nSamplePos + 2 ) >= nSampleFrames ) {
-						last_l = 0.0;
-						last_r = 0.0;
-					}else
-					{
-						last_l =  pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 2];
-						last_r =  pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 2];
-					}
-
-					switch( m_interpolateMode ){
-
-					case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Linear:
-						fVal_L = pSample_data_L[nSamplePos] * (1 - fDiff ) + pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1] * fDiff;
-						fVal_R = pSample_data_R[nSamplePos] * (1 - fDiff ) + pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1] * fDiff;
-						break;
-					case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Cosine:
-						fVal_L = Interpolation::cosine_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], fDiff);
-						fVal_R = Interpolation::cosine_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], fDiff);
-						break;
-					case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Third:
-						fVal_L = Interpolation::third_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], last_l, fDiff);
-						fVal_R = Interpolation::third_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], last_r, fDiff);
-						break;
-					case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Cubic:
-						fVal_L = Interpolation::cubic_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], last_l, fDiff);
-						fVal_R = Interpolation::cubic_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], last_r, fDiff);
-						break;
-					case Interpolation::InterpolateMode::Hermite:
-						fVal_L = Interpolation::hermite_Interpolate( pSample_data_L[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos], pSample_data_L[nSamplePos + 1], last_l, fDiff);
-						fVal_R = Interpolation::hermite_Interpolate( pSample_data_R[ nSamplePos -1], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos], pSample_data_R[nSamplePos + 1], last_r, fDiff);
-						break;
-					}
-				}
+				fVal_L = buffer_L[ nBufferPos ];
+				fVal_R = buffer_R[ nBufferPos ];
 
 				pBuf_L[ nBufferPos ] += fVal_L * fFXCost_L;
-								pBuf_R[ nBufferPos ] += fVal_R * fFXCost_R;
-				fSamplePos += fStep;
+				pBuf_R[ nBufferPos ] += fVal_R * fFXCost_R;
 				++nBufferPos;
 			}
 		}
 	}
 #endif
-
 	return retValue;
 }
 
@@ -1625,7 +1644,12 @@
 	Song*		pSong = pEngine->getSong();
 	std::shared_ptr	pSample;
 
-	if(!pSong->getPlaybackTrackFilename().isEmpty()){
+	if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
+		ERRORLOG( "No song set yet" );
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if( pEngine->getPlaybackTrackState() != Song::PlaybackTrack::Unavailable ){
 		pSample = Sample::load( pSong->getPlaybackTrackFilename() );
 	}
 	
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Sampler/Sampler.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/Smf.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/Smf.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/Smf.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/Smf.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/SmfEvent.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/SmfEvent.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/SmfEvent.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/SmfEvent.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/SMFEvent.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/SMFEvent.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/SMFEvent.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/SMFEvent.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/SMF.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/SMF.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Smf/SMF.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Smf/SMF.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Synth/Synth.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Synth/Synth.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Synth/Synth.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Synth/Synth.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Synth/Synth.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Synth/Synth.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Synth/Synth.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Synth/Synth.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timehelper.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timehelper.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timehelper.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timehelper.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifdef WIN32
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timehelper.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timehelper.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timehelper.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timehelper.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ */
+
 #if defined(WIN32) || _DOXYGEN_
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timeline.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timeline.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timeline.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timeline.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timeline.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timeline.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Timeline.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Timeline.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Version.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Version.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Version.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Version.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #include 
 #include "Version.h"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Version.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Version.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/core/Version.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/core/Version.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #ifndef H2C_VERSION_H
 #define H2C_VERSION_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/CMakeLists.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/CMakeLists.txt
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/CMakeLists.txt	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/CMakeLists.txt	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
     ${LIBARCHIVE_INCLUDE_DIRS}
     ${LIBSNDFILE_INCLUDE_DIRS}
     ${JACK_INCLUDE_DIRS}
-
+    ${PORTAUDIO_INCLUDE_DIRS}
 )
 
 IF(APPLE)
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include "AboutDialogContributorList.h"
@@ -29,15 +28,21 @@
 
 	std::vector v{
 "theGreatWhiteShark"
-,"Sebastian Moors"
 ,"Colin McEwan"
+,"Sebastian Moors"
 ,"oddtime"
+,"Varik Valefor"
 ,"Olivier Humbert"
 ,"Clara Hobbs"
 ,"Przemysław Sitek"
-,"Jérémy Zurcher"
+,"Charbel Jacquin"
 ,"freddii"
+,"daryl"
+,"Jérémy Zurcher"
+,"Guocheng"
 ,"David Runge"
+,"Darío Hereñú"
+,"Aaron"
 };
 	m_pContributorList = std::make_shared>(v);
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialogContributorList.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -2,8 +2,10 @@
 ## Usage: ./about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh GIT_TAG_1 GIT_TAG_2
 ## e.g. ./about_dialog_contributor_list_update.sh origin/releases/1.0 HEAD
 
+
 # Hydrogen
 # Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+# Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
 #
 # http://www.hydrogen-music.org
 #
@@ -64,8 +66,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include "AboutDialogContributorList.h"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AboutDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/about_dialog.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/about_dialog.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/about_dialog.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/about_dialog.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
       <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Ubuntu'; font-size:11pt;"><br /></p></body></html>
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Ubuntu'; font-size:11pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html>
      
     
    
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
       <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; color:#ffffff;">This program is distributed under the terms of the GPL v2.</span></p>
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Ubuntu'; font-size:11pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; color:#ffffff;">This program is distributed under the terms of the GPL v2 or later.</span></p>
 <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; color:#ffffff;"><br /></p>
 <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; color:#ffffff;">		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</span></p>
 <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; color:#ffffff;">		       Version 2, June 1991</span></p>
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -47,9 +47,8 @@
  , Object( __class_name )
 {
 	setupUi( this );
-
-	setMinimumSize( width(), height() );	// not resizable
-	setMaximumSize( width(), height() );	// not resizable
+	adjustSize();
+	setFixedSize( width(), height() );	// not resizable
 
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Audio Engine Info" ) );
 
@@ -144,6 +143,9 @@
 		sprintf(tmp, "%d", driver->getBufferSize());
 		bufferSizeLbl->setText(QString(tmp));
 
+		// Audio latency estimate
+		latencyLbl->setText( QString( "%1 frames" ).arg( driver->getLatency() ) );
+
 		// Audio driver sampleRate
 		sprintf(tmp, "%d", driver->getSampleRate());
 		sampleRateLbl->setText(QString(tmp));
@@ -155,6 +157,7 @@
 	else {
 		driverLbl->setText( "NULL driver" );
 		bufferSizeLbl->setText( "N/A" );
+		latencyLbl->setText( "N/A" );
 		sampleRateLbl->setText( "N/A" );
 		nFramesLbl->setText( "N/A" );
 	}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioEngineInfoForm_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
-
+
+
  AudioEngineInfoForm_UI
- 
-  
+ 
+  
    
     0
     0
@@ -9,492 +10,493 @@
     376
    
   
-  
-   
-    
-     300
-     80
-     281
-     61
-    
-   
-   
-    Synth
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      30
-      261
-      19
-     
-    
-    
-     
+  
+   
+    
+     
       0
      
-     
+     
       0
      
-     
+     
       0
      
-     
+     
       0
      
-     
+     
       6
      
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Playing notes
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     300
-     10
-     281
-     61
-    
-   
-   
-    Sampler
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      30
-      261
-      21
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Playing notes
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     10
-     281
-     65
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-    
-    
-     0
-    
-    
-     0
-    
-    
-     0
-    
-    
-     6
-    
-    
-     6
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Selected instrument
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Audio engine state
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       ###
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       ###
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       ###
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Process time
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     90
-     281
-     151
-    
-   
-   
-    Sequencer
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      11
-      31
-      261
-      111
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Song state
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Selected pattern
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Song position
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Patterns
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Ticks
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     250
-     281
-     81
-    
-   
-   
-    MIDI input
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      30
-      261
-      42
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
+     
+      
+       
+        Selected instrument
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        Connected to
+     
+      
+       
+        Audio engine state
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        Name
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         133
+         0
+        
        
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     300
-     150
-     281
-     151
-    
-   
-   
-    Audio output
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      30
-      261
-      111
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
+       
         ###
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        Realtime frames
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Buffer size
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
+     
+      
+       
         ###
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
+     
+      
+       
         ###
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        Sample rate
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Name
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        ###
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        Frames
+     
+      
+       
+        Process time
        
       
      
     
-   
-  
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Sampler
+     
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         6
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Playing notes
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Sequencer
+     
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         6
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Song state
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Selected pattern
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Song position
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Patterns
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Ticks
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Synth
+     
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         6
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Playing notes
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Audio output
+     
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         6
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            130
+            0
+           
+          
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Sample rate
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Realtime frames
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Name
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Buffer size
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Frames
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Latency (estimated)
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      MIDI input
+     
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         0
+        
+        
+         6
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           ###
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Connected to
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Name
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
- 
- 
+ 
  
  
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
 	setupUi ( this );
 	INFOLOG ( "INIT" );
 	setWindowTitle ( tr ( "Audio File Browser" ) );
+	adjustSize();
 	setFixedSize ( width(), height() );
 	
 	m_bAllowMultiSelect = bAllowMultiSelect;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/AudioFileBrowser.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/AudioFileBrowser/SampleWaveDisplay.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Director.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Director.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Director.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Director.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Director.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Director.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Director.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Director.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/EventListener.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/EventListener.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/EventListener.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/EventListener.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef EVENT_LISTENER
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@
 		virtual void loopModeActivationEvent( int nValue ){ UNUSED( nValue ); }
 		virtual void updatePreferencesEvent( int nValue ){ UNUSED( nValue ); }
 		virtual void actionModeChangeEvent( int nValue ){ UNUSED( nValue ); }
+	virtual void playbackTrackChangedEvent(){}
 
 		virtual ~EventListener() {}
 };
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportMidiDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
     0
     0
     701
-    180
+    229
    
   
   
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@
            
            
             
-             0
-             0
+             485
+             21
             
            
            
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ExportSongDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include "FilesystemInfoForm.h"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef FILESYSTEMINFOFORM_H
 #define FILESYSTEMINFOFORM_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/FilesystemInfoForm_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -13,90 +13,101 @@
   
    Filesystem information
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     0
-     681
-     201
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       Open
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Open
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Temporary directory
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       System data directory
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-    
-    
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Open
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       User data directory
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      Temporary directory
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       437
+       21
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Open
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      User data directory
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       437
+       21
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Open
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      System data directory
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       437
+       21
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Open
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.cpp	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
- *
- * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- *
- */
-
-
-#include "HelpBrowser.h"
-#include "Skin.h"
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-
-const char* SimpleHTMLBrowser::__class_name = "SimpleHTMLBrowser";
-
-SimpleHTMLBrowser::SimpleHTMLBrowser( QWidget *pParent, const QString& sDataPath, const QString& sFilename, SimpleHTMLBrowserType type )
- : QDialog( pParent )
- , Object( __class_name )
- , m_type( type )
- , m_sDataPath( sDataPath )
- , m_sFilename( sFilename )
-{
-	if (m_type == MANUAL ) {
-		setWindowTitle( tr( "Manual" ) );
-		resize( 800, 600 );
-		setMinimumSize( 300, 200 );
-		setStyleSheet("color:#000000;");
-	}
-	else {
-		setWindowTitle( tr( "Welcome to Hydrogen" ) );
-		resize( 800, 650 );
-		setMinimumSize( width(), height() );
-		setMaximumSize( width(), height() );
-	}
-
-	m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn = new QPushButton( tr( "Don't show this message anymore"), this );
-	connect( m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( dontShowAnymoreBtnClicked() ) );
-	m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn->resize( 300, 25 );
-	m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn->hide();
-
-	m_pCloseWindowBtn = new QPushButton( tr( "Ok" ), this );
-	connect( m_pCloseWindowBtn, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( closeWindow() ) );
-	m_pCloseWindowBtn->resize( 100, 25 );
-	m_pCloseWindowBtn->hide();
-
-	m_pDocHomeBtn = new QPushButton( tr( "Documentation index" ), this );
-	connect( m_pDocHomeBtn, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( docIndex() ) );
-	m_pDocHomeBtn->resize( 300, 25 );
-	m_pDocHomeBtn->hide();
-
-	m_pBrowser = new QTextBrowser( this );
-	m_pBrowser->setReadOnly( true );
-	m_pBrowser->setSearchPaths( QStringList( m_sDataPath ) );
-	//m_pBrowser->setStyleSheet("background-color:#000000;");
-
-	QFile file( m_sFilename.toLocal8Bit() ); // Read the text from a file
-	if ( file.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) ) {
-		QTextStream stream( &file );
-		m_pBrowser->setHtml( stream.readAll() );
-	}
-
-	QRect rect( QGuiApplication::screens().first()->geometry() );
-	move( rect.center() - this->rect().center() );
-}
-
-
-
-SimpleHTMLBrowser::~SimpleHTMLBrowser()
-{
-//	INFOLOG( "DESTROY" );
-}
-
-
-
-void SimpleHTMLBrowser::showEvent ( QShowEvent *ev )
-{
-	UNUSED( ev );
-//	INFOLOG( "[showEvent]" );
-}
-
-
-
-void SimpleHTMLBrowser::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *ev )
-{
-	UNUSED( ev );
-
-	if ( m_type == MANUAL ) {
-		m_pBrowser->move( 0, 29 );
-		m_pBrowser->resize( width(), height() - 29 );
-
-		m_pDocHomeBtn->move( 5, 3 );
-		m_pDocHomeBtn->show();
-
-		m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn->hide();
-		m_pCloseWindowBtn->hide();
-	}
-	else if ( m_type == WELCOME ) {
-		m_pBrowser->move( 0, 0 );
-		m_pBrowser->resize( width(), height() - 29 );
-
-		m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn->move( width() - m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn->width() - m_pCloseWindowBtn->width() - 5 - 5, height() - 27 );
-		m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn->show();
-
-		m_pCloseWindowBtn->move( width() - m_pCloseWindowBtn->width() - 5, height() - 27 );
-		m_pCloseWindowBtn->show();
-		m_pCloseWindowBtn->setDefault(true);
-
-		m_pDocHomeBtn->hide();
-	}
-}
-
-
-void SimpleHTMLBrowser::dontShowAnymoreBtnClicked()
-{
-	accept();
-}
-
-void SimpleHTMLBrowser::closeWindow()
-{
-	reject();
-}
-
-void SimpleHTMLBrowser::docIndex()
-{
-	INFOLOG( "[docIndex]" );
-
-	QFile file( m_sFilename ); // Read the text from a file
-	if ( file.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) ) {
-		QTextStream stream( &file );
-		m_pBrowser->setHtml( stream.readAll() );
-	}
-
-}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HelpBrowser.h	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
- *
- * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- *
- */
-
-
-#ifndef HELPBROWSER_H
-#define HELPBROWSER_H
-
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-
-class SimpleHTMLBrowser : public QDialog, public H2Core::Object
-{
-	H2_OBJECT
-	Q_OBJECT
-	public:
-		enum SimpleHTMLBrowserType {
-			WELCOME,
-			MANUAL
-		};
-
-		SimpleHTMLBrowser( QWidget *pParent, const QString& sDataPath, const QString& sFilename, SimpleHTMLBrowserType type );
-		~SimpleHTMLBrowser();
-
-	public slots:
-		void dontShowAnymoreBtnClicked();
-		void closeWindow();
-		void docIndex();
-
-	private:
-		SimpleHTMLBrowserType m_type;
-		QTextBrowser *m_pBrowser;
-		QPushButton *m_pDontShowAnymoreBtn;
-		QPushButton *m_pCloseWindowBtn;
-		QPushButton *m_pDocHomeBtn;
-
-		QString m_sDataPath;
-		QString m_sFilename;
-
-		virtual void showEvent ( QShowEvent *ev );
-		virtual void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *ev );
-};
-
-
-#endif
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -35,7 +35,6 @@
 #include "PlayerControl.h"
 #include "AudioEngineInfoForm.h"
 #include "FilesystemInfoForm.h"
-#include "HelpBrowser.h"
 #include "LadspaFXProperties.h"
 #include "InstrumentRack.h"
 #include "Director.h"
@@ -52,6 +51,9 @@
 #include "Mixer/MixerLine.h"
 #include "UndoActions.h"
 
+#include 
+#include 
+
 #include "Widgets/InfoBar.h"
 
 #include 
@@ -71,8 +73,6 @@
  , m_pPatternEditorPanel( nullptr )
  , m_pAudioEngineInfoForm( nullptr )
  , m_pSongEditorPanel( nullptr )
- , m_pHelpBrowser( nullptr )
- , m_pFirstTimeInfo( nullptr )
  , m_pPlayerControl( nullptr )
  , m_pPlaylistDialog( nullptr )
  , m_pSampleEditor( nullptr )
@@ -105,13 +105,7 @@
 	// restore audio engine form properties
 	m_pAudioEngineInfoForm = new AudioEngineInfoForm( nullptr );
 	WindowProperties audioEngineInfoProp = pPref->getAudioEngineInfoProperties();
-	m_pAudioEngineInfoForm->move( audioEngineInfoProp.x, audioEngineInfoProp.y );
-	if ( audioEngineInfoProp.visible ) {
-		m_pAudioEngineInfoForm->show();
-	}
-	else {
-		m_pAudioEngineInfoForm->hide();
-	}
+	setWindowProperties( m_pAudioEngineInfoForm, audioEngineInfoProp, SetX + SetY );
 	
 	m_pFilesystemInfoForm = new FilesystemInfoForm( nullptr );
 
@@ -127,6 +121,66 @@
 	addEventListener( this );
 }
 
+void HydrogenApp::setWindowProperties( QWidget *pWindow, WindowProperties &prop, unsigned flags ) {
+	if ( flags & SetVisible ) {
+		if ( prop.visible) {
+			pWindow->show();
+		} else {
+			pWindow->hide();
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Preserve the current values of anything we're not setting.
+	QRect oldGeometry = pWindow->geometry();
+	if ( prop.m_geometry.size() == 0 ) {
+		// No geometry saved in preferences. Most likely an old preferences file. Set the size and shape
+		pWindow->resize( prop.width, prop.height );
+		pWindow->move( prop.x, prop.y );
+		prop.m_geometry = pWindow->saveGeometry();
+	}
+
+	// restore geometry will also ensure things are visible if screen geometry has changed.
+	pWindow->restoreGeometry( prop.m_geometry );
+
+	// For anything that we're not setting, restore the previous values.
+	QRect newGeometry = pWindow->geometry();
+	if ( !( flags & SetX ) ) {
+		newGeometry.setX( oldGeometry.x() );
+	}
+	if ( !( flags & SetY ) ) {
+		newGeometry.setY( oldGeometry.y() );
+	}
+	if ( !( flags & SetWidth ) ) {
+		newGeometry.setWidth( oldGeometry.width() );
+	}
+	if ( !( flags & SetHeight ) ) {
+		newGeometry.setHeight( oldGeometry.height() );
+	}
+
+	// If a window is fixed-size, don't restore it full-screen (macOS sometimes does this, annoyingly)
+	if ( pWindow->minimumSize() == pWindow->maximumSize() ) {
+		if ( pWindow->isFullScreen()) {
+			pWindow->showNormal();
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( oldGeometry != newGeometry ) {
+		pWindow->setGeometry( newGeometry );
+	}
+}
+
+
+WindowProperties HydrogenApp::getWindowProperties( QWidget *pWindow ) {
+	WindowProperties prop;
+	prop.x = pWindow->x();
+	prop.y = pWindow->y();
+	prop.height = pWindow->height();
+	prop.width = pWindow->width();
+	prop.visible = pWindow->isVisible();
+	prop.m_geometry = pWindow->saveGeometry();
+
+	return prop;
+}
 
 
 HydrogenApp::~HydrogenApp()
@@ -138,7 +192,6 @@
 	//delete the undo tmp directory
 	cleanupTemporaryFiles();
 
-	delete m_pHelpBrowser;
 	delete m_pAudioEngineInfoForm;
 	delete m_pFilesystemInfoForm;
 	delete m_pMixer;
@@ -184,14 +237,14 @@
 
 	// MAINFORM
 	WindowProperties mainFormProp = pPref->getMainFormProperties();
-	m_pMainForm->resize( mainFormProp.width, mainFormProp.height );
-	m_pMainForm->move( mainFormProp.x, mainFormProp.y );
+	setWindowProperties( m_pMainForm, mainFormProp, SetDefault & ~SetVisible );
 
 	m_pSplitter = new QSplitter( nullptr );
 	m_pSplitter->setOrientation( Qt::Vertical );
 	m_pSplitter->setOpaqueResize( true );
 
 	m_pTab = new QTabWidget( nullptr );
+	m_pTab->setObjectName( "TabbedInterface" );
 
 	// SONG EDITOR
 	if( uiLayout == Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_SINGLE_PANE) {
@@ -201,7 +254,7 @@
 	}
 
 	WindowProperties songEditorProp = pPref->getSongEditorProperties();
-	m_pSongEditorPanel->resize( songEditorProp.width, songEditorProp.height );
+	setWindowProperties( m_pSongEditorPanel, songEditorProp, SetWidth + SetHeight );
 
 	if( uiLayout == Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_TABBED) {
 		m_pTab->addTab( m_pSongEditorPanel, tr("Song Editor") );
@@ -209,6 +262,7 @@
 
 	// this HBox will contain the InstrumentRack and the Pattern editor
 	QWidget *pSouthPanel = new QWidget( m_pSplitter );
+	pSouthPanel->setObjectName( "SouthPanel" );
 	QHBoxLayout *pEditorHBox = new QHBoxLayout();
 	pEditorHBox->setSpacing( 5 );
 	pEditorHBox->setMargin( 0 );
@@ -228,7 +282,7 @@
 	// PATTERN EDITOR
 	m_pPatternEditorPanel = new PatternEditorPanel( nullptr );
 	WindowProperties patternEditorProp = pPref->getPatternEditorProperties();
-	m_pPatternEditorPanel->resize( patternEditorProp.width, patternEditorProp.height );
+	setWindowProperties( m_pPatternEditorPanel, patternEditorProp, SetWidth + SetHeight );
 
 	pEditorHBox->addWidget( m_pPatternEditorPanel );
 	pEditorHBox->addWidget( m_pInstrumentRack );
@@ -263,9 +317,10 @@
 	// MIXER
 	m_pMixer = new Mixer(nullptr);
 	WindowProperties mixerProp = pPref->getMixerProperties();
-
-	m_pMixer->resize( mixerProp.width, mixerProp.height );
-	m_pMixer->move( mixerProp.x, mixerProp.y );
+	if ( uiLayout != Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_SINGLE_PANE ) {
+		mixerProp.visible = false;
+	}
+	setWindowProperties( m_pMixer, mixerProp );
 
 	if( uiLayout == Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_TABBED){
 		m_pTab->addTab(m_pMixer,tr("Mixer"));
@@ -273,18 +328,7 @@
 
 	m_pMixer->updateMixer();
 
-	if ( mixerProp.visible && uiLayout == Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_SINGLE_PANE ) {
-		m_pMixer->show();
-	}
-	else {
-		m_pMixer->hide();
-	}
-
 
-	// HELP BROWSER
-	QString sDocPath = H2Core::Filesystem::doc_dir();
-	QString sDocURI = sDocPath + "/manual.html";
-	m_pHelpBrowser = new SimpleHTMLBrowser( nullptr, sDocPath, sDocURI, SimpleHTMLBrowser::MANUAL );
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA
 	// LADSPA FX
@@ -292,13 +336,7 @@
 		m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX] = new LadspaFXProperties( nullptr, nFX );
 		m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->hide();
 		WindowProperties prop = pPref->getLadspaProperties(nFX);
-		m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->move( prop.x, prop.y );
-		if ( prop.visible ) {
-			m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->show();
-		}
-		else {
-			m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->hide();
-		}
+		setWindowProperties( m_pLadspaFXProperties[ nFX ], prop, SetWidth + SetHeight );
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -628,6 +666,10 @@
 				pListener->actionModeChangeEvent( event.value );
 				break;
 				
+			case EVENT_PLAYBACK_TRACK_CHANGED:
+				pListener->playbackTrackChangedEvent();
+				break;
+
 			default:
 				ERRORLOG( QString("[onEventQueueTimer] Unhandled event: %1").arg( event.type ) );
 			}
@@ -636,34 +678,57 @@
 	}
 
 	// midi notes
-	while(!pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector.empty()){
-
-		int rounds = 1;
-		if(pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].b_noteExist) { // run twice, delete old note and add new note. this let the undo stack consistent 
-			rounds = 2;
-		}
-		for(int i = 0; im_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_column,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_row,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_pattern,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_length,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].f_velocity,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].f_pan_L,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].f_pan_R,
-																			 0.0,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].nk_noteKeyVal,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].no_octaveKeyVal,
-																			 1.0f,
-																			 false,
-																			 false,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].b_isMidi,
-																			 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].b_isInstrumentMode,
-																			 false );
-
-			HydrogenApp::get_instance()->m_pUndoStack->push( action );
-		}
-		pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector.erase(pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector.begin());
-
+	while( !pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector.empty() ){
+		Song *pSong = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong();
+		Instrument *pInstrument = pSong->getInstrumentList()->get( pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_row );
+		// find if a (pitch matching) note is already present
+		Note *pOldNote = pSong->getPatternList()->get( pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_pattern )
+														->find_note( pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_column,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_column,
+																	 pInstrument,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].nk_noteKeyVal,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].no_octaveKeyVal );
+		auto pUndoStack = HydrogenApp::get_instance()->m_pUndoStack;
+		pUndoStack->beginMacro( tr( "Input Midi Note" ) );
+		if( pOldNote ) { // note found => remove it
+			SE_addOrDeleteNoteAction *action = new SE_addOrDeleteNoteAction( pOldNote->get_position(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_instrument_id(),
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_pattern,
+																	 pOldNote->get_length(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_velocity(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_pan_l(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_pan_r(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_lead_lag(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_key(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_octave(),
+																	 pOldNote->get_probability(),
+																	 /*isDelete*/ true,
+																	 /*hearNote*/ false,
+																	 /*isMidi*/ false,
+																	 /*isInstrumentMode*/ false,
+																	 /*isNoteOff*/ false );
+			pUndoStack->push( action );
+		}
+		// add the new note
+		SE_addOrDeleteNoteAction *action = new SE_addOrDeleteNoteAction( pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_column,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_row,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_pattern,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].m_length,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].f_velocity,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].f_pan_L,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].f_pan_R,
+																	 0.0,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].nk_noteKeyVal,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].no_octaveKeyVal,
+																	 1.0f,
+																	 /*isDelete*/ false,
+																	 false,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].b_isMidi,
+																	 pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector[0].b_isInstrumentMode,
+																	 false );
+		pUndoStack->push( action );
+		pUndoStack->endMacro();
+		pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector.erase( pQueue->m_addMidiNoteVector.begin() );
 	}
 }
 
@@ -721,59 +786,40 @@
 		int uiLayout = pPref->getDefaultUILayout();
 
 		WindowProperties audioEngineInfoProp = pPref->getAudioEngineInfoProperties();
-		m_pAudioEngineInfoForm->move( audioEngineInfoProp.x, audioEngineInfoProp.y );
-		if ( audioEngineInfoProp.visible ) {
-			m_pAudioEngineInfoForm->show();
-		}
-		else {
-			m_pAudioEngineInfoForm->hide();
-		}
+		setWindowProperties( m_pAudioEngineInfoForm, audioEngineInfoProp, SetWidth + SetHeight );
 
 		// MAINFORM
 		WindowProperties mainFormProp = pPref->getMainFormProperties();
-		m_pMainForm->resize( mainFormProp.width, mainFormProp.height );
-		m_pMainForm->move( mainFormProp.x, mainFormProp.y );
+		setWindowProperties( m_pMainForm, mainFormProp );
 
 		m_pSplitter->setOrientation( Qt::Vertical );
 		m_pSplitter->setOpaqueResize( true );
 
 		// SONG EDITOR
 		WindowProperties songEditorProp = pPref->getSongEditorProperties();
-		m_pSongEditorPanel->resize( songEditorProp.width, songEditorProp.height );
+		setWindowProperties( m_pSongEditorPanel, songEditorProp, SetWidth + SetHeight );
 
 		// PATTERN EDITOR
 		WindowProperties patternEditorProp = pPref->getPatternEditorProperties();
-		m_pPatternEditorPanel->resize( patternEditorProp.width, patternEditorProp.height );
+		setWindowProperties( m_pPatternEditorPanel, patternEditorProp, SetWidth + SetHeight );
 		
 		WindowProperties instrumentRackProp = pPref->getInstrumentRackProperties();
 		m_pInstrumentRack->setHidden( !instrumentRackProp.visible );
 
 		WindowProperties mixerProp = pPref->getMixerProperties();
-
-		m_pMixer->resize( mixerProp.width, mixerProp.height );
-		m_pMixer->move( mixerProp.x, mixerProp.y );
+		if ( uiLayout != Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_SINGLE_PANE ) {
+			mixerProp.visible = false;
+		}
+		setWindowProperties( m_pMixer, mixerProp );
 
 		m_pMixer->updateMixer();
-
-		if ( mixerProp.visible && uiLayout == Preferences::UI_LAYOUT_SINGLE_PANE ) {
-			m_pMixer->show();
-		}
-		else {
-			m_pMixer->hide();
-		}
 		
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA
 		// LADSPA FX
 		for (uint nFX = 0; nFX < MAX_FX; nFX++) {
 			m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->hide();
 			WindowProperties prop = pPref->getLadspaProperties(nFX);
-			m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->move( prop.x, prop.y );
-			if ( prop.visible ) {
-				m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->show();
-			}
-			else {
-				m_pLadspaFXProperties[nFX]->hide();
-			}
+			setWindowProperties( m_pLadspaFXProperties[ nFX ], prop, SetX + SetY );
 		}
 #endif
 
@@ -798,6 +844,10 @@
 
 		// Set a Song prepared by the core part.
 		Song* pNextSong = pHydrogen->getNextSong();
+
+		if ( ! pHydrogen->getNextSongPath().isEmpty() ) {
+			pNextSong->setFilename( pHydrogen->getNextSongPath() );
+		}
 		
 		pHydrogen->setSong( pNextSong );
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/HydrogenApp.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -108,7 +108,6 @@
 		PlaylistDialog*			getPlayListDialog();
 		Director*			getDirector();
 		SampleEditor*			getSampleEditor();
-		SimpleHTMLBrowser*		getHelpBrowser();
 		PatternEditorPanel*		getPatternEditorPanel();
 		PlayerControl*			getPlayerControl();
 		InstrumentRack*			getInstrumentRack();
@@ -131,6 +130,19 @@
 
 		void cleanupTemporaryFiles();
 
+		enum SetPropertyFlag {
+			SetX = 1 << 0,
+			SetY = 1 << 1,
+			SetWidth = 1 << 2,
+			SetHeight = 1 << 3,
+			SetVisible = 1 << 4,
+			SetAll = SetX + SetY + SetWidth + SetHeight + SetVisible,
+			SetDefault = SetAll
+		};
+
+		void setWindowProperties( QWidget *pWindow, H2Core::WindowProperties &prop, unsigned flags = SetAll );
+		H2Core::WindowProperties getWindowProperties( QWidget *pWindow );
+
 	public slots:
 		/**
 		 * Function called every #QUEUE_TIMER_PERIOD
@@ -202,8 +214,6 @@
 		AudioEngineInfoForm *		m_pAudioEngineInfoForm;
 		FilesystemInfoForm *		m_pFilesystemInfoForm;
 		SongEditorPanel *			m_pSongEditorPanel;
-		SimpleHTMLBrowser *			m_pHelpBrowser;
-		SimpleHTMLBrowser *			m_pFirstTimeInfo;
 		InstrumentRack*				m_pInstrumentRack;
 		PlayerControl *				m_pPlayerControl;
 		PlaylistDialog *			m_pPlaylistDialog;
@@ -298,11 +308,6 @@
 	return m_pSampleEditor;	
 }
 
-inline SimpleHTMLBrowser* HydrogenApp::getHelpBrowser()
-{
-	return m_pHelpBrowser;
-}
-
 inline PatternEditorPanel* HydrogenApp::getPatternEditorPanel()
 {
 	return m_pPatternEditorPanel;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -372,6 +372,7 @@
 
 	// LAYER properties
 	m_pLayerProp = new PixmapWidget( this );
+	m_pLayerProp->setObjectName( "LayerProperties" );
 	m_pLayerProp->move( 0, 31 );
 	m_pLayerProp->hide();
 	m_pLayerProp->setPixmap( "/instrumentEditor/layerTabsupernew.png" );
@@ -420,6 +421,7 @@
 						  "/instrumentEditor/loadLayer_over.png",
 						  QSize( 90, 13 )
 						  );
+	m_pLoadLayerBtn->setObjectName( "LoadLayerButton" );
 
 	m_pRemoveLayerBtn = new Button(
 							m_pLayerProp,
@@ -428,6 +430,7 @@
 							"/instrumentEditor/deleteLayer_over.png",
 							QSize( 90, 13 )
 							);
+	m_pRemoveLayerBtn->setObjectName( "RemoveLayerButton" );
 
 	m_pSampleEditorBtn = new Button(
 							 m_pLayerProp,
@@ -436,6 +439,7 @@
 							 "/instrumentEditor/editLayer_over.png",
 							 QSize( 90, 13 )
 							 );
+	m_pSampleEditorBtn->setObjectName( "SampleEditorButton" );
 	m_pLoadLayerBtn->move( 48, 267 );
 	m_pRemoveLayerBtn->move( 145, 267 );
 
@@ -855,26 +859,54 @@
 	}
 }
 
+void InstrumentEditor::showLayers()
+{
+	m_pShowLayersBtn->setPressed( true );
+	m_pShowInstrumentBtn->setPressed( false );
+	m_pLayerProp->show();
+	m_pInstrumentProp->hide();
+
+	m_pShowLayersBtn->show();
+	m_pShowInstrumentBtn->show();
+}
+
+void InstrumentEditor::showInstrument()
+{
+	m_pShowInstrumentBtn->setPressed( true );
+	m_pShowLayersBtn->setPressed( false );
+	m_pInstrumentProp->show();
+	m_pLayerProp->hide();
+
+	m_pShowLayersBtn->show();
+	m_pShowInstrumentBtn->show();
+}
+
+void InstrumentEditor::showSampleEditor()
+{
+	if ( m_pInstrument ) {
+		InstrumentComponent* pCompo = m_pInstrument->get_component(m_nSelectedComponent);
+		if( pCompo ) {
+			H2Core::InstrumentLayer *pLayer = pCompo->get_layer( m_nSelectedLayer );
+			if ( pLayer != nullptr ) {
+				auto pSample = pLayer->get_sample();
+				if ( pSample == nullptr ) {
+					return;
+				}
+				QString name = pSample->get_filepath();
+				HydrogenApp::get_instance()->showSampleEditor( name, m_nSelectedComponent, m_nSelectedLayer );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+	
 void InstrumentEditor::buttonClicked( Button* pButton )
 {
 
 	if ( pButton == m_pShowInstrumentBtn ) {
-		m_pShowInstrumentBtn->setPressed( true );
-		m_pShowLayersBtn->setPressed( false );
-		m_pInstrumentProp->show();
-		m_pLayerProp->hide();
-
-		m_pShowLayersBtn->show();
-		m_pShowInstrumentBtn->show();
+		showInstrument();
 	}
 	else if ( pButton == m_pShowLayersBtn ) {
-		m_pShowLayersBtn->setPressed( true );
-		m_pShowInstrumentBtn->setPressed( false );
-		m_pLayerProp->show();
-		m_pInstrumentProp->hide();
-
-		m_pShowLayersBtn->show();
-		m_pShowInstrumentBtn->show();
+		showLayers();
 	}
 	else if ( pButton == m_pLoadLayerBtn ) {
 		loadLayer();
@@ -906,21 +938,7 @@
 		m_pLayerPreview->updateAll();
 	}
 	else if ( pButton == m_pSampleEditorBtn ){
-		if ( m_pInstrument ) {
-			InstrumentComponent* pCompo = m_pInstrument->get_component(m_nSelectedComponent);
-			if( pCompo ) {
-				H2Core::InstrumentLayer *pLayer = pCompo->get_layer( m_nSelectedLayer );
-				if ( pLayer != nullptr ) {
-					auto pSample = pLayer->get_sample();
-					if ( pSample == nullptr ) {
-						return;
-					}
-					QString name = pSample->get_filepath();
-					HydrogenApp::get_instance()->showSampleEditor( name, m_nSelectedComponent, m_nSelectedLayer );
-				}
-			}
-		}
-
+		showSampleEditor();
 	}
 	else {
 		ERRORLOG( "[buttonClicked] unhandled button" );
@@ -1066,7 +1084,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 	DrumkitComponent* pComponent = pSong->getComponent( m_nSelectedComponent );
-	if ( pComponent != nullptr ) {
+	if ( pComponent == nullptr ) {
 		return;
 	}
 	QString sOldName = pComponent->get_name();
@@ -1330,6 +1348,7 @@
 		std::vector* pDrumkitComponents = pEngine->getSong()->getComponents();
 
 		if(pDrumkitComponents->size() == 1){
+			ERRORLOG( "There is just a single component remaining. This one can not be deleted." );
 			return;
 		}
 
@@ -1363,6 +1382,8 @@
 
 		m_nSelectedComponent = pDrumkitComponents->front()->get_id();
 
+		delete pDrumkitComponent;
+
 		selectedInstrumentChangedEvent();
 		// this will force an update...
 		EventQueue::get_instance()->push_event( EVENT_SELECTED_INSTRUMENT_CHANGED, -1 );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditor.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -68,6 +68,12 @@
 
 		static int findFreeDrumkitComponentId( int startingPoint = 0 );
 
+
+	public slots:
+		void showLayers();
+		void showInstrument();
+		void showSampleEditor();
+
 	private slots:
 		void rotaryChanged(Rotary *ref);
 		void filterActiveBtnClicked(Button *ref);
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/InstrumentEditorPanel.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/LayerPreview.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef LAYER_PREVIEW_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentEditor/WaveDisplay.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/InstrumentRack.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 		SoundLibraryPanel* getSoundLibraryPanel() {	return m_pSoundLibraryPanel;	}
 
-	private slots:
+	public slots:
 		void on_showSoundLibraryBtnClicked();
 		void on_showInstrumentEditorBtnClicked();
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXProperties.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/LadspaFXSelector_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,474 +1,421 @@
-
+
+
  LadspaFXSelector_UI
- 
-  
+ 
+  
    
     0
     0
-    659
-    408
+    800
+    393
    
   
-  
-   
+  
+   
     0
     0
    
   
-  
+  
    Form1
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     370
-     640
-     24
-    
+  
+   
+    4
    
-   
-    
-     6
-    
-    
-     0
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        20
-        0
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        0
-        22
-       
-      
-      
-       &Cancel
-      
-      
-       Alt+C
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        0
-        22
-       
-      
-      
-       &OK
-      
-      
-       Alt+O
-      
-      
-       true
-      
-      
-       false
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        20
-        0
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     10
-     201
-     351
-    
+   
+    4
    
-   
-    
+   
+    4
    
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      10
-      181
-      331
-     
-    
-    
-     true
-    
-    
-     false
-    
-    
-     
-      1
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     220
-     10
-     221
-     351
-    
-   
-   
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      10
-      201
-      331
-     
-    
-    
-     true
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     450
-     10
-     201
-     351
-    
-   
-   
-    
+   
+    4
    
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      20
-      180
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      12
-      50
-      false
-      false
-      false
-      false
-     
-    
-    
-     <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+   
+    
+     
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         true
+        
+        
+         false
+        
+        
+         
+          1
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         true
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       220
+       0
+      
+     
+     
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       4
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          12
+          50
+          false
+          false
+          false
+          false
+         
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span></p></body></html>
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      40
-      180
-      41
-     
-    
-    
-     ### fx name
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         ### fx name
 1
-    
-    
-     Qt::AlignTop
-    
-    
-     true
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      81
-      180
-      19
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      12
-      50
-      false
-      false
-      false
-      false
-     
-    
-    
-     <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+        
+        
+         Qt::AlignTop
+        
+        
+         true
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          12
+          50
+          false
+          false
+          false
+          false
+         
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Label:</span></p></body></html>
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      101
-      180
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     ### fx label
-    
-    
-     Qt::AlignTop
-    
-    
-     false
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      126
-      80
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      12
-      50
-      false
-      false
-      false
-      false
-     
-    
-    
-     <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Label:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         ### fx label
+        
+        
+         Qt::AlignTop
+        
+        
+         false
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          12
+          50
+          false
+          false
+          false
+          false
+         
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span></p></body></html>
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      100
-      126
-      90
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      12
-      50
-      false
-      false
-      false
-      false
-     
-    
-    
-     <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          12
+          50
+          false
+          false
+          false
+          false
+         
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">ID:</span></p></body></html>
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      146
-      80
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     ### fx type
-    
-    
-     Qt::AlignTop
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      100
-      146
-      90
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     ### fx ID
-    
-    
-     Qt::AlignTop
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      169
-      180
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      12
-      50
-      false
-      false
-      false
-      false
-     
-    
-    
-     <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">ID:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         ### fx type
+        
+        
+         Qt::AlignTop
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         ### fx ID
+        
+        
+         Qt::AlignTop
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          12
+          50
+          false
+          false
+          false
+          false
+         
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Maker:</span></p></body></html>
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      189
-      180
-      61
-     
-    
-    
-     ### FX maker
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Maker:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         ### FX maker
 1
 2
-    
-    
-     Qt::AlignTop
-    
-    
-     true
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      250
-      180
-      20
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      12
-      50
-      false
-      false
-      false
-      false
-     
-    
-    
-     <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+        
+        
+         Qt::AlignTop
+        
+        
+         true
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          12
+          50
+          false
+          false
+          false
+          false
+         
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Copyright:</span></p></body></html>
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      270
-      180
-      71
-     
-    
-    
-     ### copyright
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:12pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Copyright:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         ### copyright
 1
 2
 3
-    
-    
-     Qt::AlignTop
-    
-    
-     true
-    
-   
-  
+        
+        
+         Qt::AlignTop
+        
+        
+         true
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
+       
+       
+        
+         20
+         0
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         0
+         22
+        
+       
+       
+        &Cancel
+       
+       
+        Alt+C
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         0
+         22
+        
+       
+       
+        &OK
+       
+       
+        Alt+O
+       
+       
+        true
+       
+       
+        false
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
+       
+       
+        
+         20
+         0
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
- 
+ 
  
  
   
@@ -477,11 +424,11 @@
    LadspaFXSelector_UI
    reject()
    
-    
+    
      272
      371
     
-    
+    
      149
      388
     
@@ -493,11 +440,11 @@
    LadspaFXSelector_UI
    accept()
    
-    
+    
      417
      378
     
-    
+    
      509
      381
     
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/main.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/main.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/main.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/main.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 
+#include "ShotList.h"
 #include "SplashScreen.h"
 #include "HydrogenApp.h"
 #include "MainForm.h"
@@ -51,6 +52,7 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_OSC
 #include 
@@ -58,6 +60,12 @@
 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef HAVE_EXECINFO_H
+#include 
+#endif
 
 //
 // Set the palette used in the application
@@ -111,10 +119,49 @@
 	// A text color that contrasts with Highlight.
 	defaultPalette.setColor( QPalette::HighlightedText, QColor( 255, 255, 255 ) );
 
+
+	// Desaturate disabled widgets by blending with the alternate colour
+	for ( QPalette::ColorRole role : { QPalette::Window, QPalette::Base, QPalette::AlternateBase, QPalette::Dark,
+									  QPalette::Light, QPalette::Midlight, QPalette::Mid, QPalette::Shadow,
+									  QPalette::Text } ) {
+		QColor normalColor = defaultPalette.color( QPalette::Normal, role );
+		QColor disabledColor = QColor( ( normalColor.red() + 138 ) / 2,
+									   ( normalColor.green() + 144 ) / 2,
+									   ( normalColor.blue() + 162 ) / 2);
+		defaultPalette.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, role, disabledColor );
+	}
+
 	pQApp->setPalette( defaultPalette );
 	pQApp->setStyleSheet("QToolTip {padding: 1px; border: 1px solid rgb(199, 202, 204); background-color: rgb(227, 243, 252); color: rgb(64, 64, 66);}");
 }
 
+// Handle a fatal signal, allowing the logger to complete any outstanding messages before re-raising the
+// signal to allow normal termination.
+static void handleFatalSignal( int nSignal )
+{
+	// First disable signal handler to allow normal termination
+	signal( nSignal, SIG_DFL );
+
+	___ERRORLOG( QString( "Fatal signal %1" ).arg( nSignal ) );
+
+#ifdef HAVE_EXECINFO_H
+	// Print out stack backtrace if we can
+	const int nMaxFrames = 128;
+	void *frames[ nMaxFrames ];
+	int nFrames = backtrace( frames, nMaxFrames );
+	char **symbols = backtrace_symbols( frames, nFrames );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < nFrames; i++ ) {
+		___ERRORLOG( QString("%1").arg( symbols[i] ) );
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Allow logger to complete
+	H2Core::Logger* pLogger = H2Core::Logger::get_instance();
+	if ( pLogger )
+		delete pLogger;
+
+	raise( nSignal );
+}
 
 static int setup_unix_signal_handlers()
 {
@@ -129,8 +176,17 @@
 	if (sigaction(SIGUSR1, &usr1, nullptr) > 0) {
 		return 1;
 	}
+
 #endif
-	
+
+	for ( int nSignal : { SIGSEGV, SIGILL, SIGFPE,
+#ifndef WIN32
+						 SIGBUS
+#endif
+		} ) {
+		signal( nSignal, handleFatalSignal );
+	}
+
 	return 0;
 }
 
@@ -189,6 +245,8 @@
 };
 
 
+
+
 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	try {
@@ -198,11 +256,13 @@
 
 		// Create bootstrap QApplication to get H2 Core set up with correct Filesystem paths before starting GUI application.
 		QCoreApplication *pBootStrApp = new QCoreApplication( argc, argv );
+		pBootStrApp->setApplicationVersion( QString::fromStdString( H2Core::get_version() ) );
+
 		
 		QCommandLineParser parser;
 		
 		QString aboutText = QString( "\nHydrogen " ) + QString::fromStdString( H2Core::get_version() )  + QString( " [" ) + QString::fromStdString( __DATE__ ) + QString( "]  [http://www.hydrogen-music.org]" ) +
-		QString( "\nCopyright 2002-2008 Alessandro Cominu\nCopyright 2008-2020 The hydrogen development team" ) +
+		QString( "\nCopyright 2002-2008 Alessandro Cominu\nCopyright 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team" ) +
 		QString( "\nHydrogen comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY\nThis is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions. See the file COPYING for details.\n" );
 		
 		parser.setApplicationDescription( aboutText );
@@ -215,6 +275,8 @@
 		QCommandLineOption songFileOption( QStringList() << "s" << "song", "Load a song (*.h2song) at startup", "File" );
 		QCommandLineOption kitOption( QStringList() << "k" << "kit", "Load a drumkit at startup", "DrumkitName" );
 		QCommandLineOption verboseOption( QStringList() << "V" << "verbose", "Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH","Level");
+		QCommandLineOption shotListOption( QStringList() << "t" << "shotlist", "Shot list of widgets to grab", "ShotList" );
+		QCommandLineOption uiLayoutOption( QStringList() << "layout", "UI layout ('tabbed' or 'single')", "Layout" );
 		
 		parser.addHelpOption();
 		parser.addVersionOption();
@@ -226,6 +288,8 @@
 		parser.addOption( songFileOption );
 		parser.addOption( kitOption );
 		parser.addOption( verboseOption );
+		parser.addOption( shotListOption );
+		parser.addOption( uiLayoutOption );
 		parser.addPositionalArgument( "file", "Song, playlist or Drumkit file" );
 		
 		//Conditional options
@@ -244,6 +308,8 @@
 		QString sSongFilename = parser.value ( songFileOption );
 		QString sDrumkitToLoad = parser.value( kitOption );
 		QString sVerbosityString = parser.value( verboseOption );
+		QString sShotList = parser.value( shotListOption );
+		QString sUiLayout = parser.value( uiLayoutOption );
 		
 		unsigned logLevelOpt = H2Core::Logger::Error;
 		if( parser.isSet(verboseOption) ){
@@ -319,6 +385,15 @@
 		QGuiApplication::setHighDpiScaleFactorRoundingPolicy( policy );
 #endif
 
+		// Force layout
+		if ( !sUiLayout.isEmpty() ) {
+			if ( sUiLayout == "tabbed" ) {
+				pPref->setDefaultUILayout( 1 );
+			} else {
+				pPref->setDefaultUILayout( 0 );
+			}
+		}
+
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LASH
 
 		LashClient::create_instance("hydrogen", "Hydrogen", &argc, &argv);
@@ -492,7 +567,11 @@
 		// variable does not guarantee for a session management and if
 		// no audio driver is initialized yet, we will do it here. 
 		if ( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getAudioOutput() == nullptr ) {
+			// Starting drivers can take some time, so show the wait cursor to let the user know that, yes,
+			// we're definitely busy.
+			QApplication::setOverrideCursor( Qt::WaitCursor );
 			H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->restartDrivers();
+			QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
 		}
 
 		MainForm *pMainForm = new MainForm( pQApp, sSongFilename, bLoadSong );
@@ -530,8 +609,14 @@
 		}
 #endif
 
+		if ( sShotList != QString() ) {
+			ShotList *sl = new ShotList( sShotList );
+			sl->shoot();
+		}
+
 		pQApp->exec();
 
+		pPref->savePreferences();
 		delete pSplash;
 		delete pMainForm;
 		delete pQApp;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/MainForm.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/MainForm.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/MainForm.cpp	2021-04-19 22:05:14.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/MainForm.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
 #include "Skin.h"
 #include "MainForm.h"
 #include "PlayerControl.h"
-#include "HelpBrowser.h"
 #include "LadspaFXProperties.h"
 #include "SongPropertiesDialog.h"
 #include "UndoActions.h"
@@ -91,6 +90,7 @@
 	: QMainWindow( nullptr )
 	, Object( __class_name )
 {
+	setObjectName( "MainForm" );
 	setMinimumSize( QSize( 1000, 500 ) );
 
 #ifndef WIN32
@@ -276,9 +276,25 @@
 	QString textFileNew, textFileOpen, textFileOpenRecent, textFileSaveAs;
 	
 	if ( bUnderSessionManagement ) {
+		/*: When Hydrogen is under session management the path the
+		song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option
+		allows to replace the current song with an empty one.*/
 		textFileNew = tr( "Replace With &New Song" );
+		/*: When Hydrogen is under session management the path the
+		song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option
+		allows to replace the current song with one chosen by the
+		user via a file browser widget.*/
 		textFileOpen = tr( "Imp&ort Into Session" );
+		/*: When Hydrogen is under session management the path the
+		song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option
+		allows to replace the current song with one chosen recently
+		used by the user.*/
 		textFileOpenRecent = tr( "Import &Recent Into Session" );
+		/*: When Hydrogen is under session management the path the
+		song is stored to can not be changed by the user. This option
+		allows the user store the current song in a .h2song anywhere
+		on her system. The filepath of the current song won't be
+		altered.*/
 		textFileSaveAs = tr( "Export From Session &As..." );
 	} else {
 		textFileNew = tr( "&New" );
@@ -767,10 +783,40 @@
 	QDesktopServices::openUrl(QString("https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/issues"));
 }
 
+// Find and open (a translation of) the manual appropriate for the user's preferences and locale
 void MainForm::showUserManual()
 {
-	h2app->getHelpBrowser()->hide();
-	h2app->getHelpBrowser()->show();
+	QString sDocPath = H2Core::Filesystem::doc_dir();
+	QString sPreferredLanguage = Preferences::get_instance()->getPreferredLanguage();
+	QStringList languages;
+
+	if ( !sPreferredLanguage.isNull() ) {
+		languages << sPreferredLanguage;
+	}
+	languages << QLocale::system().uiLanguages()
+			  << "en"; // English as fallback
+
+	// Find manual in filesystem
+	for ( QString sLang : languages ) {
+		QStringList sCandidates ( sLang );
+		QStringList s = sLang.split('-');
+		if ( s.size() != 1 ) {
+			sCandidates << s[0];
+		}
+		for ( QString sCandidate : sCandidates ) {
+			QString sManualPath = QString( "%1/manual_%2.html" ) .arg( sDocPath ).arg( sCandidate );
+			if ( Filesystem::file_exists( sManualPath ) ) {
+				QDesktopServices::openUrl( QUrl::fromLocalFile( sManualPath ) );
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// No manual found, not even the default English one. This must be a broken installation, so let's open
+	// the online manual as a sensible fallback option.
+
+	QDesktopServices::openUrl( QString( "http://hydrogen-music.org/documentation/manual/manual_en.html" ) );
+
 }
 
 void MainForm::action_file_export_pattern_as()
@@ -825,10 +871,13 @@
 }
 
 void MainForm::action_file_open() {
-	const bool bUnderSessionManagement = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->isUnderSessionManagement();
+
+	H2Core::Hydrogen* pHydrogen = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance();
+	
+	const bool bUnderSessionManagement = pHydrogen->isUnderSessionManagement();
 		
-	if ( Hydrogen::get_instance()->getState() == STATE_PLAYING ) {
-		Hydrogen::get_instance()->sequencer_stop();
+	if ( pHydrogen->getState() == STATE_PLAYING ) {
+		pHydrogen->sequencer_stop();
 	}
 
 	bool bProceed = handleUnsavedChanges();
@@ -857,24 +906,17 @@
 
 	// When under session management the filename of the current Song
 	// has to be preserved.
-	QString sCurrentFilename;
 	if ( bUnderSessionManagement ) {
-		sCurrentFilename = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong()->getFilename();
+		// The current path needs to be preserved. This will be done
+		// using an auxiliary variable since the GUI opens the song
+		// via the core, which in turn opens it asynchronously via the
+		// GUI.
+		pHydrogen->setNextSongPath( pHydrogen->getSong()->getFilename() );
 	}
 	if ( !sFilename.isEmpty() ) {
 		HydrogenApp::get_instance()->openSong( sFilename );
 	}
 
-	if ( bUnderSessionManagement ) {
-		
-		Song* pSong = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong();
-		if ( pSong == nullptr ) {
-			ERRORLOG( QString( "No song present while under session management" ) );
-			return;
-		}
-		pSong->setFilename( sCurrentFilename );
-	}
-
 	HydrogenApp::get_instance()->getInstrumentRack()->getSoundLibraryPanel()->update_background_color();
 }
 
@@ -1356,67 +1398,21 @@
 	Preferences *pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
 
 	// mainform
-	WindowProperties mainFormProp;
-	mainFormProp.x = x();
-	mainFormProp.y = y();
-	mainFormProp.height = height();
-	mainFormProp.width = width();
-	pPreferences->setMainFormProperties( mainFormProp );
-
+	pPreferences->setMainFormProperties( h2app->getWindowProperties( this ) );
 	// Save mixer properties
-	WindowProperties mixerProp;
-	mixerProp.x = h2app->getMixer()->x();
-	mixerProp.y = h2app->getMixer()->y();
-	mixerProp.width = h2app->getMixer()->width();
-	mixerProp.height = h2app->getMixer()->height();
-	mixerProp.visible = h2app->getMixer()->isVisible();
-	pPreferences->setMixerProperties( mixerProp );
-
+	pPreferences->setMixerProperties( h2app->getWindowProperties( h2app->getMixer() ) );
 	// save pattern editor properties
-	WindowProperties patternEditorProp;
-	patternEditorProp.x = h2app->getPatternEditorPanel()->x();
-	patternEditorProp.y = h2app->getPatternEditorPanel()->y();
-	patternEditorProp.width = h2app->getPatternEditorPanel()->width();
-	patternEditorProp.height = h2app->getPatternEditorPanel()->height();
-	patternEditorProp.visible = h2app->getPatternEditorPanel()->isVisible();
-	pPreferences->setPatternEditorProperties( patternEditorProp );
-
+	pPreferences->setPatternEditorProperties( h2app->getWindowProperties( h2app->getPatternEditorPanel() ) );
 	// save song editor properties
-	WindowProperties songEditorProp;
-	songEditorProp.x = h2app->getSongEditorPanel()->x();
-	songEditorProp.y = h2app->getSongEditorPanel()->y();
-	songEditorProp.width = h2app->getSongEditorPanel()->width();
-	songEditorProp.height = h2app->getSongEditorPanel()->height();
-
-	QSize size = h2app->getSongEditorPanel()->frameSize();
-	songEditorProp.visible = h2app->getSongEditorPanel()->isVisible();
-	pPreferences->setSongEditorProperties( songEditorProp );
-
-
-	WindowProperties instrumentRackProp;
-	instrumentRackProp.x = h2app->getInstrumentRack()->x();
-	instrumentRackProp.y = h2app->getInstrumentRack()->y();
-	instrumentRackProp.width = h2app->getInstrumentRack()->width();
-	instrumentRackProp.height = h2app->getInstrumentRack()->height();
-	instrumentRackProp.visible = h2app->getInstrumentRack()->isVisible();
-	pPreferences->setInstrumentRackProperties( instrumentRackProp );
-
+	pPreferences->setSongEditorProperties( h2app->getWindowProperties( h2app->getSongEditorPanel() ) );
+	pPreferences->setInstrumentRackProperties( h2app->getWindowProperties( h2app->getInstrumentRack() ) );
 	// save audio engine info properties
-	WindowProperties audioEngineInfoProp;
-	audioEngineInfoProp.x = h2app->getAudioEngineInfoForm()->x();
-	audioEngineInfoProp.y = h2app->getAudioEngineInfoForm()->y();
-	audioEngineInfoProp.visible = h2app->getAudioEngineInfoForm()->isVisible();
-	pPreferences->setAudioEngineInfoProperties( audioEngineInfoProp );
-
+	pPreferences->setAudioEngineInfoProperties( h2app->getWindowProperties( h2app->getAudioEngineInfoForm() ) );
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_LADSPA
 	// save LADSPA FX window properties
 	for (uint nFX = 0; nFX < MAX_FX; nFX++) {
-		WindowProperties prop;
-		prop.x = h2app->getLadspaFXProperties(nFX)->x();
-		prop.y = h2app->getLadspaFXProperties(nFX)->y();
-		prop.visible= h2app->getLadspaFXProperties(nFX)->isVisible();
-		pPreferences->setLadspaProperties(nFX, prop);
+		pPreferences->setLadspaProperties( nFX, h2app->getWindowProperties( h2app->getLadspaFXProperties( nFX ) ) );
 	}
 #endif
 }
@@ -1526,20 +1522,15 @@
 
 void MainForm::action_file_open_recent(QAction *pAction)
 {
-	// When under session management the filename of the current Song
-	// has to be preserved.
-	const bool bUnderSessionManagement = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->isUnderSessionManagement();
-	
-	QString currentFilename;
-	if ( bUnderSessionManagement ) {
-		currentFilename = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong()->getFilename();
+	if ( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->isUnderSessionManagement() ) {
+		// The current path needs to be preserved. This will be done
+		// using an auxiliary variable since the GUI opens the song
+		// via the core, which in turn opens it asynchronously via the
+		// GUI.
+		H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->setNextSongPath( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong()->getFilename() );
 	}
 	
 	HydrogenApp::get_instance()->openSong( pAction->text() );
-	
-	if ( bUnderSessionManagement ) {
-		H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong()->setFilename( currentFilename );
-	}
 }
 
 void MainForm::checkMissingSamples()
@@ -1955,6 +1946,10 @@
 		msg = QString( tr( "OSC Server: Cannot connect to given port, using port %1 instead" ) ).arg( Preferences::get_instance()->m_nOscTemporaryPort );
 		break;
 
+	case Hydrogen::PLAYBACK_TRACK_INVALID:
+		msg = tr( "Playback track couldn't be read" );
+		break;
+
 	default:
 		msg = QString( tr( "Unknown error %1" ) ).arg( nErrorCode );
 	}
@@ -2009,10 +2004,11 @@
 
 void MainForm::showDevelWarning()
 {
+	Preferences *pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
+	bool isDevelWarningEnabled = pPreferences->getShowDevelWarning();
+
 	//set this to 'false' for the case that you want to make a release..
-	if ( false ) {
-		Preferences *pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
-		bool isDevelWarningEnabled = pPreferences->getShowDevelWarning();
+	if ( H2CORE_IS_DEVEL_BUILD ) {
 		if(isDevelWarningEnabled) {
 
 			QString msg = tr( "You're using a development version of Hydrogen, please help us reporting bugs or suggestions in the hydrogen-devel mailing list.

Thank you!" );
@@ -2026,6 +2022,15 @@
 				pPreferences->setShowDevelWarning( false );
 			}
 		}
+	} else {
+		// Release builds
+		if ( !isDevelWarningEnabled ) {
+			// Running a release build, we should re-enable the development-build warning if it's been
+			// disabled, since the user might have tried a release build at some time in the past, then
+			// continued working happily with a release build. They will still benefit from knowing that a
+			// *new* release build they're trying is in fact a release build.
+			pPreferences->setShowDevelWarning( true );
+		}
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2052,11 +2057,13 @@
 	//INFOLOG( "[onAutoSaveTimer]" );
 	Song *pSong = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong();
 	assert( pSong );
-	QString sOldFilename = pSong->getFilename();
+	if ( pSong->getIsModified() ) {
+		QString sOldFilename = pSong->getFilename();
+		pSong->save( getAutoSaveFilename() );
 
-	pSong->save( getAutoSaveFilename() );
-
-	pSong->setFilename(sOldFilename);
+		pSong->setFilename( sOldFilename );
+		pSong->setIsModified( true );
+	}
 }
 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/MainForm.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/MainForm.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/MainForm.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/MainForm.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -214,6 +214,11 @@
 		void checkMidiSetup();
 		void checkMissingSamples();
 
+		// Interface for screen grabs
+		void setMainWindowSize( int w, int h ) {
+			setFixedSize( w, h );
+		}
+
 	private slots:
 		void onAutoSaveTimer();
 		void onPlaylistDisplayTimer();
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 	);
 	m_pOpenMixerSettingsBtn->move( 96, 6 );
 	m_pOpenMixerSettingsBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Mixer Settings" ) );
-	connect( m_pOpenMixerSettingsBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( openMixerSettingsDialog( Button* ) ) );
+	connect( m_pOpenMixerSettingsBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( openMixerSettingsDialog() ) );
 
 
 	m_pShowFXPanelBtn = new ToggleButton(
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 	CoreActionController* pController = pEngine->getCoreActionController();
 	Song *pSong = pEngine->getSong();
 	InstrumentList *pInstrList = pSong->getInstrumentList();
-	int nInstruments = pInstrList->size();
+	int nInstruments = std::min( pInstrList->size(), MAX_INSTRUMENTS );
 
 	int nLine = findMixerLineByRef(ref);
 
@@ -282,9 +282,15 @@
 /// used in PatternEditorInstrumentList
 void Mixer::soloClicked(uint nLine)
 {
+	if ( nLine < 0 || nLine >= MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Selected MixerLine [%1] out of bound [0,%2)" )
+				  .arg( nLine ).arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
+		return;
+	}
+
 	MixerLine * pMixerLine = m_pMixerLine[ nLine ];
 
-	if( pMixerLine ){
+	if( pMixerLine != nullptr ){
 		pMixerLine->setSoloClicked( !pMixerLine->isSoloClicked() );
 		soloClicked( pMixerLine );
 	}
@@ -292,12 +298,17 @@
 
 }
 
-bool Mixer::isSoloClicked( uint n )
+bool Mixer::isSoloClicked( uint nLine )
 {
-	if ( n >= MAX_INSTRUMENTS || m_pMixerLine[ n ] == nullptr ) {
+	if ( nLine < 0 || nLine >= MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Selected MixerLine [%1] out of bound [0,%2)" )
+				  .arg( nLine ).arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
 		return false;
 	}
-	return m_pMixerLine[ n ]->isSoloClicked();
+	if ( m_pMixerLine[ nLine ] == nullptr ) {
+		return false;
+	}
+	return m_pMixerLine[ nLine ]->isSoloClicked();
 }
 
 void Mixer::noteOnClicked( MixerLine* ref )
@@ -712,8 +723,13 @@
 
 void Mixer::noteOnEvent( int nInstrument )
 {
-	if ( m_pMixerLine[ nInstrument ] ) {
-		m_pMixerLine[ nInstrument ]->setActivity( 100 );
+	if ( nInstrument >= 0 && nInstrument < MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) {
+		if ( m_pMixerLine[ nInstrument ] != nullptr ) {
+			m_pMixerLine[ nInstrument ]->setActivity( 100 );
+		}
+	} else {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Selected MixerLine [%1] out of bound [0,%2)" )
+				  .arg( nInstrument ).arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
 	}
 }
 
@@ -821,7 +837,12 @@
 
 void Mixer::getPeaksInMixerLine( uint nMixerLine, float& fPeak_L, float& fPeak_R )
 {
-	if ( nMixerLine < MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) {
+	if ( nMixerLine < 0 || nMixerLine >= MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) {
+		ERRORLOG( QString( "Selected MixerLine [%1] out of bound [0,%2)" )
+				  .arg( nMixerLine ).arg( MAX_INSTRUMENTS ) );
+		return;
+	}
+	if ( m_pMixerLine[ nMixerLine ] != nullptr ) {
 		fPeak_L = m_pMixerLine[ nMixerLine ]->getPeak_L();
 		fPeak_R = m_pMixerLine[ nMixerLine ]->getPeak_R();
 	}
@@ -831,7 +852,7 @@
 	}
 }
 
-void Mixer::openMixerSettingsDialog( Button* ref ) {
+void Mixer::openMixerSettingsDialog() {
 	MixerSettingsDialog mixerSettingsDialog( this ); // use this as *parent because button makes smaller fonts
 	mixerSettingsDialog.exec();
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/Mixer.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 		void updateMixer();
 		void showFXPanelClicked(Button* ref);
 		void showPeaksBtnClicked(Button* ref);
-		void openMixerSettingsDialog( Button* ref );
+		void openMixerSettingsDialog();
 		void ladspaActiveBtnClicked( LadspaFXMixerLine* ref );
 		void ladspaEditBtnClicked( LadspaFXMixerLine *ref );
 		void ladspaVolumeChanged( LadspaFXMixerLine* ref);
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@
 	);
 	m_pPlaySampleBtn->move( 8, 2 );
 	m_pPlaySampleBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Play sample" ) );
+	m_pPlaySampleBtn->setObjectName( "PlaySampleButton" );
 	connect(m_pPlaySampleBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(click(Button*)));
 	connect(m_pPlaySampleBtn, SIGNAL(rightClicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(rightClick(Button*)));
 
@@ -92,6 +93,7 @@
 			QSize( 5, 13 )
 	);
 	m_pTriggerSampleLED->move( 26, 2 );
+	m_pTriggerSampleLED->setObjectName( "TriggerSampleLED" );
 	connect(m_pTriggerSampleLED, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(click(Button*)));
 
 	// Mute button
@@ -104,6 +106,7 @@
 	);
 	m_pMuteBtn->move( 8, 17 );
 	m_pMuteBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Mute" ) );
+	m_pMuteBtn->setObjectName( "MixerMuteButton" );
 	connect(m_pMuteBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(click(Button*)));
 
 	// Solo button
@@ -116,6 +119,7 @@
 	);
 	m_pSoloBtn->move( 30, 17);
 	m_pSoloBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Solo" ) );
+	m_pSoloBtn->setObjectName( "MixerSoloButton" );
 	connect(m_pSoloBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(click(Button*)));
 
 	// pan rotary
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerLine.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef MIXERLINE_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -114,6 +114,9 @@
 	QValidator *validator = new QDoubleValidator( -10000., 0., 20, this );
 	dBCompensationLineEdit->setValidator( validator );
 	dBCompensationLineEdit->setText( QString( "%1" ).arg( -6.0206 / pSong->getPanLawKNorm() ) );
+
+	adjustSize();
+	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 }
 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Mixer/MixerSettingsDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -6,190 +6,164 @@
    
     0
     0
-    490
-    157
+    561
+    149
    
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     40
-     471
-     26
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-     26
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     500
-     16777215
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     20
-     121
-     18
-    
-   
-   
-    Select Pan Law:
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     120
-     471
-     28
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        184
-        16
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        0
-        22
-       
-      
-      
-       &Cancel
-      
-      
-       Alt+C
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        0
-        22
-       
-      
-      
-       &OK
-      
-      
-       Alt+O
-      
-      
-       true
-      
-      
-       false
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        183
-        16
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     80
-     471
-     28
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        184
-        16
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        246
-        16777215
-       
-      
-      
-       dB SPL Center Compensation
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        80
-        16777215
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      Select Pan Law:
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       26
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       500
+       16777215
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
+       
+       
+        
+         184
+         16
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         246
+         16777215
+        
+       
+       
+        dB SPL Center Compensation
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         80
+         16777215
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
+       
+       
+        
+         184
+         16
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         0
+         22
+        
+       
+       
+        &Cancel
+       
+       
+        Alt+C
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         0
+         22
+        
+       
+       
+        &OK
+       
+       
+        Alt+O
+       
+       
+        true
+       
+       
+        false
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
+       
+       
+        
+         183
+         16
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@
 	updatePatternInfo();
 
 	if ( m_pPattern ) {
-		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_nGridWidth * m_pPattern->get_length();
+		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_fGridWidth * m_pPattern->get_length();
 	}
 	else {
-		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_nGridWidth * MAX_NOTES;
+		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_fGridWidth * MAX_NOTES;
 	}
 	resize( m_nEditorWidth, height() );
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 	int nRealColumn = 0;
 
 	if( ev->x() > m_nMargin ) {
-		nRealColumn = ( ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_nGridWidth);
+		nRealColumn = ( ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_fGridWidth);
 	}
 
 	if ( nColumn >= (int)m_pPattern->get_length() ) {
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
 		Instrument *pSelectedInstrument = pSong->getInstrumentList()->get( row );
 
 		if( ev->x() > m_nMargin ) {
-			nRealColumn = ( ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_nGridWidth);
+			nRealColumn = ( ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_fGridWidth);
 		}
 
 		m_pDraggedNote = m_pPattern->find_note( nColumn, nRealColumn, pSelectedInstrument, false );
@@ -279,11 +279,10 @@
 												float fProbability,
 												bool listen,
 												bool isMidi,
-												bool isInstrumentMode,
+												bool isInstrumentMode, // TODO not used arg
 												bool isNoteOff,
 												bool isDelete )
 {
-
 	Hydrogen *pEngine = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	PatternList *pPatternList = pEngine->getSong()->getPatternList();
 	H2Core::Pattern *pPattern = nullptr;
@@ -624,7 +623,7 @@
 		float fNotePitch = m_pDraggedNote->get_octave() * 12 + m_pDraggedNote->get_key();
 		float fStep = 0;
 		if(nLen > -1){
-			fStep = pow( 1.0594630943593, ( double )fNotePitch );
+			fStep = Note::pitchToFrequency( ( double )fNotePitch );
 		}else
 		{
 			fStep = 1.0;
@@ -804,8 +803,8 @@
 
 
 	// Calculate the first and last position values that this rect will intersect with
-	int x_min = (r.left() - m_nMargin - 1) / m_nGridWidth;
-	int x_max = (r.right() - m_nMargin) / m_nGridWidth;
+	int x_min = (r.left() - m_nMargin - 1) / m_fGridWidth;
+	int x_max = (r.right() - m_nMargin) / m_fGridWidth;
 
 	const Pattern::notes_t* notes = m_pPattern->get_notes();
 	std::vector result;
@@ -813,7 +812,7 @@
 	for (auto it = notes->lower_bound( x_min ); it != notes->end() && it->first <= x_max; ++it ) {
 		Note *note = it->second;
 		int nInstrument = pInstrList->index( note->get_instrument() );
-		uint x_pos = m_nMargin + (it->first * m_nGridWidth);
+		uint x_pos = m_nMargin + (it->first * m_fGridWidth);
 		uint y_pos = ( nInstrument * m_nGridHeight) + (m_nGridHeight / 2) - 3;
 
 		if ( r.contains( QPoint( x_pos, y_pos + h/2) ) ) {
@@ -830,10 +829,10 @@
 QRect DrumPatternEditor::getKeyboardCursorRect()
 {
 
-	uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_nGridWidth;
+	uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_fGridWidth;
 	int nSelectedInstrument = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSelectedInstrumentNumber();
 	uint y = nSelectedInstrument * m_nGridHeight;
-	return QRect( x-m_nGridWidth*3, y+2, m_nGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight-3 );
+	return QRect( x-m_fGridWidth*3, y+2, m_fGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight-3 );
 
 }
 
@@ -1032,7 +1031,7 @@
 	for ( uint nInstr = 0; nInstr < pInstrList->size(); ++nInstr ) {
 		uint y = m_nGridHeight * nInstr;
 		if ( nInstr == (uint)nSelectedInstrument ) {	// selected instrument
-			painter.fillRect( 0, y + 1, ( m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth ), m_nGridHeight - 1, selectedRowColor );
+			painter.fillRect( 0, y + 1, ( m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth ), m_nGridHeight - 1, selectedRowColor );
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -1043,14 +1042,14 @@
 
 	// Draw cursor
 	if ( hasFocus() && !HydrogenApp::get_instance()->hideKeyboardCursor() ) {
-		uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_nGridWidth;
+		uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_fGridWidth;
 		int nSelectedInstrument = Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSelectedInstrumentNumber();
 		uint y = nSelectedInstrument * m_nGridHeight;
 		QPen p( Qt::black );
 		p.setWidth( 2 );
 		painter.setPen( p );
 		painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing );
-		painter.drawRoundedRect( QRect( x-m_nGridWidth*3, y+2, m_nGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight-3 ), 4, 4 );
+		painter.drawRoundedRect( QRect( x-m_fGridWidth*3, y+2, m_fGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight-3 ), 4, 4 );
 	}
 
 
@@ -1106,7 +1105,7 @@
 				if ( noteCount[ nInstrumentID ] >  1 ) {
 					// Draw "2x" text to the left of the note
 					int nInstrument = pInstrList->index( pInstrument );
-					int x = m_nMargin + (nPosition * m_nGridWidth);
+					int x = m_nMargin + (nPosition * m_fGridWidth);
 					int y = ( nInstrument * m_nGridHeight);
 					const int boxWidth = 128;
 					QFont font;
@@ -1141,7 +1140,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	QPoint pos ( m_nMargin + note->get_position() * m_nGridWidth,
+	QPoint pos ( m_nMargin + note->get_position() * m_fGridWidth,
 				 ( nInstrument * m_nGridHeight) + (m_nGridHeight / 2) - 3 );
 
 	drawNoteSymbol( p, pos, note );
@@ -1170,10 +1169,10 @@
 	for ( uint i = 0; i < (uint)nInstruments; i++ ) {
 		uint y = m_nGridHeight * i + 1;
 		if ( i == (uint)nSelectedInstrument ) {
-			p.fillRect( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth), (int)( m_nGridHeight * 0.7 ), selectedRowColor );
+			p.fillRect( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth), (int)( m_nGridHeight * 0.7 ), selectedRowColor );
 		}
 		else {
-			p.fillRect( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth), (int)( m_nGridHeight * 0.7 ), backgroundColor );
+			p.fillRect( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth), (int)( m_nGridHeight * 0.7 ), backgroundColor );
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -1201,11 +1200,11 @@
 		resize( width(), m_nEditorHeight );
 	}
 
-	p.fillRect(0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor);
+	p.fillRect(0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor);
 	for ( uint i = 0; i < (uint)nInstruments; i++ ) {
 		uint y = m_nGridHeight * i;
 		if ( ( i % 2) != 0) {
-			p.fillRect( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth), m_nGridHeight, alternateRowColor );
+			p.fillRect( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth), m_nGridHeight, alternateRowColor );
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -1213,10 +1212,10 @@
 	p.setPen( lineColor );
 	for ( uint i = 0; i < (uint)nInstruments; i++ ) {
 		uint y = m_nGridHeight * i + m_nGridHeight;
-		p.drawLine( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth), y);
+		p.drawLine( 0, y, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth), y);
 	}
 
-	p.drawLine( 0, m_nEditorHeight, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth), m_nEditorHeight );
+	p.drawLine( 0, m_nEditorHeight, (m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth), m_nEditorHeight );
 }
 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/DrumPatternEditor.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
 
 	m_Mode = mode;
 
-	m_nGridWidth = (Preferences::get_instance())->getPatternEditorGridWidth();
-	m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_nGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
+	m_fGridWidth = (Preferences::get_instance())->getPatternEditorGridWidth();
+	m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_fGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
 
 	m_fLastSetValue = 0.0;
 	m_bValueHasBeenSet = false;
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
 				}
 			}
 
-			prepareUndoAction( m_nMargin + column * m_nGridWidth );
+			prepareUndoAction( m_nMargin + column * m_fGridWidth );
 
 			for ( Note *pNote : notes ) {
 
@@ -810,10 +810,6 @@
 
 void NotePropertiesRuler::createVelocityBackground(QPixmap *pixmap)
 {
-	if ( !isVisible() ) {
-		return;
-	}
-
 	UIStyle *pStyle = Preferences::get_instance()->getDefaultUIStyle();
 
 	QColor res_1( pStyle->m_patternEditor_line1Color.getRed(),
@@ -835,14 +831,14 @@
 
 	QPainter p( pixmap );
 
-	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
+	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
 
 	drawGridLines( p, Qt::DotLine );
 
 	// Horizontal lines at 10% intervals
 	p.setPen( horizLinesColor );
 	for (unsigned y = 0; y < m_nEditorHeight; y = y + (m_nEditorHeight / 10)) {
-		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y, 20 + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, y );
+		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y, 20 + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, y );
 	}
 
 	// draw velocity lines
@@ -866,7 +862,7 @@
 					 && !m_selection.isSelected( pNote ) ) {
 					continue;
 				}
-				uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pos * m_nGridWidth;
+				uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pos * m_fGridWidth;
 				uint line_end = height();
 
 
@@ -902,10 +898,6 @@
 
 void NotePropertiesRuler::createPanBackground(QPixmap *pixmap)
 {
-	if ( !isVisible() ) {
-		return;
-	}
-
 	UIStyle *pStyle = Preferences::get_instance()->getDefaultUIStyle();
 
 	QColor backgroundColor( pStyle->m_patternEditor_backgroundColor.getRed(),
@@ -926,7 +918,7 @@
 	if (m_pPattern) {
 		nNotes = m_pPattern->get_length();
 	}
-	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
+	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
 
 	// central line
 	p.setPen( horizLinesColor );
@@ -955,7 +947,7 @@
 											   && !m_selection.isSelected( pNote ) ) ) {
 					continue;
 				}
-				uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_nGridWidth;
+				uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_fGridWidth;
 				QColor centerColor = DrumPatternEditor::computeNoteColor( pNote->get_velocity() );
 
 				p.setPen( Qt::NoPen );
@@ -993,10 +985,6 @@
 
 void NotePropertiesRuler::createLeadLagBackground(QPixmap *pixmap)
 {
-	if ( !isVisible() ) {
-		return;
-	}
-
 	UIStyle *pStyle = Preferences::get_instance()->getDefaultUIStyle();
 	
 	QColor backgroundColor( pStyle->m_patternEditor_backgroundColor.getRed(),
@@ -1017,7 +1005,7 @@
 	if (m_pPattern) {
 		nNotes = m_pPattern->get_length();
 	}
-	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
+	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
 
 	// central line
 	p.setPen( horizLinesColor );
@@ -1046,7 +1034,7 @@
 					continue;
 				}
 
-				uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_nGridWidth;
+				uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_fGridWidth;
 
 				int red1 = (int) (pNote->get_velocity() * 255);
 				int green1;
@@ -1106,10 +1094,6 @@
 
 void NotePropertiesRuler::createNoteKeyBackground(QPixmap *pixmap)
 {
-	if ( !isVisible() ) {
-		return;
-	}
-
 	UIStyle *pStyle = Preferences::get_instance()->getDefaultUIStyle();
 
 	QColor res_1( pStyle->m_patternEditor_line1Color.getRed(),
@@ -1130,13 +1114,13 @@
 	}
 	QPainter p( pixmap );
 
-	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
+	p.fillRect( 0, 0, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, height(), backgroundColor );
 
 	p.setPen( horizLinesColor );
 	for (unsigned y = 10; y < 80; y = y + 10 ) {
 		p.setPen( QPen( res_1, 1, Qt::DashLine ) );
 		if (y == 40) p.setPen( QPen( QColor(0,0,0), 1, Qt::SolidLine ) );
-		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, y );
+		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, y );
 	}
 
 	for (unsigned y = 90; y < 210; y = y + 10 ) {
@@ -1144,7 +1128,7 @@
 		if ( y == 100 ||y == 120 ||y == 140 ||y == 170 ||y == 190) {
 			p.setPen( QPen( QColor( 128, 128, 128 ), 9, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::FlatCap ) );
 		}
-		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, y );
+		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, y );
 	}
 
 	// Annotate with note class names
@@ -1169,7 +1153,7 @@
 	// Black outline each key
 	for (unsigned y = 90; y <= 210; y = y + 10 ) {
 		p.setPen( QPen( QColor( 0, 0, 0 ), 1, Qt::SolidLine));
-		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y-5, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_nGridWidth, y-5);
+		p.drawLine( m_nMargin, y-5, m_nMargin + nNotes * m_fGridWidth, y-5);
 	}
 
 	//paint the octave
@@ -1188,7 +1172,7 @@
 				continue;
 			}
 			if ( !pNote->get_note_off() ) {
-				uint x_pos = 17 + pNote->get_position() * m_nGridWidth;
+				uint x_pos = 17 + pNote->get_position() * m_fGridWidth;
 				uint y_pos = (4-pNote->get_octave())*10-3;
 				p.setBrush(QColor( 99, 160, 233 ));
 				p.drawEllipse( x_pos, y_pos, 6, 6);
@@ -1215,7 +1199,7 @@
 			if ( !pNote->get_note_off() ) {
 				int d = 8;
 				int k = pNote->get_key();
-				uint x_pos = 16 + pNote->get_position() * m_nGridWidth;
+				uint x_pos = 16 + pNote->get_position() * m_fGridWidth;
 				uint y_pos = 200-(k*10)-4;
 
 				x_pos -= 1;
@@ -1256,10 +1240,10 @@
 
 	// update editor width
 	if ( m_pPattern ) {
-		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_pPattern->get_length() * m_nGridWidth;
+		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_pPattern->get_length() * m_fGridWidth;
 	}
 	else {
-		m_nEditorWidth =  m_nMargin + MAX_NOTES * m_nGridWidth;
+		m_nEditorWidth =  m_nMargin + MAX_NOTES * m_fGridWidth;
 	}
 
 	if ( !m_bNeedsUpdate ) {
@@ -1292,13 +1276,13 @@
 	if ( hasFocus() && ! HydrogenApp::get_instance()->hideKeyboardCursor() ) {
 		QPainter p( m_pBackground );
 
-		uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_nGridWidth;
+		uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_fGridWidth;
 
 		QPen pen( Qt::black );
 		pen.setWidth( 2 );
 		p.setPen( pen );
 		p.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing );
-		p.drawRoundedRect( QRect( x-m_nGridWidth*3, 0+1, m_nGridWidth*6, height()-2 ), 4, 4 );
+		p.drawRoundedRect( QRect( x-m_fGridWidth*3, 0+1, m_fGridWidth*6, height()-2 ), 4, 4 );
 	}
 
 	// redraw all
@@ -1343,7 +1327,7 @@
 		}
 
 		int pos = it->first;
-		uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pos * m_nGridWidth;
+		uint x_pos = m_nMargin + pos * m_fGridWidth;
 		if ( r.intersects( QRect( x_pos, 0, 1, height() ) ) ) {
 			result.push_back( it->second );
 		}
@@ -1359,8 +1343,8 @@
 ///
 QRect NotePropertiesRuler::getKeyboardCursorRect()
 {
-	uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_nGridWidth;
-	return QRect( x-m_nGridWidth*3, 0+1, m_nGridWidth*6, height()-2 );
+	uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_fGridWidth;
+	return QRect( x-m_fGridWidth*3, 0+1, m_fGridWidth*6, height()-2 );
 }
 
 void NotePropertiesRuler::selectAll() {
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/NotePropertiesRuler.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -63,8 +62,8 @@
 	m_bFineGrained = false;
 	m_bCopyNotMove = false;
 
-	m_nGridWidth = Preferences::get_instance()->getPatternEditorGridWidth();
-	m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_nGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
+	m_fGridWidth = Preferences::get_instance()->getPatternEditorGridWidth();
+	m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_fGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
 
 	setFocusPolicy(Qt::StrongFocus);
 
@@ -95,21 +94,21 @@
 
 void PatternEditor::zoomIn()
 {
-	if (m_nGridWidth >= 3) {
-		m_nGridWidth *= 2;
+	if (m_fGridWidth >= 3) {
+		m_fGridWidth *= 2;
 	} else {
-		m_nGridWidth *= 1.5;
+		m_fGridWidth *= 1.5;
 	}
 	updateEditor();
 }
 
 void PatternEditor::zoomOut()
 {
-	if ( m_nGridWidth > 1.5 ) {
-		if (m_nGridWidth > 3) {
-			m_nGridWidth /= 2;
+	if ( m_fGridWidth > 1.5 ) {
+		if (m_fGridWidth > 3) {
+			m_fGridWidth /= 2;
 		} else {
-			m_nGridWidth /= 1.5;
+			m_fGridWidth /= 1.5;
 		}
 		updateEditor();
 	}
@@ -175,7 +174,7 @@
 		movingPen.setStyle( Qt::DotLine );
 		movingPen.setWidth( 2 );
 		QPoint delta = movingGridOffset();
-		movingOffset = QPoint( delta.x() * m_nGridWidth,
+		movingOffset = QPoint( delta.x() * m_fGridWidth,
 							   delta.y() * m_nGridHeight );
 	}
 
@@ -189,8 +188,8 @@
 		// Draw tail
 		if ( pNote->get_length() != -1 ) {
 			float fNotePitch = pNote->get_octave() * 12 + pNote->get_key();
-			float fStep = pow( 1.0594630943593, ( double )fNotePitch );
-			width = m_nGridWidth * pNote->get_length() / fStep;
+			float fStep = Note::pitchToFrequency( ( double )fNotePitch );
+			width = m_fGridWidth * pNote->get_length() / fStep;
 			width = width - 1;	// lascio un piccolo spazio tra una nota ed un altra
 
 			if ( bSelected ) {
@@ -245,7 +244,7 @@
 	if ( !( bUseFineGrained && m_bFineGrained ) ) {
 		nGranularity = granularity();
 	}
-	int nWidth = m_nGridWidth * nGranularity;
+	int nWidth = m_fGridWidth * nGranularity;
 	int nColumn = ( x - m_nMargin + (nWidth / 2) ) / nWidth;
 	nColumn = nColumn * nGranularity;
 	if ( nColumn < 0 ) {
@@ -333,6 +332,11 @@
 	m_selection.updateWidgetGroup();
 }
 
+void PatternEditor::setCurrentInstrument( int nInstrument ) {
+	Hydrogen::get_instance()->setSelectedInstrumentNumber( nInstrument );
+	m_pPatternEditorPanel->updateEditors();
+}
+
 void PatternEditor::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *ev )
 {
 	updateModifiers( ev );
@@ -371,7 +375,7 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	if ( m_selection.isMoving() ) {
+	if ( m_selection.isMouseGesture() && m_selection.isMoving() ) {
 		// If a selection is currently being moved, change the cursor
 		// appropriately. Selection will change it back after the move
 		// is complete (or abandoned)
@@ -522,11 +526,11 @@
 QPoint PatternEditor::movingGridOffset( ) const {
 	QPoint rawOffset = m_selection.movingOffset();
 	// Quantize offset to multiples of m_nGrid{Width,Height}
-	int nQuantX = m_nGridWidth, nQuantY = m_nGridHeight;
+	int nQuantX = m_fGridWidth, nQuantY = m_nGridHeight;
 	float nFactor = 1;
 	if ( ! m_bFineGrained ) {
 		nFactor = granularity();
-		nQuantX = m_nGridWidth * nFactor;
+		nQuantX = m_fGridWidth * nFactor;
 	}
 	int x_bias = nQuantX / 2, y_bias = nQuantY / 2;
 	if ( rawOffset.y() < 0 ) {
@@ -568,7 +572,7 @@
 	if ( m_pPattern ) {
 		nNotes = m_pPattern->get_length();
 	}
-	int nMaxX = m_nGridWidth * nNotes + m_nMargin;
+	int nMaxX = m_fGridWidth * nNotes + m_nMargin;
 
 	if ( !m_bUseTriplets ) {
 
@@ -584,17 +588,17 @@
 		// | . : . | . : . | . : . | . : .   - third pass, odd 1/16th notes
 
 		uint nRes = 4;
-		uint nStep = nGranularity / nRes * m_nGridWidth;
+		float fStep = nGranularity / nRes * m_fGridWidth;
 
 		// First, quarter note markers. All the quarter note markers must be drawn.
 		if ( m_nResolution >= nRes ) {
 			p.setPen( QPen( res[ 0 ], 0, style ) );
-			for ( int x = m_nMargin ; x < nMaxX; x += nStep ) {
+			for ( float x = m_nMargin ; x < nMaxX; x += fStep ) {
 				p.drawLine( x, 1, x, m_nEditorHeight - 1 );
 			}
 		}
 		nRes *= 2;
-		nStep /= 2;
+		fStep /= 2;
 
 		// For each successive set of finer-spaced lines, the even
 		// lines will have already been drawn at the previous coarser
@@ -602,27 +606,27 @@
 		int nColour = 1;
 		while ( m_nResolution >= nRes ) {
 			p.setPen( QPen( res[ nColour++ ], 0, style ) );
-			for ( int x = m_nMargin + nStep; x < nMaxX; x += nStep * 2) {
+			for ( float x = m_nMargin + fStep; x < nMaxX; x += fStep * 2) {
 				p.drawLine( x, 1, x, m_nEditorHeight - 1 );
 			}
 			nRes *= 2;
-			nStep /= 2;
+			fStep /= 2;
 		}
 
 	} else {
 
 		// Triplet style markers, we only differentiate colours on the
 		// first of every triplet.
-		uint nStep = granularity() * m_nGridWidth;
+		float fStep = granularity() * m_fGridWidth;
 		p.setPen(  QPen( res[ 0 ], 0, style ) );
-		for ( uint x = m_nMargin; x < nMaxX; x += nStep * 3 ) {
+		for ( float x = m_nMargin; x < nMaxX; x += fStep * 3 ) {
 			p.drawLine(x, 1, x, m_nEditorHeight - 1);
 		}
 		// Second and third marks
 		p.setPen(  QPen( res[ 2 ], 0, style ) );
-		for ( uint x = m_nMargin + nStep; x < nMaxX; x += nStep * 3 ) {
+		for ( float x = m_nMargin + fStep; x < nMaxX; x += fStep * 3 ) {
 			p.drawLine(x, 1, x, m_nEditorHeight - 1);
-			p.drawLine(x + nStep, 1, x + nStep, m_nEditorHeight - 1);
+			p.drawLine(x + fStep, 1, x + fStep, m_nEditorHeight - 1);
 		}
 	}
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditor.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@
 	uint getResolution() const { return m_nResolution; }
 	bool isUsingTriplets() const { return m_bUseTriplets;	}
 
-	float getGridWidth() const { return m_nGridWidth; }
+	float getGridWidth() const { return m_fGridWidth; }
 	unsigned getGridHeight() const { return m_nGridHeight; }
 	//! Zoom in / out on the time axis
 	void zoomIn();
@@ -145,7 +144,7 @@
 	virtual void paste() = 0;
 	virtual void cut();
 	virtual void selectInstrumentNotes( int nInstrument );
-
+	void setCurrentInstrument( int nInstrument );
 
 protected:
 
@@ -164,7 +163,7 @@
 	uint m_nEditorHeight;
 	uint m_nEditorWidth;
 
-	float m_nGridWidth;
+	float m_fGridWidth;
 	unsigned m_nGridHeight;
 
 	int m_nSelectedPatternNumber;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@
 	m_pMuteBtn->move( 145, 5 );
 	m_pMuteBtn->setPressed(false);
 	m_pMuteBtn->setToolTip( tr("Mute instrument") );
+	m_pMuteBtn->setObjectName( "MuteButton" );
 	connect(m_pMuteBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(muteClicked()));
 
 	m_pSoloBtn = new ToggleButton(
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@
 	m_pSoloBtn->move( 163, 5 );
 	m_pSoloBtn->setPressed(false);
 	m_pSoloBtn->setToolTip( tr("Solo") );
+	m_pSoloBtn->setObjectName( "SoloButton" );
 	connect(m_pSoloBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(soloClicked()));
 
 	m_pSampleWarning = new Button(
@@ -130,6 +132,7 @@
 	m_pFunctionPopup->addSection( tr( "Instrument" ) );
 	m_pFunctionPopup->addAction( tr( "Rename instrument" ), this, SLOT( functionRenameInstrument() ) );
 	m_pFunctionPopup->addAction( tr( "Delete instrument" ), this, SLOT( functionDeleteInstrument() ) );
+	m_pFunctionPopup->setObjectName( "PatternEditorFunctionPopup" );
 
 	m_bIsSelected = true;
 	setSelected(false);
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorInstrumentList.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@
 	hearNotesBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Hear new notes" ) );
 	connect( hearNotesBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( hearNotesBtnClick( Button* ) ) );
 	hearNotesBtn->setPressed( pPref->getHearNewNotes() );
+	hearNotesBtn->setObjectName( "HearNotesBtn" );
 
 
 	// quantize
@@ -190,6 +191,7 @@
 	quantizeEventsBtn->move( 90, 3 );
 	quantizeEventsBtn->setPressed( pPref->getQuantizeEvents() );
 	quantizeEventsBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Quantize keyboard/midi events to grid" ) );
+	quantizeEventsBtn->setObjectName( "QuantizeEventsBtn" );
 	connect( quantizeEventsBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( quantizeEventsBtnClick( Button* ) ) );
 
 	// Editor mode
@@ -203,6 +205,7 @@
 	__show_drum_btn->move( 137, 3 );
 	__show_drum_btn->setPressed( false );
 	__show_drum_btn->setToolTip( tr( "Show piano roll editor" ) );
+	__show_drum_btn->setObjectName( "ShowDrumBtn" );
 	connect( __show_drum_btn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( showDrumEditorBtnClick( Button* ) ) );
 
 	// zoom-in btn
@@ -236,7 +239,6 @@
 
 	// Ruler ScrollView
 	m_pRulerScrollView = new WidgetScrollArea( nullptr );
-	m_pRulerScrollView->setObjectName( "RulerScrollView" );
 	m_pRulerScrollView->setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus );
 	m_pRulerScrollView->setFrameShape( QFrame::NoFrame );
 	m_pRulerScrollView->setVerticalScrollBarPolicy( Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff );
@@ -463,6 +465,7 @@
 
 // NOTE_PROPERTIES BUTTONS
 	PixmapWidget *pPropertiesPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
+	pPropertiesPanel->setObjectName( "PropertiesPanel" );
 	pPropertiesPanel->setColor( QColor( 58, 62, 72 ) );
 
 	pPropertiesPanel->setFixedSize( 181, 100 );
@@ -482,6 +485,7 @@
 	/* __pPropertiesCombo->addItem( tr("Cutoff") ); */
 	/* __pPropertiesCombo->addItem( tr("Resonance") ); */
 	// is triggered here below
+	__pPropertiesCombo->setObjectName( "PropertiesCombo" );
 	connect( __pPropertiesCombo, SIGNAL( valueChanged( int ) ), this, SLOT( propertiesComboChanged( int ) ) );
 
 	pPropertiesVBox->addWidget( __pPropertiesCombo );
@@ -769,47 +773,59 @@
 	}
 }
 
-void PatternEditorPanel::showDrumEditorBtnClick( Button *ref )
+void PatternEditorPanel::showDrumEditor()
 {
-	UNUSED( ref );
-	if ( !__show_drum_btn->isPressed() ){
-		__show_drum_btn->setToolTip( tr( "Show piano roll editor" ) );
-		m_pPianoRollScrollView->hide();
-		m_pEditorScrollView->show();
-		m_pInstrListScrollView->show();
-
-		m_pEditorScrollView->setFocus();
-		m_pPatternEditorRuler->setFocusProxy( m_pEditorScrollView );
-		m_pInstrumentList->setFocusProxy( m_pEditorScrollView );
+	__show_drum_btn->setToolTip( tr( "Show piano roll editor" ) );
+	__show_drum_btn->setPressed( false );
+	m_pPianoRollScrollView->hide();
+	m_pEditorScrollView->show();
+	m_pInstrListScrollView->show();
 
-		m_pDrumPatternEditor->selectedInstrumentChangedEvent(); // force an update
+	m_pEditorScrollView->setFocus();
+	m_pPatternEditorRuler->setFocusProxy( m_pEditorScrollView );
+	m_pInstrumentList->setFocusProxy( m_pEditorScrollView );
 
-		m_pDrumPatternEditor->selectNone();
-		m_pPianoRollEditor->selectNone();
-	
-		// force a re-sync of extern scrollbars
-		resizeEvent( nullptr );
+	m_pDrumPatternEditor->selectedInstrumentChangedEvent(); // force an update
+
+	m_pDrumPatternEditor->selectNone();
+	m_pPianoRollEditor->selectNone();
+
+	// force a re-sync of extern scrollbars
+	resizeEvent( nullptr );
 
+}
+
+void PatternEditorPanel::showPianoRollEditor()
+{
+	__show_drum_btn->setToolTip( tr( "Show drum editor" ) );
+	__show_drum_btn->setPressed( true );
+	m_pPianoRollScrollView->show();
+	m_pPianoRollScrollView->verticalScrollBar()->setValue( 250 );
+	m_pEditorScrollView->hide();
+	m_pInstrListScrollView->show();
+
+	m_pPianoRollScrollView->setFocus();
+	m_pPatternEditorRuler->setFocusProxy( m_pPianoRollScrollView );
+	m_pInstrumentList->setFocusProxy( m_pPianoRollScrollView );
+
+	m_pDrumPatternEditor->selectNone();
+	m_pPianoRollEditor->selectNone();
+
+	m_pPianoRollEditor->selectedPatternChangedEvent();
+	m_pPianoRollEditor->updateEditor(); // force an update
+	// force a re-sync of extern scrollbars
+	resizeEvent( nullptr );
+}
+
+void PatternEditorPanel::showDrumEditorBtnClick( Button *ref )
+{
+	UNUSED( ref );
+	if ( !__show_drum_btn->isPressed() ){
+		showDrumEditor();
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		__show_drum_btn->setToolTip( tr( "Show drum editor" ) );
-		m_pPianoRollScrollView->show();
-		m_pPianoRollScrollView->verticalScrollBar()->setValue( 250 );
-		m_pEditorScrollView->hide();
-		m_pInstrListScrollView->show();
-
-		m_pPianoRollScrollView->setFocus();
-		m_pPatternEditorRuler->setFocusProxy( m_pPianoRollScrollView );
-		m_pInstrumentList->setFocusProxy( m_pPianoRollScrollView );
-
-		m_pDrumPatternEditor->selectNone();
-		m_pPianoRollEditor->selectNone();
-
-		m_pPianoRollEditor->selectedPatternChangedEvent();
-		m_pPianoRollEditor->updateEditor(); // force an update	
-		// force a re-sync of extern scrollbars
-		resizeEvent( nullptr );
+		showPianoRollEditor();
 	}
 }
 
@@ -857,6 +873,10 @@
 
 
 void PatternEditorPanel::updateEditors( bool bPatternOnly ) {
+
+	// Changes of pattern may leave the cursor out of bounds.
+	setCursorPosition( getCursorPosition() );
+
 	m_pPatternEditorRuler->updateEditor( true );
 	m_pNoteVelocityEditor->updateEditor();
 	m_pNotePanEditor->updateEditor();
@@ -1153,7 +1173,7 @@
 {
 	if ( nCursorPosition < 0 ) {
 		m_nCursorPosition = 0;
-	} else if ( nCursorPosition >= m_pPattern->get_length() ) {
+	} else if ( m_pPattern != nullptr && nCursorPosition >= m_pPattern->get_length() ) {
 		m_nCursorPosition = m_pPattern->get_length() - m_nCursorIncrement;
 	} else {
 		m_nCursorPosition = nCursorPosition;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorPanel.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -89,6 +89,10 @@
 
 		void updateEditors( bool bPatternOnly = false );
 
+	public slots:
+		void showDrumEditor();
+		void showPianoRollEditor();
+
 	private slots:
 		void gridResolutionChanged( int nSelected );
 		void propertiesComboChanged( int nSelected );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -56,9 +56,9 @@
 
 
 	m_pPattern = nullptr;
-	m_nGridWidth = Preferences::get_instance()->getPatternEditorGridWidth();
+	m_fGridWidth = Preferences::get_instance()->getPatternEditorGridWidth();
 
-	m_nRulerWidth = 20 + m_nGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
+	m_nRulerWidth = 20 + m_fGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
 	m_nRulerHeight = 25;
 
 	resize( m_nRulerWidth, m_nRulerHeight );
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
 
 	// gray background for unusable section of pattern
 	if (m_pPattern) {
-		int nXStart = 20 + m_pPattern->get_length() * m_nGridWidth;
+		int nXStart = 20 + m_pPattern->get_length() * m_fGridWidth;
 		if ( (m_nRulerWidth - nXStart) != 0 ) {
 			painter.fillRect( nXStart, 0, m_nRulerWidth - nXStart, m_nRulerHeight, QColor(170,170,170) );
 		}
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 	uint nQuarter = 48;
 
 	for ( int i = 0; i < 64 ; i++ ) {
-		int nText_x = 20 + nQuarter / 4 * i * m_nGridWidth;
+		int nText_x = 20 + nQuarter / 4 * i * m_fGridWidth;
 		if ( ( i % 4 ) == 0 ) {
 			painter.setPen( textColor );
 			painter.drawText( nText_x - 30, 0, 60, m_nRulerHeight, Qt::AlignCenter, QString("%1").arg(i / 4 + 1) );
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 
 	// draw tickPosition
 	if (m_nTicks != -1) {
-		uint x = (uint)( 20 + m_nTicks * m_nGridWidth - 5 - 11 / 2.0 );
+		uint x = (uint)( 20 + m_nTicks * m_fGridWidth - 5 - 11 / 2.0 );
 		painter.drawPixmap( QRect( x, height() / 2, 11, 8 ), m_tickPosition, QRect( 0, 0, 11, 8 ) );
 
 	}
@@ -235,13 +235,13 @@
 
 void PatternEditorRuler::zoomIn()
 {
-	if (m_nGridWidth >= 3){
-		m_nGridWidth *= 2;
+	if (m_fGridWidth >= 3){
+		m_fGridWidth *= 2;
 	}else
 	{
-		m_nGridWidth *= 1.5;
+		m_fGridWidth *= 1.5;
 	}
-	m_nRulerWidth = 20 + m_nGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
+	m_nRulerWidth = 20 + m_fGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
 	resize(  QSize(m_nRulerWidth, m_nRulerHeight ));
 	delete m_pBackground;
 	m_pBackground = new QPixmap( m_nRulerWidth, m_nRulerHeight );
@@ -254,14 +254,14 @@
 
 void PatternEditorRuler::zoomOut()
 {
-	if ( m_nGridWidth > 1.5 ) {
-		if (m_nGridWidth > 3){
-			m_nGridWidth /= 2;
+	if ( m_fGridWidth > 1.5 ) {
+		if (m_fGridWidth > 3){
+			m_fGridWidth /= 2;
 		}else
 		{
-			m_nGridWidth /= 1.5;
+			m_fGridWidth /= 1.5;
 		}
-	m_nRulerWidth = 20 + m_nGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
+	m_nRulerWidth = 20 + m_fGridWidth * ( MAX_NOTES * 4 );
 	resize( QSize(m_nRulerWidth, m_nRulerHeight) );
 	delete m_pBackground;
 	m_pBackground = new QPixmap( m_nRulerWidth, m_nRulerHeight );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PatternEditorRuler.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 		void zoomIn();
 		void zoomOut();
 		float getGridWidth() const {
-		return m_nGridWidth;
+		return m_fGridWidth;
 		};
 
 	public slots:
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 	private:
 		uint m_nRulerWidth;
 		uint m_nRulerHeight;
-		float m_nGridWidth;
+		float m_fGridWidth;
 
 		QPixmap *m_pBackground;
 		QPixmap m_tickPosition;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
 {
 	//	uint nEditorWidth;
 	if ( m_pPattern ) {
-		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_nGridWidth * m_pPattern->get_length();
+		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_fGridWidth * m_pPattern->get_length();
 	}
 	else {
-		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_nGridWidth * MAX_NOTES;
+		m_nEditorWidth = m_nMargin + m_fGridWidth * MAX_NOTES;
 	}
 	if ( !bPatternOnly ) {
 		m_bNeedsBackgroundUpdate = true;
@@ -284,10 +284,6 @@
 
 void PianoRollEditor::drawPattern()
 {
-	if ( isVisible() == false ) {
-		return;
-	}
-
 	//INFOLOG( "draw pattern" );
 
 	validateSelection();
@@ -316,8 +312,8 @@
 		p.setPen( pen );
 		p.setBrush( Qt::NoBrush );
 		p.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing );
-		p.drawRoundedRect( QRect( pos.x() - m_nGridWidth*3, pos.y()-2,
-								  m_nGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight+3 ), 4, 4 );
+		p.drawRoundedRect( QRect( pos.x() - m_fGridWidth*3, pos.y()-2,
+								  m_fGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight+3 ), 4, 4 );
 	}
 
 }
@@ -328,7 +324,7 @@
 	Hydrogen *pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	InstrumentList * pInstrList = pHydrogen->getSong()->getInstrumentList();
 	if ( pInstrList->index( pNote->get_instrument() ) == pHydrogen->getSelectedInstrumentNumber() ) {
-		QPoint pos ( m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_nGridWidth,
+		QPoint pos ( m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_fGridWidth,
 					 m_nGridHeight * pitchToLine( pNote->get_notekey_pitch() ) + 1);
 		drawNoteSymbol( *pPainter, pos, pNote );
 	}
@@ -441,7 +437,7 @@
 
 		unsigned nRealColumn = 0;
 		if( ev->x() > m_nMargin ) {
-			nRealColumn = (ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_nGridWidth);
+			nRealColumn = (ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_fGridWidth);
 		}
 
 		if ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier ) {
@@ -500,7 +496,7 @@
 
 		unsigned nRealColumn = 0;
 		if( ev->x() > m_nMargin ) {
-			nRealColumn = (ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_nGridWidth);
+			nRealColumn = (ev->x() - m_nMargin) / static_cast(m_fGridWidth);
 		}
 
 
@@ -701,7 +697,7 @@
 		float fNotePitch = m_pDraggedNote->get_notekey_pitch();
 		float fStep = 0;
 		if(nLen > -1){
-			fStep = pow( 1.0594630943593, ( double )fNotePitch );
+			fStep = Note::pitchToFrequency( ( double )fNotePitch );
 		} else {
 			fStep = 1.0;
 		}
@@ -863,7 +859,7 @@
 
 QPoint PianoRollEditor::cursorPosition()
 {
-	uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_nGridWidth;
+	uint x = m_nMargin + m_pPatternEditorPanel->getCursorPosition() * m_fGridWidth;
 	uint y = m_nGridHeight * pitchToLine( m_nCursorPitch ) + 1;
 	return QPoint(x, y);
 }
@@ -1313,8 +1309,8 @@
 	}
 
 	// Calculate the first and last position values that this rect will intersect with
-	int x_min = (r.left() - w - m_nMargin) / m_nGridWidth;
-	int x_max = (r.right() + w - m_nMargin) / m_nGridWidth;
+	int x_min = (r.left() - w - m_nMargin) / m_fGridWidth;
+	int x_max = (r.right() + w - m_nMargin) / m_fGridWidth;
 
 	const Pattern::notes_t* pNotes = m_pPattern->get_notes();
 	std::vector result;
@@ -1322,7 +1318,7 @@
 	for ( auto it = pNotes->lower_bound( x_min ); it != pNotes->end() && it->first <= x_max; ++it ) {
 		Note *pNote = it->second;
 		if ( pNote->get_instrument() == pInstr ) {
-			uint start_x = m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_nGridWidth;
+			uint start_x = m_nMargin + pNote->get_position() * m_fGridWidth;
 			uint start_y = m_nGridHeight * pitchToLine( pNote->get_notekey_pitch() ) + 1;
 
 			if ( r.intersects( QRect( start_x -4 , start_y, w, h ) ) ) {
@@ -1339,6 +1335,6 @@
 ///
 QRect PianoRollEditor::getKeyboardCursorRect() {
 	QPoint pos = cursorPosition();
-	return QRect( pos.x() - m_nGridWidth*3, pos.y()-2,
-				  m_nGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight+3 );
+	return QRect( pos.x() - m_fGridWidth*3, pos.y()-2,
+				  m_fGridWidth*6, m_nGridHeight+3 );
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternEditor/PianoRollEditor.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PatternPropertiesDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -13,109 +13,103 @@
   
    Form1
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     10
-     291
-     253
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         New Pattern Name
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Pattern description
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Pattern category
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         true
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         Qt::Horizontal
-        
-        
-         
-          37
-          28
-         
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         &Cancel
-        
-        
-         Alt+C
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         &OK
-        
-        
-         Alt+O
-        
-        
-         true
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Qt::Horizontal
-        
-        
-         
-          37
-          28
-         
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          New Pattern Name
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          Pattern description
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          Pattern category
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          true
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          Qt::Horizontal
+         
+         
+          
+           37
+           28
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          &Cancel
+         
+         
+          Alt+C
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          &OK
+         
+         
+          Alt+O
+         
+         
+          true
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          Qt::Horizontal
+         
+         
+          
+           37
+           28
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@
  : QLabel(parent)
  , Object( __class_name )
 {
+	setObjectName( "PlayerControl" );
 	HydrogenApp::get_instance()->addEventListener( this );
 	
 	auto pPreferences = Preferences::get_instance();
@@ -74,6 +75,7 @@
 	PixmapWidget *pControlsPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
 	pControlsPanel->setFixedSize( 344, 43 );
 	pControlsPanel->setPixmap( "/playerControlPanel/background_Control.png" );
+	pControlsPanel->setObjectName( "ControlsPanel" );
 	hbox->addWidget( pControlsPanel );
 
 	m_pTimeDisplayH = new LCDDisplay( pControlsPanel, LCDDigit::LARGE_GRAY, 2 );
@@ -212,6 +214,7 @@
 	PixmapWidget *pControlsBBTBConoffPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
 	pControlsBBTBConoffPanel->setFixedSize( 15, 43 );
 	pControlsBBTBConoffPanel->setPixmap( "/playerControlPanel/onoff.png" );
+	pControlsBBTBConoffPanel->setObjectName( "BeatCounterOnOff" );
 	hbox->addWidget( pControlsBBTBConoffPanel );
 
 	m_sBConoffBtnToolTip = tr("BeatCounter Panel on");
@@ -232,6 +235,7 @@
 	m_pControlsBCPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
 	m_pControlsBCPanel->setFixedSize( 86, 43 );
 	m_pControlsBCPanel->setPixmap( "/playerControlPanel/beatConter_BG.png" );
+	m_pControlsBCPanel->setObjectName( "BeatCounter" );
 	hbox->addWidget( m_pControlsBCPanel );
 
 
@@ -308,6 +312,7 @@
 	PixmapWidget *pBPMPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
 	pBPMPanel->setFixedSize( 145, 43 );
 	pBPMPanel->setPixmap( "/playerControlPanel/background_BPM.png" );
+	pBPMPanel->setObjectName( "BPM" );
 	hbox->addWidget( pBPMPanel );
 
 	// LCD BPM SpinBox
@@ -383,6 +388,7 @@
 	PixmapWidget *pJackPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
 	pJackPanel->setFixedSize( 113, 43 );
 	pJackPanel->setPixmap( "/playerControlPanel/background_Jack.png" );
+	pJackPanel->setObjectName( "JackPanel" );
 	hbox->addWidget( pJackPanel );
 
 	// Jack transport mode button
@@ -399,6 +405,8 @@
 	} else {
 		m_pJackTransportBtn->setPressed( false );
 	}
+	/*: Using the JACK the audio/midi input and output ports of any
+	  number of application can be connected.*/
 	m_pJackTransportBtn->setToolTip( tr("JACK transport on/off") );
 	connect(m_pJackTransportBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(jackTransportBtnClicked(Button*)));
 	m_pJackTransportBtn->move(10, 26);
@@ -419,6 +427,10 @@
 	} else {
 		m_pJackMasterBtn->setPressed( false );
 	}
+	/*: Using the JACK Timebase Master functionality one of the
+connected programs can broadcast both speed and measure information to
+all other connected applications in order to have a more fine-grained
+transport control.*/
 	m_sJackMasterModeToolTip = tr("JACK Timebase master on/off");
 	m_pJackMasterBtn->setToolTip( m_sJackMasterModeToolTip );
 	connect(m_pJackMasterBtn, SIGNAL(clicked(Button*)), this, SLOT(jackMasterBtnClicked(Button*)));
@@ -429,9 +441,11 @@
 
 	// CPU load widget
 	m_pCpuLoadWidget = new CpuLoadWidget( pJackPanel );
+	m_pCpuLoadWidget->setObjectName( "CpuLoadWidget" );
 
 	// Midi Activity widget
 	m_pMidiActivityWidget = new MidiActivityWidget( pJackPanel );
+	m_pMidiActivityWidget->setObjectName( "MidiActivityWidget" );
 
 	m_pMidiActivityWidget->move( 10, 14 );
 	m_pCpuLoadWidget->move( 10, 4 );
@@ -441,6 +455,7 @@
 	PixmapWidget *pLcdBackGround = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
 	pLcdBackGround->setFixedSize( 256, 43 );
 	pLcdBackGround->setPixmap( "/playerControlPanel/lcd_background.png" );
+	pLcdBackGround->setObjectName( "LcdBackground" );
 	hbox->addWidget( pLcdBackGround );
 
 	m_pShowMixerBtn = new ToggleButton(
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlayerControl.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PlaylistEditor/PlaylistDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/precompiled.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/precompiled.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/precompiled.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/precompiled.h	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-// STL
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-// QT
-#include 
-#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
-#  include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-// STL
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-// QT
-#include 
-#include 
-
-
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -45,13 +45,81 @@
 #include "SongEditor/SongEditor.h"
 #include "SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.h"
 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
 
 using namespace H2Core;
 
+
+DeviceComboBox::DeviceComboBox( QWidget *pParent )
+	: QComboBox( pParent)
+{
+	m_sDriver = "";
+}
+
+void DeviceComboBox::showPopup()
+{
+	clear();
+	QApplication::setOverrideCursor( Qt::WaitCursor );
+	if ( m_sDriver == "PortAudio" ) {
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_PORTAUDIO
+		// Get device list for PortAudio based on current value of the API combo box
+		for ( QString s : PortAudioDriver::getDevices( m_sHostAPI ) ) {
+			addItem( s );
+		}
+#endif
+	} else if ( m_sDriver == "CoreAudio" ) {
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_COREAUDIO
+		for ( QString s : CoreAudioDriver::getDevices() ) {
+			addItem( s );
+		}
+#endif
+	} else if ( m_sDriver == "ALSA" ) {
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_ALSA
+		for ( QString s : AlsaAudioDriver::getDevices() ) {
+			addItem( s );
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+	QComboBox::showPopup();
+}
+
+
+HostAPIComboBox::HostAPIComboBox( QWidget *pParent )
+	: QComboBox( pParent )
+{
+}
+
+void HostAPIComboBox::setValue( QString sHostAPI ) {
+	// The ComboBox doesn't have any item strings until it's actually opened,
+	// so we must add the item to it temporarily
+	clear();
+	addItem( sHostAPI );
+	setCurrentText( sHostAPI );
+}
+
+void HostAPIComboBox::showPopup()
+{
+	clear();
+#ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_PORTAUDIO
+	QApplication::setOverrideCursor( Qt::WaitCursor );
+	for ( QString s : PortAudioDriver::getHostAPIs() ) {
+		addItem( s );
+	}
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+
+	QComboBox::showPopup();
+}
+
 const char* PreferencesDialog::__class_name = "PreferencesDialog";
 
 QString PreferencesDialog::m_sColorRed = "#ca0003";
 
+
 PreferencesDialog::PreferencesDialog(QWidget* parent)
  : QDialog( parent )
  , Object( __class_name )
@@ -86,6 +154,13 @@
 	driverComboBox->addItem( "PulseAudio" );
 #endif
 
+	// Set the PortAudio HostAPI combo box to the current selected value.
+	portaudioHostAPIComboBox->setValue( pPref->m_sPortAudioHostAPI );
+	m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setHostAPI( pPref->m_sPortAudioHostAPI );
+
+	latencyTargetSpinBox->setValue( pPref->m_nLatencyTarget );
+
+
 	// Language selection menu
 	for ( QString sLang : Translations::availableTranslations( "hydrogen" ) ) {
 		QLocale loc( sLang );
@@ -112,10 +187,11 @@
 	else
 	{
 		driverInfoLbl->setText( tr("Select your Audio Driver" ));
-		ERRORLOG( "Unknown MIDI input from preferences [" + pPref->m_sAudioDriver + "]" );
+		ERRORLOG( "Unknown audio driver from preferences [" + pPref->m_sAudioDriver + "]" );
 	}
 
 
+
 	m_pMidiDriverComboBox->clear();
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_ALSA
 	m_pMidiDriverComboBox->addItem( "ALSA" );
@@ -422,6 +498,11 @@
 	reject();
 }
 
+void PreferencesDialog::on_m_pAudioDeviceTxt_currentTextChanged( QString str )
+{
+	m_bNeedDriverRestart = true;
+}
+
 void PreferencesDialog::updateDriverPreferences() {
 	Preferences *pPref = Preferences::get_instance();
 
@@ -434,17 +515,21 @@
 	}
 	else if (driverComboBox->currentText() == "ALSA" ) {
 		pPref->m_sAudioDriver = "ALSA";
-		pPref->m_sAlsaAudioDevice = m_pAudioDeviceTxt->text();
+		pPref->m_sAlsaAudioDevice = m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->text();
 	}
 	else if (driverComboBox->currentText() == "OSS" ) {
 		pPref->m_sAudioDriver = "OSS";
-		pPref->m_sOSSDevice = m_pAudioDeviceTxt->text();
+		pPref->m_sOSSDevice = m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->text();
 	}
 	else if (driverComboBox->currentText() == "PortAudio" ) {
 		pPref->m_sAudioDriver = "PortAudio";
+		pPref->m_sPortAudioDevice = m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->text();
+		pPref->m_sPortAudioHostAPI = portaudioHostAPIComboBox->currentText();
+		pPref->m_nLatencyTarget = latencyTargetSpinBox->value();
 	}
 	else if (driverComboBox->currentText() == "CoreAudio" ) {
 		pPref->m_sAudioDriver = "CoreAudio";
+		pPref->m_sCoreAudioDevice = m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->text();
 	}
 	else if (driverComboBox->currentText() == "PulseAudio" ) {
 		pPref->m_sAudioDriver = "PulseAudio";
@@ -645,15 +730,19 @@
 		pPref->setPreferredLanguage( sPreferredLanguage );
 	}
 
-	pPref->savePreferences();
-
-
 	if (m_bNeedDriverRestart) {
 		int res = QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen", tr( "Driver restart required.\n Restart driver?"), tr("&Ok"), tr("&Cancel"), nullptr, 1 );
 		if ( res == 0 ) {
+			QApplication::setOverrideCursor( Qt::WaitCursor );
 			Hydrogen::get_instance()->restartDrivers();
+			QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+		} else {
+			// Don't save the Preferences and don't close the PreferencesDialog
+			return;
 		}
 	}
+	
+	pPref->savePreferences();
 	accept();
 }
 
@@ -661,11 +750,16 @@
 void PreferencesDialog::on_driverComboBox_activated( int index )
 {
 	UNUSED( index );
-	QString selectedDriver = driverComboBox->currentText();
 	updateDriverInfo();
 	m_bNeedDriverRestart = true;
 }
 
+void PreferencesDialog::on_portaudioHostAPIComboBox_activated( int index )
+{
+	m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setHostAPI( portaudioHostAPIComboBox->currentText() );
+	updateDriverInfo();
+	m_bNeedDriverRestart = true;
+}
 
 void PreferencesDialog::updateDriverInfo()
 {
@@ -702,6 +796,7 @@
 	bPulseAudio_support = true;
 #endif
 
+	m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setDriver( driverComboBox->currentText() );
 	if ( driverComboBox->currentText() == "Auto" ) {
 		info += tr("Automatic driver selection");
 		
@@ -712,8 +807,8 @@
 				.append( " " ).append( tr( "selected") );
 		}
 		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled( true );
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText( "" );
-		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled( true );
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText( "" );
+		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled( false );
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled( true );
 		trackOutputComboBox->setEnabled( false );
 		connectDefaultsCheckBox->setEnabled( false );
@@ -721,7 +816,11 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->setEnabled( false );
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->setEnabled( false );
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->setEnabled( false );
-
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetLabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->hide();
+		latencyValueLabel->hide();
 		if ( std::strcmp( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getAudioOutput()->class_name(),
 						  "JackAudioDriver" ) == 0 ) {
 			trackOutputComboBox->setEnabled( true );
@@ -763,7 +862,7 @@
 				.append( "" );
 		}
 		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled(true);
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText( pPref->m_sOSSDevice );
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText( pPref->m_sOSSDevice );
 		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(true);
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled(true);
 		trackOutputComboBox->hide();
@@ -773,6 +872,11 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetLabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->hide();
+		latencyValueLabel->hide();
 	}
 	else if ( driverComboBox->currentText() == "JACK" ) {	// JACK
 		info.append( "" )
@@ -786,7 +890,7 @@
 				.append( "" );
 		}
 		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled(false);
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText( "" );
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText( "" );
 		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(false);
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled(false);
 		trackOutputComboBox->setEnabled( true );
@@ -800,6 +904,11 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->show();
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->show();
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->show();
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetLabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->hide();
+		latencyValueLabel->hide();
 	}
 	else if ( driverComboBox->currentText() == "ALSA" ) {	// ALSA
 		info.append( "" ).append( tr( "ALSA Driver" ) )
@@ -811,7 +920,7 @@
 				.append( "" );
 		}
 		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled(true);
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText( pPref->m_sAlsaAudioDevice );
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText( pPref->m_sAlsaAudioDevice );
 		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(true);
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled(true);
 		trackOutputComboBox->hide();
@@ -821,6 +930,11 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetLabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->hide();
+		latencyValueLabel->hide();
 	}
 	else if ( driverComboBox->currentText() == "PortAudio" ) {
 		info.append( "" ).append( tr( "PortAudio Driver" ) )
@@ -831,9 +945,9 @@
 				.append( tr( "Not compiled" ) )
 				.append( "" );
 		}
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled(false);
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText( "" );
-		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(true);
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled( true );
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText( pPref->m_sPortAudioDevice );
+		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(false);
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled(true);
 		trackOutputComboBox->hide();
 		trackOutputLbl->hide();
@@ -842,6 +956,13 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->show();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->show();
+		latencyTargetLabel->show();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->show();
+		latencyValueLabel->show();
+		latencyValueLabel->setText( QString("Current: %1 frames").arg( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getAudioOutput()->getLatency() ) );
+
 	}
 	else if ( driverComboBox->currentText() == "CoreAudio" ) {
 		info.append( "" ).append( tr( "CoreAudio Driver" ) )
@@ -852,9 +973,9 @@
 				.append( tr( "Not compiled" ) )
 				.append( "" );
 		}
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled(false);
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText( "" );
-		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(true);
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled( true );
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText( pPref->m_sCoreAudioDevice );
+		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled( false );
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled(true);
 		trackOutputComboBox->hide();
 		trackOutputLbl->hide();
@@ -863,6 +984,11 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetLabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->hide();
+		latencyValueLabel->hide();
 	}
 	else if ( driverComboBox->currentText() == "PulseAudio" ) {
 		info.append( "" ).append( tr( "PulseAudio Driver" ) )
@@ -874,7 +1000,7 @@
 				.append( "" );
 		}
 		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setEnabled(false);
-		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->setText("");
+		m_pAudioDeviceTxt->lineEdit()->setText("");
 		bufferSizeSpinBox->setEnabled(true);
 		sampleRateComboBox->setEnabled(true);
 		trackOutputComboBox->hide();
@@ -884,6 +1010,11 @@
 		trackOutsCheckBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncComboBox->hide();
 		jackBBTSyncLbl->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPIComboBox->hide();
+		portaudioHostAPILabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetLabel->hide();
+		latencyTargetSpinBox->hide();
+		latencyValueLabel->hide();
 	}
 	else {
 		QString selectedDriver = driverComboBox->currentText();
@@ -926,6 +1057,11 @@
 
 
 
+void PreferencesDialog::on_latencyTargetSpinBox_valueChanged( int i )
+{
+	UNUSED( i );
+	m_bNeedDriverRestart = true;
+}
 
 void PreferencesDialog::on_bufferSizeSpinBox_valueChanged( int i )
 {
@@ -947,9 +1083,10 @@
 {
 	updateDriverPreferences();
 	Preferences *pPref = Preferences::get_instance();
-	pPref->savePreferences();
 	Hydrogen::get_instance()->restartDrivers();
+	pPref->savePreferences();
 	m_bNeedDriverRestart = false;
+	updateDriverInfo();
 }
 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -24,9 +24,41 @@
 #define PREFERENCES_DIALOG_H
 
 
-#include "ui_PreferencesDialog_UI.h"
-
 #include 
+#include 
+
+///
+/// Combo box showing a list of available devices for a given driver.
+/// List is calculated lazily when needed.
+///
+class DeviceComboBox : public QComboBox {
+
+	bool m_bHasDevices;
+	QString m_sDriver;
+	QString m_sHostAPI;
+
+public:
+	DeviceComboBox( QWidget *pParent );
+
+	/// Set the driver name to use
+	void setDriver( QString sDriver ) { m_sDriver = sDriver; }
+	void setHostAPI( QString sHostAPI ) { m_sHostAPI = sHostAPI; }
+
+	virtual void showPopup();
+};
+
+///
+/// Combo box showing a list of HostAPIs.
+///
+class HostAPIComboBox : public QComboBox {
+
+public:
+	HostAPIComboBox( QWidget *pParent );
+	void setValue( QString sHostAPI );
+	virtual void showPopup();
+};
+
+#include "ui_PreferencesDialog_UI.h"
 
 ///
 /// Preferences Dialog
@@ -47,6 +79,8 @@
 		void on_selectMixerFontBtn_clicked();
 		void on_restartDriverBtn_clicked();
 		void on_driverComboBox_activated( int index );
+		void on_portaudioHostAPIComboBox_activated( int index );
+		void on_latencyTargetSpinBox_valueChanged( int i );
 		void on_bufferSizeSpinBox_valueChanged( int i );
 		void on_resampleComboBox_currentIndexChanged ( int index );
 		void on_sampleRateComboBox_editTextChanged( const QString& text );
@@ -55,6 +89,7 @@
 		void on_styleComboBox_activated( int index );
 		void on_useLashCheckbox_clicked();
 		void onMidiDriverComboBoxIndexChanged( int index );
+		void on_m_pAudioDeviceTxt_currentTextChanged( QString );
 		void toggleTrackOutsCheckBox(bool toggled);
 		void toggleOscCheckBox(bool toggled);
 		void coloringMethodCombo_currentIndexChanged (int index);
@@ -69,5 +104,6 @@
 		void updateDriverPreferences();
 };
 
+
 #endif
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/PreferencesDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -6,13 +6,13 @@
    
     0
     0
-    664
-    586
+    663
+    633
    
   
   
    
-    
+    
      
       
        0
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
      
       0
      
-     
+     
       
        &General
       
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
        
         
          
-          Use &LASH
+          Use &LASH
          
         
        
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
        
       
      
-     
+     
       
        Audio &System
       
@@ -247,8 +247,21 @@
           
          
          
-          
-           
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              Audio System
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+           
+           
+            
+           
+           
             
              
               0
@@ -265,18 +278,21 @@
              
             
            
-           
-            
+           
+            
              
               
                0
                0
               
              
+             
+              true
+             
             
            
-           
-            
+           
+            
              
               
                0
@@ -284,53 +300,56 @@
               
              
              
-              Sample rate
+              Track output
              
             
            
-           
-            
-             
-              
-               0
-               22
-              
-             
+           
+            
              
-              Buffer size
+              Host API
              
             
            
-           
-            
+           
+            
              
               
                0
                22
               
              
+             
+              Specifies the variable, which has to remain constant in order to guarantee a working synchronization and relocation in the presence of another Jack timebase master.
+             
              
-              Track output
+              BBT sync method
              
             
            
-           
-            
+           
+            
              
               
                0
                22
               
              
-             
-              Specifies the variable, which has to remain constant in order to guarantee a working synchronization and relocation in the presence of another Jack timebase master.
+             
+              100
              
-             
-              BBT sync method
+             
+              5000
+             
+             
+              100
+             
+             
+              1024
              
             
            
-           
+           
             
              
               
@@ -353,36 +372,21 @@
              
             
            
-           
+           
             
              
               Device
              
             
            
-           
-            
-             
-              
-               0
-               22
-              
-             
-             
-              100
-             
-             
-              5000
-             
-             
-              100
-             
-             
-              1024
+           
+            
+             
+              Latency target
              
             
            
-           
+           
             
              
               0
@@ -409,16 +413,53 @@
              
             
            
-           
-            
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               0
+               22
+              
+             
+             
+              Buffer size
+             
+            
            
-           
-            
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               0
+               22
+              
+             
              
-              Audio System
+              Sample rate
              
             
            
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               
+                48000
+               
+               
+                100
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                
+               
+              
+             
+            
+           
           
          
          
@@ -597,6 +638,12 @@
          
           
            
+            
+             
+              220
+              0
+             
+            
             
              ###
             
@@ -613,7 +660,7 @@
        
       
      
-     
+     
       
        &MIDI System
       
@@ -829,7 +876,7 @@
        
       
      
-     
+     
       
        &OSC
       
@@ -977,7 +1024,7 @@
        
       
      
-     
+     
       
        &Appearance
       
@@ -1052,7 +1099,7 @@
             
            
            
-            Meters falloff speed
+            Meters falloff speed
            
           
          
@@ -1332,6 +1379,16 @@
    QTableWidget
    
../src/Widgets/MidiTable.h

   
+  
+   DeviceComboBox
+   QComboBox
+   
PreferencesDialog.h

+  
+  
+   HostAPIComboBox
+   QComboBox
+   
PreferencesDialog.h

+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/DetailWaveDisplay.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/MainSampleWaveDisplay.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@
 	m_pTargetSampleView = new TargetWaveDisplay( targetSampleView );
 
 	setWindowTitle ( QString( tr( "SampleEditor " ) + newfilename) );
-	setFixedSize ( width(), height() );
 	setModal ( true );
 
 	//this new sample give us the not changed real samplelength
@@ -111,6 +110,9 @@
 	openDisplays();
 	getAllFrameInfos();
 
+	adjustSize();
+	setFixedSize ( width(), height() );
+
 #ifndef H2CORE_HAVE_RUBBERBAND
 	if ( !Filesystem::file_executable( Preferences::get_instance()->m_rubberBandCLIexecutable , true /* silent */) ) {
 		RubberbandCframe->setDisabled ( true );
@@ -187,7 +189,7 @@
 	
 	assert( pInstrument );
 
-	InstrumentComponent *pCompo = pInstrument->get_component(0);
+	InstrumentComponent *pCompo = pInstrument->get_component( m_nSelectedComponent );
 	assert( pCompo );
 
 	InstrumentLayer *pLayer = pCompo->get_layer( m_nSelectedLayer );
@@ -211,7 +213,7 @@
 		m_pTargetSampleView->get_velocity()->clear();
 		
 		for(auto& pEnvPtr : *pSample->get_velocity_envelope() ){
-			m_pTargetSampleView->get_velocity()->emplace_back( std::make_unique( pEnvPtr->value, pEnvPtr->frame ) );
+			m_pTargetSampleView->get_velocity()->emplace_back( std::make_unique( pEnvPtr.get() ) );
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -393,7 +395,7 @@
 		
 		H2Core::InstrumentLayer *pLayer = nullptr;
 		if( pInstrument ) {
-			pLayer = pInstrument->get_component(0)->get_layer( m_nSelectedLayer );
+			pLayer = pInstrument->get_component( m_nSelectedComponent )->get_layer( m_nSelectedLayer );
 
 			// insert new sample from newInstrument
 			pLayer->set_sample( pEditSample );
@@ -574,7 +576,7 @@
 	 *instrument. Otherwise pInstr would be deleted if consumed by preview_instrument.
 	*/
 	Instrument *pTmpInstrument = Instrument::load_instrument( pInstr->get_drumkit_name(), pInstr->get_name() );
-	auto pNewSample = Sample::load( pInstr->get_component(0)->get_layer( selectedlayer )->get_sample()->get_filepath() );
+	auto pNewSample = Sample::load( pInstr->get_component( m_nSelectedComponent )->get_layer( selectedlayer )->get_sample()->get_filepath() );
 
 	if ( pNewSample != nullptr ){
 		int length = ( ( pNewSample->get_frames() / pNewSample->get_sample_rate() + 1) * 100 );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/SampleEditor_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -6,797 +6,769 @@
    
     0
     0
-    862
-    545
+    912
+    607
    
   
   
    Dialog
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     440
-     841
-     94
-    
-   
-   
-    CrossCursor
-   
-   
-    QFrame::Box
-   
-   
-    QFrame::Raised
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     770
-     295
-     81
-     26
-    
-   
-   
-    &Close
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     14
-     295
-     701
-     33
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       Start
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        100
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Adjust sample start frame
-      
-      
-       1000000000
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       
-        40
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Loop
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      QFrame::StyledPanel
+     
+     
+      QFrame::Raised
+     
+     
+      
+       0
       
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        100
-        0
-       
+      
+       0
       
-      
-       Adjust sample loop begin frame
+      
+       0
       
-      
-       1000000000
+      
+       0
       
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           "Rubberband Audio Processor" : Change the tempo (sample length) and pitch of audio.
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             Sample length to beat:
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              75
+              16777215
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              off
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1/64
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1/32
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1/16
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1/8
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1/4
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1/2
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              1
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              2
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              3
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              4
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              5
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              6
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              7
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              8
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              9
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              10
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              11
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              12
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              13
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              14
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              15
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              16
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              17
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              18
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              19
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              20
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              21
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              22
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              23
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              24
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              25
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              26
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              27
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              28
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              29
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              30
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              31
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              32
+             
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             true
+            
+            
+             
+              150
+              0
+             
+            
+            
+             
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+              Pitch (Semitone,Cent)
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              75
+              16777215
+             
+            
+            
+             Pitch the sample in semitones, cents
+            
+            
+             -36.000000000000000
+            
+            
+             36.000000000000000
+            
+            
+             0.010000000000000
+            
+            
+             0.000000000000000
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               Qt::Horizontal
+              
+              
+               
+                40
+                20
+               
+              
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              
+               
+                100
+                16777215
+               
+              
+              
+               Crispness: 
+              
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              
+               
+                0
+                0
+               
+              
+              
+               
+                45
+                16777215
+               
+              
+              
+               <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">Loop</span></p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">mode</span></p></body></html>
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        86
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       set processing
-      
-      
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">"Crispness" levels:</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  0   equivalent to --no-transients --no-lamination --window-long</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  1   equivalent to --no-transients --no-lamination</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  2   equivalent to --no-transients</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  3   equivalent to --bl-transients</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  4   default processing options</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  5   equivalent to --no-lamination --window-short (may be good for drums)</p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">you can find more information here:</p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><a href="http://www.breakfastquay.com/rubberband/ "><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.breakfastquay.com/rubberband/ </span></a></p></body></html>
+              
+              
+               
+                0
+               
+              
+              
+               
+                1
+               
+              
+              
+               
+                2
+               
+              
+              
+               
+                3
+               
+              
+              
+               
+                4
+               
+              
+              
+               
+                5
+               
+              
+             
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
        
-        forward
+        &Apply Changes
        
-      
-      
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Maximum
+       
+       
+        
+         13
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
        
-        reverse
+        &Play
        
-      
-      
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Minimum
+       
+       
+        
+         13
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
        
-        pingpong
+        P&lay original sample
        
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
-p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">Loop</span></p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">Count</span></p></body></html>
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        60
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       loops
-      
-      
-       0
-      
-      
-       10000
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       
-        40
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       End
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        100
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Adjust sample end & loop end frame
-      
-      
-       1000000000
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     10
-     838
-     267
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        624
-        265
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        624
-        265
-       
-      
-      
-       SplitHCursor
-      
-      
-       QFrame::StyledPanel
-      
-      
-       QFrame::Raised
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        180
-        265
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        180
-        265
-       
-      
-      
-       QFrame::StyledPanel
-      
-      
-       QFrame::Raised
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       1
-      
-      
-       Qt::Vertical
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     330
-     841
-     71
-    
-   
-   
-    QFrame::StyledPanel
-   
-   
-    QFrame::Raised
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      10
-      821
-      60
-     
-    
-    
+      
+     
      
-      
+      
+       
+        
+         300
+         0
+        
+       
        
-        "Rubberband Audio Processor" : Change the tempo (sample length) and pitch of audio.
+        new sample length:
        
       
      
      
-      
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         80
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        fade-out type
+       
        
-        
-         
-          Sample length to beat:
-         
-        
+        
+         volume
+        
        
        
-        
-         
-          
-           75
-           16777215
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           off
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1/64
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1/32
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1/16
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1/8
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1/4
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1/2
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           1
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           2
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           3
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           4
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           5
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           6
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           7
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           8
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           9
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           10
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           11
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           12
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           13
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           14
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           15
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           16
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           17
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           18
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           19
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           20
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           21
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           22
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           23
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           24
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           25
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           26
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           27
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           28
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           29
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           30
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           31
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           32
-          
-         
-        
+        
+         panorama
+        
        
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Start
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         100
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Adjust sample start frame
+       
+       
+        1000000000
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Loop
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         100
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Adjust sample loop begin frame
+       
+       
+        1000000000
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">Loop</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">mode</span></p></body></html>
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         86
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        set processing
+       
        
-        
-         
-          true
-         
-         
-          
-           150
-           0
-          
-         
-         
-          
-         
-        
+        
+         forward
+        
        
        
-        
-         
-           Pitch (Semitone,Cent)
-         
-        
+        
+         reverse
+        
        
        
-        
-         
-          
-           75
-           16777215
-          
-         
-         
-          Pitch the sample in semitones, cents
-         
-         
-          -36.000000000000000
-         
-         
-          36.000000000000000
-         
-         
-          0.010000000000000
-         
-         
-          0.000000000000000
-         
-        
+        
+         pingpong
+        
        
-       
-        
-         
-          
-           
-            Qt::Horizontal
-           
-           
-            
-             40
-             20
-            
-           
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           
-            
-             100
-             16777215
-            
-           
-           
-            Crispness: 
-           
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           
-            
-             0
-             0
-            
-           
-           
-            
-             45
-             16777215
-            
-           
-           
-            <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
-</style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">"Crispness" levels:</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  0   equivalent to --no-transients --no-lamination --window-long</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  1   equivalent to --no-transients --no-lamination</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  2   equivalent to --no-transients</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  3   equivalent to --bl-transients</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  4   default processing options</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">  5   equivalent to --no-lamination --window-short (may be good for drums)</p>
-<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">you can find more information here:</p>
-<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><a href="http://www.breakfastquay.com/rubberband/ "><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.breakfastquay.com/rubberband/ </span></a></p></body></html>
-           
-           
-            
-             0
-            
-           
-           
-            
-             1
-            
-           
-           
-            
-             2
-            
-           
-           
-            
-             3
-            
-           
-           
-            
-             4
-            
-           
-           
-            
-             5
-            
-           
-          
-         
-        
-       
-      
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">Loop</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:7pt;">Count</span></p></body></html>
+       
+      
      
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     410
-     841
-     35
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       &Apply Changes
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Maximum
-      
-      
-       
-        13
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       &Play
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Minimum
-      
-      
-       
-        13
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       P&lay original sample
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        300
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       new sample length:
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       
-        40
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        80
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       fade-out type
-      
-      
-       
-        volume
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         60
+         0
+        
        
-      
-      
+       
+        loops
+       
+       
+        0
+       
+       
+        10000
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
        
-        panorama
+        End
        
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         100
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Adjust sample end & loop end frame
+       
+       
+        1000000000
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      &Close
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         624
+         265
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         624
+         265
+        
+       
+       
+        SplitHCursor
+       
+       
+        QFrame::StyledPanel
+       
+       
+        QFrame::Raised
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         180
+         265
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         180
+         265
+        
+       
+       
+        QFrame::StyledPanel
+       
+       
+        QFrame::Raised
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        1
+       
+       
+        Qt::Vertical
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       94
+      
+     
+     
+      CrossCursor
+     
+     
+      QFrame::Box
+     
+     
+      QFrame::Raised
+     
+    
+   
+  
   layoutWidget_4
   targetSampleView
   ClosePushButton
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -244,83 +244,43 @@
 	int snapradius = 10;
 	int editType = HydrogenApp::get_instance()->getSampleEditor()->EditTypeComboBox->currentIndex();
 
-
+	m_VMove = true;
+	Sample::VelocityEnvelope* envelope;
 	///edit volume points
 	if( editType == 0 ){
-		m_VMove = true;
-
-		if ( ev->x() <= 0 || ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH || ev->y() < 0 || ev->y() > UI_HEIGHT ){
-			update();
-			m_VMove = false;
-			return;
-		}
-		float info = (UI_HEIGHT - ev->y()) / (float)UI_HEIGHT;
-		m_sInfo.setNum( info, 'g', 2 );
-		m_nX = ev->x();
-		m_nY = ev->y();
-
-		for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(m_VelocityEnvelope.size()); i++){
-			if ( m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame >= ev->x() - snapradius && m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame <= ev->x() + snapradius ) {
-				m_VelocityEnvelope.erase( m_VelocityEnvelope.begin() + i);
-				int Frame = 0;
-				int Value = 0;
-				
-				if ( i == 0 ){
-					Frame = 0;
-					Value = ev->y();
-				} else if ( i == static_cast(m_VelocityEnvelope.size()) ) {
-					Frame = m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame;
-					Value = ev->y();
-				} else {
-					Frame = ev->x();
-					Value = ev->y();
-				}
-				m_VelocityEnvelope.push_back( std::make_unique( Frame, Value) );
-				sort( m_VelocityEnvelope.begin(), m_VelocityEnvelope.end(), EnvelopePoint::Comparator() );
-				update();
-				return;
-			}else
-			{
-				m_VMove = false;
+		envelope = &m_VelocityEnvelope;
+	} else {
+		envelope = &m_PanEnvelope;
+	}
+
+	if ( ev->x() <= 0 || ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH || ev->y() < 0 || ev->y() > UI_HEIGHT ){
+		update();
+		m_VMove = false;
+		return;
+	}
+	float info = (UI_HEIGHT - ev->y()) / (float)UI_HEIGHT;
+	m_sInfo.setNum( info, 'g', 2 );
+	m_nX = ev->x();
+	m_nY = ev->y();
+
+	for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(envelope->size()); i++){
+		if ( (*envelope)[i]->frame >= ev->x() - snapradius && (*envelope)[i]->frame <= ev->x() + snapradius ) {
+			envelope->erase( envelope->begin() + i);
+			int Frame = ev->x();
+			int Value = ev->y();
+
+			if ( i == 0 ){
+				Frame = 0;
+			} else if ( i == static_cast(envelope->size()) ) {
+				Frame = UI_WIDTH;
 			}
-		}
-		///edit panorama points
-	}else if( editType == 1 ){
-		m_VMove = true;
-
-		if ( ev->x() <= 0 || ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH || ev->y() < 0 || ev->y() > UI_HEIGHT ){
+			envelope->push_back( std::make_unique( Frame, Value) );
+			sort( envelope->begin(), envelope->end(), EnvelopePoint::Comparator() );
 			update();
-			m_VMove = false;
 			return;
-		}
-		float info = (UI_HEIGHT/2 - ev->y()) / (UI_HEIGHT/2.0);
-		m_sInfo.setNum( info, 'g', 2 );
-		m_nX = ev->x();
-		m_nY = ev->y();
-
-		for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(m_PanEnvelope.size()); i++){
-			if ( m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame >= ev->x() - snapradius && m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame <= ev->x() + snapradius ) {
-				m_PanEnvelope.erase( m_PanEnvelope.begin() + i);
-				int Frame = 0;
-				int Value = 0;
-				if ( i == 0 ){
-					Frame = 0;
-					Value = ev->y();
-				} else if ( i == static_cast(m_PanEnvelope.size()) ) {
-					Frame = m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame;
-					Value = ev->y();
-				} else {
-					Frame = ev->x();
-					Value = ev->y();
-				}
-				m_PanEnvelope.push_back( std::make_unique(Frame, Value) );
-				sort( m_PanEnvelope.begin(), m_PanEnvelope.end(), EnvelopePoint::Comparator() );
-				update();
-				return;
-			}else
-			{
-				m_VMove = false;
-			}
+		}else
+		{
+			m_VMove = false;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -338,88 +298,51 @@
 	// add new point
 	int EditType = HydrogenApp::get_instance()->getSampleEditor()->EditTypeComboBox->currentIndex();
 
+	Sample::VelocityEnvelope* envelope;
+
 	///edit volume points
 	if( EditType == 0 ){
+		envelope = &m_VelocityEnvelope;
+	} else {
+		envelope = &m_PanEnvelope;
+	}
 
-		// test if there is already a point
-		for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(m_VelocityEnvelope.size()); ++i){
-			if ( m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame >= ev->x() - SnapRadius && m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame <= ev->x() + SnapRadius ){
-				NewPoint = false;
-			}
-		}
-
-		int x = ev->x();
-		int y = ev->y();
-		if (ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton && !m_VMove && NewPoint){
-			float info = (UI_HEIGHT - ev->y()) / (float)UI_HEIGHT;
-			m_sInfo.setNum( info, 'g', 2 );
-			m_nX = ev->x();
-			m_nY = ev->y();
-			if ( ev->y() <= 0 ) y = 0;
-			if ( ev->y() >= UI_HEIGHT ) y = UI_HEIGHT;
-			if ( ev->x() <= SnapRadius ) x = SnapRadius;
-			if ( ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH-SnapRadius ) x = UI_WIDTH-SnapRadius;
-			m_VelocityEnvelope.push_back( std::make_unique( x, y ) );
-			sort( m_VelocityEnvelope.begin(), m_VelocityEnvelope.end(), EnvelopePoint::Comparator() );
+	// test if there is already a point
+	for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(envelope->size()); ++i){
+		if ( (*envelope)[i]->frame >= ev->x() - SnapRadius && (*envelope)[i]->frame <= ev->x() + SnapRadius ){
+			NewPoint = false;
 		}
+	}
 
-		//remove point
-		SnapRadius = 10;
-		if (ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ){
-
-			if ( ev->x() <= 0 || ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH ){
-				update();
-				return;
-			}
-			m_sInfo = "";
-
-			for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(m_VelocityEnvelope.size()); i++){
-				if ( m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame >= ev->x() - SnapRadius && m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame <= ev->x() + SnapRadius ){
-					if ( m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame == 0 || m_VelocityEnvelope[i]->frame == UI_WIDTH) return;
-					m_VelocityEnvelope.erase( m_VelocityEnvelope.begin() +  i);
-				}
-			}
-		}
+	int x = ev->x();
+	int y = ev->y();
+	if (ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton && !m_VMove && NewPoint){
+		float info = (UI_HEIGHT - ev->y()) / (float)UI_HEIGHT;
+		m_sInfo.setNum( info, 'g', 2 );
+		m_nX = ev->x();
+		m_nY = ev->y();
+		if ( ev->y() <= 0 ) y = 0;
+		if ( ev->y() >= UI_HEIGHT ) y = UI_HEIGHT;
+		if ( ev->x() <= SnapRadius ) x = SnapRadius;
+		if ( ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH-SnapRadius ) x = UI_WIDTH-SnapRadius;
+		envelope->push_back( std::make_unique( x, y ) );
+		sort( envelope->begin(), envelope->end(), EnvelopePoint::Comparator() );
 	}
-	///edit panorama points
-	else if( EditType == 1 ){
-		// test if there is already a point
-		for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(m_PanEnvelope.size()); ++i){
-			if ( m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame >= ev->x() - SnapRadius && m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame <= ev->x() + SnapRadius ){
-				NewPoint = false;
-			}
-		}
-		int x = ev->x();
-		int y = ev->y();
-		if (ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton && !m_VMove && NewPoint){
-			float info = (UI_HEIGHT/2 - ev->y()) / (UI_HEIGHT/2.0);
-			m_sInfo.setNum( info, 'g', 2 );
-			m_nX = ev->x();
-			m_nY = ev->y();
-			if ( ev->y() <= 0 ) y = 0;
-			if ( ev->y() >= UI_HEIGHT ) y = UI_HEIGHT;
-			if ( ev->x() <= SnapRadius ) x = SnapRadius;
-			if ( ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH-SnapRadius ) x = UI_WIDTH-SnapRadius;
-			m_PanEnvelope.push_back( std::make_unique( x, y ) );
-			sort( m_PanEnvelope.begin(), m_PanEnvelope.end(), EnvelopePoint::Comparator() );
-		}
 
+	//remove point
+	SnapRadius = 10;
+	if (ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ){
 
-		//remove point
-		SnapRadius = 10;
-		if (ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ){
-
-			if ( ev->x() <= 0 || ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH ){
-				update();
-				return;
-			}
-			m_sInfo = "";
+		if ( ev->x() <= 0 || ev->x() >= UI_WIDTH ){
+			update();
+			return;
+		}
+		m_sInfo = "";
 
-			for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(m_PanEnvelope.size()); i++){
-				if ( m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame >= ev->x() - SnapRadius && m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame <= ev->x() + SnapRadius ){
-					if ( m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame == 0 || m_PanEnvelope[i]->frame == UI_WIDTH) return;
-					m_PanEnvelope.erase( m_PanEnvelope.begin() +  i);
-				}
+		for ( int i = 0; i < static_cast(envelope->size()); i++){
+			if ( (*envelope)[i]->frame >= ev->x() - SnapRadius && (*envelope)[i]->frame <= ev->x() + SnapRadius ){
+				if ( (*envelope)[i]->frame == 0 || (*envelope)[i]->frame == UI_WIDTH) return;
+				envelope->erase( envelope->begin() +  i);
 			}
 		}
 	}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SampleEditor/TargetWaveDisplay.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Selection.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Selection.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Selection.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Selection.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2020 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -310,6 +310,11 @@
 		return m_selectionState == MouseMoving || m_selectionState == KeyboardMoving;
 	}
 
+	//! Is there a mouse gesture in progress?
+	bool isMouseGesture() const {
+		return m_selectionState == MouseMoving || m_selectionState == MouseLasso;
+	}
+
 	//! During a selection "move" gesture, return the current movement position relative to the start
 	//! position, in screen coordinates.
 	QPoint movingOffset() const {
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ShotList.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ShotList.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ShotList.cpp	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ShotList.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
+#include 
+
+#include "ShotList.h"
+
+QWidget *ShotList::findWidgetInheriting( QObject *pObject, QString &sName ) {
+	if ( pObject->inherits( sName.toLocal8Bit().data() ) ) {
+		return dynamic_cast< QWidget *>( pObject );
+	}
+	for ( QObject *pC : pObject->children() ) {
+		QWidget *pW = findWidgetInheriting( pC, sName );
+		if ( pW ) {
+			return pW;
+		}
+	}
+	return nullptr;
+}
+
+QWidget *ShotList::findWidget( QString &sName ) {
+	for ( QWidget * pTop : QApplication::topLevelWidgets() ) {
+		QWidget *pWidget = pTop->findChild< QWidget *>( sName );
+		if ( !pWidget && pTop->objectName() == sName ) {
+			pWidget = dynamic_cast< QWidget *>( pTop );
+		}
+		if ( !pWidget ) {
+			pWidget = findWidgetInheriting( pTop, sName );
+		}
+		if ( pWidget ) {
+			return pWidget;
+		}
+	}
+	return nullptr;
+}
+
+void ShotList::shoot( QString s ) {
+	___INFOLOG( QString( "Taking shot: %1" ).arg( s.trimmed() ) );
+	QStringList words = s.trimmed().split( QRegExp( "\\s+" ) );
+	if ( s.size() == 0 ) {
+		return;
+	}
+	QString sCmd = words[ 0 ];
+
+	if ( sCmd.startsWith( "#" ) || sCmd == "" ) {
+		// Empty line or "#" to start a comment
+	} else if ( sCmd.compare( "fin", Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) {
+		// Finish the shot list and quit Hydrogen
+		QTimer::singleShot( 1, QApplication::instance(), &QApplication::closeAllWindows );
+	} else if ( sCmd.compare( "dump", Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) {
+		// Dump object tree for debugging
+		for ( QWidget *pTop : QApplication::topLevelWidgets() ) {
+			pTop->dumpObjectTree();
+		}
+	} else if ( sCmd.compare( "grab", Qt::CaseInsensitive ) == 0 ) {
+
+		if ( words.size() < 2 ) {
+			___ERRORLOG( QString( "Syntax: grab  [as ] [size w d] [offset x y ]." ) );
+		} else {
+			words.pop_front();
+			QString sWidgetName = words[0];
+			words.pop_front();
+			QRect rect( 0, 0, -1, -1 );
+			QString sFileName = QString( "%1.png" ).arg( sWidgetName );
+			while ( !words.empty() ) {
+				if ( words[0] == "as" ) {
+					words.pop_front();
+					if ( words.size() < 1 ) {
+						___ERRORLOG( QString( "Syntax: grab ... as " ) );
+					} else {
+						sFileName = words[0];
+						words.pop_front();
+					}
+				} else if ( words[0] == "size" ) {
+					words.pop_front();
+					if ( words.size() < 2 ) {
+						___ERRORLOG( QString( "Syntax: grab ... size  " ) );
+					} else {
+						rect.setWidth( words[0].toInt() );
+						rect.setHeight( words[1].toInt() );
+						words.pop_front();
+						words.pop_front();
+					}
+				} else if ( words[0] == "offset" ) {
+					words.pop_front();
+					if ( words.size() < 2 ) {
+						___ERRORLOG( QString( "Syntax: grab ... offset  " ) );
+					} else {
+						rect.setX( words[0].toInt() );
+						rect.setY( words[1].toInt() );
+						words.pop_front();
+						words.pop_front();
+					}
+				} else {
+					___ERRORLOG( QString( "Syntax: grab  [as ] [size w d] [offset x y ]."
+										  " Unexpected '%1'" ).arg( words[0] ) );
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			QWidget *pWidget = findWidget( sWidgetName );
+			if ( pWidget ) {
+				QPixmap p = pWidget->grab();
+				QRect oldRect = rect;
+				// Scale 'rect' up to match device pixels of pixmap
+				rect = QRect( rect.topLeft() * p.devicePixelRatio(),
+							  rect.size() * p.devicePixelRatio() );
+				if ( rect.width() <= 0 ) {
+					rect.setWidth( p.rect().width() );
+				}
+				if ( rect.height() <= 0 ) {
+					rect.setHeight( p.rect().height() );
+				}
+				QRect grabRect = rect.intersected( p.rect() );
+				p.copy( grabRect ).save( sFileName );
+				___INFOLOG( QString( "Saved grabbed widget %1" ).arg( sFileName ) );
+			} else {
+				___ERRORLOG( QString( "Couldn't find widget named '%1' to grab" ).arg( sWidgetName ) );
+			}
+		}
+
+	} else if ( sCmd.compare( "slot", Qt::CaseInsensitive ) == 0 ) {
+
+		if ( words.size() >= 3 ) {
+			QString sWidgetName = words[ 1 ];
+			QString sMethodName = words[ 2 ];
+			QWidget *pWidget = findWidget( sWidgetName );
+
+			if ( pWidget ) {
+				___INFOLOG( QString( "Invoking '%1' on '%2'" ).arg( sMethodName, sWidgetName ) );
+				bool bSuccess = false;
+				switch ( words.size() ) {
+				case 3:
+					bSuccess = QMetaObject::invokeMethod( pWidget, sMethodName.toLocal8Bit().data(), Qt::DirectConnection );
+					break;
+				case 4:
+					bSuccess = QMetaObject::invokeMethod( pWidget, sMethodName.toLocal8Bit().data(), Qt::DirectConnection,
+														  Arg( words[3] ) );
+					break;
+				case 5:
+					bSuccess = QMetaObject::invokeMethod( pWidget, sMethodName.toLocal8Bit().data(), Qt::DirectConnection,
+														  Arg( words[3] ), Arg( words[4] ) );
+					break;
+				case 6:
+					bSuccess = QMetaObject::invokeMethod( pWidget, sMethodName.toLocal8Bit().data(), Qt::DirectConnection,
+														  Arg( words[3] ), Arg( words[4] ), Arg( words[5] ) );
+					break;
+				default:
+					___ERRORLOG( "Unsupported number of arguments in %0" );
+				}
+
+				if ( !bSuccess ) {
+					___ERRORLOG( QString( "Couldn't invoke '%1' on '%2'" )
+								 .arg( sMethodName, sWidgetName ) );
+				} else {
+					___INFOLOG( "OK" );
+				}
+			} else {
+				___ERRORLOG( QString( "Couldn't find widget named '%1' to invoke '%2' on" )
+							 .arg( sWidgetName, sMethodName ) );
+			}
+		} else {
+			___ERRORLOG( QString( "Syntax: slot   [args]" ) );
+		}
+	} else {
+		___ERRORLOG( QString("Unknown command '%1'").arg( sCmd ) );
+	}
+}
+
+
+ShotList::ShotList( QString sShotsFilename ) {
+	QFile shots( sShotsFilename );
+	if ( ! shots.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) ) {
+		___ERRORLOG( QString( "Cannot open shot list file '%1' " ).arg( shots.fileName() ) );
+		return;
+	}
+	while (! shots.atEnd() ) {
+		m_shots << shots.readLine();
+	}
+}
+
+void ShotList::shoot() {
+	m_nNextShot = 0;
+	if ( m_shots.size() != 0 ) {
+		nextShot();
+	}
+}
+
+
+void ShotList::nextShot( void ) {
+	if ( ( m_nNextShot + 1) < m_shots.size() ) {
+		// Cue up next shot
+		QMetaObject::invokeMethod( this, "nextShot", Qt::QueuedConnection );
+	}
+	shoot( m_shots[ m_nNextShot++ ] );
+}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ShotList.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ShotList.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/ShotList.h	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/ShotList.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SHOTLIST_H
+#define __SHOTLIST_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/// Shot List
+///
+/// Utility for grabbing screenshots of widgets. Not a script, just a shot list.
+///
+/// Commands are word-oriented
+///
+///  - grab    -- grab widget named "WidgetName" or of any class inheriting from "WidgetClass"
+///     + [ size   ]             -- size of area to grab. 0 or (-)ve mean widget's entire width or height
+///     + [ ofset   ]            -- offset from the widget's origin for beginning of grab
+///     + [ as  ]            -- filename to save as, including file type extension
+///  - slot   [...] -- invoke a slot method on widget.
+///  - dump                            -- dump object tree(s)
+///  - #                         -- commentary (note that the space is needed!)
+///  - fin                             -- quit Hydrogen
+///
+/// By naming widgets appropriately and exposing their functionality as slots, it should be possible for the
+/// application to allow a lot of flexibility in how screenshots are set up in shot lists.
+///
+class ShotList : public QObject {
+
+	/// Find a widget which inherits the named class
+	static QWidget *findWidgetInheriting( QObject *pObject, QString &sName );
+
+	/// Find a widget by name
+	static QWidget *findWidget( QString &sName );
+
+	/// Buffer for construction of Q_ARGs.
+	class Arg {
+		QString m_sArg;
+		union {
+			int m_n;
+			QWidget *m_pWidget;
+			bool m_b;
+		};
+	public:
+		Arg( QString &sArg ) : m_sArg( sArg ) {}
+
+		operator QGenericArgument() {
+			if (( m_sArg == "true" )) {
+				m_b = true;
+				return Q_ARG( bool, m_b );
+			} else if (( m_sArg == "false" )) {
+				m_b = false;
+				return Q_ARG( bool, m_b );
+			}
+			bool bIsInt = false;
+			m_n = m_sArg.toInt( &bIsInt );
+			if ( bIsInt ) {
+				return Q_ARG( int, m_n );
+			} else if (( m_pWidget = findWidget( m_sArg ) )) {
+				return Q_ARG( QWidget *, m_pWidget );
+			} else {
+				// Last resort, treat as a QString
+				return Q_ARG( QString, m_sArg );
+			}
+		}
+	};
+
+private:
+	QStringList m_shots;
+	int m_nNextShot;
+
+	void shoot( QString s );
+
+public:
+	ShotList( QStringList shots ) {
+		m_shots = shots;
+	}
+	ShotList( QString sShotsFilename );
+
+	void shoot();
+
+public slots:
+	void nextShot( void );
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Skin.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Skin.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Skin.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Skin.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #ifndef H2_SKIN_H
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  *
  */
@@ -37,8 +37,9 @@
 {
 	setupUi( this );
 
-	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Fill with selected pattern" ) );
+        adjustSize();
+        setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 
 	__fill_range = pRange;
 	__text_changed();
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PatternFillDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,213 +1,165 @@
-
+
+
  Matt Walker
- 
- 
  PatternFillDialog_UI
- 
-  
+ 
+  
    
     0
     0
-    221
-    121
+    278
+    156
    
   
-  
-   
-    5
-    5
+  
+   
     0
     0
    
   
-  
+  
    Form 1
   
-  
+  
    true
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     10
-     201
-     71
-    
-   
-   
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      10
-      71
-      51
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      0
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      
      
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-       
-       
-        &Fill
-       
-       
-        Alt+F
-       
-       
-        true
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+          
+          
+           &Fill
+          
+          
+           Alt+F
+          
+          
+           true
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           &Clear
+          
+          
+           Alt+C
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           From:
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            50
+            32767
+           
+          
+          
+           
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           To:
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            50
+            32767
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
        
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        &Clear
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
        
-       
-        Alt+C
+       
+        
+         36
+         11
+        
        
-      
+      
      
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      90
-      10
-      101
-      51
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      0
-     
-     
-      6
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        From:
+     
+      
+       
+        Cancel
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         50
-         32767
-        
+     
+      
+       
+        OK
        
-       
-        
+       
+        true
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        To:
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
        
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
+       
+        QSizePolicy::Expanding
+       
+       
         
-         50
-         32767
+         36
+         11
         
        
-      
+      
      
     
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     90
-     201
-     27
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-    
-    
-     6
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        36
-        11
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Cancel
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       OK
-      
-      
-       true
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       QSizePolicy::Expanding
-      
-      
-       
-        36
-        11
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+   
+  
  
- 
- 
+ 
  
   fillRB
   fromText
@@ -215,7 +167,6 @@
   cancelBtn
   okBtn
  
- 
  
  
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/PlaybackTrackWaveDisplay.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -109,6 +109,7 @@
 	m_pPopupMenu->addAction( tr( "&Delete" ), this, &SongEditor::deleteSelection );
 	m_pPopupMenu->addAction( tr( "Select &all" ), this, &SongEditor::selectAll );
 	m_pPopupMenu->addAction( tr( "Clear selection" ), this, &SongEditor::selectNone );
+	m_pPopupMenu->setObjectName( "SongEditorPopup" );
 
 
 	update();
@@ -395,8 +396,7 @@
 			deleteSelection();
 		} else {
 			// No selection, delete at the current cursor position
-			QUndoStack *pUndo = HydrogenApp::get_instance()->m_pUndoStack;
-			pUndo->push( new SE_deletePatternAction( m_nCursorColumn, m_nCursorRow ) );
+			setPatternActive( m_nCursorColumn, m_nCursorRow, false );
 		}
 
 	} else if ( ev->matches( QKeySequence::MoveToNextChar ) || ( bSelectionKey = ev->matches( QKeySequence::SelectNextChar ) ) ) {
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	if ( m_selection.isMoving() ) {
+	if ( m_selection.isMouseGesture() && m_selection.isMoving() ) {
 		// If a selection is currently being moved, change the cursor
 		// appropriately. Selection will change it back after the move
 		// is complete (or abandoned)
@@ -1201,6 +1201,7 @@
 	m_pPatternPopup->addAction( tr("Save Pattern"),  this, SLOT( patternPopup_save() ) );
 	m_pPatternPopup->addAction( tr("Export Pattern"),  this, SLOT( patternPopup_export() ) );
 	m_pPatternPopup->addAction( tr("Virtual Pattern"), this, SLOT( patternPopup_virtualPattern() ) );
+	m_pPatternPopup->setObjectName( "PatternListPopup" );
 
 	HydrogenApp::get_instance()->addEventListener( this );
 
@@ -2269,6 +2270,22 @@
 	}
 }
 
+void SongEditorPositionRuler::showTagWidget( int nColumn )
+{
+	SongEditorPanelTagWidget dialog( this , nColumn );
+	if (dialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+		//createBackground();
+	}
+
+}
+
+void SongEditorPositionRuler::showBpmWidget( int nColumn )
+{
+	SongEditorPanelBpmWidget dialog( this , nColumn );
+	if (dialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+		//createBackground();
+	}
+}
 
 
 void SongEditorPositionRuler::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *ev )
@@ -2297,11 +2314,7 @@
 		}
 		
 	} else if (ev->button() == Qt::MiddleButton && ev->y() >= 26) {
-		int column = (ev->x() / m_nGridWidth);
-		SongEditorPanelTagWidget dialog( this , column );
-		if (dialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
-			//createBackground();
-		}
+		showTagWidget( ev->x() / m_nGridWidth );
 	} else if (ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && ev->y() >= 26) {
 		int column = (ev->x() / m_nGridWidth);
 		Preferences* pPref = Preferences::get_instance();
@@ -2318,11 +2331,7 @@
 		pPref->setPunchOutPos(-1);
 		update();
 	} else if( ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton || ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ) && ev->y() <= 25 && Preferences::get_instance()->getUseTimelineBpm() ){
-		int column = (ev->x() / m_nGridWidth);
-		SongEditorPanelBpmWidget dialog( this , column );
-		if (dialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
-			//createBackground();
-		}
+		showBpmWidget( ev->x() / m_nGridWidth );
 	}
 
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditor.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -320,6 +320,8 @@
 
 	public slots:
 		void updatePosition();
+		void showTagWidget( int nColumn );
+		void showBpmWidget( int nColumn );
 
 	private:
 		QTimer *			m_pTimer;
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -43,8 +43,7 @@
 {
 	setupUi( this );
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
-	setWindowTitle( tr( "BPM" ) );	
-	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
+	setWindowTitle( tr( "BPM" ) );
 
 	lineEditBeat->setText(QString("%1").arg( m_stimelineposition + 1) );
 	deleteBtn->setEnabled ( false );
@@ -52,6 +51,9 @@
 	Hydrogen* pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	Timeline* pTimeline = pHydrogen->getTimeline();
 	auto tempoMarkers = pTimeline->getAllTempoMarkers();
+	adjustSize();
+	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
+
 
 	//restore the bpm value
 	if( tempoMarkers.size() > 0 ){
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelBpmWidget_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -13,90 +13,80 @@
   
    Form
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     10
-     180
-     135
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         Edit the bpm value for current beat
-        
-        
-         500,55
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Edit beat in timeline
-        
-        
-         500
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Bar
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         BPM
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Delete this BPM Marker
-      
-      
-       Delete BPM Marker
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         
-        
-        
-         Cancel
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Ok
-        
-        
-         true
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Edit the bpm value for current beat
+       
+       
+        500,55
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Edit beat in timeline
+       
+       
+        500
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Bar
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        BPM
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Delete this BPM Marker
+     
+     
+      Delete BPM Marker
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        
+       
+       
+        Cancel
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Ok
+       
+       
+        true
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
   lineEditBpm
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include "SongEditorPanel.h"
@@ -64,10 +64,13 @@
 	Hydrogen*	pEngine = Hydrogen::get_instance();
 	Song*		pSong = pEngine->getSong();
 
+	assert( pSong );
+
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Song Editor" ) );
 
 	// background
 	PixmapWidget *pBackPanel = new PixmapWidget( nullptr );
+	pBackPanel->setObjectName( "SongEditorBackPanel" );
 	pBackPanel->setFixedSize( 196, 49 );
 	pBackPanel->setPixmap( "/songEditor/bg_topPanel.png" );
 
@@ -82,6 +85,7 @@
 	);
 	m_pTimeLineToggleBtn->move( 133, 6 );
 	m_pTimeLineToggleBtn->setToolTip( m_sTimelineToolTip );
+	m_pTimeLineToggleBtn->setObjectName( "TimeLineToggleBtn" );
 	connect( m_pTimeLineToggleBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( timeLineBtnPressed(Button* ) ) );
 	
 	if ( pPref->getUseTimelineBpm() &&
@@ -224,8 +228,10 @@
 			QSize( 19, 13 )
 	);
 	m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn->setToolTip( tr( "View playback track") );
-	connect( m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( viewPlaybackTrackBtnPressed(Button* ) ) );
-	m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( false );
+	m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn->setObjectName( "ViewPlaybackToggleBtn" );
+	connect( m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn, SIGNAL( clicked(Button*) ),
+			 this, SLOT( viewPlaybackTrackBtnPressed(Button*) ) );
+	m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( pPref->getShowPlaybackTrack() );
 	
 	// Playback Fader
 	m_pPlaybackTrackFader = new VerticalFader( pBackPanel, false, false );
@@ -246,9 +252,15 @@
 	);
 	m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setToolTip( tr( "Mute playback track") );
 	m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->move( 151, 6 );
-	m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->hide();
-	connect( m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( mutePlaybackTrackBtnPressed(Button* ) ) );
-	m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( !pSong->getPlaybackTrackEnabled() );
+	connect( m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn, &Button::clicked, [=](Button* pButton){
+		Hydrogen::get_instance()->mutePlaybackTrack( ! pButton->isPressed() );
+	});
+
+	if ( pEngine->getPlaybackTrackState() == Song::PlaybackTrack::Unavailable ) {
+		m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( true );
+	} else {
+		m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( ! pSong->getPlaybackTrackEnabled() );
+	}
 	
 	// edit playback track toggle button
 	m_pEditPlaybackBtn = new Button(
@@ -273,9 +285,9 @@
 			QSize( 19, 13 )
 	);
 	m_pViewTimeLineToggleBtn->setToolTip( tr( "View timeline") );
-	connect( m_pViewTimeLineToggleBtn, SIGNAL( clicked( Button* ) ), this, SLOT( viewTimeLineBtnPressed(Button* ) ) );
-	m_pViewTimeLineToggleBtn->setPressed( true );
-	
+	connect( m_pViewTimeLineToggleBtn, SIGNAL( clicked(Button*) ),
+			 this, SLOT( viewTimeLineBtnPressed(Button*) ) );
+	m_pViewTimeLineToggleBtn->setPressed( ! pPref->getShowPlaybackTrack() );
 	
 	QHBoxLayout *pHZoomLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
 	pHZoomLayout->setSpacing( 0 );
@@ -404,8 +416,6 @@
 	defaultPalette.setColor( QPalette::Window, QColor( 58, 62, 72 ) );
 	this->setPalette( defaultPalette );
 
-	Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong()->setActionMode( H2Core::Song::ActionMode::selectMode );
-
 	show();
 
 	updateAll();
@@ -547,9 +557,32 @@
 
 void SongEditorPanel::updatePlaybackTrackIfNecessary()
 {
-	if( Preferences::get_instance()->getShowPlaybackTrack() ) {
-		InstrumentComponent *pCompo = AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_sampler()->getPlaybackTrackInstrument()->get_components()->front();
-		m_pPlaybackTrackWaveDisplay->updateDisplay( pCompo->get_layer(0) );
+	auto pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
+	auto pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
+	
+	if ( Preferences::get_instance()->getShowPlaybackTrack() &&
+		 pSong != nullptr ) {
+
+		if ( pHydrogen->getPlaybackTrackState() == Song::PlaybackTrack::Unavailable ) {
+			// No playback track chosen
+			m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( true );
+			
+			m_pPlaybackTrackWaveDisplay->updateDisplay( nullptr );
+		}
+		else {
+			// Playback track was selected by the user and is ready to
+			// use.
+			if ( pHydrogen->getPlaybackTrackState() == Song::PlaybackTrack::Muted ) {
+				m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( true );
+			} else {
+				m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( false );
+			}
+
+			auto pPlaybackCompo = AudioEngine::get_instance()->get_sampler()->
+				getPlaybackTrackInstrument()->get_components()->front();
+			
+			m_pPlaybackTrackWaveDisplay->updateDisplay( pPlaybackCompo->get_layer(0) );
+		}
 	}
 }
 
@@ -713,12 +746,19 @@
 	resyncExternalScrollBar();
 }
 
+void SongEditorPanel::playbackTrackChangedEvent() {
+	updatePlaybackTrackIfNecessary();
+}
+
 void SongEditorPanel::actionModeChangeEvent( int nValue ) {
 
-	if ( nValue == 0 ) {
+	auto pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
+	auto pSong = pHydrogen->getSong();
+	
+	if ( pSong->getActionMode() == Song::ActionMode::selectMode ) {
 		m_pPointerActionBtn->setPressed( true );
 		m_pDrawActionBtn->setPressed( false );
-	} else if ( nValue == 1 ) {
+	} else if ( pSong->getActionMode() == Song::ActionMode::drawMode ) {
 		m_pPointerActionBtn->setPressed( false );
 		m_pDrawActionBtn->setPressed( true );
 	} else {
@@ -803,6 +843,8 @@
 	m_pViewTimeLineToggleBtn->setPressed( false );
 	m_pViewPlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( true );
 	Preferences::get_instance()->setShowPlaybackTrack( true );
+
+	updatePlaybackTrackIfNecessary();
 }
 
 void SongEditorPanel::viewTimeLineBtnPressed( Button* pBtn )
@@ -827,20 +869,11 @@
 	}
 }
 
-
-void SongEditorPanel::mutePlaybackTrackBtnPressed( Button* pBtn )
+void SongEditorPanel::editPlaybackTrackBtnPressed(Button*)
 {
-	Hydrogen* pEngine = Hydrogen::get_instance();
-
-	bool state = !pBtn->isPressed();
-	state = pEngine->setPlaybackTrackState( state );
-	m_pMutePlaybackToggleBtn->setPressed( !state );
-}
-
-void SongEditorPanel::editPlaybackTrackBtnPressed( Button* pBtn )
-{
-	if ( (Hydrogen::get_instance()->getState() == STATE_PLAYING) ) {
-		Hydrogen::get_instance()->sequencer_stop();
+	auto pHydrogen = Hydrogen::get_instance();
+	if ( pHydrogen->getState() == STATE_PLAYING ) {
+		pHydrogen->sequencer_stop();
 	}
 	
 	//use AudioFileBrowser, but don't allow multi-select. Also, hide all no necessary controls.
@@ -862,9 +895,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	Hydrogen::get_instance()->loadPlaybackTrack( filenameList[2] );
-	
-	updateAll();
+	pHydrogen->loadPlaybackTrack( filenameList[2] );
 }
 
 void SongEditorPanel::modeActionBtnPressed( )
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanel.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 
-class Button;
+#include "Widgets/Button.h"
+
 class SongEditor;
 class SongEditorPatternList;
 class SongEditorPositionRuler;
@@ -57,7 +58,6 @@
 
 		void updateAll();
 		void updatePositionRuler();
-		void setModeActionBtn( bool mode );
 		void toggleAutomationAreaVisibility();
 		
 		void showTimeline();
@@ -85,6 +85,14 @@
 		 * \param nValue 0 - select mode and 1 - draw mode.
 		 */
 		void actionModeChangeEvent( int nValue ) override;
+	virtual void playbackTrackChangedEvent() override;
+
+	public slots:
+		void setModeActionBtn( bool mode );
+		void showHideTimeLine( bool bPressed ) {
+			m_pTimeLineToggleBtn->setPressed( bPressed );
+			timeLineBtnPressed( m_pTimeLineToggleBtn );
+		}
 
 	private slots:
 		void vScrollTo( int value );
@@ -102,8 +110,7 @@
 		void drawActionBtnPressed( Button* pBtn );
 		void timeLineBtnPressed( Button* pBtn );
 		void viewTimeLineBtnPressed( Button* pBtn );
-		void viewPlaybackTrackBtnPressed( Button* pBtn );
-		void mutePlaybackTrackBtnPressed( Button* pBtn );
+		void viewPlaybackTrackBtnPressed( Button*);
 		void editPlaybackTrackBtnPressed( Button* pBtn );
 		void modeActionBtnPressed( );
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/SongEditorPanelTagWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  *
  */
@@ -37,8 +37,9 @@
     , Object( __class_name )
 {
     setupUi( this );
-    setFixedSize( width(), height() );
     setWindowTitle( tr( "Select virtual pattern" ) );
+    adjustSize();
+    setMinimumSize( width(), height() );
 }
 
 VirtualPatternDialog::~VirtualPatternDialog()
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongEditor/VirtualPatternDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -13,90 +13,86 @@
   
    Dialog
   
-  
-   
-    
-     20
-     250
-     351
-     41
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       
-        40
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       OK
-      
-      
-       true
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Cancel
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Qt::Horizontal
-      
-      
-       
-        40
-        20
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     0
-     381
-     241
-    
-   
-   
-    QFrame::StyledPanel
-   
-   
-    QFrame::Raised
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      0
-      0
-      381
-      241
-     
-    
-    
-     QAbstractItemView::MultiSelection
-    
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      QFrame::StyledPanel
+     
+     
+      QFrame::Raised
+     
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         QAbstractItemView::MultiSelection
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        OK
+       
+       
+        true
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Cancel
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 {
 	setupUi( this );
 
+	adjustSize();
 	setMaximumSize( width(), height() );
 	setMinimumSize( width(), height() );
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SongPropertiesDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
-
+
+
  SongPropertiesDialog_UI
- 
-  
+ 
+  
    
     0
     0
@@ -9,162 +10,100 @@
     378
    
   
-  
+  
    Form1
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     36
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     72
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-     20
-    
-   
-   
-    Author
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     96
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     190
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-     20
-    
-   
-   
-    Notes
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     12
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-     20
-    
-   
-   
-    Song name
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     150
-     330
-     90
-     24
-    
-   
-   
-     &OK
-   
-   
-    Alt+O
-   
-   
-    true
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     50
-     330
-     90
-     24
-    
-   
-   
-    &Cancel
-   
-   
-    Alt+C
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     220
-     271
-     101
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     154
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     130
-     268
-     24
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     0
-     20
-    
-   
-   
-    License
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       20
+      
+     
+     
+      Song name
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       20
+      
+     
+     
+      Author
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       20
+      
+     
+     
+      License
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       20
+      
+     
+     
+      Notes
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      &Cancel
+     
+     
+      Alt+C
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+       &OK
+     
+     
+      Alt+O
+     
+     
+      true
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
- 
+ 
  
  
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/FileBrowser.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "SoundLibraryImportDialog.h"
 #include "SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.h"
 #include "SoundLibraryPanel.h"
@@ -83,6 +105,9 @@
 
 void SoundLibraryDatabase::updatePatterns()
 {
+	for ( auto ppPattern : *patternVector ) {
+		delete ppPattern;
+	}
 	patternVector->clear();
 	patternCategories = QStringList();
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryDatastructures.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef SOUNDLIBRARYDATASTRUCTURES_H
 #define SOUNDLIBRARYDATASTRUCTURES_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,12 +16,12 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
 #include "SoundLibraryExportDialog.h"
+#include "../HydrogenApp.h"
 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -57,13 +58,20 @@
 	, m_sPreselectedKit( sSelectedKit )
 	, m_preselectedKitLookup( lookup )
 {
+	// updating the drumkit list might take a while. Therefore, we
+	// show the user that this is expected behavior by showing a wait cursor.
+	QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
+	
 	setupUi( this );
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Export Sound Library" ) );
 	m_sSysDrumkitSuffix = " (system)";
-	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 	updateDrumkitList();
+	adjustSize();
+	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 	drumkitPathTxt->setText( QDir::homePath() );
+	
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
 }
 
 
@@ -86,187 +94,85 @@
 {
 	QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
 
-	Filesystem::Lookup lookup;
-	bool bIsUserDrumkit;
-	QString		drumkitName = drumkitList->currentText();
-	if ( drumkitName.contains( m_sSysDrumkitSuffix ) ) {
-		lookup = Filesystem::Lookup::system;
-		bIsUserDrumkit = false;
-		drumkitName.replace( m_sSysDrumkitSuffix, "" );
-	} else {
-		lookup = Filesystem::Lookup::user;
-		bIsUserDrumkit = true;
-	}
-	QString		drumkitDir = Filesystem::drumkit_dir_search( drumkitName, lookup );
-	QString		saveDir = drumkitPathTxt->text();
-	Drumkit*	pDrumkit = nullptr;
-	int nVersionListIndex = versionList->currentIndex();
-	
-	QDir qdTempFolder( Filesystem::tmp_dir() );
-	bool TmpFileCreated = false; 
+	bool bRecentVersion = versionList->currentIndex() == 1 ? false : true;
 
-	int componentID = -1;
-	
-	if( nVersionListIndex == 1 ) {
-		for ( auto pDrumkit : m_pDrumkitInfoList ) {
-			if( pDrumkit->get_name().compare( drumkitName ) == 0 &&
-				pDrumkit->isUserDrumkit() == bIsUserDrumkit ) {
-				QString temporaryDrumkitXML = qdTempFolder.filePath( "drumkit.xml" );
-				INFOLOG( "[ExportSoundLibrary]" );
-				INFOLOG( "Saving temporary file into: " + temporaryDrumkitXML );
-				TmpFileCreated = true; //NOLINT
-
-				for ( auto pComponent : *( pDrumkit->get_components() ) ) {
-					if( pComponent->get_name().compare( componentList->currentText() ) == 0) {
-						componentID = pComponent->get_id();
-						break;
-					}
-				}
-				pDrumkit->save_file( temporaryDrumkitXML, true, componentID );
+	// The name of the drumkit is not something well defined within
+	// Hydrogen. Drumkit::load_by_name is expecting the name of the
+	// drumkit folder containing both the samples and drumkit.xml
+	// files. However, the name property stored in the latter, which
+	// is also used as Drumkit::__name can differ (and they actually
+	// do for a number of kits we host at SourceForge). Therefore,
+	// it's important to retrieve the kit from the list of drumkits
+	// used to create the different choices presented in the GUI.
+	Drumkit* pDrumkit = nullptr;
+	for ( const auto& ppKit : m_pDrumkitInfoList ) {
+		if ( ppKit->isUserDrumkit() ) {
+			if ( ppKit->get_name().compare( drumkitList->currentText() ) == 0 ) {
+				pDrumkit = ppKit;
 				break;
 			}
+		} else {
+			QString	sChosenName = drumkitList->currentText();
+			if ( sChosenName.contains( m_sSysDrumkitSuffix ) ) {
+				sChosenName.replace( m_sSysDrumkitSuffix, "" );
+				if ( ppKit->get_name().compare( sChosenName ) == 0 ) {
+					pDrumkit = ppKit;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
 		}
-		assert( pDrumkit );
 	}
 
-
-#if defined(H2CORE_HAVE_LIBARCHIVE)
-	QString fullDir = drumkitDir + "/" + drumkitName;
-	QDir sourceDir(fullDir);
-
-	sourceDir.setFilter(QDir::Files);
-	QStringList filesList = sourceDir.entryList();
-
-	QString outname = saveDir + "/" + drumkitName + ".h2drumkit";
-
-	struct archive *a;
-	struct archive_entry *entry;
-	struct stat st;
-	char buff[8192];
-	int len;
-	FILE *f;
-
-	a = archive_write_new();
-
-	#if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 3000000
-		archive_write_set_compression_gzip(a);
-	#else
-		archive_write_add_filter_gzip(a);
-	#endif
-
-	archive_write_set_format_pax_restricted(a);
-	int ret = archive_write_open_filename(a, outname.toUtf8().constData());
-	if ( ret != ARCHIVE_OK ) {
-		QMessageBox::critical( this, "Hydrogen", tr( "Couldn't create archive" )
-							   .append( QString( " [%0]" ).arg( outname ) ) );
+	if ( pDrumkit == nullptr ) {
+		QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+		QMessageBox::critical( this, "Hydrogen",
+							   tr("Unable to retrieve drumkit from sound library" ) );
 		return;
 	}
-	for (int i = 0; i < filesList.size(); i++) {
-		QString filename = fullDir + "/" + filesList.at(i);
-		QString targetFilename = drumkitName + "/" + filesList.at(i);
-
-		if( nVersionListIndex == 1 ) {
-			if( filesList.at(i).compare( QString("drumkit.xml") ) == 0 ) {
-				filename = qdTempFolder.filePath( "drumkit.xml" );
-			}
-			else {
-				bool bFoundFileInRightComponent = false;
-				for( int j = 0; j < pDrumkit->get_instruments()->size() ; j++){
-					InstrumentList instrList = pDrumkit->get_instruments();
-					Instrument* instr = instrList[j];
-					for ( auto pComponent : *( instr->get_components() ) ) {
-						if( pComponent->get_drumkit_componentID() == componentID ){
-							for( int n = 0; n < InstrumentComponent::getMaxLayers(); n++ ) {
-								InstrumentLayer* layer = pComponent->get_layer( n );
-								if( layer ) {
-									 if( layer->get_sample()->get_filename().compare(filesList.at(i)) == 0 ) {
-										 bFoundFileInRightComponent = true;
-										 break;
-									 }
-								}
-							}
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				if( !bFoundFileInRightComponent ) {
-					continue;
-				}
-			}
-		}
 
+	QString sTargetComponent;
+	if ( componentList->currentIndex() == 0 && bRecentVersion ) {
+		// Exporting all components
+		sTargetComponent = "";
+	} else {
+		sTargetComponent = componentList->currentText();
+	}
 
-		stat(filename.toUtf8().constData(), &st);
-		entry = archive_entry_new();
-		archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, targetFilename.toUtf8().constData());
-		archive_entry_set_size(entry, st.st_size);
-		archive_entry_set_filetype(entry, AE_IFREG);
-		archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
-		archive_write_header(a, entry);
-		f = fopen(filename.toUtf8().constData(), "rb");
-		len = fread(buff, sizeof(char), sizeof(buff), f);
-		while ( len > 0 ) {
-				archive_write_data(a, buff, len);
-				len = fread(buff, sizeof(char), sizeof(buff), f);
+	// Check whether the resulting file does already exist and ask the
+	// user if it should be overwritten.
+	QString sTargetName = drumkitPathTxt->text() + "/" +
+		pDrumkit->getExportName( sTargetComponent, bRecentVersion ) +
+		Filesystem::drumkit_ext;
+	if ( Filesystem::file_exists( sTargetName, true ) ) {
+		QMessageBox msgBox;
+		msgBox.setWindowTitle("Hydrogen");
+		msgBox.setIcon( QMessageBox::Warning );
+		msgBox.setText( tr( "The file [%1] does already exist and will be overwritten.")
+						.arg( sTargetName ) );
+
+		msgBox.setStandardButtons( QMessageBox::Ok | QMessageBox::Cancel );
+		msgBox.setButtonText(QMessageBox::Ok, tr( "&Ok" ) );
+		msgBox.setButtonText(QMessageBox::Cancel, tr( "&Cancel" ) );
+		msgBox.setDefaultButton(QMessageBox::Ok);
+
+		if ( msgBox.exec() == QMessageBox::Cancel ) {
+			QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+			return;
 		}
-		fclose(f);
-		archive_entry_free(entry);
 	}
-	archive_write_close(a);
-
-	#if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 3000000
-		archive_write_finish(a);
-	#else
-		archive_write_free(a);
-	#endif
-
-	filesList.clear();
-
-	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
-	QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen", tr("Drumkit exported.") );
-#elif !defined(WIN32)
-
-	if(TmpFileCreated)
-	{
-		/*
-		 * If a temporary drumkit.xml has been created:
-		 * 1. move the original drumkit.xml to drumkit_backup.xml
-		 * 2. copy the temporary file to drumkitDir/drumkit.xml
-		 * 3. export the drumkit
-		 * 4. move the drumkit_backup.xml to drumkit.xml
-		 */
-
-		int ret = 0;
-		
-		//1.
-		QString cmd = QString( "cd " ) + drumkitDir + "; " + "cp " + drumkitName + "/drumkit.xml " + drumkitName + "/drumkit_097.xml";
-		ret = system( cmd.toLocal8Bit() );
-		
-		
-		//2.
-		cmd = QString( "cd " ) + drumkitDir + "; " + "mv " + qdTempFolder.filePath( "drumkit.xml" ) + " " + drumkitName + "/drumkit.xml";
-		ret = system( cmd.toLocal8Bit() );
-		
-		//3.
-		cmd =  QString( "cd " ) + drumkitDir + ";" + "tar czf \"" + saveDir + "/" + drumkitName + ".h2drumkit\" -- \"" + drumkitName + "\"";
-		ret = system( cmd.toLocal8Bit() );
-
-		//4.
-		cmd = QString( "cd " ) + drumkitDir + "; " + "mv " + drumkitName + "/drumkit_097.xml " + drumkitName + "/drumkit.xml";
-		ret = system( cmd.toLocal8Bit() );
-
-	} else {
-		QString cmd =  QString( "cd " ) + drumkitDir + ";" + "tar czf \"" + saveDir + "/" + drumkitName + ".h2drumkit\" -- \"" + drumkitName + "\"";
-		int ret = system( cmd.toLocal8Bit() );
+	
+	if ( ! pDrumkit->exportTo( drumkitPathTxt->text(), // Target folder
+							   sTargetComponent, // Selected component
+							   bRecentVersion ) ) {
+		QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+		QMessageBox::critical( this, "Hydrogen", tr("Unable to export drumkit") );
+		return;
 	}
 
-
-
 	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
-	QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen", tr("Drumkit exported.") );
-#else
-	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
-	QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen", tr("Drumkit not exported. Operation not supported.") );
-#endif
+	QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen",
+							  tr("Drumkit exported to") + "\n" +
+							  sTargetName );
 }
 
 void SoundLibraryExportDialog::on_drumkitPathTxt_textChanged( QString str )
@@ -303,6 +209,15 @@
 {
 	componentList->clear();
 
+	if ( versionList->currentIndex() == 0 ) {
+		// Only kit version 0.9.7 or newer support components. For
+		// them we can support to export all or individual ones. For
+		// older versions one component must pretend to be the whole
+		// kit.
+		componentList->addItem( tr( "All" ) );
+		componentList->insertSeparator( 1 );
+	}
+
 	QStringList p_compoList = m_kit_components[str];
 
 	for (QStringList::iterator it = p_compoList.begin() ; it != p_compoList.end(); ++it) {
@@ -314,11 +229,7 @@
 
 void SoundLibraryExportDialog::on_versionList_currentIndexChanged( int index )
 {
-	if( index == 0 ) {
-		componentList->setEnabled( false );
-	} else if( index == 1 ) {
-		componentList->setEnabled(  true );
-	}
+	on_drumkitList_currentIndexChanged( drumkitList->currentText() );
 }
 
 void SoundLibraryExportDialog::updateDrumkitList()
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryExportDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -6,231 +6,227 @@
    
     0
     0
-    503
-    281
+    583
+    292
    
   
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     120
-     481
-     101
-    
-   
-   
-    Drumkit
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      20
-      461
-      70
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      Export
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+          
+           Path
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              0
+              0
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              120
+              16777215
+             
+            
+            
+             Browse...
+            
+            
+             false
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+          
+           Version
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            0.9.7 and higher
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            0.9.6 and lower
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Drumkit
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+          
+           Drumkit
+          
+          
+           Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop
+          
+          
+           true
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+          
+           Component
+          
+          
+           Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop
+          
+          
+           true
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            0
+            0
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         175
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        false
        
        
-        Drumkit
+        Export
        
-       
-        Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop
-       
-       
-        true
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
+       
+        false
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
-       
-       
-        Component
-       
-       
-        Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop
-       
-       
+     
+      
+       
         true
        
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     9
-     481
-     101
-    
-   
-   
-    Export
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      10
-      20
-      461
-      74
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
-       
        
-        Path
+        Cancel
+       
+       
+        false
        
       
      
-     
-      
-       
-        
-       
-       
-        
-         
-          
-           0
-           0
-          
-         
-         
-          
-           120
-           16777215
-          
-         
-         
-          Browse...
-         
-         
-          false
-         
-        
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
        
-       
-        Version
+       
+        
+         181
+         20
+        
        
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         0
-         0
-        
-       
-       
-        
-         0.9.7 and higher
-        
-       
-       
-        
-         0.9.6 and lower
-        
-       
-      
+      
      
     
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     170
-     240
-     178
-     35
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       false
-      
-      
-       Export
-      
-      
-       false
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       true
-      
-      
-       Cancel
-      
-      
-       false
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+   
+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@
 	setupUi( this );
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Sound Library import" ) );
-	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 
 	QStringList headers;
 	headers << tr( "Sound library" ) << tr( "Status" );
@@ -73,6 +72,9 @@
 
 	updateRepositoryCombo();
 
+	adjustSize();
+	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
+
 	if( bOnlineImport){
 		 tabWidget->setCurrentIndex( 0 );
 	} else {
@@ -718,15 +720,15 @@
 void SoundLibraryImportDialog::on_InstallBtn_clicked()
 {
 	QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
-
+	
 	try {
 		H2Core::Drumkit::install( SoundLibraryPathTxt->text() );
-		QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen", QString( tr( "SoundLibrary imported in %1" ).arg( H2Core::Filesystem::usr_data_path() )  ) );
 		// update the drumkit list
 		SoundLibraryDatabase::get_instance()->update();
 		HydrogenApp::get_instance()->getInstrumentRack()->getSoundLibraryPanel()->test_expandedItems();
 		HydrogenApp::get_instance()->getInstrumentRack()->getSoundLibraryPanel()->updateDrumkitList();
 		QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+		QMessageBox::information( this, "Hydrogen", QString( tr( "SoundLibrary imported in %1" ).arg( H2Core::Filesystem::usr_data_path() )  ) );
 	}
 	catch( H2Core::H2Exception ex ) {
 		QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryImportDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -23,251 +23,263 @@
       
        Internet
       
-      
-       
-        
-         9
-         9
-         751
-         591
-        
+      
+       
+        4
        
-       
-        
-         
-          
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              
-               Qt::Horizontal
-              
-              
-               
-                40
-                20
-               
-              
-             
-            
-            
-             
-              
-               Update list
-              
-             
-            
-            
-             
+       
+        4
+       
+       
+        4
+       
+       
+        4
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               
+                Qt::Horizontal
+               
+               
+                
+                 40
+                 20
+                
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Update list
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Edit server list
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Qt::Horizontal
+               
+               
+                
+                 40
+                 20
+                
+               
+              
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               355
+               0
+              
+             
+             
+              true
+             
+             
+              15
+             
+             
+              false
+             
+             
+              false
+             
+             
               
-               Edit server list
-              
-             
-            
-            
-             
-              
-               Qt::Horizontal
-              
-              
-               
-                40
-                20
-               
+               1
               
-             
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             true
-            
-            
-             15
-            
-            
-             false
-            
-            
-             false
-            
-            
-             
-              1
-             
-            
-           
-          
-         
-        
-        
-         
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              16777215
-              50
-             
-            
-            
-             
-              75
-              true
-             
-            
-            
-             Sound Library Name
-            
-            
-             Qt::AlignCenter
-            
-            
-             true
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              
-               true
-              
-             
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              0
-              200
-             
-            
-            
-             
-              
-               
-                
-                 
-                  34
-                  31
-                  30
-                 
-                
-               
-              
-              
-               
-                
-                 
-                  34
-                  31
-                  30
-                 
-                
-               
-              
-              
-               
-                
-                 
-                  144
-                  141
-                  139
-                 
-                
-               
-              
-             
-            
-            
-             TextLabel
-            
-            
-             Qt::AlignCenter
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              16777215
-              30
-             
-            
-            
-             Image License...
-            
-            
-             true
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              16777215
-              30
-             
-            
-            
-             Drumkit License...
-            
-            
-             true
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             
-              16777215
-              30
-             
-            
-            
-             Author...
-            
-            
-             true
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             Qt::Horizontal
-            
-            
-             
-              372
-              21
-             
-            
-           
-          
-          
-           
-            
-             Download and install
-            
-           
-          
-         
-        
-       
-      
+             
+            
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               16777215
+               50
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               75
+               true
+              
+             
+             
+              Sound Library Name
+             
+             
+              Qt::AlignCenter
+             
+             
+              true
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               
+                true
+               
+              
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               0
+               200
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                
+                 
+                  
+                   34
+                   31
+                   30
+                  
+                 
+                
+               
+               
+                
+                 
+                  
+                   34
+                   31
+                   30
+                  
+                 
+                
+               
+               
+                
+                 
+                  
+                   144
+                   141
+                   139
+                  
+                 
+                
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              TextLabel
+             
+             
+              Qt::AlignCenter
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               16777215
+               30
+              
+             
+             
+              Image License...
+             
+             
+              true
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               16777215
+               30
+              
+             
+             
+              Drumkit License...
+             
+             
+              true
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               16777215
+               30
+              
+             
+             
+              Author...
+             
+             
+              true
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              Qt::Horizontal
+             
+             
+              
+               372
+               21
+              
+             
+            
+           
+           
+            
+             
+              Download and install
+             
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
      
      
       
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryOpenDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -800,6 +800,14 @@
 {
 	QString sFilename = Filesystem::song_path( __sound_library_tree->currentItem()->text( 0 ) );
 
+	if ( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->isUnderSessionManagement() ) {
+		// The current path needs to be preserved. This will be done
+		// using an auxiliary variable since the GUI opens the song
+		// via the core, which in turn opens it asynchronously via the
+		// GUI.
+		H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->setNextSongPath( H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getSong()->getFilename() );
+	}
+	
 	HydrogenApp::get_instance()->openSong( sFilename );
 }
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPanel.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
 	setupUi( this );
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "SoundLibrary Properties" ) );
-	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
+	adjustSize();
+	setMinimumSize( width(), height() );
 
 	//display the current drumkit infos into the qlineedit
 	if ( pDrumkitInfo != nullptr ){
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryPropertiesDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
      
      
       
-       209
-       0
+       462
+       21
       
      
     
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@
      
      
       
-       209
-       0
+       462
+       21
       
      
     
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@
      
      
       
-       209
-       0
+       462
+       21
       
      
      
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@
        
        
         
-         209
-         0
+         370
+         21
         
        
        
@@ -211,8 +211,8 @@
      
      
       
-       209
-       0
+       462
+       21
       
      
     
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
      
       
        0
-       0
+       175
       
      
      
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2007 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
 	setupUi( this );
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Edit repository settings" ) );
-	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
+	adjustSize();
+	setMinimumSize( width(), height() );
 
 	updateDialog();
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2007 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryRepositoryDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -6,53 +6,55 @@
    
     0
     0
-    400
-    300
+    268
+    276
    
   
   
    Dialog
   
-  
-   
-    
-     0
-     0
-     401
-     301
-    
+  
+   
+    0
    
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         Add
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         Delete
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Close
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+   
+    0
+   
+   
+    0
+   
+   
+    0
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Add
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Delete
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Close
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
  
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@
 	setupUi( this );
 	INFOLOG( "INIT" );
 	setWindowTitle( tr( "Save Sound Library" ) );
+	adjustSize();
 	setFixedSize( width(), height() );
 }
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog_UI.ui hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog_UI.ui
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog_UI.ui	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibrarySaveDialog_UI.ui	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -6,328 +6,327 @@
    
     0
     0
-    602
-    595
+    605
+    656
    
   
   
    Dialog
   
-  
-   
-    
-     360
-     560
-     221
-     35
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       Save 
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       Cancel
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     330
-     571
-     221
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         34
-         31
-         30
-        
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         34
-         31
-         30
-        
-       
-      
-     
-     
-      
-       
-        
-         144
-         141
-         139
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-   
-    true
-   
-   
-    QFrame::StyledPanel
-   
-   
-    
-   
-   
-    false
-   
-   
-    Qt::AlignCenter
-   
-  
-  
-   
-    
-     10
-     11
-     581
-     311
-    
-   
-   
-    
-     QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Name
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        209
-        0
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Author
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        209
-        0
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       License
-      
-      
-       Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignVCenter
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        209
-        0
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Information
-      
-      
-       Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignVCenter
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        16777215
-        200
-       
-      
-      
-       false
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Image
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       QLayout::SetMinimumSize
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         
-          0
-          0
-         
-        
-        
-         
-          209
-          0
-         
-        
-        
-         
-          999999
-          31
-         
-        
-        
-         
-        
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        
-         
-          120
-          16777215
-         
-        
-        
-         Browse
-        
-       
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       Image License
-      
-     
-    
-    
-     
-      
-       
-        0
-        0
-       
-      
-      
-       
-        209
-        0
-       
-      
-     
-    
-   
-  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Name
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         484
+         21
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Author
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         484
+         21
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        License
+       
+       
+        Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignVCenter
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         484
+         21
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Information
+       
+       
+        Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignVCenter
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         16777215
+         200
+        
+       
+       
+        false
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Image
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        QLayout::SetMinimumSize
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           0
+           0
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           388
+           21
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           999999
+           31
+          
+         
+         
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           120
+           16777215
+          
+         
+         
+          Browse
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        Image License
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         0
+         0
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         484
+         21
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       571
+       221
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           34
+           31
+           30
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           34
+           31
+           30
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           144
+           141
+           139
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      true
+     
+     
+      QFrame::StyledPanel
+     
+     
+      
+     
+     
+      false
+     
+     
+      Qt::AlignCenter
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Qt::Horizontal
+     
+     
+      
+       409
+       20
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Save 
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Cancel
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
  
  
   nameTxt
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SoundLibrary/SoundLibraryTree.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/SplashScreen.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/UndoActions.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/UndoActions.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/UndoActions.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/UndoActions.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef UNDOACTIONS_H
 #define UNDOACTIONS_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #include "AutomationPathView.h"
 #include 
 #include "../SongEditor/SongEditor.h"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/AutomationPathView.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #ifndef AUTOMATION_PATH_VIEW_H
 #define AUTOMATION_PATH_VIEW_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Button.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/ClickableLabel.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/CpuLoadWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/DownloadWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Fader.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2016 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/InfoBar.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2016 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCDCombo.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@
 		bool addItem( const QString &text );
 		void addSeparator();
 		int selected();
+	public slots:
 		bool select(int idx );
 		bool select(int idx, bool emitValueChanged );
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/LCD.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiActivityWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiLearnable.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiLearnable.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiLearnable.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiLearnable.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiSenseWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
 	 * Hydrogen
 	 * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
 	 *
 	 * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
 	 *
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/MidiTable.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/PixmapWidget.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 #include "Rotary.h"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/Widgets/Rotary.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/WidgetScrollArea.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/WidgetScrollArea.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/gui/src/WidgetScrollArea.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/gui/src/WidgetScrollArea.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2020 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/player/main.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/player/main.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/player/main.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/player/main.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
  * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@
 				delete pSong;
 				delete H2Core::EventQueue::get_instance();
 				delete H2Core::AudioEngine::get_instance();
+				preferences->savePreferences();
 				delete preferences;
 				delete H2Core::Logger::get_instance();
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AdsrTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AdsrTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AdsrTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AdsrTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "AdsrTest.h"
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AdsrTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AdsrTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AdsrTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AdsrTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef ADSR_TEST_H
 #define ADSR_TEST_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2018 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -73,7 +73,10 @@
 		if ( read2 != toRead ) throw CppUnit::Exception( CppUnit::Message( "Short read or read error" ), sourceLine );
 
 		for ( sf_count_t i = 0; i < toRead; ++i ) {
-			if ( buf1[i] != buf2[i] ) {
+			// Bit-precise floating point on all platforms is unneeded, and arbitrarily small differences can
+			// create rounding differences. Allow results to differ by 1 either way to account for this.
+			int delta = (int)buf1[i] - (int)buf2[i];
+			if ( delta < -1 || delta > 1 ) {
 				auto diffLocation = offset + i + 1;
 				CppUnit::Message msg(
 					std::string("Files differ at sample ") + std::to_string(diffLocation),
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/AudioFile.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2018 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/File.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/File.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/File.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/File.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2018 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,14 +16,14 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
-
 #include "File.h"
 
 #include 
+#include 
+#include 
 
 static constexpr qint64 BUFFER_SIZE = 4096;
 
@@ -80,3 +81,34 @@
 		remaining -= r1;
 	}
 }
+
+void H2Test::checkDirsEqual( const QString& sDirExpected, const QString& sDirActual, CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine ) {
+
+	QDir dirExpected( sDirExpected );
+	QDir dirActual( sDirExpected );
+
+	QStringList contentExpected =
+		dirExpected.entryList( QDir::Files | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot );
+	QStringList contentActual =
+		dirActual.entryList( QDir::Files | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot );
+
+	if ( contentExpected.size() != contentActual.size() ) {
+		CppUnit::Message msg( std::string("Mismatching number of file in directories "),
+							  std::string("Expected: ") + std::to_string( contentExpected.size() ),
+							  std::string("Actual  : ") + std::to_string( contentActual.size() ) );
+		throw CppUnit::Exception(msg, sourceLine);
+	}
+
+	for ( const auto& ssFile : contentExpected ) {
+		QString sFileActual( dirActual.filePath( ssFile ) );
+		QString sFileExpected( dirExpected.filePath( ssFile ) );
+
+		if ( ! QFileInfo( sFileActual ).exists() ) {
+			CppUnit::Message msg( std::string("File [") + ssFile.toStdString() + 
+								  std::string("] does exist in the expected but not in the actual folder.") );
+			throw CppUnit::Exception(msg, sourceLine);
+		}
+
+		checkFilesEqual( sFileExpected, sFileActual, sourceLine );
+	}
+}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/File.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/File.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/assertions/File.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/assertions/File.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2018 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
 namespace H2Test {
 	
 	void checkFilesEqual(const QString &expected, const QString &actual, CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine);
+	void checkDirsEqual( const QString& sDirExpected, const QString& sDirActual,
+						 CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine );
 
 }
 
@@ -37,5 +39,7 @@
  **/
 #define H2TEST_ASSERT_FILES_EQUAL(expected, actual) \
 	H2Test::checkFilesEqual(expected, actual, CPPUNIT_SOURCELINE())
+#define H2TEST_ASSERT_DIRS_EQUAL(expected, actual) \
+	H2Test::checkDirsEqual(expected, actual, CPPUNIT_SOURCELINE())
 
 #endif
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AutomationPathSerializerTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AutomationPathSerializerTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AutomationPathSerializerTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AutomationPathSerializerTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AutomationPathTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AutomationPathTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/AutomationPathTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/AutomationPathTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2015-2016 by Przemysław Sitek
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,10 +16,10 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
+
 #include 
 #include 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/CMakeLists.txt hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/CMakeLists.txt
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/CMakeLists.txt	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/CMakeLists.txt	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
     ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/src/core/include            # core headers
     ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/src
     ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/src                         # generated config.h
-    ${QT_INCLUDES}                                  # TODO be able to remove this
+    ${QT_INCLUDES}
     ${JACK_INCLUDE_DIRS}
     ${CPPUNIT_INCLUDE_DIRS}
     ${LIBSNDFILE_INCLUDE_DIRS}
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 	${CPPUNIT_LIBRARIES}
 	Qt5::Core
 	Qt5::Test
+	Qt5::Network
 )
 
 add_dependencies(tests hydrogen-core-${VERSION})
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "CoreActionControllerTest.h"
 #include 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/CoreActionControllerTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
    false
    1
    1
+   0
    0
    1
    true
@@ -68,6 +69,7 @@
    false
    1
    1
+   0
    0
    1
    true
Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/drumkits/legacyKits/Boss_DR-110.h2drumkit and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/drumkits/legacyKits/Boss_DR-110.h2drumkit differ
Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/functional/smf0.test.ref.mid and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/functional/smf0.test.ref.mid differ
Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/functional/smf0.velocityautomation.ref.mid and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/functional/smf0.velocityautomation.ref.mid differ
Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/functional/smf1multi.test.ref.mid and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/functional/smf1multi.test.ref.mid differ
Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/functional/smf1single.test.ref.mid and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/functional/smf1single.test.ref.mid differ
Binary files /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/UBtPPfRSKg/hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/data/functional/smf1.velocityautomation.ref.mid and /tmp/tmpy_zg94c8/euXzcN_SxT/hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/data/functional/smf1.velocityautomation.ref.mid differ
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/FilesystemTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/FilesystemTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/FilesystemTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/FilesystemTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "FilesystemTest.h"
 #include 
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/FilesystemTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/FilesystemTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/FilesystemTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/FilesystemTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/FunctionalTests.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/FunctionalTests.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/FunctionalTests.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/FunctionalTests.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2018 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/InstrumentListTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/InstrumentListTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/InstrumentListTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/InstrumentListTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/main.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/main.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/main.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/main.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -5,6 +27,7 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
 
 #include 
 
@@ -12,6 +35,13 @@
 #include "utils/AppveyorTestListener.h"
 #include "utils/AppveyorRestClient.h"
 
+#ifdef HAVE_EXECINFO_H
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#endif
+
+
 void setupEnvironment(unsigned log_level)
 {
 	/* Logger */
@@ -33,6 +63,19 @@
 	H2Core::Hydrogen::create_instance();
 }
 
+#ifdef HAVE_EXECINFO_H
+void fatal_signal( int sig )
+{
+	void *frames[ BUFSIZ ];
+	signal( sig, SIG_DFL );
+
+	fprintf( stderr, "Caught fatal signal (%s)\n", strsignal( sig ) );
+	int nFrames = backtrace( frames, BUFSIZ );
+	backtrace_symbols_fd( frames, nFrames, fileno( stderr ) );
+
+	exit(1);
+}
+#endif
 
 int main( int argc, char **argv)
 {
@@ -58,6 +101,14 @@
 
 	setupEnvironment(logLevelOpt);
 
+#ifdef HAVE_EXECINFO_H
+	signal(SIGSEGV, fatal_signal);
+	signal(SIGILL, fatal_signal);
+	signal(SIGABRT, fatal_signal);
+	signal(SIGFPE, fatal_signal);
+	signal(SIGBUS, fatal_signal);
+#endif
+
 	CppUnit::TextUi::TestRunner runner;
 	CppUnit::TestFactoryRegistry ®istry = CppUnit::TestFactoryRegistry::getRegistry();
 	runner.addTest( registry.makeTest() );
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/MidiNoteTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/MidiNoteTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/MidiNoteTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/MidiNoteTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/NetworkTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/NetworkTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/NetworkTest.h	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/NetworkTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef NETWORK_TEST_H
+#define NETWORK_TEST_H
+
+#include 
+
+class NetworkTest : public CppUnit::TestFixture {
+	CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE( NetworkTest );
+	CPPUNIT_TEST( testSslSupport );
+	CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE_END();
+	
+	
+public:
+	void testSslSupport();
+
+};
+CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE_REGISTRATION( NetworkTest );
+#endif
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/NetwrokTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/NetwrokTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/NetwrokTest.cpp	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/NetwrokTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "NetworkTest.h"
+#include 
+
+
+void NetworkTest::testSslSupport(){
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( QSslSocket::supportsSsl() );
+}
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/NoteTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/NoteTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/NoteTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/NoteTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/OscServerTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/OscServerTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/OscServerTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/OscServerTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_OSC
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/OscServerTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/OscServerTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/OscServerTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/OscServerTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #ifdef H2CORE_HAVE_OSC
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/PatternTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/PatternTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/PatternTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/PatternTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "PatternTest.h"
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/PatternTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/PatternTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/PatternTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/PatternTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef PATTERN_TEST_H
 #define PATTERN_TEST_H
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/RubberbandTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/RubberbandTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/RubberbandTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/RubberbandTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #include "core/Basics/Sample.h"
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/SampleTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/SampleTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/SampleTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/SampleTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "PatternTest.h"
 #include "TestHelper.h"
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TestHelper.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TestHelper.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TestHelper.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TestHelper.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "TestHelper.h"
 
 #include "core/Object.h"
+#include "core/Helpers/Filesystem.h"
 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -93,6 +116,26 @@
 	throw std::runtime_error( "Can't find suitable data directory. Consider setting H2_HOME environment variable" );
 }
 
+QStringList TestHelper::findDrumkitBackupFiles( const QString& sDir ) const {
+
+	QStringList results;
+
+	if ( ! H2Core::Filesystem::dir_readable( m_sTestDataDir + sDir, false ) ){
+		// Error messages handled in dir_reabable.
+		return results;
+	}
+	QDir dir( m_sTestDataDir + sDir );
+
+	QStringList nameFilters;
+	nameFilters << H2Core::Filesystem::drumkit_xml() + "*" + ".bak";
+
+	for ( const auto& ssFile : dir.entryList( nameFilters,
+											  QDir::Files ) ) {
+		results << m_sTestDataDir + sDir + "/" + ssFile;
+	}
+
+	return results;
+}
 
 TestHelper::TestHelper()
 {
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TestHelper.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TestHelper.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TestHelper.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TestHelper.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef TEST_HELPER_H
 #define TEST_HELPER_H
 
@@ -14,7 +36,8 @@
 	
 		QString getDataDir() const;
 		QString getTestDataDir() const;
-		QString getTestFile(const QString& file);
+		QString getTestFile(const QString& file) const;
+	QStringList findDrumkitBackupFiles( const QString& sDir ) const;
 	
 		static void			createInstance();
 		static TestHelper*	get_instance();
@@ -35,7 +58,7 @@
 	return m_sTestDataDir;
 }
 
-inline QString TestHelper::getTestFile(const QString& file)
+inline QString TestHelper::getTestFile(const QString& file) const
 {
 	return m_sTestDataDir + "/" + file; 
 }
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TimeTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TimeTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TimeTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TimeTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include "TimeTest.h"
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TimeTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TimeTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/TimeTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/TimeTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/Translations.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/Translations.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/Translations.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/Translations.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 #include 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2020 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorRestClient.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
-#ifndef APPVEYOR_H
-#define APPVEYOR_H
-
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2020 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -18,11 +16,13 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
+#ifndef APPVEYOR_H
+#define APPVEYOR_H
+
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2020 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/utils/AppveyorTestListener.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Hydrogen
- * Copyright(c) 2002-2020 by the Hydrogen Team
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
  *
  * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
  *
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
  *
  */
 
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/XmlTest.cpp hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/XmlTest.cpp
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/XmlTest.cpp	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/XmlTest.cpp	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #include "XmlTest.h"
 
 #include 
@@ -9,10 +31,17 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
 
 #include 
 #include 
 #include "TestHelper.h"
+#include "assertions/File.h"
 
 CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE_REGISTRATION( XmlTest );
 
@@ -67,7 +96,8 @@
 	//dk0->dump();
 
 	// Check if drumkit was valid (what we assume in this test)
-	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( ! H2Core::Filesystem::file_exists( H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/baseKit/drumkit.xml.bak" ) ) );
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( TestHelper::get_instance()->findDrumkitBackupFiles( "drumkits/baseKit/" )
+					.size() == 0 );
 	
 	// manually load samples
 	dk0->load_samples();
@@ -132,6 +162,7 @@
 //					  correct ADSR values.
 void XmlTest::testDrumkit_UpgradeInvalidADSRValues()
 {
+	auto pTestHelper = TestHelper::get_instance();
 	H2Core::Drumkit* pDrumkit = nullptr;
 
 	//1. Check, if the drumkit has been loaded
@@ -153,8 +184,11 @@
 	
 	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pSample->get_filename() == QString("snare.wav"));
 	
-	//3. Make sure that the original (invalid) file has been saved as a backup
-	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( H2Core::Filesystem::file_exists( H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml.bak") ) );
+	//3. Make sure that the original (invalid) file has been saved as
+	//a backup
+	QStringList backupFiles = pTestHelper->findDrumkitBackupFiles( "drumkits/invAdsrKit" );
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( backupFiles.size() == 1 );
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( H2Core::Filesystem::file_exists( backupFiles[ 0 ] ) );
 		
 	if( pDrumkit ) {
 		delete pDrumkit;
@@ -162,16 +196,126 @@
 
 	//4. Load the drumkit again to assure updated file is valid
 	pDrumkit = H2Core::Drumkit::load( H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit") );
+	backupFiles = pTestHelper->findDrumkitBackupFiles( "drumkits/invAdsrKit" );
 	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pDrumkit != nullptr );
-	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( ! H2Core::Filesystem::file_exists( H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml.bak.1") ) );
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( backupFiles.size() == 1 );
 		 
 	if ( pDrumkit ) {
 		delete pDrumkit;
 	}
 	
 	// Cleanup
-	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( H2Core::Filesystem::file_copy( H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml.bak" ), H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml" ), true ) );
-	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( H2Core::Filesystem::rm( H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml.bak"), false ) );
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( H2Core::Filesystem::file_copy( backupFiles[ 0 ],
+												   H2TEST_FILE( "/drumkits/invAdsrKit/drumkit.xml" ),
+												   true ) );
+	CPPUNIT_ASSERT( H2Core::Filesystem::rm( backupFiles[ 0 ], false ) );
+}
+
+void XmlTest::testDrumkitUpgrade() {
+	// For all drumkits in the legacy folder, check whether there are
+	// invalid. Then, we upgrade them to the most recent version and
+	// check whether there are valid and if a second upgrade is yields
+	// the same result.
+	auto pCoreActionController = H2Core::Hydrogen::get_instance()->getCoreActionController();
+
+	QDir legacyDir( H2TEST_FILE( "drumkits/legacyKits" ) );
+	QStringList nameFilters;
+	nameFilters << "*" + H2Core::Filesystem::drumkit_ext;
+
+	QString sDrumkitPath;
+
+	for ( const auto& ssFile : legacyDir.entryList( nameFilters, QDir::Files ) ) {
+
+		sDrumkitPath = H2TEST_FILE( "drumkits/legacyKits" ) + "/" + ssFile;
+
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( ! pCoreActionController->validateDrumkit( sDrumkitPath ) );
+
+		// The number of files within the drumkit has to be constant.
+		QTemporaryDir contentOriginal( H2Core::Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "-XXXXXX" );
+		contentOriginal.setAutoRemove( false );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pCoreActionController->extractDrumkit( sDrumkitPath,
+															   contentOriginal.path() ) );
+		QDir contentDirOriginal( contentOriginal.path() );
+		int nFilesOriginal =
+			contentDirOriginal.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+										  QDir::NoDotAndDotDot ).size();
+
+		// Upgrade the legacy kit and store the result in a temporary
+		// folder (they will be automatically removed by Qt as soon as
+		// the variable gets out of scope)
+		QTemporaryDir firstUpgrade( H2Core::Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "-XXXXXX" );
+		firstUpgrade.setAutoRemove( false );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pCoreActionController->upgradeDrumkit( sDrumkitPath,
+															   firstUpgrade.path() ) );
+		// The upgrade should have yielded a single .h2drumkit file.
+		QDir upgradeFolder( firstUpgrade.path() );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( upgradeFolder.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+												 QDir::NoDotAndDotDot ).size() == 1 );
+		
+		QString sUpgradedKit( firstUpgrade.path() + "/" +
+							  upgradeFolder.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+													   QDir::NoDotAndDotDot )[ 0 ] );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pCoreActionController->validateDrumkit( sUpgradedKit ) );
+		
+		QTemporaryDir contentUpgraded( H2Core::Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "-XXXXXX" );
+		contentUpgraded.setAutoRemove( false );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pCoreActionController->extractDrumkit( sUpgradedKit,
+															   contentUpgraded.path() ) );
+		QDir contentDirUpgraded( contentUpgraded.path() );
+		int nFilesUpgraded =
+			contentDirUpgraded.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+										  QDir::NoDotAndDotDot ).size();
+		if ( nFilesOriginal != nFilesUpgraded ) {
+			___ERRORLOG( "Mismatching content of original and upgraded drumkit." );
+			___ERRORLOG( QString( "original [%1]:" ).arg( contentOriginal.path() ) );
+			for ( const auto& ssFile : contentDirOriginal.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+																	 QDir::NoDotAndDotDot ) ) {
+				___ERRORLOG( "   " + ssFile );
+			}
+			___ERRORLOG( QString( "upgraded [%1]:" ).arg( contentUpgraded.path() ) );
+			for ( const auto& ssFile : contentDirUpgraded.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+																	 QDir::NoDotAndDotDot ) ) {
+				___ERRORLOG( "   " + ssFile );
+			}
+		}
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( nFilesOriginal == nFilesUpgraded );
+
+		// Now we upgrade the upgraded drumkit again and bit-compare
+		// the results.
+		QTemporaryDir secondUpgrade( H2Core::Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "-XXXXXX" );
+		secondUpgrade.setAutoRemove( false );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pCoreActionController->upgradeDrumkit( sUpgradedKit,
+															   secondUpgrade.path() ) );
+		upgradeFolder = QDir( secondUpgrade.path() );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( upgradeFolder.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+												 QDir::NoDotAndDotDot ).size() == 1 );
+		
+		QString sValidationKit( secondUpgrade.path() + "/" +
+								upgradeFolder.entryList( QDir::AllEntries |
+														 QDir::NoDotAndDotDot )[ 0 ] );
+
+		QTemporaryDir contentValidation( H2Core::Filesystem::tmp_dir() + "-XXXXXX" );
+		contentValidation.setAutoRemove( false );
+		CPPUNIT_ASSERT( pCoreActionController->extractDrumkit( sUpgradedKit,
+															   contentValidation.path() ) );
+
+		// Compare the extracted folders. Attention: in the toplevel
+		// temporary folder there is a single directory named
+		// according to the drumkit. These ones have to be compared.
+		H2TEST_ASSERT_DIRS_EQUAL( QDir( contentUpgraded.path() )
+								  .entryList( QDir::Dirs |
+											  QDir::NoDotAndDotDot )[ 0 ],
+								  QDir( contentValidation.path() )
+								  .entryList( QDir::Dirs |
+											  QDir::NoDotAndDotDot )[ 0 ] );
+
+		// Only clean up if all checks passed.
+		H2Core::Filesystem::rm( contentOriginal.path(), true, true );
+		H2Core::Filesystem::rm( contentUpgraded.path(), true, true );
+		H2Core::Filesystem::rm( contentValidation.path(), true, true );
+		H2Core::Filesystem::rm( firstUpgrade.path(), true, true );
+		H2Core::Filesystem::rm( secondUpgrade.path(), true, true );
+	}
 }
 
 void XmlTest::testPattern()
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/XmlTest.h hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/XmlTest.h
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/tests/XmlTest.h	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/tests/XmlTest.h	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Hydrogen
+ * Copyright(c) 2002-2008 by Alex >Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
+
 #ifndef XML_TEST_H
 #define XML_TEST_H
 
@@ -7,6 +29,7 @@
 	CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE(XmlTest);
 	CPPUNIT_TEST(testDrumkit);
 	CPPUNIT_TEST(testDrumkit_UpgradeInvalidADSRValues);
+	CPPUNIT_TEST(testDrumkitUpgrade);
 	CPPUNIT_TEST(testPattern);
 	CPPUNIT_TEST(testShippedDrumkits);
 	CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE_END();
@@ -16,6 +39,7 @@
 		void tearDown();
 		void testDrumkit();
 		void testDrumkit_UpgradeInvalidADSRValues();
+		void testDrumkitUpgrade();
 		void testPattern();
 		// Check whether the drumkits provided alongside this repo can
 		// be validated against the drumkit XSD.
diff -Nru hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/www/hydrogen.php hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/www/hydrogen.php
--- hydrogen-1.1.0~beta1/src/www/hydrogen.php	2021-04-19 22:04:39.000000000 +0000
+++ hydrogen-1.1.1+52.gb917e057/src/www/hydrogen.php	2022-04-11 11:03:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
 Comix< Cominu [comix@users.sourceforge.net]
+ * Copyright(c) 2008-2021 The hydrogen development team [hydrogen-devel@lists.sourceforge.net]
+ *
+ * http://www.hydrogen-music.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses
+ *
+ */
 
 
 	/*